Digital PDFs

AA-Z104C-TE

December 1986

320 pages

Original

19MB

Document:	VAX/VMS Master Index
Order Number:	AA-Z104C-TE
Revision:
Pages:	320
Original Filename:	http://bitsavers.org/pdf/dec/vax/vms/4.4/AA-Z104C-TE_VAX_VMS_4.4_Master_Index_198604.pdf

OCR Text

VAX/VMS
Master Index
Order Number: AA-Z 104C-TE

April 1986
This index includes entries for both the reference shelf and the taskoriented guides.

Revision/Update Information:

This document supersedes the
VAX/VMS Master Index Version

4.2.
Software Version:

digital equipment corporation
maynard, massachusetts

VAX/VMS Version 4.4

April 1986
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should
not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital
Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear
in this document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be
used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment
that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies.

Copyright © 1986 by Digital Equipment Corporation
All Rights Reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.
The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document
requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:
DEC
DEC/CMS
DEC/MMS
DECnet
DECsystem-10
DECSYSTEM-20
DECUS
DECwriter

DIBOL
EduSystem
IAS
MASSBUS
PDP
PDT
RSTS
RSX

UNIBUS
VAX
VAXcluster
VMS
VT

t:JD~DD~D
ZK-3029

HOW TO ORDER ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION
DIRECT MAIL ORDERS
USA & PUERTO RICO*

CANADA

INTERNATIONAL

Digital Equipment Corporation
P.O. Box CS2008
Nashua, New Hampshire
03061

Digital Equipment
of Canada Ltd.
100 Herzberg Road
Kanata, Ontario K2K 2A6
Attn: Direct Order Desk

Digital Equipment Corporation
PSG Business Manager
c/o Digital's local subsidiary
or approved distributor

In Continental USA and Puerto Rico call 800-258-1710.
In New Hampshire, Alaska, and Hawaii call 603-884-6660.
In Canada call 800-267-6215.
*Any prepaid order from Puerto Rico must be placed with the local' Digital subsidiary (809-754-7575).
Internal orders should be placed through the Software Distribution Center (SOC), Digital Equipment
Corporation, Westminster, Massachusetts 01473.
This document was prepared using an in-house documentation production system. All page
composition and make-up was performed by Ti:X. the typesetting system developed by
Donald E. Knuth at Stanford University. TEX is a registered trademark of the American Mathematical
Society.

Introduction to the Master Index
The Master Index is a compilation of the indexes to the individual books in
the VAX/VMS Document Set for Version 4.4 of VAX/VMS. Entries in the
local indexes have been edited for consistency of style in the merged Master
Index.
Each keyword or subentry in the Master Index is followed by an abbreviated
book title and the chapter and page reference to the appearance of the topic
in that book. For example, an entry in the Master Index might appear in the
following way:
Login command procedure • Command
Procedures, 1-8; DCL Concepts, 1-2;
Authorize Ref, AUTH-29

This entry indicates that you can find information about login command
procedures in the following books:
•

Page 1-8 in the Guide to Using DCL and Command Procedures on VAX/VMS

•

Page 1-2 in the VAX/VMS DCL Concepts Manual

•

Page 29 in the VAX/VMS Authorize Utility Reference Manual

For more specific information about login command procedures see the
subentries. Some subentries listed under login command procedures are:
execution of for batch jobs
location of
personal
system-defined
The following tables list the abbreviated names used in the Master Index and
the full title of each manual.
Index Abbreviation

Title of Manual

Accounting Ref, ACC

VAX/VMS Accounting Utility Reference Manual

ACL Editor Ref, ACL

VAX/VMS Access Control List Editor Reference Manual

Analyze/RMS File Ref, ARMS

VAX/VMS Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Utility Reference Manual

Authorize Ref, AUTH

VAX/VMS Authorize Utility Reference Manual

Backup Ref, BACKU

VAX/VMS Backup Utility Reference Manual

BAD Ref, BAD

VAX/VMS Bad Block Locator Utility Reference Manual

CDU Ref, CDU

VAX/VMS Command Definition Utility Reference Manual

Command Procedures

Guide to Using DCL and Command Procedures on VAX/VMS

Convert Ref, CONV

VAX/VMS Convert and Convert/Reclaim Utility Reference Manual

DCL Concepts

VAX/VMS DCL Concepts Manual

DCL Dictionary, DCL

VAX/VMS DCL Dictionary

Debugger Ref, DBG

VAX/VMS Debugger Reference Manual

DELTA Ref, DELTA

VAX/VMS Delta/XDelta Utility Reference Manual

Device Driver

Writing a Device Driver for VAX/VMS

lntro-1

Index Abbreviation

Title of Manual

Disk & Tape

Guide to VAX/VMS Disk and Magnetic Tape Operations

Disk Quota Ref, DOT

VAX/VMS Disk Quota Utility Reference Manual

DSR Ref

VAX DIGITAl Standard Runoff (f}SR) Reference Manual

DTS/DTR Ref

VAX/VMS DECnet Test Sender/DECnet Test Receiver Utility Reference
Manual

EDT Ref, EDT

VAX EDT Reference Manual

Error Log Ref, ERR

VAX/VMS Error log Utility Reference Manual

Exchange Ref, EXCH

VAX/VMS Exchange Utility Reference Manual

FOL Ref, FOL

VAX/VMS File Definition language Facility Reference Manual

File Applications

Guide to VAX/VMS File Applications

Install Ref, INS

VAX/VMS Install Utility Reference Manual

Intro to Routines

Introduction to VAX/VMS System Routines

Intro to VAX/VMS

Introduction to VAX/VMS

1/0 Ref I

VAX/VMS 1/0 User's Reference Manual: Part I

1/0 Ref II

VAX/VMS 1/0 User's Reference Manual: Part II

Librarian Ref, LIB

VAX/VMS librarian Reference Manual

Linker Ref, LINK

VAX/VMS linker Reference Manual

MACRO Ref

VAX MACRO and Instruction Set Reference Volume

Mail Ref, MAIL

VAX/VMS Mail Utility Reference Manual

Message Ref, MSG

VAX/VMS Message Utility Reference Manual

Modular Procedures

Guide to Creating Modular Procedures on VAX/VMS

Monitor Ref, MON

VAX/VMS Monitor Utility Reference Manual

Mount Ref, MOUNT

VAX/VMS Mount Utility Reference Manual

NCP REF, NCP

VAX/VMS Network Control Program Reference. Manual

Networking

VAX/VMS Networking Manual

Patch Ref, PATCH

VAX/VMS Patch Utility Reference Manual

Perform Manage

Guide to VAX/VMS Performance Management

Phone Ref, PHONE

VAX/VMS Phone Utility Reference ,Manual

Programming

Guide to Programming on VAX/VMS

Rel Notes

VAX/VMS Release Notes, Version 4.4

RMS Ref

VAX Record Management Services Reference Manual

RTL Ref I

VAX/VMS Run- Time library Routines Reference Manual: Part I

RTL Ref II

VAX/VMS Run-Time library Routines Reference Manual: Part II

SDA Ref, SDA

VAX/VMS System Dump Analyzer Reference Manual

Show Cluster Ref, SHCL

VAX/VMS Show Cluster Utility Reference Manual

Software Installation

Guide to VAX/VMS Software Installation

Sort Ref, SORT

VAX/VMS Sort/Merge Utility Reference Manual

SUMSLP Ref, SUM

VAX/VMS SUMSlP Utility Reference Manual

SYSGEN Ref, SGN

VAX/VMS System Generation Utility Reference Manual

System Management

VAX/VMS System Manager's Reference Manual

lntro-2

Index Abbreviation

Title of Manual

System Security

Guide to VAX/VMS System Security

System Services Ref

VAX/VMS System Services Reference Manual

Text Processing

Guide to Text Processing on VAX/VMS

Util Routines Ref

VAX/VMS Utility Routines Reference Manual

VAXTPU Ref

VAX Text Processing Utility Reference Manual

V AXclusters

Guide to VAXclusters

Verify Ref, VER

VAX/VMS Verify Utility Reference Manual

Note: System services, RMS services, and Run-Time Library routines are
indexed according to facility prefix. All System services and RMS services
are now indexed under the prefix "SYS" (for example, the Create service
is indexed under SYS$CREATE).
Run-Time Library routines are organized into the following five facilities:
General purpose routines (LIB$)
Math routines (MTH$)
Language independent support routines (OTS$)
Screen management routines (SMG$)
String manipulation routines (STR$)
To reference Run-Time Library routines in this index, look under the
corresponding facility prefix (for example, you will find the general
purpose routine $FINDJILE indexed under LIB$FINDJILE).

lntro-3

Index

A
A4 paper• DSR Ref, 4-9
Abbreviation
in command procedures• DCL Concepts, 2-4
of commands in DSR • DSR Ref, 1-1
of keywords• DCL Concepts, 2-3, 2-4
Aborting an 1/0 request
See 1/0 request
Aborting UETP execution• Software Installation,
7-16, 7-17
/ABORT qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-129
ABORT statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-16, 3-17
Absolute expression• MACRO Ref, 3-9
Absolute mode• MACRO Ref, 5-15
assembling relative mode as• MACRO Ref,
6-22
/ABSOLUTE qualifier• Patch Ref, PA TCH-3 1,
PATCH-34
Absolute queue• MACRO Ref, 9-82 to 9-85
manipulating• MACRO Ref, 9-85
Absolute time• Programming, 6-43; System
Services Ref, 9-2
and delta time combination• DCL Concepts,
2-15
as input to SYS$BINTIM • System Services Ref,
SYS-24
converting to numeric• System Services Ref,
SYS-321
default fields• DCL Concepts, 2-13
examples• DCL Concepts, 2-14
in system format• System Services Ref, 9-3
specifying• DCL Concepts, 2-13
Absolute value
complex number• RTL Ref, RTL-392
/AC
See /ASCIC
ACB (AST control block)• Device Driver, 5-17,
C-2, C-4
contents• Device Driver, C-6
ACB$V_QUOT A• Device Driver, 8-11, C-10
ACBB (Add Compare and Branch Byte) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBD (Add Compare and Branch D__floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBF (Add Compare and Branch F__floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46

ACBG (Add Compare and Branch G__floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBH (Add Compare and Branch H__floating)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBL (Add Compare and Branch Long) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBW (Add Compare and Branch Word)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
Accept flag (_)
default• DSR Ref, 3-5
description • DSR Ref, 3-5
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-42
Access
append• Disk & Tape, 4-23
causes security alarm• System Security, 4-25
CONTROL• System Security, 4-8; Disk &
Tape, 2-2,2-9,2-11,2-12
DELETE• System Security, 4-7; Disk & Tape,
2-2, 2-9, 2-11, 2-12
denying to class of users
example• System Security, 5-9
denying with identifier ACE• System Security,
4-34
direct• Programming, 9-4
EXECUTE• System Security, 4-7; Disk &
Tape, 2-2, 2-9, 2-11, 2-12
file attributes• Disk & Tape, 4-22
file that was closed improperly• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-652
granting or denying through ACE• System
Security, 3-28
how system determines• DCL Concepts, 7-1
introduction to• System Security, 4-2
keyed • Programming, 9-4
logical 1/0 •System Services Ref, 7-8
to magnetic tape• System Security, 4-16. 1
modes supported by VAX RMS• RMS Ref, 1-1
network• Networking, 1-23
physical 1/0 •System Services Ref, 7-8
to magnetic tape• System Security, 4-16. 1
random• File Applications, 3-16
with spatial locality• File Applications, 3-17
with temporal locality• File Applications,
3-17
READ• System Security, 4-7; Disk & Tape,
2-2, 2-9, 2-11
remote file• Networking, 1-20, 8-1
remote task• Networking, 1-23

lndex-1

Index

Access (cont'd.)

Access control (cont'd.)

run-time options under VAX RMS• RMS Ref,
1-2
sequential • File Applications, 3-16;
Programming, 9-4
shared • File Applications, 10-36
in a V AXcluster •File Applications, 3-35
specifiers• Programming, 9-11
to disk file• System Security, 4-11
to file• Disk & Tape, 8-15
to file
denying through protection code• System
Security, 4-9
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-19
to process-permanent files • File Applications,
6-23
to restricted file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-526
to the system• DCL Concepts, 1-2
to volume
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-19
types of• Disk & Tape, 4-24
UIC-based protection code
effects• System Security, 4-6
update• Disk & Tape, 4-23
WRITE• System Security, 4-7; Disk & Tape,
2-2, 2-9, 2-11
ACCESS attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-4
Access category
GROUP• DCL Concepts, 7-3; File Applications, 4-27 ; System Security, 4-6; Disk
& Tape, 2-2
OWNER•DCL Concepts, 7-3; File
Applications, 4-27 ; System Security,
4-6; Disk & Tape, 2-2
summary of• Disk & Tape, 2-2
SYSTEM • DCL Concepts, 7-3; File
Applications, 4-27; System Security,
4-6; Disk & Tape, 2-2
WORLD• DCL Concepts, 7-3; File
Applications, 4-27 ; System Security,
4-6; Disk & Tape, 2-2
Access control • Networking, 8-10, 8-11
commands• Networking, 3-85
default• Networking, 2-37
default for inbound connection• Networking,
2-40
default nonprivileged •Networking, 1-24
default nonprivileged DECnet account•
Networking, 2-39
default privileged• Networking, 1-24
for a network• Networking, 2-35
for an object• Networking, 2-30
for inbound connections• Networking, 2-38
for logical links• Networking, 2-37

for network applications• Networking, 1-24
for outbound connections• Networking, 2-37
for remote command execution• Networking,
2-40, 3-88
for remote file access• Networking, 1-23
for task-to-task communication• Networking,
1-23
for VAX PSI access software • Networking,
3-80
LOGINOUT image• Networking, 2-37, 8-11
NML, privileges for• Networking, 3-87
node level• Networking, 2-40, 3-88
NONPRIVILEGED parameter• Networking, 3-87
nonprivileged string• Networking, 2-37
privileged string• Networking, 2-37
PRIVILEGE parameter• Networking, 3-87
proxy login• Networking, 1-24, 2-36, 2-41,
3-89
routing initialization• Networking, 2-35
setting default information• Networking, 3-87
system level• Networking, 2-37, 3-87
user authorization file (UAF) •Networking, 8-11
Access control list
See ACL
Access Control List Editor
See ACL Editor
Access Control List Editor routine
See ACL Editor routine
Access control list entry
See ACE
Access control string • DCL Concepts, 3-13;
System Security, 3-34
revelation of password• System Security, 3-25
secondary passwords• System Security, 5-29
/ACCESSED qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-6
Access entry
See Routine format
Accessibility field• Disk & Tape, 2-13, B-10, B-15
Accessibility of memory
See Buffer
Access matrix• System Security, 4-17 to 4-20
Access method
See Routine format
Access mode• System Services Ref, 2-3
See Record access mode
changing to executive• System Services Ref,
SYS-55
changing to kernel• System Services Ref,
SYS-57
effect on AST delivery• System Services Ref,
5-5
specifying• System Services Ref, 2-3

lndex-2

Index

Access mode (cont'd.)

Account (cont'd.)

with AST• System Services Ref, 5-2
Access module
See X.25
ACCESS parameter• Networking, 3-88
SET NODE command• Networking, 2-40
ACCESS primary
BLOCK_IO attribute• File Applications, 7-4
DELETE attribute• File Applications, 7-4
GET attribute• File Applications, 7-4
PUT attribute• File Applications, 7-4
RECORD_IO attribute• File Applications, 7-4
TRUNCATE attribute• File Applications, 7-4
UPDATE attribute• File Applications, 7-4
I ACCESS qualifier• System Security, 5-48
Access request to file• System Security, 4-43
Access rights block
See ARB
Access type
abbreviation • System Security, 4-8
and security audit• System Security, 4-54,
5-86
meaning for directory file• System Security,
4-12
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
Access violation• SDA Ref, SDA-16
See SS$_ACCVIO
Account
adding proxy logins• System Management,
5-23
captive• System Security, 3-13
disabling mail and notification of delivery•
System Security, 5-3 7
for network environment• System Security,
7-8
creating• System Management, 5-1 O
DECNET
example• System Security, 7-1 O
default nonprivileged DECnet• Networking,
1-24, 2-39
deleting• System Management, 5-15
disable with /FLAGS=DISUSER •System
Security, 5-49
disabling • System Management, 5-17
disguising identity• System Security, 6-6
duration of• System Security, 3-29
how to set• System Security, 5-50
emergency and privileges • System Security,
5-57
FAL
example • System Security, 7-10
where appropriate• System Security, 7-13

guest, why not recommended • System
Security, 5-83
guidelines for establishing network• System
Security, 7-7
locked password • System Security, 3-13
maintaining • System Management, 5-14
multiple
and passwords• System Security, 3-27
network default, considerations for privileges •
System Security, 7-7
open• System Security, 3-13
privileged
restriction suggestions• System Security,
5-58
proxy
example• System Security, 7-24
PSI• Networking, 3-74
restricting use• System Management, 5-18
setting up to use project identifiers• System
Security, 5-22
supersensitive
use of dual passwords• System Security,
3-22
user
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-13 to 2-15
guidelines for establishment• System
Security, 5-2 to 5-67
Account expiration• System Security, 3-28
ACCOUNTING
See Accounting Utility
Accounting
of detached process• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
of subprocess• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
process
to display statistics for terminal session•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-579
statistics
collection • DCL Dictionary, DCL-15
recording • DCL Dictionary, DCL-15
reporting • DCL Dictionary, DCL-15
to enable or disable logging• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-401
ACCOUNTING command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-15
Accounting log
as security tool • System Security, 6-5
Accounting message
format• System Services Ref, SYS-86
Accounting report
interpreting image-level data • Perform Manage,
3-5
sample image-level data• Perform Manage, 3-4

lndex-3

Index

Accounting report (cont'd.)

ACE (access control list entry) (cont'd.)

using to evaluate VAX/VMS resource utilization
•Perform Manage, 3-3
Accounting Utility (ACCOUNTING)• Rel Notes,
3-17; System Management, 6-19;
Accounting Ref, ACC-1
abbreviated qualifier values• Rel Notes, 3-29
DCL qualifiers• Accounting Ref, ACC-6 to
ACC-38
directing output• Accounting Ref, ACC-2
examples• Accounting Ref, ACC-38 to ACC-41
directing accounting output• Accounting
Ref, ACC-40
listing accounting files• Accounting Ref,
ACC-39
selecting records• Accounting Ref, ACC-39
sorting records• Accounting Ref, ACC-40
using DCL symbols• Accounting Ref,
ACC-40
exiting• Accounting Ref, ACC-2
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-15; Accounting
Ref, ACC-1
log file record format• Accounting Ref, ACC-43
to ACC-54
outputs• Accounting Ref, ACC-2
record types• System Management, 6-20
restrictions• Accounting Ref, ACC-2
system • System Management, 6-19
Account lifetime• System Security, 3-28
I ACCOUNT qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-7
ACE (access control list entry)• System Security,
4-24
alarm • System Services Ref, 3-17
application• System Services Ref, 3-18
automatically added
for file creation by non-owner• System
Security, 4-42
creating• System Services Ref, 3-16, 3-23
default• System Security, 4-30
default protection• System Security, 4-25,
4-30, 5-14 ; System Services Ref, 3-19
example• System Security, 5-19, 7-25
deletion of• System Security, 4-27
format• DCL Concepts, 7-12; ACL Editor Ref,
ACL-3
identifier• System Security, 4-25; System
Services Ref, 3-20
maintaining• System Services Ref, 3-16, 3-23
options field• System Security, 4-27
positioning considerations• System Security,
4-24, 4-29
rules• System Security, 4-34
propagation, suppression of• System Security,
4-27

protecting from accidental deletion • System
Security, 4-27
security alarm• System Security, 4-25, 4-31
syntax• System Security, 4-26 to 4-33
translating• System Services Ref, 3-16, 3-22
types of•DCL Concepts, 7-12; System
Security, 4-25; AGL Editor Ref, ACL-14;
System Services Ref, 3-17
default protection• DCL Concepts,
7-12, 7-16; AGL Editor Ref, ACL-14,
ACL-18
identifier•DCL Concepts, 7-12, 7-13
; AGL Editor Ref, ACL-14, ACL-15
security alarm• DCL Concepts, 7-12, 7-17;
AGL Editor Ref, ACL-14, ACL-19
ACF (configuration control block)• Device Driver,
A-1 to A-3
ACL (access control list)• DCL Concepts, 7-9,
7-12 ; File Applications, 1-13; System
Security, 4-17 to 4-35; Device Driver,
A-26; AGL Editor Ref, ACL-14; System
Services Ref, 3-2
ACL-based protection• File Applications, 4-28
advantage of shortness• System Security, 5-8
avoiding pitfalls in management• System
Security, 4-34
commands affecting • DCL Concepts, 7-11
creating• DCL Concepts, 7-11
creation and maintenance• System Security,
4-20
default protection ACE• DCL Concepts, 7-16;
ACL Editor Ref, ACL-18
defining with DCL •Disk & Tape, 2-4
description• Disk & Tape, 2-4
disadvantages• System Security, 5-8
disadvantages in using• DCL Concepts, 7-11
identifier ACE• DCL Concepts, 7-13
introduction to • System Security, 4-1
maintaining current, hint for• System Security,
4-35
modifying characteristics• Disk & Tape, 4-1 O
usage considerations• System Security, 4-34
use for file sharing over network• System
Security, 7-21
use of wildcards in commands • System
Security, 4-42
use on system program files • System Security,
5-50
ACL-based protection• Disk & Tape, 2-4
See also ACL
ACLEDIT$EDIT • Util Routines Ref, ACL-3
ACL Editor• System Security, 4-20; AGL Editor
Ref, ACL-1

lndex-4

Index

ACL Editor (cont'd.)
DCL qualifiers• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-25 to
ACL-28
example• System Security, 5-12; ACL Editor
Ref, ACL-29
exiting• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-14
invoking• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-1, ACL-3
keypad editing• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-4
modifying• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-21
quitting• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-14
recovering• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-14
ACL Editor routine
example• Util Routines Ref, ACL-1
introduction• Util Routines Ref, ACL-1
ACL Protection• Rel Notes, 3-38
ACNT privilege• System Security, A-1;
Networking, 5-2; System Management,
6-9
ACP (ancillary control process)• Networking, 5-2,
6-1 ; Device Driver, A-7, A-20, A-21, A-28;
1/0 Reff, 1-1
class• Device Driver, A-12
default• Device Driver, A-12
establishing values for• Perform Manage, 5-5
for ODS-1 disks• Perform Manage, 5-5
removing blockage• Perform Manage, 5-16
ACP_MUL T parameter• Device Driver, A-12
ACP control function• 1/0 Ref/, 1-34
disk quotas• 1/0 Ref/, 1-36
magnetic tape positioning• 1/0 Ref/, 1-35
miscellaneous disk• 1/0 Ref/, 1-36
quota file transfer block• 1/0 Ref I, 1-37
ACP function• //O Ref/, 1-2
arguments• 1/0 Ref/, 1-2
attributes• 1/0 Ref/, 1-17 to 1-20
10$_ACCESS•//O Reff, 1-9, 1-11, 1-16, 1-28
10$_ACPCONTROL•//0 Reff, 1-9, 1-34
10$_CREATE•//O Ref/, 1-11, 1-12, 1-16,
1-25
10$_DEACCESS•//O Ref/, 1-15, 1-16, 1-31
10$_DELETE • 1/0 Ref I, 1-9, 1-33
10$_MODIFY•//O Ref/, 1-9, 1-12, 1-15,
1-16, 1-31
10$_MOUNT • //O Ref/, 1-33
major• 1/0 Ref/, 1-24
ACP parameters• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-56 to
SGN-59
ACP-010 interface• 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
access file function• //O Ref I, 1-28
access subfunction • 1/0 Ref/, 1-11
ACP control function• 1/0 Ref/, 1-34
ANSI standard• 1/0 Ref/, 1-2, 1-36
arguments• 1/0 Ref/, 1-2

ACP-010 interface
arguments (cont'd.)
disk quota• 1/0 Ref/, 1-37
attribute control block• 1/0 Ref /, 1-16
attributes• 1/0 Ref/, 1-17 to 1-20
attributes statistics block• //O Ref I, 1-23
create file function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25
disk• //O Ref/, 1-27
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 1-28
deaccess file function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-31
delete file function • 1/0 Ref /, 1-33
description• 1/0 Ref/, 1-1
FIB (file information block)• 1/0 Ref I, 1-3
See also FIB (file information block)
file characteristics• //O Ref I, 1-21
function codes• 1/0 Ref I, A-1
function modifiers• //O Ref I, 1-2
10$M_ACCESS•//O Ref/, 1-11, 1-25,
1-28
10$M_CREATE • 1/0 Ref/, 1-25, 1-27,
1-28
10$M_DELETE• //O Reff, 1-25, 1-27, 1-33
10$M_DMOUNT • 1/0 Ref I, 1-34, 1-36
1/0 operations• 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref/, 1-39
record attributes area• 1/0 Ref I, 1-21
values• //O Ref/, 1-21
serious exception (EOT) • 1/0 Reff, 1-26, 1-29,
1-35, 1-36
status returns• 1/0 Ref I, A-1
VAX BLISS-32 programming• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2
VAX MACRO programming• 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
XOP (extended 010 processor)• 1/0 Ref/, 1-1
ACP subfunction • 1/0 Ref I, 1-8
access• 1/0 Ref/, 1-11
directory lookup• 1/0 Ref/, 1-9
extend• 1/0 Ref/, 1-12, 1-39
read/write attributes• 1/0 Ref/, 1-16
truncate• 1/0 Ref/, 1-15
Action routine
See FDT routine
bit mask• Device Driver, 5-10
ACTIVE
plural form of component name• Networking,
3-91
%ACTIVE_TASK• Debugger Ref, D-8
ACTIVE BASE parameter• Networking, 3-39
Active component• Networking, 3-91
ACTIVE INCREMENT parameter• Networking,
3-39
/ACTIVE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-129
Active system
modifying • System Management, 11-11

lndex-5

Index

Actual argument• Programming, 1-8; MACRO
Ref, 4-1 to 4-2
Actual offset value
avoiding use of• RMS Ref, 2-4
%ADAEXC_NAME •Debugger Ref, D-7
Ada implementation table
See Implementation table
Adapter
See 1/0 adapter
Adapter control block
See ADP
ADAWI (Add Aligned Word Interlocked)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-8
Add
command to DCL table• Programming, 7-12
command to process table• Programming,
7-11
command to user table• Programming, 7-12
module to object library• Programming, 4-8
ADD (Field) command • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-31 to SHCL-40
CIRCUITS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-31
to SHCL-32
CLUSTER class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-32
CONNECTIONS class• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-33
COUNTERS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-34
CREDITS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-34
description • Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-39
ERRORS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-35
examples• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-39
LOCAL _PORTS class• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-35 to SHCL-36
MEMBERS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-36
to SHCL-38
SYSTEMS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-39
ADD /IDENTIFIER command• System Security,
5-10, 5-22 ; Authorize Ref, AUTH-21
ADD/PROXY command• System Security, 7-16,
7-22; Authorize Ref, AUTH-23
ADD_KEY_MAP built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-6 to 4-7
ADDB2 (Add Byte 2 Operand) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-9
ADDB3 (Add Byte 3 Operand) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-9
ADD CIRCUITS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-23
ADD CLUSTER command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-25
ADD command•Fi/e Applications, 4-4, 10-33;
Authorize Ref, AUTH-19; Disk Quota Ref,
DQT-5; FDL Ref, FDL-56; Install Ref, INS-5

lndex-6

ADD CONNECTIONS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-26
ADD COUNTERS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-28
ADD CREDITS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-29
ADDD2 (Add D_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDD3 (Add D_floating 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADD ERRORS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-30
ADDF2 (Add F_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDF3 (Add F_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDG2 (ADD G_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDG3 (ADD G_floating 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDH2 (ADD H_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDH3 (ADD H_floating 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105
Addition• Programming, 6-7
of decimal string• RTL Ref, RTL-760
two's complement•RTL Ref, RTL-2.33
Addition operator• SDA Ref, SDA-12
ADDL2 (Add Long 2 Operand) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-9
ADDL3 (Add Long 3 Operand) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-9
ADD LOCAL _PORTS command• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-41
ADD MEMBERS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-42
ADDP4 (Add Packed 4 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-143 to 9-144
ADDP6 (Add Packed 6 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-143 to 9-144
Address
access type• MACRO Ref, 8-14
area number• Networking, 2-2, 3-7, 3-12,
3-61
broadcast • Networking, 1-7
conversion of node address• Networking,
2-22, 3-61
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
DTE• Networking, 2-5
Ethernet hardware• Networking, 2-18, 3-11
Ethernet node• Networking, 3-11
Ethernet physical• Networking, 1-7, 2-18,
3-11
instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-34 to 9-36

Index

Address (cont'd.)

Addressing mode (cont'd.)

multicast• Networking, 1-6, 1-7
node• Networking, 2-2, 2-22
Phase Ill node• Networking, A-12
Phase IV node• Networking, A-12
simple• Debugger Ref, 5-3
translating virtual to physical • Device Driver,
10-10
virtual • MACRO Ref, 8-1
virtual memory• Programming, 4-18
.ADDRESS directive• MACRO Ref, 6-4
count of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-52, LINK-54
effect on position independence• Linker Ref,
LINK-31
effect on shareability •Linker Ref, LINK-30
guidelines for use of• Linker Ref, LINK-31
image activator's processing of• Linker Ref,
LINK-78
processing of• Linker Ref, LINK-78
relation to fix-up image section • Linker Ref,
LINK-78
Address expression
DEPOSIT command • Debugger Ref, 1-16,
6-11, CD-40
EVALUATE/ ADDRESS command• Debugger
Ref, 5-11 , CD-55
evaluating • Debugger Ref, 5-9
EXAMINE command • Debugger Ref, 1-15, 6-5,
CD-57
GO command• Debugger Ref, 3-5
numeric literal in • Debugger Ref, 5-6
operand in• Debugger Ref, 5-9
radix mode in• Debugger Ref, 6-3
SET BREAK command• Debugger Ref, 1-12,
3-6
SET TRACE command• Debugger Ref, 1-13,
3-15
SET WATCH command• Debugger Ref, 1-14,
3-12
source display by• Debugger Ref, 7-5
type associated with• Debugger Ref, 5-3
Address extension facility• Networking, 3-76
Addressing mode• MACRO Ref, 5-1 to 5-20
absolute• MACRO Ref, 5-15, 6-22
autodecrement •MACRO Ref, 5-8
autoincrement •MACRO Ref, 5-6
autoincrement deferred• MACRO Ref, 5-6 to
5-8
branch• MACRO Ref, 5-20
determining• MACRO Ref, 6-67 to 6-68
displacement• MACRO Ref, 5-8 to 5-9
displacement deferred• MACRO Ref, 5-10
to 5-11

forced-immediate• Patch Ref, PA TCH-25
general• MACRO Ref, 5-17
general register• MACRO Ref, 5-1 to 5-13
immediate• MACRO Ref, 5-15 to 5-16
index• MACRO Ref, 5-17 to 5-19
literal• MACRO Ref, 5-11 to 5-13, 5-16
operand specifier formats• MACRO Ref, 8-14
to 8-24
program counter• MACRO Ref, 5-13 to 5-17
register• MACRO Ref, 5-4 to 5-5
register deferred• MACRO Ref, 5-5
relative•MACRO Ref, 5-13 to 5-14, 6-19,
6-22
relative deferred • MACRO Ref, 5-14 to 5-15,
6-19
summary•MACRO Ref, 1-2
ADDRESS parameter• Networking, 3-4, 3-61
SET EXECUTOR command• Networking, 3-7
SET NODE command• Networking, 3-8
/ADDRESS qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-8;
Debugger Ref, CD-32, CD-55, CD-176; SDA
Ref, SDA-68, SDA-73, SDA-89
Address sort
reasons for selecting• Sort Ref, SORT-29
specifying in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-68
Address space
process• Debugger Ref, 2-5
ADD SYSTEMS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-43
ADDW2 (Add Word 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-9
ADDW3 (Add Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-9
Adjacent node• Networking, 1-1
on Ethernet• Networking, 2-6
ADJUST_WINDOW built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-8 to 4-11
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-11
figure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-9
ADP (adapter control block)• Device Driver, 1-6,
10-1, A-3 to A-6
address • Device Driver, 5-5, 10-3, 10-5, A-11 ,
A-19
data path allocation information • Device Driver,
10-3
data path wait queue• Device Driver, 10-3
for MBA • Device Driver, G-4, G-6 to G-7
mapping register allocation information • Device
Driver, 10-5
mapping register wait queue• Device Driver,
10-5

lndex-7

Index

ADP (adapter control block) (cont'd.)
role in nondirect vector interrupt dispatching•
Device Driver, 3-9
vector jump table• Device Driver, 3-9
ADP$L _DPQFL • Device Driver, C-68
ADP$L _MRQBL • Device Driver, C-74
ADP$L _MROFL •Device Driver, C-69
ADP$W_DPBITMAP •Device Driver, C-68, C-73
ADP$W_MRFREGARY •Device Driver, C-53,
C-69, C-74, C-75
ADP$W_MRNREGARY •Device Driver, C-53,
C-69, C-74, C-75
/AD qualifier
See / ASCID qualifier
ADVANCE function• Text Processing, 1-10; EDT
Ref, EDT-15
ADV command• Text Processing, 1-40; EDT
Ref, EDT-244
ADWC (Add with Carry) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-10
/AFTER qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-88, CD-134,
CD-142
SUBMIT command• Command Procedures, 8-4
AGAIN command• File Applications, 10-14;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-15, ARMS-16
Aggregate
data • Debugger Ref, 4-8
examining• Debugger Ref, CD-5 7, CD-60
setting watchpoint on • Debugger Ref, 3-13
Alarm
security applications• System Security, 4-54,
5-86
ALARM_JOURNAL keyword
specifies alarm ACE• System Security, 4-32
Alarm ACE• System Security, 4-25; System
Services Ref, 3-17
for failed file access attempt• System Security,
4-33
format of• System Services Ref, 3-17
for successful file access• System Security,
4-33
purpose of• System Services Ref, 3-17
ALF (automatic login file) • System Security, 5-43
to 5-46
maintenance recommendations• System
Security, 5-44
ALFMAINT command procedure• System Security,
5-43, 5-44
See also ALF
Algorithm
for memory allocation • RTL Ref, 8-6
password encryption • System Security, 3-10
ALIAS MAXIMUM LINKS parameter• Networking,
3-67

lndex-8

Alias node
See Alias node identifier
Alias node address• Networking, 1-11, 2-4,
2-30, 3-9, 8-7
Alias node identifier• Networking, 1-11, 2-4,
2-30, 3-9 to 3-10, 8-7
enabling • Networking, 3-10
restrictions• Networking, 2-4, 8-7
setting • Networking, 3-10
specifying maximum logical links• Networking,
3-67
use with objects• Networking, 2-30, 3-71
Alias node name• Networking, 1-11, 2-4, 2-30,
3-9
ALIGN command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-22,
PA TCH-42, PA TCH-43
with I ABSOLUTE qualifier• Patch Ref,
PATCH-31
.ALIGN directive• MACRO Ref, 6-5 to 6-6
Alignment
data • System Management, 9-15
forms• System Management, 9-15
Alignment attribute • RTL Ref, 8-10
ALL keyword • VAXTPU Ref, 4-7 3, 4-144, 4-165,
4-167
word in component name• Networking, 3-2,
6-2
ALLOCATE command•Disk & Tape, 3-25; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-16 to DCL-17; Debugger
Ref, 9-2, CD-3
See also Allocation
and DEASSIGN command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-85
and DISMOUNT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-147
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-18, 5-3
/ALLOCATE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-111
Allocation• File Applications, 3-27, 4-38, A-1
device
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-549
of device• DCL Dictionary, DCL-16
of disk volume• Disk & Tape, 4-9, 4-10
of drive• Disk & Tape, 3-2
disk• Disk & Tape, 3-2
generic• Disk & Tape, 3-3, 3-4
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 3-3
of file window mapping pointers with MOUNT•
Mount Ref, MOUNT-38
of magnetic tape volume• Disk & Tape, 4-18
ALLOCATION attribute• File Applications, 4-39;
FDL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-18

Index

Allocation class• Device Driver, A-13;
VAXclusters, 4-8 to 4-13; System Services
Ref, SYS-195
assigning value to HSC50s • VAXclusters, 4-11
assigning value to nodes• VAXclusters, 4-11
device name• VAXclusters, 4-10
rules for assignment• VAXclusters, 4-13
Allocation class identifier• VAXclusters, 4-10
Allocation control XAB
See XABALL block
/ALLOCATION qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-39
Allocation quantity option • File Applications, 4-39
ALLOCLASS parameter• VAXclusters, 5-4;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-59
/ALL qualifier• Debugger Ref, 7-11 ; SDA Ref,
SDA-41, SDA-79, SDA-80, SDA-84, SDA-90,
SDA-98, SDA-109
CANCEL BREAK command• Debugger Ref,
CD-11
CANCEL DISPLAY command• Debugger Ref,
CD-13
CANCEL IMAGE command• Debugger Ref,
CD-15
CANCEL MODULE command• Debugger Ref,
CD-17
CANCEL TRACE command• Debugger Ref,
CD-23
CANCEL WATCH command• Debugger Ref,
CD-26
CANCEL WINDOW command• Debugger Ref,
CD-27
DELETE/KEY command• Debugger Ref, CD-38
DELETE command• Debugger Ref, CD-37
EXTRACT command• Debugger Ref, CD-66
SEARCH command• Debugger Ref, CD-82
SET IMAGE command• Debugger Ref, CD-102
SET MODULE command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-80; Debugger Ref, CD-111
SET TASK command• Debugger Ref, CD-129
SHOW DISPLAY command• Debugger Ref,
CD-152
SHOW KEY command• Debugger Ref, CD-15 7
SHOW QUEUE command• Command
Procedures, 8-9
SHOW TASK command• Debugger Ref,
CD-178
SHOW WINDOW command• Debugger Ref,
CD-185
with DELETE/KEY command• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 6-18
with RECALL command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-16
with SHOW KEY command• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 6-17

ALLSPOOL privilege• System Security, A-1;
System Management, 6-9
·Alphanumeric UIC • System Security, 4-4
ALTERNA TE DAT A RECORD node•
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-5
Alternate index• File Applications, 3-23; FOL
Ref, FDL-29
Alternate index structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-3
Alternate key • File Applications, 3-19;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-6; FOL Ref,
FDL-6, FDL-29
Alternate record• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-6
Alternate record structure• File Applications,
10-26
Alternate root• Software Installation, 4-39
creating on a common system disk• Rel Notes,
1-29; Software Installation, 6-20
creating on common system disk• Rel Notes,
1-30; Software Installation, 6-20
specification format• Software Installation, 5-4
VMSINST AL option
restriction• Software Installation, 5-10
Alternate start 1/0 routine• Device Driver, 8-15 to
8-16, C-16
address• Device Driver, 7-7, A-14, D-1
context• Device Driver, D-1
functions •Device Driver, D-1
input• Device Driver, D-1
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-1
output• Device Driver, D-1
register usage• Device Driver, D-1
Alternate system root
VMSINST AL option• Software Installation,
5-10
ALTMODE key• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
ALTPRI privilege• System Security, A-2; System
Management, 6-9
ALWAYS keyword
GSMA TCH option• Programming, 4-30
Ampersand (&)
and apostrophe substitution operator• DCL
Concepts, 6-4
as substitution operator• DCL Concepts, 6-3
using to request symbol substitution• Command
Procedures, 2-20
Analysis
of dump file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-18
of Files-11 disk volumes• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-19
of global symbol table• DCL Dictionary, DCL-22
of image file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21

lndex-9

Index

Analysis (cont'd.)
of image file fixup section • DCL Dictionary,
OCL-22
of image file patcti text records • DCL Dictionary,
OCL-22
of object file• DCL Dictionary, OCL-25
debugger information records• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-26
end-of-module records • DCL Dictionary,
OCL-26
global symbol directory record • DCL
Dictionary, OCL-26
link option specification record • DCL
Dictionary, OCL-27
module header record • DCL Dictionary,
OCL-27
module traceback record • DCL Dictionary,
OCL-27
relocation record• DCL Dictionary, OCL-28
text• DCL Dictionary, OCL-28
of object module• DCL Dictionary, OCL-25
of patch text record• DCL Dictionary, OCL-22
of process dump• DCL Dictionary, OCL-29
of RMS file• DCL Dictionary, OCL-31
of running system • DCL Dictionary, OCL-32
of shareable image file• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-21
ANAL YSIS_QF_AREA attribute• FOL Ref, FOL-3,
FOL-5
ANAL YSIS_OF_AREA primary attribute• File
Applications, 10-1, 10-28
ANAL YSIS_OF_KEY attribute• FOL Ref, FOL-3,
FOL-5
ANAL YSIS_OF_KEY primary attribute• File
Applications, 10-1, 10-28
/ANALYSIS qualifier•FDL Ref, FOL-1, FOL-44
Analysis section• File Applications, 4-5, 10-1 ,
10-34
FOL• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-10
ANAL YZE/CRASH_OUMP command• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-18
ANAL YZE/OISK_STRUCTURE command• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-19
See also Verify Utility
ANAL YZE/ERRQR_LOG command• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-20 ; Error Log Ref, ERR-1
See also Error Log Utility
ANALYZE/IMAGE command• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-21 to OCL-23
ANAL YZE/MEOIA command• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-24
ANALYZE/OBJECT command• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-25 to OCL-28

lndex-10

ANAL YZE/PROCESS_OUMP command• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-29 to OCL-30
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE
See Analyze/RMS_File Utility
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE command• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-31
Analyze/RMS_File Utility (ANALYZE/RMS_FILE) •
File Applications, 1-16, 10-1, 10-34; Disk &
Tape, 5-8; FOL Ref, FOL-38
ANAL YSIS_QF_AREA section• FOL Ref, FOL-5
ANAL YSIS_QF_KEY section• FOL Ref, FOL-5
analyzing file structure interactively•
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
creating FOL files• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-2; FDL Ref, FOL-38, FOL-39
directing output• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-1
duplicate key values• FOL Ref, FOL-6
examining prologue• File Applications, 3-19
examples
analyzing a file interactively• Analyze/RMS_
File Ref, ARMS-30
analyzing a remote file• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-30
creating an FOL file• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-30
creating an FOL file from a remote file•
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-30
exception conditions• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-7
exiting from• Ana/yze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-1
file optimizing• File Applications, 4-5
invoking• DCL Dictionary, OCL-31;
Ana/yze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-1
restrictions• Ana/yze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
with OECnet-V AX• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-6
with FOL files• File Applications, 4-3
ANALYZE/SYSTEM command• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-32
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE •Rel Notes, 2-14
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE command• Programming,
9-94
ANALYZE command• SDA Ref, SOA-1
ANALYZE default file name• Ana/yze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-12
.
/ANALYZE qualifier• File Applications, 10-34
Analyzing system failure
small disk systems• System Management,
3-13
ANCHOR built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-12
to 4-13
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-12
Anchored search• VAXTPU Ref, 2-14, 4-12

Index

Ancillary control process
See ACP
.AND. logical operator•Programming, 6-11
AND operator• MACRO Ref, 3-16
ANL file type• File Applications, 10-7;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-12
Annotated command procedures • Command
Procedures, A-1 to A-38
Announcement message• System Security, 3-6
security disadvantage• System Security, 5-35
"ansLcrt" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-92
ANSI data• Disk & Tape, B-1
ANSI escape sequence• 1/0 Ref I, B-9
ANSI file name• Disk & Tape, 4-21, B-12
ANSI-labeled volume• Disk & Tape, B-1, B-4
accessibility protection• Disk & Tape, 2-5
copying files from• Disk & Tape, 5-3
ANSWER command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-24;
Mail Ref, MAIL-22; Phone Ref, PHONE-9
Answer file• Software Installation, 5-7
ANY built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-14
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-14
AOBLEO (Add One and Branch Less Than or Equal)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-47
AOBLSS (Add One and Branch Less Than)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-48
%AP• Debugger Ref, 0-3
APL Implementation table
See Implementation table
Apostrophe (')
ASCII string delimiter• Debugger Ref, 6-12
as substitution operator• DCL Concepts, 6-2
character constant• Programming, 6-13
instruction delimiter• Debugger Ref, 6-13
search-string delimiter• Debugger Ref, 7-1 O
using to request symbol substitution • Command
Procedures, 2-19
APPEND /PROTECTION command• System
Security, 5-19
APPENO_LINE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-15
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-15
Append access• Disk & Tape, 4-23
APPEND command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-9;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-33 to DCL-37; EDT Ref,
EDT-245
APPEND function• Text Processing, 1-22; EDT
Ref, EDT-17
Appending records to a file• Command
Procedures, 6-12
Appendix
creating• Text Processing, 4-39

.APPENDIX command• Text Processing, 4-39;
DSR Ref, 2-2
/APPEND qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1 ,
CONV-3, CONV-9 ; Debugger Ref, CD-66
OPEN command• Command Procedures, 6-12
/ APPLICA TION_KEYPAD qualifier• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 6-24
Application ACE• System Services Ref, 3-18
format of• System Services Ref, 3-18
purpose of• System Services Ref, 3-18
Application design• File Applications, 2-1, 2-28
shared access consideration• File Applications,
3-3
space consideration• File Applications, 3-2
speed consideration• File Applications, 3-1
Applications user
function• Networking, 1-3
Approximate key match• File Applications, 8-14
AP symbol• SDA Ref, SOA-13
ARB (access rights block)• Device Driver, A-23
ARB built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-16 to
4-17
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-16
Arc cosine
in degrees• RTL Ref, RTL-375
in radians• RTL Ref, RTL-372
Arc sine
in degrees• RTL Ref, RTL-380
in radians• RTL Ref, RTL-378
Arc tangent
hyperbolic• RTL Ref, RTL-390
in degrees• RTL Ref, RTL-384, RTL-388
in radians• RTL Ref, RTL-382, RTL-386
Area• File Applications,, 3-27; Networking, 1-2
; FOL Ref, FDL-28, FOL-29
default number• Networking, 2-2, 3-7
definition• Networking, 2-22
leakage• Networking, A-14
multiple• File Applications, 3-7, 3-28, 3-30
defining in an FOL file• File Applications,
3-28
on a volume set• File Applications, 3-27
number• Networking, 2-2, 2-21, 2-22, 3-7,
3-61
number in Ethernet address• Networking, 3-12
partitioning• Networking, A-10
path control parameters• Networking, 3-65
AREA attribute•FDL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-7, FDL-27,
FDL-28, FDL-29, FDL-39
AREA DESCRIPTOR node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-3, ARMS-4
AREA DESCRIPTOR structure• File Applications,
10-22

lndex-11

Index

Area extension size• RTL Ref, 8-9
Area leakage problem• Networking, A-14
AREA MAXIMUM COST parameter• Networking,
3-65
AREA MAXIMUM HOPS parameter• Networking,
3-65
AREA primary• File Applications, 4-39
BESLTRY_CONTIGUOUS attribute• File
Applications, 4-39
EXACT_POSITIONING attribute• File
Applications, 4-40
POSITION attribute
ANY_CYLINDER option • File Applications,
4-39
CYLINDER option• File Applications, 4-40
FILE_ID option• File Applications, 4-40
FILE_NAME option• File Applications, 4-40
LOGICAL option• File Applications, 4-40
VIRTUAL option• File Applications, 4-40
VOLUME attribute• File Applications, 4-40
AREA primary attribute
ALLOCATION secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-28
BEST_TRY_CONTIGUOUS secondary attribute•
File Applications, 3-27
CONTIGUOUS secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-27
DAT A_AREA secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-29
INDEX _AREA secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-29
LEVEL 1_1NDEX_AREA secondary attribute•
File Applications, 3-29
Area router
See Level 2 router
Area routing• Networking, 1-2, 2-20
advantages• Networking, 2-22
alternate paths• Networking, A-3
avoiding problems• Networking, A-10
concepts• Networking, 2-22
configuration guidelines• Networking, A-2
converting to multiple areas• Networking, A-8
design considerations• Networking, A-1
design redundancy• Networking, A-2
dropping area number• Networking, A-12
example of configuration procedure•
Networking, A-5
leakage problem• Networking, A-2, A-14
limiting number of areas• Networking, 3-62
on Ethernet• Networking, 2-25, A-15
partitioned area problem• Networking, A-10
Phase Ill node problem• Networking, A-12
techniques• Networking, A-1

lndex-12

Area selection
DECnet-VAX option• Software Installation,
6-8
Areas option• File Applications, 4-39
Argument
access mechanism • Modular Procedures, B-12
actual• Programming, 1-8
adding new• Modular Procedures, 6-5
buffer address• Programming, 1-33
byte• Programming, 1-24
characteristics• Modular Procedures, B-1
characteristics of• RTL Ref, 2-3, 2-6
passing mechanism• System Services Ref,
1-6
common block• Programming, 1-10
default• DSR Ref, 1-2
definition• DSR Ref, 1-2
device/function-dependent• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2
dummy• Programming, 1-8
explicit• Modular Procedures, 2-4
implicit• Modular Procedures, 2-4
in macro• MACRO Ref, 4-1 to 4-6
length• MACRO Ref, 6-63
list• Programming, 1-8; 1/0 Ref I, A-1 to A-8 ;
1/0 Ref II, A-1 to A-5
longword• Programming, 1-25
LP A 11-K subroutine • 1/0 Ref I, 4-14
mask• Programming, 1-26, 1-30
mechanism array• System Services Ref, 10-10
null• DSR Ref, 1-4
number of• MACRO Ref, 6-62
optional• Modular Procedures, 2-16, A-3
order•Modular Procedures, 2-15, A-3
passing• Programming, 1-8, 1-10
passing mechanism• Modular Procedures,
B-13; Programming, 1-22; RTL Ref,
1-26
passing to VAX RMS• RMS Ref, 1-2
quadword• Programming, 1-28
rules for• DSR Ref, 1-3
signal array• System Services Ref, 10-9
specifying • Debugger Ref, 3-5; System
Services Ref, 2-8
system-defined procedure• Programming, 1-20
to FAB •RMS Ref, 1-2
to RAB• RMS Ref, 1-4
using separator in VAX RMS coding • RMS Ref,
3'."6
variable-length structure• Programming, 1-31
VMS data types• Modular Procedures, B-10
VMS usage• Modular Procedures, B-1 ;
System Services Ref, 1-6; RTL Ref,
1-10

Index

Argument (cont'd.)

Array (cont'd.)

word• Programming, 1-24
Argument blocks• Modular Procedures, 6-6
Argument data type
See Data type
Argument list• System Services Ref, 2-4
count field• RMS Ref, 2-5
creating• System Services Ref, 2-8
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
description• RMS Ref, 2-4
error routine address field• RMS Ref, 2-5
for AST service routine• System Services Ref,
5-4
for condition handler• System Services Ref,
1~9
.

multidimensional• Programming, 6-28
numeric• Programming, 6-23
defining• Programming, 6-23
referencing• Programming, 6-24
passing • Programming, 1-1 7
processing with implied DO loop• Programming,
8-13
referencing the full array• Programming, 6-26
signal•SDA Ref, SDA-16, SDA-18; System
Services Ref, 10-9
storage• Programming, 6-27
virtual address• System Services Ref, 11-5
Array descriptor
See Descriptor
Array slice• Debugger Ref, 4-8
Arrow key
command recall functions• DCL Concepts, 1-9
ASCIC data type• Debugger Ref, 5-1
.ASCIC directive• MACRO Ref, 6-8
/ ASCIC qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-40, CD-5 7
ASCID data type • Debugger Ref, 5-1
.ASCID directive• MACRO Ref, 6-9
effect on position independence• Linker Ref,
LINK-31
effect on shareability •Linker Ref, LINK-30
/ ASCID qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-40, CD-5 7
ASCII
format in DIFFERENCES output • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-134
ASCII (8-bit) code• 1/0 Ref/, 2-7
I ASCll-/NOASCll qualifier
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-60,
PATCH-61
EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-63
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-7 4
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-92
ASCII "a" characters• Disk & Tape, 5-4, 8-1, 8-4
percent sign• Disk & Tape, 4-22
ASCII built-in procedure • VAXTPU Ref, 4-18
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-18
ASCII character
delimiting in control block fields• RMS Ref, 3-6
ASCII character set• DCL Concepts, 5-16;
MACRO Ref, A-1to A-2
See also DEC Multinational Character Set
ASCII data
depositing• Debugger Ref, 6-12
length of• Debugger Ref, 6-12
truncating• Debugger Ref, 6-12

for system services • System Services Ref, 2-4
new FA8 address field• RMS Ref, 2-5
success routine address field• RMS Ref, 2-5
Argument pointer• SDA Ref, SDA-13
Arguments heading
See Routine format
Arithmetic comparison operation• DCL Concepts,
5-13
operands for• DCL Concepts, 5-14
Arithmetic error• Programming, 6-10
Arithmetic expression • VAXTPU Ref, 3-7
evaluating • Patch Ref, PA TCH-62
special operators for• Patch Ref, PA TCH-28
Arithmetic instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-139 to
9-162
floating-point• MACRO Ref, 9-100 to 9-121
integer• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33
Arithmetic operation• DCL Concepts, 5-12;
Programming, 6-7
operands for• DCL Concepts, 5-12
value conversion in• DCL Concepts, 5-12
Arithmetic operator• DELTA Ref, DELT A-9
Arithmetic shift operator• SDA Ref, SDA-12;
MACRO Ref, 3-15
Arithmetic trap• Programming, 4-5
Array•Programming, 4-37; Debugger Ref, 4-7,
5-8
adjustable• Programming, 1-18
assumed-size• Programming, 1-18
bounds• Programming, 6-27
character• Programming, 6-24
conversion of• RTL Ref, RTL-420
EQUIVALENCE elements• Programming, 2-7
examining • Debugger Ref, CD-5 7, CD-60
1/0 •Programming, 9-17
initializing elements• Programming, 2-5
mechanism• SDA Ref, SDA-16; System
Services Ref, 10-10

lndex-13

Index

ASCII data type• Debugger Ref, 5-1
.ASCII directive• MACRO Ref, 6-10
ASCII-NO ASCII mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-19
ASCII operator• MACRO Ref, 3-12
ASCII pad character• Convert Ref, CONV-20
/ASCII qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-40, CD-5 7
ASCII string
converting to binary• System Services Ref,
SYS-24
entering• Patch Ref, PA TCH-25
ASCII string storage directives• MACRO Ref, 6-7
to 6-11
counted (.ASCIC) •MACRO Ref, 6-8
string (.ASCII)• MACRO Ref, 6-10
string-descriptor (.ASCID) •MACRO Ref, 6-9
zero-terminated (.ASCIZ) •MACRO Ref, 6-11
ASCII time• System Services Ref, 9- 7
ASCIW data type • Debugger Ref, 5-1
/ ASCIW qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-40, CD-5 7
ASCIZ data type• Debugger Ref, 5-1
.ASCIZ directive• MACRO Ref, 6-11
/ ASCIZ qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-4 1, CD-5 7
$ASCTIM
RTL jacket routine• RTL Ref, RTL-310
ASHL (Arithmetic Shift Long) instruction• MACRO
Ref,. 9-11
ASHP (Arithmetic Shift and Round Packed)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-145 to 9-146
ASHQ (Arithmetic Shift Quad) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-11
Assembler• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2
invoking
VAX MACRO• DCL Dictionary, DCL-306
Assembler directives
summary•MACRO Ref, C-1
Assembly language• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2
Assembly termination directive (.END)• MACRO
Ref, 6-25
ASSIGN/MERGE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-44
ASSIGN/QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-45 to DCL-46
and DEASSIGN/QUEUE command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-90
ASSIGN command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-11 ;
File Applications, 4-18; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-38 to DCL-43; Linker Ref, LINK-135;
System Services Ref, 6-2
and DEASSIGN. command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-85
/TRANSLA TION_A TTRIBUTES qualifier• File
Applications, 5-8

lndex-14

ASSIGN command (cont'd.)
using to create a logical name• Command
Procedures, 2-2
Assignment
of logical queue to an execution queue• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-45
of queue name• DCL Dictionary, DCL-203
of symbols interactively• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-214
Assignment statement• Programming, 6-3;
VAXTPU Ref, 3-13; MACRO Ref, 1-1, 3-16
to 3-17
equating a symbol to a character string • DCL
Concepts, 5-4
equating a symbol to a string expression• DCL
Concepts, 5-9
equating a symbol to a string or integer value•
DCL Concepts, 5-1
record• Programming, 6-37
special-purpose• DCL Concepts, 5-4
= (Assignment Statement) command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-3 to DCL-6
ASSIST ANT PHYSICAL ADDRESS parameter•
Networking, 7-11
/ASSIST qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-8
AST (asynchronous system trap)• Modular
Procedures, 3-26; Device Driver, 8-8,
C-6 to C-7; Programming, 3-24; RTL Ref,
9-24
See also Attention AST
access mode• System Services Ref, 5-2
blocking • System Services Ref, 12-9, 12-14
condition handling at AST level • Modular
Procedures, 3-35
declaring • System Services Ref, 5-3, SYS-111
definition• Modular Procedures, 3-26
delivering• Device Driver, 3-3, 8-12, C-2;
Programming, 3-25; System Services Ref,
5-5
disabling • Debugger Ref, CD-45; System
Services Ref, SYS-356
disabling interrupts• Modular Procedures, 3-33
displaying AST handling conditions• Debugger
Ref, CD-147
enabling• Debugger Ref, CD-52; System
Services Ref, SYS-356
example• System Services Ref, 5-5
execution• Programming, 3-24
for aborted 1/0 request• Device Driver, 8-12
handler• Modular Procedures, 3-26, 3-28
1/0 at AST level• Modular Procedures, 3-34,
A-7
interrupt• Modular Procedures, 3-26
out of band • Device Driver, 13-5

Index

AST (asynchronous system trap) (cont'd.)

Asynchronous connection

parameter• System Services Ref, 5-4
process quota for• Device Driver, 8-11
queuing• Device Driver, C-59
quota • System Services Ref, 7-3; 1/0 Ref I,
3-15, 4-12, 6-8, 7-6, 8-41
reentrancy •Modular Procedures, 3-25, 3-27,
A-6
routine• Modular Procedures, 3-26
service routine• System Services Ref, 5-4
setting for power recovery• System Services
Ref, SYS-364
setting timer for• System Services Ref,
SYS-362
special kernel mode• Device Driver, 3-7, 5-17,
8-6, 8-6, A-7, C-59
specification of quota • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-368
system service• System Services Ref, 5-1
thread• Modular Procedures, 3-26
user mode• Device Driver, 3-7, 5-17
user specified• Device Driver, 8-11, A-20
writing• Programming, 3-24
writing AST-reentrant procedures• Modular
Procedures, 3-28
AST control block
See ACB
Asterisk (*)•Disk & Tape, 4-21, 4-22
HELP command • Debugger Ref, CD-71
multiplication operator• Debugger Ref, 5-10,
D.;6
used in output file specification • DCL Concepts,
3-18
used to indicate temporary default• DCL
Concepts, 3-18
used to specify output directory• DCL
Concepts, 3-19, 3-20, 3-21
wildcard character• DCL Concepts, 3-15, 3-16;
Debugger Ref, 7-2
ASTLM (AST limit)• Software Installation, 5-2
ASTLM quota• Networking, 5-34
effect of canceling wakeup• System Services
Ref, SYS-41
/AST qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-8
AST queue limit• System Management, 6-2
AST service routine
for connect to interrupt facility• Device Driver,
H-8, H-10, H-12
ASYNCHRONOUS attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-11
Asynchronous circuit
See Circuit
See DDCMP

DDCMP •Networking, 1-8
dynamic• Networking, 1-4, 1-7, 1-8
line parameters• Networking, 3-56
static• Networking, 1-4, 1-7, 1-8
Asynchronous DDCMP driver
See DMP 11 /DMF32 driver
Asynchronous DECnet• System Management,
11-14
using virtual terminals• System Management,
11-12
Asynchronous 1/0 •Programming, 8-58
Asynchronous line
See also Line
See DDCMP
Asynchronous operation• File Applications, 8-2 1,
8-23
contrasted with synchronous operation • RMS
Ref, 2-7
performance• File Applications, 9-10
using register 0 •RMS Ref, 2-5
Asynchronous read• Programming, 8-59
Asynchronous system trap
See AST
Asynchronous terminal
See X.29 terminal
ASY option • FOL Ref, FDL-11
AT$_MBA•Device Driver, A-3, A-16
AT$_UBA •Device Driver, A-3, A-16
Atomic data type
See Data type
At sign (@) • SDA Ref, SDA-12
contents-of operator• Debugger Ref, 5-10, D-6
execute-procedure command • Debugger Ref,
2-10, CD-4
SET A TSIGN command• Debugger Ref, CD-87
SHOW A TSIGN command• Debugger Ref,
CD-148
ATTACH built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-19
to 4-20
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-20
ATTACH command•DCL Dictionary, DCL-47 to
DCL-48; VAXTPU Ref, F-1; Debugger Ref,
CD-6; SDA Ref, SDA-32
Attached processor
show state• DCL Dictionary, DCL-545
start• DCL Dictionary, DCL-615
stop• DCL Dictionary, DCL-629
Attention AST
See also AST
blocking• Device Driver, A-37
delivering• Device Driver, C-2

lndex-15

Index

Attention AST (cont'd.)

Audit trail

DEUNA driver• 1/0 Ref II, 6-27
disabling• Device Driver, C-6 to C-7
DMC 11/DMR11 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
DMP 11 /DMF32 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
DR 11-W/ORV 11-WA driver• 1/0 Ref II, 3-13
enabling • Device Driver, C-6 to C-7
flushing• Device Driver, C-4
read mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-41
write mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-9
Attention condition• Device Driver, G-8 to G-9
See also MBA, MBA$L_AS, MASSBUS
Attention summary register
See MBA$L _AS
Attribute• File Applications, 4-3, 4-12; FOL Ref,
FDL-3, FDL-43
buffer• VAXTPU Ref, 4~32
display• Debugger Ref, 8-2, 8-16, CD-84,
CD-170
global• Debugger Ref, 4-10
symbol declaration • Debugger Ref, 4-6
video• Programming, 8-18
window• VAXTPU Ref, 4-41
Attributes of program sections
absolute• Linker Ref, LINK-62
concatenated• Linker Ref, LINK-62
executable• Linker Ref, LINK-63
global• Linker Ref, LINK-63, LINK-70
in image section generation • Linker Ref,
LINK-73
in shareable images• Linker Ref, LINK-29
local• Linker Ref, LINK-63
modification of• Linker Ref, LINK-61
nonexecutable •Linker Ref, LINK-63
non-position-independent• Linker Ref, LINK-64
nonshareable •Linker Ref, LINK-64
nonvector• Linker Ref, LINK-64
nonwriteable •Linker Ref, LINK-63
overlaid• Linker Ref, LINK-62
position-independent• Linker Ref, LINK-64
relocatable• Linker Ref, LINK-62
shareable• Linker Ref, LINK-64
vector• Linker Ref, LINK-64
writeable• Linker Ref, LINK-63
Audit data• System Security, 5-86.6
Auditing
applications • System Security, 6-6
as security feature• System Security, 6-6
a terminal session• System Security, 5-86.4
security• System Security, 4-52
Audit reduction facility• System Security, 5-86.2

changing the value of• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-11
in security model• System Security, 2-2
protecting• System Security, D-4
role in security• System Security, 2-6
Authorization database
concept• System Security, 4-17
considerations on a V AXcluster • System
Security, 8-2
defined• System Security, 2-2
role in security• System Security, 2-5
AUTHORIZE
See Authorize Utility
AUTHORIZE command• Networking, 5-4
Authorize Utility (AUTHORIZE)• Rel Notes,
2-6, 3-17 ; System Management, 5-1 O;
VAXclusters, A-1; Authorize Ref, AUTH-1
AUTOLOGIN flag• Rel Notes, 2-7, 3-29
commands• Authorize Ref, AUTH-18 to
AUTH-58
DCL qualifiers• Authorize Ref, AUTH-7 to
AUTH-14
default password• Authorize Ref, AUTH-19
DEFAULT record• Authorize Ref, AUTH-19
directing output• Authorize Ref, AUTH-1
invoking• Authorize Ref, AUTH-1, AUTH-5
MODIFY SYSTEM command• Software
Installation, 5-3
restrictions• Authorize Ref, AUTH-1
SHOW SYSTEM command• Software
Installation, 5-2
I ACCESS qualifier• Rel Notes, 2-6, 3-28
/PWDEXPIRED qualifier• Rel Notes, 3-18
/PWDLIFETIME qualifier• Rel Notes, 3-18
/secondary passwords• Rel Notes, 2-6, 3-28
to check UAF limits• Software Installation, 5-2
to modify user accounts• VAXclusters, A-3
AUTO_POSITIONING command• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-10
"auto_repeat" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-93
AUTO_REPEA T keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-163
Autoanswer
and backup synchronous dialup • System
Security, 7-9
VMSINST AL option• Software Installation, 5-7
Autobauding • System Security, 3-12
Autoconfiguration
See also System Generation Utility
driver control of• Device Driver, 14-1 5 to
14-16

lndex-16

Index

AUTOCONFIGURE command• System
Management, 11-11 ; S YSGEN Ref, SGN-13
Autodecrement mode• MACRO Ref, 5-8
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-17
AUTOGEN
calculations• System Management, 11-21
description • System Management, 11-1
execution type parameters• System
Management, 11-3
functions• System Management, 11-1
invoking• System Management, 11-2
modifying calculations• System Management,
11-7
parameters in OLDSITE•.DAT files• System
Management, 11-19
phase parameters• System Management, 11-2
using to change system parameters• Perform
Manage, 5-1
AUTOGEN.PAR parameter file
creating • System Management, 11-10
creation of• Rel Notes, 1-20; Software
Installation, 6-17
modifying• System Management, 11-10
AUTOGEN command procedure• System
Management, 2-1, 2-13, 2-14, 11-1
AUTOGEN facility• Networking, 5-32
running after cluster boot• VAXclusters, 5-11
Autoincrement deferred mode• MACRO Ref, 5-6
to 5-8
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-16 to
8-17
Autoincrement mode• MACRO Ref, 5-6
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-16
.AUTOJUSTIFY command• DSR Ref, 2-3
Autologin
See also ALF
account
as security problem• System Security, 5-46
V AXcluster requirements for file• System
Security, 8-2
AUTOLOGIN flag• System Security, 5-46
Automatic login file
See also ALF
Automatic password generator
use to obtain initial password • System Security,
5-24
when to require• System Security, 5-32
/AUTOMATIC qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-9
Automatic rebooting
preventing• DELTA Ref, DELT A-5
Automatic shutdown• Software Installation, 5-6
Automatic volume labeling
See AVL

Automatic volume recognition
See AVR
.AUTOPARAGRAPH command•DSR Ref, 2-4
example• DSR Ref, 2-5
AUTO prefix• Networking, 3-36; NCP Ref,
NCP-174
AUTO REST ART /BOOT switch• Software
Installation, 2-14
installat.ion setting• Software Installation, 2-15
operational setting• Software Installation, 2-15
AUTO REST ART switch• Software Installation,
2-9
.AUTOSUBTITLE command• DSR Ref, 2-6
.AUTOT ABLE command• DSR Ref, 2-7
example• DSR Ref, 2-8
Available pool
of devices• DCL Dictionary, DCL-84
A VL operator functions• Disk & Tape, 7-5
AVR operator functions• Disk & Tape, 7-5
/AW qualifier
See / ASCIW qualifier
A WSA (automatic working set adjustment) •
Perform Manage, 2-8
adjusting• Perform Manage, 2-17
enabling • Perform Manage, 5-9
in relation to performance management•
Perform Manage, 2-18
in relation to system parameters• Perform
Manage, 2-17
investigating status• Perform Manage, 4-13
overview• Perform Manage, 2-8
page faulting• Perform Manage, 2-9
tuning to respond to increased demand •
Perform Manage, 5-8
A WSMIN parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-59
A WSTIME parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-60
/AZ
See /ASCIZ

B
Babble timer• Networking, 3-40
BACK command• Text Processing, 1-40; EDT
Ref, EDT-24 7; Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-17; Mail Ref, MAIL-25
Background color
screen • Programming, 8-17
Backplane interconnect• Device Driver, 1-11 ,
1-14, 4-1
See also V AXBI, CMI, SBI, 022 bus

lndex-17

Index

Backplane interconnect (cont'd.)

Backup operation (cont'd.)

UNIBUS interlock sequence to• Device Driver,
4-9
Backslash (\) • Debugger Ref, 0-5
global-symbol specifier• Debugger Ref, 4-16,
4-22, CD-119
last-value symbol • Debugger Ref, 4-5
path-name delimiter•Debugger Ref, 4-5, 4-12,
7-5
BACKSPACE function• EDT Ref, EDT-19
BACKSPACE key•DCL Concepts, 1-8
/BACKSPACE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-5
BACKUP
See Backup Utility
Backup
dual-RL02 •Software Installation, 4-28
R80/RL02 •Software Installation, 4-26
RC25 •Software Installation, 4-29, 4-31
regular or standalone• Software Installation,
4-19
use during installation• Software Installation,
4-18
BACKUP.SYS•Disk & Tape, A-4
BACKUP attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-17
BACKUP command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
BACKUP function• Text Processing, 1-10; EDT
Ref, EDT-20; Backup Ref, BACKU-6
Backup home block• Disk & Tape, A-2
Backup index file header• Disk & Tape, A-2
Backup log file• Disk & Tape, A-4
BACKUP media
Files-11 disk save set• Backup Ref, BACKU-25
magnetic tape save set• Backup Ref,
BACKU-25
multivolume save set• Backup Ref, BACKU-27
remote Files-11 disk• Backup Ref, BACKU-25
remote save set• Backup Ref, BACKU-26
sequential-disk save set• Backup Ref,
BACKU-26
Backup of system disk
V AX-11 /730 • Software Installation, 4-26,
4-28
V AX-11 /750 •Software Installation, 4-24
V AX-11 /780 •Software Installation, 4-22
VAX 8600 •Software Installation, 4-19
Backup operation
disk volume set• System Management, 7-18
general recommendations• System Security,
5-74
.
image• System Management, 7-16
performed as captive privileged account•
System Security, 5-59
restore• System Management, 7-25 to 7-31

saving to sequential disk• System Management,
7-19
multivolume •System Management, 7-20
system disk• System Management, 2-18
volume-by-volume• System Management,
7-18
/BACKUP qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-54
Backup Utility (BACKUP)• File Applications, 10-2;
Disk & Tape, 6-2; Backup Ref, BACKU-1
backup media• Disk & Tape, 6-6
Files-11 disk•Disk & Tape, 6-7, 6-16
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 6-7, 6-13
remote save set• Disk & Tape, 6-9
rotating backup set• Disk & Tape, 6-9
sequential disk• Disk & Tape, 6-8
batch mode• Disk & Tape, 7-8
command procedure• Disk & Tape, 6-30
/COMPARE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-27

lndex-18

See also Compare operation
comparing files• Disk & Tape, 6-27; Backup
Ref, BACKU-24
See also Compare operation
copying files• Backup Ref, BACKU-20,
BACKU-21
See Copy operation
creating a save set• Backup Ref, BACKU-22
daily backup• System Management, 7-22
description• Backup Ref, BACKU-4
directing output• Backup Ref, BACKU-3
eliminating extents• File Applications, 9-10
examples
comparing files• Backup Ref, BACKU-24,
BACKU-34
copying files• Backup Ref, BACKU-21
creating a journal file• Backup Ref,
BACKU-45
image operation• Backup Ref, BACKU-39
incremental backup• Backup Ref,
BACKU-41
initializing an output disk• Backup Ref,
BACKU-43
listing files• Backup Ref, BACKU-24
protecting an output save-set• Backup Ref,
BACKU-81
quick-reference table• Backup Ref,
BACKU-84
restoring files• Backup Ref, BACKU-23
saving files• Backup Ref, BACKU-22
specifying block size• Backup Ref,
BACKU-74
specifying 1/0 buffers• Backup Ref,
BACKU-33

Index

Backup Utility (BACKUP) (cont'd.)
/EXCLUDE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-22
exiting• Backup Ref, BACKU-3
Files-11 disk
save set• Backup Ref, BACKU-25
full-volume save• Disk & Tape, 6-18; System
Management, 7-16
image operation• System Management, 7-23
/IMAGE qualifier•Disk & Tape, 6-12, 6-15,
6-18, 6-25
See also Image operation
incremental backup• System Management,
7-22 to 7-23; Backup Ref, BACKU-20
/INITIALIZE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-17
initializing a magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 6-13
invoking• Disk & Tape, 6-6; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-49; Backup Ref, BACKU-3
journal file• Disk & Tape, 6-28; System
Management, 7-24
/JOURNAL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-28
listing files• Disk & Tape, 6-26; System
Management, 7-28; Backup Ref,
BACKU-24
See also List operation
/LIST qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-26, 6-28
See also List operation
/LOG qualifier
directing output with• Disk & Tape, 6-11
loosely coupled volume set• System
Management, 7-20
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 6-7
save set• Backup Ref, BACKU-25
making archive copies • File Applications,
10-37
monthly backup• System Management, 7-23
multivolume save set• Backup Ref, BACKU-27
operations• Backup Ref, BACKU-5
compare• Disk & Tape, 6-27
See also Compare operation
copy• Disk & Tape, 6-11 to 6-13
See also Copy operation
image•Disk & Tape, 6-12, 6-15, 6-18
list• Disk & Tape, 6-26
See also List operation
overview of• Disk & Tape, 6-3 to 6-5
physical• Disk & Tape, 6-15
restore• Disk & Tape, 6-23 to 6-26
See also Restore operation
save• Disk & Tape, 6-13 to 6-19
See also Save operation
volume-by-volume• Disk & Tape, 6-19

Backup Utility (BACKUP) (cont'd.)
operator assistance requests• Disk & Tape,
7-8
/OWNER_UIC qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-21,
6-22
/PHYSICAL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-15
/PROTECTION qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-22
public volume• System Management, 7-14
qualifiers• Backup Ref, BACKU-31 to
BACKU-83
restoring files• Backup Ref, BACKU-23
See also Restore operation
restoring from image• Disk & Tape, 6-25
restrictions• Backup Ref, BACKU-4
/REWIND qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-7, 6-13
rotating backup set• System Management,
7-15
save set
See also Save set
protection• Disk & Tape, 6-22
restoring from• Disk & Tape, 6-23
saving entire volumes• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
saving files• Backup Ref, BACKU-22
See also Save operation
selective backup• Disk & Tape, 6-20 to 6-22;
System Management, 7-21 to 7-22;
Backup Ref, BACKU-20
creation date• Disk & Tape, 6-21
/EXCLUDE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-22
expiration date• Disk & Tape, 6-21
UIC •Disk & Tape, 6-21
wildcard character• Disk & Tape, 6-20
sequential-disk save set• Disk & Tape, 6-16;
System Management, 7-19, 7-20; Backup
Ref, BACKU-26
multivolume •Disk & Tape, 6-17
/EXCLUDE qualifier• System Management,
7-22
/IGNORE=INTERLOCK qualifier• System
Management, 7-22
/IMAGE qualifier• System Management, 7-16,
7-23, 7-25
/INCREMENT AL qualifier• System Management,
7-28
/INITIALIZE qualifier• System Management,
7-19
/JOURNAL qualifier• System Management,
7-24
/LIST qualifier• System Management, 7-24,
7-28
/OWNER~UIC qualifier• System Management,
7-21
/RECORD qualifier• System Management, 7-22

lndex-19

Index

Backup Utility (BACKUP) (cont'd.)

BALSETCNT parameter (cont'd.)

/SINCE qualifier• System Management, 7-22,
7-23
specifying a save-set label • Backup Ref,
BACKU-79
specifying density for magnetic tape • Backup
Ref, BACKU-77
specifying redundancy group blocks• Backup
Ref, BACKU-78
standalone BACKUP• Backup Ref, BACKU-29
using to restore contiguity on fragmented
disks• Perform Manage, 3-45
using wildcards •Backup Ref, BACKU-19
weekly backup• System Management, 7-23
wildcard character
selective backup• Disk & Tape, 6-20
BAD• BAD Ref, BAD-1
See Bad Block Locator Utility
/BAD_BLOCKS qualifier• BAD Ref, BAD-7
BADBLK.SYS •Disk & Tape, A-3
Bad block data
on disks• DCL Dictionary, DCL-201
Bad block file• Disk & Tape, A-3
Bad Block Locator Utility (BAD)
DCL qualifiers • BAD Ref, BAD-7 to BAD-13
directing output• BAD Ref, BAD-1
exiting • BAD Ref, BAD-1
invoking • BAD Ref, BAD-1
locating bad blocks• BAD Ref, BAD-2
recording bad blocks• BAD Ref, BAD-2
restrictions• BAD Ref, BAD-1
running BAD from command procedures • BAD
Ref, BAD-4
running BAD in compatibility mode• BAD Ref,
BAD-3
running BAD in native mode• BAD Ref, BAD-3
running BAD interactively• BAD Ref, BAD-4
running BAD on converted devices• BAD Ref,
BAD-3
to check new console volume• Rel Notes,
1-14, 1-16, 1-18; Software Installation,
6-10, 6-13
Bad blocks
locating• BAD Ref, BAD-2
recording• BAD Ref, BAD-2
BADLOG.SYS •Disk & Tape, A-4
/BAD qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-84
Balance set
swapping • System Services Ref, 11-7
BALSETCNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-60
adjusting• Perform Manage, 5-11
artificially induced swapping• Perform Manage,
3-32

increasing• Perform Manage, 5-11
reducing• Perform Manage, 5-11
Bar command
.BEGIN BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-26
.DISABLE BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-26
.ENABLE BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-26
.END BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-26
example• DSR Ref, 2-27
Base address
cluster• Linker Ref, LINK-73
defaults for images• Linker Ref, LINK-19
image section, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-55
specification of• Linker Ref, LINK-20
system image• Linker Ref, LINK-19, LINK-133
Based image
creation of• Linker Ref, LINK-19
memory allocation for• Linker Ref, LINK-19,
LINK-30
rules for upward compatibility• Linker Ref,
LINK-35
.BASE directive
in message source file • Message Ref, MSG-16
Base operand specifier• MACRO Ref, 8-21
Base priority
establishment for batch job• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-205, DCL-484, DCL-617
of circuit• Networking, 3-39
Base register• SDA Ref, SDA-13
BASIC error messages• Fjel Notes, 2-22
BASIC implementation table
See Implementation table
Batch
end of job on cards• DCL Dictionary, DCL-172
Batch/Print facility• Rel Notes, 2-5
BATCH clause
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
Batch execution of command procedure•
Command Procedures, 1-7
BATCH identifier• System Security, 4-22, 5-9
Batch job • Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-19; System
Management, 9-1 ; VAXTPU Ref, 6-4
accessing devices• Disk & Tape, 3-27
affected by shift restrictions • System Security,
3-31
beginning• DCL Dictionary, DCL-217
controlling • System Management, 9-10
definition of default working set• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-220
definition of maximum CPU time limit• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-218

lndex-20

Index

Batch job (cont'd.)

Batch job command procedure (cont'd.)

definition of maximum working set size • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-220
deleting • System Management, 9-12
deleting log file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-218
establishing values for• Perform Manage, 5-7
executing• System Management, 9-1, 9-16
files
to delete after processing • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-641
flushing output buffer• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-466
job card • System Management, 9-53
log file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-638
on remote network node • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-643
password• DCL Dictionary, DCL-323
priority• DCL Dictionary, DCL-643
process
to stop• DCL Dictionary, DCL-627
queue
changing entry• DCL Dictionary, DCL-490
enter command procedure in • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-638
modifying characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-616
starting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-616
to display entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-585
restarting• Command Procedures, 8-11
saving log file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-218
specifying attributes• System Management,
9-16
stopping • Command Procedures, 8-10
submission through cards• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-217
submitting• System Management, 2-8, 9-16
synchronizing with process • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-646
to delete log file of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-641
to hold • DCL Dictionary, DCL-218, DCL-641
to keep log file of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-641
to limit CPU time of•DCL Dictionary, DCL-218,
DCL-641
to pass parameters to• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-643
what is a• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-4
working set
quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL-644
specification of default• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-644
Batch job command procedure
deleting (stopping) after submission• Command
Procedures, 8-10

log file• Command Procedures, 8-6
providing input to• Command Procedures, 8-5
restarting• Command Procedures, 8-11
specifying a queue• Command Procedures, 8-4
submitting• Command Procedures, 8-1
synchronizing multiple procedures• Command
Procedures, 8-13
uses of• Command Procedures, 8-1
using a card reader• Command Procedures,
B-1
Batch-like editing• VAXTPU Ref, 6-2
Batch login • System Security, 3-4
Batch-oriented editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-161
see EDIT /SUM command
Batch queue• System Management, 9-18
assigning unique name to• VAXclusters, 3-8
clusterwide generic• VAXclusters, 3-10
control commands• System Management, 9-5
creating• DCL Dictionary, DCL-203
default• FOL Ref, FDL-25
definition of default CPU time limit• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-206, DCL-485, DCL-618
definition of default working set• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-212, DCL-488, DCL-623
definition of maximum CPU time limit• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-207, DCL-485, DCL-618
definition of working set extent• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-212, DCL-488, DCL-623
definition of working set page size• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-212, DCL-488, DCL-623
deleting• System Management, 9-8; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-122
entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-116
establishment of base priority for jobs• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-205, DCL-484, DCL-617
for batch systems• System Management, 9-21
for interactive systems• System Management,
9-20
for small systems• System Management, 9-20
generic• VAXclusters, 1-6
initializing• VAXclusters, 3-8; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-203
pausing• System Management, 9-7
sample configuration • VAXclusters, 3-7
setting up• VAXclusters, 3-8 to 3-10
starting• VAXclusters, 3-8
stopping• System Management, 9-7
SYS$BA TCH • VAXclusters, 3-8
types of• VAXclusters, 3-7
Battery backup• Software Installation, 2-14
Baud rate
automatic setting of• System Security, 3-12

lndex-21

Index

Baud rate (cont'd.)
terminal• 1/0 Ref/, 8-39
BBC (Branch on Bit Clear) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-51
BBCC (Branch on Bit Clear and Clear) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-52
BBCCI (Branch on Bit Clear and Clear Interlocked)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-53
BBCS (Branch on Bit Clear and Set) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-52
BBS (Branch on Bit Set) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-51
BBSC (Branch on Bit Set and Clear) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-52
BBSS (Branch on Bit Set and Set) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-52
BBSSI (Branch on Bit Set and Set Interlocked)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-53
BCC (Branch on Carry Clear) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BCS (Branch on Carry Set) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BCUG (bilateral closed user group)• Networking,
2-6, 3-30, 3-75
/BEFORE qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-9;
Backup Ref, BACKU-55; Error Log Ref,
ERR-4; Librarian Ref, LIB-14
.BEGIN BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-26
example• DSR Ref, 2-27
BEGINNING_OF built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-21 to 4-22
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-21
Beginning-of-tape marker
See BOT
/BEGINNING qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-18;
Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-16
"bell" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU Ref,
4-94
BELL command• EDT Ref, EDT-248
BELL keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-165
BEQL (Branch on Equal) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-49 to 9-50
BEQLU (Branch on Equal Unsigned) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BEST_TRY_CONTIGUOUS attribute• File
Applications, 4-39; FDL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-19
"beyond_eol" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-87
BGEQ (Branch on Greater Than or Equal) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BGEQU (Branch on Greater Than or Equal
Unsigned) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-49
to 9-50

lndex-22

BGTR (Branch on Greater Than) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BGTRU (Branch on Greater Than Unsigned)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BICB2 (Bit Clear Byte 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BICB3 (Bit Clear Byte 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BICL2 (Bit Clear Long 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BICL3 (Bit Clear Long 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BICPSW (Bit Clear PSW) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-71
BICW2 (Bit Clear Word 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BICW3 (Bit Clear Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BID field• RMS Ref, 2-1
Bilateral closed user group
See BCUG
%BIN• Debugger Ref, D-4
BIN2 value• FDL Ref, FDL-31
BIN4 value• FDL Ref, FDL-31
BINS value• FDL Ref, FDL-31
Binary data• Disk & Tape, B-1
Binary fife
not appropriate for MAIL transfer• System
Security, 7-20
Binary mode, DUP11 • l/O Ref II, 5-1
Binary operator• MACRO Ref, 3-15 to 3-16
summary•MACRO Ref, 1-2
Binary output• Accounting Ref, ACC-4
Binary overlay
in symbol name• DCL Concepts, 5-17
/BINARY qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-10;
Error Log Ref, ERR-5; Debugger Ref, CD-53,
CD-55, CD-57
Binary value
converting to ASCII string • System Services
Ref, SYS-155
/BIND qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-10
BIOLM quota• Networking, 5-34; System
Services Ref, 7-3
adjusting • Device Driver, 5-17
charging• Device Driver, 5-7, 5-9
checking • Device Driver, 5-7, C-17, C-18
for mailbox• Device Driver, A-28
BIO option • FDL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-11
BISB2 (Bit Set Byte 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-13
BISB3 (Bit Set Byte 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-13

Index

BISL2 (Bit Set Long 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-13
BISL3 (Bit Set Long 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-13
BISPSW (Bit Set PSW) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-72
BISW2 (Bit Set Word 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-13
BISW3 (Bit Set Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-13
Bit
manipulation• Programming, 6-19
BITB (Bit Test Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-14
8-bit character• DSR Ref, 2-14
Bit field
replace field• RTL Ref, RTL-192
return sign extended to longword • RTL Ref,
RTL-110
4-bit field • FOL Ref, FDL-31
Bit field operator• Debugger Ref, 5-11, D-6
BITL (Bit Test Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-14
Bit map
index file• Disk & Tape, A-2
storage• Disk & Tape, A-2
BITMAP.SYS•Disk & Tape, A-2
Bit mask
See Device activation bit mask, Action routine
bit mask, Buffered function bit mask, Legal
function bit mask
Bl-to-UNIBUS adapter
See UNIBUS adapter
Bits per inch (bpi)
defined• File Applications, 1-11
BITW (Bit Test Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-14
BIX file• DSR Ref, 6-6
BJOBLIM parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-60
Black box testing• Modular Procedures, 4-3
BLANK_TABS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-202
.BLANK command• Text Processing, 4-3, 4-14,
4-15, 4-25, 4-28; DSR Ref, 2-9
BLBC (Branch on Low Bit Clear) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-54
BLBS (Branch on Low Bit Set) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-54
BLEQ (Branch on Less Than or Equal) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BLEQU (Branch on Less Than or Equal Unsigned)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
Blink• Programming, 8-18

"blink_status" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-88
"blink_video" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-88
BLINK video keyword
with CREATE_RANGE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET(PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-186
with SET (STATUS_LINE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
BLISS-32 •FOL Ref, FDL-40
BLISS implementation table
See Implementation table
BLK option• FOL Ref, FDL-32
BLN field • RMS Ref, 2-1
Block• File Applications, 3-7; Debugger Ref,
4-13
defined• File Applications, 1-6, 2-2
input/output• File Applications, 8-16 to 8-17
spanning• File Applications, 3-12
specifying cluster size on disk• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-196
BLOCK_IO attribute• File Applications, 7-4; FOL
Ref, FDL-4, FDL-11
/BLOCK_SIZE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-7 4
BLOCK_SP AN attribute• File Applications, 3-12,
4-38 ; FOL Ref, FDL-32
Block allocation
specifying• Sort Ref, SORT-39
Block allocation for virtual devices
specifying• Exchange Ref, EXCH-34
Block code field
See COD field
BLOCK DAT A statement• Programming, 1-12
Blocked record• Disk & Tape, B-15
Block 1/0
processing services • RMS Ref, 3-5
Block identifier field
See BID field
Blocking AST
description• System Services Ref, 12-9
using• System Services Ref, 12-14
Blocking process deletion • Device Driver, 3-3
Block length field• Disk & Tape, B-17
See BLN field
Block size• RTL Ref, 8-9
default• Sort Ref, SORT-42
for files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-141
restrictions• Sort Ref, SORT -42
Block size option• File Applications, 4-36

lndex-23

Index

/BLOCKSIZE qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-11
Block storage
allocation directives (.BLKx) •MACRO Ref, 6-12
to 6-13
use during installation• Software Installation,
4-11
V AX-11 f.730 •Software Installation, 2-24
V AX-11 /750 •Software Installation, 2-24
V AX-11 /780 •Software Installation, 2-18
VAX 8600/8650 •Software Installation, 2-16
BLSS (Branch on Less Than) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BLSSU (Branch on Less Than Unsigned) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BNEQ (Branch on Not Equal) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BNEQU (Branch on Not Equal Unsigned) instruction
• MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
Bold• Programming, 8-18
"bold_statusn parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-88
"bold_videon parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-88
Bold flag (*) • Text Processing, 4-50
default• DSR Ref, 3-6
description• DSR Ref, 3-6
pairing• DSR Ref, 3-6
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-43
Bolding• DSR Ref, 2-29, 3-6
of text• Text Processing, 4-50
/BOLD qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-6, 5-3
BOLD video keyword
with CREA TE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT" VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-186
with SET (STATUS_LINE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
Boolean expression • VAXTPU Ref, 3-8
BOOT58 •Software Installation, 2-24
bootstrap procedures • System Management,
A-3
command summary• System Management,
A-1
use in booting a VAX 8200 • Software
Installation, 4-3
use in booting V AX-11 /750 •Software
Installation, 4-3
BOOT /NOST ART command• Software Installation,
2-2
BOOTBLDR.COM •Rel Notes, 3-10

lndex-24

BOOT command • Device Driver, 15-1 ; Software
Installation, 2-2 •Rel Notes, 3-14, 3-15
/NOST ART qualifier• Device Driver, 15-1
Boot command procedure
creating• Software Installation, 4-40
editing• VAXclusters, C-2; Software
Installation, 4-6, 4-9
naming convention• Software Installation, 4-40
BOOT DEVICE switch• Software Installation,
2-11,2-24
setting for booting V AX-11 /750 during
upgrade• Software Installation, 6-4
Booting
during installation• Software Installation, 4-2
from HSC disk• VAXclusters, C-1; Software
Installation, 4-4
MicroVAX I with XDELTA• DEL TA Ref,
DELTA-4
name code• Software Installation, 4-4
nodes to form cluster• VAXclusters, 5-10 to
5-11
single-node system• VAXclusters, 2-5
using conversational bootstrap procedure•
VAXclusters, 5-10
V AX-11 /730 with XDELTA• DEL TA Ref,
DELTA-5
VAX-11/750
from a TU58 •DELTA Ref, DELT A-5
with XDELTA• DELTA Ref, DELT A-4
V AX-11 /780 with XDELTA• DEL TA Ref,
DELTA-4
VAX-11/750
from disk• Software Installation, 4-2
using BOOT58 •Software Installation, 4-3
using BOOT DEVICE switch• Software
Installation, 4-3
VAX 8200
using BOOT58 • Software Installation, 4-3
VAX 8200 or VAX-11/750• Software
Installation, 4-2
with XDELTA• Device Driver, 15-1 to 15-4;
DELTA Ref, DELT A-4
Boot name• Software Installation, 4-4
short form• Software Installation, 4-4
V AX-11 /750 •Software Installation, 4-15
V AX-11 /785 •Software Installation, 4-14
Bootstrap
primary• Networking, 4-2, 4-13
ROM• Networking, 4-3
Bootstrap block• Disk & Tape, 1-6, A-2
Bootstrap command file for XDELTA• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-4

Index

Bootstrap command procedure
conversational • System Management, 4-9
copying • System Management, 4-14
editing • System Management, 4-15, 4-17
HSC disk• System Management, 4-13, 4-14,
4-16
modifying• System Management, 2-12
nonstop• System Management, 4-9
selecting• System Management, 2-11
system• System Management, 4-9
V AX-11 /780 with interleaved memory•
System Management, 4-18
Bootstrap device for XDELTA • DELTA Ref,
DELTA-4
Bootstrapping
See Booting
Bootstrapping time limit• Rel Notes, 3-33
BOOT switch• Software Installation, 2-9
Border
virtual display• Programming, 8-19
Borrowing
analyzing problems• Perform Manage, 4-13
deciding when too generous• Perform Manage,
4-25
tuning to make more effective• Perform
Manage, 5-7
BORROWLIM parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-60
page faulting• Perform Manage, 2-9
BOT (beginning-of-tape)• Disk & Tape, B-2;
Backup Ref, BACKU-15, BACKU-25,
BACKU-65, BACKU-82
See Magnetic tape
BOTH parameter• System Security, 7-18
BOT marker• Disk & Tape, B-4
BOTTOM command• VAXTPU Ref, F-2
BOTTOM function• Text Processing, 1-11; EDT
Ref, EDT-21
/BOTTOM qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-79
Bottom specifier
with SET CURSOR command• EDT Ref,
EDT-166
Boundary tag • RTL Ref, 8-7
Bound procedure value• Modular Procedures,
3-15
Bounds array• Programming, 6-27
BPT (Breakpoint Fault) instruction• Device Driver,
15-5; MACRO Ref, 9-73
Branch
within tree structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-2
Branch access type• MACRO Ref, 8-14

Branch instruction
calculating the location for• Patch Ref,
PATCH-71
calculating the relative displacement for• Patch
Ref, PATCH-71
Branch mode• MACRO Ref, 5-20
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-24
/BRANCH qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-11, CD-23,
CD-88, CD-134, CD-188
BRB (Branch Byte Displacement) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-55
Breach
handling of• System Security, 6-7
BREAK command• Text Processing, 4-14, 4-15;
DSR Ref, 2-10
Break flag (I)
default • DSR Ref, 3-7
description • DSR Ref, 3-7
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-44
Breakin
attempts
and security audit• System Security, 4-54,
5-86
dial-up type • System Security, 3-32
counteraction through dual password • System
Security, 5-29
detection and evasion
controlling• System Security, 5-38 to 5-42
loopholes• System Security, 5-4 1
evasion• System Security, 3-32, 5-40
Breakin database• System Security, 5-4 1
BREAK key and secure server• System Security,
5-42.1
Breakpoint
See also Exception breakpoint
canceling• Debugger Ref, 3-8, CD-11
clearing • Device Driver, 15-15
complex• Device Driver, 15-16
defined• Debugger Ref, 1-12, 3-6
delayed activation of• Debugger Ref, CD-88
displaying • Debugger Ref, 3-7, CD-149
displaying XDELTA breakpoint list• Device
Driver, 15-15
exit handler• Debugger Ref, 3-23
proceeding from • Device Driver, 15-3, 15-16
setting• DELTA Ref, DELT A-6; Debugger Ref,
1-12, 3-6, CD-88
in driver code• Device Driver, 15-4 to 15-5,
15-8, 15-15
source display at• Debugger Ref, 7-7
VAX/VMS routine• DELTA Ref, DELT A-6
XDELTA's number 1 •DELTA Ref, DELTA-7
BREAK statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-18

lndex-25

Index

Brief map• Linker Ref, LINK-51, LINK-118
module information in• Linker Ref, LINK-52,
LINK-53
sections in• Linker Ref, LINK-52
BRIEF prompt• FOL Ref, FDL-52
/BRIEF qualifier• EDT Ref, EDT-114; Accounting
Ref, ACC-11; Backup Ref, BACKU-32;
Error Log Ref, ERR-6; Linker Ref, LINK-118;
Debugger Ref, CD-15 7
LINK/MAP command• Programming, 4-40
with SUBSTITUTE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-234
with TYPE command• EDT Ref, EDT-241
BR level• Device Driver, 3-4, A-5
BRN file• DSR Ref, 5-1, 5-2, 6-6
See also Intermediate file
See intermediate file• Text Processing, 4-58
Broadcast• Programming, 8-53
Broadcast address• Networking, 1-7, 3-13
BROADCAST keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-165
Broadcast message• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-12;
1/0 Ref I, 8-16, 8-20, 8-22, 8-45
Broadcast routing timer• Networking, 2-27
BROADCAST ROUTING TIMER parameter•
Networking, 3-66
BRO option• FOL Ref, FDL-5
Browser
catching with alarm• System Security, 4-55
handling the problem • System Security, 6-8
how to catch • System Security, 6-6
identification of• System Security, 6-8
tricks of• System Security, 3-25
BRW (Branch Word Displacement) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-55
BSBB (Branch to Subroutine Byte Displacement)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-56
BSBW (Branch to Subroutine Word Displacement)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-56
BSC (binary synchronous communication) mode•
1/0 Ref II, 5-1
DUP 11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
BTC files• DSR Ref, 5-1, 5-2
BUA (Bl-to-UNIBUS adapter)• Device Driver, 1-12
See also UNIBUS adapter
Bucket• File Applications, 3-7, 3-21;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-3; FOL Ref,
FDL-7, FDL-27
boundary• File Applications, 3-23; FDL Ref,
FDL-35
defined• File Applications, 2-2
examining• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-5
fill• FOL Ref, FDL-28
fill percentage• Convert Ref, CONV-16

lndex-26

Bucket (cont'd.)
list of free• Convert Ref, CONV-6
reclaiming• File Applications, 3-20, 10-36
reclaiming in Prolog 3 indexed files• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-63
reclamation of• Convert Ref, CONV-1
size
considering performance• File Applications,
3-30
for indexed files• File Applications, 7-24
for relative files• File Applications, 7-23
relative to index depth• File Applications,
3-29
split• File Applications, 3-8, 3-26, 9-16,
10-37; Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-5
BUCKET_IO attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-11
BUCKELSIZE attribute • File Applications, 4-36,
7-23, 7-24; FOL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-19
/BUCKET_SIZE qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-40
Buffer• Text Processing, 1-47; File Applications,
7-19 to 7-27
See also Diagnostic buffer, Error logging buffer,
Error message buffer, Non paged pool
allocating• Device Driver, 1-17, 2-3, 8-5, C-11,
C-12, C-13, C-14
allocating physically contiguous • Device Driver,
10-10, C-15
attributes • VAXTPU Ref, 4-32
buffer signal• EDT Ref, EDT-115
cache• File Applications, 7-22, 7-25
defined• File Applications, 7-6
checking accessibility of• Device Driver, 8-4
for modify• Device Driver, C-29, C-31,
C-32
for read (write access) • Device Driver,
B-17, B-19, C-36, C-37, C-38, C-39,
C-40
for write (read access) • Device Driver,
B-16, B-18, C-46, C-47, C-48, C-49,
C-50
CLEAR MAIN command• Text Processing,
1-49
COPY command• Text Processing, 1-50
creating• Text Processing, 1-49
current• VAXTPU Ref, 4-32
data area of• Device Driver, 8-5
deallocating• Device Driver, 2-6, 3-4, 5-17,
8-6, C-3, C-19
deleting• Text Processing, 1-49; VAXTPU
Ref, 2-15, 4-60
direction
current• VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7
setting • VAXTPU Ref, 4-171
erasing• VAXTPU Ref, 2-3, 4-65

Index

Buffer (cont'd.)
EVE editor• Text Processing, 3-1
BUFFER• Text Processing, 3-26
GET FILE• Text Processing, 3-26
GO TO• Text Processing, 3-26
MESSAGES• Text Processing, 3-27
reading files into• Text Processing, 3-30
SHOW• Text Processing, 3-26
WRITE FILE• Text Processing, 3-26
writing files from• Text Processing, 3-30
format• Device Driver, 8-5
global• File Applications, 3-10, 3-33, 7-21,
7-25 to 7-27
performance• File Applications, 9-11
with deferred write option • File Applications, 3-33
header• Device Driver, 8-5, 8-6
1/0 •File Applications, 7-20
size• File Applications, 3-2
inability to gain access to• Device Driver, 8-4
INCLUDE command• Text Processing, 1-50
key • File Applications, 9-16, 9-1 8, 9-22
local• File Applications, 3-33, 7-25
locking•Device Driver, 1-17, 7-10, A-24,
C-29, C-31, C-32, C-36, C-40, C-46, C-49,
C-50
looking at• Text Processing, 1-48
MAIN • Text Processing, 1-47
margin settings• VAXTPU Ref, 4-176
moving data from a system • Device Driver,
C-64, C-65
moving data to a system• Device Driver, C-62,
C-63
moving text between buffers• Text Processing,
1-50
moving text from a file• Text Processing, 1-50
moving text to a file• Text Processing, 1-50
multiple• File Applications, 3-9; VAXTPU Ref,
2-3
number of• File Applications, 3-13, 3-31 , 3-32
PASTE• Text Processing, 1~47
record• File Applications, 7-21, 9-23, 9-25
record header• File Applications, 9-20, 9-23,
9-24
SHOW BUFFER command• Text Processing,
1-48
size • Device Driver, 8-5, 10-10
strategies• File Applications, 7-20 to 7-22
user• File Applications, 9-21
variables• VAXTPU Ref, 2-3
visible• VAXTPU Ref, 4-32
WRITE command • Text Processing, 1-50

ubuffern parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU Ref,
4-86, 4-87
Buffer-1 specifier
with COPY command• EDT Ref, EDT-120
with MOVE command• EDT Ref, EDT-144
Buffer-2 specifier
with COPY command• EDT Ref, EDT-120
with MOVE command• EDT Ref, EDT-144
/BUFFER_COUNT qualifier• File Applications,
7-23, 7-24, 7-25; Backup Ref, BACKU-33
Buffer address register• Device Driver, 10-7
Buffer area
requirement for Get service• File Applications,
8-3
BUFFER command• VAXTPU Ref, F-2
BUFFER data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-3 to 2-4
Buffered byte count limit
See BYTLM
Buffered data path • Device Driver, 4-6, 4-10 to
4-13, A-4
See also Data path
flow of read operation using • Device Driver,
4-11 to 4-12
flow of write operation using • Device Driver,
4-11
functions • Device Driver, 4-10
purging• Device Driver, 4-12, 10-4, 10-8 to
10-9, C-66
releasing• Device Driver, 10-4, 10-9, 12-2,
B-25, C-68
requesting • Device Driver, 4-10, 10-2 to 10-4,
B-29, C-73
requesting permanent• Device Driver, 10-3 to
10-4, 13-1, A-11
rules for using • Device Driver, 4-10, 4-13
speed • Device Driver, 4-13
unavailability• Device Driver, 10-3
Buffered function bit mask• Device Driver, 5-9,
7-10
Buffered 1/0 •Device Driver, 1-17, 2-3, 5-9, 13-4,
A-21, A-22, A-33; Programming, 6-40
See also Buffer
chained• Device Driver, A-21
complex• Device Driver, A-21
FDT routines for• Device Driver, 8-4 to 8-6
functions • Device Driver, 7-7
in relation to terminal operation problems•
Perform Manage, 4-37
postprocessing •Device Driver, 8-6, C-59
reasons for using • Device Driver, 1-1 7, 7-10
Buffered 1/0 byte count limit• System
Management, 6-3

lndex-27

Index

Buffered 1/0 byte count quota• File Applications,
9-10
Buffered 1/0 count• Conven Ref, CONV-26
Buffered 1/0 count limit• System Management,
6-3
Buffered 1/0 limit (BIOLM) •Software Installation,
5-2
Buffered 1/0 quota• 1/0 Ref I, 3-15, 6-8, 7-6
Buffered read function bit
See IRP$V_FUNC
Buffering mode• RTL Ref, 3-21
BUFFER keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
Buffer names• VAXTPU Ref, 2-3
Buffer-offset length field• Disk & Tape, B-18
Buffer overrun
LPA 11-K• l/O Ref I, 4-10
Buffer signal
BUFFER command• EDT Ref, EDT-115
equal sign (=)•EDT Ref, EDT-115
equal sign (=) command• EDT Ref, EDT-249
Buffer size
changing for executor• Networking, 3-18
decreasing• Networking, 3-18
for executor• Networking, 2-3
for line• Networking, 3-17, 3-53
increasing• Networking, 3-18
requirements• Networking, 3-17
setting for executor• Networking, 3-8, 3-17
BUFFER SIZE parameter
for executor• Networking, 3-8, 3-17
for line• Networking, 3-53
BUFFERS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
Buffer specifier• EDT Ref, EDT-115
with <null> command• EDT Ref, EDT-148
with CHANGE command• EDT Ref, EDT-117
with CLEAR command• EDT Ref, EDT-119
with DELETE command• EDT Ref, EDT-130
with FILL command• EDT Ref, EDT-136
with FIND command• EDT Ref, EDT-138
with INCLUDE command• EDT Ref, EDT-141
with INSERT command• EDT Ref, EDT-142
wi·th PRINT command• EDT Ref, EDT-151
with REPLACE command• EDT Ref, EDT-15 7
with RESEQUENCE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-159
with SUBSTITUTE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-234
with TAB ADJUST command• EDT Ref,
EDT-239
with TYPE command• EDT Ref, EDT-241
with WRITE command• EDT Ref, EDT-243
Buffer specifier command• EDT Ref, EDT-249
with APPEND command• EDT Ref, EDT-245

lndex-28

Buffer specifier command (cont'd.)
with CUT command• EDT Ref, EDT-259
with PASTE command• EDT Ref, EDT-281
Bugcheck • Device Driver, 15-19
examining information regarding• Device Driver,
15-4
fatal conditions• SDA Ref, SDA-15
halt/restart• SDA Ref, SDA-9
INCONST A TE • Device Driver, C-68
memory allocation • Device Driver, C-3
UNSUPRTCPU • Device Driver, B-3
Bugcheck code• SDA Ref, SDA-14
BUGCHECKFA T AL parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-60
BUGCHK privilege• System Security, A-2;
System Management, 6-1 O
BUGL (Bugcheck Longword Message Identifier)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-191
BUGREBOOT parameter• Device Driver, 15-1,
15-19; DELTA Ref, DELTA-4, DELTA-5,
DELTA-7; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-60
BUGW (Bugcheck Word Message Identifier)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-191
Built-in procedure
functions • VAXTPU Ref, 4-1
names• VAXTPU Ref, 3-20
Built-in symbol • Debugger Ref, 5-7, C-5, D-3
Bulleted list
See List
Burst bar• System Management, 9-36
Burst page• System Management, 9-32
Bus request level
See BR level
Busy bit
See UCB$V_BSY
Busy wait• Modular Procedures, 3-28
BVC (Branch on Overflow Clear) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BVS (Branch on Overflow Set) instruction • MACRO
Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
/BY_NODE qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-19
BYPASS privilege• System Security, 4-9, A-3;
Networking, 5-2; System Management,
6-10; System Services Ref, 7-6
effect on ownership privilege• System Security,
4-37
Byte• MACRO Ref, 8-1
defined• File Applications, 1-3
in longword• Programming, 1-25
in quadword• Programming, 1-28
passing• Programming, 1-24
Byte count
See UCB$W_BCNT, IRP$L _BCNT

Index

Byte count register
See MBA$L _BCR
BYTE data type• Programming, 6-4; Debugger
Ref, 5-1
.BYTE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-14 to 6-15
Byte dump• DCL Dictionary, DCL-151
BYTELM quota • System Services Ref, 7-3
BYTE mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
Byte offset
See UCB$W_BOFF, IRP$W_BOFF, Data
transfer, Mapping registers
Byte offset register• Device Driver, 4-12
/BYTE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-41 , CD-58
ALIGN command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-42
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-56
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-59,
PATCH-61
EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-62
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-65
REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-73
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-91
BYTLM (buffered byte count limit) • Software
Installation, 5-2
BYTLM quota • Networking, 5-34

c
C2 environment• System Security, 0-1
object protection in • System Security, D-3
restrictions• System Security, D-2
Cable
repairing• System Management, B-7
Cache
disk volume information• System Management,
7-8
Cache control block• Device Driver, A-37
/CACHE qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-12
Call
destination of X.25 call• Networking, 2-32
OLM incoming and outgoing• Networking, 3-45
outgoing from DTE• Networking, 3-26
testing for successful completion of• System
Services Ref, 2-15
CALL _USER built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-23 to 4-25
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-24
/CALLABLE_EDT qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-98
/CALLABLE_LSEDIT qualifier• Debugger Ref,
CD-98
/CALLABLE_TPU qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-98

Callable interface
for V AXTPU •Rel Notes, 2-2
CALL command• Programming, 5-17; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-50 to DCL-53; Debugger
Ref, 3-5, CD-7
%CALLER_TASK• Debugger Ref, 0-8
Call frame• MACRO Ref, 9-63
removing from stack• System Services Ref,
SYS-456
CALLG (Call Procedure with General Argument List)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-65 to 9-66
example• System Services Ref, 2-11
macro• System Services Ref, 2-10
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-1 7
Call handler
server module• Networking, 2-32
Calling sequence• Intro to Routines, 2-4; RMS
Ref, 2-4
Calling standard• RTL Ref, 1-1, 2-1
See VAX Procedure Calling Standard
Call-in-progress count• Modular Procedures, 3-33
CALL MASK parameter
for incoming X.25 calls• Networking, 3-76
/CALL qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-11, CD-23,
CD-89, CD-135, CD-188
Call redirection facility• Networking, 3- 77
CALLS (Call Procedure with Stack Argument List)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-67 to 9-68
argument• System Services Ref, 2-6
example• System Services Ref, 2-10
macro• System Services Ref, 2-1 O
/CALLS qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-178
Call stack• Debugger Ref, 1-11
building • Debugger Ref, 3-19
displaying • Debugger Ref, 3-19, 4-1, CD-150
removing frame from • System Services Ref,
SYS-456
unwinding • System Services Ref, 10-13
CALL statement
array processing• Programming, 6-26
CALL TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-28
CALL VALUE parameter
for incoming X.25 calls• Networking, 3-76
CAN$C_CANCEL • Device Driver, 13-5
CAN$C_OASSGN •Device Driver, 13-5
CANCEL ALL command• Debugger Ref, CD-10
CANCEL BREAK/EXCEPTION command• Debugger
Ref, 3-11
CANCEL BREAK command• Debugger Ref, 3-8,
CD-11
CANCEL command • DCL Dictionary, DCL-54 to
DCL-55

lndex-29

Index

CANCEL DISPLAY command• Programming,
5-11 ; Debugger Ref, CD-13
CANCEL EXCEPTION BREAK command• Debugger
Ref, 3-11 , CD-14
Cancel 1/0 bit
See UCB$V_CANCEL
Cancel 1/0 routine• Device Driver, 1-4, 11-8,
12-6, 13-4 to 13-6, A-14, C-56
address• Device Driver, 7-6, 13-1, D-2
context• Device Driver, 13-5, D-3
device dependent• Device Driver, 13-6
device independent• Device Driver, 13-6
flushing AST s in • Device Driver, C-4
for connect to interrupt facility• Device Driver,
H-7 H-1 0 H-1 7
functions• Device Driver, D-2
input• Device Driver, D-2
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-3
of CONINTERR.EXE •Device Driver, H-11, H-17
output• Device Driver, D-2
register usage• Device Driver, D-2
CANCEL IMAGE command• Debugger Ref, CD-15
Cancellation
of detached process wakeup request• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-368
of logical name assignments• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-85
of subprocess wakeup request• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-368
CANCEL MODE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-44;
Debugger Ref, 6-3, CD-16
CANCEL MODULE command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-45; Debugger Ref, 1-17, 4-4, 4-20,
CD-17
CANCEL PATCH_AREA command•Patch Ref,
PATCH-23, PATCH-47
CANCEL RADIX command• Debugger Ref, CD-19
CANCEL SCOPE command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-48; Debugger Ref, 1-18, 4-22,
CD-20
CANCEL SOl)RCE command• Debugger Ref, 7-3,
CD-21
CANCEL TRACE command•Debugger Ref, 3-15,
CD-23
CANCEL TYPE/OVERRIDE command• Debugger
Ref, CD-25
CANCEL WATCH command• Debugger Ref, 3-13,
CD-26
CANCEL WINDOW command• Debugger Ref,
8-11, CD-27
$CANDEF macro• Device Driver, 13-5
Capitalize flag ( <)
default• DSR Ref, 3-8
I

lndex-30

Capitalize flag ( <) (cont'd.)
description • DSR Ref, 3-8
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-45
CAPITALIZE WORD command• VAXTPU Ref, F-2
Captive account• System Security, 5-79 to 5-86
and locked password • System Security, 5-80
as target for penetrators• System Security,
5-79
creation• System Security, 5-79
danger of process spawning • System Security,
5-79
defined • System Security, 3-13
disabling mail and notification of delivery•
System Security, 5-37
example of production account• System
Security, 5-61
for network environment• System Security,
7-8
special case
allowed privileges• System Security, 5-59
Card
decks • System Management, 9-53
defective• System Management, 9-55
submitting batch job on • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-217
Card reader
capabilities• 1/0 Ref/, 2-1
card punch combinations• 1/0 Ref/, 2-1
026 card reader code• 1/0 Ref/, 2-2, 2-7
029 card reader code• 1/0 Ref/, 2-2, 2-7
code• 1/0 Ref/, 2-7
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref/, 2-3
driver• 1/0 Ref/, 2-1
end of batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-172
end-of-file status• 1/0 Ref/, 2-2
error recovery• 1/0 Ref/, 2-2
failure categories• 1/0 Ref/, 2-2
function codes• 1/0 Ref/, 2-4, A-2
function modifiers
10$M_BINARY • 1/0 Ref/, 2-1, 2-5
10$M_PACKED•//O Ref/, 2-1, 2-5
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • //O Ref/, 2-4
10$_READPBLK • //O Ref/, 2-4
10$_READVBLK • //O Ref/, 2-4
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref/, 2-6
10$_SETCHAR • //O Ref/, 2-9
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref/, 2-6
1/0 status block• //O Ref/, 2-9
operating• System Management, 9-53, 9-55
read function• 1/0 Ref/, 2-4
read modes• 1/0 Ref/, 2-1
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref/, 2-6

Index

Card reader (cont'd.)
set mode function• 1/0 Ref I, 2-6
set translation mode• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2
status returns• 1/0 Ref I, A-2
supported device• 1/0 Ref I, 2-1
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref I, 2-3
tending• System Management, 9-55
translation modes• System Management, 9-54
using for batch job command procedures•
Command Procedures, B-1
Card reader driver• Device Driver, 11-6 to 11-8
CARRIAGE_CONTROL attribute• File Applications,
4-38; FOL Ref, FDL;.33
CARRIAGE_RETURN keyword• FOL Ref, FDL-33
Carriage control• Programming, 8-14; Convert
Ref, CONV-3
converting formats• Convert Ref, CONV-3
effect of CARRIAGE_RETURN keyword• FOL
Ref, FDL-33
FORTRAN• Convert Ref, CONV-3
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-6
options• Exchange Ref, EXCH-13
CARRIAGE_RETURN • Exchange Ref,
EXCH-13
FORTRAN• Exchange Ref, EXCH-13
NONE• Exchange Ref, EXCH-13
PRINT• Convert Ref, CONV-3
STREAM• Convert Ref, CONV-3
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-35
Carriage control argument
to 1/0 request• Device Driver, 8-7, 8-10
Carriage control device• FOL Ref, FDL-33
Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detect
See CSMA/CD
Carrier sense on Ethernet• Networking, 1-6
Carry condition code (C) • MACRO Ref, 8-11
Case
using uppercase and lowercase• Modular
Procedures, A-8
CASEB (Case Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-57
Case control
Indexing Utility• DSR Ref, 6-1
Case control flag
Capitalize flag • DSR Ref, 3-8
Lowercase flag• DSR Ref, 3-13
Uppercase flag• DSR Ref, 3-21
CASEL (Case Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-57
CASE macro• Device Driver, B-2
Case-selector• VAXTPU Ref, 3-14
CASE statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-14
example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-15
labels• VAXTPU Ref, 3-14

CASEW (Case Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-57
Catchall handler• Programming, 10-7
Cathedral windows• DCL Dictionary, DCL-550
CBT option • FOL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-19
CCB (channel control block) • Device Driver, 1-6,
5-3, A-6 to A-7, C-81
CCB$L _UCB• Device Driver, 5-3
CCITT recommendation•Networking, 1-3, 1-12
CCO option • FOL Ref, FDL-15
/CDD_PA TH_NAME qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-49
CDU
See Command Definition Utility
CDU (Command Definition Utility)• Rel Notes,
3-43
Cell• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-3; FOL Ref,
FDL-35
fixed length• File Applications, 3-15
CELL AND RECORD structure• File Applications,
10-20
.CENTER command• Text Processing, 4-3; DSR
Ref, 2-11
CENTER LINE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-2
.CENTRE command• DSR Ref, 2-11
Chaining • RTL Ref, 9-5
/CHANGE_BARS qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-7
CHANGE_CASE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-26 to 4-27
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-27
Change bar
in DIFFERENCES output• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-130
CHANGE command• Text Processing, 2-6; EDT
Ref, EDT-117; VAXTPU Ref, G-2
CHANGE DIRECTION command• VAXTPU Ref,
F-2
CHANGE MODE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-2
Change mode handler• System Services Ref, 10-6
declaring • System Services Ref, SYS-113
CHANGES attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-27
Channel• Networking, 8-10; Device Driver, 1-6 ;
RTL Ref, 9-24
assigning for logical link• Networking, 8-10,
8-18, 8-29
assigning 1/0 •System Services Ref, 7-13,
SYS-20
canceling 1/0 •System Services Ref, SYS-36
communications• Networking, 1-5, 1-7
deassigning• Networking, 8-13, 8-17; System
Services Ref, 7-18
input/output• Programming, 8-55, 8-59
_NET:• Networking, 8-23

lndex-31

Index

Channel control block

Character string

See CCB
Channel index number• Device Driver, 5-3, 13-6,
C-81
CHANNEL parameter
for PVC• Networking, 3-43
/CHANNEL qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-90
Channel request block
See CRB
CHANNELS parameter
for DTE• Networking, 3-26
.CHAPTER command• Text Processing, 4-35;
DSR Ref, 2-13
Chapter command
.CHAPTER command• DSR Ref, 2-13
.DISPLAY CHAPTER command• DSR Ref, 2-18
.NUMBER CHAPTER command• DSR Ref, 2-89
Chapter number
letter• Text Processing, 4-36
roman numeral• Text Processing, 4-36
Character
array• Programming, 6-24
constant• Programming, 6-13, 6-16
conversion• Programming, 6-21
from number• Programming, 6-22
data• Programming, 6-12
decimal value• EDT Ref, A-·1
formatting on line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-2
nonprintable •Programming, 6-15
pad• Convert Ref, CONV-20
string• Programming, 6-12
terminal terminator• 1/0 Ref I, 8-28
"character" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
Character case• Librarian Ref, LIB-5
Characteristics
See also Device characteristics
getting information about
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-239
NCP display• System Security, 7-18
CHARACTERISTICS display type• Networking,
3-91
Character set• VAXTPU Ref, 3-1
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 3-1 to 3-2
multinational• EDT Ref, A-1; 1/0 Ref I, B-1
special characters• MACRO Ref, C-6 to C-7
table•MACRO Ref, A-1 to A-2
terminal lowercase• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
Character specifier command
with circumflex
command• EDT Ref,
EDT-253

See also String
assumed-size• Programming, 6-12
concatenating• Programming, 6-14
counted• Programming, 6-15
data type• MACRO Ref, 8-6 to 8-7
defining• Programming, 6-12
fixed-length• Programming, 6-12
instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-122 to 9-135
length• MACRO Ref, 6-63
padding• Programming, 6-14
passed-length• Programming, 1-16
passing• Programming, 1-16
referencing• Programming, 6-13
size • Programming, 6-13
specification of case for search• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-393
symbol assignment• DCL Dictionary, DCL-7
to find in file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-393
truncating• Programming, 6-14
Character string procedure• RTL Ref, 9-15
LIB$CHAR •RTL Ref, RTL-19
LIB$LOCC •RTL Ref, 9-15
LIB$MA TCHC •RTL Ref, 9-15
LIB$MOVC3 • RTL Ref, 9-15
LIB$MOVC5 • RTL Ref, 9-1 5
LIB$SCANC •RTL Ref, 9-15
LIB$SKPC • RTL Ref, 9-15
LIB$SP ANC • RTL Ref, 9-15
Character string translation procedure
LIB$MOVTC • RTL Ref, 9-1 5
LIB$MOVTUC • RTL Ref, 9-15
Character symbol• EDT Ref, A-1
CHAR function• Text Processing, 1-13; EDT Ref,
EDT-22
CHAR intrinsic function• Programming, 6-15
/CHECK=BOUNDS qualifier
FORTRAN command• Programming, 6-27
/CHECK=NOOVERFLOW qualifier
FORTRAN command• Programming, 6-10
/CHECK=NOUNDERFLOW qualifier
FORTRAN command• Programming, 6-10
/CHECK_SEOUENCE qualifier• Sort Ref,
SORT-1 2 SORT-50
CHECK ECO command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-49,
PATCH-50
Checkin /checkout
system program units• Programming, 4-15
CHECK NOT ECO command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-51
Checkpointing RSX-11 S tasks• Networking, 4-20
/CHECK qualifier• File Applications, 10-2;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-9

lndex-32

Index

/CHECK qualifier (cont'd.)

C implementation table

FORTRAN command• Programming, 4-5
Check report• File Applications, 10-2, 10-6
CHGC (change case) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-250
CHGL (change case lower) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-251
CHGU (change case upper) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-252
CHME (Change Mode to Executive) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-184 to 9-185
CHMK (Change Mode to Kernel) instruction • Device
Driver, 5-1; MACRO Ref, 9-184 to 9-185
CHMS (Change Mode to Supervisor) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-184 to 9-185
CHMU (Change Mode to User) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-184 to 9-185
CHNGCASE function• Text Processing, 1-24;
EDT Ref, EDT-23
Cl (computer interconnect)• System Management,
8-1 ; VAXclusters, 1-2
as DECnet line• Networking, 5-7
as V AXcluster connector• Networking, 1-10
as V AXcluster data link• Networking, 1-1 O,
2-25
cable• Networking, 1-10
circuit• Networking, 2-6
circuit device• Networking, 2-1 O
communication path
failure• System Management, 8-2
hierarchy• System Management, 8-2
configuration• Networking, 1-4
controller• Networking, 2-10
driver• Networking, 2-10
end node• Networking, 2-25
end node backup circuit• Networking, 2-25,
3-66
environment for upgrading• Software
Installation, 6-7
error log entry• System Management, 8-8,
8-12
line• Networking, 2-12
line device• Networking, 2-17
node addressing• Networking, 3-32
port • System Management, 8-1
loopback datagram facility• System
Management, 8-4
polling • System Management, 8-1
router• Networking, 2-25
Cl-750•Networking, 2-10, 2-12
Cl-780•Networking, 2-10, 2-12; VAXclusters,
1-2
CIF option• FOL Ref, FDL-20

See Implementation table
$CINDEF macro• Device Driver, H-10
Cl port driver (PADRIVER) •Rel Notes, 2-25
Circuit• Networking, 1-1, 1-19
asynchronous DDCMP devices• Networking,
2-8
Cl• Networking, 2-6
commands• Networking, 3-31
cost• Networking, 2-26, 3-62
counters• Networking, 3-4 7; NCP Ref,
NCP-159, NCP-161
database• Networking, 3-1
database guidelines• System Security, 7-9
DDCMP •Networking, 1-8, 2-6, 3-33
definition• Networking, 2-6
determining cost• Networking, 3-63
device name• Networking, 3-31
devices• NCP Ref, NCP-173
DLM •Networking, 1-1, 2-11, 3-33, 3-44
dynamic asynchronous• Networking, 2-8
Ethernet• Networking, 1-6, 2-6, 3-33
identification• Networking, 3-31, 3-33
loopback test• Networking, 7-6
multiaccess •Networking, 2-6
multipoint control• Networking, 2-6
multipoint tributary• Networking, 2-6
name•Networking, 2-7
parameters• Networking, 3-33
point-to-point• Networking, 2-6
polling • Networking, 3-39
service• Networking, 4-2
service operations• Networking, 3-37
setting base priority• Networking, 3-39
state•Networking, 2-7, 3-36; NCP Ref,
NCP-174 to NCP-176
static asynchronous• Networking, 1-9
synchronous DDCMP devices• Networking, 2-7
timers• Networking, 3-37
transitions • NCP Ref, NCP-1 7 4 to NCP-17 6
types• Networking, 3-33
verification • System Security, 7-9;
Networking, 3-37
virtual• Networking, 1-1 , 1-3, 1-6, 1-8
X.25 •Networking, 2-6, 2-11, 3-33, 3-43
Circuit counter summary• NCP Ref, NCP-159,
NCP-161
Circuit-level loopback test• Networking, 7-1
Ethernet• Networking, 7-9
CIRCUITS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-31 to
SHCL-32
Circumflex
Debugger Ref, 5-7, D-5
Circumflex
command• EDT Ref, EDT-253

n•
n

lndex-33

Index

Class-name qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-4
/ALL• Monitor Ref, MON-38
/A VERA GE• Monitor Ref, MON-38
/CPU• Monitor Ref, MON-62
/CURRENT• Monitor Ref, MON-38
/ITEM• Monitor Ref, MON-4 7, MON-72
/MAXIMUM• Monitor Ref, MON-38
/MINIMUM• Monitor Ref, MON-38
/PERCENT• Monitor Ref, MON-4 7
/TOPBIO •Monitor Ref, MON-69
/TOPCPU •Monitor Ref, MON-69
/TOPDIO •Monitor Ref, MON-69
/TOPFAULT •Monitor Ref, MON-69
Class of data
description• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-4
Class type
component classes• Monitor Ref, MON-4
system classes • Monitor Ref, MON-4
Clauses
summary of• CDU Ref, CDU-2 to CDU-3
CLEAR CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref, NCP-13
CLEAR command• EDT Ref, EDT-119
CLEAR EXECUTOR command• Networking, 3-17;
NCP Ref, NCP-16
CLEAR EXECUTOR NODE command• NCP Ref,
NCP-20
CLEAR LINE command• NCP Ref, NCP-21
CLEAR LOGGING command• NCP Ref, NCP-23
CLEAR LOGGING EVENTS command• NCP Ref,
NCP-25
CLEAR LOGGING NAME command• NCP Ref,
NCP-27
CLEAR MODULE X25-ACCESS command• NCP
Ref, NCP-28
CLEAR MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command• NCP
Ref, NCP-29
CLEAR MODULE X25-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-32
CLEAR MODULE X29-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-32
CLEAR NODE CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref,
NCP-37
CLEAR NODE command•Networking, 3-17, 7-3;
NCP Ref, NCP-34
CLEAR OBJECT command• NCP Ref, NCP-38
/CLEAR qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-4 7
CLEAR TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-28
CU (command language interpreter)• RTL Ref, 9-2
function of• CDU Ref, CDU-4
CLl$_ABSENT •Programming, 7-15, 7-19
CLl$_COMMA •Programming, 7-18
CLl$_CONCA T •Programming, 7-19
CLl$_DEFAULTED• Programming, 7-15

lndex-34

CLl$_LOCNEG •Programming, 7-20
CLl$_LOCPRES •Programming, 7-20
CU$_NEGATED •Programming, 7-15
CU$_PRESENT • Programming, 7-15
CLl$DCL_PARSE •Programming, 7-23; CDU Ref,
CDU-19, CDU-50; Util Routines Ref, CLl-5 to
CLl-7
CLl$DISPATCH•Programming, 7-26; CDU Ref,
CDU-19, CDU-50; Util Routines Ref, CLl-8
CU$GET_VALUE• CDU Ref, CDU-19, CDU-49,
CDU-50; Util Routines Ref, CLl-9
CU$PRESENT • CDU Ref, CDU-19, CDU-49,
CDU-50; Util Routines Ref, CLl-12 to CLl-14
CU access procedure• RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$A TT ACH •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$DELETE_LOGICAL •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$DELETE_SYMBOL •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$DISABLE_CTRL •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$DO_COMMAND •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$ENABLE_CTRL •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$GET_FOREIGN •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$GET_SYMBOL •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$RUN_PROGRAM •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$SET_LOGICAL •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$SET_SYMBOL •RTL Ref, 9-3
LIB$SPA WN •RTL Ref, 9-3
CU routine• CDU Ref, CDU-4
example• Util Routines Ref, CLl-1 to CLl-4
introduction • Util Routines Ref, CLl-1
summary of• CDU Ref, CDU-19
use of• CDU Ref, CDU-49, CDU-50
CU symbol• RTL Ref, RTL-265
deleting• RTL Ref, RTL-90
getting value of• RTL Ref, RTL-164
RTL routines• RTL Ref, RTL-90, RTL-164
CUSYMTBL parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-61
/CUT ABLES qualifier• System Security, 5-50,
5-80
Clock
See also Hardware clock, Software timer
setting system• System Services Ref, 9-7
Clock rate
LP A 11-K • //0 Reff, 4-8
Cloned UCB routine• Device Driver, A-15
address• Device Driver, 7-7
CLOSE command• Command Procedures, 6-1;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-56 to DCL-57
See also OPEN command
using the /ERROR qualifier• Command
Procedures, 6-13
Closed user group
See CUG
Close operation• Disk & Tape, 4-22, 4-24

Index

CLOSE statement• Programming, 9-15
CLRB (Clear Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-15
CLRD (Clear O_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-106
CLRF (Clear F_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-106
CLRG (Clear G_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-106
CLRH (Clear H_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-106
CLRL (Clear Long) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-15
CLRO (Clear Octa) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-15
CLRQ (Clear Quad) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-15
CLRW (Clear Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-15
CLSS (clear search string) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-254
Cluster
See V AXcluster
CLUSTER_SIZE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-19
Cluster-accessible disk• VAXclusters, 4-1, 4-2 to
4-8
and MSCP server• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
MASSBUS disk• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
setting up• VAXclusters, 4-1
UDA disk• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
UNIBUS disk• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
Cluster alias node identifier
See Alias node identifier
Cluster-based shareable image• Linker Ref,
LINK-73
Cluster-based user• Linker Ref, LINK-73
CLUSTER class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-32
Clustering algorithm • Linker Ref, LINK-66
Cluster manager
and security manager• System Security, 8-1
CLUSTER option• Programming, 4-26
Cluster partitioning
prevention• VAXclusters, 2-5
/CLUSTER qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-14
Cluster size
specifying on disk• DCL Dictionary, DCL-196
CLUSTER SYSGEN parameters• VAXclusters, 5-4
to 5-6
Clusterwide device
dismounting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-148
CLUSTRLOA symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
CMEXEC privilege• System Security, A-3;
System Management, 6-1 O
CMI (CPU-to-memory interconnect)• Device Driver,
1-11

CMKRNL privilege• System Security, A-4;
Networking, 5-2; System Management,
6-11; SDA Ref, SDA-9
CMPB (Compare Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-16
CMPC3 (Compare Characters 3 Operand)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-124 to 9-125
CMPC5 (Compare Characters 5 Operand)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-124 to 9-125
CMPD (Compare D_floating) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-107
CMPF (Compare F_floating) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-107
CMPG (Compare G_floating) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-107
CMPH (Compare H_floatin.g) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-107
CMPL (Compare Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-16
CMPP3 (Compare Packed 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-147
CMPP4 (Compare Packed 4 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-147
CMPV (Compare Field) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-39
CMPW (Compare Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-16
CMPZV (Compare Zero Extended Field) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-39
CMS (Code Management System)• Modular
Procedures, 1-15
CNDRIVER •Networking, 5-3, 5-7
COBOL implementation table
See Implementation table
COBOL intermediate temporary data type
See Data type
Code
AST-reentrant• Modular Procedures, 3-25
controller• Software Installation, 4-12
device• Software Installation, 7-6, 7-32
device type• Software Installation, 4-12
fully-reentrant• Modular Procedures, 3-25
maintaining readability• Modular Procedures,
3-10
position-independent• Modular Procedures,
3-1
system service status return• Networking,
8-17, 8-29
unit address• Software Installation, 4-12
user identification (UIC) •Software Installation,
7-6
writing AST-reentrant procedures• Modular
Procedures, 3-28

lndex-35

Index

Code sharing

Command (cont'd.)

overview• Perform Manage, 1-5
COD field• RMS Ref, 2-1
Coding conventions
See Device driver
Coding guidelines• Modular Procedures, 3-1
Cold start• Rel Notes, 3-15
COLLAPSE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
/COLLATING_SEQUENCE qualifier• Sort Ref,
SORT-13, SORT-51
Collating sequence • Sort Ref, SORT-6
ASCII • Sort Ref, SORT-6, SORT-13, SORT-53
table of• Sort Ref, SORT-20
default• Sort Ref, SORT-6
EBCDIC• Sort Ref, SORT-6, SORT-13,
SORT-53
folding• Sort Ref, SORT-53
ignoring characters in • Sort Ref, SORT-53
modifying• Sort Ref, SORT-52, SORT-53
MULTINATIONAL• Sort Ref, SORT-6,
SORT-13 SORT-53
table of• Sort Ref, SORT-13
restriction in user-defined• Sort Ref, SORT-52
specifying in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-53
Collection interval• Monitor Ref, MON-25
Collision
password• System Security, 5-25
Collision detect
Ethernet• Networking, 1-6
Colon(:)
in label field• MACRO Ref, 2-2
range delimiter• Debugger Ref, 6-6
COM$DELA TTNAST •Device Driver, C-2
COM$DRVDEALMEM •Device Driver, C-3
COM$FLUSHATTNS •Device Driver, C-4, C-6
COM$POST • Device Driver, 8-15, C-5
COM$SET A TTNAST •Device Driver, C-6 to C-7
Comma (,) •Debugger Ref, 6-6
Command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-8; Networking,
1-21 ; VAXTPU Ref, F-3; Exchange Ref,
EXCH-5
See also Debugger command
See also individual DCL command names
abbreviating• DCL Concepts, 2-3; DSR Ref,
1-4 ; SDA Ref, SDA-10
canceling• DCL Concepts, 1-8
command qualifiers• SDA Ref, SDA-11
comment• DCL Concepts, 2-3; SDA Ref,
SDA-11
continuation of• DCL Concepts, 2-3
DCL • DCL Concepts, 1-3
defaults• DSR Ref, 1-5

deleting• Programming, 7-14
description• Programming, 7-1
DSR•DSR Ref, 1-1
entering• DCL Concepts, 2-1
for Analyze/RMS_File Utility• File Applications,
10-14
for Edit/FOL Utility• File Applications, 4-4
foreign• DCL Concepts, 5-19
format• DCL Concepts, 2-1; DSR Ref, 1-2;
SDA Ref, SDA-10
function of• Text Processing, 3-8
image• Programming, 7-1
input• Programming, 7-1
interactive• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-15
issuing• NCP Ref, NCP-4
line• Programming, 7-22
multiple• DSR Ref, 1-2
name• Programming, 7-1
NCP command verbs• Networking, 3-3
NCP functions• Networking, 3-3
parameters• SDA Ref, SDA-11
parts of• DSR Ref, 1-2
processing• Linker Ref, LINK-66
prompt• DCL Concepts, 1-4
prompting
See also Prompt syntax
recalling• DCL Concepts, 1-9
remote execution of• Networking, 3-5
RUNOFF /DEVICE=LNO 1[E] • DSR Ref, B-1
separating arguments• DSR Ref, 1-3
style• Text Processing, 3-8
symbol
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-596
synonym
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-596
syntax•DCL Concepts, 2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4;
Networking, 3-4
DSR• DSR Ref, 1-1
terminating • DSR Ref, 1-3
to open files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-320
usage restrictions• System Security, 5-50
verb• Programming, 7-22
"commandn parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-90
"command_filen parameter to GET_INFO•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-90
Command address register
See MBA$L_CAR
Command chaining• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2
Command definition file
creation of• CDU Ref, CDU-7 to CDU-16

lndex-36

Index

Command definition file (cont'd.)

Command interpreter (cont'd.)

for sample program • CDU Ref, CDU-49,
CDU-50
processing of• CDU Ref, CDU-17 to CDU-19
rules for formatting• CDU Ref, CDU-7
statements in• CDU Ref, CDU-7, CDU-20 to
CDU-39
syntax change definition • CDU Ref, CDU-9
verb definition • CDU Ref, CDU-8
Command Definition Utility (CDU)
command definition file statements• CDU Ref,
CDU-20 to CDU-39
command language routines• CDU Ref,
CDU-19
command processing• CDU Ref, CDU-4 to
CDU-5
command tables• CDU Ref, CDU-5
creation of command definition file• CDU Ref,
CDU-7 to CDU-16
directing output• CDU Ref, CDU-2
disallowing entities• CDU Ref, CDU-11 to
CDU-16
examples• CDU Ref, CDU-49 to CDU-52
format• CDU Ref, CDU-1
how to use• CDU Ref, CDU-5
identification of modules• CDU Ref, CDU-16
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-419
overview• CDU Ref, CDU-1
processing the command definition file• CDU
Ref, CDU-1 7 to CDU-1 9
restriction• CDU Ref, CDU-2
SET COMMAND command qualifiers• CDU Ref,
CDU-1 , CDU-40 to CDU-48
summary of statements and clauses• CDU Ref,
CDU-2 to CDU-3
syntax change definition • CDU Ref, CDU-9
usage summary• CDU Ref, CDU-1 to CDU-3
value definition • CDU Ref, CDU-10 to CDU-11
verb definition• CDU Ref, CDU-8
Command file• VAXTPU Ref, 1-8, 5-7
definition• VAXTPU Ref, 1-8
EDT Keypad Emulator• Text Processing, 2-14
running SUMSLP from a• SUMSLP Ref,
SUM-12
sample• VAXTPU Ref, 5-8
Command format
general• SDA Ref, SDA-10
COMMAND function• Text Processing, 1-24;
EDT Ref, EDT-25
Command interpreter
evaluation of string• DCL Concepts, 6-1
replacement of undefined symbol• DCL
Concepts, 6-8

specification of alternate• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-301
steps in symbol substitution• DCL Concepts,
6,;,5
to control error checking of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-465
Command language routine
See CLI routine
Command level, definition• Command Procedures,
1-8
Command line
calling procedures• VAXTPU Ref, 3-9
continuing to a second line• Command
Procedures, 1-4
deleting• DCL Concepts, 1-8
editing• DCL Concepts, 1-8
EDT Keypad Emulator• VAXTPU Ref, 1-3
EVE• VAXTPU Ref, 1-2
example• DSR Ref, 5-6, 6-9
for compiling• VAXTPU Ref, 5-4
Command-line editing • DCL Concepts, 1-8
insert mode• DCL Concepts, 1-8
overstrike mode• DCL Concepts, 1-8
Command node• Networking, 4-1
Command packet• 1/0 Ref II, 4-4
Command parameter• VAXTPU Ref, 6-1
See EDIT /TPU command parameter
Command procedure• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-1,
5-1, 5-5 ; Software Installation, 7-35; Patch
Ref, PATCH-6 to PATCH-8, PATCH-37 to
PATCH-38
See also DCL command procedure
accessing foreign volumes• Disk & Tape, 4-24
and ON command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-317
backup operations• Disk & Tape, 6-30
BOOTBLDR.COM •Rel Notes, 3-10
common• VAXclusters, D-2
creating• VAXclusters, 2-7, 2-8
execution of• VAXclusters, 2-7
invoking• VAXclusters, 2-6
on shared disks• VAXclusters, 2-6
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-9
SYLOGIN.COM • VAXclusters, 2-9
continuing execution of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-60
coordinating• VAXc/usters, 2-1, 2-6 to 2-10
copying• System Management, 4-17;
Software Installation, 4-6, 4-9
created using CREA TE command • Patch Ref,
PATCH-6, PATCH-52

lndex-37

Index

Command procedure (cont'd.)
created using text editor• Patch Ref, PATCH-7
debugger• Programming, 5-35; Debugger Ref,
2-10
declaring parameters to• Debugger Ref, 9-7
default bootstrap • Rel Notes, 3-12
default directory• Debugger Ref, CD-87, CD148
default file type• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-14
description• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-13 to
SHCL-14
displaying commands in• Debugger Ref, 2-11,
CD-114
display of prompts in • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-214
DMOBOO.CMD •Rel Notes, 3-11
DO clause• Debugger Ref, 2-10
example• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-13
executing • DCL Dictionary, DCL-11
exiting• Debugger Ref, CD-4, CD-62, CD-76
file specification• Patch Ref, PA TCH-52
for booting standalone BACKUP• System
Management, 2-19
for object• Networking, 3-72
for setting up disks• VAXclusters, 4-15 to
4-21
for setting up queues• VAXclusters, 3-11 to
3-19
function of symbol name in• DCL Concepts,
5-1
identification• Networking, 3-72
invoking • Debugger Ref, 2-10, CD-4
label• DCL Dictionary, DCL-50, DCL-181,
DCL-183
log file as• Debugger Ref, 2-12
logout• System Management, 5-10
magnetic tape restriction• Disk & Tape, 4-2
master• Software Installation, 7-30, 7-41
nesting• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-13
node-specific• VAXclusters, 2-9
parameters for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-11
passing symbol to interactively• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-214,'
processing selected patches in • Patch Ref,
PATCH-37 to PATCH-38
recreating displays• Debugger Ref, 8-18,
CD-66
resuming execution of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-60
setting up disk volume•Disk & Tape, 3-27
setting up magnetic tape volume• Disk & Tape,
3-28
setting up volume• Disk & Tape, 3-26
SHOW_CLUSTER$1NIT •Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-13

lndex-38

Command procedure (cont'd.)
SHUTDOWN.COM• Rel Notes! 3-14
ST ABACKIT •Software Installation, 4-33,
4-36, 4-38
startup• VAXclusters, D-1, D-2
submitting batch jobs• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-638
submitting more than one• Command
Procedures, 8-3
symbol substitution in• DCL Concepts, 6-1
SYSTARTUP.COM•Rel Notes, 3-15
system building• Programming, 4-11
system-specific• VAXclusters, D-1, D-2
termination• DCL Dictionary, DCL-177
testing expressions• DCL Dictionary, DCL-191
to boot standalone BACKUP• Software
Installation, 4-40
to control error checking in • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-465
to delay processing of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-653
to display command lines of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-527
to stop
and return to command level 0 • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-627
transferring control within• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-50 DCL-181, DCL-183
using DEFINE command in• Patch Ref,
PATCH-7
using symbolic references in • Patch Ref,
PA TCH-6 to PA TCH-8
using to copy files• Disk & Tape, 5-13
using user-defined symbols in• Patch Ref,
PATCH-7
/COMMAND qualifier• Text Processing, 1-69;
Debugger Ref, CD-32
Command qualifier• DSR Ref, 5-3; Backup Ref,
BACKU-31 to BACKU-52
See EDIT /TPU command qualifier
Command string • Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-9;
Exchange Ref, EXCH-5
entities in • CDU Ref, CDU-4
processing of• CDU Ref, CDU-4 to CDU-5
Command symbol
See Symbol
Command syntax• Backup Ref, BACKU-17;
DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-3
I

See also Syntax
changing• Programming, 7-9
debugger• Debugger Ref, CD-1
defining • Programming, 7-1
Command table

Index

Command table (cont'd.)

Common block (cont'd.)

adding commands to• CDU Ref, CDU-6,
CDU-1 7 CDU-45
create• Programming, 7-11
creating a new table• CDU Ref, CDU-18
creating object module for• CDU Ref, CDU-6
DCL •Programming, 7-12
deleting commands from• CDU Ref, CDU-18,
CDU-41
input table• CDU Ref, CDU-4 7
listing file for• CDU Ref, CDU-42
modify• Programming, 7-11
object module for• CDU Ref, CDU-18, CDU-43
output file• CDU Ref, CDU-44
process table • CDU Ref, CDU-5
system table• CDU Ref, CDU-5
user-defined• Programming, 7-12
Comment
block• Modular Procedures, 3-13, A-9
delimiters• Modular Procedures, 3-13
entering• Patch Ref, PA TCH-28
format• Debugger Ref, CD-2
formatting source program• Programming, 4-3
in FDL files• FOL Ref, FDL-39
on command lines• DCL Concepts, 2-3
Comment character• Command Procedures, 1-3;
VAXTPU Ref, 1-4; FOL Ref, FDL-39
DIFFERENCES command • DCL Dictionary, DCL132
Comment delimiter
DIFFERENCES command• DCL Dictionary, DCL131
Comment flag (!)
default• DSR Ref, 3-9
description • DSR Ref, 3-9
pairing • DSR Ref, 3-9
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-46
COMMENT keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-115
Comment lines
help files • Librarian Ref, LIB-8
/COMMENT qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-75;
Monitor Ref, MON-20; Mount Ref, MOUNT15
Comment separator
use in VAX RMS coding• RMS Ref, 3-6
Common block•Programming, 1-10, 2-8, 4-19
align• Programming, 9-19
BLOCK DAT A statement• Programming, 1-12
contents• Programming, 1-10
initializing• Programming, 1-12
installing• Programming, 3-43
interprocess• Programming, 3-43
passing• Programming, 1-31

per-process• Programming, 3-50
uses• Programming, 1-10
Common command procedure
creating• VAXclusters, 2-7, 2-8
invoking• VAXclusters, 2-6
Common database
authorization benefits for V AXcluster security•
System Security, 8-2
Common event flag• Programming, 3-18
Common event flag cluster• System Services Ref,
4-5
permanent• Programming, 3-22
temporary• Programming, 3-22
Common file
job controller• VAXclusters, 3-1
system• VAXclusters, 2-11
Common source files• Modular Procedures, 3-9,
A-8
declarations• Modular Procedures, 3-9
COMMON statement• Programming, 1-10, 2-8
array processing• Programming, 6-26
record processing• Programming, 6-37
Common system disk• VAXclusters, C-1
on cluster• Software Installation, 6-7
Communication
task-to-task• Networking, 1-3, 1-20, 8-1
Compare operation• Disk & Tape, 6-5, 6-27;
Backup Ref, BACKU-24, BACKU-34
example• Backup Ref, BACKU-24
/COMPARE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-34
Comparison
of characters in records• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-129
of disk files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-1 29
of SYSUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, A-1
Compatibility mode handler• System Services Ref,
10-6
declaring • System Services Ref, SYS-113
Compile
development system• Programming, 4-5
in a V AXTPU buffer• VAXTPU Ref, 5-4
listing• Programming, 4-33
message source file• Message Ref, MSG-8
on an interface command line • VAXTPU Ref,
5-4
production system • Programming, 4-6
program• Programming, 4-4; VAXTPU Ref,
5-3
COMPILE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-28
to 4-29
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-29

lndex-39

Index

Compiler• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2
restricting use with ACLs • System Security,
5-70
/DEBUG qualifier• Debugger Ref, 1-5
/OPTIMIZE qualifier• Debugger Ref, 1-5, 7-17
Complement operator• MACRO Ref, 3-14
Completion status code
description• RMS Ref, 2-5
errors for inaccessible control block condition •
RMS Ref, 2-6
severity codes • RMS Ref, 2-5
testing• RMS Ref, 2-5
Completion status field
as alternative to use of RO• RMS Ref, 2-4
Completion status value field• File Applications,
5-16
Completion value• RMS Ref, 2-4
COMPLEX* 16 data type• Programming, 6-6
COMPLEX•8 data type• Programming, 6-6
COMPLEX data type• Programming, 6-6
Complex number• Programming, 6-6; RTL Ref,
4-3, RTL-414, RTL-416, RTL-425, RTL-435
absolute value of• RTL Ref, RTL-392
complex exponential of• RTL Ref, RTL-398
conjugate of• RTL Ref, RTL-406
constant• Programming, 6-6
cosine of• RTL Ref, RTL-395
division of• RTL Ref, RTL-492
make from floating-point• RTL Ref, RTL-403
multiplication of• RTL Ref, RTL-506
natural logarithm of• RTL Ref, RTL-401
Component name
plural forms• Networking, 3-91
Composed input• Programming, 8-37
COMPRESS command• Mail Ref, MAIL-26
Compression• FOL Ref, FDL-7, FDL-28
negative values• FOL Ref, FDL-6
of data record• FOL Ref, FDL-27
within data record• FOL Ref, FDL-6
within primary key• FOL Ref, FDL-6, FDL-27
COMPRESS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
/COMPRESS qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-15
with /OUTPUT• Librarian Ref, LIB-35
Compute-bound process
controlling growth• Perform Manage, 5-12
curtailing• Perform Manage, 5-12
suspending• Perform Manage, 5-12
Compute queue
measure of CPU responsiveness• Perform
Manage, 3-12
Computer interconnect
See Cl

lndex-40

CONCA TENA TE clause
for VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-25, CDU-34
Concatenation
of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-64, DCL-67
of input files• Convert Ref, CONV-1
of strings• DCL Concepts, 5-9
of symbol names• DCL Concepts, 6-3
pattern• VAXTPU Ref, 2-11
Concealed device• DCL Concepts, 4-12
Condition
See Exception condition
for exception • System Services Ref, 10-1
/CONDITION_VALLIE qualifier• Debugger Ref,
CD-53, CD-58; SDA Ref, SDA-38
Conditional assembly block directives
.ENDC •MACRO Ref, 6-26
.IF• MACRO Ref, 6-39 to 6-41
listing unsatisfied code• MACRO Ref, 6-87
Conditional command
.ELSE command• DSR Ref, 2-66
.ENDIF command• DSR Ref, 2-66
example• DSR Ref, 2-68, 2-129
.IF command•DSR Ref, 2-66
.IF NOT command• DSR Ref, 2-66
Conditional execution• Programming, 2-14
Conditional logic
block IF• Programming, 2-15
exclusive conditional• Programming, 2-16
inclusive IF• Programming, 2-19
multiple conditions• Programming, 2-14
nesting• Programming, 2-22
single condition• Programming, 2-14, 2-15
Conditional statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-14
Conditional tests • Sort Ref, SORT-5 7
Condition code• Programming, 10-2; MACRO
Ref, 8-11 to 8-12, 9-5
as symbol $SEVERITY• Command Procedures,
7-2
as symbol $ST A TUS • Command Procedures,
7-1
carry (C) •MACRO Ref, 8-11
chaining• Programming, 10-30
defining• Programming, 10-9
definition• Command Procedures, 7-1
FORTRAN error code• Programming, 10-17
modifying• Programming, 10-28
negative (N) • MACRO Ref, 8-12
overflow (V) • MACRO Ref, 8-12
signaling• Programming, 10-6
SS$_EXQUOT A• Programming, 10-4
SS$_NOPRIV •Programming, 10-4
zero (Z) •MACRO Ref, 8-12

Index

Condition handler• Intro to Routines, 2-38; RTL
Ref, 7-13
See also Signal argument vector
argument list • System Services Ref, 10-9
arithmetic• Programming, 10-34
catch-all • RTL Ref, 7-14
condition code• Programming, 10-24
continuing• RTL Ref, 7-21
course of action • System Services Ref, 10-12
debugging• Programming, 10-27
default• RTL Ref, 7-13
deleting• Intro to Routines, 2-40
establishing• Programming, 10-21; Intro to
Routines, 2-40; RTL Ref, 7-20, RTL-108
example• System Services Ref, 10-12
executing • Debugger Ref, 3-11
exiting• Programming, 10-24
interaction between default and user-supplied
handlers• RTL Ref, 7-15
interaction with default handler• Intro to
Routines, 2-41
last-chance• RTL Ref, 7-14
mechanism array• Programming, 10-22
memory
use of• Intro to Routines, 2-44
multiple active signals• Intro to Routines, 2-46
operations involving• Intro to Routines, 2-39
options• Intro to Routines, 2-39
parameters and invocation• Intro to Routines,
2-42
properties of• Intro to Routines, 2-42
register values• Intro to Routines, 2-46
request to unwind• Intro to Routines, 2-44
resignaling •RTL Ref, 7-22
returning from• Intro to Routines, 2-44
signal array• Programming, 10-21
software supplied• RTL Ref, 7-13
specifying • System Services Ref, 10-7
stack usage• Intro to Routines, 2-39
traceback• RTL Ref, 7-14
unwinding• RTL Ref, 7-22
use of• Programming, 10-19, 10-28
user-supplied • RTL Ref, 7-13
writing• Programming, 10-21; RTL Ref, 7-20
Condition handling• RTL Ref, 7-2
See also Condition handler
See also Condition Handling Facility
See also Condition value
See also Exception
See also Exception condition
See also Message Utility
arithmetic• Programming, 10-34

Condition handling (cont'd.)
at AST level• Modular Procedures, 3-35
condition handler• Programming, 10-21
continuing • RTL Ref, 7-14
default• Programming, 10-6
displaying messages• RTL Ref, 7-16
FORTRAN 1/0 errors•Programming, 10-16
handlers• Programming, 10-18
last-chance exception vectors• Programming,
10-19
logging error messages• RTL Ref, 7-4
logging error messages to a file• RTL Ref, 7-27
primary exception vectors• Programming,
10-18
resignaling •Programming, 10-25; RTL Ref,
7-14
returning to other locations• Programming,
10-25
return status• Programming, 10-3
secondary exception vectors• Programming,
10-18
services• System Services Ref, 10-1
signal• Programming, 10-6
stack traceback• RTL Ref, 7-4
stack unwind • RTL Ref, 7-4, 7-15
unwinding• Programming, 10-25
user-defined messages• RTL Ref, 7-4
Condition Handling Facility• RTL Ref, 7-20
defined • RTL Ref, 7-1
function of• RTL Ref, 7-3
Condition Handling Standard
See VAX Condition Handling Standard
/CONDITION qualifier•SDA Ref, SDA-18; Sort
Ref, SORT-56
Condition value• Modular Procedures, 3-4;
System Services Ref, 2-14; RTL Ref, 2-5,
2-15, 7-5 to 7-7, 7-25, RTL-210; RMS Ref,
2-5
See also Completion status code
See also Routine format
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
description of• Intro to Routines, 2-7
field
cntrl •Intro to Routines, 2-9
condition identification• Intro to Routines,
2-8
facility• Intro to Routines, 2-8
message number• Intro to Routines, 2-8
severity code• Intro to Routines, 2-8
high-level language• System Services Ref, 2-17
information• System Services Ref, 2-15
registers
use of• Intro to Routines, 2-11

lndex-41

Index

Condition value (cont'd.)

Configuration (cont'd.)

returned
1/0 status block• Intro to Routines, 1-13
mailbox• Intro to Routines, 1-14
RO• Intro to Routines, 1-13
severity• Intro to Routines, 2-10; RTL Ref,
7-6
signaled• Intro to Routines, 1-14
signaling convention• RMS Ref, 2-6
symbols for• Intro to Routines, 2-9
testing• System Services Ref, 2-15
use of• Intro to Routines, 2-11
Conduit application for network security• System
Security, 7-6
Conference call • Phone Ref, PHONE-3
Configuration
automatic• Networking, 1-17
batch queue• VAXclusters, 3-7
Cl• Networking, 1-4
database
See Configuration database
end node• Networking, 2-21
Ethernet• Networking,' 1-4, 1-5
for area routing• Networking, A-1
guidelines for area routing• Networking, A-2
guidelines for system• Networking, 5-31 to
5-38
multipoint• Networking, 1-4, 1-7
NETCONFIG.COM •Networking, 1-17, 5-4 to
5-7
network• Networking, 1-4, 5-1
of a DDCMP dynamic asynchronous network•
Networking, 5-18
of a DDCMP multipoint network• Networking,
5-15
of a DDCMP point-to-point network•
Networking, 5-13
of a DDCMP static asynchronous network•
Networking, 5-17
of a DECnet-VAX node• Networking, 1-17
of a OLM (data link mapping) network•
Networking, 5-22
of a multiple-area network• Networking, 1-2,
A-2
of an Ethernet network• Networking, 5-21
of an X.25 multihost mode network•
Networking, 5-26
of an X.25 multinetwork connection•
Networking, 5-30
of an X.25 native mode network• Networking,
5-25
of a PSI DTE•Networking, 1-16, 1-17, 2-5
of a single-area network• Networking, 1-2

point-to-point• Networking, 1-4, 1-7
prerequisites • Networking, 5-1
printer queue• VAXclusters, 3-2
procedure examples• Networking, 5-12 to
5-29
procedure for automatic• Networking, 5-4 to
5-7
required privileges• Networking, 5-2
routing considerations• Networking, 2-19
sample Phase IV DECnet-VAX• Networking,
1-5
typical V AXcluster •Networking, 1-10
VAX PSI• Networking, 1-4, 5-1
Configuration control block
See ACF
Configuration database• Networking, 2-1, 3-1,
5-4, 5-13
circuit entry• Networking, 2-7
DECnet-VAX• Networking, 1-17, 3-1
line entry• Networking, 2-12
logging entry• Networking, 2-35
node entry• Networking, 2-2, 3-4
VAX PSI• Networking, 1-17, 3-3
X.25 access module entry• Networking, 2-6
X.25 protocol module entry• Networking, 2-5
X.25 server module entry• Networking, 2-32
Configuration register
See CSR, MBA$L _CSR
Configurator module
disabling surveillance • Networking, 3-43
enabling surveillance• Networking, 3-41
Ethernet• Networking, 1-19, 2-10, 3-41
NICONFIG •Networking, 1-15
CONFIGURE command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-16
/CONFIRM qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-56;
Verify Ref, VER-5
CONINTERR.EXE •Device Driver, H-2, H-8 to H-9
cancel 1/0 routine of• Device Driver, H-11
connecting to• Device Driver, H-7
Conjugate of complex number• RTL Ref, RTL-406
CONNECT /CONTINUE command• System Security,
3-44
CONNECT/ ADAPTER=adapter-spec command•
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-18
CONNECT /NOADAPTER command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-20
CONNECT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-10
CONNECT command• System Management,
11-11; DCL Dictionary, DCL-58 to DCL-59;
DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-6; 1/0 Ref I, 8-16

lndex-42

See System Generation Utility

Index

CONNECT CONSOLE command• System
Management, 11-11; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-21
Connect console volume
how to• Software Installation, 4-6, 4-9
how to• VAXclusters, C-1
Connection manager• VAXclusters, 1-5, 5-1 to
5-4, 8-1
handling of state transitions• VAXclusters,
5-11
messages• VAXclusters, B-1
/CONNECTION qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-103
CONNECTIONS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-33
CONNECT NODE command• Networking, 4-21;
NCP Ref, NCP-40
PHYSICAL ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
4-21
SERVICE CIRCUIT parameter• Networking,
4-21
SERVICE PASSWORD parameter• Networking,
4-21
Connector node
See X.25
CONNECT primary attribute
ASYNCHRONOUS secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-10, 9-18, 9-22, 9-24,
9-25
DELETE_ON_CLOSE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-14
END_OF_FILE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-12
FAST_DELETE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-11, 9-15, 9-25
FILL _BUCKETS secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-16, 9-22
GLOBAL _BUFFER_COUNT secondary attribute
•File Applications, 9-11
KEY_GREA TER_EQUAL attribute• File
Applications, 8-11, 8-12
KEY_GREA TER_EQUAL. secondary attribute•
File Applications, 9-1 5, 9-18
KEY_GREATER_THAN attribute• File
Applications, 8-11, 8-12
KEY_GREATER_THAN secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-15, 9-19
KEY_LIMIT secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-16, 9-19
KEY_OF_REFERENCE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-15, 9-19
LOCA TE_MODE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-11, 9-19
LOCK_ON_READ attribute• File Applications,
7-·13
LOCK_ON_READ secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-19

CONNECT primary attribute (cont'd.)
LOCK_ON_WRITE attribute• File Applications,
7-13
LOCK_ON_WRITE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-20, 9-22
MANUAL_LOCKING secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-20
MANUAL_UNLOCKING attribute• File
Applications, 7-13, 7-14
MULTIBLOCK_COUNT attribute • File
Applications, 7-23
MULTIBLOCK_COUNT secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-13, 9-11
MULTIBUFFER_COUNT attribute • File
Applications, 7-21, 7-23, 7-25
MULTIBUFFER_COUNT secondary attribute •
File Applications, 3-13, 3-16, 3-31, 9-11
NOLOCK attribute• File Applications, 7-13
NOLOCK secondary attribute• File Applications,
9-18
NONEXISTENT_RECORD attribute• File
Applications, 7-13, 8-11
NONEXISTENT_RECORD secondary attribute•
File Applications, 9-19
READ-AHEAD secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-11, 9-20
READ_REGARDLESS attribute• File Applications, 7-14
READ_REGARDLESS secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-20
TIMEOUT_PERIOD attribute• File Applications,
7-14
TIMEOUT_PERIOD secondary attribute • File
Applications, 9-21, 9-23
TRUNCATE_ON_PUT secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-13, 9-23
UPDATE_IF attribute• File Applications, 8-1 O
UPDATE_IF secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-13, 9-24
WAIT_FOR_RECORD attribute• File Applications, 7-14
WAIT_FOR_RECORD secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-21
WRITE_BEHIND secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-12, 9-24
Connect service• File Applications, 8-7
and asynchronous operations• File Applications,
8-23
and next record• File Applications, 8-19, 8-20
effect on next-record position • File Applications, 8-20
Connect to interrupt driver
See CONINTERR.EXE

lndex-43

Index

Connect to interrupt facility

Console subsystem (cont'd.)

cancel 1/0 routine• Device Driver, H-17
condition values returned • Device Driver, H-10
CONNECT command• Device Driver, H-7
example of A/D converter using• Device Driver,
H-18, H-19 to H-21
example of time sampling using • Device Driver,
H-18, H-21 to H-23
example of watchdog timer using • Device
Driver, H-1 8, H-18 to H-1 9
interrupt servicing routine• Device Driver, H-15
to H-16
mapping 1/0 space• Device Driver, H-2
privileges required • Device Driver, H-11
programming language requirements• Device
Driver, H-1 3
start 1/0 routine• Device Driver, H-14 to H-15
SYSGEN requirements• Device Driver, H-7
timings• Device Driver, H-7
unit initialization routine •Device Driver, H-14
user-specified routines• Device Driver, H-8,
H-12 to H-17
CONNECT VIA command• Networking, 4-21;
NCP Ref, NCP-41
CONSCOPY .COM procedure• System Management, 2-15
Console commands
BOOT• Software Installation, 2-2
BOOT /NOST ART• Software Installation, 2-2
DEPOSIT• Software Installation, 2-2
HALT• Software Installation, 2-2
ST ART• Software Installation, 2-2
used during installation• Software Installation,
2-2
Console dialog• Software Installation, 7-3, 7-12,
7-15, 7-16
Console disk
See RXO 1 console disk
Console floppy
inserting• Software Installation, 2-18
Console mode
console subsystem• Software Installation, 2-2
entering• Software Installation, 2-2, 4-2
Console prompt• Software Installation, 2-2, 4-2
Console report • Software Installation, 7-12
error message• Software Installation, 7-15,
7-18, 7-19
format• Software Installation, 7-15
Console subsystem• Software Installation, 2-1
components• Software Installation, 2-1
console mode• Software Installation, 2-2
console terminal• Software Installation, 2-1
program mode• Software Installation, 2-1

VAX 8200 processor
processor control panel • Software
Installation, 2-6
Console terminal • System Management, 1-2
; 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
console subsystem• Software Installation, 2-1
Console volume
building new site-specific• Rel Notes, 1-14,
1-16, 1-18; Software Installation, 6-9,
6-12
build to boot from SYSF •Rel Notes, 1-14,
1-16, 1-1 8 ; Software Installation, 6-9,
6-12
connecting• System Management, 4-14, 4-16
Constant• Programming, 6-2; VAXTPU Ref, 3-4
character• Programming, 6-13, 6-16
complex number• Programming, 6-6
hexadecimal • Programming, 6-17
Hollerith• Programming, 6-19
integer• Programming, 6-4
logical• Programming, 6-11
octal• Programming, 6-18
real number• Programming, 6-5
Contents
producing table• DSR Ref, 5-1
Contents-of operator• Debugger Ref, 5-10, D-6
CONTEXT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-11, FDL-19
Context mode • Patch Ref, PA TCH-18
See also Entry and display mode
Contiguity• File Applications, 10-35
CONTIGUOUS attribute• File Applications, 4-39;
FOL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-19
Contiguous best try option• File Applications,
4-39
Contiguous option• File Applications, 4-39
/CONTIGUOUS qualifier•Linker Ref, LINK-119;
Sort Ref, SORT-4 1
CONTIN.SYS •Disk & Tape, A-3
Continuation character (-) • Command Procedures,
1-4 ; DCL Concepts, 2-3
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 2-1
use in VAX RMS coding• RMS Ref, 3-6
Continuation file• Disk & Tape, A-3
Continuation line
source program• Programming, 4-2
Continuation volume mounting• Disk & Tape,
3-21
CONTINUE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-60 to
DCL-61 ; Debugger Ref, 2-13
/CONTINUOUS qualifier• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-17

lndex-44

Index

Control (cont'd.)

Control character (cont'd.)

of access to files• VAXclusters, 2-11
of line traffic• Networking, 3-52
of logical link activity• Networking, 2-28, 3-67
of logins• VAXclusters, 2-11
of mail• VAXclusters, 2-11
of proxy login access• VAXclusters, 2-11
of tributaries• Networking, 3-39
station• Networking, 1-7, 2-8
CONTROL_FIELD_SIZE attribute• File Applications, 4-37; FOL Ref, FDL-34, FDL-35
CONTROL access• System Security, 4-8
See Access
and FAL account• System Security, 7-8
and READALL privilege• System Security, 4-10
changing directory protection• System Security,
4-16.2
meaning for directory file• System Security,
4-12
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
meaning in ACL • System Security, 3-28
Control action
inhibit• Programming, 8-52
Control and status register
See CSR
Control block• FOL Ref, FDL-3
See Data structure
dual purpose • RMS Ref, 1-4
field name conventions• RMS Ref, 2-2
for extended VAX RMS attributes• RMS Ref,
1-3
for VAX RMS file name operations • RMS Ref,
1-3
for VAX RMS file services• RMS Ref, 1-2
for VAX RMS record services• RMS Ref, 1-4
macro names• RMS Ref, 3-2
requirements for valid default values• RMS Ref,
1-4
symbolic bit offset• RMS Ref, 2-3
symbolic constant (keyword) value• RMS Ref,
2-4
symbolic naming exceptions• RMS Ref, 2-3
symbolic offsets• RMS Ref, 2-2
types of macros • RMS Ref, 3-1
use restrictions• RMS Ref, 2-1
use with VAX languages• RMS Ref, 2-1
Control block store macro
description • RMS Ref, 3-1
Control character• Phone Ref, PHONE-3
CTRL/Y •Programming, 5-3
entering• VAXTPU Ref, 3-2
list• 1/0 Ref I, B-1

terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-3 to 8-6, 8-9
translation
example• VAXTPU Ref, A-2
.CONTROL CHARACTERS command• DSR Ref,
2-14
Control flag (.)
default• DSR Ref, 3-10
definition• DSR Ref, 1-2
description • DSR Ref, 3-10
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-4 7
Control information• Programming, 1-13
flag• Programming, 1-13
global symbols• Programming, 1-13
indicative value• Programming, 1-15
mask• Programming, 1-14
Control instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-43 to 9-62
Control key sequences• VAXTPU Ref, G-1
Controller• Software Installation, 7-31, 7-32
See Device controller
code• Software Installation, 4-12
designation• Software Installation, 7-32
phase
See UETPHASOO.EXE
Controller designator• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-5
Controller initialization routine• Device Driver, 1-3,
13-1 to 13-4, 14-4
address•Device Driver, 5-4, 7-4, 13-1, A-10,
A-17, D-3
allocating controller data channel in • Device
Driver, 9-4
context• Device Driver, 13-3 to 13-4, D-4
determining the existence of• Device Driver,
13-3
functions • Device Driver, 13-1 , D-3
input• Device Driver, 13-3, 0-3
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-4
output• Device Driver, D-3
register usage • Device Driver, D-4
Controller loopback test• Networking, 7-6, 7-8
Controlling quota checking • Mount Ref, MOUNT31
Control mask
See Device activation bit mask
Control region• System Services Ref, 11-2
adding page to• System Services Ref,
SYS-153
deleting page from • System Services Ref,
SYS-59
Control register
See CSR, MBA$L_CR
Control sequence
terminal• 1/0 Ref/, 8-8

lndex-45

Index

CONV$CONVERT • Util Routines Ref, CONV-8
CONV$P ASS_FILES • Util Routines Ref, CONV-11
CONV$PASS_OPTIONS • Util Routines Ref,
CONV-14
CONV$RECLAIM •Convert Ref, CONV-7; Util
Routines Ref, CONV-18
Convention
for calling• System Services Ref, 2-1
Conversational bootstrap• VAXclusters, 5-1 O
Conversation text• Phone Ref, PHONE-3
Conversion • Convert Ref, CONV-4
automatic• Programming, 6-22
binary text to unsigned integer• RTL Ref,
RTL-474
character• Programming, 6-21
data• Programming, 6-20
floating-point to character string • RTL Ref,
RTL-472
formatted• Programming, 6-21
hexadecimal text to unsigned integer• RTL Ref,
RTL-489
input data• Programming, 8-7
integer to binary text• RTL Ref, RTL-460
integer to FORTRAN L format• RTL Ref,
RTL-464
integer to hexadecimal• RTL Ref, RTL-470
lowercase to uppercase• Programming, 8-52
numeric• Programming, 6-20
numeric text to binary• RTL Ref, RTL-54
numeric text to floating-point• RTL Ref,
RTL-485
of operands in expression • DCL Concepts, 5-8
of VFC records• Convert Ref, CONV-1 7
unsigned decimal to integer• RTL Ref, RTL-483
unsigned octal to signed integer• RTL Ref,
RTL-481
CONVERT• Convert Ref, CONV-2
See Convert Utility
CONVERT /RECLAIM
See Convert/Reclaim Utility
CONVERT /RECLAIM command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-63
Convert/Reclaim Utility (CONVER! /RECLAIM) •
File Applications, 1-17, 3-19; Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-6
DCL qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-26
directing output• Convert Ref, CONV-2
examples
reclaiming buckets• Convert Ref, CONV-31
exiting• Convert Ref, CONV-2
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-63; Convert
Ref, CONV-2
restrictions• Convert Ref, CONV-2

lndex-46

Convert/Reclaim Utility (CONVERT /RECLAIM)
(cont'd.)
with DECnet-VAX• Convert Ref, CONV-4
with Prolog 3 files• File Applications, 3-20,
10-36
CONVERT /FOL command• Programming, 9-96
CONVERT command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-62;
Monitor Ref, MON-33
Convert routine
See CONV routine
CONV$CONVERT routine• File Applications,
4-29
CONV$PASS_FILES routine• File Applications,
4-29
CONV$PASS_OPTIONS routine• File
Applications, 4-29
Convert Utility (CONVERT) • File Applications,
1-17, 9-10; Convert Ref, CONV-1 ,
CONV-2; FOL Ref, FDL-5
and exceptions file• VAXclusters, A-2, A-3
and non-file-structured volumes• Disk & Tape,
5-8
appending a remote file• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
comparison with RMSCNV • Convert Ref,
CONV-5
comparison with RMSIFL • Convert Ref,
CONV-5
converting a carriage control to stream • Convert
Ref, CONV-32
converting a remote file• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
converting carriage control formats• Convert
Ref, CONV-3
creating data files• File Applications, 4-22,
4-23; FOL Ref, FDL-40
creating output files • Convert Ref, CONV-3
DCL qualifiers• Convert Ref, CONV-7 to
CONV-30
directing output• Convert Ref, CONV-2
establishing RFAs •Convert Ref, CONV-7
examples • Convert Ref, CONV-30 to CONV-32
converting a carriage control file to variablelength • Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting fixed format to variable-length•
Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting record formats• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
improving a file· s performance• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
reorganizing a remote file• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
exception conditions• Convert Ref, CONV-4
exiting• Convert Ref, CONV-2

Index

Convert Utility (CONVERT) (cont'd.)

COPY command (cont'd.)

FOL output data file• FOL Ref, FDL-40
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-62; Convert
Ref, CONV-2
library routine• FOL Ref, FDL-40
loading output files• Convert Ref, CONV-3
making a file contiguous• File Applications,
10-36
optimizing data files• File Applications, 10-34
populating a file• File Applications, 4-28
reorganizing files• File Applications, 10-3 7
reorganizing noncontiguous files • File
Applications, 3-31, 10-36
restrictions• Convert Ref, CONV-2
to merge SYSUAF .DAT files• VAXclusters,
A-2
using to restore contiguity on fragmented
disks• Perform Manage, 3-45
with corrupted files• File Applications, 10-1,
10-2
with DECnet-VAX• Convert Ref, CONV-4
with FOL files• File Applications, 4-3
with Prolog 1 and 2 files• File Applications,
3-19
with Prolog 3 files• File Applications, 3-20
CONV routine
creating data files• FOL Ref, FDL-40
examples• Util Routines Ref, CONV-1 to
CONV-7
introduction • Util Routines Ref, CONV-1
Coordination
of access to data• VAXclusters, 5-1
of cluster membership• VAXclusters, 5-1
of system command procedures• VAXclusters,
2-6to2-10
of system files• VAXclusters, 2-10 to 2-17
of system libraries• VAXclusters, 2-10 to 2-17
of UIC • VAXclusters, A-1
of user accounts• VAXclusters, 2-13 to 2-15
COPY /CONTIGUOUS command• File Applications,
9-10
COPY /PROTECTION command• System Security,
5-19
COPY_TEXT built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-30 to 4-31
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-31
insert mode• VAXTPU Ref, 4-30
overstrike mode• VAXTPU Ref, 4-30
COPY command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-13; Text
Processing, 1-35; Disk & Tape, 5-1, 5-2;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-64 to DCL-72 ; EDT
Ref, EDT-120; Authorize Ref, AUTH-25;
Exchange Ref, EXCH-16; SDA Ref, SDA-33

/ALLOCATION qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-18
ANSI-labeled volumes
copying from• Disk & Tape, 5-4
/BEST_TRY_CONTIGUOUS qualifier• Exchange
Ref, EXCH-18
/BOOT qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-17
/CARRIAGE_CONTROL qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-18
/CONTIGUOUS qualifier• File Applications,
10-35; Exchange Ref, EXCH-19
copying from magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 5-3
DCL
copying files with• Disk & Tape, 4-2
/DELETE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-19
description• Exchange Ref, EXCH-22
disk files• Disk & Tape, 5-2
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-22
/EXTENSION qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-19
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-16
/LOG qualifier• Disk & Tape, 5-7; Exchange
Ref, EXCH.,.17
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-18
copying to• Disk & Tape, 5-3
non-file-structured volumes• Disk & Tape, 5-6
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-16
/PROTECT qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-19
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-17, EXCH-17
to EXCH-22
/RECORD_FORMA T qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-20
/REPLACE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-20
/REWIND qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-20
/ST ART_BLOCK qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-20
/SYSTEM qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-20
/TRANSFER_MODE qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-21
/TRUNCATE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-21
/VOLUME_FORMA T qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-21
Copying node database• Networking, 1-17, 2-3,
3-20
Copying of text• Text Processing, 1-35, 1-43
COPY KNOWN NODES command• Networking,
3-20; NCP Ref, NCP-42
FROM parameter• Networking, 3-21
TO qualifier• Networking, 3-21
USING qualifier• Networking, 3-21
WITH CLEAR qualifier• Networking, 3-21
WITH PURGE qualifier• Networking, 3-21

lndex-47

Index

Copy operation• Disk & Tape, 6-11 to 6-13;
Backup Ref, BACKU-21
copying files• Disk & Tape, 6-4, 6-11
copying full volumes and volume sets• System
Management, 7-16
copying multiple files• Disk & Tape, 6-11
disk volume
image• Disk & Tape, 6-12
disk volume set• Disk & Tape, 6-13
entire directory tree• Disk & Tape, 6-12
example• Backup Ref, BACKU-21
full volumes and volume sets• Disk & Tape,
6-18
Copy string• RTL Ref, RTL-528
Core image file• Disk & Tape, A-3
CORIMG.SYS •Disk & Tape, A-3
Corrupted file• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-1 O
Corruption of data• Disk & Tape, 3-25
Cosine
complex• RTL Ref, RTL-395
hyperbolic • RTL Ref, RTL-4 12
in degrees• RTL Ref, RTL-4 10, RTL-442
in radians• RTL Ref, RTL-408, RTL-439
Cost
circuit• Networking, 3-62
control for circuit• Networking, 2-26
determining for circuit• Networking, 3-63
for routing• Networking, 2-25
COST parameter
for circuit• Networking, 3-62
Counted string• Programming, 6-15
Counters• Software Installation, 7-38, 7-39
circuit• Networking, 3-4 7; NCP Ref,
NCP-159, NCP-161
line• Networking, 3-59; NCP Ref, NCP-165
logging• Networking, 3-24
node• Networking, 3-24; NCP Ref, NCP-169
summary of network• NCP Ref, NCP-159
X.25 protocol module• Networking, 3-31;
NCP Ref, NCP-171
X.25 server module• NCP Ref, NCP-172
zeroing• Networking, 3-24
COUNTERS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-34
COUNTERS display type• Networking, 3-91
Counter timer• Networking, 3-24
COUNTER TIMER parameter
for circuit• Networking, 3-4 7
for executor• Networking, 3-24
for node• Networking, 3-24
Count specifier command• EDT Ref, EDT-258
with umove" command• EDT Ref, EDT-279
with APPEND command• EDT Ref, EDT-245

lndex-48

Count specifier command (cont'd.)
with CHGC (change case) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-250
with CHGL (change case lower) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-251
with CHGU (change case upper) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-252
with circumflex (") command• EDT Ref,
EDT-253
with CUT command• EDT Ref, EDT-259
with D (delete) command• EDT Ref, EDT-260
with FILL command• EDT Ref, EDT-272
with PASTE command•EDT Ref, EDT-281
with R (replace) command• EDT Ref, EDT-285
with S (substitute) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-288
with SHL (shift left) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-292
with SHR (shift right) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-293
with SN (substitute next) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-294
with TAB command• EDT Ref, EDT-298
with T ADJ (tab adjust) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-300
with TD (tab decrement) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-303
with Tl (tab increment) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-306
with UNDC (undelete character) command •
EDT Ref, EDT-309
with UNDL (undelete line) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-310
with UNDW (undelete word) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-312
CPU (central processing unit)
adding capacity• Perform Manage, 4-44
definition of default time limit for batch job• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-206, DCL-485, DCL-618
definition of maximum time limit for batch
job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-207, DCL-218,
DCL-485, DCL-618
determining when capacity is reached •Perform
Manage, 4-44
identification for downline load• Networking,
4-12
time
to limit for batch job• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-491 DCL-640
used by current process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-595
time requirements• Networking, 5-35
I

Index

CPU (central processing unit) (cont'd.)
time spent in compatibility mode• Perform
Manage, 4-44
time spent in supervisor mode• Perform
Manage, 4-44
to display error count for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-556
CPU DI SP macro • Device Driver, 6-4 to 6-5, B-3
CPU limitation
compensating for• Perform Manage, 5-21
isolating• Perform Manage, 4-40
CPU resource
affected by swapping• Perform Manage, 3-32
equitable sharing• Perform Manage, 3-17
estimating available capacity• Perform Manage,
3-14
evaluating responsiveness• Perform Manage,
3-12
function• Perform Manage, 3-12
improving responsiveness• Perform Manage,
3-17
load balancing in a V AXcluster •Perform
Manage, 3-24
offloading• Perform Manage, 3-23
reducing consumption by the system• Perform
Manage, 3-18
CPU time• Programming, 6-40; Convert Ref,
CONV-26
CPU time limit• System Management, 6-3
/CRASH_DUMP qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-1
CRASH procedure • System Management, 4-6
CRB (channel request block) • Device Driver, 1-6,
5-4 to 5-5, A-7 to A-11
address• Device Driver, 14-9
creation • Device Driver, 14-4
data path fields• Device Driver, 10-3 to 10-4
for MBA• Device Driver, G-4, G-6 to G-7,
G-11, G-13
initializing• Device Driver, 7-4
interrupt dispatching fields• Device Driver, 3-9,
11-3
mapping register fields• Device Driver, 10-5
periodic wakeup of• Device Driver, A-9
primary• Device Driver, A-28, G-11
reinitializing• Device Driver, 7-4
secondary• Device Driver, A-9, G-11
CRB$B_MASK • Device Driver, 5-4
CRB$L _AUXSTRUC •Device Driver, 10-10
CRB$L_INTD• Device Driver, 5-4, 11-3, A-9 to
A-11
CRB$L _INTD+VEC$B_DA T APA TH• Device Driver,
10-3, 10-9, C-68
CRB$L_INTD+VEC$B_NUMREG •Device Driver,
10-5, C-54, C-69, C-75

CRB$L_INTD+VEC$L_IDB •Device Driver, 5-4,
G-11
CRB$L_INTD+VEC$L_INITIAL •Device Driver,
5-4, 7-4, 13-3, 14-4
CRB$L_INTD+VEC$L_UNITINIT •Device Driver,
5-4, 7-4, 13-3, 14-4
CRB$L_INTD+VEC$W_MAPREG •Device Driver,
9-5, 10-5, C-54, C-69, C-75
CRB$L _LINK• Device Driver, G-11
CRB$L_WQFL•Device Driver, 5-4, C-67, C-76
CRC (Calculate Cyclic Redundancy Check)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-136 to 9-138
MACRO• Rel Notes, 3-49
CR character• FOL Ref, FDL-34
/CRC qualifier
as input save-set qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKU-64
as output save-set qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKU-76
CRC table• RTL Ref, RTL-23
CRDENABLE parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-61
Create
object library• Programming, 4-8
"create" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-90
CREA TE/DIRECTORY /OWNER_UIC command•
System Security, 4-38
CREA TE/DIRECTORY command• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 3-10; Disk & Tape, 4-17;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-77 to DCL-79
and DELETE access• System Security, 4-13
CREATE/FOL
See Create/FOL Utility
CREATE/FOL command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-80
Create/FOL Utility (CREA TE/FDL) •File Applications, 1-18, 4-3, 4-22, 10-1; FOL Ref,
FDL-1, FDL-40
creating data files• FOL Ref, FDL-40
directing output of• FOL Ref, FDL-2
exiting• FOL Ref, FDL-2
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-80; FOL Ref,
FDL-2
restrictions• FOL Ref, FDL-2
CREA TE/NAME_TABLE command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-81 to DCL-83
CREA TE/PROXY command• System Security,
7-15; Authorize Ref, AUTH-27
CREA TE/RIGHTS command• System Security,
5-9; Authorize Ref, AUTH-28
example• System Security, 5-10
CREA TE_BUFFER built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-32 to 4-33
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-33

lndex-49

Index

CREATE_IF attribute• File Applications, 4-35;
FOL Ref, FDL-20
CREA TE_KEY_MAP_LIST built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-35 to 4-36
CREA TE_KEY_MAP built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-34
CREA TE_PROCESS built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-37 to 4-38
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-38
CREA TE_RANGE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-39 to 4-40
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-40
CREA TE_WINDOW built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 2-4, 4-41 to 4-42
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-42
CREA TE/FDL command• Programming, 9-95
CREA TE command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
2-6; System Management, 11-15; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-73 to DCL-76; Disk Quota
Ref, DOT-6; FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-39;
Install Ref, INS-8; Patch Ref, PATCH-6,
PA TCH-52; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-22
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-23
CREA TE DIRECTORY /PROTECTION command•
System Security, 4-40
Created local label• MACRO Ref, 4-6 to 4-7
range• MACRO Ref, 3-7
/CREATED qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-57
Create file function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25
Create-if option• File Applications, 4-22, 4-35,
5-12
/CREA TE qualifier• File Applications, 4-15;
VAXTPU Ref, 6-5; Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-10, CONV-19; FOL Ref, FDL-1 ;
Librarian Ref, LIB-2, LIB-17
EDIT /FDL •FOL Ref, FDL-45
LIBRARY command• Programming, 4-8
Create service• File Applications, 4-22, 5-11,
5-12
for process-permanent files• File Applications,
6-24
CREATION attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-17
Creation date field• Disk & Tape, B-14
zero creation date• Disk & Tape, B-15
Creation-time option• File Applications, 3-10,
4-1, 4-3, 4-22, 4-35, 4-36
See also File opening option
CREDITS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-34
$CRFCTLTABLE macro• RTL Ref, 6-1, 6-2
$CRFFIELDEND macro• RTL Ref, 6-1 , 6-4
$CRFFIELD macro• RTL Ref, 6-1, 6-3
/CROSS_REFERENCE qualifier• Librarian Ref,
LIB-19 ; Linker Ref, LINK-120
FORTRAN/LIST• Programming, 4-38

lndex-50

/CROSS_REFERENCE qualifier (cont'd.)
with /ONLY• Librarian Ref, LIB-34
with /OUTPUT• Librarian Ref, LIB-35
.CROSS directive• MACRO Ref, 6-16 to 6-17
Crossed cable• System Management, B-4 .
Cross-reference
of symbols• Linker Ref, LINK-51, LINK-120
of symbols in map• Linker Ref, LINK-56
procedure• RTL Ref, 1-4, 6-1
Cross-reference directives
.CROSS•MACRO Ref, 6-16 to 6-17
.NOCROSS •MACRO Ref, 6-16 to 6-17
.NOCROSS •MACRO Ref, 6-65
/CSID qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-64
CSMA/CD •Networking, 1-6
CSR (control and status register) • Device Driver,
9-5, 10-7; 1/0 Ref II, 3-4
See also Device registers
address• Device Driver, 3-12, 5-5, 9-3, 10-7,
14-5, 14-8, A-18
bit assignment• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
locating device registers from • Device Driver,
10-7
of LP11 printer• Device Driver, 2-4 to 2-5
setting• Device Driver, 9-6
CTG option• FOL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-19
CTL$GL _CCBASE • Device Driver, C-81
CTRL/ A• EDT Ref, EDT-27
See Tabbing facility
CTRL/B • System Security, 3-4 1
command recall function • DCL Concepts, 1-9
CTRL/C • DCL Concepts, 1-8; Text Processing,
2-4, 2-5, 3-5; Programming, 8-42;
Software Installation, 7-16, 7-17 ; EDT
Ref, EDT-29, EDT-122, EDT-256; VAXTPU
Ref, 5-5; Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3;
Debugger Ref, 2-13, CD-28
See also CTRL/Y
with /RECOVER
and CONTINUE command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-60
and debugging• DCL Dictionary, DCL-91
continuing after• DCL Dictionary, DCL-60
to enable or disable interrupt• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-420
using to correct typing errors• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 1-11
CTRL/D •EDT Ref, EDT-31
See Tabbing facility
CTRL/E •EDT Ref, EDT-33
See Tabbing facility

Index

CTRL/F• Text Processing, 2-5; EDT Ref,
EDT-66
CTRL/H •EDT Ref, EDT-19
CTRL/I •EDT Ref, EDT-104
CTRL/J •EDT Ref, EDT-78
CTRL/K •Text Processing, 2-5; EDT Ref,
EDT-35
CTRL/L •EDT Ref, EDT-38
CTRL/M • EDT Ref, EDT-40
CTRL/O
See also TYPE command
CTRL/Q
See also TYPE command
resuming scrolling of terminal display• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 2-8
CTRL/R •EDT Ref, EDT-42, EDT-123
CTRL/S
See also TYPE command
stopping scrolling of terminal display• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 2-8
CTRL/T•DCL Concepts, 1-9; Text Processing,
2-5; EDT Ref, EDT-43
See Tabbing facility
to enable or disable interrupt• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-420
CTRL/U • DCL Concepts, 1-8; Text Processing,
1-20; EDT Ref, EDT-45
using to correct typing errors• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 1-11
CTRL/W •EDT Ref, EDT-46; Debugger Ref,
CD-28
CTRL/x
See Terminal, control characters
CTRL/Y • DCL Concepts, 1-8; Programming,
8-42; Software Installation, 7-16, 7-1 7;
Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3; Debugger Ref,
1-6, 2-12, CD-28
See also CTRL/C
action taken during execution • Command
Procedures, 7-8
and captive accounts• System Security, 5-79,
5-82
and CONTINUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-60
and debugging• DCL Dictionary, DCL-91
and EXIT command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-177
and login procedure• DCL Dictionary, DCL-300
and ON command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-317
continuing after• DCL Dictionary, DCL-60
default action for nested procedure• Command
Procedures, 7-13
disabling• Command Procedures, 7-14

CTRL/Y (cont'd.)
to enable or disable interrupt• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-420
using to correct typing errors • Intro to
VAX/VMS, 1-11
using to interrupt a command procedure •
Command Procedures, 7-9
using with ON command• Command
Procedures, 7-10
CTRL/Z• Text Processing, 1-37, 1-41, 2-5;
File Applications, 4-5; Programming, 8-8,
8-64; EDT Ref, EDT-47, EDT-124, EDT-257;
Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3; Debugger Ref,
1-5, CD-28
use with ACL Editor• System Security, 5-12
with I (insert) command• EDT Ref, EDT-275
with INSERT command• EDT Ref, EDT-142
with R (replace) command• EDT Ref, EDT-285
with REPLACE command•EDT Ref, EDT-157
CUG (closed user group)• Networking, 2-6, 3-30,
3-75
%CURDISP •Debugger Ref, C-5, C-6
%CURLOC •Debugger Ref, 5-7, D-5
ucurrent" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU Ref,
4-90, 4-92, 4-94
CURRENT_BUFFER built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-43
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-43
CURRENT_CHARACTER built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-44
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-44
ucurrent_column" parameter to GET_INFO•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-87, 4-92
CURRENT_COLUMN built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-45 to 4-46
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-46
CURRENT_DIRECTION built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7
CURRENT_LINE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-48
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-48
CURRENT_OFFSET built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-49
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-49
"current_row" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-87, 4-92
CURRENT_ROW built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-50
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-50
CURRENT_WINDOW built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-51
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-51
Current buffer• VAXTPU Ref, 4-32

lndex-51

Index

Current buffer (cont'd.)
definition• VAXTPU Ref, 4-43
CURRENT command• Mail Ref, MAIL-29
Current context
current-record position• File Applications, 8-19
to 8-20
listed for VAX RMS services• File Applications,
8-18
next-record position• File Applications, 8-20 to
8-21
Current date• VAXTPU Ref, 4-75
Current direction
of buffer• VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7
Current entity• Debugger Ref, 5-3, 5-7, 6-6, 6-13,
D-5
Current location counter• MACRO Ref, 3-17
Current-record context• File Applications, 8-18
Current-record position
when adding sequential records• File
Applications, 8-4
when updating records• File Applications, 8-5
Current time• Programming, 6-44; VAXTPU Ref,
4-75
Current window• VAXTPU Ref, 2-5, 2-6, 4-41
%CURSCROLL •Debugger Ref, C-5, C-6
Cursor• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-10
CURSOR_HORIZONT AL built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-52 to 4-53
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-53
CURSOR_VERTICAL built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-54 to 4-55
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-55
Cursor movement• Text Processing, 1-38
ADV command• Text Processing, 1-40
BACK command• Text Processing, 1-40
built-in procedures for
CURSQR_HORIZONT AL• VAXTPU Ref,
4-52
CURSOR_VERTICAL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-54
SCROLL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-150
C entity • Text Processing, 1-38
L entity• Text Processing, 1-38
NL entity• Text Processing, 1-39
PAGE entity• Text Processing, 1-38
PAR entity• Text Processing, 1-38
SEN entity• Text Processing, 1-38
SR entity• Text Processing, 1-39
W entity• Text Processing, 1-38
Cursor position
on screen• Programming, 8-26
%CURV AL• Debugger Ref, 0-5
CUT command• Text Processing, 1-43; EDT Ref,
EDT-259

lndex-52

CUT function• Text Processing, 1-21; EDT Ref,
EDT-48
CVTBD (Convert Byte to D_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTBF (Convert Byte to F_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTBG (Convert Byte to G_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTBH (Convert Byte to H_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTBL (Convert Byte to Long) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-17
CVTBW (Convert Byte to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-17
CVTDB (Convert D_floating to Byte) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTDF (Convert D_floating to F_floating)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTDH (Convert D_floating to H_floating)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTDL (Convert D_floating to Long) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTDW (Convert O_floating to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFB (Convert F_floating to Byte) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFD (Convert F_floating to D_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFG (Convert F_floating to G_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFH (Convert F_floating to H_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFL (Convert F_floating to Long) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFW (Convert F_floating to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTGB (Convert G_floating to Byte) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTGF (Convert G_floating to F_floating)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTGH (Convert G_floating to H_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTGL (Convert G_floating to Long) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTGW (Convert G_floating to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHB (Convert H_floating to Byte) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHD (Convert H_floating to D_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHF (Convert H_floating to F_floating)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHG (Convert H_floating to G_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110

Index

CVTHL (Convert H_floating to Long) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHW (Convert H_floating to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLD (Convert Long to D_floating) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLF (Convert Long to F_floating) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLG (Convert Long to G_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLH (Convert Long to H_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLP (Convert Long to Packed) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-148
CVTLW (Convert Long to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-17
CVT option • FOL Ref, FDL-16
CVTPL (Convert Packed to Long) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-149
CVTPS (Convert Packed to Leading Separate
Numeric) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-150 to
9-151
CVTPT (Convert Packed to Trailing Numeric)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-152 to 9-153
CVTRDL (Convert Rounded D_floating to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTRFL (Convert Rounded F_floating to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTRGL (Convert Rounded G _floating to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTRHL (Convert Rounded H_floating to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTSP (Convert Leading Separate Numeric to
Packed) instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-154
CVTTP (Convert Trailing .Numeric to Packed)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-155 to 9-156
CVTWB (Convert Word to Byte) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-17
CVTWD (Convert Word to D_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTWF (Convert Word to F_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTWG (Convert Word to G_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTWH (Convert Word to H_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTWL (Convert Word to Long) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-17
Cyclic redundancy check
See CRC
Cylinder
boundary• File Applications, 3-15
Cylinder boundary option• File Applications,
4-39

Cylinder (cont'd.)
Cylinder position option• File Applications,
4-39
defined• File Applications, 1-8

D
D (delete) command• EDT Ref, EDT-260
D_FLOA T data type• Debugger Ref, 5-1
D_floating data type • MACRO Ref, 9-101
.D_FLOATING directive• MACRO Ref, 6-20
D_floating format• Programming, 6-5
/D_FLOA T qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-41,
CD-58
Daily backup• System Management, 7-22
OAP (data access protocol)• RMS Ref, 1-1
DAT_NCMPR option• FOL Ref, FDL-28
Data
aggregate• Debugger Ref, 4-8
aligning• Programming, 1-23, 9-19
array (passing) • Programming, 1-17
byte (passing)• Programming, 1-24
character• Programming, 6-12
character (passing)• Programming, 1-16
compression• File Applications, 3-20
control information• Programming, 1-13
conversion• Programming, 6-20
corruption• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-10
defining• Programming, 2-3, 6-1
depositing • Debugger Ref, 6-11
examining • Debugger Ref, 6-6
initializing• Programming, 2-5, 6-3
interprocess• Programming, 3-42
logical • Programming, 6-10
longword (passing)• Programming, 1-25
mask (passing)• Programming, 1-26, 1-30
name• Debugger Ref, 4-6
numeric• Programming, 6-4
passing • Programming, 1-8
quadword (passing)• Programming, 1-28
record structure• Programming, 6-31
referencing• Programming, 6-1
relation• Programming, 6-11
shared • Programming, 3-42
storage• Programming, 2-3
structure• Programming, 6-1
untyped • Programming, 6-16
variable-length (passing) • Programming, 1-16
variable-length structure (passing) •
Programming, 1-31
word (passing)• Programming, 1-24

lndex-53

Index

DAT A_AREA attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-27,
FDL-28, FDL-29
/DAT A_CHECK qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-16
DAT A_FILL attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-6, FDL-27
DAT A_KEY_COMPRESSION attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-6, FDL-27
DAT A_RECORO_COMPRESSION attribute• FOL
Ref, FDL-6, FDL-27
DAT A_RECORO_COUNT attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-6
DAT A_SPACE_OCCUPIED attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-6
Data access protocol
See OAP
Database
authorization
concept• System Security, 4-1 7
considerations on a V AXcluster • System
Security, 8-2
circuit• Networking, 3-1
clearing or purging before copying node entries•
Networking, 3-21
compressing• Programming, 9-60
configuration
See Configuration database
copying node• Networking, 1-17, 2-3, 3-20
DECnet node and circuit• System Security, 7-9
DECnet-VAX• Networking, 1-17
expanding• Programming, 9-67
1/0 •Programming, 9-16
line• Networking, 3-1
logging• Networking, 3-1
module• Networking, 3-1 , 3-3
node• Networking, 3-1
object• Networking, 3-2, 3-3
permanent• Networking, 1-16, 3-2, 5-38
record• Programming, 9-26
rights• System Security, 4-1 7
creating and maintaining • System Security,
5-9 to 5-14
introduction • System Security, 4-5
VAX PSI • Networking, 1-16, 3-3
volatile• Networking, 1-16, 3-2
Data bucket• FOL Ref, FDL-27
reclaimed• Convert Ref, CONV-26
DAT A BUCKET structure• File Applications,
10-20, 10-26
Data buffer
LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref I, 4-11
Data card deck• System Management, 9-54
Data chaining• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2, 6-18

lndex-54

Data channel
See Device controller data channel, Secondary
controller data channel
Data check
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-9, 3-21
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-4, 6-12, 6-14
to change default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-530
Data circuit-terminating equipment
See DCE
DAT A command• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-8
Data Compression/Expansion routine
see DCX routine
Data compression facility• Programming, 9-59
Data field• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-4
Data file
creating• File Applications, 4-22; Convert Ref,
CONV-2; FOL Ref, FDL-38
creating with FDL$CREA TE routine• File
Applications, 4-19, 4-23
reorganizing• File Applications, 10-35
Datagrams
Ethernet• Networking, 1-6
Data lines• Command Procedures, 1-2
using to input data • Command Procedures, 3-6
Data link control• Networking, 2-3, 3-17
Data link layer events• NCP Ref, NCP-190
Data link mapping
see OLM
Data network• Networking, 1-1
Data path • Device Driver, 1-16, 4-6 to 4-1 3, 10-2
to 10-4, A-10 to A-11
See also Buffered data path, Direct data path
mixed use of direct and buffered • Device Driver,
10-4
purging•Device Driver, 4-12, 10-4, 10-8 to
10-9, 12-2, B-23, C-66
speed• Device Driver, 4-9, 4-10, 4-13
Data path allocation bit map• Device Driver, A-5
Data path register• Device Driver, 4-6, 10-1
purge error• Device Driver, C-66
Data path wait queue• Device Driver, 10-9, A-4,
C-68, C-73
/DAT A qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-20; Sort Ref,
SORT-58
with /OUTPUT• Librarian Ref, LIB-35
Data record• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-5;
FOL Ref, FOL-7
DAT A RECORD node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-5
Data reliability• File Applications, 9-13
Data Security Erase
See DSE
DAT A statement• Programming, 2-5, 6-3

Index

DAT A statement (cont'd.)

Data transfer (cont'd.)

array processing• Programming, 6-26
Data storage• Device Driver, 6-2
and file organization• File Applications, 3-2
device specific• Device Driver, 5-4, 7-2, 13-1,
13-3, A-22, A-27
Data storage directives
.ADDRESS• MACRO Ref, 6-4
.ASCIC •MACRO Ref, 6-8
.ASCID•MACRO Ref, 6-9
.ASCll•MACRO Ref, 6-10
.ASCIZ •MACRO Ref, 6-11
.BYTE• MACRO Ref, 6-14 to 6-15
D_FLOA TING• MACRO Ref, 6-20
F_FLOATING• MACRO Ref, 6-34
G_FLOATING•MACRO Ref, 6-35
H_FLOATING•MACRO Ref, 6-37
.LONG• MACRO Ref, 6-55
.OCT A• MACRO Ref, 6-69
.PACKED•MACRO Ref, 6-73
.OUAD•MACRO Ref, 6-80
.SIGNED_BYTE •MACRO Ref, 6-89
.SIGNED_WORD• MACRO Ref, 6-90 to 6-91
.WORD•MACRO Ref, 6-98
Data stream
marking beginning of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-92
marking end of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-170
Data structure• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-2

zero length• Device Driver, C-29
Data transfer command table
LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref I, 4-10
Data transfer mode• 1/0 Ref II, 3-2
Data transfer start command
LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref I, 4-10
Data transfer stop command
LP A 11-K • 1/0 Ref I, 4-12
Data type• Modular Procedures, B-1 O; VAXTPU
Ref, 1-4; Debugger Ref, 5-1 ; Intro to
Routines, 2-12; MACRO Ref, 8-1 to 8-11
atomic• Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_B •Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_BU • Intro to Routines,
2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_CIT •Intro to Routines,
2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_D •Intro to Routines, 2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_DC •Intro to Routines,
2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_F •Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_FC •Intro to Routines,
2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_G •Intro to Routines, 2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_GC • Intro to Routines,
2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_H •Intro to Routines, 2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_HC • Intro to Routines,
2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_L •Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_LU • Intro to Routines,
2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_O •Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_OU •Intro to Routines,
2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_Q •Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_QU •Intro to Routines,
2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_W •Intro to Routines,
2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_WU •Intro to Routines,
2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_Z •Intro to Routines, 2-13
character string• MACRO Ref, 8-6 to 8-7
COBOL intermediate temporary• Intro to
Routines, 2-17
code
facility-specific• Intro to Routines, 2-17
reserved• Intro to Routines, 2-17
complex number• Programming, 6-6
DCL conversion rules• Command Procedures,
2-18
debugger• Programming, 5-33

See also 1/0 database
defining • Device Driver, B-7
defining bit field within • Device Driver, B-39,
B-40
defining field within • Device Driver, B-5, B-6
initializing• Device Driver, 7-1, 7-3 to 7-5
Data terminal equipment
See DTE
Data transfer
See also DMA transfer, PIO transfer
byte offset• Device Driver, 4-12, 10-4, C-61
in reverse direction • Device Driver, G-3, G-13
longword-aligned 32-bit random-access• Device
Driver, 4-10
mixing read and write functions in • Device
Driver, 4-9
odd byte-count• Device Driver, 9-4
overlapping with seek operation • Device Driver,
9-2
size• Device Driver, 8-7, 8-10, 9-4
speed • Device Driver, 4-9, 4-10, 4-13
starting address• Device Driver, 9-5, 10-7,
10-10
to randomly ordered addresses• Device Driver,
4-9

lndex-55

Index

Data type (cont'd.)
declaration• Programming, 2-3
declaration statement• Programming, 6-1
definition• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
displaying • Debugger Ref, CD-183
floating-point• MACRO Ref, 8-3 to 8-5, 9-100
to 9-101
integer• Programming, 6-4; MACRO Ref, 8-1
to 8-3
keywords
BUFFER• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
INTEGER• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
LEARN• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
MARKER• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
PATTERN• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
PROCESS• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
PROGRAM• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
RANGE• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
STRING• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
UNSPECIFIED• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1
leading separate numeric string• MACRO Ref,
8-9 to 8-10
logical• Programming, 6-10
miscellaneous• Intro to Routines, 2-16
DSC$K_DTYPE_ADT •Intro to Routines,
2-16
DSC$K_DTYPE_BLV •Intro to Routines,
2-16
DSC$K_DTYPE_BPV •Intro to Routines,
2-16
DSC$K_DTYPE_DSC •Intro to Routines,
2-16
DSC$K_DTYPE_ZEM •Intro to Routines,
2-16
DSC$K_DTYPE_ZI •Intro to Routines,
2-16
nonstring •File Applications, 3-20
packed decimal string • MACRO Ref, 8-10 to
8-11
real number• Programming, 6-5
specifying in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-60
string• File Applications, 3-20; Intro to
Routines, 2-14; MACRO Ref, 8-6 to
8-11
DSC$K_DTYPE_NL •Intro to Routines,
2-15
DSC$K_DTYPE_NLO •Intro to Routines,
2-15
DSC$K_DTYPE_NR •Intro to Routines,
2-15
DSC$K_DTYPE_NRO •Intro to Routines,
2-15

lndex-56

Data type
string (cont'd.)
DSC$K_DTYPE_NU •Intro to Routines,
2-15
DSC$K_DTYPE_NZ •Intro to Routines,
2-15
DSC$K_DTYPE_P •Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$K_DTYPE_T •Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$K_DTYPE_V •Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$K_DTYPE_VT• Intro to Routines,
2-15, 2-18
DSC$K_DTYPE_VU• Intro to Routines,
2-15
trailing numeric string• MACRO Ref, 8-7 to 8-9
variable-length bit field• MACRO Ref, 8-5 to
8-6
varying character string• Intro to Routines,
2-18
DSC$K_DTYPE_VT• Intro to Routines,
2-18
VAX standard• Intro to Routines, 1-8
VMS
definition of• Intro to Routines, A-1
description of• Intro to Routines, A-1 to
A-18
usage• Intro to Routines, 1-7
Data underrun/overrun
LP A 11-K • 1/0 Ref I, 4-10
$$Date• DSR Ref, 3-18
Date
See also Absolute time
changing system• DCL Dictionary, DCL-524
displaying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-603
entering in commands• DCL Concepts, 2-13
expiration of account• System Security, 3-29
getting current system• System Services Ref,
9-2
inserting with FAQ• VAXTPU Ref, 4-75
Smithsonian base• System Services Ref, 9-2
system format• System Services Ref, 9-2
DA TE_TIME data type• Debugger Ref, 5-1
/DA TE_TIME qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-58
Date/Time procedure• RTL Ref, 9-22
LIB$DATE_TIME• RTL Ref, 9-22, RTL-56
LIB$DA Y •RTL Ref, 9-22, RTL-58
LIB$DAY_QF_WEEK• RTL Ref, 9-22, RTL-60
Date and time XAB
See XABDAT
DATE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-16
.DATE command• Text Processing, 4-41, 4-45;
DSR Ref, 2-15
DA TE command• EDT Ref, EDT-262
Date information option• File Applications, 4-36

Index

DATE primary• File Applications, 4-36
Date within running head
See Running head
DAT file type• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-1
$$Day• DSR Ref, 3-18
Day
to override default day type• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-422
DBG$HELP • Debugger Ref, 0-1
DBG$1NIT •Debugger Ref, D-1
DBG$1NPUT •Debugger Ref, 0-1
DBG$0UTPUT •Debugger Ref, 0-1
$DCDEF macro• Device Driver, A-30
DCE (data circuit-terminating equipment)•
Networking, 1-12
DCL (DIGIT AL Command Language) • Intro to
VAX/VMS, 1-8
command language routines• CDU Ref,
CDU-19
command processing • CDU Ref, CDU-4 to
CDU-5
interactive mode• DCL Concepts, 1-1
noninteractive mode• DCL Concepts, 1-1
DCL command
See Command
continuing execution of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-60
for setting up queues• VAXclusters, 3-19
marking beginning of input stream • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-92
marking end of input stream • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-170
restrictions on• Disk & Tape, 4-1
resuming execution of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-60
DCL command procedure• Networking, 8-4, 8-37
example• VAXTPU Ref, A-6
example for task-to-task operations•
Networking, 8-37
for starting object• Networking, 8-37
DCL commands
See Command
DCL command table• Programming, 7-12
DCL tables
modifications for security• System Security,
5-50
DCLTABLES.EXE• Programming, 7-12
D command• Text Processing, 1-41
DCX$ANALYZE_OA TA• Util Routines Ref,
DCX-12
DCX$ANALYZE_DONE • Util Routines Ref,
DCX-14
DCX$ANALYZE_INIT • Util Routines Ref, DCX-15

DCX$COMPRESS_DATA• Util Routines Ref,
DCX-18
DCX$COMPRESS_DONE • Util Routines Ref,
DCX-20
DCX$COMPRESS_INIT • Util Routines Ref,
DCX-21
DCX$EXPANO_OATA • Util Routines Ref, DCX-23
DCX$EXPANO_OONE • Util Routines Ref, DCX-25
DCX$EXPAND_INIT• Util Routines Ref, DCX-26
DCX$MAKE_MAP • Util Routines Ref, DCX-28
DCX routine• Programming, 9-59
example• Util Routines Ref, DCX-2 to DCX-11
introduction• Util Routines Ref, DCX-1
DOB (device data block) • Device Driver, 1-5, 5-5,
A-11 to A-13
address• Device Driver, 14-9, A-28
creation • Device Driver, 14-4
initializing • Device Driver, 7-4
reinitializing • Device Driver, 7-4
DDB$L _DOT• Device Driver, 7-4
DDB$L_LINK •Device Driver, 13-3
DDB$L _UCB• Device Driver, 13-3
DDB$T_DRVNAME •Device Driver, 5-5
DDB$T_NAME• Device Driver, 5-5
DDCMP (DIGIT AL Data Communications Message
Protocol)• Networking, 1-4; 1/0 Ref II, 1-1,
2-1
asynchronous• Networking, 1-4, 1-7, 2-8,
2-12, 3-32, 5-8
asynchronous line• Networking, 1-5, 3-49
circuit• Networking, 2-6, 3-31, 3-33
configuration• Networking, 1-7
CONTROL line• Networking, 3-49
DMC line• Networking, 3-49
dynamic asynchronous network configuration •
Networking, 5-18
formula for determining maximum number of
messages• Networking, 3-55
line• Networking, 2-12, 3-50
MOP• Networking, 4-14
multipoint• Networking, 1-7
multipoint network configuration• Networking,
5-15
multipoint tributary addressing• Networking,
3-32
POINT line• Networking, 3-49
point-to-point• Networking, 1-7
point-to-point addressing• Networking, 3-32
protocol• Networking, 1-8
static asynchronous network configuration •
Networking, 5-17
synchronous • Networking, 1-4, 1-7, 2-7, 2-12
synchronous devices• Networking, 1-8

lndex-57

Index

DDCMP (DIGIT AL Data Communications Message
Protocol) (cont'd.)
synchronous line• Networking, 1-5
synchronous point-to-point network
configuration• Networking, 5-13
TRIBUTARY line• Networking, 3-49
DOI (DR32 device interconnect)• 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, 4-36
DDT (driver dispatch table)• Device Driver, 1-2,
13-1, 13-6, A-13 to A-.15
address• Device Driver, 7-4, A-12, A-17,
A-34
addresses specified in• Device Driver, 13-2
creating• Device Driver, 7-6 to 7-7, 13-2, B-4
label • Device Driver, 7-6
DDT$L _ALTST ART• Device Driver, 8-15
DDT$L _UNITINIT •Device Driver, 13-3
DDT$W_ERRORBUF •Device Driver, 13-7
DDT AB macro• Device Driver, 7-6 to 7-7, 14-1,
B-4
example• Device Driver, 7-7
Deaccess file function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-31
Deadlock• Modular Procedures, 3-29
DEADLOCK_WAIT parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-61
Deadlock detection• System Services Ref, 12-6
DEAD THRESHOLD parameter• Networking, 3-39
Dead timer• Networking, 3-54
DEALLOCATE command• Disk & Tape, 3-25;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-84
and ALLOCATE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-16, DCL-84
magnetic tape •Disk & Tape, 4-19
Deallocation
of devices• DCL Dictionary, DCL-84
DEASSIGN/QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-90
DEASSIGN command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-85 to
DCL-89
and DEFINE command • DCL Dictionary, DCL-95
using to delete a logical name• Command
Procedures, 2-2
DEBUG_LINE global variable• VAXTPU Ref, 3-18
DEBUG command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-91;
Debugger Ref, 1-6, 2-3, 2-13
.DEBUG directive• MACRO Ref, 6-18, 6-18
Debugger•lntro to VAX/VMS, 4-12, 4-18;
Debugger Ref, 1-1
abbreviating commands• Programming, 5-4
and RUN (Image) command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-364
breakpoints• Programming, 5-18
command procedures• Programming, 5-35

lndex-58

Debugger (cont'd.)
controlling execution• Programming, 5-14,
5-18
control structures• Programming, 5-22
CTRL/Y •Programming, 5-3
data types• Programming, 5-33
defining keys• Programming, 5-5
displaying source• Programming, 5-21
displays• Programming, 5-10
examining data• Programming, 5-30
global symbols• Programming, 5-24
inclusion of• Linker Ref, LINK-121
information record analysis• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-26
initialization files• Programming, 5-37
initializing • Debugger Ref, 1-5
interrupting• Programming, 5-3
invoking• Programming, 5-2; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-29, DCL-91; Debugger Ref, 1-5
local symbols• Programming, 5-23
log files• Programming, 5-38
new features• Rel Notes, 2-13
pathname• Programming, 5-27
problems and restrictions• Rel Notes, 3-41
program • DCL Dictionary, DCL-91
screen mode• Programming, 5-7
session
interrupting • Debugger Ref, 1-6
storage allocation• Programming, 5-25
suspending execution• Programming, 5-18
symbol table• Linker Ref, LINK-76
terminating • Programming, 5-4
tracepoints• Programming, 5-18
tracing execution• Programming, 5-18
watchpoints• Programming, 5-20
window displays• Programming, 5-7
windows• Programming, 5-10
Debugger command
dictionary• Debugger Ref, CD-1
repeating • Debugger Ref, CD-68, CD-7 7,
CD-197
summary• Debugger Ref, 1-21
syntax• Debugger Ref, CD"-1
Debugging • Debugger Ref, 1-1
and DEPOSIT command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-125
and EXAMINE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-173
condition handlers• Programming, 10-2 7
controller-initialization routines • DELTA Ref,
DELTA-6
device drivers• DELTA Ref, DELT A-6

Index

Debugging (cont'd.)

/DECIMAL qualifier (cont'd.)

device-initialization routines• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-6
elevated-IPL images • DELTA Ref, DELT A-1 ,
DELTA-3
executive-mode code• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
exit handler• Programming, 10-39
initialization routines• DELTA Ref, DELT A-6
IPL-0 images• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
kernel-mode code• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
on line as security hazard • System Security,
5-56
supervisor-mode code• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
system programs• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
user-mode programs• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
Debugging program• VAXTPU Ref, 5-6
DEBUG keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-167
/DEBUG qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-8; Linker Ref,
LINK-121 ; Debugger Ref, 1-5, 2-1, 4-2, 7-1
FORTRAN command• Programming, 4-5
LINK command• Programming, 4-9
Debug symbol table
See DST
%DEC• Debugger Ref, D-4
DEC/CMS (Code Management System)• Modular
Procedures, 1-15
DEC/MMS (Module Management System)•
Modular Procedures, 1-15
DEC/Test Manager• Modular Procedures, 1-15
DEC026 card reader code• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2, 2-7
DEC029 card reader code• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2, 2-7
u dec_crt• parameter to GET_INFO•
VAXTPU Ref,
4-93
udec_crt2" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-93
DEC_CRT2 mode• VAXTPU Ref, B-3
DEC_CRT mode• VAXTPU Ref, B-2
DECB (Decrement Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-18
Decimal/hexadecimal conversion• MACRO Ref,
1-2
table• MACRO Ref, 1-2
Decimal dump • DCL Dictionary, DCL-152
DECIMAL mode• Patch Ref, PATCH-20
Decimal number• FDL Ref, FDL-3
Decimal overflow detection• RTL Ref, RTL-79
Decimal overflow enable (DV) •MACRO Ref, 8-12
/DECIMAL qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-53,
CD-55, CD-58
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-56
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-59
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-65
INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-70

REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-7 4
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-91
Decimal string descriptor
See Descriptor
Decimal string instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-139
to 9-162
Decimal text
converting to binary• RTL Ref, RTL-54
DECIMAL value • FDL Ref, FDL-31
Decimal value of character• EDT Ref, A-1
DECK command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-92 to
DCL-94
and EOD command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-170
delimiting input stream with• Command
Procedures, 3-6
DECL (Decrement Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-18
DECLARE command• Debugger Ref, 9-7, CD-30
DEC Multinational Character Set• EDT Ref, A-1;
VAXTPU Ref, 3-1 to 3-2, D-1 to D-7; 1/0
Ref I, B-1
string comparison• RTL Ref, RTL-774
support• DSR Ref, 2-14
VAX RMS use of• RMS Ref, 2-7
DECnet• Software Installation, 7-1 , 7-36, 7-3 7;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-453, DCL-457
failure• Software Installation, 7-28
local connection number• Device Driver, A-28
DECnet-VAX• Mail Ref, MAIL-1, MAIL-12,
MAIL-15
and V AXcluster nodes • System Security, 8-4
area selection option• Software Installation,
6-8
configuration database• Networking, 1-14
configuration on a VAX/VMS system•
Networking, 1-2
configuration on a Micro VMS system•
Networking, 1-2
configuration prerequisites• Networking, 5-1
DTS/DTR •Rel Notes, 3-17
example of account• System Security, 7-10
functions• Networking, 1-3
host services• Networking, 1-3, 1-14
how to shut down• Software Installation, 5-2
license requirement for upgrade• Software
Installation, 6-7
over terminal lines• Networking, 5-7
over the Cl• Networking, 5-7
sending messages• Mail Ref, MAIL-12
shutting down for upgrade• Rel Notes, 1-9;
Software Installation, 6-5

lndex-59

Index

DECnet-VAX (cont'd.)

Default (cont'd.)

software• Networking, 1-15
use with• Phone Ref, PHONE-8
using the Analyze/RMS_File Utility with•
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-6
using the Convert/Reclaim Utility with• Conven
Ref, CONV-4
using the Convert Utility with• Conven Ref,
CONV-4
DECnet-VAX license•Networking, 1-15, 2-21
end node kit• Networking, 1-15, 6-1
full function kit • Networking, 1-1 5, 6-1
installing the key• Networking, 1-15, 5-6, 6-1
Decompression of library
space requirement• Rel Notes, 1-22; Software
Installation, 6-19
using LIBDECOMP.COM• Software Installation,
6-18
DECSA (DIGIT AL Ethernet Communications Server)
connection to remote console• Networking,
4-20
DECtalk procedures• RTL Ref, 11-1
DECW (Decrement Word) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-18
/DEEPEST_HEADER qualifier• DSR Ref, 5-3
Default• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-12; DSR Ref, 1-2
device
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-546
to set• DCL Dictionary, DCL-423
device name designation• DCL Concepts, 3-12
directory• System Management, 5-6
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-546
to set• DCL Dictionary, DCL-423
error checking
to control• DCL Dictionary, DCL-465
file type• DCL Concepts, 3-3, 3-4
for file specification• DCL Concepts, 3-2
HELP library
display of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-186
job logical names• DCL Concepts, 4-5
library
system• Programming, 4-22
user• Programming, 4-22
parameter value• Programming, 7-3
printer
to display characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-578
process directory logical names• DCL Concepts,
4-7
process logical names• DCL Concepts, 4-4
protection • DCL Concepts, 7-7
to establish• DCL Dictionary, DCL-481

qualifier• Programming, 7-5
set characteristics for magnetic tape device•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-461
system directory logical names• DCL Concepts,
4-8
system logical names • DCL Concepts, 4-6
temporary• DCL Concepts, 2-6
in output file• DCL Concepts, 3-18
terminal characteristics
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-509,
DCL-510, DCL-511 , DCL-512, DCL-513,
DCL-514, DCL-515, DCL-516, DCL-517,
DCL-518, DCL-519, DCL-520
to set
device• DCL Dictionary, DCL-423
directory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-423
UIC
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-526
values for qualifiers• DCL Concepts, 2-7
working set
for batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-644
working set size
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-534
DEFAULT_NAME attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-20
DEFAULT ACCESS parameter• Networking, 3-88;
NCP Ref, NCP-68
SET EXECUTOR command• Networking, 2-40
DEFAULT account
initial modification • System Management, 5-4
user authorization file• System Management,
5-3
Default ACE
specified by DEFAULT option• System Security,
4-30
Default bootstrap command procedure
modifying• System Management, 2-19
renaming• System Management, 2-19
selecting• System Management, 2-11
DEFAULT clause
for DEFINE TYPE statement• CDU Ref, CDU-29
for PARAMETER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24,
CDU-33
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
for VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-25, CDU-27,
CDU-30, CDU-34, CDU-36
DEFAULT command• Authorize Ref, AUTH-29
DEFAULT DATA parameter
for X.25 circuit• Networking, 3-27
Default DECnet account
See Default nonprivileged DECnet account
.DEFAULT directive•MACRO Ref, 6-19

lndex-60

Index

Default extension option• File Applications, 4-40
Default extension quantity• FOL Ref, FDL-21
Default file specification
See also File specification
journal file• Patch Ref, PA TCH-33
output image file• Patch Ref, PA TCH-36
Default file type
for V AXTPU section files• Rel Notes, 2-2
Default form • System Services Ref, SYS-412
systemwide • System Management, 9-32
Default identifiers• Authorize Ref, AUTH-19
Default key map
in EVE interface• Rel Notes, 2-2
Default logical name table
group • System Services Ref, 6-6
job• System Services Ref, 6-5
process• System Services Ref, 6-4
system • System Services Ref, 6-6
Default map• Linker Ref, LINK-51
module information in• linker Ref, LINK-52,
LINK-53
sections in• Linker Ref, LINK-52
symbols cross-referenced in • Linker Ref,
LINK-120
Default network account and reference monitor•
System Security, 7-5
Default nonprivileged DECnet account
creation by NETCONFIG.COM •Networking,
5-1, 5-5
example• Networking, 5-1
use in access control• Networking, 2-39, 3-87
Default output
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-12
Default ownership• System Security, 4-39
management• System Security, 5-14 to 5-18,
5-23
Default patch area• Patch Ref, PA TCH-22
Default process protection • System Security,
4-41 ' 5-14' 5-18
Default protection• System Security, 4-40 to
4-43; FOL Ref, FDL-24
directory file, specified by ACE• System
Security, 4-27
for directories, role of MFD •System Security,
4-16.1
for NETUAF .DAT• Authorize Ref, AUTH-5
for RIGHTSLIST.DAT• Authorize Ref, AUTH-5
for SYSUAF .DAT• Authorize Ref, AUTH-5
management• System Security, 5-14
propagating with ACE• System Security, 4-30

Default protection ACE• DCL Concepts, 7-12,
7-16; System Security, 4-30; System
Services Ref, 3-19
adding or changing• SystefJ1 Security, 4-31
DEFAULT PROXY parameter• Networking, 3-89
SET EXECUTOR command• Networking, 2-41
/DEFAULT qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-58
Default user authorization record
modifying• Authorize Ref, AUTH-29
Default value
AREA• FOL Ref, FDL-7
DA TE• FOL Ref, FDL-16
FILE• FOL Ref, FDL-17
key• FOL Ref, FDL-26
RECORD• FOL Ref, FDL-32
SYSTEM• FOL Ref, FDL-37
DEFAULT WINDOW parameter
for X.25 circuit• Networking, 3-27
DEFBOO.CMD
setting up for HSC boot• System Management,
4-14, 4-1 6 ; Software Installation, 4-6,
4-9
use in creating boot command procedure •
Software Installation, 4-40
$DEFEND macro• Device Driver, B-6
DEFERRED_WRITE attribute • File Applications,
7-24, 7-25; FOL Ref, FDL-20
Deferred-write processing • File Applications,
9-10
DEFINE/CHARACTERISTIC command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-101 to DCL-102
DEFINE/FORM command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-103 to DCL-106
DEFINE/KEY command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-17; Programming, 5-5; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-107 to DCL-110; Mail Ref, MAIL-30;
Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-45
DEFINE-KEY built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-56 to 4-59
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-58
DEFINE/CHARACTERISTIC command• System
Management, 9-30
DEFINE/FORM command• Rel Notes, 2-5;
System Management, 9-30
DEFINE/KEY command• Debugger Ref, 9-9,
CD-34
DEFINE CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref, NCP-60

lndex-61

Index

DEFINE command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-11;
File Applications, 4-18, 6-16; Programming,
5-4, 5-28, 7-1; DCL Dictionary, DCL-95 to
DCL-100; Linker Ref, LINK-135; Patch Ref,
PATCH-7, PATCH-15, PATCH-54,
PATCH-55; Debugger Ref, 4-6, CD-32;
SDA Ref, SDA-34 ; System Services Ref,
6-2
and DEASSIGN command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-85
displaying default qualifiers for• Debugger Ref,
CD-151
setting default qualifiers for• Debugger Ref,
CD-93
/TRANSLATION_ATTRIBUTES qualifier• File
Applications, 5-8
using to create a logical name • Command
Procedures, 2-2
/DEFINED qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-176
DEFINE EXECUTOR command• NCP Ref, NCP-67
TYPE parameter• Networking, 3-60
DEFINE KEY command • DCL Concepts, 1-10;
Text Processing, 1-68, 1-70; EDT Ref,
EDT-125; VAXTPU Ref, F-3
DEFINE LINE command• NCP Ref, NCP-77
DEFINE LOGGING EVENTS command• NCP Ref,
NCP-84
DEFINE LOGGING ST A TE command• NCP Ref,
NCP-86
DEFINE MACRO command• Text Processing,
1-68, 1-70; EDT Ref, EDT-128
See Macro
DEFINE MODULE CONFIGURA TOR command• NCP
Ref, NCP-88
DEFINE MODULE X25-ACCESS command• NCP
Ref, NCP-90
DEFINE MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command• NCP
Ref, NCP-92
DEFINE MODULE X25-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-97
DEFINE MODULE X29-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-97
DEFINE NODE CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref,
NCP-107
DEFINE NODE command• Networking, 5-4; NCP
Ref, NCP-102
DEFINE OBJECT command• NCP Ref, NCP-109
DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref, CDU-9,
CDU-21 to CDU-28
DISALLOW clause• CDU Ref, CDU-23
IMAGE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24
NODISALLOWS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-23
NOPARAMETERS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24
NOQUALIFIERS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26

lndex-62

DEFINE SYNTAX statement (cont'd.)
PARAMETER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24
QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26
ROUTINE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-27
table of syntax changes• CDU Ref, CDU-21 to
CDU-23
DEFINE TYPE statement• CDU Ref, CDU-11,
CDU-29 to CDU-31
DEFAULT clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
LABEL clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
NEGAT ABLE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
NONNEGATABLE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
SYNTAX clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-30
DEFINE VERB statement •Programming, 7-1 ;
CDU Ref, CDU-8, CDU-32 to CDU-37
DISALLOW clause• CDU Ref, CDU-32
IMAGE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-32
NODISALLOWS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-32
NOPARAMETERS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-33
NOQUALIFIERS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-34
PARAMETER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-33
QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-34
ROUTINE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-36
SYNONYM clause• CDU Ref, CDU-36
$DEFINI macro• Device Driver, B-7
Definition library• Programming, 4-24
Definition path• Programming, 7-10
definition of• CDU Ref, CDU-14 to CDU-15
Definition statement• Programming, 2-3
DEFK (define key) command• EDT Ref, EDT-263
$DEF macro• Device Driver, B-5
DEFMBXBUFQUO parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-61
DEFMBXMXMSG parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-61
DEFMBXNUMMSG parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-61
DEFPRI parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-61
DEFOUEPRI parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-61
Delay
command processing • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-653
See also Wait state
Delay timer• Networking, 3-54
DEL C function• Text Processing, 1-16; EDT Ref,
EDT-50
DEL EOL function• Text Processing, 1-16; EDT
Ref, EDT-52
Delete
batch job file after processing• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-641
wakeup request• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368

Index

DELETE/CHARACTERISTIC command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-115
DELETE/ENTRY command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-11 6 to DCL-11 7
using to delete or stop a batch job• Command
Procedures, 8-10
using with a batch queue• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-5
using with a print queue• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-3
DELETE/ERASE command• System Security,
4-49
DELETE/FORM command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-118
DELETE/INTRUSION_RECORD command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-119
DELETE/INTRUSION command• System Security,
5-41
DELETE/KEY command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-18; Programming, 5-7; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-120 to DCL-121; Debugger Ref, 9-12,
CD-38
DELETE/QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-122
DELETE/SYMBOL command• Command
Procedures, 2-11; DCL Dictionary, DCL-123
to DCL-124
DELETE_ON_CLOSE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-20,
FDL-25
DELETE/QUEUE command• System Management,
9-8
DELETE access• System Security, 4-7; FOL Ref,
FDL-24
See Access
meaning for directory file• System Security,
4-12
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
meaning in ACL •System Security, 3-28
DELETE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-36
of ACCESS primary• File Applications, 7-4
of SHARING primary• File Applications, 7-5
DELETE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-60 to
4-61
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-61
Delete character buffer• Text Processing, 1-42
DELETE command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-21,
2-6; Text Processing, 1-32; File
Applications, 4-4, 10-33; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-111 to DCL-114; EDT Ref, EDT-130;
VAXTPU Ref, F-4; Exchange Ref, EXCH-25;
FOL Ref, FDL-57; Install Ref, INS-10;
Mail Ref, MAIL-33; Patch Ref, PATCH-56
to PATCH-58, PATCH-62; Debugger Ref,
CD-37

DELETE command (cont'd.)
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-26
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-25
/LOG qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-25
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-25
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-25
/SYSTEM qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-25
/VOLUME_FORMAT qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-25
Delete file function • 1/0 Ref /, 1-33
DELETE function• EDT Ref, EDT-54
DELETE key• DCL Concepts, 1-7; Text
Processing, 1-37; 1/0 Ref/, 8-4
Delete line buffer• Text Processing, 1-42
Delete module
object library• Programming, 4-8
/DELETE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-35; CDU
Ref, CDU-41; Librarian Ref, LIB-21
READ command• Command Procedures, 6-6
Delete service• File Applications, 8-2, 8-6
high-level language equivalents• File
Applications, 8-2
run-time options• File Applications, 9-25
Delete word buffer• Text Processing, 1-42
Deletion
buffer• VAXTPU Ref, 2-3
line terminator• VAXTPU Ref, 4-15
marker• VAXTPU Ref, 2-8
of batch queue• DCL Dictionary, DCL-122
of batch queue entries • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-116
of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-111
of identifiers in rights database• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-46
of logical names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-85
of logical name tables• DCL Dictionary, DCL-85
of multiple files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-111
of print queue• DCL Dictionary, DCL-122
of print queue entries• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-116
of proxy accounts• Authorize Ref, AUTH-4 7
of user records• Authorize Ref, AUTH-45
range• VAXTPU Ref, 2-8, 4-39
subprocess• VAXTPU Ref, 4-37
V AXTPU structure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-61
window• VAXTPU Ref, 2-6
Deletion of text• Text Processing, 1-16, 1-32,
1-41
CTRL/U •Text Processing, 1-16
CUT keypad function• Text Processing, 1-16
D command• Text Processing, 1-41
DEL C keypad function• Text Processing, 1-16

lndex-6J

Index

Deletion of text (cont'd.)

Delta/XDelta Utility (DELTA/XDELTA) (cont'd.)

DEL EOL keypad function• Text Processing,
1-16
DELETE key• Text Processing, 1-16
DEL L keypad function • Text Processing, 1-16
DEL W keypad function• Text Processing,
1-16
DL command • Text Processing, 1-4 1
OW command• Text Processing, 1-41
LINEFEED key• Text Processing, 1-16
Delimiter• Text Processing, 1-34; Patch Ref,
PATCH-19, PATCH-25, PATCH-28
depositing ASCII data • Debugger Ref, 6-12
depositing instruction • Debugger Ref, 6-13
specifying precedence• Debugger Ref, 5-11
string argument• MACRO Ref, 4-3
symbol• Debugger Ref, 4-8
using in control block arguments• RMS Ref,
3-5, 3-6
DELL function• Text Processing, 1-16; EDT Ref,
EDT-56
DEL option• FDL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-36
DELTA•DELTA Ref, DELTA-1
See also Delta/XDelta Utility
commands• DELTA Ref, DELT A-2 to
DELTA-31
debugging system programs• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-1
invoking• DELTA Ref, DELT A-3
Delta/XDelta Utility (DELT A/XDELTA)• Device
Driver, 15-1 to 15-20
base register• Device Driver, 15-12
predefined • Device Driver, 15-11
X4 • Device Driver, 15-11
X5 • Device Driver, 15-11
XE• Device Driver, 15-11
XF • Device Driver, 15-11
changing contents of location using• Device
Driver, 15-13
closing location using• Device Driver, 15-14
commands
executing string • Device Driver, 15-1 7
indirect• Device Driver, 15-14
predefined in XE and XF • Device Driver,
15-11
summary• Device Driver, 15-9 to 15-10
depositing command string in system patch
space for use by• Device Driver, 15-17
displaying contents of address range using •
Device Driver, 15-14
displaying contents of location using• Device
Driver, 15-1 3
expressions• Device Driver, 15-10

formats
address display• Device Driver, 15-13
instruction display• Device Driver, 15-13
guidelines• Device Driver, 15-18 to 15-20
prefixes
G • Device Driver, 15-11
H • Device Driver, 15-11
setting PC with • Device Driver, 15-16
stepping through code with• Device Driver,
15-17
symbols
period (.) • Device Driver, 15-11
Q • Device Driver, 15-11 , 15-14
values • Device Driver, 15-10
Delta time• Programming, 6-43; System Services
Ref, 9-2
and absolute time combination • DCL Concepts,
2-15
as input to SYS$BINTIM • System Services Ref,
SYS-24
converting to numeric• System Services Ref,
SYS-321
example• DCL Concepts, 2-14; System
Services Ref, 9-3
in system format• System Services Ref, 9-3
specifying• DCL Concepts, 2-14
DE LUA
See UNA
DELUA communications controller• Networking,
2-18, 3-11
DELUA driver
See DEUNA driver
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
DEL W function• Text Processing, 1-16; EDT
Ref, EDT-58
Demand-zero compression
cessation of• Linker Ref, LINK-24
conditions for• Linker Ref, LINK-77
control of by option• Linker Ref, LINK-21
definition of• Linker Ref, LINK-21
Demand-zero image section• Linker Ref, LINK-21
Denial of service
induced through evasive action • System
Security, 5-4 1
/DENSITY qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-77;
Mount Ref, MOUNT-17
DEPOSIT command• Programming, 5-33;
Software Installation, 2-2; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-125 to DCL-128; Patch Ref, PATCH-59
to PATCH-61; Debugger Ref, 1-16, 6-11,
CD-40
and EXAMINE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-173

lndex-64

Index

DEPOSIT command (cont'd.)
in patch area operations• Patch Ref, PA TCH-2 1
length qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-126
/PATCH_AREA•Patch Ref, PATCH-24,
PATCH-61
with VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-92
DEPTH attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-6
$DEQ
lock manager• VAXclusters, 1-5
DEON A
See ONA
DEONA communications controller• Networking,
1-6, 2-18, 3-11
DEONA driver
See DEUNA driver
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
Descriptor• RTL Ref, 5-7
analysis of• RTL Ref, 5-4
array• Intro to Routines, 2-21
class codes
facility-specific• Intro to Routines, 2-37
reserved• Intro to Routines, 2-37
decimal string• Intro to Routines, 2-25
dynamic string• Intro to Routines, 2-20
fields of• RTL Ref, 2-7
fixed-length• Intro to Routines, 2-20
format• Intro to Routines, 2-18
DSC$A_POINTER •Intro to Routines, 2-20
DSC$B_CLASS •Intro to Routines, 2-19
DSC$B_DTYPE •Intro to Routines, 2-19
DSC$K_CLASS_A •Intro to Routines, 2-21
DSC$K_CLASS_D •Intro to Routines, 2-20
DSC$K_CLASS_J •Intro to Routines, 2-25
DSC$K_CLASS_NCA • Intro to Routines,
2-26
DSC$K-'-CLASS_P •Intro to Routines, 2-24
DSC$K_CLASS_S •Intro to Routines, 2-20
DSC$K_CLASS_SB •Intro to Routines,
2-35
DSC$K_CLASS_SD •Intro to Routines,
2-25
DSC$K_CLASS_UBA •Intro to Routines,
2-33
DSC$K_CLASS_UBS • Intro to Routines,
2-32
DSC$K_CLASS_UBSB • Intro to Routines,
2-36
DSC$K_CLASS_V •Intro to Routines, 2-21
DSC$K_CLASS_VS• Intro to Routines,
2-29
DSC$K_CLASS_VSA •Intro to Routines,
2-30
DSC$W_LENGTH •Intro to Routines, 2-19

Descriptor
format (cont'd.)
prototype• Intro to Routines, 2-19
label• Intro to Routines, 2-25
noncontiguous array• Intro to Routines, 2-26
patch area• Patch Ref, PA TCH-21
procedure• Intro to Routines, 2-24
string with bounds• Intro to Routines, 2-35
unaligned bit array• Intro to Routines, 2-33
unaligned bit string• Intro to Routines, 2-32
unaligned bit string with bounds• Intro to
Routines, 2-36
variable buffer• Intro to Routines, 2-21
varying string• Intro to Routines, 2-29
varying string array• Intro to Routines, 2-30
DESEL (deactivate select) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-264
DESELECT command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-48
Designated router
See Ethernet
Design graphics mode• File Applications, 4-15
Design mnemonic• File Applications, 4_; 18
Design stage• Modular Procedures, 2-1
Destination
of X.25 call• Networking, 2-32
DESTINATION qualifier• Networking, 3-7 4
Detached process • Software Installation, 7 -1 5,
7-21, 7-31, 7-32, 7-35, 7-38; System
Services Ref, 8-2, 8-7, SYS-.88
See Process, detached
creating• Programming, 3-7
establishing values for• Perform Manage, 5-6
Detached process login • System Security, 3-5
DETACH privilege• System Security, A-4;
Networking, 5-2; System Management,
6-11
Detected bad block file
format• BAD Ref, BAD-3
location• BAD Ref, BAD-2
Detection
of account abuse • System Security, 6-6
of breakin attempts• System Security, 3-32
DE UNA
See UNA
DE UNA communications controller• Networking,
1-6, 2-18, 3-11
DEUNA driver
address
broadcast• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4
destination• 1/0 Ref II, 6-12, 6-13
Ethernet• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3 to 6-5
group address• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4

lndex-65

Index

DEUNA driver
address (cont'd.)
loopback assistance• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4
multicast• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4, 6-12, 6-21, 6-22
node• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
physical•//ORefll, 6-3, 6-4, 6-12, 6-23,
6-28
port• J/O Ref II, 6-23
shared protocol destination • 1/0 Ref II,
6-19
source• 1/0 Ref II, 6-12
AST access mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-27
AST service routine address• 1/0 Ref II, 6-27
attention AST• 1/0 Ref II, 6-27
broadcast address• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4
buffer
hardware• 1/0 Ref II, 6-17
receive• 1/0 Ref II, 6-12, 6-16
channel assignment• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
characteristics
device• 1/0 Ref II, 6-9, 6-27
extended• 1/0 Ref II, 6-16 to 6-25, 6-28
controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-17
CRC generation (DEUNA only)• //O Ref II, 6-18
data chaining• 1/0 Ref II, 6-18
DELUA driver• //O Ref II, 6-1
DE ONA driver• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 6-9, 6-27
See also DEUNA, extended characteristics
driver• //O Ref II, 6-1
initializing• //O Ref II, 6-3
operating• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
driver service (802 format)• 1/0 Ref II, 6-25
echo mode (DEUNA only) • 1/0 Ref II, 6-19
error summary bits• 1/0 Ref II, 6-10
Ethernet• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1, 6-2, 6-3, 6-5
Ethernet addresses• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
Ethernet protocol types• 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
exclusive mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-26
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 6-16 to
6-25, 6-27
function codes•//O Ref I/, 6-10, A-5
function modifiers
10$M_ATTNAST • 1/0 Ref II, 6-27
10$M_CTRL • 1/0 Ref II, 6-15, 6-26, 6-27
10$M_NOW • //O Ref II, 6-13
10$M_SHUTDOWN • 1/0 Ref II, 6-26
10$M_STARTUP • //0 Ref II, 6-15
hardware buffer size• l/O Ref II, 6-17
hardware interface• 1/0 Ref II, 6-2
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-11

lndex-66

DEUNA driver
1/0 functions (cont'd.)
10$_READPBLK • l/O Ref II, 6-11
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 6-27
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1 5
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 6-15
10$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-13
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-13
10$_WRITEVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-13
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref II, 6-29
IEEE 802
Class I service packet format• 1/0 Ref II,
6-6, 6-20
driver service parameter• 1/0 Ref II, 6-25
802 format SAP parameter• 1/0 Ref II,
6-25
group SAP parameter• 1/0 Ref II, 6-20
read function • 1/0 Ref II, 6-12
SAP restrictions• 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
support• 1/0 Ref II, 6-6
user-supplied service packet format• 1/0 Ref
II, 6-7 6-20
write function • 1/0 Ref II, 6-13
internal loopback mode (DELUA only)• //O Ref
II, 6-21
loopback mode • 1/0 Ref II, 6-17
message size• 1/0 Ref II, 6-9, 6-12, 6-13,
6-14, 6-17
modify characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 6-15
multicast address state• 1/0 Ref II, 6-22
multicast group address• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4
padding
message size• 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
transmit messages• 1/0 Ref//, 6-22
parameter ID• 1/0 Ref II, 6-15
port• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
address• //O Ref//, 6-16
start• 1/0 Ref II, 6-15
privilege• //O Ref II, 6-11
programming example• 1/0 Ref//, 6-29
promiscuous mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-24
protocol type•//O Ref II, 6-1, 6-12, 6-13,
6-24
access mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-16
cross-company• 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
DIGIT AL• 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
Ethernet• 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
sharing• //O Ref II, 6-26
read function• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 6-27
set controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-15
I

Index

DEUNA driver
set controller mode (cont'd.)
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 6-16
to 6-25
P2 buffer• 1/0 Ref II, 6-15
parameter ID• 1/0 Ref II, 6-15
protocol type sharing• 1/0 Ref II, 6-26
set mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 6-15
shared default mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-26
shared with destination mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-26
shutdown controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-26
shutdown port• 1/0 Ref II, 6-26
software interface• 1/0 Ref II, 6-2
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, A-5
supported devices• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
SYS$ASSIGN • //O Ref II, 6-3
SYS$DASSGN • 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
transmit/receive buffer size• //O Ref II, 6-16
unit and line status• 1/0 Ref II, 6-10
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 6-13
DEV$V_ELG • Device Driver, 13-7
$DEVDEF macro• Device Driver, A-29
Device• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-1, 3-4; DCL
Concepts, 3-10
See also Device unit
See also Mount verification
access• DCL Dictionary, DCL-16
accessing in batch job• Disk & Tape, 3-27
activating • Device Driver, 2-4 to 2-5, 3-1 7, 9-5
to 9-6, 10-7
allocating • DCL Dictionary, DCL-16; System
Services Ref, 7-20, SYS-9
allocation class• Device Driver, A-13
assignment of logical queue name to• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-45
busy• Device Driver, 8-14
byte-addressable• Device Driver, 10-6
Cl-750•Networking, 2-10, 2-12
Cl-780•Networking, 2-10, 2-12
class• Device Driver, A-16, A-30
cluster, setting up• VAXclusters, 4-15
concealed• System Management, 2-6
configuring• System Management, 2-4
CSR address• Device Driver, 14-8
deaccessing •Device Driver, A-7
deallocating• DCL Dictionary, DCL-84; System
Services Ref, 7-22, SYS-107
default
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-546
default name designation• DCL Concepts, 3-12
DHU 11 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-12
DHV 11 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-12

Device (cont'd.)
DIGIT AL-supplied • Device Driver, 14-10,
14-11
disk managing• VAXclusters, 4-1 to 4-21
dismounting • DCL Dictionary, DCL-14 7
DMC11 •Networking, 1-8, 2-7, 2-12
DMF32•Networking, 1-8, 2-7, 2-12
DMF32 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-12
DMP11 •Networking, 1-8, 2-7, 2-12
DMR11 •Networking, 1-8, 2-7, 2-12
OMV 11 •Networking, 2-7
DMZ32 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-12
DPV 11 •Networking, 2-18
dual-pathed • System Services Ref, SYS-195
DUP 11-DA •Networking, 2-18
DZ11 •Networking, 1-8
DZ 11 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-12
DZ32 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-12
DZV 11 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-12
establish as spooled• DCL Dictionary, DCL-426
establish error-logging status for• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-426
exclude certain • Error Log Ref, ERR-8
file structured• Device Driver, 2-3, 5-8, A-12
generic name• DCL Concepts, 3-12
getting information about• System Services Ref,
7-25
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-192
synchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-208
implicit allocation• System Services Ref, 7-22
include certain • Error Log Ref, ERR-12
KMS 11-BD •Networking, 2-18
KMS 11-PX •Networking, 2-18
KMS 11-PY • Networking, 2-18
KMV 11 •Networking, 2-18
KMY •Networking, 2-18
lock name • System Services Ref, SYS-198
logical name assignment• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-16
magnetic tape
retrieving information• Disk & Tape, 4-7
set default characteristics for• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-461
mass-storage• DCL Concepts, 3-10
mounting volumes• Disk & Tape, 7-3
name•DCL Concepts, 3-10; Device Driver,
1-5, 7-6, A-12; System Services Ref,
7-24
default• System Services Ref, 7-25
naming conventions• VAXclusters, 4-8 to
4-13

lndex-67

Index

Device (cont'd.)

Device characteristics (cont'd.)

offline•Disk & Tape, 7-11
position on 022 bus • Device Driver, 3-4
position on UNIBUS• Device Driver, 3-4
protection • System Services Ref, 7-6
ONA• Networking, 2-10, 2-18
queue
to display entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-585
record-oriented• DCL Concepts, 3-1 O
restrictions for users• System Security, 5-46
to 5-48
served• System Services Ref, SYS-202
site-specific startup• System Management, 2-7
specifications• Backup Ref, BACKU-8
spooled• System Management, 9-24, 9-46
status • Device Driver, 11-5
tape
to display characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-566
to display
default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-546
error count for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-556
information on• DCL Dictionary, DCL-536
mounted volumes• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-549
status of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-548
to modify protection of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-482
type• DCL Concepts, 3-10; Device Driver,
A-16, A-30
UNA•Networking, 2-10, 2-18
unloading with DISMOUNT• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-149
using with BACKUP• Backup Ref, BACKU-13
V AX-11 /725 systems• Software Installation,
4-18
vector address• Device Driver, 14-8
word-aligned • Device Driver, 10-4
write lock• Disk & Tape, 7-13
Device activation bit mask• Device Driver, 9-5
DEVICE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-37
Device characteristics• Device Driver, 8-8, 8-9,
A-16, A-29 to A-30, C-41, C-42, C-43
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-3
DEUNA/DEQNA/DELUA driver• 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-14
DMC 11/OMA11 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 1-3
DMP 11 /DMF32 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 2-3
DR 11-W /ORV 11-WA driver• 1/0 Ref II, 3-8
DR32 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
DUP 11 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 5-4
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-3
LPA 11-K device• 1/0 Ref I, 4-3

magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-6
mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-5
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-18
Device code• Software Installation, 4-12, 7-6,
7-32
format• Rel Notes, 1-11; Software
Installation, 6-6
V AX-11 /725 systems• Software Installation,
4-18
V AX-11 /730 systems• Software Installation,
4-18
V AX-11 /750 systems• Software Installation,
4-17
V AX-11 /780 systems• Software Installation,
4-16
VAX 8200 systems• Software Installation,
4-16
VAX 8600 systems• Software Installation
4-15
,

lndex-68

Device controller•Device Driver, 1-5, 1-6, A-7
See also MBA, Controller initialization routine
dedicated • Device Driver, 5-5
initializing • Device Driver, 13-1
intelligent• Device Driver, 1-16
multiunit •Device Driver, 3-17 to 3-18, 5-4,
5-14, 9-2, 9-6, 11-8, A-18
number of units created for• Device Driver,
7-3, 14-6
number of units supported by• Device Driver,
7-3, A-17, A-19
reinitializing• Device Driver, 7-2
single unit• Device Driver, 3-17, 12-2, 13-1,
14-2, A-18
Device controller data channel• Device Driver, 5-4
to 5-5, G-12, G-13
See also Secondary controller data channel
obtaining ownership • Device Driver, 3-17 to
3-18, 5-4, 9-2 to 9-4, A-18, B-31, C-76,
C-77
permanently allocating • Device Driver, 13-1
releasing• Device Driver, 3-18, 9-6, 12-2,
B-24, C-67, C-84
requesting• Device Driver, 9-2
unavailability• Device Driver, 9-3
Device controller data channel wait queue • Device
Driver, 9-3, A-8, C-67, C-76, C-77
Device control library• System Management, 9-25
to 9-28, 9-34
assigning• System Management, 9-27
creating module• System Management, 9-26
setting up• System Management, 9-25
Device control library module• Rel Notes, 2-5
Device data block• Device Driver, 13-3

Index

Device data block (cont'd.)
See DOB
Device driver• Device Driver, 1-1
assembling with SYS$LIBRARY:LIB.MLB•
Device Driver, 14-1
asynchronous nature• Device Driver, 1-1 , 1-8,
3-2, 6-2
calculating base address• Device Driver, 15-5
coding conventions• Device Driver, 6-2, 14-1,
15-8 15-1 8 to 15-19
components• Device Driver, 1-2 to 1-4, 6-1
configuring• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-13
connecting • System Management, 11-11
connecting and loading• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-18
context • Device Driver, 1-7 to 1-8
debugging• Device Driver, 15-1 to 15-20
displaying address of• Device Driver, 14-9
end label• Device Driver, 7-2
entry points•Oevice Driver, 1-2, 7-6 to 7-7,
A-13, D-1 to D-14
example• Device Driver, E-1 to E-28, F-1 to
F-22
finding a failing• SDA Ref, SDA-22
flow•Device Driver, 1-8, 1-17 to 1-19
functions• Device Driver, 1-2
image transfer address• Device Driver, 14-1
linking with SYS$SYSTEM:SYS.STB •Device
Driver, 14-1 , 15-5
loading• Device Driver, 7-1, 7-3, 13-2,
14-1to14-18, 15-4, A-16, G-6 to G-7;
VAXclusters, 2-6; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-29
machine independence• Device Driver, 1-10,
6-4 to 6-5, 10-2, B-3
MASSBUS • Device Driver, G-10 to G-15
name•Device Driver, 5-5, 7-3, 14-2, 14-6,
14-7, 14-9, A-12, A-17
program sections• Device Driver, 1-6, 14-1,
15-5, B-8
reactivating• Device Driver, 12-2, A-28
reloading• Device Driver, 7-2, 14-6 to 14-7
replacing• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-32
showing configuration • SYSGEN Ref, SGN-40
showing information• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-42,
SGN-43
size• Device Driver, 6-1, A-16
storing data from• Device Driver, 6-2
suspending • Device Driver, 2-5, 9-6 to 9-7,
10-8, A-28, C-82 to C-83, C-84
synchronization methods used by• Device
Driver, 1-9 to 1-10
template for• Device Driver, 6-5 to 6-13
unloading• Device Driver, 7-2, A-16
Device driver image• Patch Ref, PA TCH-6,
PATCH-22
I

Device interrupt• Device Driver, 1-6, 3-4 to 3-5,
5-14, 11-1 to 11-8
See also Interrupt servicing routine
disabling an expected• Device Driver, 12-4
dispatching • Device Driver, 3-8 to 3-9
enabling• Device Driver, 2-4 to 2-5, 13-3
expected• Device Driver, 3-12, 9-7, 11-4 to
11-5
on MASSBUS • Device Driver, G-8
servicing • Device Driver, 2-5 to 2-6
unsolicited • Device Driver, 7-6, 11-5 to 11-8,
A-14
waiting for•Device Driver, 2-5, 5-14, 9-6 to
9-7, 10-8, B-41 , C-82 to C-83, C-84
Device IPL• Device Driver, 1-9, A-31
specifying • Device Driver, 7-3, A-16
DEVICE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
Device mode• Device Driver, 8-8, 8-9
Device name• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-4;
VAXclusters, 4-8 to 4-13
allocation • VAXclusters, 4-8 to 4-13
assignment of logical name to• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-38, DCL-95
examples• Software Installation, 4-13
for installing software• Software Installation,
4-11
format• Software Installation, 4-11
in bootstrap operations• Software Installation,
4-13
logical name for• Command Procedures, 2-3
Device name hidden
See Concealed device name
Device protection
through identifier ACEs • System Security, 4-30
Device registers• Device Driver, 1-6, 1-15 to
1-1 6 9-4 9-5
accessing• Device Driver, 15-19, A-18
address•Device Driver, 2-4, 5-5, 10-7, A-10,
H-2
initializing• Device Driver, 13-1, 13-3
modification by power failure• Device Driver,
9-5
modifying • Device Driver, 6-3
obtaining ownership• Device Driver, 3-1 7
of LP11 printer• Device Driver, 2-4 to 2-5
rules for referencing • Device Driver, 4-3, 6-3
to 6-4
saving the value of• Device Driver, 13-7
virtual addresses• Device Driver, 4-3
Device specification
DOS-11 •Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
Files-11 •Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
RT-11 •Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
I

lndex-69

Index

Device test
See Test
Device timeout
See Timeout
Device timeout bit
See UCB$V_TIMOUT
Device type• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-4;
Programming, 8-61
codes• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-14
descriptions• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-14
Device type code• Software Installation, 4-12
Device unit• Device Driver, 1-5, A-26
See also Device initialization routine
allocating• Device Driver, A-31
autoconfiguring • Device Driver, 7-3, 14-1 7
description • Device Driver, 5-4
initializing• Device Driver, 13-1
name• Device Driver, 5-5
number• Device Driver, 14-9, A-31
reinitializing• Device Driver, 7-2
status• Device Driver, A-31 to A-33
Devour privilege• System Security, 5-53
DFM32
choosing appropriate environment• Perform
Manage, 5-19
DFW option• FDL Ref, FDL-20
DHU 11 device• Networking, 2-8, 2-12; 1/0 Ref I,
8-1
DHV11 device• Networking, 2-8, 2-12; 1/0 Ref I,
8-1
DIAGNOSE privilege• System Security, A-4;
Networking, 5-2; System Management,
6-11
Diagnostic buffer• Device Driver, 5-17, 8-14,
A-14, A-21, A-22, A-33, A-37 D-8
copying to process space• Device Driver, C-59
filling • Device Driver, C-5 7
length• Device Driver, 7-7
specifying • Device Driver, 5-8
Diagnostic register
See MBA$L _DR
Diagnostics• Software Installation, 7-18
DIAL command• Phone Ref, PHONE-10
Dial up
backup synchronous and autoanswer • System
Security, 7-9
connection
breaking properly• System Security, 3-45
controlling retries• System Security, 5-37
login • System Security, 3-3
login failures • System Security, 3-32
DIALUP identifier• System Security, 4-22, 5-9
Dialup line• Networking, 5-8; 1/0 Ref I, 8-11
I

lndex-70

DIFFERENCES command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-10; DCL Dictionary, DCL-129 to DCL-136
DIGIT AL Command Language
See DCL
DIGIT AL Network Architecture
See DNA
DIGIT AL-private escape sequence• 1/0 Ref I, B-9
DIGIT AL Standard Runoff
See DSR
DIGIT AL Storage Architecture
See DSA disk
DIMENSION statement• Programming, 6-23
DIOLM quota• Networking, 5-34; Software
Installation, 5-2; System Services Ref, 7-3;
1/0 Ref/, 3-15, 6-8
adjusting • Device Driver, 5-17
charging • Device Driver, 5-7, 5-9
checking • Device Driver, 5-7
Direct access• Programming, 9-4, 9-43
Direct assignment statement• MACRO Ref, 1-1,
3-16 to 3-17
Direct data path • Device Driver, 4-6, 4-9
See also Data path
functions• Device Driver, 4-9
purging• Device Driver, 10-4, 10-8 to 10-9
requesting • Device Driver, 10-4
speed • Device Driver, 4-9
Direct l/O•Device Driver, 1-17, 8-15, A-21,
A-33
additional buffer regions for• Device Driver,
A-24
checking accessibility of process buffer for•
Device Driver, C-36, C-37, C-38, C-39,
C-40, C-46, C-47, C-48, C-49, C-50
FDT routines for• Device Driver, 8-4, 8-7 to
8-8 8-9 to 8-10
locking a process buffer for• Device Driver,
C-29, C-31, C-32, C-39, C-40, C-46, C-49,
C-50
postprocessing •Device Driver, C-59
reasons for using • Device Driver, 1-17, 7-10
Direct 1/0 count• Convert Ref, CONV-26
Direct 1/0 count limit• System Management, 6-3
Direct input/ output operation • Programming,
6-40
Direction
of buffer• VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7
setting • VAXTPU Ref, 4-1 71
"direction" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
Directive• MACRO Ref, 1-1 to 1-2, 6-1 to 6-98
as operator• MACRO Ref, 2-3
.FACILITY• Programming, 10-9
t

Index

Directive (cont'd.)
general assembler• MACRO Ref, 1-1, 6-1, 6-1
to 6-3
macro• MACRO Ref, 1-1, 6-1, 6-3
summary• MACRO Ref, C-1 to C-6
SYS$FAO • System Services Ref, SYS-15 7
Direct memory access transfer
See OMA transfer
Directory• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-1 , 3-7; DCL
Concepts, 3-5, 3-6, 3-7, 3-8, 3-9
access
execute-only• DCL Concepts, 7-8
access execute-only• System Security, 4-12
copying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-64
creation of• Disk & Tape, 4-17; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-77; Authorize Ref,
AUTH-19; RTL Ref, RTL-26
creation of UIC • DCL Dictionary, DCL-77
deleting file• System Security, 4-13
display contents of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-137
file version limit
definition at creation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-78
hierarchy• DCL Concepts, 3-5, 3-6, 3-7
master file• File Applications, 6-14
name format• DCL Concepts, 3-5, 3-8, 3-9
operating system • System Management, 1-3
ownership
default assignment• System Security, 4-38
how established• System Security, 4-38
propagating identifier ACE through DEFAULT
option• System Security, 4-29
protection
definition at creation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-78
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-478
ready access• DCL Dictionary, DCL-195
reference
absolute• File Applications, 6-14
relative • File Applications, 6-14
restoring• System Management, 7-28
roots• VAXclusters, 2-10
search with wildcard characters• DCL Concepts,
3-16, 3-1 7 3-18
space preallocation on disk• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-197
subdirectory• DCL Concepts, 3-5, 3-6, 3-7
to change specification • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-347
to display
default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-546
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-433
I

Directory (cont'd.).
to modify number in system space
for Files-11 volume • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-530
DIRECTORY /OWNER command
use to display directory owner• System
Security, 4-38
DIRECTORY /SECURITY command• System
Security, 4-50
DIRECTORY_ENTRY attribute• File Applications,
4-36 ; FOL Ref, FDL-20, FDL-21
DIRECTORY command•lntro to VAX/VMS, 1-20,
1-26, 2-8 ; Disk & Tape, 4-2, 4-21; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-137 to DCL-144 ; Exchange
Ref, EXCH-27; Mail Ref, MAIL-34; Phone
Ref, PHONE-11
/ ACL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-8
/ALL qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-27
/BADBLOCKS qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-27
/BLOCKS qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-27
/BRIEF qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-27
/COLUMNS qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-27
/DA TE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-28
/DELETED qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-28
description• Exchange Ref, EXCH-29
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-29
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-27
for VMSINST AL product list• Software
Installation, 5-6
/FREE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-28
/FULL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-22; Exchange
Ref, EXCH-28
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-4, 5-3
/OCT AL qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-28
/OUTPUT qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-28
/OWNER qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-28
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-27
/PRINTER qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-28
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-27
/SIZE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-28
/SUMMARY qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-29
/VOLUME_FORMA T qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-29
Directory file default protection • System Security,
4-40
ACL-based •System Security, 4-40
UIC-based • System Security, 4-40
DIRECTORY keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
Directory logical name table
process• System Services Ref, 6-3
system • System Services Ref, 6-3
Directory lookup subfunction • 1/0 Ref I, 1-9

lndex-71

Index

/DIRECTORY qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-158
Directory sequence number• Device Driver, A-37
Directory specification
normal• File Applications, 6-14 to 6-16
rooted• File Applications, 6-16 to 6-22
Directory tree
defined• File Applications, 6-14
/DIRECT qualifier•Debugger Ref, CD-176
Direct vector interrupt• Device Driver, 3-9, 11-3,
15-7, A-4, A-9
DISABLE AST command• Debugger Ref, CD-45
.DISABLE BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-26
example• DSR Ref, 2-27
.DISABLE BOLDING command• DSR Ref, 2-29
DISABLE CHECKS command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-24
DISABLE command• Disk Quota Ref, DOT-7
.DISABLE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-21
.DISABLE HYPHENATION command• DSR Ref,
2-30
.DISABLE INDEXING command• DSR Ref, 2-31
.DISABLE OVERSTRIKING command• DSR Ref,
2-32
.DISABLE TOC command• DSR Ref, 2-33
.DISABLE UNDERLINING command• DSR Ref,
2-34
DISALLOW clause• Programming, 7-9; CDU Ref,
CDU-11 to CDU-16
definition path• CDU Ref, CDU-14
evaluation of• CDU Ref, CDU-11
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref,
CDU-23
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU-32
keyword path• CDU Ref, CDU-13
operator for• CDU Ref, CDU-15 to CDU-16
specifying entities in • CDU Ref, CDU-12 to
CDU-15
Disconnect• Networking, 8-13
abort• Networking, 8-13, 8-28
synchronous• Networking, 8-13
DISCONNECT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-145 to DCL-146; DTS/DTR Ref,
DTS- 11 ; 1/0 Reff, 8-16
Disconnected job
management feature• System Security, 5-35
Disconnected job message• System Security, 3-7
Disconnected process
at logout time• System Security, 3-44
DISCONNECT LINK command• Networking, 3-67;
NCP Ref, NCP-45
Disconnect service• File Applications, 8-7
Disk
See also DSA disk

lndex-72

Disk (cont'd.)
See also Dual-pathed disk
See also Dual-ported disk
ACP control function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-36
ACP operation
creating file• 1/0 Ref I, 1-27
deaccessing file• 1/0 Ref I, 1-31
allocation of•Disk & Tape, 4-9, 4-10
allocation of mapping pointers• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-202
allocation of space on• Disk & Tape, 1-4
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-19
available function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
Backup Utility• 1/0 Ref I, 3-13
block
cluster• Disk & Tape, 1-2
description• Disk & Tape, 1-2
record• Disk & Tape, 1-5
capabilities• 1/0 Ref I, 3-6
cluster-accessible• VAXclusters, 4-1, 4-2 to
4-8
clusterwide access
file system• VAXclusters, 1-5
command procedures for setting up•
VAXclusters, 2-8, 4-15 to 4-21
concepts
basic•Disk& Tape, 1-2
copying files• Disk & Tape, 5-2
data check• 1/0 Ref I, 3-9, 3-21
deallocating drives• Disk & Tape, 3-25
default format• Disk & Tape, 5-2
default protection• DCL Concepts, 7-7;
System Security, 4-41
definition of shareable volume• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-201
definition of structure level • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-201
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref I, 3-14
device-naming conventions• VAXclusters, 4-8
to 4-13
directory
to rename• DCL Dictionary, DCL-34 7
directory space allocation• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-197
dismounting • DCL Dictionary, DCL-14 7
driver• .1/0 Ref I, 3-1
DSA (DIGIT AL Storage Architecture) •
VAXclusters, 1-3
dual porting• 1/0 Ref I, 3-7
DSA disks• 1/0 Ref I, 3-8
restrictions• 1/0 Ref I, 3-8
error recovery• 1/0 Ref I, 3-10

Index

Disk (cont'd.)
establish error-logging for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-426
file
backup• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
comparison• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49,
DCL-129
copying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
See also COPY command
See also Copy operation
copying to magnetic tape• Disk & Tape,
4-18
restoring • DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
saving• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
to rename• DCL Dictionary, DCL-34 7
file access • System Security, 4-11
file attributes• 1/0 Ref I, 3-9
file characteristics
modifying• Disk & Tape, 4-12
file deletion • DCL Dictionary, DCL-111
file protection• DCL Concepts, 7-6
floppy
specification of density• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-196
function codes• 1/0 Ref I, 3-15, A-2
function modifiers
10$M_DATACHECK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-9, 3-21
10$M_DELDATA• 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
10$M_ERASE • 1/0 Ref I, 3-19, 3-22
10$M_INHRETRY • 1/0 Ref I, 3-10, 3-21,
3-22
HSC50 • VAXclusters, 4-1 to 4-2; 1/0 Ref I,
3-3
failover • VAXclusters, 4-7
1/0 functions• 1/0 Ref I, 3-15
See also ACP-010 interface
arguments• 1/0 Ref I, 3-18 to 3-20
IQ$_ACPCONTROL • 1/0 Ref/, 1-36
10$_AV AILABLE • 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
10$_FQRMAT • 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
10$_PACKACK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
IQ$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-20
IQ$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 3-20
IQ$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 3-20
10$_SEARCH • 1/0 Ref/, 3-23
10$_SEEK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
IQ$_SENSECHAR • 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
IQ$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
10$_UNLOAD • 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
10$_WRITECHECK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
IQ$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-21
IQ$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-21
10$_WRITEVBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 3-21

Disk (cont'd.)
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref I, 3-25
index file placement• DCL Dictionary, DCL-198
indicating bad block data• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-201
initializing• Software Installation, 7-6
making a public volume• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-36
managing• VAXclusters, 4-1 to 4-21
MASSBUS • VAXclusters, 4-1, 4-2, 4-3
dual-ported • VAXclusters, 4-4
mounting•Disk & Tape, 3-10; VAXclusters,
4-15 ; Mount Ref, MOUNT-1
MSCP-served • VAXclusters, 4-2
MSCP server• VAXclusters, 4-3
offset recovery• 1/0 Ref/, 3-9
operator status
to disable• DCL Dictionary, DCL-353
to enable• DCL Dictionary, DCL-353
pack acknowledge function• 1/0 Ref/, 3-23
paths• VAXclusters, 4-8
port access mode• 1/0 Ref I, 3-7
port selection • 1/0 Ref I, 3-7
preparing for test• Software Installation, 7-2,
7-5, 7-6
programming example• 1/0 Ref I, 3-25
protection• DCL Concepts, 7-2; System
Security, 4-3
quorum • VAXc/usters, 5-3
quotas• 1/0 Ref I, 1-36 to 1-38
applicable• 1/0 Ref /, 3-15
RCT (replacememt and caching table) • 1/0 Ref I,
3-13
read function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-20
reading
to glean old information • System Security,
4-48
repairing errors on a disk volume• Verify Ref,
VER-8
restricted access• VAXclusters, 4-1
scratch• Software Installation, 7-4, 7-6
search function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
sector translation• 1/0 Ref I, 3-11
seek operations• 1/0 Ref I, 3-9, 3-24
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
sequential file creation• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-73
set density function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-8, 4-15
setting up dual-ported• VAXclusters, 2-6
shared, storing common procedures on•
VAXclusters, 2-6
shared volumes• VAXclusters, 4-13 to 4-15

lndex-73

Index

Disk
shared volumes (cont'd.)
mounting• VAXclusters, 4-14
specifying• Mount Ref, MOUNT-35
skip sectoring • 1/0 Ref I, 3-10
specification of faulty areas• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-195
specification of maximum file number• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-199
specifying cluster size• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-196
specifying default file extension size• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-197
status returns• 1/0 Ref I, A-3
structure
Files-11 •Disk & Tape, 1-6
supported devices• 1/0 Ref I, 3-1 to 3-6
SYS$GETDVI • l/O Ref I, 3-14
system• System Management, 7-3; Software
Installation, 7-4, 7-19
test of• Software Installation, 7-35
error• Software Installation, 7-20, 7-23,
7-24
test image name• Software Installation,
7-35
to display quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL-593
to mount• DCL Dictionary, DCL-316
TU58 magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 3-6, 3-9, 3-21,
3-22, 3-23, 3-24
UDA • VAXclusters, 4-1, 4-2, 4-3
UDA50 disk adapter• 1/0 Ref I, 3-2
UNIBUS• VAXclusters, 4-1, 4-2, 4-3
unload function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
Verify Utility• 1/0 Ref I, 3-12, 3-14
volume
modify RMS defaults for file operations •
DCL Dictionary, DCL-503
volume initialization• DCL Dictionary, DCL-194
volume protection
See Protection
volume set
See Volume set
dismounting • DCL Dictionary, DCL-148
write check function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
write function• l/O Ref I, 3-21
DISK_QUORUM parameter• VAXclusters, 5-3,
5-4; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-61
Disk activity
due to paging or swapping• Perform Manage,
4-36
Disk block• File Applications, 3-7

lndex-74

Disk cartridges
loading and unloading• Software Installation,
3-16
Disk controller• VAXclusters, 1-3; Software
Installation, 7-32
Disk cylinder• File Applications, 3-7
Disk device
how to specify• Software Installation, 4-3
Disk driver•Device Driver, 8-6, 9-2, 9-6, 11-5,
A-27, A-33, A-36 to A-37, C-27 to C-28,
D-13
See also MBA, MASSBUS
clearing a drive in • Device Driver, 13-1
ECC correction routine for• Device Driver, C-55
for local disk• Device Driver, A-27, A-37 to
A-38
pack acknowledgment in • Device Driver, 13-1
recording disk geometry in• Device Driver,
13-3
removing a disk volume in • Device Driver, 11-8
waiting for disk unit spinup in • Device Driver,
13-3
Diskette
inserting into VAX 8200 block storage device •
Software Installation, 2-16
Disk file
opening• System Services Ref, 11-9
saving• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
Disk file output• Monitor Ref, MON-11
Disk file protection
definition of default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-197
Disk fragmentation • System Management, 11-15
correcting• Perform Manage, 3-45
effect of system performance• Perform Manage,
3-45
Disk 1/0 resource
disk capacity and demand• Perform Manage,
3-38
data transfer capacity• Perform Manage,
3-38
demand by users and the system • Perform
Manage, 3-39
seek capacity• Perform Manage, 3-38
equitable sharing• Perform Manage, 3-42
evaluating responsiveness• Perform Manage,
3-39
factors limiting performance• Perform Manage,
3-39
function• Perform Manage, 3-36
improving responsiveness• Perform Manage,
3-42
load balancing• Perform Manage, 3-4 7
offloading• Perform Manage, 3-46

Index

Disk 1/0 resource (cont'd.)

Disk volume (cont'd.)

reducing consumption by the system • Perform
Manage, 3-43
Disk model• FDL Ref, FDL-37
Disk packs
loading and unloading• Software Installation,
3-18
DISKQUOT A• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-1
See Disk Quota Utility
Disk quota• File Applications, 3-6; Disk & Tape,
4-9; System Management, 5-6, 7-32; 1/0
Ref I, 1-36
as restriction for user• System Security, 5-4 7
charging to identifiers• System Security, 4-35
example• System Security, 5-22
exceeding• System Management, 7-33
operation • System Management, 7-33
suspension • System Management, 7-33
Disk Quota Utility (DISKQUOT A)• System
Management, 7-32; Disk Quota Ref, DQT-1
commands• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-4 to DQT-15
exiting• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-1
invoking• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-1
restrictions• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-1
Disk scavenging • System Security, 4-48
how to discourage• System Security, 5-75
Disk space• Software Installation, 7-2, 7-5, 7-24;
Accounting Ref, ACC-4
requirements for upgrade• Rel Notes, 1-6;
Software Installation, 6-4
usage and charging• System Security, 4-35,
5-20
Disk space management• System Management,
7-31 to 7-33
Disk statistics• Monitor Ref, MON-4 7
Disk structure
Files-11 •Disk & Tape, A-1
Disk thrashing
investigating• Perform Manage, 4-27
Disk transfer
components• Perform Manage, 3-37
Disk usage accounting file• Verify Ref, VER-2
Disk volume • File Applications, 3-7
See also Disk
accessing • System Management, 7-6
disabling automatic rebuild • Mount Ref,
MOUNT-32
formatting• System Management, 7-3
initializing • System Management, 7-3
integrity• System Management, 7-8
mounting• System Services Ref, 7-22
mounting public• System Management, 2-6

overriding protection checks• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-26
public•System Management, 7-1
rebuilding• Mount Ref, MOUNT-32
restrictions• System Security, 5-4 7
verification• Verify Ref, VER-1
Disk volume transfer• FDL Ref, FDL-24
DISMOUMSG parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-61
Dismount
clusterwide • DCL Dictionary, DCL-148
shared device• DCL Dictionary, DCL-148
DISMOUNT command• Disk & Tape, 3-23,
3-25; DCL Dictionary, DCL-147 to DCL-149;
Exchange Ref, EXCH-30; 1/0 Ref I, 1-36
description • Exchange Ref, EXCH-30
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-30
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-30
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-19
/MESSAGE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-30
mount verification cancellation • System
Management, 7-13
/NOUNLOAD qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-23
parameters • Exchange Ref, EXCH-30
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-30
/UNIT qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-23
Dismounting
disk• DCL Dictionary, DCL-14 7
magnetic tape• DCL Dictionary, DCL-14 7
Dispatcher
exception • System Services Ref, 10-7
Dispatch to subprogram• Programming, 7-26
Displacement deferred mode• MACRO Ref, 5-10
to 5-11
operand specifier formats• MACRO Ref, 8-18
Displacement mode• MACRO Ref, 5-8 to 5-9
operand specifier formats• MACRO Ref, 8-17
to 8-18
Display• SDA Ref, SDA-9
See also Source display
attribute• Debugger Ref, 8-2, 8-16, CD-84,
CD-170
canceling• Debugger Ref, 8-8, CD-13
contracting • Debugger Ref, 8-9, CD-64
controlling• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-5 to
SHCL-14
creating • Debugger Ref, 8-10, CD-94
date• DCL Dictionary, DCL-603
defined• Debugger Ref, 8-2
deleting • Programming, 5-11
device status• DCL Dictionary, DCL-548
expanding • Debugger Ref, 8-9, CD-64
extracting• Debugger Ref, 8-18, CD-66

lndex-75

Index

Display (cont'd.)
file at terminal • DCL Dictionary, DCL-648
file on current output device• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-648
formatting considerations• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-9 to SHCL-11
hiding• Debugger Ref, 8-8, CD-48, CD-95
identifying• Debugger Ref, 8-8, CD-152
kind• Debugger Ref, 8-2, 8-11, C-1
list• Debugger Ref, 8-2, CD-152, C-6
moving• Debugger Ref, 8-9, CD-7 4
names of installed files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-549
names of open files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-549
of command procedure• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-527
of files opened by the system• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-550
of installed files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-550
overlying • Programming, 5-12
pasteboard• Debugger Ref, 8-2, CD-49, CD-96
predefined • Debugger Ref, 8-3, C-3
refreshing the screen• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-11
removing• Debugger Ref, 8-8, CD-49, CD-96
saving• Programming, 5-11; Debugger Ref,
8-18, CD-78
scrolling• Debugger Ref, 8-8, CD-79
selecting• Debugger Ref, 8-16, CD-84
showing• Debugger Ref, 8-8, CD-46
time• DCL Dictionary, DCL-603
window• Debugger Ref, 8-2, 8-10, C-7
working set
limit• DCL Dictionary, DCL-608
quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL-608
udisplay" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-90, 4-93
.DISPLAY APPENDIX command• DSR Ref, 2-16
example• DSR Ref, 2-17
.DISPLAY CHAPTER command• Text Processing,
4-36; DSR Ref, 2-18
example• DSR Ref, 2-19
DISPLAY command• Programming, 5-10;
Debugger Ref, 8-8, CD-46
Display data • Monitor Ref, MON-7
.DISPLAY ELEMENTS command• Text Processing,
4-12; DSR Ref, 2-20
Displaying records
in the network user authorization file• Authorize
Ref, AUTH-57
in the rights database• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-55, AUTH-58
in the system user authorization file• Authorize
Ref, AUTH-52

lndex-76

Displaying version number• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
.DISPLAY LEVELS command• Text Processing,
4-34; DSR Ref, 2-22
Display modes
See Entry and display modes
.DISPLAY NUMBER command• Text Processing,
4-37; DSR Ref, 2-24
Display output• Monitor Ref, MON-6
/DISPLAY qualifier• VAXTPU Ref, 6-6; FOL Ref,
FDL-1, FDL-46; Monitor Ref, MON-21
Display setting
.DISPLAY APPENDIX command• DSR Ref,
2-17
.DISPLAY SUBPAGE command• DSR Ref, 2-25
Display type
CHARACTERISTICS• Networking, 3-91
COUNTERS• Networking, 3-91
EVENTS• Networking, 3-91
ST A TUS •Networking, 3-91
SUMMARY• Networking, 3-91
Distributed file system• VAXclusters, 1-5
Distributed job controller• VAXclusters, 1-6
Distributed lock management statistics• Monitor
Ref, MON-50
Distributed lock manager• VAXclusters, 1-5
Distribution lists• Mail Ref, MAIL-12
Distribution of processing • VAXclusters, 3-1
DIVB2 (Divide Byte 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DIVB3 (Divide Byte 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DIVD2 (Divide D_floating 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVD3 (Divide D_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVF2 (Divide F_floating 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVF3 (Divide F_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVG2 (Divide G_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVG3 (Divide G_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVH2 (Divide H_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVH3 (Divide H_floating 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-111
Divide by 0 error• Programming, 6-10
Divide by zero trap• MACRO Ref, 8-13
Division• Programming, 6-7
complex number• RTL Ref, RTL-492
extended precision• RTL Ref, RTL-99
packed decimal• RTL Ref, RTL-495, RTL-499

Index

Division operator• SDA Ref, SDA-12
DIVL2 (Divide Long 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DIVL3 (Divide Long 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DIVP (Divide Packed) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-15 7 to 9-158
DIVW2 (Divide Word 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DIVW3 (Divide Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DL command• Text Processing, 1-41
DLDRIVER.MAR• Device Driver, E-1 to E-28
OLM (data link mapping)• Networking, 1-1, 1-3,
1-12
circuit• Networking, 1-1, 2-7, 2-11, 3-33
CIRCUIT parameters• Networking, 3-44
incoming and outgoing calls• Networking, 3-45
network configuration• Networking, 5-22
OWNER EXECUTOR circuit parameter•
Networking, 3-45
setting up a circuit• Networking, 3-4 7
subaddresses •Networking, 3-46
DLT option• FOL Ref, FDL-20
DLWC (default lowercase) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-265
DMOBOO.CMD•Re/ Notes, 3-11
OMA transfer• Device Driver, 1-16, 6-4
See also Mapping registers, Data path
byte-aligned • Device Driver, 4-10
calculating starting address• Device Driver,
10-1 0 to 10-11
detecting memory error during• Device Driver,
10-9
device driver code for• Device Driver, 10-1 to
10-11
flow • Device Driver, 1-17 to 1-19, 4-7
for modify operation• Device Driver, C-29 to
C-30, C-31, C-32 to C-33
for read operation• Device Driver, C-36, C-39,
C-40
for write operation • Device Driver, C-46, C-49,
C-50
longword-aligned 32-bit random-access• Device
Driver, 4-10, 4-13
on MicroVAX I• Device Driver, 4-2, 10-1 to
10-2, 10-8 to 10-9, 10-10 to 10-11
on MicroVAX II• Device Driver, 10-1 to 10-2,
10-4 to 10-9, 10-9 to 10-10
on UNIBUS• Device Driver, 10-1 to 10-10
postprocessing •Device Driver, 10-2, 10-8 to
10-10
start 1/0 routine• Device Driver, 9-1 to 9-8
using direct data path• Device Driver, 4-9

OMA transfer (cont'd.)
using direct l/O•Device Driver, 7-10
using 1/0 adapter resources• Device Driver,
4-1 to 4-13
DMAXDT file• DELTA Ref, DELT A-4
DMB32 device• 1/0 Ref/, 8-1
DMC 11 /DMR 11 driver
attention AST• 1/0 Ref II, 1-9
enabling• 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
data
message size• 1/0 Ref II, 1-3, 1-6, 1-9
DDCMP (DIGIT AL Data Communications
Message Protocol)• 1/0 Ref II, 1-1
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 1-3, 1-8
driver• l/O Ref II, 1-1
capabilities• 1/0 Ref II, 1-2
error summary bits• 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 1-5, A-1
function modifiers
10$M_ATTNAST • 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
10$M_DSABLMBX • //O Ref II, 1-5
10$M_ENABLMBX • //O Ref II, 1-6
10$M_NOW • 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
10$M_SHUTDOWN • 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
10$M_STARTUP • 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • //O Ref II, 1-5
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
10$_SETCHAR • //O Ref II, 1-7
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
10$_WRITELBLK • //O Ref II, 1-6
10$_WRITEPBLK • //O Ref II, 1-6
10$_WRITEVBLK • //O Ref II, 1-6
1/0 status block• //O Ref II, 1-9
mailbox
disabling • 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
enabling• 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
message• 1/0 Ref II, 1-9
format• 1/0 Ref II, 1-2
type• 1/0 Ref II, 1-2
usage• 1/0 Ref II, 1-2
programming example• 1/0 Ref II, 1-9
quota• 1/0 Ref II, 1-3, 1-9
read function• 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
receive-message blocks• //O Ref II, 1-8, 1-9
set characteristics function• 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
set mode and shut down unit• 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
set mode and start unit• 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
set mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 1-6, 1-7
start unit• 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, A-1

lndex-77

Index

DMC 11/DMR11 driver (cont'd.)
supported DMC 11 options• 1/0 Ref II, 1-1
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref II, 1-3
unit and line status• 1/0 Ref II, 1-4
unit characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 1-4
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
DMC 11 device• Networking, 1-8, 2-7, 2-12
DMF32 asynchronous device• Networking, 2-8,
2-12
DMF32 device•Networking, 1-8, 2-7, 2-12; 1/0
Ref/, 8-1
DMOV (default move) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-266
DMP 11 /DMF32 driver
AST service routine address• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
asynchronous DDCMP driver• //O Ref II, 2-1
attention AST• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
characteristics
controller• //O Ref II, 2-10, 2-20
device• //O Ref II, 2-3
extended• 1/0 Ref II, 2-11 to 2-12, 2-16 to
2-18
modifying• //O Ref II, 2-10
tributary• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16, 2-20
character-oriented protocol• //O Ref II, 2-3,
2-13, 2-14
controller
mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-12
starting• 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
DDCMP (DIGIT AL Data Communications
Message Protocol)• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-3
diagnostic support• 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
read device status slot• 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
read line unit modem status• 1/0 Ref II,
2-21
set line unit modem status• 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
DMC 11-compatible operating mode• 1/0 Ref II,
2-2
DMF32 driver• //O Ref II, 2-1
control• //O Ref II, 2-13
transmitter interface• 1/0 Ref II, 2-15
DMF32 driver transmitter interface• 1/0 Ref II,
2-15
DMP 11 driver• //O Ref II, 2-1
driver• //O Ref II, 2-1
capabilities• //O Ref II, 2-1
duplex modes• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-3, 2-12, 2-13
enable attention AST• //O Ref II, 2-19
enable modem• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10
errors• 1/0 Ref II, 2-5
error summary bits• //O Ref II, 2-5

lndex-78

DMP11/DMF32 driver (cont'd.)
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-11 to
2-12, 2-13, 2-16 to 2-18
framing routine interface• 1/0 Ref II, 2-14
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 2-6, A-2
function modifiers
10$M_ATTNAST • 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
10$M_CTRL • 1/0 Ref II, 2-9, 2-18, 2-20,
2-21
10$M_NOW • 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
10$M_RD_MEM • //O Ref II, 2-21
10$M_RD_MODEM • 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
10$M_SET_MODEM • 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
10$M_SHUTDOWN•//0 Ref II, 2-18, 2-19
10$M_STARTUP • //O Ref II, 2-9, 2-16
HDLC bit stuff mode• //O Ref II, 2-3, 2-13,
2-15
1/0 functions
10$_CLEAN • 1/0 Ref II, 2-15
10$_READLBLK • //O Ref II, 2-8
10$_READPBLK • //O Ref II, 2-8
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
10$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
10$_WRITEVBLK • //O Ref II, 2-8
1/0 status block• //O Ref II, 2-22
message size• //O Ref II, 2-3, 2-8, 2-9, 2-10
modem
disabling line• //O Ref II, 2-18
status• 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
modifying characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10
multipoint
configuration• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
control station• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
parameter ID• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10, 2-11, 2-13
point-to-point
configuration• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-2
station• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
polling time• 1/0 Ref II, 2-12, 2-17
privilege• 1/0 Ref II, 2-7
programming example• 1/0 Ref II, 2-22
protocol• //O Ref II, 2-1, 2-3, 2-11, 2-13, 2-14
starting• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
stopping• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
quotas• 1/0 Ref II, 2-3
read device status slot• 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
read function• 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
read line unit modem status• 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
set controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-9

Index

DMP 11 /DMF32 driver
set controller mode (cont'd.)
characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-11
to 2-12
message size•l/ORefll, 2-10, 2-12, 2-13
P1 buffer•l/ORefll, 2-10
P2 buffer• 1/0 Ref II, 2-11
parameter ID• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10
receive message blocks• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10
set line unit modem status• 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
set mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
set tributary mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
to 2-18
P 1 buffer• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
P2 buffer• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
parameter ID• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
shutdown controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-18
shutdown tributary mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
starting
controller• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10
protocol• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
tributary• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
status, DMF32 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 2-14
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, A-2
stopping
controller• 1/0 Ref II, 2-18
modem line• 1/0 Ref II, 2-18
protocol• 1/0 Ref II, 2-18, 2-19
tributary• 1/0 Ref II, 2-18, 2-19
supported devices• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
sync characters• 1/0 Ref II, 2-12, 2-13
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref II, 2-3
timeout• 1/0 Ref II, 2-14
tributary• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
address• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-18
mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
starting• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
station• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
stopping• 1/0 Ref II, 2-18, 2-19
unit and line status• 1/0 Ref II, 2-4
unit characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-4
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
DMP 11 device• Networking, 1-8, 2-7, 2-12
DMR11 device•Networking, 1-8, 2-7, 2-12
OMV 11 device• Networking, 2-7
DMZ32 asynchronous device• Networking, 2-8,
2-12
DMZ32 device• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
DNA (DIGIT AL Network Architecture)
layers• Networking, 1-4

DNA (DIGITAL Network Architecture) (cont'd.)
protocols• Networking, 1-4
DO clause
example• Debugger Ref, 1-13, 2-11
executing • Debugger Ref, 3-9
exiting• Debugger Ref, CD-62, CD-76
format• Debugger Ref, CD-1
invoking command procedure• Debugger Ref,
2-10
DO command• VAXTPU Ref, F-4
Documentation
module description• Modular Procedures,
2-25, A-8
procedure description• Modular Procedures,
2-26, A-8
Document formatting • DSR Ref, 1-1
DO display• Debugger Ref, 8-13, C-1
Do function
See ENTER function
Dollar sign ($)
and DECK command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-92
and EOD command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-170
and EOJ command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-172
including as data• Command Procedures, 3-6
in command procedure• Command Procedures,
1-2
DO loop
array processing• Programming, 6-25, 6-29
implied
array processing• Programming, 6-25,
6-30
DAT A statement• Programming, 6-26
DORMANTW AIT parameter• Perform Manage,
5-12; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-62
DOS-11
device specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
file specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
volume• Disk & Tape, 5-11
volume format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
DO statement• Programming, 2-19, 2-21
.DOUBLE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-20
Double height• Programming, 8-27
DOUBLE PRECISION data type• Programming, 6-5
Double-precision value• RTL Ref, RTL-420
converting• RTL Ref, RTL-419
Double spacing • Programming, 8-14
Double tape mark• Disk & Tape, B-2
Double width• Programming, 8-27, 8-28
DO WHILE statement• Programming, 2-21, 6-11
Down Arrow command• EDT Ref, EDT-267
Down Arrow function• EDT Ref, EDT-62

lndex-79

Index

DOWN command • File Applications, 10-14,
10-16; Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-1 5,
ARMS-18
Downline system load
default loader files• Networking, 4-13
definition• Networking, 4-1
load requirements• Networking, 4-5
load sequence• Networking, 4-4
network example• Networking, 5-13
operator-initiated • Networking, 4-1, 4-5
over DDCMP circuit• Networking, 4-6
over Ethernet• Networking, 4-2, 4-6
target-initiated• Networking, 4-2
unattended systems• Networking, 4-1
Downline task load• Networking, 4-16
/DOWN qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-12; Debugger Ref,
CD-64, CD-74, CD-79
DPT (driver prologue table)• Device Driver, 1-2,
13-1, 15-5, A-15 to A-17, A-29, A-30
creating • Device Driver, 7-1 to 7-5, B-8 to
B-10
initialization table• Device Driver, 7-3 to 7-4,
14-4, A-16
initializing• Device Driver, 13-2
linked into system DPT list• Device Driver,
14-2, 14-7
reinitialization table• Device Driver, 7-4, 14-4,
14-7, A-16
DPT$M_NOUNLOAD•Device Driver, 7-2, 14-7
DPT$M_SUBCNTRL •Device Driver, G-13
DPT$M_SVP•Device Driver, 7-2, A-33, C-62,
C-63, C-64, C-65
DPT$W_DEFUNITS • Device Driver, 14-15
DPT$W_DELIVER• Device Driver, 14-15
DPT_STORE macro• Device Driver, 7-3 to 7-5,
A-25, B-10
example• Device Driver, 7-5
DPT AB macro• Device Driver, 7-2 to 7-3, 13-1 ,
14-1 , B-8 to B-9
as used by MASSBUS drivers• Device Driver,
G-13
controlling autoconfiguration with• Device
Driver, 14-1 5 to 14-1 6
example• Device Driver, 7-5
DPT base address• SDA Ref, SDA-22
DPV 11 device• Networking, 2-18
DOOXDT file• DELTA Ref, DELT A-5, DELT A-6
DOAXDT file• DELTA Ref, DELT A-5
DR11-W/DRV11-WA driver
attention AST• //O Ref II, 3-13
BOP (buffered data path)•//0 Ref II, 3-10,
3-14
block mode• 1/0 Ref II, 3-2, 3-11, 3-14

lndex...,...80

DR11-W/DRV11-WA driver (cont'd.)
CSR (control and status register)
ATTN bit• 1/0 Ref II, 3-5, 3-11
bit assignment• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
CYCLE bit• //O Ref II, 3-5, 3-11
ERROR bit• 1/0 Ref II, 3-5
FNCT and ST A TUS bits• 1/0 Ref II, 3-4,
3-6 3-10 3-11 3-14
function• 1/0 Ref II, 3-4
data registers • 1/0 Ref II, 3-5
data transfer mode• 1/0 Ref II, 3-2
DDP (direct data path) • 1/0 Ref II, .3-10, 3-14
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 3-8
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 3-1
EIR (error information register)• 1/0 Ref II, 3-5
bit assignment• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
enable attention AST• //O Ref II, 3-13
error reporting• 1/0 Ref II, 3-5
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 3-9, A-3
function modifiers
10$M_ATTNAST • 1/0 Ref II, 3-13
10$M_CYCLE • 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
10$M_DATAPATH•//O Ref II, 3-14
10$M_RESET • //O Ref II, 3-12
10$M_SETFNCT• //O Ref II, 3-6, 3-10,
3-11
10$M_TIMED• //O Ref II, 3-10, 3-11
10$M_WORD• //O Ref II, 3-11
hardware errors• 1/0 Ref II, 3-7
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$_SETCHAR • //O Ref II, 3-13
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 3-13
10$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$_WRITEVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref II, 3-14
byte count• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
IDR (input data register)• 1/0 Ref II, 3-5, 3-11,
3-14
interrupts• 1/0 Ref II, 3-2, 3-5, 3-6, 3-7, 3-11,
3-14
link mode• //0 Ref II, 3-6, 3-7, 3-11
NPR transfers• 1/0 Ref II, 3-6
ODR (output data register)• 1/0 Ref II, 3-5,
3-10, 3-11
programming example• 1/0 Ref II, 3-16
programming hints• 1/0 Ref II, 3-16
read function• 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
set characteristics function• 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
set mode function • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
I

Index

DR11-W/DRV11-WA driver (cont'd.)
SS$_BADPARAM • 1/0 Ref II, 3-10
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, A-3
SYS$CANCEL • 1/0 Ref II, 3-14, 3-15
SYS$GETDVI • //O Ref II, 3-8
transfer mode• 1/0 Ref II, 3-2
word mode• 1/0 Ref II, 3-3, 3-11
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
DR11-W driver• Device Driver, F-1 to F-22
DR32 driver
action routines• 1/0 Ref II, 4-22, 4-27, 4-30,
4-33, 4-37
AST routine• //O Ref II, 4-13, 4-19, 4-20,
4-25, 4-33
buffer block• //O Ref II, 4-4, 4-12, 4-14, 4-20,
4-21, 4-23, 4-35
byte count field• 1/0 Ref II, 4-14
command and data chaining• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2
command block• 1/0 Ref II, 4-4, 4-5, 4-20,
4-21, 4-35
command chaining• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2, 4-12, 4-28
command control• //O Ref II, 4-12
command packets• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2, 4-4 to 4-7,
4-24 to 4-28, 4-30, 4-33 to 4-39
command sequences
device-initiated• 1/0 Ref II, 4-6
intiating • 1/0 Ref II, 4-6
control (command) messages• J/O Ref II, 4-3,
4-6, 4-10, 4-11, 4-17, 4-28, 4-36, 4-37
control select field• 1/0 Ref II, 4-12
data chaining• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2, 4-12, 4-28
data rate• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3, 4-18, 4-20, 4-26
data transfer command table• //O Ref II, 4-19,
4-20
data transfers• //O Ref II, 4-1, 4-2, 4-4, 4-10,
4-12, 4-12 to 4-15, 4-19, 4-23, 4-25,
4-29, 4-37
DOI (DR32 device interconnect)• 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
device
characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
control code• 1/0 Ref II, 4-9, 4-28
message•l/O Ref II, 4-6, 4-8, 4-10, 4-13,
4-17, 4-23, 4-26, 4-29, 4-32
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
diagnostic tests• 1/0 Ref II, 4-9 to 4-11, 4-28,
4-38
DR-device definition• 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
DSL (DR32 status longword)• 1/0 Ref II, 4-8,
4-15, 4-22, 4-38
error checking• 1/0 Ref II, 4-38
event flags• 1/0 Ref II, 4-13, 4-19, 4-21, 4-25,
4-27, 4-30, 4-31, 4-33, 4-39

DR32 driver (cont'd.)
far-end DR-device• //O Ref II, 4-2, 4-4, 4-6,
4-7, 4-10, 4-12, 4-17, 4-26
FREEQ (free queue) • 1/0 Ref II, 4-5, 4-11 ,
4-17, 4-23, 4-26, 4-35
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, A-3
function modifier
10$M_SETEVF • //O Ref II, 4-19
GO bit• //O Ref II, 4-6, 4-21
high-level language interface• 1/0 Ref II, 4-4,
4-22
support routines• 1/0 Ref II, 4-22
synchronization• 1/0 Ref II, 4-33
1/0 function codes• l/O Ref II, 4-18
1/0 status block• //O Ref II, 4-21, 4-31, 4-34,
4-38
INPTQ (input queue)• 1/0 Ref II, 4-5, 4-10,
4-11, 4-21, 4-23, 4-28, 4-30, 4-36
INSQTI instruction• 1/0 Ref II, 4-6
interrupt
See also DR32, action routines
See also DR32, event flags
AST• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3, 4-27, 4-30, 4-31,
4-33, 4-39
command packet•//O Ref II, 4-12, 4-19,
4-20, 4-21, 4-25, 4-27, 4-33, 4-37
reasons• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
interrupt control argument (XF$FREESET) • 1/0
Ref II, 4-27
interrupt control field• 1/0 Ref II, 4-13, 4-25,
4-39
length of device message field • 1/0 Ref II, 4-8
length of log area field• 1/0 Ref II, 4-9
load microcode function (10$_LOADMCODE) •
1/0 Ref II, 4-18
log area field• //O Ref II, 4-17
log message• 1/0 Ref II, 4-29, 4-32
microcode loader (XFLOADER) • //0 Ref II, 4-18
NOP command packet• 1/0 Ref II, 4-38
prefetch command packets• 1/0 Ref II, 4-36
programming
hints• 1/0 Ref II, 4-36
interface• 1/0 Ref II, 4-4
programming examples• 1/0 Ref II, 4-39
queue
headers• //O Ref II, 4-5, 4-20
processing• 1/0 Ref II, 4-5
retry• //O Ref II, 4-6, 4-38, 4-45
random access• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2, 4-12
REMOHI instruction • 1/0 Ref II, 4-6
residual DOI byte count field• 1/0 Ref II, 4-15
residual memory byte count field• 1/0 Ref II,
4-14

lndex-81

Index

DR32 driver (cont'd.)

Driver unloading routine (cont'd.)

start data transfer function (10$_ST ARTDA TA)
• 1/0 Ref II, 4-4, 4-6, 4-19
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, 4-31 , A-4
DOI status• 1/0 Ref II, 4-36
device-dependent• 1/0 Ref II, 4-35
suppress length error field• //O Ref II, 4-13
symbolic definitions• //O Ref II, 4-22
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
TERMQ (termination queue)• //O Ref II, 4-3,
4-5, 4-11, 4-13 to 4-15, 4-20, 4-23, 4-30,
4-33, 4-39
VAX FORTRAN programming• //O Ref II, 4-22
VAX MACRO programming• 1/0 Ref II, 4-22
virtual address of buffer field • //0 Ref II, 4-14
XF$CLEANUP • 1/0 Ref II, 4-32
XF$FREESET • 1/0 Ref II, 4-26
XF$GETPKT • 1/0 Ref II, 4-30
XF$PKTBLD • 1/0 Ref II, 4-28
XF$ST ARTDEV • //O Ref II, 4-25
XFSETUP • 1/0 Ref II, 4-23
Draw
lines on screen• Programming, 8-29
Driver• Rel Notes, 2-24
See Device driver
card reader• //O Ref I, 2-1
DELUA • //O Ref II, 6-1
DEQNA • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
DEUNA • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
disk• //O Ref /, 3-1
DMC 11 /DMR 11 • //O Ref II, 1-1
DMP 11/DMF32•1/0 Ref II, 2-1
DR11-W/DRV11-WA • 1/0 Ref II, 3-1
DR32•1/0 Ref II, 4-1
DUP11 • //0 Ref II, 5-1
line printer• 1/0 Ref /, 5-1
LPA 11-K device• 1/0 Ref I, 4-1
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-1
mailbox• //O Ref I, 7-1
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
Driver dispatch table
See DDT
Driver offset• SDA Ref, SDA-23
Driver prologue table
See DPT
Driver unloading routine• Device Driver, 7-2,
14-7, A-17
address• Device Driver, D-4
context• Device Driver, D-5
functions• Device Driver, D-4
input• Device Driver, 0-4
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-5

output• Device Driver, D-4
register usage• Device Driver, 0-5
DRV11-WA driver•Device Driver, F-1 to F-22
See DR11-W/DRV11-WA driver
DSA (DIGIT AL Storage Architecture)

lndex-82

See DSA disk
DSA disk• //O Ref/, 3-1, 3-8, 3-12 to 3-14
See also Disk
bad block replacement• 1/0 Ref I, 3-13
bad blocks• 1/0 Ref I, 3-12
forced error flag• 1/0 Ref I, 3-13
forced errors• 1/0 Ref/, 3-13
Verify Utility• //O Ref/, 3-12, 3-14
DSBINT macro• Device Driver, 3-13, 9-5, 9-6,
12-7, B-11
DSC$K_DTYPE_BPV •Modular Procedures, 3-15
DSC$K_DTYPE_ZEM •Modular Procedures, 3-15
DSE (data security erase) • System Security, 5-7 5,
5-76
and erasure pattern • System Security, 4-49
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-21
random pattern use
advantages• System Security, 5-76
DSR (DIGIT AL Standard Runoff) • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-376; DSR Ref, 1-1
.APPENDIX command• Text Processing, 4-39
.BLANK command• Text Processing, 4-3,
4-14, 4-15, 4-25, 4-28
.BREAK command• Text Processing, 4-14,
4-15
.CENTER command• Text Processing, 4-3
.CHAPTER command• Text Processing, 4-35
command defaults • DSR Ref, 1-5
.DATE command• Text Processing, 4-41, 4-45
.DISPLAY CHAPTER command• Text
Processing, 4-36
.DISPLAY ELEMENTS command• Text
Processing, 4-12
.DISPLAY LEVELS command• Text Processing,
4-34
.DISPLAY NUMBER command• Text
Processing, 4-37
.END FOOTNOTE command• Text Processing,
4-48
.END LIST command• Text Processing, 4-8,
4-15
.END LITERAL command• Text Processing,
4-15
.END NOTE command• Text Processing, 4-47
.ENTRY command• Text Processing, 4-57
.FIGURE command• Text Processing, 4-25,
4-26, 4-28

Index

DSR (DIGIT AL Standard Runoff) (cont'd.)
.FIGURE DEFERRED command• Text Processing,
4-25, 4-26, 4-28
.FILL command• Text Processing, 4-17
.FIRST TITLE command• Text Processing,
4-45
.FOOTNOTE command• Text Processing, 4-48
.HEADER LEVEL command• Text Processing,
4-31, 4-45
.HEADERS ON command• Text Processing,
4-40
.INDENT command• Text Processing, 4-21
.INDEX command• Text Processing, 4-57
Indexing Utility• DSR Ref, 6-1
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-376
.JUSTIFY command• Text Processing, 4-17
.LEFT MARGIN command• Text Processing,
4-15
.LIST command• Text Processing, 4-8, 4-15
.LIST ELEMENT command• Text Processing,
4-8, 4-15
.LITERAL command• Text Processing, 4-15,
4-25, 4-27, 4-28
.NO AUTOSUBTITLE command• Text
Processing, 4-45
.NO FILL command• Text Processing, 4-17
.NO JUSTIFY command• Text Processing,
4-18
.NO NUMBER command• Text Processing,
4-40
.NOTE command• Text Processing, 4-47
.PAGE SIZE command• Text Processing, 4-19
running • DSR Ref, 4-1
RUNOFF/INDEX command• Text Processing,
4-58
RUNOFF command• Text Processing, 4-5, 4-6,
4-7
.SUBTITLE command• Text Processing, 4-41,
4-42
Table of Contents Utility• DSR Ref, 5-1
.TAB STOPS command• Text Processing,
4-14, 4-15
terminator• Text Processing, 4-3
.TITLE command• Text Processing, 4-4 1, 4-45
utilities
indexing• DSR Ref, 1-1
table of contents• DSR Ref, 1-1
DSR command• DSR Ref, 1-2
DSR Table of Contents Utility• DSR Ref, 5-1
DST (debug symbol table)
content of• Debugger Ref, 2-1, 4-2
creating• Debugger Ref, 4-2
inhibiting• Debugger Ref, 2-4
source records in• Debugger Ref, 7-2

DTE (data terminal equipment)• Networking, 1-12,
2-5
address• Networking, 2-5
bringing up• Networking, 6-2
configuration• Networking, 1-16, 1-17, 2-5,
6-2
definition• Networking, 2-1
handling incoming calls• Networking, 2-33
handling outgoing calls• Networking, 3-26
SET HOST /DTE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-455
states• NCP Ref, NCP-178
state transitions• NCP Ref, NCP-179
subaddress •Networking,. 3-75
substates • NCP Ref, NCP-178
DTE parameter
for GROUP• Networking, 3-30
for PVC• Networking, 3-43
DTE qualifier
CHANNELS parameter• Networking, 3-26
LINE parameter• Networking, 3-26
MAXIMUM CIRCUITS parameter• Networking,
3-26
SET MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command•
Networking, 3-25
ST A TE parameter• Networking, 3-25
DTK$ANSWER_PHONE •RTL Ref, RTL-0. 1,
RTL-1
DTK$DIAL_PHONE•RTL Ref, RTL-0.3, RTL-2.1
DTK$HANGUP_PHONE •RTL Ref, RTL-0.5,
RTL-2.3
DTK$1NITIALIZE •RTL Ref, RTL-0.6, RTL-2.4
DTK$LOAD_DICTIONARY •RTL Ref, RTL-0.8,
RTL-2.6
DTK$READ_KEYSTROKE •RTL Ref, RTL-0.10,
RTL-2.8
DTK$READ_STRING •RTL Ref, RTL-0. 12,
RTL-2.10
DTK$RETURN_LAST_INDEX •RTL Ref,
RTL-0. 14, RTL-2. 12
DTK$SET_INDEX•RTL Ref, RTL-0.15, RTL-2.13
DTK$SET_KEYPAD_MODE •RTL Ref, RTL-0. 16,
RTL-2.14
DTK$SET_LOGGING_MQDE •RTL Ref, RTL-0. 18,
RTL-2.16
DTK$SET_MODE•RTL Ref, RTL-0.20, RTL-2.18
DTK$SET_SPEECH_MODE •RTL Ref, RTL-0.22,
RTL-2.20
DTK$SET_TERMINAL_MODE •RTL Ref,
RTL-0.24, RTL-2.22
DTK$SET_VOICE •RTL Ref, RTL-0.26, RTL-2.24
DTK$SPEAK_FILE •RTL Ref, RTL-0.28, RTL-2.26

lndex-83

Index

DTK$SPEAK_PHONEMIC_TEXT• RTL Ref,
RTL-0.30, RTL-2.28
DTK$SPEAK_TEXT• RTL Ref, RTL-0.32,
RTL-2.30
DTK$TERMINATE •RTL Ref, RTL-0.34, RTL-2.32
DTR (DECnet Test Receiver)•Networking, 2-29
DTS (DECnet Test Sender)•DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1
DTS/DTR Utility
commands• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-5 to DTS-15
command syntax• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-3
directing output• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1
exiting• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1
invoking• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1
operational characteristics• DTS/DTR Ref,
DTS-3
Dual passwords
advantages and disadvantages• System
Security, 5-28
and maximum security• System Security, 5-23
Dual-pathed disk• VAXc/usters, 4-2, 4-3, 4-5 to
4-8
HSC50 • VAXclusters, 4-6
MASSBUS • VAXclusters, 4-8
Dual-ported disk• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
; 1/0 Ref I, 3-7
DSA disk• 1/0 Ref/, 3-8
HSC50 • VAXclusters, 4-7
MASSBUS • VAXclusters, 4-4
restrictions• 1/0 Ref /, 3-8
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-6
Dual-RL02
backup• Software Installation, 4-28
customizing• System Management, 2-1
Dummy argument• Programming, 1-8
assumed-size• Programming, 6-12
Dump
file analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-18
format
byte• DCL Dictionary, DCL-151
decimal • DCL Dictionary, DCL-152
hexadecimal• DCL Dictionary, DCL-152
longword• DCL Dictionary, DCL-152
octal• DCL Dictionary, DCL-153
word • DCL Dictionary, DCL-153
hexadecimal• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-15 ARMS-19
of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-150
of volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL-150
reading • DCL Dictionary, DCL-150
DUMP ADDRESS parameter• Networking, 4-14
Dump assistance multicast address• Networking,
4-15
I

lndex-84

DUMPBUG parameter• SDA Ref, SDA-5;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-62
DUMP command• File Applications, 10-14;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-150 to DCL-154;
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-15, ARMS-19
DUMP COUNT parameter• Networking, 4-14
Dump file• System Management, 11-15
analyzing• SDA Ref, SDA-1
copying• SDA Ref, SDA-6
creating or extending• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-22
default• SDA Ref, SDA-8
flag• SDA Ref, SDA-7
mapping• SDA Ref, SDA-9
saving• SDA Ref, SDA-6
size• SDA Ref, SDA-6; System Management,
11-16
system• SDA Ref, SDA-4
writing the• SDA Ref, SDA-5
DUMP FILE parameter• Networking, 4-14
Dumping unattended system memory•
Networking, 4-14
DUP 11-DA device• Networking, 2-18
DUP 11 driver
binary mode• 1/0 Ref II, 5-1, 5-4
BSC (binary synchronous communication)
mode• 1/0 Ref II, 5-1, 5-2
protocol• //O Ref II, 5-1
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 5-4
device-dependent status returns• 1/0 Ref II,
5-9
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 5-5, A-4
function modifiers
10$K_PTPBSC • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6, 5-7
10$K_SRRUNOUT• //O Ref II, 5-6, 5-7
10$M_LASTBLOCK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
10$M_NODSRWAIT• 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
10$M_SHUTDOWN • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
10$M_STARTUP • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
10$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
line characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 5-5, 5-8, 5-10
message block• 1/0 Ref II, 5-2
2780•1/0 Ref II, 5-3
3780 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-3
message buffer• 1/0 Ref II, 5-2
nontransparent mode• 1/0 Ref II, 5-3

Index

DUP11 driver (cont'd.)
operating modes• 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
read function • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
set mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, A-4
device-dependent• 1/0 Ref II, 5-9
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref II, 5-4
transparent mode• 1/0 Ref II, 5-3
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
DUPC (default uppercase) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-268
Duplex mode• Networking, 3-54
See also Half-duplex mode
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-10
DUPLEX parameter• Networking, 3-54
Duplicate key• FOL Ref, FDL-28
values• FOL Ref, FOL-7
Duplicate labels
command interpreter rules for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-50, DCL-181, DCL-183
/DUPLICATE qualifier• Text Processing, 1-35;
EDT Ref, EDT-132
with COPY command• EDT Ref, EDT-120
DUPLICA TES_PER_SIDR attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-6
DUPLICATES attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-28
/DUPLICATES qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-25
OW command• Text Processing, 1-41
DXCOPY command procedure• System
Management, 2-12
DYING BASE parameter• Networking, 3-39
DYING INCREMENT parameter• Networking, 3-39
DYING THRESHOLD parameter• N,etworking, 3-39
OYN$C_BUFIO •Device Driver, C-11
DYN$C_IRP •Device Driver, C-12
Dynamic allocation of map registers and device
drivers• Networking, 5-36
Dynamic asynchronous circuit• Networking, 2-8
VERIFICATION INBOUND parameter•
Networking, 3-38, 3-86
Dynamic asynchronous connection• Networking,
1-4, 1-7
network configuration• Networking, 5-18
password• Networking, 2-36
reasons for failure• Networking, 5-11
Dynamic asynchronous line • Networking, 1-9,
2-14,5-8
HANGUP parameter• Networking, 3-56
installing • Networking, 5-10
LINE SPEED parameter• Networking, 3-56
shutting down• Networking, 5-12
SWITCH parameter• Networking, 3-56

DYNAMIC attribute• System Services Ref, 3-4
Dynamic memory allocation • RTL Ref, 8-1
Dynamic module setting • Debugger Ref, 1-17,
4-3, CD-109
Dynamic parameters
modifying• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-51
/DYNAMIC qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-47,
CD-95
Dynamic string • RTL Ref, RTL-534
Dynamic string descriptor
See Descriptor
Dynamic switching
manual switching of line• Networking, 2-17
procedure for line• Networking, 2-14
setting up lines• Networking, 5-10
DYNSWITCH image• Networking, 2-16
installing• Networking, 5-10
DZ 11 asynchronous device• Networking, 1-8,
2-8, 2-12 ; Device Driver, A-8; 1/0 Ref I,
8-1
DZ32 asynchronous device• Networking, 2-8,
2-12; Device Driver, A-8; 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
DZV11 asynchronous device• Networking, 2-8,
2-12; 1/0 Ref I, 8-1

E
E-address
See Ethernet address
ECC error correction• Device Driver, 7-2, A-33,
A-37, C-55
ECC position register• Device Driver, A-37
Echo
terminal• Programming, 8-50
terminator• Programming, 8-32
/ECHO qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-22;
Debugger Ref, CD-34; SDA Ref, SDA-35
ECO level • Patch Ref, PA TCH-9
See also PATCH commands
checking • Patch Ref, PA TCH-49, PA TCH-50,
PATCH-51
setting•Patch Ref, PATCH-37, PATCH-39,
PATCH-77
EDF$MAKE_FDL logical name• File Applications,
4-18
EDIT/ ACL command• File Applications, 4-28;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-155
EDIT /EDT command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-156 to
DCL-159
EDIT /FOL command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-160

lndex-85

Index

Edit/FOL Utility (EDIT /FOL)• File Applications,
1-19; FDL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-38, FDL-39
ANAL YSIS_OF_KEY section• FDL Ref, FDL-5
calculating bucket size• File Applications, 3-15,
3-16, 3-30
calculating extension size• File Applications,
3-6, 9-9
commands• File Applications, 4-4; FDL Ref,
FDL-55
contiguous files• File Applications, 3-5
creating areas for index structures• File
Applications, 3-28
creating FOL files• File Applications, 4-3, 4-6;
FDL Ref, FDL-38
default value• File Applications, 4-15
directing output of• FDL Ref, FDL-2
exiting• FDL Ref, FDL-2
invoking• FDL Ref, FDL-2
invoking a script• File Applications, 4-6
optimization algorithms• File Applications, A-1
optimize script• File Applications, 10-1, 10-28;
FDL Ref, FDL-38
prompt• File Applications, 4-15
restrictions• FDL Ref, FDL-2
scripts• FDL Ref, FDL-60
specifying run-time attributes • File Applications,
9-2 to 9-5
EDIT /SUM command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-161
EDIT /TECO command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-162
to DCL-164
EDIT /TPU command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-165 to
DCL-169
"ediLmode" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-93
EDIT/ ACL command• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-1
EDIT /FOL command• Programming, 9-93
EDIT /TPU command• Text Processing, 3-2;
VAXTPU Ref, 1-8, 6-10
defining a command symbol for• Text
Processing, 3-2
EDIT /TPU command qualifier
with /COMMAND• VAXTPU Ref, 6-5
with /CREATE• VAXTPU Ref, 6-5
with /DISPLAY• VAXTPU Ref, 6-6
with /JOURNAL• VAXTPU Ref, 6-6
with /OUTPUT• VAXTPU Ref, 6-7
with /READ_ONLY • VAXTPU Ref, 6-8
with /RECOVER• VAXTPU Ref, 6-8
with /SECTION• VAXTPU Ref, 6-9
EDIT built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62 to
4-63
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-63

lndex-86

EDIT command•lntro to VAX/VMS, 2-6, 5-10;
Text Processing, 1-2; Mail Ref, MAIL-36;
Debugger Ref, CD-50
Editing commands
adding lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-7, SUM-8
audit trail text• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-11
command parameters• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-6
deleting lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-9, SUM-10
general form• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-6, SUM-7
locator field parameters • SUMSLP Ref, SUM-7
operators• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-6
replacing lines • SUMSLP Ref, SUM-11
specifying• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-5
Editing context status
built-in procedures for
CURRENT_BUFFER • VAXTPU Ref, 4-43
CURRENT_CHARACTER• VAXTPU Ref,
4-44
CURRENT_COLUMN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-45
CURRENT_DIRECTION• VAXTPU Ref, 4-47
CURRENT_LINE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-48
CURRENT_OFFSET• VAXTPU Ref, 4-49
CURRENT_ROW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-50
CURRENT_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-51
GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref, 4-84
SET• VAXTPU Ref, 4-161
SHOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
Editing interface
See also EDT Keypad Emulator
See also EVE
default• VAXTPU Ref, 1-7
Editing position movement
built-in procedures for
MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
MOVE_HORIZONT AL• VAXTPU Ref,
4-125
MOVE_VERTICAL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-129
POSITION• VAXTPU Ref, 4-132
Editing session
exiting from• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-14
keypad editing in• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-4
quitting• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-14
recovering• Text Processing, 2-4; ACL Editor
Ref, ACL-14
Edit instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-163 to 1-2
Editor
ACL •System Security, 4-20
example • System Security, 5-12
used to delete ACE• System Security, 4-27
caution for use in captive command procedure•
System Security, 5-83
default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-156

Index

Editor (cont'd.)
FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-1
invoking
EDT• DCL Dictionary, DCL-156
EDT Keypad Emulator• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-165
EVE• DCL Dictionary, DCL-165
FOL• DCL Dictionary, DCL-160
SUMSLP • DCL Dictionary, DCL-161
TECO• DCL Dictionary, DCL-162
V AXTPU • DCL Dictionary, DCL-165
screen oriented • DCL Dictionary, DCL-156
V AXTPU • DCL Dictionary, DCL-165
SUMSLP • SUMSLP Ref, SUM-1
text• FOL Ref, FDL-1
Edit pattern operator•MACRO Ref, 9-164, 9-166
to 9-180
EDITPC (Edit Packed to Character String)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-164 to 9-180
/EDIT qualifier• Mail Ref, MAIL-17; Debugger
Ref, CD-21, CD-124, CD-172
EDIV (Extended Divide) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-20
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-99
EDT$EDIT • Util Routines Ref, EDT-3
EDT description • DCL Dictionary, DCL-156
EDT editor
boldfacing text• Text Processing, 4-50
copying text• Text Processing, 1-35, 1-43
deleting text• Text Processing, 1-32, 1-41
entities• Text Processing, 1-38
inserting text• Text Processing, 1-28, 1-37
invoking• Text Processing, 1-2
journal file• Text Processing, 1-51
key definitions• Text Processing, 1-59, 1-60,
1-61 , 1-63 1-64
keypad mode• Text Processing, 1-3
line mode• Text Processing, 1-3
locating text• Text Processing, 1-41
macro• Text Processing, 1-65, 1-66, 1-67
moving between modes• Text Processing, 1-7
moving cursor• Text Processing, 1-38, 1-40
moving text• Text Processing, 1-34, 1-43
nokeypad mode• Text Processing, 1-3
recovering text• Text Processing, 1-51
substituting• Text Processing, 1-33, 1-43
terminating• Text Processing, 1-3
UNDC command• Text Processing, 1-42
undeleting text• Text Processing, 1-42
UNDL command• Text Processing, 1-42
UNDW command• Text Processing, 1-42
EDTINl.EDT file• Text Processing, 1-69
I

EDT Keypad Emulator• Text Processing, 2-1;
VAXTPU Ref, 1-3, G-1 to G-8
CHANGE• Text Processing, 2-6
changing the the default interface• Rel Notes,
2-7
command file• Text Processing, 2-14
command line• VAXTPU Ref, 1-3
compiling V AXTPU procedures • Text
Processing, 2-14
control sequences• Text Processing, 2-5
discarding edits• Text Processing, 2-3
EXIT• Text Processing, 2-3
extending with VAXTPU • Text Processing,
2-12
HELP• Text Processing, 2-3
INCLUDE• Text Processing, 2-7
invoking• Text Processing, 2-1
keypad editing• Text Processing, 2-5
modifying with V AXTPU • Text Processing,
2-13
QUIT• Text Processing, 2-3
saving edits• Text Processing, 2-3
section file• Text Processing, 2-13, 2-14
SET CURSOR• Text Processing, 2-8
SET SCREEN• Text Processing, 2-8
SET SEARCH• Text Processing, 2-9
SET TAB• Text Processing, 2-9
SET WRAP• Text Processing, 2-9
SUBSTITUTE• Text Processing, 2-7
terminating• Text Processing, 2-2
typing V AXTPU commands• Text Processing,
2-11
WRITE• Text Processing, 2-4, 2-7
writing V AXTPU procedures• Text Processing,
2-13
EDT-like keypad
for EVE• VAXTPU Ref, A-4
EDT line mode• VAXTPU Ref, 1-3
EDT routine
examples• Util Routines Ref, EDT-1 to EDT-2
introduction • Util Routines Ref, EDT-1
user-written
FILEIO • Util Routines Ref, EDT-7
WORKIO • Util Routines Ref, EDT-11
XLA TE • Util Routines Ref, EDT-13
EDTSECINI. TPU • VAXTPU Ref, 1-9
EDTSECINl.TPU$SECTION• VAXTPU Ref, 1-9
"eightbit" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-93
EIR (error information register)• 1/0 Ref II, 3-5
bit assignment
• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15

lndex-87

Index

Elapsed time• Programming, 6-40; Convert Ref,
CONV-26
Element lists with BACKUP• Backup Ref,
BACKU-18
Ellipsis( ... )
as directory searching character• DCL Concepts,
3-16, 3-17
used to specify output directory• DCL
Concepts, 3-19, 3-20, 3-21
ELSE clause• VAXTPU Ref, 3-14
.ELSE command• DSR Ref, 2-66
EMB$L _OV_REGSA V •Device Driver, 13-7
EMB$Q_IOSB •Device Driver, C-72
EMB$W_OV_STS •Device Driver, C-72
Emergency account
and privileges• System Security, 5-5 7
EMODD (Extended Multiply and lntegerize
O_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-112
to 9-113
EMODF (Extended Multiply and lntegerize
F_floating) instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-112
to 9-113
EMODG (Extended Multiply and lntegerize
G_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-112
to 9-113
EMODH (Extended Multiply and lntegerize
H_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-112
to 9-113
EMODx instruction
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-101
Emphasis
text• DSR Ref, A-3
/EMPHASIS qualifier• FOL Ref, FDL-1 , FDL-4 7
EMUL (Extended Multiply) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-21
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-104
ENABLE AST command• Debugger Ref, CD-52
Enable attention AST function
DEUNA/DEQNA/DELUA driver• 1/0 Ref II,
6-27
DMC 11/DMR11 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
DMP 11 /DMF32 driver• //O Ref II, 2-19
DR 11-W/ORV 11-WA driver• 1/0 Ref II, 3-13
.ENABLE BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-26
example• DSR Ref, 2-27
.ENABLE BOLDING command• DSR Ref, 2-29
ENABLE CHECKS command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-25
ENABLE command• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-8
.ENABLE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-22 to 6-24,
6-33
.ENABLE HYPHENATION command• DSR Ref,
2-30
.ENABLE INDEXING command• DSR Ref, 2-31

lndex-88

.ENABLE OVERSTRIKING command• DSR Ref,
2-32
.ENABLE TOC command• DSR Ref, 2-33
.ENABLE UNDERLINING command• DSR Ref, 2-34
ENBINT macro• Device Driver, 3-14, B-12
Encryption
of password • System Security, 3-11
one-way and collision• System Security, 5-25
Encryption algorithm
one-way for passwords • System Security,
3-10
Encryption key• Device Driver, A-23
END_OF_FILE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-11
END_OF built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-64
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-64
.END BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-26
example• DSR Ref, 2-27
.ENDC directive• MACRO Ref, 6-26
End Communications layer events• NCP Ref,
NCP-185
.END directive• MACRO Ref, 6-25
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG-17
END DO statement• Programming, 2-21
.END FOOTNOTE command• Text Processing,
4-48; DSR Ref, 2-58
.ENDIF command• DSR Ref, 2-66
END IF statement• Programming, 2-16
ENDIF statement • VAXTPU Ref, 3-14
/ENDING qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-22; Show
Cluster Ref, SHCL-18
.END LIST command• Text Processing, 4-8, 4-15;
DSR Ref, 2-79
.END LITERAL command• Text Processing, 4-15
ENDLOOP statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-13
.ENDM directive• MACRO Ref, 6-27
End node• Networking, 1-1, 1-15
caching on Ethernet• Networking, 2-24
configuration• Networking, 2-21
DECnet-VAX license kit• Networking, 1-15,
6-1
definition• Networking, 2-19
Ethernet• Networking, 1-7, 2-24
non-Ethernet• Networking, 1-7
on V AXcluster • Networking, 1-11
Phase IV• Networking, 2-21
.END NOTE command• Text Processing, 4-47;
DSR Ref, 2-87
End of batch job on cards• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-172
End of data stream• DCL Dictionary, DCL-170
see EOD command
End-of-file• Programming, 8-8
indicator• DCL Dictionary, DCL-92

Index

End-of-file-condition• DCL Dictionary, DCL-170
END OF LINE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-4
End-of-module
record analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-26
End-of-tape marker
See EQT
End-of-volume
detection on magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-16
ENDPROCEDURE • VAXTPU Ref, 3-9
.ENDR directive• MACRO Ref, 6-28
END statement• Programming, 2-1
.END SUBPAGE command•DSR Ref, 2-120
ENDSUBROUTINE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-51
Engineering change order (ECO) level
See also ECO level
$ENO
lock manager• VAXclusters, 1-5
ENOLM (enqueue quota limit)• Networking, 5-34;
Software Installation, 5-2
Enqueue quota limit• System Management, 6-4
ENTER function• Text Processing, 1-19; EDT
Ref, EDT-63
Entity specifier command• EDT Ref, EDT-269
with "move" command• EDT Ref, EDT-279
with APPEND command• EDT Ref, EDT-245
with CHGC (change case) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-250
with CHGL (change case lower) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-251
with CHGU (change case upper) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-252
with CUT command• EDT Ref, EDT-259
with D (delete) command• EDT Ref, EDT-260
with FILL command• EDT Ref, EDT-272
with R (replace) command• EDT Ref, EDT-285
with T ADJ (tab adjust) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-300
Entry and display modes• Patch Ref, PA TCH-18
ASCII-NO ASCII mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-19
BYTE mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
canceling • Patch Ref, PA TCH-44
DECIMAL mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
displaying location contents• Patch Ref,
PATCH-65
displaying mode • Patch Ref, PA TCH-86
GLOBALS-NOGLOBALS mode• Patch Ref,
PATCH-20
HEXADECIMAL mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
INSTRUCTION-NOINSTRUCTION mode• Patch
Ref, PATCH-19
length modes• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
LONG mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20

Entry and display modes (cont'd.)
/MODE qualifier• Patch Ref, PATCH-18
OCT AL mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
radix modes• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
SCOPE-NOSCOPE mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
setting the mode• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
symbol search mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
SYMBOLS-NOSYMBOLS mode• Patch Ref,
PATCH-19
WORD mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
.ENTRY command• Text Processing, 4-57; DSR
Ref, 2-35
.ENTRY directive• MACRO Ref, 6-29 to 6-30
ENTRY index entry
merging • DSR Ref, 6-3
Entry mask• Debugger Ref, 3-7; MACRO Ref,
9-63
Entry point• Programming, 4-37; RTL Ref, 2-4
CALL entry point• RTL Ref, 2-3, 5-8
defining• MACRO Ref, 6-29 to 6-30
JSB entry point• RTL Ref, 2-5, 5-8
/ENTRY qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-12; Error
Log Ref, ERR-7
ENTRY statement
array processing• Programming, 6-26
record processing• Programming, 6-38
Entry types
exclude certain • Error Log Ref, ERR-8
include certain• Error Log Ref, ERR-12
Environment
defining user• VAXclusters, 2-11
heterogeneous• VAXclusters, 2-1
creating• VAXclusters, 2-7
homogeneous• VAXclusters, 2-1
creating• VAXc/usters, 2-7
operating• VAXclusters, 2-1
EO$ADJUST_INPUT (Adjust Input Length) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-169
EO$BLANK_ZERO (Blank Backwards When Zero)
pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-170
EO$CLEAR_SIGNIF (Clear Significance) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-179
EO$END (End Edit) pattern operator• MACRO Ref,
9-171
EO$END_FLOA T (End Floating Sign) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-172
EO$FILL (Store Fill) pattern operator• MACRO Ref
9-173
EO$FLOA T (Float Sign) pattern operator• MACRO
Ref, 9-174
E0$1NSERT (Insert Character) pattern operator•
MACRO Ref, 9-175
I

lndex-89

Index

EO$LOAD_FILL (Load Fill Register) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-176
EO$LOAD_MINUS (Load Sign Register If Minus)
pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-176
EO$LOAD_PLUS (Load Sign Register If Plus)
pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-176
EO$LOAD_SIGN (Load Sign Register) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-176
EO$MOVE (Move Digits) pattern operator• MACRO
Ref, 9-177
EO$REPLACE_SIGN (Replace Sign When Zero)
pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-178
EO$SET_SIGNIF (Set Significance) pattern operator
•MACRO Ref, 9-179
EO$STORE_SIGN (Store Sign) pattern operator•
MACRO Ref, 9-180
ueob_text'' parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
EQB_TEXT keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-169
EOD command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-170 to
DCL-171
and DECK command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-92
delimiting input stream with• Command
Procedures, 3-6
EOF (end-of-file)
status
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-13
write mailbox message• 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
EOF label• Disk & Tape, B-4, B-19
EOF option• FOL Ref, FDL-11
EOJ command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-172
in card reader batch job• Command Procedures,
B-1
EOL function• Text Processing, 1-13; EDT Ref,
EDT-65
EQT (end-of-tape)• Disk & Tape, B-2; Backup
Ref, BACKU-15, BACKU-82
status
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-13, 6:-14, 6-16
EQT marker• Disk & Tape, B-4
EOV label• Disk & Tape, B-4, B-19
.EQ. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-13;
Programming, 6-8
.EQS. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-14
Equal key
default order• Sort Ref, SORT-69
EQUAL keyword
GSMA TCH option• Programming, 4-30
Equal-or-next search option• File Applications,
8-11, 8-12
Equal sign (=)
buffer signal• EDT Ref, EDT-115

lndex-90

Equal sign (=) (cont'd.)
buffer signal command• EDT Ref, EDT-249
Equal to
operator (symbol) for expressions• Command
Procedures, 2-17
Equitable sharing
of CPU resource• Perform Manage, 3-17
of disk 1/0 resource• Perform Manage, 3-42
of memory resource• Perform Manage, 3-33
Equivalence name• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-11
assignment
to logical names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-95
assignment to logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-38
defining • System Services Ref, 6-1
format convention • System Services Ref, 6-9
specifying • System Services Ref, SYS-61
to display for logical names• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-604
EQUIVALENCE statement• Programming, 2-7
array processing• Programming, 6-26
Equivalence string
defined• File Applications, 6-4
definition of• Command Procedures, 2-1
Equivalent variable• Programming, 2-7
$EQULST macro• Device Driver, B-13
.EQV. logical operator• Programming, 6-11
Erase
characters from screen • Programming, 8-30
virtual display• Programming, 8-1 7
ERASE_CHARACTER built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-67
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-67
ERASE_LINE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-68
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-68
ERASE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-65 to
4-66
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-66
ERASE CHARACTER command• VAXTPU Ref,
F-4
ERASE command• Mail Ref, MAIL-38
ERASE LINE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-4
Erase-on-allocate• System Security, 4-50, 5-77
Erase-on-delete• System Security, 5-76
ERASE PREVIOUS WORD command• VAXTPU
Ref, F-5
Erase service• File Applications, 5-11
ERASE ST ART OF LINE command• VAXTPU Ref,
F-5
ERASE WORD command• VAXTPU Ref, F-5
Erasing text
CTRL/U • Text Processing, 2-14

Index

Erasing text (cont'd.)

Error handling (cont'd.)

DELETE• Text Processing, 2-14
ERASE CHARACTER• Text Processing, 2-14
ERASE LINE• Text Processing, 2-14
ERASE PREVIOUS WORD• Text Processing,
2-14
erase word• Text Processing, 2-14
removing• Text Processing, 2-14
selecting• Text Processing, 2-14
Erasure pattern• System Security, 4-49, 5-75
ERL$DEVICERR • Device Driver, 13-6, A-14,
A-34, A-36, C-8, D-9
ERL$DEVICTMO •Device Driver, 12-5, 13-6,
A-14, A-34, A-36, C-9, D-9
ERL$RELEASEMB •Device Driver, 12-3, C-71
ERRFMT process• System Management, 10-1
ERRLOG.SYS •Software Installation, 7-28
ERROR• VAXTPU Ref, 3-16
Error• RTL Ref, 2-14
arithmetic• Programming, 6-10
check• File Applications, 10-2
checking
to control• DCL Dictionary, DCL-465
in command procedure
and ON command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-317
in file structure• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-9
parsing subcommand• Programming, 7-25
reporting
for Files-11 volumes• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-19
for image files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
for object files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-25
for RMS files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-31
see Condition handling• Programming, 10-1
signaling • File Applications, 5-16; RTL Ref,
2-15, 7-4
software• File Applications, 10-2
source program• Programming, 4-6
to display count for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-556
using SET VERIFY to locate• Command
Procedures, 3-15
ERRQR_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 3-16
Error check• System Services Ref, 2-16
Error completion routine• RMS Ref, 2-5
Error condition
determining severity level• Command
Procedures, 7-2
.ERROR directive• MACRO Ref, 6-31
Error handling• Device Driver, 1-3; VAXTPU Ref,
3-16
disabling CTRL/Y • Command Procedures, 7-8

disabling error checking• Command Procedures,
7-6
error retry count• Device Driver, 12-5, A-34,
C-57
general• Programming, 10-1
handling 1/0 errors• Command Procedures,
6-13
in FDT routine• Device Driver, 8-11
See Condition Handling• Programming, 10-1
specifying actions for different severity levels•
Command Procedures, 7-5
using IOC$PURGDATAP to detect transfer
errors • Device Driver, C-66
using ON command• Command Procedures,
7-4
Error handling routine• Device Driver, 9-5
Error log• Device Driver, A-27, A-34, A-34
to A-36, C-8, C-9, C-57, C-71; System
Management, 10-1 ; Error Log Ref, ERR-1
error log sequence number• Device Driver,
A-22
final error count• Device Driver, 12-3
maintaining file• System Management, 10-2
printing file • System Management, 10-3
sending message to• System Services Ref,
SYS-393
types of events reported• Error Log Ref, ERR-2
Error logging
See Log file
Error logging buffer• Device Driver, A-14, A-36,
A-37, D-8
allocating • Device Driver, 13-6, C-8
filling • Device Driver, 13-6 to 13-7
size • Device Driver, 7 -7, 13-6, 13-7
Error logging enable bit
See UCB$V_ERLOGIP
Error logging routine• Device Driver, 1-4, 13-6 to
. 13-7, A-14
See also Register dumping routine
address • Device Driver, 13-1
requirements • Device Driver, 13-7
Error Log Utility• Rel Notes, 2-14; System
Management, 10-1; Software Installation,
7-3, 7-18
description• Error Log Ref, ERR-2
directing output• Error Log Ref, ERR-1
examples• Error Log Ref, ERR-30
machine check• Error Log Ref, ERR-25
memory error• Error Log Ref, ERR-27
nonfatal and user bugchecks • Error Log Ref,
ERR-28
time stamp• Error Log Ref, ERR-25

lndex-91

Index

Error Log Utility
examples (cont'd.)
volume dismount• Error Log Ref, ERR-25
volume mount• Error log Ref, ERR-25
exiting • Error Log Ref, ERR-1
invoking • Error Log Ref, ERR-1
qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-3 to ERR-22
restrictions• Error Log Ref, ERR-2
sample error log report• Error Log Ref, ERR-30
Error message• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-13;
Software Installation, 7-1 5, 7-18, 7-1 9; DSR
Ref, 4-2
bugcheck •Software Installation, 7-30
DECnet• Software Installation, 7-28
disk test• Software Installation, 7-24
examples• DSR Ref, 4-2, 4-15
HLD •Networking, 4-19
in DSR• DSR Ref, 1-1
issued by VMSINST AL• Software Installation,
5-13
loopback testing• Networking, 7-6
no PCB or swap slots• Software Installation,
7-29
OPCOM •Software Installation, 7-23
UETDISKOO •Software Installation, 7-24
UETINIT01 •Software Installation, 7-23
warning• Convert Ref, CONV-4
wrong account• Software Installation, 7-22
wrong privileges• Software Installation, 7-21
wrong quotas• Software Installation, 7-21
Error message buffer• Device Driver, 12-3, C-71
releasing• Device Driver, 12-3
/ERROR qualifier• Debugger Ref, 8-16, CD-84
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-23
OPEN, READ, WRITE, and CLOSE commands•
Command Procedures, 6-13
Error recovery• System Services Ref, 7-12
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-10
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-3
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-4
Error report• System Management, 10-2
Error reporting• Networking, 8-17, 8-29
system service status• Networking, 8-17, 8-29
ERRORS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-35
Error statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-12, 3-16
example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-17
location • VAXTPU Ref, 3-16
Error status code• RMS Ref, 2-5
from invalid control blocks• RMS Ref, 2-6
Error stream
define for created process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-366
ERRSN condition code• Programming, 10-17

lndex-92

ERRSNS intrinsic program • Programming, 10-17
Escape sequence• RTL Ref, RTL-541
ANSI• 1/0 Ref I, B-9
DIGIT AL-private• 1/0 Ref I, B-9
read• Programming, 8-64
terminal• 1/0 Ref/, 8-7, 8-19
ESP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
Ethernet• Networking, 1-5
address conversion • Networking, 3-61
addresses (DEUNA) • //O Ref II, 6-3
address format• Networking, 3-11
adjacent node• Networking, 2-7
area number in address• Networking, 3-12
area routing on• Networking, 2-25, A-15
broadcast address• Networking, 1-7, 2-3
broadcast routing timer• Networking, 3-66
cable• Networking, 1-6
carrier sense • Networking, 1-6
characteristics• Networking, 1-6
circuit• Networking, 1-4, 1-6, 2-6, 3-33
circuit device•Networking, 1-6, 2-10
circuit identification• Networking, 3-33
circuit parameters• Networking, 3-40
configuration• Networking, 1-4, 1-5
configurator module• Networking, 1-15, 1-19,
2-10, 3-41
datagrams• Networking, 1-6
data link for V AXcluster •Networking, 1-10
data rate• Networking, 1-6
designated router•Networking, 1-7, 2-19,
2-24, 3-40
determining physical address• Networking,
3-12
DEUNA, DEQNA, and DELUA device drivers•
1/0 Ref II, 6-1
displaying physical address• Networking, 3-12
downline system load• Networking, 4-6
dump assistance multicast address •
Networking, 4-1 5
end node• Networking, 1-7, 2-24, 3-40
end node caching• Networking, 2-24
hardware address• Networking, 2-18, 3-11,
3-57, 7-9
lack of protection • System Security, 7-6
limiting end nodes• Networking, 3-62
limiting routers• Networking, 3-61
line• Networking, 2-12
line device• Networking, 2-18
line parameters• Networking, 3-57
line protocol • Networking, 3-49
multiaccess •Networking, 1-6
multicast address• Networking, 1-7, 2-3
multicast address definition• Networking, 3-13

Index

Ethernet (cont'd.)

EVE editor (cont'd.)

multicast address values• Networking, 3-13
network configuration• Networking, 5-21
node • Networking, 1-6
node address• Networking, 2-2, 3-11
node number in address• Networking, 3-12
non-DECnet application• Networking, A-10
packets• Networking, 1-6
physical address• Networking, 1-7, 2-2, 2-7,
2-18, 3-11, 4-6, 7-9
physical address definition• Networking, 3-13
physical address values • Networking, 3-13
protocol• Networking, 1-5, 2-7
protocol types (DEUNA) • 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
resetting physical address• Networking, 3-11
router• Networking, 1-7, 2-24, 3-40
service operations• Networking, 3-36
specification• Networking, 1-5
topology• Networking, 1-6
upline memory dump• Networking, 4-15
Ethernet address • NCP Ref, NCP-8
Ethernet loopback test• Networking, 7-9
to remote system• Networking, 7-9
UNA device• Networking, 7-9
EVALUATE/ ADDRESS command• Debugger Ref,
5-11, CD-55
EVALUATE command• Programming, 5-32;
Patch Ref, PA TCH-62 to PA TCH-64;
Debugger Ref, 1-16, 6-18, CD-53; SDA
Ref, SDA-38
Evaluation
automatically performed by command
interpreter • DCL Concepts, 6-1
of operator in expression• DCL Concepts, 5-10
of symbol • DCL Concepts, 6-1
Evasive action
duration• System Security, 5-40
invoked as counteraction for breakin •System
Security, 5-38
EVE$CLEAR_KEY pre-defined EVE procedure• Rel
Notes, 2-2
EVE$1NIT_KEY pre-defined EVE procedure• Rel
Notes, 2-2
EVE editor• VAXTPU Ref, 1-2, F-1 to F-17
aligning text• Text Processing, 3-22
buffer• Text Processing, 3-1, 3-26
changing the default interface• Rel Notes, 2-7
command line• VAXTPU Ref, 1-2
creating subprocesses• Text Processing, 3-39
defining keys• Text Processing, 3-35
discarding edits• Text Processing, 3-3
DO• Text Processing, 3-5
EDT-like keypad• VAXTPU Ref, A-4

entering commands• Text Processing, 3-5
erasing text• Text Processing, 3-14
extending with VAXTPU • Text Processing,
3-39
HELP facility• Text Processing, 3-3
highlighted status line• Text Processing, 3-2
inserting text• Text Processing, 3-11
invoking• Text Processing, 3-1
journal facility• Text Processing, 3-4
key maps in• Rel Notes, 2-2
learn sequence• Text Processing, 3-35
locating text• Text Processing, 3-17
marking locations• Text Processing, 3-19
moving cursor• Text Processing, 3-8
moving text• Text Processing, 3-16
multiple buffers• Text Processing, 3-27
pre-defined procedures in• Rel Notes, 2-2
procedures• Text Processing, 3-40
replacing text• Text Processing, 3-20
restoring text• Text Processing, 3-14
saving edits• Text Processing, 3-3
screen display• Text Processing, 3-22
terminating• Text Processing, 3-3
using DCL from within• Text Processing, 3-38
using VAXTPU from within• Text Processing,
3-39
window• Text Processing, 3-1, 3-29
.EVEN directive• MACRO Ref, 6-32
Event
class• Networking, 3-82
Data Link layer• NCP Ref, NCP-190
definition• Networking, 2-34
End Communications layer• NCP Ref, NCP-185
identification• Networking, 3-82
identifying location of• Networking, 3-83
list• Networking, 2-34
Network Management layer• NCP Ref,
NCP-182
Routing layer• NCP Ref, NCP-185
Session Control layer• NCP Ref, NCP-184 .
sink-related• Networking, 2-34
source• Networking, 3-83
source-related• Networking, 2-34
type• Networking, 3-82
VAX/VMS specific• NCP Ref, NCP-194
X. 25 Packet level • NCP Ref, NCP-193
Event class and type summary• NCP Ref,
NCP-181 to NCP-194
Event facility, setting • Debugger Ref, CD-100
Event flag• Modular Procedures, 2-21; Device
Driver, A-20; Programming, 3-18
allocation of• RTL Ref, 9-17

lndex-93

Index

Event flag (cont'd.)
clearing• System Services Ref, 4-4, SYS-54
common• Programming, 3-18
for interprocess communication • System
Services Ref, 8-10
for synchronous operations• RMS Ref, 2-7
getting current status• System Services Ref,
SYS-341
handling for aborted 1/0 request• Device Driver,
8-12
LIB$FREE_EF • Programming, 3-19
LIB$GET_EF •Programming, 3-19
local• Programming, 3-18
manipulating• Programming, 3-18
number• System Services Ref, 4-2
posting • Device Driver, 5-1 7
RTL routine to free • RTL Ref, RTL-132
setting• Device Driver, 2-6; System Services
Ref, 4-4, SYS-357
specifying• System Services Ref, 4-2
wait• System Services Ref, 4-3
waiting for entire set of• System Services Ref,
SYS-466
waiting for one of set• System Services Ref,
SYS-468
waiting for setting of• System Services Ref,
SYS-463
Event flag cluster• System Services Ref, 4-2
associating with a process• System Services
Ref, SYS-12
deleting• System Services Ref, 4-7, SYS-136
disassociating • System Services Ref, 4-6,
SYS-106
getting current status• System Services Ref,
SYS-341
in shared memory• System Services Ref, 4-8
number• System Services Ref, 4-2
specifying name for• System Services Ref, 4-8
Event logger
See EVL
Event logging example~ Networking, 3-84
/EVENT qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-11, CD-23,
CD-89, CD-135
EVENTS display type• Networking, 3-91
EVESECINI. TPU • VAXTPU Ref, 1-9
EVESECINl.TPU$SECTION• VAXTPU Ref, 1-9
EVL (event logger)•Networking, 1-15, 2-29, 2-34
EX (exit to line mode) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-270
EXACT_POSITIONING attribute• File Applications,
4-40 ; FOL Ref, FDL-8
Exact key match• File Applications, 8-14
EXACT keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-109, 4-152

lndex-94

EXAMINE/INSTRUCTION command• Debugger
Ref, 8-6, C-5
EXAMINE/SOURCE command• Debugger Ref,
8-4, C-4
EXAMINE command• Programming, 5-31; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-173 to DCL-175; Patch Ref,
PA TCH-65 to PA TCH-67; Debugger Ref,
1-15, 6-5, 7-5, CD-57; SDA Ref, SDA-41
and DEPOSIT command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-125
length qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-17 4
Example• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-18
See also Using symbols
adding lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-8
allocating file window mapping pointers• Mount
Ref, MOUNT-38
analyzing a file interactively• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-30
analyzing a remote file• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-30
appending a remote file• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
audit trail text • SUMSLP Ref, SUM-11
/BEFORE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-4
/BINARY qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-5
/BRIEF qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-6
comparing files• Backup Ref, BACKU-24,
BACKU-34
concurrent display and recording • Monitor Ref,
MON-85
converting a carriage control file to stream •
Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting a carriage control file to variablelength • Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting a remote file• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
converting fixed format to variable-length •
Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting record formats • Convert Ref,
CONV-31
copying files• Backup Ref, BACKU-20,
BACKU-21
creating a disk usage accounting file• Verify Ref,
VER-9
creating a journal file• Backup Ref, BACKU-45
creating an executable image containing
message data• Message Ref, MSG-28
creating an FOL file• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-30
creating an FOL file from a remote file•
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-30
creating a virtual device • Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
creating a volume set• Mount Ref, MOUNT-10

Index

Example (cont'd.)
deleting lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-9
directing ACCOUNTING output• Accounting
Ref, ACC-40
disabling automatic volume rebuild • Mount Ref,
MOUNT-32
/ENTRY qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-7
/EXCLUDE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-10
/FULL qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-11, ERR-22
image mode• Backup Ref, BACKU-20,
BACKU-39
improving a file's performance• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
/INCLUDE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-13,
ERR-16, ERR-17, ERR-22
incremental backup• Backup Ref, BACKU-20,
BACKU-41
initializing an output disk• Backup Ref,
BACKU-43
interactive patch session • Patch Ref,
PATCH-93
/INTERMEDIATE qualifier• OSR Ref, 4-14
listing accounting files• Accounting Ref,
ACC-39
listing file• Backup Ref, BACKU-24; SUMSLP
Ref, SUM-4
live display monitoring • Monitor Ref, MON-84
live recording • Monitor Ref, MON-84
/LOG qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-14
machine check• Error Log Ref, ERR-25
making a volume public with MOUNT• Mount
Ref, MOUNT-36
memory error• Error Log Ref, ERR-27
modifying an FOL file• FOL Ref, FDL-65
modifying an FOL file noninteractively • FOL Ref,
FDL-65
mounting an ANSI-labeled magnetic tape •
Mount Ref, MOUNT-23
mounting a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
mounting a volume cluster-wide• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-14
nonfatal and user bugchecks • Error Log Ref,
ERR-28
of display settings
.DISPLAY CHAPTER command• OSR Ref,
2-19
of V AXTPU procedures
BASIC program for CALL_USER • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-24
delete_all_definitions • VAXTPU Ref,
4-225
user_change_windows• VAXTPU Ref,
4-133

Example
of VAXTPU procedures (cont'd.)
user_clear_key• VAXTPU Ref, 4-225
user_collect_rnos • VAXTPU Ref, 4-81
user_dcl_process• VAXTPU Ref, 4-38
user_define_edtkey• VAXTPU Ref, 4-107
user_define_key • VAXTPU Ref, 4-58,
4-108
user_delete• VAXTPU Ref, 4-49
user_delete_char • VAXTPU Ref, 4-15
user_delete_extra • VAXTPU Ref, 4-61
user_delete_like_edtem • VAXTPU Ref,
4-67
user_delete_line • VAXTPU Ref, 4-68
user_display_current_character • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-44
user_display_help• VAXTPU Ref, 4-11
user_display_position • VAXTPU Ref,
4-219
user_double_parens • VAXTPU Ref, 4-122
user~edit-string• VAXTPU Ref, 4-63
user_end_oLline • VAXTPU Ref, 4-114
user_erase_to_EOB • VAXTPU Ref, 4-40
user_error_message • VAXTPU Ref, 4-7 6
user_fao_conversion • VAXTPU Ref, 4-76
user_find_chap • VAXTPU Ref, 4-153
user_find_endprocedure • VAXTPU Ref,
4-14
user_find_parens • VAXTPU Ref, 4-148,
4-149
user_free_cursor_down• VAXTPU Ref,
4-55
user_free_cursor_left• VAXTPU Ref, 4-53
user_free_cursor_right• VAXTPU Ref,
4-53
user_free_cursor_up• VAXTPU Ref, 4-55
user_geLshiftkey • VAXTPU Ref, 4-138
user_getinfo • VAXTPU Ref, 4-95
user_go_down • VAXTPU Ref, 4.:.50
user_go_up • VAXTPU Ref, 4-50
user_help • VAXTPU Ref, 4-98
user_help_buffer • VAXTPU Ref, 4-33
user_include_file • VAXTPU Ref, 4-22
user_initial_cap • VAXTPU Ref, 4-220
user_is_character • VAXTPU Ref, 4-99
user_keyword_numbers • VAXTPU Ref,
4-31
user_lowercase_line • VAXTPU Ref, 4-27
user_make_window • VAXTPU Ref, 4-42
user_mark• VAXTPU Ref, 4-111
user_message_window• VAXTPU Ref,
4-119
user_move_8_1ines • VAXTPU Ref, 4-130

lndex-95

Index

Example
of V AXTPU procedures (cont'd.)
user_move..:..by_lines • VAXTPU Ref, 4-126
user_move_skip_comments • VAXTPU Ref,
4-143
user_move_text • VAXTPU Ref, 4-128
user_next_screen • VAXTPU Ref, 4-51
user_on_eol• VAXTPU Ref, 4-124
user_one_window_to_two • VAXTPU Ref,
4-227
user_paste• VAXTPU Ref, 4-64, 4-121
user_prompt_number • VAXTPU Ref,
4-100
user_quick_parse • VAXTPU Ref, 4-7 4
user_quit• VAXTPU Ref, 4-135
user_quote• VAXTPU Ref, 4-136
user_remove_comments • VAXTPU Ref,
4-12
user_remove_crlfs • VAXTPU Ref, 4-66
user_remove_dsrlines • VAXTPU Ref,
4-113
user_remove__xyz • VAXTPU Ref, 4-214
user_repaint• VAXTPU Ref, 4-142
user_replace_prefix • VAXTPU Ref, 4-16
user_ring_bell • VAXTPU Ref, 4-166
user_runofLline • VAXTPU Ref, 4-48
user_scroll _buffer• VAXTPU Ref, 4-151
user_search_for_noalpha • VAXTPU Ref,
4-131
user_select• VAXTPU Ref, 4-1 5 7
user_show_direction • VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7
user_show_first_line• VAXTPU Ref,
4-228
user_slow_down_arrow • VAXTPU Ref,
4-164
user_slow_up_arrow • VAXTPU Ref,
4-164
user_split_line• VAXTPU Ref, 4-46, 4-218
user_start_journal• VAXTPU Ref, 4-78,
4-105
user_start_select • VAXTPU Ref, 4-155
user_strip_eighth • VAXTPU Ref, 4-223
user_tab• VAXTPU Ref, 4-18
user_test_lastkey• VAXTPU Ref, 4-140
user_toggle_direction • VAXTPU Ref, 4-43
user_top• VAXTPU Ref, 4-21
user_tpu • VAXTPU Ref, 4-71
user_trans_text • VAXTPU Ref, 4-223
user_two_windows• VAXTPU Ref, 4-137
user_upcase_item• VAXTPU Ref, 4-27
user_what_is_comment • VAXTPU Ref,
4-116
user_write_file• VAXTPU Ref, 4-231

lndex-96

Example (cont'd.)
/OUTPUT qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-15
overriding volume protection checks • Mount
Ref, MOUNT-27
physical mode• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
playback• Monitor Ref, MON-86
protecting an output save-set• Backup Ref,
BACKU-81
quick-reference table• Backup Ref, BACKU-84
reclaiming buckets• Convert Ref, CONV-31
/REGISTER_,DUMP qualifier• Error Log Ref,
ERR-16
/REJECTED qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-17
remote playback• Monitor Ref, MON-87
reorganizing a remote file• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
repairing errors on a disk volume• Verify Ref,
VER-8
replacing lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-11
requesting operator assistance• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-8
rerecording• Monitor Ref, MON-87
restoring files• Backup Ref, BACKU-23
sample error log report• Error Log Ref, ERR-30
saving entire volumes• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
saving files• Backup Ref, BACKU-22
selecting records• Accounting Ref, ACC-39
selective backup• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
/SID-REGISTER qualifier• Error Log Ref,
ERR-18
/SINCE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-19
sorting records• Accounting Ref, ACC-40
specifying a protection code• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-30
specifying a save-set label• Backup Ref,
BACKU-79
specifying a shareable volume• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-35
specifying block size• Backup Ref, BACKU-74
for magnetic tape • Mount Ref, MOUNT-11
specifying default block extent• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-18
specifying density for magnetic tape• Backup
Ref, BACKU-77 ; Mount Ref, MOUNT-17
specifying 1/0 buffers• Backup Ref, BACKU-33
specifying magnetic tape record size• Mount
Ref, MOUNT-34
specifying number of directories• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-7
specifying redundancy group blocks• Backup
Ref, BACKU-78
/ST A TISTICS qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-20
/SUMMARY qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-22
time stamp• Error Log Ref, ERR-25

Index

Example (cont'd.)

Exception (cont'd.)

tuning a file• FOL Ref, FDL-65
using DCL symbols• Accounting Ref, ACC-40
using message pointers• Message Ref,
MSG-28
using wildcards •Backup Ref, BACKU-19
V AXcluster multifile summary• Monitor Ref,
MON-88
volume dismount• Error Log Ref, ERR-25
volume mount• Error Log Ref, ERR-25
volume rebuilding• Mount Ref, MOUNT-32
Examples of DSR formatting
.AUTOPARAGRAPH command•DSR Ref, 2-5
.AUTOT ABLE command• DSR Ref, 2-8
bar commands• DSR Ref, 2-27
.BEGIN BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-27
balding characters• DSR Ref, 3-6
balding words• DSR Ref, 3-6
breaking terms logically• DSR Ref, 3-7
conditional commands• DSR Ref, 2-68, 2-129
.DISABLE BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-27
.ENABLE BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-27
.END BAR command• DSR Ref, 2-27
error message• DSR Ref, 4-2, 4-15
.FIGURE command• DSR Ref, 2-37
.FIGURE DEFERRED command• DSR Ref, 2-37
header levels • DSR Ref, 2-62
hyphenating words• DSR Ref, 3-11
.INDEX command•DSR Ref, 2-70
.JUSTIFY command•DSR Ref, 2-72
.KEEP command• DSR Ref, 2-73
.LAYOUT command•DSR Ref, 2-76
.NO KEEP command• DSR Ref, 2-73
.NO SPACE command• DSR Ref, 2-86
overstriking characters• DSR Ref, 3-14
redefining flag characters• DSR Ref, 3-4
.SET LEVEL command• DSR Ref, 2-113
substituting date• DSR Ref, 3-18
substituting time• DSR Ref, 3-18
underlining words• DSR Ref, 3-20
.VARI ABLE command• DSR Ref, 2-129
%EXC_FACILITY •Debugger Ref, 3-11, D-7
%EXC_NAME •Debugger Ref, 3-11,. D-7
%EXC_NUMBER •Debugger Ref, 3-11, D-7
%EXC_SEVERITY •Debugger Ref, 3-11, D-7
Exception• RTL Ref, 7-2, 7-30
See also Bugcheck, Page fault
dispatcher• System Services Ref, 10-7
fatal• SDA Ref, SDA-15
floating-point underflow• RTL Ref, 7-31
generating• Device Driver, 6-3
generating on system service failure• System
Services Ref, SYS-378

identifying causes of• SDA Ref, SDA-20
multiple• System Services Ref, 10-16
records• Convert Ref, CONV-5
type• System Services Ref, 10-1
Exception breakpoint
canceling • Debugger Ref, 3-11 , CD-14
qualifying • Debugger Ref, 3-11 , D-7
setting• Debugger Ref, 3-10, CD-101
Exception condition• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-7; Convert Ref, CONV-4; Debugger
Ref, 3-10; Intro to Routines, 2-3; RTL Ref,
7-2, 7-4
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-37
indicating occurrence of• Intro to Routines,
2-40
returning condition value• RTL Ref, 2-15, 7-5
signaling an• Intro to Routines, 2-40; RTL Ref,
7-4, 7-5, 7-7, 7-16, 7-18, 7-30
Exception control • MACRO Ref, 8-11 to 8-13
/EXCEPTION qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-11,
CD-23, CD-89, CD-135, CD-188
/EXCEPTIONS_FILE qualifier• Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-11, CONV-28
Exceptions file • Convert Ref, CONV-5
and CONVERT• VAXclusters, A-2, A-3
use of• VAXc/usters, A-2, A-3
Exception vector
setting• System Services Ref, SYS-358
EXC file type• Convert Ref, CONV-5
EXCHANGE
See Exchange Utility
EXCHANGE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-176
Exchange Utility (EXCHANGE)• Disk & Tape, 5-1,
5-10
carriage control options• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-13
commands• Exchange Ref, EXCH-5, EXCH-15
to EXCH-45
command string• Exchange Ref, EXCH-5
COPY command• Exchange Ref, EXCH-16
copying command procedure• System
Management, 4-14, 4-17
copying the default bootstrap command
procedure• System Management, 2-19
DCL level• Disk & Tape, 5-12
DELETE command• Exchange Ref, EXCH-25
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-25
description• Exchange Ref, EXCH-4
directing output• Exchange Ref, EXCH-2
DIRECTORY command• Disk & Tape, 5-11;
Exchange Ref, EXCH-27
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-27 to
EXCH-29

lndex-97

Index

Exchange Utility (EXCHANGE) (cont'd.)

Exclamation point (I) (cont'd.)

DISMOUNT command• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-30
examples
creating a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
dismounting a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
initializing a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
mounting a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
EXIT command• Exchange Ref, EXCH-30
exiting• Disk & Tape, 5-12; Exchange Ref,
EXCH-2
for copying command procedure• Software
Installation, 4-6, 4-9
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-1
HELP command• Exchange Ref, EXCH-32
INITIALIZE command• Exchange Ref, EXCH-34
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-34 to
EXCH-36
invoking• Disk & Tape, 5-11; Exchange Ref,
EXCH-1
to copy command procedure• VAXclusters,
C-2
media supported by EXCHANGE• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-4
MOUNT command• Disk & Tape, 5-11;
Exchange Ref, EXCH-38
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-38 to
EXCH-39
parameters • Exchange Ref, EXCH-1
/PROCESSOR qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-29
record format
options• Exchange Ref, EXCH-10
specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-9
RENAME command• Exchange Ref, EXCH-41
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-41 to
EXCH-42
restrictions• Exchange Ref, EXCH-2
SHOW command• Exchange Ref, EXCH-43
TYPE command• Exchange Ref, EXCH-44
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-44
virtual device• Exchange Ref, EXCH-5,
EXCH-14
creating• Exchange Ref, EXCH-14
mounting• Exchange Ref, EXCH-14
volume format
options• Exchange Ref, EXCH-6
specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-6
Exclamation point (I)• Debugger Ref, 2-12, CD-2
as comment delimiter• Command Procedures,
1-3; FOL Ref, FDL-39

log file• Debugger Ref, 2-7
/EXCLUDE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-58;
Error Log Ref, ERR-8
Exclusive OR operator• MACRO Ref, 3-16
EXE$ABORTIO •Device Driver, 8-4, 8-11 to 8-12,
A-20, C-6, C-10, C-29, C-31, C-37, C-42,
C-43 C-4 7 D-6
EXE$ALLOCBUF •Device Driver, 8-5, C-11
EXE$ALLOCIRP •Device Driver, A-24, C-12
EXE$ALONONPAGED •Device Driver, C-11, C-13
EXE$ALONP AGV AR• Device Driver, C-14
EXE$ALOPHYCNTG •Device Driver, 10-10, C-15
EXE$ALTQUEPKT • Device Driver, 7-7, 8-4, 8-15
to 8-16, A-14, C-5, C-16, D-1, D-6
EXE$ASSIGN •Device Driver, A-6, A-7
EXE$BUFFROUOT A • Device Driver, 8-5, C-17
EXE$BUFOUOPRC • Device Driver, C-18
EXE$CANCEL • Device Driver, 13-4 to 13-5
EXE$DASSGN •Device Driver, A-7
EXE$DEANONPAGED •Device Driver, C-3, C-19
EXE$DW780_1NT •Device Driver, 15-19
EXE$FINISHIO•Device Driver, 8-4, 8-8, 8-9, 8-12
to 8-13, A-22, C-20, C-27, C-41, C-42, D-6
EXE$FINISHIOC •Device Driver, 8-4, 8-12 to
8-13, A-22, C-21, D-6
EXE$FORK •Device Driver, C-22
EXE$FORKDSPTH •Device Driver, A-28
EXE$GB_CPUTYPE •Device Driver, 6-4, B-3
EXE$GL_ABSTIM •Device Driver, A-9, C-82
EXE$GL_NONPAGED• Device Driver, C-11, C-13,
C-14
EXE$GQ_SYSTIME •Device Driver, C-57
EXE$1NSERTIRP •Device Driver, 5-12, 8-14,
A-19, A-20, A-31, C-23, C-24
EXE$1NSIOQ •Device Driver, 5-12, 8-14, 9-1,
A-32, C-24
returning control to• Device Driver, 5-14
EXE$1NSTIMQ •Device Driver, C-25
EXE$10FORK • Device Driver, 10-8, 11-5, 12-1 to
12-2, A-27 A-28, C-26
EXE$LCLDSKVALID •Device Driver, 8-6, C-27 to
C-28
EXE$MODIFY •Device Driver, C-29 to C-30
EXE$MODIFYLOCK •Device Driver, C-31
EXE$MODIFYLOCKR •Device Driver, A-24, C-32
to C-33
EXE$0NEPARM • Device Driver, 8-7, A-22, C-34
EXE$010•Device Driver, 5-1 to 5-10, A-7, A-14,
A-19 to A-21, A-22
EXE$OIOACPPKT •Device Driver, A-28
EXE$010DRVPKT •Device Driver, 5-12, 8-3,
8-10, 8-13 to 8-15, 9-1, C-27, C-29, C-34,
C-43, C-52, D-6

lndex-98

Index

EXE$010RETURN •Device Driver, 8-16, C-35
EXE$READ •Device Driver, 8-7 to 8-8, A-22,
C-36
EXE$READCHK •Device Driver, 8-4, C-37
EXE$READCHKR • Device Driver, 8-7, C-38
EXE$READLOCK • Device Driver, 8-7, C-39
EXE$READLOCKR •Device Driver, 8-7, A-24,
C-40
EXE$SENSEMODE •Device Driver, 8-8, C-41
EXE$SETCHAR •Device Driver, 8-8, C-42
EXE$SETMODE • Device Driver, 8-9, C-43
EXE$SNDEVMSG • Device Driver, 11-7 to 11-8,
12-6, C-44 to C-45
EXE$TIMEOUT• Device Driver, A-28, A-32, A-33
EXE$WRITE •Device Driver, 8-9 to 8-1 O, A-22,
C-46
EXE$WRITECHK • Device Driver, 8-4, C-4 7, C-49
EXE$WRITECHKR • Device Driver, 8-10, C-48
EXE$WRITELOCK • Device Driver, 8-1 O, C-49
EXE$WRITELOCKR• Device Driver, 8-10, A-24,
C-50
EXE$WRTMAILBOX •Device Driver, C-44, C-51
EXE$ZEROPARM •Device Driver, 8-11, A-22,
C-52
Executable image• System Management,
8-2; Programming, 4-8, 4-9; Linker Ref,
LINK-59; Patch Ref, PA TCH-5
See also Image
device test• Software Installation, 7-35
output of linker• Linker Ref, LINK-7
UETINITOO.EXE •Software Installation, 7-13,
7-14, 7-31
UETINIT01.EXE •Software Installation, 7-20,
7-23, 7-31
UETPHASOO.EXE •Software Installation, 7-31,
7-32
/EXE CUT ABLE qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-7,
LINK-122
EXECUTE access • System Security, 4-7; FDL
Ref, FDL-24
See Access
meaning for directory file• System Security,
4-12
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
meaning in ACL •System Security, 3-28
EXECUTE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-69
to 4-71
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-71
EXECUTE command• Monitor Ref, MON-34
Execute Procedure (@) command• Command
Procedures, 1-6; DCL Dictionary, DCL-11 to
DCL-14; Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-22

Execute Procedure (@) command (cont'd.)
usage summary• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-14
Execute procedure for SDA • SDA Ref, SDA-31
Executing SYS$LOGIN • DCL Dictionary, DCL-300
Execution
continuing after exception break• Debugger Ref,
3-11
monitoring with SHOW CALLS command•
Debugger Ref, 1-11, 3-19, CD-150
monitoring with tracepoint • Debugger Ref,
1-13 3-15 CD-134
of alternate login command procedure • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-301
of common command procedures•
VAXclusters, 2-7
of login command procedure • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-300
starting or continuing with CALL command •
Debugger Ref, 3-5, CD-7
starting or continuing with GO command •
Debugger Ref, 1-9, 3-5, CD-70
starting or continuing with STEP command •
Debugger Ref, 1-10, 3-1 , CD-188
suspending with breakpoint• Debugger Ref,
1-12, 3-6, CD-88
suspending with exception breakpoint•
Debugger Ref, 3-10, CD-89, CD-1O1
suspending with watchpoint • Debugger Ref,
1-14, 3-12, CD-142
Execution characteristic
defining for images• DCL Dictionary, DCL-299
Execution context• System Services Ref, 8-2
Execution queue• System Management, 9-1 ;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-204
Executive mode
changing to• System Services Ref, SYS-55
Executive-mode stack pointer• SDA Ref, SDA-13
/EXECUTIVE qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-105
Executor node• Networking, 2-2, 4-1
commands• Networking, 3-5
EXE file type• Programming, 9-71
/EXERCISE qualifier• BAD Ref, BAD-9
$EXIT• Debugger Ref, 3-22
Exit
exit handler• Programming, 10-35
forced • System Services Ref, 8-15
image• Programming, 10-35; System
Services Ref, 8-13
EXIT built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-72
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-7 2
I

lndex-99

Index

EXIT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-23,
1-26; Text Processing, 1-3, 2-3; File
Applications, 4-4, 10-14; Programming,
5-4; DCL Dictionary, DCL-17 7 to DCL-180;
EDT Ref, EDT-133; VAXTPU Ref, F-5, G-3;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-20; Authorize
Ref, AUTH-31; Disk Quota Ref, DOT-9;
Exchange Ref, EXCH-30; Install Ref, INS-11;
Mail Ref, MAIL-39; Monitor Ref, MON-35;
Patch Ref, PATCH-10, PATCH-68; Phone
Ref, PHONE-1, PHONE-12; Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-49; Debugger Ref, 1-5, 2-13,
CD-62; SDA Ref, SDA-45 ; SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-26
See also STOP command
EDIT /FOL• FDL Ref, FDL-58
using to end a command procedure• Command
Procedures, 5-15
Exit handler• Programming, 8-64, 10-35; System
Services Ref, 8-15
canceling• System Services Ref, SYS-38
control block• System Services Ref, SYS-115
deleting • System Services Ref, SYS-38
debugging• Programming, 10-39; Debugger
Ref, 3-23, CD-62
declaring • System Services Ref, SYS-115
defined• Debugger Ref, 3-22
establishing• Programming, 10-36
execution sequence of• Debugger Ref, 3-22
identifying• Debugger Ref, 3-23, CD-155
writing• Programming, 10-38
EXITIF statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-13
EXITLOOP command• Debugger Ref, CD-63
/EXIT qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1, CONV-12;
Debugger Ref, CD-50
Exit status
DIFFERENCES command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-130
EXPANO_NAME built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-73 to 4-74
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-7 4
EXPAND command• Debugger Ref, 8-9, CD-64
Expanded string• File Applications, 6-4 to 6-5
defined • File Applications, 6-4
Expected interrupt
See Device interrupt
Expiration
of account• System Security, 3-28
password • System Security, 3-19
how to pre-expire• System Security, 5-25
how to set• System Security, 5-29
not applicable to system password • System
Security, 5-27
EXPIRATION attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-17

lndex-100

Expiration date
file• System Management, 7-31
Expiration date field•Disk & Tape, 4-19, B-14
/EXPIRATION qualifier• System Security, 5-50
/EXPIRED qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-59
Explicit
data definition• Programming, 6-1
printing• System Management, 9-24
Exponentiation• Programming, 6-7; RTL Ref,
RTL-422
complex base to complex exponent• RTL Ref,
RTL-508
complex base to signed integer exponent• RTL
Ref, RTL-511
O_floating base• RTL Ref, RTL-513
F_floating base• RTL Ref, RTL-524.3
H_floating base• RTL Ref, RTL-519
of complex number• RTL Ref, RTL-398
raise G_floating base to G_floating exponent•
RTL Ref, RTL-516
raise G_floating base to longword exponent•
RTL Ref, RTL-516
signed longword base• RTL Ref, RTL-523
word base raised to word exponent• RTL Ref,
RTL-522
Expression• Programming, 6-2; VAXTPU Ref,
3-6 ; SDA Ref, SDA-11; MACRO Ref, 3-9
to 3-10
See also Address expression
See also Language expression
absolute• MACRO Ref, 3-9
arithmetic• VAXTPU Ref, 3-7
Boolean• VAXTPU Ref, 3-8
changing context of• DCL Concepts, 5-8
character string• DCL Concepts, 5-9
equating to symbol • DCL Concepts, 5-9
evaluation of• MACRO Ref, 3-9
example of• MACRO Ref, 3-10
external• MACRO Ref, 3-9
global• MACRO Ref, 3-9
implicit conversion in• DCL Concepts, 5-8
in message source file • Message Ref, MSG-15
iterative subtitution in• DCL Concepts, 6-7
negating• SDA Ref, SDA-12
numeric• Programming, 6-7
operators in• DCL Concepts, 5-10
pattern • VAXTPU Ref, 3-8
relational • VAXTPU Ref, 3-7
relocatable • MACRO Ref, 3-9, 3-17
rules for determining mode of• DCL Concepts,
5-7
summary of operators• DCL Concepts, 5-10
types of• VAXTPU Ref, 3-7

Index

Expression (cont'd.)
use of arithmetic comparison operators in • DCL
Concepts, 5-13
use of arithmetic operators in• DCL Concepts,
5-12
use of logical operators in• DCL Concepts,
5-12
use of string comparison operators in • DCL
Concepts, 5-14
use of string operators in• DCL Concepts, 5-9
value test• DCL Dictionary, DCL-191
EXOUOT A privilege• System Security, A-5;
System Management, 6-11
EXT (extend) command• EDT Ref, EDT-271
/EXTEND_QUANTITY qualifier• File Applications,
9-9
Extended attribute block
See XAB
See XAB block
Extend subfunction • 1/0 Ref/, 1-12
Extensible VAX Editor
See EVE
EXTENSION attribute• File Applications, 4-40;
FOL Ref, FDL-9, FDL-21
/EXTENSION qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-18
Extension size• File Applications, A-1
calculating • File Applications, 9-9
performance• File Applications, 9-9, 9-10
Extent
defined• File Applications, 1-7, 9-9
defining section • System Services Ref, 11-10
syntax• MACRO Ref, 7-1
External clock• NCP Ref, NCP-77
.EXTERNAL directive• MACRO Ref, 6-33
External expression• MACRO Ref, 3-9
External node
and default access rights• System Security,
7-9
External register base
See MBA$L _ERB
External routine
specifying entry point of in driver tables• Device
Driver, 7-6
EXTERNAL statement• Programming, 1-8, 4-20
External symbol• MACRO Ref, 6-97
attribute directive• MACRO Ref, 6-33
defining• MACRO Ref, 6-22, 6-33
EXTRACPU parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-62
EXTRACT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-22;
Mail Ref, MAIL-40; Debugger Ref, 8-18,
CD-66
Extract module
object library• Programming, 4-8

%EXTRACT operator• MACRO Ref, 4-9 to 4-10
/EXTRACT qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-2, LIB-22
with /OUTPUT• Librarian Ref, LIB-35
EXTV (Extract Field) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9_;40
EXTZV (Extract Zero Extended Field) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-40

F
F12 function
See BACKSPACE function
F13 function
See LINEFEED function
F$CVSI lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-1; DCL Dictionary, DCL-223, DCL-226 to
DCL-227
F$CVTIME lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-1 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-223, DCL-228 to
DCL-230
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-229
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-228
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-228
F$CVUI lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-1; DCL Dictionary, DCL-223, DCL-231
F$DIRECTORY lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-1; DCL Dictionary, DCL-223,
DCL-232
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-232
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-232
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-232
F$EDIT lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-1; DCL Dictionary, DCL-233 to DCL-234
F$ELEMENT lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-1 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-235
using with F$EXTRACT • Command Procedures,
4-11
F$ENVIRONMENT lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-1; DCL Dictionary, DCL-236
to DCL-238
using to obtain current default• Command
Procedures, 4-4
F$EXTRACT lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-1 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-223,
DCL-239 to DCL-240
argument$ for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-239
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-239
using to extract a string• Command Procedures,
4-11
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-239

lndex-101

Index

F$FAO lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-1; DCL Dictionary, DCL-223, DCL-241 to
DCL-245
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-241
FAO directives• DCL Dictionary, DCL-245
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-241
using to define record fields• Command
Procedures, 4-14
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-241
F$FILE_A TTRIBUTES lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-2; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224,
DCL-246 to DCL-248
F$GETDVI lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-2 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-249 to
DCL-258
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-249
item names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-249
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-249
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-249
F$GETJPI lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-2 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-258 to
DCL-262.
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-259
item names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-259
F$GETSYI lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-2 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-263 to
DCL-266
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-263
item names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-264
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-263
using to obtain system or cluster information•
Command Procedures, 4-6
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-263
F$1DENTIFIER lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-2; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224,
DCL-267 to DCL-268
F$1NTEGER lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-2 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-269
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-269
to change context of expression • DCL
Concepts, 5-8
using to convert data type• Command
Procedures, 4-16
using to evaluate data • Command Procedures,
4-16
F$LENGTH lexical function• Intro to VAX/VMS,
5-14; Command Procedures, C-2; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-270
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-270
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-270
using with F$LOCA TE• Command Procedures,
4-10
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-270

lndex-102

F$LOCA TE lexical function• Intro to VAX/VMS,
5-15; Command Procedures, C-2; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-271 to DCL-272
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-271
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-271
using with F$LENGTH • Command Procedures,
4-10
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-271
F$LOGICAL lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-2; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224,
DCL-273 to DCL-274
See also F$TRNLNM
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-273
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-273
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-273
F$MESSAGE lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-2; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224,
DCL-275
F$MODE lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-2; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-276
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-276
information returned by• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-276
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-276
F$P ARSE lexical function • Command Procedures,
C-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-277 to DCL-279
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-277
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-277
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-277
F$PID lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-280 to
DCL-281
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-280
using to obtain process identification •
Command Procedures, 4-6
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-280
F$PRIVILEGE lexical function • Command
Procedures, C-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224,
DCL-282
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-282
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-282
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-282
F$PROCESS lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224,
DCL-283
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-283
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-283
Value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-283
F$SEARCH lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-284 to
DCL-285
using to avoid command procedure errors •
Command Procedures, 4-8

Index

F$SEARCH lexical function (cont'd.)

FAB$B_FAC field (cont'd.)

using to search for a file• Command Procedures,
4-8
F$SETPRV lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-286 to
DCL-287
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-286
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-286
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-286
F$STRING lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-225, DCL-288
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-288
to change context of expression • DCL
Concepts, 5-8
using to convert data type• Command
Procedures, 4-16
F$TIME lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-225, DCL-289
F$TRNLNM lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-225, DCL-290 to
DCL-293
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-290
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-290
using to translate logical names• Command
Procedures, 4-9
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-290
F$TYPE lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-294
F$USER lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-225, DCL-295
F$VERIFY lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-4 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-225, DCL-296 to
DCL-297
using to change VERIFY state• Command
Procedures, 3-16
F_FLOAT data type• Debugger Ref, 5-1
F_floating data type• MACRO Ref, 8-3, 9-101
.F_FLOATING directive• MACRO Ref, 6-34
F_floating format• Programming, 6-5, 6-6
FAB (file access block) • File Applications, 1-1 5,
4-2
argument categories• RMS Ref, 1-2
description• RMS Ref, 1-2
FAB$B_BKS field• File Applications, 3-29, 4-36,
7-23, 7-24; FOL Ref, FDL-19
FAB$B_BLS field• File Applications, 4-36
FAB$B_DEO field• File Applications, 9-9
FAB$B_DNS field• File Applications, 9-8; FOL
Ref, FDL-20
FAB$B_FAC field• File Applications, 9-7; FOL
Ref, FDL-4, FDL-5
FAB$V_BIO option • File Applications, 7-4
FAB$V_BRO option• File Applications, 7-4
FAB$V_DEL option• File Applications, 7-4

FAB$V_GET option• File Applications, 7-4
FAB$V_PUT option• File Applications, 7-4
FAB$V_TRN option• File Applications, 7-4
FAB$V_UPD option• File Applications, 7-4
FAB$B_FNS field• File Applications, 6-6, 9-8;
FOL Ref, FDL-23
FAB$B_FSZ field• File Applications, 4-37; FOL
Ref, FDL-34
FAB$B_ORG field• File Applications, 4-36; FOL
Ref, FDL-23
FAB$B_RAT field• File Applications, 4-38; FOL
Ref, FDL-32, FDL-34
FAB$B_RFM field• File Applications, 4-38; FOL
Ref, FDL-34
FAB$B_RTV field•Fi/e Applications, 9-10, 9-11;
FOL Ref, FDL-26
FAB$B_SHR field • File Applications, 9-7; FOL
Ref, FDL-36, FDL-37
FAB$V_MSE option• File Applications, 7-5,
7-27
FAB$V_NIL option • File Applications, 7-5
FAB$V_SHRDEL option• File Applications, 7-5
FAB$V_SHRGET option• File Applications,
7-5, 7-27
FAB$V_SHRPUT option• File Applications, 7-5
FAB$V_SHRUPD option• File Applications, 7-5
FAB$V_UPI option • File Applications, 7-9
FAB$V_UPI option• File Applications, 7-5
FAB$L_ALO field• File Applications, 4-39; FOL
Ref, FDL-18
setting at run time• RMS Ref, 3-5
FAB$L _CTX field• FOL Ref, FDL-19
FAB$L_DNA field• File Applications, 6-4, 9-8;
FOL Ref, FDL-20
FAB$L_FNA field• File Applications, 6-4, 6-6,
9-8; FOL Ref, FDL-23
FAB$L_FOP field• File Applications, 4-35;
FOL Ref, FDL-19, FDL-20, FDL-21, FDL-22,
FDL-23, FDL-24, FDL-25, FDL-26
FAB$V_CBT option• File Applications, 4-39
FAB$V_CTG option• File Applications, 4-39
FAB$V_DFW option• File Applications, 3-17,
3-18, 3-32, 3-33, 7-24, 7-25, 9-10, 9-22
FAB$V_DLT option• File Applications, 9-14
FAB$V_MXV option• File Applications, 4-35
FAB$V_NAM option• File Applications, 6-5
FAB$V_NEF option• File Applications, 8-20
FAB$V_NEF option • File Applications, 8-19,
9-17
FAB$V_NFS option• File Applications, 9-17
FAB$V_OFP option• File Applications, 6-10,
6-11, 6-12
FAB$V_POS option• File Applications, 9-17

lndex-103

Index

FAB$L_FOP field (cont'd.)
FAB$V_PPF option• File Applications, 6-23
FAB$V_RCK option• File Applications, 9-14
FAB$V_RWC option• File Applications, 9-17
FAB$V_RWO option• File Applications, 9-17
FAB$V_SCF option• File Applications, 9-14
FAB$V_SPL option• File Applications, 9-14
FAB$V_SQO option• File Applications, 9-12
FAB$V_SUP option• File Applications, 4-35
FAB$V_TMD option• File Applications, 4-35
FAB$V_TMP option• File Applications, 4-36
FAB$V_UFO option• File Applications, 7-5,
9-17
FAB$V_WCK option• File Applications, 9-14
FAB$L _MRN field• File Applications, 4-37; FOL
Ref, FDL-21
FAB$L_MRS field• File Applications, 4-37
FAB$L _NAM field• File Applications, 6-10, 9-8
FAB$L _STV field• File Applications, 9-17
FAB$W_BLS field• FOL Ref, FDL-22
FAB$W_DEO field• File Applications, 4-40, 9-10;
FOL Ref, FDL-21
FAB$W_GBC field• File Applications, 7-21, 7-27,
9-11 ; FOL Ref, FDL-21
FAB$W_MRS field• FOL Ref, FDL-35
FAB BLS field•Disk & Tape, B-17
$FABDEF
for defining symbols to USEROPEN routine• File
Applications, 5-13
FAB structure• Programming, 9-97
Facility
creation• Modular Procedures, 5-2
library• Modular Procedures, 3-2
naming• Modular Procedures, 3-2, 5-2
number• Modular Procedures, 3-4
prefix• Modular Procedures, 3-2, 5-2
ufacility_name" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
FACILITY_NAME keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-170
.FACILITY directive• Programming, 10-9
in message source file • Message Ref, MSG-18
qualifiers
/PREFIX • Message Ref, MSG-18
/SHARED• Message Ref, MSG-18
/SYSTEM• Message Ref, MSG-18
Facility name in facility directive• Message Ref,
MSG-18
Facility number in facility directive• Message Ref,
MSG-18
Facility-specific data type code
See· Data type
Facility-specific descriptor class codes
See Descriptor

lndex-104

FACSIMILE command• Phone Ref, PHONE-13
Failover for HSC50 disks• VAXclusters, 4-7
Failure to reboot
how to handle• Software Installation, 6-11
FAL (file access listener)• Networking, 1-15, 2-29
FAL account• System Security, 7-8
and CONTROL access • System Security, 7-8
example• System Security, 7-10
where appropriate • System Security, 7-13
.FALSE. operator•Programming, 6-11
False alarm
proper handling • System Security, 6-3
FALSE logical value• FOL Ref, FDL-3
False value• Programming, 6-10
$FAO•RTL Ref, 7-14, 7-27
RTL jacket routine for• RTL Ref, RTL-312
/F AO_COUNT qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-22
Message Utility• Programming, 10-12
FAQ argument• Message Ref, MSG-2
signaling• Programming, 10-15
FAQ built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-75 to
4-76
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-76
FAQ parameter
specifying• Programming, 10-15
FAST_DELETE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-11
/FAST_LOAD qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-13
Fast-delete option• File Applications, 8-6, 9-11
/FAST qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-36
/FAT AL qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-23
Fault
fix floating reserved operand • RTL Ref,
RTL-128
page• Programming, 6-40
FOL (File Definition Language) • File Applications,
1-14, 3-16, 4-3; Programming, 9-92; FOL
Ref, FDL-1, FDL-2
ACCESS attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-4
applying source• Programming, 9-95
attributes• File Applications, 4-3; FOL Ref,
FDL-3, FDL-43
creating empty data files with • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-80
creating files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-160
creating source • Programming, 9-93
defined • File Applications, 1-14
editor• Programming, 9-93; FOL Ref, FDL-1
file type• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-12
generating source• Programming, 9-94
library routine• FOL Ref, FDL-40

Index

FOL (File Definition Language) (cont'd.)

FOL routine (cont'd.)

scripts• File Applications, 4-3
syntax• File Applications, 4-3; FOL Ref,
FDL-38
FDL$CREATE •Programming, 9-95; FOL Ref,
FDL-40 ; Util Routines Ref, FOL-7
FDL$GENERATE •Programming, 9-94; FOL Ref,
FDL-40 ; Util Routines Ref, FDL-12
FDL$PARSE •FOL Ref, FDL-40; Util Routines Ref,
FDL-15
for supplying predefined FOL attributes• File
Applications, 9-1
FDL$RELEASE • Util Routines Ref, FDL-18
FOL descripton • DCL Dictionary, DCL-160
FOL Editor• File Applications, 1-19
See Edit/FOL Utility (EDIT /FOL)
FOL file• FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-40, FDL-51
ANALYSIS_OF_AREA section• FOL Ref, FDL-5
ANALYZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-10
and CONVERT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-62
comment in• FOL Ref, FDL-39
created with ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE •FOL Ref,
FDL-38
creating• File Applications, 4-3;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1,
ARMS-10; FOL Ref, FDL-38
creating data files• File Applications, 4-22
creating with FDL$GENERA TE routine• File
Applications, 4-19
designing• File Applications, 4-15
editing • DCL Dictionary, DCL-160
examining with ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE •File
Applications, 10-1
generating from a data file• File Applications,
10-28
in creation of data files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-80
with CONVERT• Convert Ref, CONV-2
with EDIT /FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-44
FOL option• FOL Ref, FDL-11
/FOL qualifier• File Applications, 10-28
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-10
CONVERT• Convert Ref, CONV-1, CONV-3,
CONV-15
FOL routine
creating data files• FOL Ref, FDL-40
examples• Util Routines Ref, FDL-1 to FDL-6
FDL$CREA TE routine• File Applications, 4-19,
4-23, 6-3
FDL$GENERA TE routine• File Applications,
4-19

FDL$PARSE routine• File Applications, 4-19,
6-3, 9-2
example• File Applications, 9-26 to 9-28
FDL$RELEASE routine• File Applications, 4-19,
6-3, 9-2
example• File Applications, 9-26 to 9-28
introduction • Util Routines Ref, FDL-1
FDT (function decision table)• Device Driver, 1-2,
5-8
address•Device Driver, 5-6, 7-6, A-14
addresses specified in• Device Driver, 13-2
as used by EXE$010 • Device Driver, 5-6
creating • Device Driver, 7-7 to 7-11 , 13-2,
B-15
dispatching to FDT routines from • Device
Driver, 5-10
size• Device Driver, A-15
specifying buffered functions in • Device Driver,
5-9
specifying legal functions in• Device Driver, 5-9
FDT routine•Device Driver, 1-3, 1-17, 2-3 to 2-4,
8-15
aborting an 1/0 request from• Device Driver,
8-11
adjusting process quotas in• Device Driver,
C-11
allocating IRPE in• Device Driver, A-24
allocating system buffer in • Device Driver, 8-5
calling sequence• Device Driver, 8-2, D-5
completing an 1/0 operation in• Device Driver,
C-20, C-21
context• Device Driver, 5-10, 8-1 to 8-2, 8-13,
0-6
creating • Device Driver, 8-1 to 8-16
dispatched to from EXE$010 • Device Driver,
5-9
ensuring an even byte count in • Device Driver,
9-4
exiting from• Device Driver, 8-2 to 8-4, 8-11
to 8-16, D-6
for buffered 1/0 •Device Driver, 8-4 to 8-6
for direct 1/0• Device Driver, 8-4, 8-7 to 8-8,
8-9 to 8-10
for disk 1/0 •Device Driver, C-27 to C-28
input• Device Driver, 0-5
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-6
output• Device Driver, D-5
provided by VAX/VMS• Device Driver, 8-6 to
8-11
register usage• Device Driver, 6-2, 8-2, 0-6
returning control to for postprocessing • Device
Driver, 8-16
setting attention AST s in • Device Driver, C-6

lndex-105

Index

FFC (Find First Clear) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-41
FFS (Find First Set) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-41
FFx instruction
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-115
FHM (file highwater mark) • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-198
FIB (file information block)• 1/0 Ref I, 1-3
See also ACP function
access control• 1/0 Ref I, 1-11
contents • 1/0 Ref I, 1-5 to 1-8
directory lookup• 1/0 Ref I, 1-9
disk quota• 1/0 Ref I, 1-37 to 1-38
extend control • 1/0 Ref I, 1-13
format• 1/0 Ref I, 1-4
10$_ACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 1-29
10$_ACPCONTROL • 1/0 Ref I, 1-34 to 1-38
10$_CREATE• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25
10$_DEACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 1-31
IQ$_DELETE • 1/0 Ref I, 1-33
10$_MODIFY • 1/0 Ref I, 1-32
truncate control• 1/0 Ref I, 1-15
Fiber optics
application for network security• System
Security, 7-6
Field• MACRO Ref, 2-1 to 2-4
comment• MACRO Ref, 2-1, 2-3 to 2-4
defined • File Applications, 1-3
label•MACRO Ref, 2-1, 2-2
Must Be Zero (MBZ)•MACRO Ref, 7-1
operand• MACRO Ref, 2-3
operator• MACRO Ref, 2-3
variable-length bit• MACRO Ref, 8-5 to 8-6
FIELD account
initial modification • System Management, 5-4
user authorization file entry• System
Management, 5-3
Field length
identifier in symbolic name• RMS Ref, 2-3
/FIELD qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-60
Figure
formatting• DSR Ref, A-3
.FIGURE command• Text Processing, 4-25, 4-26,
4-28; DSR Ref, 2-36
example• DSR Ref, 2-37
.FIGURE DEFERRED command• Text Processing,
4-25, 4-26, 4-28; DSR Ref, 2-36
example• DSR Ref, 2-37
File
See also File characteristic
access in a V AXcluster •File Applications,
3-35
adding lines to a• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-7

lndex-106

File (cont'd.)
aligning • File Applications, 3-15
allocation of headers• DCL Dictionary, DCL-198
analysis• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1
appending to• DCL Dictionary, DCL-33
attributes• Programming, 9-2; FDL Ref,
FDL-3
BACKUP
using to compare• Disk & Tape, 6-27
See also Compare operation
batch job
to delete after processing • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-641
BIX • DSR Ref, 6-6
BRN • DSR Ref, 5-1, 5-2, 6-6
BTC • DSR Ref, 5-1, 5-2
characteristics argument for FAB • RMS Ref,
1-2
closing• Programming, 9-15; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-56
command• VAXTPU Ref, 1-8, 5-7
common
building• VAXclusters, 2-11
job controller• VAXclusters, 3-1, 3-12
mail database• VAXclusters, 2-15
NETUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-13
rights database• VAXclusters, 2-16
RIGHTSLIST.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-16
SYSUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-13
VMSMAIL.DAT • VAXclusters, 2-15
comparison• DCL Dictionary, DCL-129
compressing• Programming, 9-60
concatenation• DCL Dictionary, DCL-64,
DCL-67
concepts• File Applications, 1-2
contiguity• File Applications, 3-5, 3-28
converting format of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-62
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-1
copying• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-13; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-64
records having different formats• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-62
copying from magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 5-3
copying to magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-18
corrupted• File Applications, 10-2;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-10
creating• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-6;
Programming, 9-9; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-64, DCL-73; FDL Ref, FDL-38
with EDT editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-156
with FOL editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-160
with TECO editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-162
with V AXTPU • DCL Dictionary, DCL-165

Index

File (cont'd.)
creating FOL files• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-1
creating flowchart• System Security, 5-15
creating owner UIC• DCL Dictionary, DCL-74
data
creation using FOL file• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-80
deassignment of logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-56
default access control• Networking, 1-23
default extension size on disk• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-197
defined• File Applications, 1-3
deleting • Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-6;
Programming, 9-6; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-111
direct access• Programming, 9-43
disk
comparison• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
copying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
restoring• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
saving• DCL Dictionary, DCL-49
display
at terminal• DCL Dictionary, DCL-648
of allocated blocks• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-141
of backup date• DCL Dictionary, DCL-139
of blocks used• DCL Dictionary, DCL-141
of creation date• DCL Dictionary, DCL-139
of expiration date• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-139
of latest version • DCL Dictionary, DCL-142
of modification date• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-139
of owner UIC • DCL Dictionary, DCL-141
of protection• DCL Dictionary, DCL-141
on current output device• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-648
displaying• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-8
dump of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-150
editing
V AXTPU • DCL Dictionary, DCL-165
with EDT editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-156
with FOL editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-160
with SUMSLP editor• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-161
with TECO editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-162
with V AXTPU editor• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-165
examining attributes• Programming, 9-14
exceptions• VAXclusters, A-2, A-3; Convert
Ref, CONV-5

File (cont'd.)
exchanging in network environment• System
Security, 7-20 to 7-27
expanding• Programming, 9-67
expiration date• System Management, 7-31
specification of retention time values• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-532
extension• File Applications, 3-27; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-35
extension size• File Applications, 3-5
to change default• DCL Dictionary, DCL530
FDL•File Applications, 4-3, 4-22, 10-1,
10-28; FOL Ref, FDL-1
in creation of data files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-80
format
nonstandard• Disk & Tape, 4-2
formatting text
See DSR • DCL Dictionary, DCL-3 7 6
fragmentation • System Management, 11-15
getting information about
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-239
header• File Applications, 3-11, 3-15, 3-19,
10-14
HELP
displaying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-185
1/0 •Programming, 9-16
identifier field• Disk & Tape, B-12
ignoring characters in comparisons• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-132
ignoring records in comparisons • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-132
ignoring strings in comparisons• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-132
image
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
fixup section analysis • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-22
indexed• File Applications, 10-33, 10-36;
Programming, 9-3, 9-43
initial allocation• File Applications, 3-5
initialization • VAXTPU Ref, 5-7
integrity• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-9
internal structure• File Applications, 10-1;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
interprocess• Programming, 3-42
ISAM• Programming, 9-49
journal• Text Processing, 3-5
list in directory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-137
listing• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-8
LNI • DSR Ref, B-1

lndex-107

Index

File (cont'd.)
locking in a VAXcluster• File Applications,
3-35
logical name in specification• Networking, 1-25
manipulation over the network• Networking,
1-20
mapping • Programming, 9-19
maximum number of
on disk• DCL Dictionary, DCL-199
merging• Programming, 9-37
message• DCL Dictionary, DCL-314
MEX• DSR Ref, 6-6
modification date• DCL Dictionary, DCL-140
modifying• Programming, 9-96
modifying .RMS defaults for file operations• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-503
name• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-2; Programming,
9-3
network• Programming, 9-11
object
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-25
global symbol directory record• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-26
analysis of debugger information records•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-26
analysis of link option specification record •
DCL Dictionary, DCL-27
analysis of module header record • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-27
analysis of module traceback record• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-27
analysis of relocation record• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-28
analysis of text• DCL Dictionary, DCL-28
identifying errors• DCL Dictionary, DCL-25
on magnetic tape• File Applications, 1-12
opening• Programming, 9-9
organization• Programming, 9-3; VAXTPU
Ref, E-1 ; Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-2; Convert Ref, CONV-2
supported by VAX RMS• RMS Ref, 1-1
output file qualifiers•DCL Concepts, 2-10,
2-12
printing• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-9
privileges• System Security, 5-54
protection • Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-10; DCL
Concepts, 7-2; File Applications, 4-26;
Programming, 9-7
definition at file creation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-74
definition of default• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-197
to change default for volume• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-530

lndex-108

File
protection (cont'd.)
to establish default• DCL Dictionary, DCL481
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-478
public • System Management, 7-1
purging• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-7
qualifier values• DCL Concepts, 2-10
quorum• VAXclusters, 5-3
recovering lost• System Management, 5-17
relative• Programming, 9-3
renaming• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-10
reorganizing• Convert Ref, CONV-7
reserved
Files-11 disk• Disk & Tape, A-1
restoring• System Management, 7-28
rewinding • Programming, 9-14
RMS
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-31
RNT • DSR Ref, 5-2
RNX • DSR Ref, 6-6
scratch• Programming, 9-6
section • VAXTPU Ref, 1-8, 5-8
processing • VAXTPU Ref, 5-10
writing• VAXTPU Ref, 5-8
sending• Mail Ref, MAIL-8
sending during conversation • Phone Ref,
PHONE-13
sensitive, application of alarm• System Security,
4-55
sequential• Programming, 9-3, 9-27
sequential access• Programming, 9-43
shareable image
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
shared • Programming, 3-42
command procedure• VAXclusters, 2-6
JBCSYSQUE.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-11
NETUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-11, 2-14
RIGHTSLIST.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-11
SYSUAF .DAT• VAXclusters, 2-11, 2-14
VMSMAIL.DAT • VAXclusters, 2-11
sharing• File Applications, 3-3
sharing considerations for a V AXcluster •
System Security, 8-3
sorting • Programming, 9-32
specification• Networking, 1-23
specification access control string• Networking,
1-23
specification argument for FAB• RMS Ref, 1-2
specification over the network• Networking,
1-23
specifying one or many• File Applications,
5-21

Index

File (cont'd.)
structure• File Applications, 10-2, 10-14
system • System Management, 11-8, 11-15
temporary• Convert Ref, CONV-29; FOL Ref,
FDL-20
temporary input file defaults• DCL Concepts,
2-6
to display
files opened by the system• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-550
names of installed files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-549, DCL-550
names of open files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-549
to modify characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-442
to modify queue entry for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-490
to open• DCL Dictionary, DCL-320
to print• DCL Dictionary, DCL-327
to purge• DCL Dictionary, DCL-337
to read record from • DCL Dictionary, DCL-341
to rename• DCL Dictionary, DCL-34 7
to search for character string • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-393
to write record to• DCL Dictionary, DCL-654
transfers with MAIL• System Security, 7-20
tree structure of• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-2
type• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-3
unlock• DCL Dictionary, DCL-652
updating
MACRO file•DCL Dictionary, DCL-310
with SUMSLP editor• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-161
version limit
definition at directory creation • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-78
volume configurations• Disk & Tape, 8-4, 8-6,
8-7 8-8, 8-9
what is a• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-1
window
mapping pointer allocation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-202
specification of mapping pointers• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-532
write-only• System Security, 4-11
"file_name" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85, 4-90
/FILE_NAME qualifier• Message Ref, MSG-9
FILE_PARSE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-77 to 4-79
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-78
I

FILE_SEARCH built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-80 to 4-81
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-81
File access• Programming, 9-3
See also Access
See also UIC
category summary• DCL Concepts, 7-3; File
Applications, 4-27; System Security, 4-6
CONTROL• System Security, 4-8
control• File Applications, 4-27
controlling• VAXclusters, 2-11
defaults• File Applications, 7-6
DELETE• DCL Concepts, 7-4; File Applications, 4-27; System Security, 4-7
EXECUTE• DCL Concepts, 7-4; File
Applications, 4-27; System Security,
4-7
how system evaluates• System Security, 4-2
over network• Networking, 1-3
READ•DCL Concepts, 7-4; File Applications,
4-27 ; System Security, 4-7
remote• Networking, 1-20
request to evaluate• System Security, 4-43
WRITE• DCL Concepts, 7-4; File Applications,
4-27; System Security, 4-7
File access block
See FAB
File access listener• Networking, 1-15, 2-29
File attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-17
ACP-010•1/0 Ref I, 1-21
specifying • Sort Ref, SORT-42
FILE A TTRl8UTES node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-4, ARMS-15
FILE A TTRl8UTES structure• File Applications,
10-16, 10-20, 10-22
File characteristic• File Applications, 4-18, 4-35

4~6

FILE command• Mail Ref, MAIL-42
File Definition Language
See FOL
File Definition Language routine
See FOL routine
File design
attributes• File Applications, 3-4
File disposition• .File Applications, 9-14
File group
creating site-specific• System Management,
3-3
File header• File Applications, 1-10; Disk & Tape,
1-6; Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
description• Disk & Tape, 1-7
Files-11 structure• Disk & Tape, A-2

lndex-109

Index

File header characteristic XAB
See XABFHC
File header label
See Header label
FILE HEADER node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-4
FILE HEADER structure• File Applications, 10-16,
10-20, 10-22
File highwater mark (FHM) • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-198
See FHM
File log
VMSINST AL option• Software Installation, 5-7
File log option
VMSINST AL• Software Installation, 5-8
File name• DCL Concepts, 3-3
alternate form for magnetic tapes• DCL
Concepts, 3-5
ANSI• Disk & Tape, 4-21
null • DCL Concepts, 3-5
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-347
File names• Rel Notes, 3-4
File opening option
See also Creation-time option
adding records• File Applications, 9-12 to
9-13
data reliability• File Applications, 9-13
file access and sharing •File Applications, 9-7
file disposition• File Applications, 9-14
file performance• File Applications, 9-8 to 9-12
file specification• File Applications, 9-7 to 9-8
for indexed files• File Applications, 9-15 to
9-16
for magnetic tape processing• File Applications,
9-16 to 9-17
for nonstandard file processing • File
Applications, 9-17
record access• File Applications, 9-12
File organization• File Applications, 2-16
See Indexed file
See Relative file
See Sequential file
defined• File Applications, 1-3
selecting• File Applications, 2-1
File organization option • File Applications, 4-36
File owner
established by default• System Security, 4-39
File Ownership• Rel Notes, 3-38
FILE parameter
for DECnet-VAX command procedure•
Networking, 3-73
File positioning• File Applications, 4-38

lndex-110

FILE primary attribute
ALLOCATION secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-5, 3-28, 4-39
BEST_TRY_CONTIGUOUS secondary attribute•
File Applications, 3-5, 4-39
BUCKET_SIZE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-15, 3-16, 3-29, 4-36,
7-23, 7-24
CONTIGUOUS secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-5, 3-28, 4-39
CONTROL_FIELD_SIZE secondary attribute•
File Applications, 4-37
CREA TE_IF secondary attribute• File
Applications, 4-35
DEFAULT_NAME secondary attribute• File
Applications, 6-4, 9-8
DEFERRED_WRITE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-17, 3-32, 7-24, 7-25,
9-10, 9-22
DIRECTORY_ENTRY secondary attribute• File
Applications, 4-36
EXTENSION secondary attribute • File
Applications, 3-6, 4-40, 9-9, 9-10
GLOBAL_BUFFER_COUNT secondary attribute
•File Applications, 3-10, 7-21, 7-27
MAX_RECORD_NUMBER secondary attribute•
File Applications, 4-37
MAXIMIZE_VERSION secondary attribute• File
Applications, 4-35
MT_BLOCK_SIZE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 4-36
MT_CLOSE_REWIND secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-17
MT_CURRENT_POSITION secondary attribute•
File Applications, 9-17
MT_NOT_EOF secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-17
MT_OPEN_REWIND secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-17
MT_PROTECTION secondary attribute• File
Applications, 4-37
NAME secondary attribute• File Applications,
6-4, 9-8
NON_FILE_STRUCTURED secondary attribute•
File Applications, 9-17
ORGANIZATION secondary attribute• File
Applications, 4-36
OWNER secondary attribute • File Applications,
4-37
PRINT_ON_CLOSE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-14
PROTECTION secondary attribute• File
Applications, 4-37
READ_CHECK secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-14

Index

FILE primary attribute (cont'd.)

Files-11 disk (cont'd.)

REVISION secondary attribute • File Applications, 4-36
SEQUENTIAL _ONLY secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-12
SUBMIT_ON_CLOSE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-14
SUPERSEDE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 4-35
TEMPORARY secondary attribute• File
Applications, 4-35
USER_FILE_OPEN attribute• File Applications,
7-5
USER_FILE_OPEN secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-17
WINDOW _SIZE secondary attribute• File
Applications, 9-10, 9-11
WRITE _CHECK secondary. attribute• File
Applications, 9-14
File primitive statistics • Monitor Ref, MON-52
File processing• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-5
many files• File Applications, 5-20 to 5-21
nonstandard• File Applications, 9-17
single file• File Applications, 5-19 to 5-20
VAX RMS services listed• RMS Ref, 3-3
File protection• FOL Ref, FDL-24

volume format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
Files-11 structure• File Applications, 1-5
file headers• File Applications, 1-10
home block• File Applications, 1-10
index file• File Applications, 1-10
Level 1 • DCL Dictionary, DCL-194
nonhierarchical nature• System Security, 4-12
Files-11 volume
to modify characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-530, DCL-531, DCL-532, DCL-533
File section number field• Disk & Tape, B-13
File separation pages• System Management, 9-37
to 9-41
File sequence number field• Disk & Tape, B-13
File-set identifier field• Disk & Tape, B-'13
File sharing• File Applications, 3-10, 9-7
compatibility with subsequent record access•
File Applications, 7-7 to 7-8
defaults• File Applications, 7-6
features provided by VAX RMS • RMS Ref, 1-1
in network environment• System Security,
7-20
interlocked interprocess• File Applications,
7-3, 7-7 to 7-8
multistreaming •File Applications, 7-3, 7-5
NETUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-14
no-access function• File Applications, 7-5
options• File Applications, 7-5
programming techniques• File Applications,
7-17 to 7-18
SYSUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-14
user-interlocked interprocess• File Applications,
7-3, 7-5, 7-9
File space• Monitor Ref, MON-11
File specification • Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-1 ; DCL
Concepts, 3-1, 3-2, 3-3; File Applications,
6-3; Disk & Tape, B-12; Convert Ref,
CONV-1; FOL Ref, FDL-20
See also Default file specification
See also Device
See also Directory

See also Protection
and RENAME command•DCL Concepts, 7-7
changing• DCL Concepts, 7-6
changing default• DCL Concepts, 7-7
default disk• DCL Concepts, 7-7
of tape volumes• DCL Concepts, 7-9
File protection option• File Applications, 4-36
File protection violations
auditing • System Security, 6-6
File protection XAB
See XABPRO
Files-11 disk
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-19
BACKUP• Disk & Tape, 6-7
device specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
Exchange Utility (EXCHANGE)• Disk & Tape,
5-11
file specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
initialization• DCL Dictionary, DCL-194
save set• Disk & Tape, 6-16; Backup Ref,
BACKU-25
writing to• Disk & Tape, 6-16
structure• Disk & Tape, A-1
Level 1 •Disk & Tape, 5-2
Level 2 •Disk & Tape, 5-2
reserved files• Disk & Tape, A-1
structure levels compared• Disk & Tape, A-4

See also File name
See also File type
See also File version number
See also Node name
ANSI• Disk & Tape, 4-21
applicable services and routines• File
Applications, 5-10 to 5-18
components• File Applications, 5-1 to 5-3
default• DCL Concepts, 3-2; File Applications,
5-5, 6-1 to 6-4, 9-8
and logical name• DCL Concepts, 4-12

lndex-111

Index

File specification (cont'd.)
directory• File Applications, 6-14 to 6-22
DOS-11 •Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
entering• DCL Concepts, 2-5
example• DCL Concepts, 3-2
Files-11 •Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
foreign•DCL Concepts, 3-13, 3-14
format• DCL Concepts, 3-1; File Applications,
5-1 to 5-5, 6-6 to 6-7
for remote file access• File Applications, 5-3
to 5-5, 5-9, 5-10
in a command procedure• Patch Ref,
PATCH-52
input• File Applications, 6-11
maximum length• File Applications, 5-2
node name• DCL Concepts, 3-13
See also Node name
output• File Applications, 6-12
parameters• DCL Concepts, 2-5
parsing • File Applications, 5-9 to 5-11, 6-4 to
6-14 ; System Services Ref, SYS-169
partial• FDL Ref, FDL-20
preprocessing• File Applications, 5-10
primary• File Applications, 5-5, 6-1 to 6-4, 9-8
process default• File Applications, 5-5
program-supplied• File Applications, 5-5, 6-1
to 6-4
related• File Applications, 5-5, 6-1 to 6-4,
6-10 to 6-11 9-8
RT-11 •Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
searching string for• System Services Ref,
SYS-169
task specification string• DCL Concepts, 3-13,
3-14
using• File Applications, 5-1
using defaults• File Applications, 5-5 to 5-6,
6-1 to 6-4
using logical name• File Applications, 6-6 to
6-7
using name block• File Applications, 5-10
using search lists• File Applications, 5-10 to
5-21, 6-8 to 6-10
using SYS$DISK •File Applications, 6-2
using wildcard characters• File Applications,
5-10 to 5-21
VAX/VMS Version 3 compatibility• File
Applications, 5-3, 5-5, 5-9
File specification specifier
with EXIT command• EDT Ref, EDT-133
with HELP command• EDT Ref, EDT-170
with INCLUDE command• EDT Ref, EDT-141
with PRINT command• EDT Ref, EDT-151
with SET COMMAND command• EDT Ref,
EDT-164
I

lndex-112

File specification specifier (cont'd.)
with WRITE command• EDT Ref, EDT-243
File structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
analyzing interactively• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-2
examining• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-11
maintenance• System Management, 7-1
File system
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-10 to 2-17
to respond to requests from • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-352
File system (XQP) 1/0 activity• Perform Manage,
3-44
File system ACP • 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
File system cache
adjusting• Perform Manage, 5-18
statistics• Monitor Ref, MON-54
File system cache (ACP) SYSGEN parameters•
Monitor Ref, MON-5 7
File terminator• Programming, 8-64
File tuning
See Tuning files
File type• DCL Concepts, 3-3; DSR Ref, 4-1;
Convert Ref, CONV-1
ANL • File Applications, 10-7
; Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-12
DAT• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1
default• Command Procedures, 1-2; DCL
Concepts, 3-3, 3-4
EXC• Convert Ref, CONV-5
FOL• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-12
for section files
change in default• Rel Notes, 2-2
null• DCL Concepts, 3-5
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-34 7
File type field• Disk & Tape, B-12
File version number• DCL Concepts, 3-3
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-34 7
FILL_BUCKETS attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-11
/FILL_BUCKETS qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-16; FDL Ref, FDL-27, FDL-28
FILL built-in procedure • VAXTPU Ref, 4-82 to
4-83
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-83
.FILL command• Text Processing, 4-17; DSR
Ref, 2-39
FILL command• EDT Ref, EDT-136, EDT-2 72
Fill factor• File Applications, 3-31 ; FDL Ref,
FDL-7, FDL-28
FILL function• Text Processing, 1-24; EDT Ref,
EDT-66
FILLM quota • Networking, 5-34
FILL PARAGRAPH command• VAXTPU Ref, F-5

Index

FIND command•EDT Ref, EDT-138; VAXTPU
Ref, F-5
FIND function• Text Processing, 1-19; EDT Ref,
EDT-68
Find service• File Applications, 8-1, 8-3 to 8-4
and key matches• File Applications, 8-13
compared with Get service• File Applications,
8-3
effect on next-record position• File
Applications, 8-21
high-level language equivalents• File
Applications, 8-1
improved performance• File Applications, 8-4
requirement for end-of-file test• File
Applications, 8-4
run-time options• File Applications, 9-18 to
9-21
"first" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-90, 4-91, 4-92, 4-94
"firsLmaker" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
"firsLrange" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
FIRST command• File Applications, 10-14;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-15, ARMS-21;
Mail Ref, MAIL-44
First-time flag
testing and setting• Modular Procedures, 3-20
.FIRST TITLE command• Text Processing, 4-45;
DSR Ref, 2-40
/FIXED_CONTROL qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV1, CONV-17
Fixed control• FOL Ref, FDL-33, FDL-34, FDL-35
Fixed control area• File Applications, 3-15
Fixed control size option• File Applications, 4-37
Fixed CSR space• Device Driver, 14-10 to 14-11
of non-DIGIT AL-supplied devices• Device
Driver, 14-11
FIXED format• FOL Ref, FDL-34
Fixed-length character string• Programming, 6-12
Fixed-length descriptor
See Descriptor
Fixed-length record• Disk & Tape, B-15;
Programming, 9-4; Convert Ref, CONV-20,
CONV-28; FOL Ref, FDL-34
specifying• Sort Ref, SORT-42
Fixed vector space• Device Driver, 14-10 to
14-11
of non-DIGIT AL-supplied devices• Device
Driver, 14-11
Fix-up image section
condition for insertion of• Linker Ref, LINK-77
creation of• Linker Ref, LINK-77

Fix-up image section (cont'd.)
in relation to code reference • Linker Ref,
LINK-78
purpose of• Linker Ref, LINK-78
Fixup section
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-22
FKB$B_FIPL •Device Driver, C-26
FKB$L_FPC •Device Driver, C-26
FKB$L_FR3 •Device Driver, C-26
FKB$L _FR4 •Device Driver, C-26
Flag• Programming, 6-19
see Event flag
enabling • DSR Ref, 3-3
pairing•DSR Ref, 3-6, 3-9, 3-13, 3-18, 3-19,
3-21
recognizing• DSR Ref, 3-2
redefining• DSR Ref, 3-3
user-defined• Programming, 1-13
Flag page• System Management, 9-32
Flag recognition• DSR Ref, A-5
/FLAGS=CAPTIVE qualifier• System Security,
5-79
/FLAGS=DISMAIL qualifier
with DISNEWMAIL flag• System Security, 5-37
/FLAGS=DISNEWMAIL qualifier• System Security,
5-37
/FLAGS=DISRECONNECT qualifier• System
Security, 5-36
/FLAGS=DISREPORT qualifier• System Security,
5-36
/FLAGS=DISUSER qualifier• System Security,
5-33
/FLAGS=DISWELCOME qualifier• System Security,
5-36
/FLAGS=GENPWD qualifier• System Security,
5-32
to invoke password generator• System
Security, 5-29
/FLAGS=LOCKPWD qualifier• System Security,
5-32
/FLAGS=PWD_EXPIRED qualifier• System
Security, 5-30
.FLAGS ACCEPT command• DSR Ref, 2-42
.FLAGS BOLD command• DSR Ref, 2-43
.FLAGS BREAK command• DSR Ref, 2-44
.FLAGS CAPITALIZE command• DSR Ref, 2-45
.FLAGS COMMENT command• DSR Ref, 2-46
.FLAGS CONTROL command• DSR Ref, 2-47
.FLAGS HYPHENATE com,mand • DSR Ref, 2-48
.FLAGS INDEX command• D R Ref, 2-49
.FLAGS LOWERCASE comma • DSR Ref, 2-50
.FLAGS OVERSTRIKE command• SR Ref, 2-51
.FLAGS PERIOD command• DSR Ref, 2-52

lndex-113

Index

.FLAGS SPACE command•DSR Ref, 2-53
.FLAGS SUBINDEX command• DSR Ref, 2-54
.FLAGS SUBSTITUTE command• DSR Ref, 2-55
.FLAGS UNDERLINE command• DSR Ref, 2-56
.FLAGS UPPERCASE command• DSR Ref, 2-57
FLG=CHG option• FOL Ref, FDL-27
FLG=DUP option• FOL Ref, FDL-28
FLG=NUL option• FOL Ref, FDL-29
FLOAT data type• Debugger Ref, 5-1
.FLOAT directive• MACRO Ref, 6-34
Floating CSR space• Device Driver, 14-10 to
14-11
assigning to device• Device Driver, 14-16
base address• Device Driver, 14-10
current floating CSR base• Device Driver,
14-16
Floating overflow fault• MACRO Ref, 8-13
Floating-point
accuracy• MACRO Ref, 9-102 to 9-103
rounding• MACRO Ref, 9-102 to 9-103
zero• MACRO Ref, 9-101
Floating-point data type• MACRO Ref, 8-3 to 8-5,
9-100 to 9-101
D_floating •MACRO Ref, 8-4
F_floating• MACRO Ref, 8-4
G_floating •MACRO Ref, 8-4
H_floating •MACRO Ref, 8-5
Floating-point instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-100 to
9-121
Floating-point number• MACRO Ref, 9-100
F_floating• MACRO Ref, 6-34
format• MACRO Ref, 3-3
G_floating •MACRO Ref, 6-35
H_floating •MACRO Ref, 6-37
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 3-3 to 3-4
rounding• MACRO Ref, 6-23
storage• MACRO Ref, 6-20
storing• MACRO Ref, 6-34, 6-35, 6-37
truncating• MACRO Ref, 6-23
Floating-point operator• MACRO Ref, 3-14
Floating-point storage directives
.D_FLOATING •MACRO Ref, 6-20
.F_FLOATING• MACRO Ref, 6-34
.G_FLOATING •MACRO Ref, 6-35
Floating-point underflow• RTL Ref, 7-31
Floating underflow enable (FU)• MACRO Ref, 8-12
Floating vector space• Device Driver, 14-10 to
14-11
assigning to device• Device Driver, 14-16
base address• Device Driver, 14-10
current floating vector base• Device Driver,
14-16
/FLOAT qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-41, CD-58

lndex-114

Floppy disk• 1/0 Ref/, 3-6
Floppy diskette
on VAX-11/782
building• Rel Notes, 3-6
/FLUSH_INTERVAL qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON23
Flush service•Fi/e Applications, 7-9, 8-7
FNDNXT function• Text Processing, 1-19; EDT
Ref, EDT-70
Font
LN01 • DSR Ref, 4-10
LNO 1 kits• DSR Ref, B-1
LNI files• DSR Ref, B-4
loading files• DSR Ref, B-5
Footnote
creating• Text Processing, 4-48
inserting• DSR Ref, A-3
.FOOTNOTE command• Text Processing, 4-48;
DSR Ref, 2-58
FOR$ACCEPT •Programming, 8-3
FOR$PRINT •Programming, 8-3
FOR$READ •Programming, 8-3
FOR$TYPE •Programming, 8-3
Forced exit• System Services Ref, 8-15
FOR command• Programming, 5-22; Debugger
Ref, 9-5, CD-68
Foreign command• DCL Concepts, 5-19; RTL
Ref, 9-3
Foreign command name
use of dollar sign • RTL Ref, 9-5
Foreign countries
and network usage restrictions • System
Security, 7-10
Foreign device• System Services Ref, 7-7
Foreign file specification string • DCL Concepts,
3-14
/FOREIGN qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-18
Foreign volume• System Services Ref, 7-4, 7-5,
7-7
mounting • Disk & Tape, 3-10; Mount Ref,
MOUNT-18
FOR file type• Programming, 4-2
Forgery of network information • System Security,
7-6
Fork block• Device Driver, 1-5, 1-7, 3-4, 3-14,
5-13 to 5-14, 9-7, 12-1, A-27 to A-28
Fork dispatcher• Device Driver, 1-9, 2-6, 3-4,
3-5, 3-15
functions• Device Driver, 5-15
Fork IPL•Device Driver, 1-9, 2-4, 3-4, 3-12,
5-15, 8-13, 10-1, A-27
See also UCB$B_FIPL
specifying• Device Driver, 7-3, A-16

Index

FORK macro• Device Driver, B-14
See also IOFORK macro
Fork process• Device Driver, 1-7, 1-9, 3-14 to
3-15, 9-1
context• Device Driver, 1-7, 3-15, 3-16, 5-12
to 5-13, 5-13 to 5-14, 5-14, 8-15, 9-1 to
9-2
creation by driver•Device Driver, 2-5, 3-12,
3-14 to 3-15, 5-14, 12-1 to 12-2, B-14,
B-20, C-22, C-26
creation by IOC$1NITIATE• Device Driver, 5-12
to5-13,9-1, 12-3,C-58
dispatching • Device Driver, 3-15
reactivating• Device Driver, 3-15, 5-15 to 5-16
suspending• Device Driver, 5-14, 9-6 to 9-7
Fork queue • Device Driver, 1-9, 3-15, 5-14, 5-15,
A-27
Form
aligning printer forms• System Management,
9-15
defining• System Management, 9-31
getting information about
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-239
mounting• System Management, 9-30
queue-specific• System Management, 9-41
specifying for a queue• Rel Notes, 2-5
systemwide default• System Management,
9-32
/FORM_SIZE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-13
Formal argument• MACRO Ref, 4-1 to 4-2
Format
ANSI-labeled volume• Disk & Tape, B-1
for EXCHANGE command• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-1
for SET COMMAND command• CDU Ref,

cDu-1
numeric data • Programming, 8-12
of fixed-length record• Convert Ref, CONV-20
of hexadecimal• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-19
of V AXTPU program• VAXTPU Ref, xvi
source program• Programming, 4-2
FORMAT attribute• File Applications, 4-38; FOL
Ref, FDL-34
FORMAT command• SDA Ref, SDA-46
Format heading
See Routine format
/FORMAT qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-37, SORT-42
Formatted conversion• Programming, 6-21
Formatted input/output• Programming, 6-22

Formatting
DIFFERENCES output• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-133
document• DSR Ref, 1-1
text• DSR Ref, 1-1
Form feed• Programming, 8-14
mechanical• 1/0 Ref I, 5-4, 8-20
Forming a V AXcluster • VAXclusters, 5-1 to 5-15
FORSYSDEF. TLB •Programming, 4-24
FORTRAN• FOL Ref, FDL-33
system definition library• Programming, 4-24
FORTRAN carriage control • Convert Ref, CONV-3
FORTRAN command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-9;
Programming, 4-4
FORTRAN 1/0 error• Programming, 10-16
FORTRAN implementation table
See Implementation table
FORTRAN statements
COMMON statement• Programming, 1-10, 2-8
DAT A statement• Programming, 2-5
DO statement• Programming, 2-19, 2-21
DO WHILE statement• Programming, 2-21
END DO statement• Programming, 2-21
END IF statement• Programming, 2-16
END statement• Programming, 2-1
EQUIVALENCE statement• Programming, 2-7
EXTERNAL statement• Programming, 1-8
FUNCTION statement• Programming, 1-4, 2-1
IF statement• Programming, 2-15
IMPLICIT NONE statement• Programming, 2-4
IMPLICIT statement• Programming, 2-4
INTRINSIC statement• Programming, 1-8
PARAMETER statement• Programming, 2-6
PROGRAM statement• Programming, 2-1
SUBROUTINE statement• Programming, 1-4,
2-1
FORWARD command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-19;
VAXTPU Ref, F-6; Mail Ref, MAIL-45
FORWARD keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7, 4-152,
4-171
%FP •Debugger Ref, D-3
FP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
Fragmented disk
impact on highwater marking • System Security,

5-77
Frame
call• MACRO Ref, 9-63
stack• MACRO Ref, 9-63
Frame control
X.25 lines• Networking, 3-57
Frame pointer• SDA Ref, SDA-13
Free bucket list• Convert Ref, CONV-6
FREEGOAL parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-62

lndex-115

Index

FREE GOAL parameter (cont'd.)

Function code (cont'd.)

page faulting• Perform Manage, 3-31
FREELIM parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-62
page faulting• Perform Manage, 3-31
Free page list
evaluating• Perform Manage, 3-31
/FREE qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-84, SDA-87
Free service• File Applications, 7-12, 8-7
FROM parameter
COPY KNOWN NODES command• Networking,
3-21
Full callable interface
See V AXTPU routine
Full duplex device driver• Device Driver, 8-4, 8-15
to 8-16
1/0 completion for• Device Driver, C-5
Full-duplex mode• 1/0 Ref I, 8-10
Full map• Linker Ref, LINK-51, LINK-123
module information in• Linker Ref, LINK-52,
LINK-53
sections in• Linker Ref, LINK-52
symbols cross-referenced in • Linker Ref,
LINK-120
FULL prompt• FDL Ref, FDL-52
/FULL qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-13;
Backup Ref, BACKU-37; Error Log Ref,
ERR-11; Librarian Ref, LIB-23 ; Linker Ref,
LINK-123; Debugger Ref, CD-178
LINK/MAP command• Programming, 4-40
SHOW QUEUE command• Command
Procedures, 8-9
with /HISTORY• Librarian Ref, LIB-26
Full-reentrancy •Modular Procedures, 3-25
FUNCT AB macro• Device Driver, 7-10 to 7-11 ,
B-15
example • Device Driver, 7-11
Function
condition handler• Programming, 10-21
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
intrinsic• Programming, 6-9
character• Programming, 6-15
reference• Programming, 6-2
system• Programming, 6-9
Function code• System Services Ref, 7-10; 1/0
Ref I, A-1 to A-8; 1/0 Ref II, A-1 to A-5

10$_FORMAT • 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
10$_1NITIALIZE • 1/0 Ref I, 4-8
10$_LOADMCODE • 1/0 Ref I, 4-7; 1/0 Ref II,
4-18
10$_MODIFY • 1/0 Ref I, 1-31
10$_PACKACK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 2-4, 3-20, 6-12,
7-6, 8-25; 1/0 Ref II, 1-5, 2-8, 3-12, 5-6,
6-11
10$_READPBLK • l/O Ref/, 2-4, 3-20, 6-12,
7-6; 1/0 Ref II, 1-5, 2-8, 3-12, 5-6, 6-11
10$_READPROMPT • 1/0 Ref I, 8-25
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 2-4, 3-20, 6-12,
7-6, 8-25; 1/0 Ref II, 1-5, 2-8, 3-12,
6-11
10$_REWIND • 1/0 Ref I, 6-14
10$_REWINDOFF • 1/0 Ref I, 6-16
10$_SEARCH • 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
10$_SEEK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
10$_SENSECHAR • 1/0 Ref I, 3-22, 8-45
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 2-6, 3-22, 5-8,
6-17, 8-45 ; 1/0 Ref II, 2-20, 5-8, 6-27
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref I, 2-9, 5-9, 6-18,
8-37; 1/0 Ref II, 1-7, 2-9, 3-13, 6-15
10$_SETCLOCK • 1/0 Ref I, 4-8
10$_SETMODE•l/O Ref I, 2-6, 5-9, 6-18,
8-37; 1/0 Ref II, 1-7, 2-9, 3-13, 5-7,
6-15
10$_SKIPFILE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-14
10$_SKIPRECORD • 1/0 Ref I, 6-15
10$_STARTDA TA• 1/0 Ref I, 4-9; 1/0 Ref II,
4-4, 4-6, 4-19
10$_UNLOAD • 1/0 Ref I, 3-24, 6-17
10$_WRITECHECK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
10$_WRITELBLK•l/O Ref I, 3-21, 5-5, 6-13,
7-7, 8-34; 1/0 Ref II, 1-6, 2-8, 3-12, 5-7,
6-13
10$_WRITEOF • 1/0 Ref I, 6-16
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-21, 5-5, 6-13,
7-7, 8.:34; 1/0 Ref II, 1-6, 2-8, 3-12, 5-7,
6-13
10$_WRITEVBLK•l/O Ref I, 3-21, 5-5, 6-13,
7-7, 8-34 ; 1/0 Ref II, 1-6, 2-8, 3-12,
6-13
write operation• Programming, 8-59
Function decision table
See FDT
Function modifier• System Services Ref, 7-12;
1/0 Ref I, A-1 to A-8; 1/0 Ref II, A-1 to A-5
10$K_PTPBSC• l/O Ref II, 5-6
10$K_SRRUNOUT • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
10$M_ACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 1-25, 1-28, 6-8

See also 1/0 function
10$_ACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 1-28
10$_ACPCONTROL • 1/0 Ref I, 1-34, 6-11
10$_AV AILABLE • 1/0 Ref I, 3-24, 6-21
10$_CREATE• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25
10$_DEACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 1-31
10$_DELETE • 1/0 Ref I, 1-33
10$_DSE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-21

lndex-116

Index

Function modifier (cont'd.)
10$M_ATTNAST• l/O Ref II, 1-7, 2-19, 3-13,
6-27
10$M_BINARY • 1/0 Ref I, 2-5
10$M_BRDCST• l/O Ref I, 8-45, 8-48
10$M_BREAKTHRU • 1/0 Ref I, 8-10, 8-35
10$M_CANCTRLO• l/O Ref I, 8-5, 8-35
10$M_CREATE• l/O Ref/, 1-25, 1-28, 6-8
10$M_CTRL • 1/0 Ref II, 2-9, 2-18, 2-20, 2-21,
6-15, 6-26, 6-27
10$M_CTRLCAST • 1/0 Ref I, 8-41
10$M_CTRLY AST• 1/0 Ref I, 8-5, 8-41
10$M_CVTLOW•l/O Ref I, 8-27
10$M_CYCLE • 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
10$M_DATACHECK •System Services Ref,
7-12; 1/0 Ref I, 3-9, 3-21, 6-4, 6-12,
6-14
10$M_DAT APA TH• 1/0 Ref II, 3-14
10$M_DELDATA• 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
10$M_DELETE•l/O Ref/, 1-25, 1-33
10$M_DMOUNT• l/0 Ref I, 1-34
10$M_DSABLMBX • 1/0 Ref I, 8-27; 1/0 Ref
II, 1-5
10$M_ENABLMBX • 1/0 Ref I, 8-35; 1/0 Ref II,
1-6
10$M_ERASE•l/O Ref/, 3-19, 3-22, 6-14
10$M_ESCAPE• l/O Ref I, 8-7, 8-27
10$M_EXTEND • 1/0 Ref I, 8-27, 8-28
10$M_HANGUP • 1/0 Ref I, 8-40
10$M_INCLUDE • 1/0 Ref I, 8-41, 8-43
10$M_INHERLOG•System Services Ref, 7-7
10$M_INHEXTGAP • l/O Ref I, 6-5
10$M_INHRETRY •System Services Ref, 7-12;
1/0 Ref I, 3-21, 6-5
10$M_LASTBLOCK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
10$M_MAINT • 1/0 Ref I, 8-42
10$M_NODSRWAIT • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
10$M_NOECHO•l/O Ref/, 8-10, 8-23, 8-27
10$M_NOFILTR• 1/0 Ref I, 8-27
10$M_NOFORMAT • 1/0 Ref I, 8-11, 8-35
10$M_NOW• l/O Ref I, 7-6, 7-7; 1/0 Ref II,
1-6, 2-8, 6-13
10$M_NOWAIT•l/O Ref/, 6-14, 6-16, 6-17
10$M_OUTBAND • 1/0 Ref I, 8-43
10$M_PACKED• l/O Ref I, 2-5
10$M_PURGE • 1/0 Ref I, 8-27
10$M_RO_MEM• l/O Ref II, 2-21
10$M_RO_MODEM • 1/0 Ref I, 8-4 7; 1/0 Ref
II, 2-21
10$M_READATTN • 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
10$M_REFRESH • 1/0 Ref I, 8-35
10$M_RESET • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$M_REVERSE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-12

Function modifier (cont'd.)
10$M_SET_MODEM • 1/0 Ref I, 8-42; 1/0 Ref
II, 2-20
10$M_SETEVF • 1/0 Ref I, 4-9; 1/0 Ref II,
4-19
10$M_SETFNCT • 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
10$M_SETPROT•l/O Ref I, 7-10
10$M_SHUTDOWN•l/O Ref II, 1-8, 2-18, 5-8,
6-26
10$M_STARTUP• l/O Ref II, 1-8, 2-9, 2-16,
5-8, 6-15
10$M_TIMED• 1/0 Ref I, 8-27; 1/0 Ref II,
3-11
10$M_TRMNOECHO • 1/0 Ref I, 8-28
10$M_TT_ABORT • 1/0 Ref I, 8-43
10$M_TYPEAHDCNT • 1/0 Ref I, 8-46
10$M_UNLOOP• l/O Ref I, 8-43
10$M_WORD • 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
Function reference
array processing• Programming, 6-26
Function return value• RTL Ref, 2-5, 5-6
returned in output argument• RTL Ref, 5-6
returned in RO /R 1 • RTL Ref, 5-6
FUNCTION statement• Programming, 1-4, 2-1,
4-19
array processing• Programming, 6-26
record processing • Programming, 6-38
Function value• Programming, 1-4; Intro to
Routines, 2-7
registers
use of• Intro to Routines, 2-11
system-defined procedure• Programming, 1-7

G
G_FLOA T data type• Debugger Ref, 5-1
G_floating data type• MACRO Ref, 9-101
.G_FLOATING directive• MACRO Ref, 6-35
G_floating format• Programming, 6-5, 6-6
/G_FLOATING qualifier
FORTRAN command• Programming, 6-5
/G_FLOAT qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-41,
CD-58
Gateway node
See X.25
GBLPAGES parameter• File Applications, 1-21;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-62
GBLPAGFIL parameter• File Applications, 1-21;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-63
GBLSECTIONS parameter• File Applications,
1-21; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-63

lndex-117

Index

G character• SDA Ref, SDA-13
.GE. logical operator•DCL Concepts, 5-13
.GE. operator• Programming, 6-8
General identifier• System Security, 4-22, 4-22.1
reasons for using • System Security, 4-34
recognizing deletion of• System Security, 5-12
General mode• MACRO Ref, 5-17
General purpose register
rules for using in driver code• Device Driver,
6-2
General register mode• MACRO Ref, 5-1 to 5-13
/GENERA TE_PASSWORD qualifier• System
Security, 5-24
/GENERA TE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-48
Generation
of line numbers in DIFFERENCES output• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-134
of parallel list in DIFFERENCES output• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-134
Generation number• Disk & Tape, 4-20, B-13,
B-14
Generation-version number• Disk & Tape, 4-20,
B-14
Generic device name• DCL Dictionary, DCL-16
Generic key match• File Applications, 8-14
Generic name• Programming, 1-5
Generic queue• System Management, 9-2; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-204
clusterwide batch• VAXclusters, 3-10
clusterwide printer• VAXclusters, 3-4 to 3-6
establishing local• VAXclusters, 3-3
implementing• VAXclusters, 1-6
initialization• DCL Dictionary, DCL-209,
DCL-620
.GES. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-14
GET_INFO built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-84
to 4-96
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-95
string constants• Rel Notes, 2 .. 2, 3-44
"ansi_crt" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-92
"auto_repeat" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"bell"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
"beyond_eol" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
"blink_status" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"blink_video" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"bold_status" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"bold_video"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"buffer"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-86, 4-87
"character"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"command_file" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-90
"command"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-90
"create"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-90

lndex-118

GET_INFO built-in procedure
string constants (cont'd.)
"currenLcolumn"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-87,
4-92
"current_row" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87, 4-92
"current"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-90, 4-92, 4-94
"dec_crt2" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"dec_crt" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"direction"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"display"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-90, 4-93
"ediLmode"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"eightbit" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"eob_text" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"facility_name" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
"file_name" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85, 4-90
"firsLmarker" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"firsLrange" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"first"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-90, 4-91, 4-92,
4-94
"informational"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
"journaLfile" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-90, 4-93
"journal"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-90
"journaling_frequency" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
"key_map_list" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"last"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-90, 4-91, 4-92,
4-94
"left_margin" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"line_editing" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"line"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"local" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-91
"map_count" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"max_lines" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-86
"message_flags" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
"mode"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-86
"modified"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"name"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"nexLmarker" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"nexLrange" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"next"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-87, 4-90, 4-91,
4-92, 4-94
"no_video_status" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"no_video" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"no_write"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-86
"offseLcolumn" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85,
4-86
"offset" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85, 4-86
"original_bottom" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
"originaUength" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
"original_top" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
"original_width" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"output_file" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-86, 4-90
"output"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-90
"pad"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-88

Index

GET_INFO built-in procedure
string constants (cont'd.)
"parameter"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-91
"permanent"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-86
"pid" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-86
"previous"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-87, 4-90,
4-91, 4-92, 4-94
"prompLlength" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"prompLrow" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"read_only" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-90
"record_count" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"record_size" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"recover" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-90
"reverse_status" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"reverse_video" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"righLmargin" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-86
"screen_update" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"scroll_amount" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"scroll_bottom" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"scroll_top" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"scroll"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"section_file" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-91, 4-93
"section" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-91
"selLinsert" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
"shifLamount" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
"shifLkey" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87, 4-94
"status_line" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-89
"status_video" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-89
"success"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
"system"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-86
"tab_stops" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-86
"text"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-89
"timed_message" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
"type"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
"undefined_key" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
"underline_status" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-89
"underline_video" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-89
"update"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"version"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
"video"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-86, 4-89
"visible_bottom" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"visible_length" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88, 4-93
"visible_top" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"visible" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
"vk 100" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"vt 100'' • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"vt200" • VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"width"• VAXTPU Ref, 4-89, 4-93
GET attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-36
of SHARING primary• File Applications, 7-5,
7-27
GET FILE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-6
GET option• FOL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-36

GET save set option
VMSINST AL• Software Installation, 5-7
Get service• File Applications, 8-1 , 8-3
and current-record• File Applications, 8-20
compared with Find service• File Applications
8-3

effect on next-record position • File
Applications, 8-21
high-level language equivalents• File
Applications, 8-2
requirement for end-of-file test• File
Applications, 8-4
run-time options• File Applications, 9-18 to
9-21
GLOBAL_BUFFER_COUNT attribute• File
Applications, 7-21, 7-27; FOL Ref, FDL-21
/GLOBAL_BUFFERS qualifier• File Applications

~27

Global buffer• File Applications, 1-21; FOL Ref,
FDL-21
maximum number• File Applications, 1-21
number• File Applications, 7-21
restricted use• File Applications, 7-26
with indexed file• File Applications, 7-25
with relative file• File Applications, 7-25
with shared file• File Applications, 7-25 to
7-27
with shared sequential file• File Applications
3-14
Global buffer count
example of run-time specification • File
Applications, 5-13 to 5-16
GLOBAL clause
for PLACEMENT clause• COU Ref CDU-26,
CDU-35
.GLOBAL directive• MACRO Ref, 6-36
Global expression• MACRO Ref, 3-9
Global label• MACRO Ref, 2-2
Global page-file section• File Applications, 1-21
Global page table• File Applications, 1-21
/GLOBAL qualifier• SOA Ref, SDA-80
GLOBAL qualifier• Programming, 7-6
/GLOBALS-/NOGLOBALS qualifier
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-60
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-71
REPLACE command•Patch Ref, PATCH-74
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-79
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-92
Global section• File Applications, 1-21;
Programming, 3-45; System Services Ref
11-11
I

lndex-119

Index

Global section (cont'd.)
characteristic• System Services Ref, 11-11
creating • System Services Ref, SYS-96
defining • System Services Ref, 11-8
deleting • System Services Ref, SYS-130
for interprocess communication• System
Services Ref, 8-10
linker-assigned name of• Linker Ref, LINK-55
mapping• System Services Ref, 11-15,
SYS-96, SYS-305
name format• System Services Ref, 11-12
paging file• System Services Ref, 11-16
permanent• Programming, 3-50
processing of by image activator• Linker Ref,
LINK-38
temporary• Programming, 3-50
GLOBALS-NOGLOBALS mode• Patch Ref,
PATCH-20
/GLOBALS qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-24
Global symbol• Programming, 4-19; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-3, DCL-7; Linker Ref,
LINK-10; Patch Ref, PATCH-11; MACRO
Ref, 3-6, 6-97
absolute• Linker Ref, LINK-25
control information • Programming, 1-13
conversion of to universal• Linker Ref, LINK-26
debugger• Programming, 5-24
declaration• Debugger Ref, 4-10
defining• MACRO Ref, 6-22, 6-33, 6-36
defining by option• Linker Ref, LINK-25
definition of• Linker Ref, LINK-12
designation of• Linker Ref, LINK-11
redefining for shareable image• MACRO Ref,
6-94 to 6-95
reference to• Linker Ref, LINK-11
reserved by DIGIT AL• DCL Concepts, 5-2
resolving• Programming, 4-21
$REST ART• DCL Concepts, 5-2
scope of• Debugger Ref, 4-10
$SEVERITY• DCL Concepts, 5-2
$ST A TUS • DCL Concepts, 5-2
Global symbol directory record
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-26
Global symbol table
See GST
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-22
deletion of symbols from• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-123
entering symbol in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-215
Global variable• VAXTPU Ref, 3-4, 3-22
DEBUG_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 3-18
ERROR• VAXTPU Ref, 3-16
ERROR_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 3-16

lndex-120

Glossary information• File Applications, GLOSS-1
GO command• Programming, 5-15; Debugger
Ref, 1-9, 3-5, CD-70
GOLD/A•EDT Ref, EDT-27
GOLD /D •EDT Ref, EDT-31
GOLD/E• EDT Ref, EDT-33
GOLD /R •EDT Ref, EDT-42
GOLD/T• EDT Ref, EDT-43
GOLD/U•EDT Ref, EDT-45
GOLD/W•EDT Ref, EDT-46
GOLD /Z •EDT Ref, EDT-4 7
GOLD function• EDT Ref, EDT-72
GOLD key (EDT)• Text Processing, 1-8
G operator• SDA Ref, SDA-12
GOSUB command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-181 to
DCL-182
GO TO command• VAXTPU Ref, F-6
GOTO command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-11; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-183 to DCL-184
using to direct execution flow• Command
Procedures, 5-10
using with IF ... THEN conditional statement•
Command Procedures, 5-11
using with labels• Command Procedures, 5-11
GRANT /IDENTIFIER command• System Security,
5-10, 5-22; Authorize Ref, AUTH-32
Granularity
in lock• System Services Ref, 12-2
/GRANULARITY qualifier• FOL Ref, FDL-1,
FDL-48
GRAPHIC_TABS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-202
Greater than (.GT.)• Command Procedures, 2-17
Greater than or equal (.GE.)• Command
Procedures, 2-17
Group
design of• System Security, 5-3 to 5-14
impact on user privileges• System Security,
5-3
number of per member• System Security, 4-5
overlapping user• System Security, 4-17
user defined by holders of identifiers• System
Security, 4-17
/GROUP_SIZE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-78
Group logical name table• System Services Ref,
6-6
canceling entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-86
inclusion of logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-39, OCL-96
Group name
in UIC • System Security, 4-5
Group number• FOL Ref, FDL-23
in UIC • System Security, 4-4

Index

Group number (cont'd.)
uniqueness requirement for VAX cluster•
System Security, 8-3
GROUP parameter
for X25-SERVER module•Networking, 3-75
GROUP privilege• System Security, 5-53, A-5;
System Management, 6-8, 6-11
GROUP protection code• FOL Ref, FDL-24
/GROUP qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-20
DTE parameter• Networking, 3-30
for X25-PROTOCOL module• Networking, 3-30
NUMBER parameter• Networking, 3-30
TYPE parameter• Networking, 3-31
GROUP user category• System Security, 4-6
GROWLIM parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-64
GRPNAM privilege• System Security, A-5;
System Management, 6-12
GRPPRV privilege• System Security, 4-9, A-6;
System Management, 6-12
and user category• System Security, 4-6
effect on ownership privilege• System Security,
4-37
GSMA TCH option• Programming, 4-26
GSMA TCH processing• Linker Ref, LINK-22
GST (global symbol table)• Librarian Ref, LIB-4;
Linker Ref, LINK-9, LINK-71
building of in Pass 1 •Linker Ref, LINK-69
content of• Debugger Ref, 2-1
creating• Debugger Ref, 4-3
debugger's use of• Debugger Ref, 4-3
in command interpreter search• DCL Concepts,
5-3
initializing• Debugger Ref, 2-5
limiting symbols in• Linker Ref, LINK-141
symbol records in • Debugger Ref, 4-3
G symbol•DELTA Ref, DELTA-8; SDA Ref,
SDA-13
.GT. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-13;
Programming, 6-8
.GTS. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-14

H
H_FLOAT data type• Debugger Ref, 5-2
.H_FLOATING directive• MACRO Ref, 6-37
H_floating format• Programming, 6-5
/H_FLOAT qualifier•Debugger Ref, CD-41,
CD-58
Half-duplex mode• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1 O, 8-19
See also Duplex mode
HALT (Halt) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-74

HALT command• Software Installation, 2-2
Handler
change and compatibility mode• System
Services Ref, 10-6
Handling disk media• Software Installation, 3-16
Hang
See System hang
Hang up
function modifier• 1/0 Ref I, 8-40
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-16, 8-23
HANGUP command• Phone Ref, PHONE-1,
PHONE-14
HANGUP parameter• Networking, 3-56
Hardcopy terminal
logout considerations• System Security, 3-44
Hard-copy terminal output• FOL Ref, FDL-52
Hard faults
characterizing•Perform Manage, 4-7
Hard positioning option• File Applications, 4-40
Hardware
when to enlarge capacity• Perform Manage,
5-17
Hardware address
Ethernet• Networking, 3-11
HARDWARE ADDRESS parameter
SET NODE command• Networking, 4-8
Hardware clock
interrupt from • Device Driver, 3-5
role in device timeouts• Device Driver, 1-3
Hardware components
Cl-780• VAXclusters, 1-2
computer interconnect (Cl)• VAXclusters, 1-2
hierarchical storage controller• VAXclusters
1-3
I

HSC50 • VAXclusters, 1-3
optional • VAXclusters, 1-3
required• VAXclusters, 1-1
star coupler• VAXclusters, 1-3
VAX processor• VAXclusters, 1-2
Hardware error• File Applications, 10-2
Hardware loopback device• Networking, 7-6
Hardware problem
reporting • System Management, 4-18
H character• SDA Ref, SDA-13
HDR1 label
See Header label
HDR2 label
See Header label
HDR3 label
See Header label
/HDR3 qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-21

lndex-121

Index

HOR label
See Header label
Head
See Running head
Header
library• Programming, 9-88
library module• Programming, 9-86
Header allocation
on disk volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL-198
Header label• Disk & Tape, B-4
HDR1 label•Disk & Tape, 4-20, B-11
accessibility field• Disk & Tape, B-15
creation date field• Disk & Tape, B-14
expiration date field• Disk & Tape, B-14
file identifier field• Disk & Tape, B-12
file section number field• Disk & Tape, B-13
file sequence number field• Disk & Tape,
B-13
file-set identifier field• Disk & Tape, B-13
generation number field• Disk & Tape, B-14
generation-version number field • Disk &
Tape, B-14
HDR2 label• Disk & Tape, B-11, B-15
block length field• Disk & Tape, B-17
buffer-offset length field• Disk & Tape,
B-18
record format field• Disk & Tape, B-15
record length field• Disk & Tape, B-17
system-dependent field• Disk & Tape, B-18
HDR3 label• Disk & Tape, B-11, B-19
RMS attributes field• Disk & Tape, B-19
HDR4 label• Disk & Tape, B-11, B-19
.HEADER LEVEL command• Text Processing,
4-31 , 4-45 ; DSR Ref, 2-60
Header level command
.DISPLAY LEVELS command• DSR Ref, 2-22
.HEADER LEVEL command• DSR Ref, 2-60
.HEADERS LOWER command• DSR Ref, 2-65
.HEADERS MIXED command• DSR Ref, 2-65
.HEADERS ON command• DSR Ref, 2-63
.HEADERS UPPER command• DSR Ref, 2-65
.NO HEADERS command• DSR Ref, 2-63
.NUMBER LEVEL command• DSR Ref, 2-90
.STYLE HEADE~S command• DSR Ref, 2-118
Header page• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-9
/HEADER qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-124; SDA
Ref, SDA-87; SUMSLP Ref, SUM-16
Header resident image• System Management, 8-1
.HEADERS LOWER command• DSR Ref, 2-65
.HEADERS MIXED command• DSR Ref, 2-65
.HEADERS ON command• Text Processing, 4-40;
DSR Ref, 2-63
.HEADERS UPPER command• DSR Ref, 2-65

lndex-122

Heap storage• RTL Ref, 5-2
Height
double• Programming, 8-27
Hello timer• Networking, 3-37
HELP_TEXT built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-97 to 4-98
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-98
HELP command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-14,
1-26; DCL Concepts, 1-5; Text Processing,
1-4, 2-3; File Applications, 4-4, 10-14;
Programming, 5-4; DCL Dictionary, DCL185 to DCL-190; EDT Ref, EDT-140,
EDT-274; VAXTPU Ref, F-7, G-3;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-22; Authorize
Ref,' AUTH-33; Disk Quota Ref, DQT-10;
Exchange Ref, EXCH-32; Install Ref, INS-12;
Mail Ref, MAIL-46; Monitor Ref, MON-36;
NCP Ref, NCP-46; Patch Ref, PA TCH-69;
Phone Ref, PHONE-15; Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-50; Debugger Ref, 1-6, CD-71 ; SDA
Ref, SDA-48; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-27
description• Exchange Ref, EXCH-32
display of default libraries• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-186
EDIT /FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-59
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-32
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-32
keypad mode• Text Processing, 1-5
line mode• Text Processing, 1-5
nokeypad mode• Text Processing, 1-6
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-32
wildcards •Exchange Ref, EXCH-32
Help facility• DCL Concepts, 1-5; Text
Processing, 1-4, 3-3; ACL Editor Ref,
ACL-4; NCP Ref, NCP-11
accessing• Text Processing, 3-3
display text
LBR$ procedure• Programming, 9-89
on line• Debugger Ref, 1-6, CD-7 1
Help files
comment lines• Librarian Ref, LIB-8
creating• Librarian Ref, LIB-6 to LIB-7
formatting • Librarian Ref, LIB-7
qualifier lines • Librarian Ref, LIB-8
restrictions• Librarian Ref, LIB-6
HELP function• EDT Ref, EDT-75
HELP key• Text Processing, 1-5
Help library• Programming, 9-71; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-185; Librarian Ref, LIB-4, LIB-6
character case• Librarian Ref, LIB-5
creating• DCL Dictionary, DCL-185
index keywords• Librarian Ref, LIB-6
key names• Librarian Ref, LIB-6 to LIB-7

Index

HELP LIBRARY command display• Librarian Ref,
LIB-10 to LIB-12
HELP parameter
LOOP CIRCUIT command• Networking, 7-11
/HELP qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-25
LIBRARY command• Programming, 9-71
Help text
example• Librarian Ref, · LIB-8 to LIB-10
retrieval• Librarian Ref, LIB-10 to LIB-12
Heterogeneous cluster• System Security, 8-1 ;
VAXclusters, 2-1
creating environment• VAXclusters, 2-7
operating environment• VAXclusters, 2-1
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-9
Heterogeneous command terminal • Networking,
1-3, 1-21
Heterogeneous network
remote file operations• Networking, 9-1
%HEX• Debugger Ref, D-4
Hexadecimal
constant• Programming, 6-17
format in DIFFERENCES output • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-134
identifier in ACE• System Security, 5-12
UIC identifier• System Security, 4-22.1
Hexadecimal/decimal conversion• MACRO Ref,
1-2
table• MACRO Ref, 1-2
Hexadecimal dump• DCL Dictionary, DCL-152;
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-15, ARMS-19
HEXADECIMAL mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
/HEXADECIMAL qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-53,
CD-55, CD-58
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-60
EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-62
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-70
REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-7 4
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-91
Hexadecimal text
convert to binary• RTL Ref, RTL-54
Hexadecimal value• DCL Concepts, 5-16
Hex password • NCP Ref, NCP-9
Hibernation • System Services Ref, 8-11
alternate method• System Services Ref, 8-12
and AST• System Services Ref, 5-3
and RUN command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
compared with suspension • System Services
Ref, 8-11
LIB$WAIT•RTL Ref, RTL-370
/HIDE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-48, CD-95

/HIDE qualifier (cont'd.)
DISPLAY command• Programming, 5-12
Hierarchical tree structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-2
Higher-level language statements• Networking,
1-21
High-level language• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2
argument evaluation• Intro to Routines, 2-5
argument transmission• Intro to Routines, 2-6
call from• System Services Ref, 2-17
mapped into argument lists• Intro to Routines,
2-5
High-speed terminal output• FOL Ref, FDL-52
Highwater marking• System Security, 4-49, 5-7 7
and performance• System Security, 5-77
disabling to improve system performance•
Perform Manage, 1-13
/HISTORY qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-26
HLB file type• Programming, 9-71
HLD (host loader)• Networking, 1-16, 2-29, 4-16
mapping table• Networking, 4-18
HLDTB$ •Networking, 4-18
HLP file type • Programming, 9-71
HNODE$ •Networking, 4-18
HOLD command• Phone Ref, PHONE-16
See also UNHOLD command
Holder
displaying records• System Security, 5-13
how to associate with identifier• System
Security, 5-10
removal • System Security, 5-11
Holder record • System Services Ref, 3-5
adding • System Services Ref, 3-8
format of• System Services Ref, 3-5
modifying • System Services Ref, 3-12
removing • System Services Ref, 3-14
/HOLD qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-129, CD-178
SUBMIT commmand • Command Procedures,
8-4
Hollerith
constant• Programming, 6-19
Home block• File Applications, 1-1 O; Disk &
Tape, 1-6, A-2
Homogeneous cluster• System SecuritVi 8-1 ;
VAXclusters, 2-1
creating environment• VAXclusters, 2-7
operating environment• VAXclusters, 2-1
preparing environment• VAXclusters, 2-7
Hop• Networking, 2-25
H operator• SDA Ref, SDA-12
Host• System Services Ref, SYS-195
Host identification
for downline task load • Networking, 4-10

lndex-123

Index

Host loader
See HLD
Host node
for X.25 connection• Networking, 1-3, 3-78,
3-79
Host services
DECnet-VAX • Networking, 1-3, 1-14, 4-1
on Ethernet• Networking, 2-3
$$Hours• DSR Ref, 3-18
HRD option • FOL Ref, FDL-9
HSC50 disk• VAXclusters, 1-3, 4-1, 4-2
as dual-ported• VAXclusters, 4-7
boot setup example• VAXclusters, C-1
dual-pathed • VAXclusters, 4-6
failover • VAXclusters, 4-7
HSC50 disk controller• Software Installation,
3-31 ; 1/0 Ref I, 3-3
HSC70 controller• Software Installation, 3-31
HSC boot setup• Software Installation, 4-6, 4-9
HSC device name• Software Installation, 6-7
HSC Operator Control Panel {OCP)
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-31
H symbol• DEL TA Ref, DELT A-8; SDA Ref,
SDA-13
HT ASK$• Networking, 4-18
Hyperbolic arc tangent• RTL Ref, RTL-390
Hyperbolic cosine• RTL Ref, RTL-412
Hyperbolic sine• RTL Ref, RTL-44 7
Hyperbolic tangent• RTL Ref, RTL-456
Hyphen {-)•Debugger Ref, 6-8
See also Continuation character
as directory searching character• DCL Concepts,
3-18
line-continuation character• Debugger Ref, 3-9,
CD-2
subtraction operator• Debugger Ref, 5-10, D-6
Hyphenate flag {=)
default• DSR Ref, 3-11
description • DSR Ref, 3-11
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-48

I
I {insert) command• EDT Ref, EDT-275

1/0 •Modular Procedures, 2-21, A-6
and performance• File Applications, 3-1
array• Programming, 9-17
asynchronous• Modular Procedures, 3-35
at AST level• Modular Procedures, 3-34
attributes• Programming, 9-11

lndex-124

1/0 {cont'd.)
conversion• Programming, 6-22
database• Programming, 9-16
error handling • Programming, 10-16
file• Modular Procedures, 2-24
limits• Software Installation, 7-21
list-directed• Programming, 6-22
privileges• Software Installation, 7-21
quotas• Software Installation, 7-21
record• Programming, 9-17
specifiers • Programming, 9-11
synchronous• Modular Procedures, 3-35
1/0 adapter•Device Driver, 1-6, 1-11 to 1-15,
1-16, 4-1 to 4-13
See also UBA, UNIBUS adapter, MBA, and 022
bus
displaying nexus value• Device Driver, 14-7,
14-8
functions• Device Driver, 4-1 to 4-2
obtaining resources• Device Driver, 10-1
synchronizing access to• Device Driver, 3-4,
4-2
type• Device Driver, 7-2, A-3, A-16
1/0 adapter register• Device Driver, 10-1
See Mapping registers, Data path register,
Vector register, Byte count register, MBA
1/0 bus• Software Installation, 7-34
1/0 channel•System Services Ref, 7-13
assigning• System Services Ref, SYS-20
deassigning• System Services Ref, 7-18,
SYS-109
1/0 completion
See 1/0 postprocessing
recommended test• System Services Ref, 7-16
status• System Services Ref, 7-17
synchronizing • System Services Ref, 7-14
1/0 counts• Convert Ref, CONV-26
1/0 database• Device Driver, 1-4 to 1-6, A-1 to
A-38
creation• Device Driver, 7-1, 13-2, 14-3 to
14-6, 14-11, A-16, G-6
examining with XDELTA • Device Driver, 15-9
for MASSBUS configuration • Device Driver,
G-6 to G-7, G-11
for two-controller configuration • Device Driver,
5-5
initializing • Device Driver, 7-3 to 7-5, 14-11
locating • Device Driver, 14-9
referencing fields in• Device Driver, 6-2, A-1
reinitializing• Device Driver, 13-2
synchronization • Device Driver, 3-6
1/0 device
failure• Software Installation, 7-30

Index

1/0 device (cont'd.)

1/0 limitation (cont'd.)

getting information about
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-192
synchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-208
1/0 driver
card reader• 1/0 Ref/, 2-1
DELUA (XEDRIVER) • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
DEQNA (XQDRIVER) • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
DEUNA (XEDRIVER) • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
disk• //O Ref/, 3-1
DMC 11/DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-1
DR11-W /DRV11-WA • 1/0 Ref II, 3-1
DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
DUP11 • //O Ref II, 5-1
line printer• 1/0 Ref/, 5-1
loading• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-29
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-1
mailbox• 1/0 Ref/, 7-1
replacing with new version• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-32
terminal• 1/0 Ref/, 8-1
1/0 function

compensating for• Perform Manage, 5-15
device 1/0 rate below capacity• Perform
Manage, 4-32
direct 1/0 rate abnormally high• Perform
Manage, 4-32
for disk and tape operations• Perform Manage,
4-31
isolating• Perform Manage, 4-30
reducing demand• Perform Manage, 4-36
1/0 operation
logical• System Services Ref, 7-7
physical • System Services Ref, 7-7
quotas, privileges, and protection• System
Services Ref, 7-2
status of• Programming, 8-59
summary of• System Services Ref, 7-6
virtual • System Services Ref, 7-7
1/0 postprocessing •Device Driver, 12-1 to 12-3,
A-21
device-dependent• Device Driver, 2-6, 5-16,
8-6, 12-2 to 12-3
device-independent• Device Driver, 2-6, 3-4,
5-17 8-6, C-59
for aborted 1/0 request• Device Driver, 8-12
for buffered 1/0• Device Driver, 8-6, 10-9
for OMA transfer• Device Driver, 10-2, 10-8 to
10-10
for full duplex device driver• Device Driver, C-5
for 1/0 request involving no device activity•
Device Driver, 8-13, C-20, C-21
1/0 postprocessing queue• Device Driver, 12-3,
13-4, A-33, C-5, C-59, C-71
1/0 preprocessing

See also Function code
See also Function modifier
ACP-010 interface• 1/0 Ref/, 1-2
arguments• 1/0 Ref/, A-1 to A-8; 1/0 Ref II,
A-1 to A-5
card reader• 1/0 Ref/, 2-4
disk• //O Ref/, 1-2, 3-15
indicating a buffered • Device Driver, 5-9, 7-7
indicating as legal to a device• Device Driver,
5-9, 7-7
line printer• 1/0 Ref/, 5-5
LPA 11-K device• 1/0 Ref/, 4-6
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 1-2, 6-8
mailbox• //O Ref/, 7-6
preprocessing• Device Driver, 5-10
terminal• 1/0 Ref/, 8-25
1/0 function code• Device Driver, 5-9, A-20;
System Services Ref, 7-10, 7-13; 1/0 Ref/,
A-1; 1/0 Ref II, A-1 to A-5
converting to device-specific function code•
Device Driver, 9-4
defined by VAX/VMS• Device Driver, 7-8 to
7-9
defining device-specific• Device Driver, 7-9
1/0 function modifier• Device Driver, 5-9;
System Services Ref, 7-12; 1/0 Ref/, A-1
to A-8; 1/0 Ref II, A-1 to A-5
1/0 limitation
adding capacity• Perform Manage, 4-36

See also SYS$QIO and FDT routine
completing• Device Driver, 5-12, 7-8
device-dependent• Device Driver, 2-3 to 2-4,
5-8 to 5-10, 8-1 to 8-16
device-independent• Device Driver, 2-2 to 2-3,
5-1 to 5-8
1/0 rates
determining• Perform Manage, 4-31
1/0 request
aborting • Device Driver, 8-4, 8-8, 8-10, 8-11
to 8-12, 12-6, C-10
canceling• Device Driver, 13-4 to 13-6, A-14;
System Services Ref, 7-20
canceling on channel • System Services Ref,
SYS-36
completing• Device Driver, C-71 to C-72
example• Device Driver, 2-1 to 2-6
involving no device activity• Device Driver,
8-12 to 8-13

lndex-125

Index

1/0 request (cont'd.)

1/0 status block (cont'd.)

IPL flow during the processing of• Device
Driver, 3-6 to 3-7
outstanding on channel• Device Driver, A-7
queuing • System Services Ref, 7-13
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-334
synchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-340
restarting after power failure• Device Driver,
9-5
retrying• Device Driver, 12-5
returning completion status of to process•
Device Driver, 2-6, 5-17, 8-4, 8-12, 12-2,
12-3
status• Device Driver, A-20
synchronizing simultaneous processing of
multiple• Device Driver, 8-4, 8-15 to 8-16
validating device-dependent arguments• Device
Driver, 2-3
validating device-independent arguments •
Device Driver, 2-2 to 2-3, 5-6 to 5-7
with no parameters• Device Driver, 8-11
with one parameter• Device Driver, 8-7
1/0 request packet

DEUNA/DEQNA/DELUA driver• 1/0 Ref II,
6-29
disk• //O Ref/, 3-25
DMC 11/DMR11 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 1-9
DMP11 /DMF32 driver• //O Ref II, 2-22
DR11-WDRV11-WA driver• //O Ref II, 3-14
DR32 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 4-34
DUP 11 driver• //0 Ref II, 5-8
in synchronization• System Services Ref, 7-14
line printer• 1/0 Ref/, 5-10
LPA 11-K • //0 Ref/, 4-31
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-22
mailbox• 1/0 Ref /, 7-11
return condition value field• System Services
Ref, 7-17
terminal • 1/0 Ref /, 8-48
validating access to• Device Driver, 5-7
1/0 transaction sequence number• Device Driver,
A-22
1/0 unit•File Applications, 3-7, 3-9, 3-13
/14 qualifier
FORTRAN command• Programming, 6-4, 6-10
IAS• FDL Ref, FDL-37, FDL-38
IAS node• Networking, 9-2
I command• Text Processing, 1-37, 1-41
IDB (interrupt dispatch block)• Device Driver, 1-6,
5-5, 10-7, A-18 to A-19
address• Device Driver, 5-4, 9-3, 11-3, 14-9,
A-10
creation • Device Driver, 7-3, 14-4
for MBA• Device Driver, G-4, G-6 to G-7,
G-11, G-13
size• Device Driver, 7-3
IDB$L_ADP •Device Driver, 5-5
IDB$L _CSR• Device Driver, 5-5, G-4, G-5, G-11
IDB$L_QWNER •Device Driver, 5-4, 5-5, 9-4,
9-7, 11-4, 13-1
IDB$W_UNITS •Device Driver, 14-6
ID command
syntax rules for• Command Procedures, 5-8
IDENT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-38
.IDENT directive• MACRO Ref, 6-38
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG-20
Identification
of· circuits• Networking, 3-31
of events• Networking, 3-82
of lines• Networking, 3-48
of network• Networking, 3-25
of node address• Networking, 2-2, 3-7
of node name•Networking, 2-2, 3-7
of objects• Networking, 3-70
of X.25 connector node• Networking, 3-80

SeelRP
1/0 request packet extension
SeelRPE
1/0 routine
user supplied
change to V AXTPU callable interface for•
Rel Notes, 2-2
1/0 segment• Linker Ref, LINK-13
1/0 service
synchronous version• System Services Ref,
7-17
1/0 space• Device Driver, H-2 to H-6
access to during bus power failure• Device
Driver, H-6
error in mapping • Device Driver, H-6
mapping to process space• Device Driver, H-2,
H-4, H-4 to H-6
of MASSBUS • Device Driver, G-4
of 022 bus• Device Driver, 4-3
of UNIBUS• Device Driver, 4-3
rules for referencing • Device Driver, 6-3, 6-3
to 6-4, H-6
1/0 statistics• Monitor Ref, MON-58
1/0 status block• Device Driver, 8-4, 12-2, 12-3,
A-20, A-22
ACP-QIO interface• 1/0 Ref/, 1-39
card reader• //O Ref/, 2-9

lndex-126

Index

IDENTIFICATION parameter
for local node• Networking, 3-8
/IDENTIFICATION qualifier• DSR Ref, 5-3, 6-6
in message definition • Message Ref, MSG-22
Identifier• VAXTPU Ref, 3-3; System Services
Ref, 3-2
See also Symbol
adding to rights database• System Services Ref,
3-8
associating with holders• System Security,

5-10
attributes• System Services Ref, 3-4
combined in one ACE
example• System Security, 5-9
defining• System Services Ref, 3-2
design considerations • System Security, 5-7
design of• System Security, 5-7
determining holders of• System Services Ref,
3-9
format of• System Services Ref, 3-2, 3-3
general• System Security, 4-22, 4-22. 1;
System Services Ref, 3-4
granting• Authorize Ref, AUTH-32
groups by areas of interest• System Security,
4-19
hexadecimal format in ACE• System Security,
5-12
removal• System Security, 5-11
removing from rights database• System
Services Ref, 3-14
reserved
See Identifier, system-defined
search string• Debugger Ref, 7-11
sharing same• System Security, 4-26
specifying multiple in ACE• System Security,
4-26
system-defined• System Security, 4-22, 4-23;
System Services Ref, 3-3
types• System Security, 4-22
UIC format• System Services Ref, 3-3
uniqueness requirement
for V AXcluster • System Security, 8-3
use of wildcards in for ACE
example• System Security, 4-29
Identifier ACE•DCL Concepts, 7-12, 7-13; AGL
Editor Ref, ACL-15; System Services Ref,
3-20
example• DCL Concepts, 7-14, 7-15; A CL
Editor Ref, ACL-17, ACL-18
specifying• AGL Editor Ref, ACL-15
specifying access• DCL Concepts, 7-14; AGL
Editor Ref, ACL-16
specifying identifiers• DCL Concepts, 7-13

Identifier ACE (cont'd.)
specifying options• DCL Concepts, 7-13; AGL
Editor Ref, ACL-16
syntax• System Security, 4-26
Identifier name• System Services Ref, 3-3
translating • System Services Ref, 3-7
/IDENTIFIER qualifier• Debugger Ref, 7-11, CD-82
Identifier record • System Services Ref, 3-5
adding to rights database • System Services Ref,
3-8
format of• System Services Ref, 3-5
modifying • System Services Ref, 3-12
removing from rights database• System
Services Ref, 3-14
Identifier value
translating • System Services Ref, 3-7
Identity
disguised • System Security, 6-6
/IDENT qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-14
IDENT statement• CDU Ref, CDU-16, CDU-38
IDX_NCMPR option• FOL Ref, FDL-28
.IF_FALSE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-42 to 6-44
/IF_ST A TE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-35; SDA
Ref, SDA-35
.IF_TRUE_FALSE directive•MACRO Ref, 6-42 to
6-44
.IF_TRUE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-42 to 6-44
.IF command• DSR Ref, 2-66
IF command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-11; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-191 to DCL-193; Debugger
Ref, 9-6, CD-73
and CONTINUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-60
evaluating input of INQUIRE command•
Command Procedures, 5-8
using to control execution flow• Command
Procedures, 5-8
using to test severity level • Command
Procedures, 7-2
using with GOTO command• Command
Procedures, 5-11
.IF directive• MACRO Ref, 6-39 to 6-41
IFI (internal file identifier)
removing• System Services Ref, 6-1 O
IFNORD macro• Device Driver, B-16
.IFNOT command• DSR Ref, 2-66
IFNOWRT macro• Device Driver, B-17
IFRD macro • Device Driver, B-18
If state• RTL Ref, 3-20
composed input• Programming, 8-37
IF statement• Programming, 2-15, 6-11
IF THEN ELSE command• Programming, 5-22
IF-THEN-ENDIF statement• VAXTPU Ref,
3-14

lndex-127

Index

IF-THEN-ENDIF statement (cont'd.)

Image (cont'd.)

example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-14
IFWRT macro• Device Driver, B-19
/IGNORE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-38
.llF directive• MACRO Ref, 6-45
IJOBLIM parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-64
Illegal entry• System Security, 3-32
Image• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-1

to execute in subprocess• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-366
to place into execution • DCL Dictionary, DCL364
to wakeup
and RUN command • DCL Dictionary, DCL368
types of• Linker Ref, LINK-59
Image activation• Linker Ref, LINK-13; Rel Notes,
3-29
analyzing• Perform Manage, 4-7
reducing• Perform Manage, 5-3
Image activator
GSMATCH processing• Linker Ref, LINK-22,
LINK-38
locating a shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK-38
mapping of shareable image• Linker Ref,
LINK-27
memory allocation• Linker Ref, LINK-65
processing of .ADDRESS• Linker Ref, LINK-78
IMAGE clause
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement • CDU Ref,
CDU-24
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU-32
Image file
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
analysis of fixup section • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-22
analysis of global symbol table• DCL Dictionary
DCL-22
'
analysis of patch text records• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-22
error analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
writing of• Linker Ref, LINK-79
Image File Patch Utility (PATCH)

See also Executable image
attributes • System Management, 8-1
base address of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-57
command• Programming, 7-1
continuing execution of• DCL Dictionary, DCL60
creating from object modules• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-299
device driver
to patch• DCL Dictionary, DCL-325
executable• System Management, 8-2, 8-3
to patch • DCL Dictionary, DCL-325
execute-only• System Management, 8-3
execution characteristics• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-299
exit•System Services Ref, 8-13, SYS-152
exiting• Programming, 10-35
file• System Management, 8-4
for subprocess• System Services Ref, 8-3
header resident• System Management, 8-1
hibernation
and RUN command • DCL Dictionary, DCL368
installed• Programming, 4-1 O
installing with privilege
security ramifications• System Security,
5-56
known• System Management, 8-1
length of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-57
linkable• System Management, 8-2
map• Programming, 4-40
privileged • System Management, 8-3;
Programming, 4-10
resuming execution of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-60
rundown activity• System Services Ref, 8-14
shareable• System Management, 8-2, 8-3;
Programming, 4-25
to patch • DCL Dictionary, DCL-325
size
specify with RUN command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-370
termination with EXIT command • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-17 7
to execute in detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-366

lndex-128

See also PATCH command
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-325
Image header• Linker Ref, LINK-5, LINK-13,
LINK-124
ID field• Linker Ref, LINK-23
image name field• Linker Ref, LINK-24
Image 1/0 segment• Linker Ref, LINK-23
Image ID field
setting• Linker Ref, LINK-23
Image initialization• Linker Ref, LINK-13, LINK-76
Image-level accounting data
collecting• Perform Manage, 3-3, 3-5
IMAGELIB.OLB •Programming, 4-22
See also SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB
Image map• Linker Ref, LINK-125
brief• Linker Ref, LINK-118
full• linker Ref, LINK-123

Index

Image map (cont'd.)
module information in• Linker Ref, LINK-52,
LINK-53
output• Linker Ref, LINK-8
sections in• Linker Ref, LINK-8, LINK-52
specification of• Linker Ref, LINK-51
symbol cross-reference in• Linker Ref,
LINK-120
type of• Linker Ref, LINK-51
writing of• Linker Ref, LINK-79
Image mode• Backup Ref, BACKU-20, BACKU-39
example• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
Image name field
setting• Linker Ref, LINK-24
Image operation• Disk & Tape, 6-18; System
Management, 7-16, 7-23
copy• Disk & Tape, 6-12, 6-18; System
Management, 7-16
overview of• Disk & Tape, 6-3
restore• Disk & Tape, 6-18, 6-25; System
Management, 7-16
save•Disk & Tape, 6-15, 6-18; System
Management, 7-18
/IMAGE qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-15;
Backup Ref, BACKU-39; SDA Ref,
SDA-107
Image run-down• Programming, 10-35
effect on logical names• System Services Ref,
6-5
forcing • System Services Ref, SYS-181
Image section• System Services Ref, 11-19
copy-on-reference• Linker Ref, LINK-29,
LINK-55
demand-zero• Linker Ref, LINK-21, LINK-55,
LINK-77
fix-up• Linker Ref, LINK-77, LINK-78
generation of• Linker Ref, LINK-61, LINK-73
initialization of• Linker Ref, LINK-76
length of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-55
maximum number of• Linker Ref, LINK-24
order of, in cluster• Linker Ref, LINK-75
placement of program sections in• Linker Ref,
LINK-73
promotion of to global section• Linker Ref,
LINK-27
protection of• Linker Ref, LINK-55
relocation of• Linker Ref, LINK-7 4
type of• Linker Ref, LINK-13
Image section descriptor
See ISD
Image termination • Device Driver, 13-4
Imaginary
complex number• Programming, 6-6

Immediate mode• MACRO Ref, 5-15 to 5-16
contrasted with literal mode• MACRO Ref,
5-16
Immediate value
See Passing mechanism
Implementation table
VAX Ada• Intro to Routines, A-18
VAX APL• Intro to Routines, A-20
VAX BASIC• Intro to Routines, A-22
VAX BLISS• Intro to Routines, A-26
VAX C • Intro to Routines, A-29
VAX COBOL• Intro to Routines, A-32
VAX FORTRAN• Intro to Routines, A-35
VAX MACRO• Intro to Routines, A-39
VAX PASCAL• Intro to Routines, A-41
VAX PL/I• Intro to Routines, A-45
VAX RPG II• Intro to Routines, A-52
VAX SCAN• Intro to Routines, A-54
VMS usage• Intro to Routines, A-1
Implicit
data definition• Programming, 6-2
printing• System Management, 9-24
variable• Programming, 4-7
Implicit conversion
in string comparison operation• DCL Concepts,
5-8
of operands in expression• DCL Concepts, 5-8
IMPLICIT NONE statement• Programming, 2-4,
4-7
IMPLICIT statement• Programming, 2-4, 6-2
Implied
Input/output unit• Programming, 8-3
Implied DO loop• Programming, 8-13
array processing• Programming, 6-25, 6-30
DAT A statement• Programming, 6-26
INACTIVE BASE parameter• Networking, 3-39
INACTIVE INCREMENT parameter• Networking,
3-39
INACTIVE THRESHOLD parameter• Networking,
3-39
INACTIVITY TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-68
Inbound logical link connection• Networking, 1-24
INBOUND parameter
SET NODE command• Networking, 3-89
INCB (Increment Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-22
INCL (Increment Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-22
INCLUDE command• Text Processing, 1-68, 2-7;
EDT Ref, EDT-141; VAXTPU Ref, G-3
INCLUDE FILE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-7

lndex-129

Index

/INCLUDE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-12; Linker
Ref, LINK-6, LINK-12, LINK-138; Sort Ref,
SORT-62
INCLUDE statement• Programming, 4-24
Inclusive OR operator• MACRO Ref, 3-16
Incoming calls to a DTE• Networking, 2-33
INCOMING parameter• System Security, 7-18
INCOMING TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-68
Incremental backup• System Management, 7-22
to 7-23
Incremental mode• Backup Ref, BACKU-11,
BACKU-20, BACKU-21, BACKU-41,
BACKU-71
example• Backup Ref, BACKU-20, BACKU-42
/INCREMENT AL qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-41
Incremental restore
See incremental mode
Incremental save• VAXTPU Ref, 5-10
Increment specifier
with /SEQUENCE qualifier• EDT Ref, EDT-161
with EXIT /SEQUENCE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-133
with RESEQUENCE/SEQUENCE command• EDT
Ref, EDT-159
with WRITE/SEQUENCE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-243
INCW (Increment Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-22
Indefinite repeat character directive (.IRPC) •
MACRO Ref, 6-48 to 6-49
.INDENT command• Text Processing, 4-21; DSR
Ref, 2-69
/INDENT qualifier• DSR Ref, 5-4
.INDEX
example command• DSR Ref, 2-70
Index
case control of entries• DSR Ref, 2-132
commands
.DISABLE INDEXING command• DSR Ref,
2-31
.ENABLE INDEXING command• DSR Ref,
2-31
.ENTRY command• DSR Ref, 2-35
.FLAGS INDEX command• DSR Ref, 2-49
.FLAGS SUBINDEX command• DSR Ref,
2-54
.INDEX command• DSR Ref, 2-70
.NO FLAGS INDEX command•DSR Ref,
2-49
.NO FLAGS SUBINDEX command• DSR Ref,
2-54
.XLOWER command• DSR Ref, 2-132
.XUPPER command• DSR Ref, 2-132

lndex-130

Index (cont'd.)
creating• Text Processing, 4-51, 4-57; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-389
creating source file with DSR • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-376
flags
Subindex flag • DSR Ref, 3-17
formatting• DSR Ref, 6-4, A-4
input files • DSR Ref, 6-5
levels• FOL Ref, FDL-6, FOL-7
producing• DSR Ref, 6-3
records• FOL Ref, FOL-7
structure• File Applications, 3-19
INDEX (Compute Index) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-75 to 9-76
INDEX_AREA attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-27,
FDL-28, FDL-29
INDEX _COMPRESSION attribute• FOL Ref, FOL-7,
FDL-28
INDEX_FILL attribute•FDL Ref, FDL-7, FDL-28
INDEX _SPACE_OCCUPIED attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-7
Index bucket
reclaimed• Convert Ref, CONV-26
INDEX BUCKET structure• File Applications,
10-26
INDEX built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-99
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-99
.INDEX command• Text Processing, 4-57; DSR
Ref, 2-70
Index depth• File Applications, A-3
/INDEXED_SEQUENTIAL qualifier• Sort Ref,
SORT-44
INDEXED attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-23
Indexed file• File Applications, 2-22, 3-19;
Programming, 9-3
advantages and disadvantages• File
Applications, 2-26
allocating • File Applications, A-1
alternate key• File Applications, 2-24
bucket size•File Applications, 3-7, 3-29, 7-24,
A-2
buffering• File Applications, 7-24 to 7-25
compression• File Applications, 3-3, 3-19;
FOL Ref, FDL-28
deferred write• File Applications, 3-10
designing • File Applications, 3-19 to 3-34
duplicate keys• FOL Ref, FDL-28
examining• File Applications, 10-22
fill factor• File Applications, 3-8
global buffers• File Applications, 7-25
key type• File Applications, 2-24
Level 1 index• FOL Ref, FDL-29

Index

Indexed file (cont'd.)
loading • Convert Ref, CONV-13
making contiguous• File Applications, 10-36
optimizing • File Applications, 3-19 to 3-34
primary key• File Applications, 2-24
Prolog 1 and 2 • File Applications, 3-19
Prolog 3 • Convert Ref, CONV-1
reclaiming buckets in• File Applications, 10-36
record access• File Applications, 8-12 to 8-16,
8-16
redesigning • File Applications, 10-33
reformatting• Convert Ref, CONV-2
reorganizing• File Applications, 10-37
run-time options• File Applications, 9-15 to
9-16
structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-3
tree structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
tuning• File Applications, 3-19 to 3-34
with global buffers• File Applications, 3-33
Indexed file organization
defined • File Applications, 1-4
/INDEXED qualifier• File Applications, 7-25
Index entry
emphasizing • DSR Ref, 6-3
merging• DSR Ref, 6-2
merging ENTRY entries• DSR Ref, 6-3
merging page number references• DSR Ref,
6-3
punctuation of• DSR Ref, 6-1
INDEXF.SYS•Disk & Tape, A-2
Index file• Disk & Tape, A-2
bit map• Disk & Tape, A-2
description• Disk & Tape, 1-6
placement on disk• DCL Dictionary, DCL-198
Index flag (> )
default• DSR Ref, 3-12
description • DSR Ref, 3-12
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-49
Indexing command
entering • DSR Ref, 6-4
Indexing qualifier• DSR Ref, 6-6
Indexing utility• DSR Ref, 6-1
case control • DSR Ref, 6-1
features• DSR Ref, 6-1
punctuation • DSR Ref, 6-1
Index keywords
in help libraries • Librarian Ref, LIB-6
Index mode• MACRO Ref, 5-17 to 5-19
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-21 to
8-22
/INDEX qualifier• DSR Ref, 6-3; SDA Ref,
SDA-58, SDA-91
READ command• Command Procedures, 6-6

INDEX RECORD node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-5
INDEX ROOT BUCKET node• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-5
Index sort
reasons for selecting• Sort Ref, SORT-29
specifying in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-68
Index structure• File Applications, 3-29
Level 0 •File Applications, 3-21
Level 1 •File Applications, 3-21
primary• File Applications, 3-21
Indicative value• Programming, 1-15
Indicator lights
ALERT• Software Installation, 2-3
REMOTE ACTIVE• Software Installation, 2-3
REMOTE ENABLE• Software Installation, 2-3
VAX-11/725,VAX-11/730•Software
Installation, 2-14
V AX-11 /750 •Software Installation, 2-10
V AX-11 /780 •Software Installation, 2-9
VAX ST A TE• Software Installation, 2-3
Indirection operator
See contents-of operator
INFO_WINDOW identifier• VAXTPU Ref, 4-212,
5-13
Hinformational" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-94
INFORMATIONAL keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-172
/INFORMATIONAL qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-23
IN1$BRK •Device Driver, 15-4; DEL TA Ref,
DELTA-6
Initialization• Modular Procedures, 3-16, A-6
at run time• Modular Procedures, 3-23
debugger• Debugger Ref, 2-5
of batch queues • VAXclusters, 3-8
of data variable• Programming, 6-3
of DDCMP node• Networking, 1-8
of disk• Software Installation, 7-6
of Ethernet node• Networking, 1-6
of magnetic tape• Software Installation, 7-6
using REPLY /BLANK_TAPE• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-352
using REPLY /INITIALIZE_TAPE• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-352
of modular procedures• Modular Procedures,
3-16
of MSCP server• VAXclusters, 4-3
of Phase Ill node• Networking, 2-36, A-14
of printer queues• VAXclusters, 3-3
of storage• Modular Procedures, 3-17
of variables• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1

lndex-131

Index

Initialization (cont'd.)

INITIALIZE command (cont'd.)

of volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL-194
using LIB$1NITIALIZE • Modular Procedures,
3-23, A-6
Initialization file• VAXTPU Ref, 5-7; SDA Ref,
SDA-8
command file• VAXTPU Ref, 1-8
creating• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-12 to
SHCL-13
debugger• Programming, 5-37; Debugger Ref,
2-5
default file type• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-12
definition • VAXTPU Ref, 1-8
section file • VAXTPU Ref, 1-8
SHOW_CLUSTER$1NIT •Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-12 to SHCL-13
Initialization macro
advantages described• RMS Ref, ACL-1
example• RMS Ref, 3-5
functions• RMS Ref, 3-1
multiple bit field • RMS Ref, 3-5
using• RMS Ref, 3-6
Initialization phase• Software Installation, 7-7,
7-31
Initialization routine
See Unit initialization routine, Controller
initialization routine
INITIALIZE/ERASE command• System Security,
5-76
INITIALIZE/QUEUE/BATCH command•
VAXclusters, 3-8
INITIALIZE/QUEUE command• VAXclusters, 3-2;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-203 to DCL-213
/INITIALIZE=CONTINUA TION qualifier• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-22
INITIALIZE/QUEUE command• Rel Notes, 2-5;
System Management, 9-6
INITIALIZE command• Disk & Tape, 3-4; System
Management, 7-3; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-194 to DCL-202; Exchange Ref, EXCH34; Monitor Ref, MON-37; Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-51; 1/0 Ref I, 6-21
See also Volume
/ALLOCATION qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-34
and window size• File Applications, 9-10
/BADBLOCKS qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-35
continuation volumes• Disk & Tape, 3-22
/CREA TE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-35
/DENSITY qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-35
description• Exchange Ref, EXCH-36
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-36

/EXTRA_WORDS qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-35
Files-11 On-Disk Structure• Disk & Tape, 3-6
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-34
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 5-3
/MESSAGE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-36
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-34
protection codes• Disk & Tape, 4-13
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-34
/REPLACE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-36
/SEGMENTS qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-36
sequential disk• Disk & Tape, 6-18
/VOLUME_FQRMA T qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-36
Initialize command table
LPA 11-K device• 1/0 Ref I, 4-8
/INITIALIZE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-43;
Patch Ref, PA TCH-23
SET PA TCH_AREA command• Patch Ref,
PA TCH-81 to PA TCH-84
Initial specifier
with /SEQUENCE qualifier• EDT Ref, EDT-161
with EXIT /SEQUENCE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-133
with RESEQUENCE/SEQUENCE command• EDT
Ref, EDT-159
with WRITE/SEQUENCE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-243
INIT switch
See RESET switch
Input• DSR Ref, 4-2, 4-3
command • Programming, 7-1
data lines• Command Procedures, 1-2
entering from your terminal• Command
Procedures, 3-7
one line• Programming, 8-5
opening a file• Command Procedures, 6-3
passing as a parameter to a command
procedure• Command Procedures, 3-2
to an executable image• Command Procedures,
3-5
to batch jobs• Command Procedures, 8-5
unsolicited• Programming, 8-46
use of data lines• Command Procedures, 3-6
using INQUIRE in a command procedure•
Command Procedures, 3-4
using the READ command• Command
Procedures, 3-5
Input/ output
array processing• Programming, 6-25, 6-30
asynchronous• Programming, 8-58
buffered operation• Programming, 6-40

lndex-132

Index

Input/output (cont'd.)

INQUIRE command (cont'd.)

channel• Programming, 8-55, 8-59
direct operation• Programming, 6-40
internal• Programming, 6-21
synchronous• Programming, 8-55
user• Programming, 8-1
Input/ output statement
array processing• Programming, 6-26
record processing• Programming, 6-38
Input address array• System Services Ref, 11-4
Input data stream
marking beginning of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-92
marking end of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-170
Input file
/FORMAT qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-37
specifying record size• Sort Ref, SORT-37
temporary default• DCL Concepts, 2-6
Input file concatentation •Convert Ref, CONV-1
Input file-selection qualifiers• Backup Ref,
BACKU-53 to BACKU-62
Input file specification• Librarian Ref, LIB-2
default file type• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
Input image file• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5
See also Executable image
device driver image• Patch Ref, PA TCH-6
executable• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5
shareable• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5
Input operation
one record • Programming, 8-6
/INPUT qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-24;
Debugger Ref, 8-16, CD-84, CD-117;
SDA Ref, SDA-110
Input save-set qualifiers• Backup Ref, BACKU-63
to BACKU-67
Input source file• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-3
Input specifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-8, BACKU-17
Input stream
define for created process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-366
switching control to other processes • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-4 7
INQUIRE command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-7;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-214 to DCL-2 16
conversion of input data with • Command
Procedures, 3-4
evaluating input from using the IF command •
Command Procedures, 5-8
reasons to omit from captive command
procedures• System Security, 5-82
using in a batch job command procedure•
Command Procedures, 3-5
using to accept input to a command procedure•
Command Procedures, 3-4

using to obtain a value for a variable• Command
Procedures, 5-3
INQUIRE statement• Programming, 9-14
INRANGE case constant• VAXTPU Ref, 3-15
Insert
characters on screen• Programming, 8-27,
8-28
files/modules• Librarian Ref, LIB-27
INSERT command• Text Processing, 1-28; EDT
Ref, EDT-142; Patch Ref, PATCH-70 to
PATCH-72
compared with DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-60
with /ABSOLUTE qualifier• Patch Ref,
PATCH-31
with /INSTRUCTION qualifier• Patch Ref,
PATCH-24, PATCH-71
INSERT HERE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-7
Insert Here function
See PASTE function
Inserting date• VAXTPU Ref, 4-75
Inserting text• Text Processing, 1-1 O
CTRL/V • Text Processing, 3-11
INCLUDE FILE• Text Processing, 3-12
Insert Overstr • Text Processing, 3-11
Inserting time• VAXTPU Ref, 4-75
INSERT keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-173
Insert mode
COPY_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-30
MOVE_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-127
INSERT MODE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-8
/INSERT qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-23;
Librarian Ref, LIB-2, LIB-27
INSQHI (Insert Entry into Queue at Head,
Interlocked) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-88
to 9-89
INS~TI (lns~rt Entry into Queue at Tail, Interlocked)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-90 to 9-91
INSQUE (Insert Entry in Queue) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-92 to 9-93
INSTALL
See Install Utility
Install
to display
names of installed files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-549
to display names of installed files• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-549
Installation
in tailored environment• Software Installation,
5-11
kinds of• Software Installation, 1-1
mandatory update• Rel Notes, 1-21

lndex-133

Index

Installation (cont'd.)

Instruction (cont'd.)

network• Networking, 6-1
of operating system• VAXclusters, 2-2
of privileged image• Programming, 4-10
of shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK-27,
LINK-38
overview• Software Installation, 1-1
requirement for sharing• Linker Ref, LINK-28
scenarios• Software Installation, 1-1
/SHARE qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-38
VAX PSI• Networking, 6-2
Installation summary
newly purchased system• Software Installation,
1-2
system upgrade• Rel Notes, 1-4; Software
Installation, 1-3
update/optional product• Software Installation,
1-3
upgrade/optional product• Rel Notes, 1-4
INST ALL command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-28
Installing standalone BACKUP
alternate disk directory root• Software
Installation, 4-40
Install Utility (INST ALL)• Rel Notes, 3-16; System
Management, 8-1; Install Ref, INS-1
commands• Install Ref, INS-5 to INS-20
directing output• Install Ref, INS-1
exiting• Install Ref, INS-1
for VAXTPU shareable images•Rel Notes, 2-7
invoking• Rel Notes, 3-16; Install Ref, INS-1
LIST /GLOBAL/FULL command• Rel Notes,
3-16
restrictions• Install Ref, INS-1
/GLOBAL/SUMMARY qualifier• Rel Notes,
3-16
Instruction• MACRO Ref, 1-1, 9-2 to 1-2
address• MACRO Ref, 9-34 to 9-36
arithmetic• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33, 9-100 to
9-121, 9-139 to 9-162
as operator• MACRO Ref, 2-3
character string• MACRO Ref, 9-122 to 9-135
control• MACRO Ref, 9-43 to 9-62
decimal string• MACRO Ref, 9-139 to 9-162
depositing • Debugger Ref, 6-13
display (INST)• Debugger Ref, 8-6, C-5
display kind • Debugger Ref, 8-13, C-1
examining • Debugger Ref, 6-7
floating-point • MACRO Ref, 9-100 to 9-121
format• MACRO Ref, 8-13 to 8-24
integer• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33
logical• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33
packed decimal• MACRO Ref, 9-139 to 9-162
procedure call• MACRO Ref, 9-63 to 9-69

queue• MACRO Ref, 9-82 to 9-99
replacing• Debugger Ref, 6-14
string• MACRO Ref, 9-122 to 9-135, 9-139 to
9-162
variable-length bit field• MACRO Ref, 9-37 to
9-42
/INSTRUCTION-/NOINSTRUCTION qualifier
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-60,
PATCH-61
EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-63
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
INSERT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-70
REPLACE command•Patch Ref, PATCH-74
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-92
INSTRUCTION data type• Debugger Ref, 5-2
INSTRUCTION-NOINSTRUCTION mode• Patch Ref,
PATCH-19
Instruction notation
operand specifier• MACRO Ref, 9-3 to 9-4
operation description• MACRO Ref, 9-4 to 9-5
/INSTRUCTION qualifier• Debugger Ref, 8-6,
CD-11, CD-23, CD-41, CD-58, CD-84, CD-89,
CD-135, CD-188, C-5; SDA Ref, SDA-41
INSV (Insert Field) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-42
lnswapping
reducing rate• Perform Manage, 5-14
INT2 value• FOL Ref, FDL-32
INT4 value• FOL Ref, FDL-32
INT8 value• FOL Ref, FDL-32
INT built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-100 to
4-101
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-100
Integer• Programming, 6-4
calculation in arithmetic operation• DCL
Concepts, 5-12
constant• Programming, 6-4
data type • MACRO Ref, 8-1 to 8-3
implicit conversion to string• DCL Concepts,
5-8
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 3-3
quadword• Programming, 6-5
unsigned• MACRO Ref, 8-1, 8-2
INTEGER•2 data type• Programming, 6-4
INTEGER•4 data type• Programming, 6-4
Integer and floating-point procedure• RTL Ref,
9-12
LIB$EDIV • RTL Ref, 9-12
LIB$EMODD • RTL Ref, 9-12
LIB$EMODF • RTL Ref, 9-12
LIB$EMODG • RTL Ref, 9-12

lndex-134

Index

Integer and floating-point procedure (cont'd.)
LIB$EMODH • RTL Ref, 9-12
LIB$EMUL • RTL Ref, 9-12
LIB$POLYD• RTL Ref, 9-12
LIB$POLVF • RTL Ref, 9-12
LIB$POLVG• RTL Ref, 9-12
LIB$POLYH •RTL Ref, 9-12
INTEGER data type• Programming, 6-4; VAXTPU
Ref, 2-2
Integer instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33
Integer overflow enable (IV)• MACRO Ref, 8-12
Integration stage• Modular Procedures, 5-1
Integration testing• Modular Procedures, 4-2, 4-7
Interactive
assignment of symbols• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-214
HELP• DCL Dictionary, DCL-18 7
Interactive command• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-15
Interactive execution of command procedure•
Command Procedures, 1-6
INTERACTIVE identifier• System Security, 4-22,
5-9
Interactive login
defined• System Security, 3-2
vs interactive mode process• System Security,
3-2
Interactive mode• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-1, ARMS-2, ARMS-11, ARMS-15
Interactive processing of selective patches• Patch
Ref, PA TCH-39
/INTERACTIVE qualifier• File Applications, 10-14;
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-2, ARMS-11
Interchange environment
protection• Disk & Tape, 2-8
/INTERCHANGE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-44
Interface
See also EDT Keypad Emulator
See also EVE
default• VAXTPU Ref, 1-7
minimal• VAXTPU Ref, 5-11
Intermediate file• Text Processing, 4-51, 4-58
/INTERMEDIATE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-14, 5-2,
6-3, 6-5
examples• DSR Ref, 4-14
Internal
READ statement• Programming, 6-21
WRITE statement• Programming, 6-21
Internal buffer
for storing records• File Applications, 8-3
Internal clock• NCP Ref, NCP-77
Internal file identifier
See IFI

Internal parsing• Programming, 7-22
Internal structure
of file• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-2
Interprocess communication• Programming, 3-25;
System Services Ref, 8-7, 8-9
using event flags for• System Services Ref,
8-10
using global sections for• System Services Ref,
8-10
using lock management services for• System
Services Ref, 8-10
using logical names for• System Services Ref,
8-10
using mailboxes for• System Services Ref,
8-10
'
Interprocess control• System Services Ref, 8-7
lnterrecord gap
SeelRG
Interrupt
See also Device interrupt
blocking • Device Driver, B-11
debugging session•Debugger Ref, 2-12, 2-13,
CD-28
disabling• Device Driver, 3-13, B-11
dismissing• Device Driver, 3-2, 12-1
enabling• Device Driver, 3-14, B-12
of command procedure
and ON command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-317
program• Debugger Ref, 2-3, CD-28
reducing• Perform Manage, 5-22
requesting an XDELTA • Device Driver, 15-5 to
15-6
requesting a software• Device Driver, 3-14,
B-35
requesting for XDELTA• DELTA Ref, DELT A-6
INTERRUPT command• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-13
Interrupt context• Device Driver, 1-7, 3-2, 3-10,
9-8
Interrupt dispatch block
See IDB
Interrupt dispatcher• Device Driver, 3-8, 10-8,
11-1,A-4
See also IDB
direct vector• Device Driver, 3-9, 11-3, A-4,
A-9
for MASSBUS•Device Driver, D-14, G-6, G-6
to G-7, G-9 to G-10, G-13 to G-15
for UNIBUS• Device Driver, A-9
nondirect vector• Device Driver, 3-9, 11-1,
A-4, A-9
Interrupt enable bit• Device Driver, 9-5

lndex-135

Index

Interrupt expected bit
See UCB$V_INT
Interruption of program • VAXTPU Ref, 5-5
Interrupt priority level
See IPL
/INTERRUPT qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-105
Interrupt servicing routine• Device Driver, 1-3,
3-2, 10-8, 11-1to11-8, 15-8,A-9,A-28
See also Unsolicited interrupt servicing routine
address•Device Driver, 7-4, 11-3, A-17, D-7
context• Device Driver, 3-2, 11-3, D-8
defined by VAX/VMS• Device Driver, 3-2 to
3-3
example • Device Driver, 11-6 to 11-8
for connect to interrupt facility• Device Driver,
H-10, H-1 5 to H-16
for fork IPL• Device Driver, 3-4
for hardware clock• Device Driver, 3-6
for IPL$_ASTDEL • Device Driver, 3-3
for IPL$_10POST •Device Driver, 3-4, C-59
for IPL$_SCHED •Device Driver, 3-5
for IPL$_TIMERFORK •Device Driver, 3-6, 12-4
for LP11 printer• Device Driver, 2-5 to 2-6
for MASSBUS device• Device Driver, D-7,
G-10, G-15
for solicited interrupt• Device Driver, 11-4 to
11-5
for UBA • Device Driver, 3-9
for UNIBUS adapter• Device Driver, 11-l
for unsolicited interrupt• Device Driver, 11-5 to
11-8, D-13
functions• Device Driver, 5-14, 9-8, 11-1, 0-7
input • Device Driver, D-7
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-8
of CONINTERR.EXE •Device Driver, H-9
output• Device Driver, D-7
register usage• Device Driver, 3-2, 9-7, D-8
specifying more than one• Device Driver, D-7
transferring control to • Device Driver, 5-14
Interrupt stack• Device Driver, 9-2
excessive activity• Perform Manage, 4-41
excessive time• Perform Manage, 4-37
Interrupt vector• Device Driver, 3-9, 14-8, A-4,
A-9 to A-11
address• Device Driver, 14-5
connecting to• Device Driver, H-1, H-6 to H-23
multiple• Device Driver, A-9
number• Device Driver, 14-6
/INTERVAL qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-25;
Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-19
relationship of qualifier and event• Monitor Ref,
MON-25
specifying for playback• Monitor Ref, MON-25

lndex-136

Interval timer
See Hardware clock
/INTO qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-89, CD-135,
CD-:-189
Intrinsic character function• Programming, 6-15
Intrinsic function
CHAR• Programming, 6-15
generic name• Programming, 1-5
specific name• Programming, 1-5
INTRINSIC statement• Programming, 1-8, 4-20
Intrinsic subprogram• Programming, 1-5, 6-9
generic name• Programming, 1-5
specific name• Programming, 1-5
INTSTKPAGES parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-64
INVERT keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-26, 4-62
Invocation number• Debugger Ref, 4-16
pathname • Debugger Ref, 4-13
syntax of• Debugger Ref, 4-19
INVOKE command• File Applications, 4-4, 4-6;
FOL Ref, FDL-54, FDL-60
$10730DEF macro• Device Driver, H-2
$10750DEF macro• Device Driver, H-2
$10780DEF macro• Device Driver, H-2
$10790DEF macro• Device Driver, H-2
10$_AVAILABLE •Device Driver, 8-6, C-27
10$_CONINTREAD •Device Driver, H-8, H-9
10$_CONINTWRITE •Device Driver, H-8, H-9
10$_PACKACK •Device Driver, 8-6, C-27
IQ$_SETCHAR • Device Driver, 8-9
10$_UNLOAD •Device Driver, 8-6, C-27
IOC$ALOUBAMAP •Device Driver, C-53 to C-54,
C-69
IOC$ALOUBAMAPN •Device Driver, 10-5
IOC$ALTUBAMAP •Device Driver, C-53, C-69
IOC$APPLYECC •Device Driver, A-37, C-55
IOC$CANCELIO •Device Driver, 13-6, A-32, C-56
IOC$DIAGBUFILL •Device Driver, A-14, A-22,
C-57, D-9
IOC$GL_CRBTMOUT• Device Driver, A-9
IOC$GL _DEVLIST • Device Driver, 13-3, A-11
IOC$GL_PSBL•Device Driver, C-5, C-10, C-20,
C-71
IOC$GL_PSFL •Device Driver, C-59
IOC$GW_MAXBUF •Device Driver, C-17
IOC$1NITIATE •Device Driver, 5-12 to 5-13,
8-14, 9-1, 12-3, A-14, A-21, A-31, A-32,
A-33, A-34, C-24, C-58, C-71, D-10
IOC$10POST •Device Driver, A-22, A-24, C-59
IOC$LOADMBAMAP •Device Driver, B-21, C-60,
G-3
IOC$LOADUBAMAP •Device Driver, 10-6, A-11,
B-22, C-61
IOC$LOADUBAMAPA •Device Driver, 10-6, C-61

Index

IOC$MNTVER •Device Driver, 7-7, A-14
IOC$MOVFRUSER• Device Driver, 7-2, 10-10,
C-62
IOC$MOVFRUSER2 • Device Driver, C-63
IOC$MOVTOUSER• Device Driver, 7-2, 10-11,
C-64
IOC$MOVTOUSER2 •Device Driver, C-65
IOC$PURGDATAP• Device Driver, 10-8 to 10-9,
10-11, A-11, B-23, C-66
IOC$RELCHAN •Device Driver, 12-2, A-8, A-18,
A-28, B-24, C-67, C-84
IOC$RELDATAP•Device Driver, 10-9, A-4, A-5,
A-28, B-25, C-68
IOC$RELMAPREG • Device Driver, 10-9 to 10-10,
A-4, A-5, A-10, A-11, A-28, B-26, C-69
IOC$RELSCHAN •Device Driver, A-8, A-9, A-18,
B-27, C-70
IOC$REOCOM•Device Driver, 9-1, 12-3, A-14,
A-19, A-22, A-31, A-32, A-33, A-34, A-36,
8-28, C-71 to C-72, D-10
IOC$REODATAP•Device Driver, 10-2 to 10-3,
A-4, A-5, A-11, A-28, B-29, C-73
IOC$REODATAPNW• Device Driver, 10-3, C-73
IOC$REOMAPREG • Device Driver, 10-4 to 10-5,
A-4, A-5, A-10, A-11, A-28, B-30, C-74 to
C-75
IOC$REOPCHANH •Device Driver, A-8, A-18,
A-28, 8-31, C-76
IOC$REOPCHANL •Device Driver, 9-2 to 9-4,
A-8, A-18, A-28, B-31, C-77
IOC$REOSCHANH •Device Driver, A-8, A-9,
A-18, B-32, C-78
IOC$REOSCHANL• Device Driver, A-8, A-9,
A-18, A-28, B-32, C-79
IOC$RETURN • Device Driver, 7-6, 13-5, C-80
IOC$SEARCHDEV •Device Driver, A-28
IOC$VERIFYCHAN •Device Driver, C-81
IOC$WFIKPCH •Device Driver, 5-13, 5-14, 9-7,
A-28, A-32, A-33, B-41, C-82 to C-83
IOC$WFIRLCH•Device Driver, 5-13, 5-14, A-32,
A-33, 8-42, C-84
$10DEF macro• Device Driver, 7-8
IOFORK macro• Device Driver, 3-12, 3-15, 5-14,
10-8, 11-5, 12-1, 8-20
$10UV 1DEF macro• Device Driver, H-2
$10UV2DEF macro• Device Driver, H-2
IPL (interrupt priority level) • Device Driver, 1-7,
1-9, 3-1 to 3-14
device• Device Driver, 3-4 to 3-5, A-16, A-31
during 1/0 processing• Device Driver, 3-3 to
3-7
fork• Device Driver, A-16, A-27
lowering• Device Driver, 3-3, 3-5, 3-12, 3-13,
3-14, 3-14, 9-7, B-12

IPL (interrupt priority level) (cont'd.)
modifying• Device Driver, 3-12 to 3-14
raising • Device Driver, 3-3, 3-13, B-11 , B-34
saving • Device Driver, B-33
software• Device Driver, 3-1 to 3-2
IPL$_ASTDEL •Device Driver, 1-9, 3-3, 5-7, 8-15
IPL$_10POST•Device Driver, 1-9, 2-6, 3-4, 5-17,
8-12, 8-13, 12-3, 13-4, C-59
IPL$_MAILBOX•Device Driver, 3-6, 11-7, 12-6,
C-51
IPL$_POWER • Device Driver, 3-5, 9-5 to 9-6,
12-7, 13-2, 14-4
IPL$_QUEUEAST •Device Driver, 3-5, C-2, C-3
IPL$_SCHED •Device Driver, 3-4, 3-5
IPL$_SYNCH • Device Driver, 1-9, 3-5, 3-6
IPL$_TIMER• Device Driver, 12-6
IPL$_TIMERFORK •Device Driver, 3-6, 12-4
IPL$_XDELTA • Device Driver, 3-6
IRG •File Applications, 1-11
IRP (1/0 request packet)• Device Driver, 1-6, A-19
to A-23
creation • Device Driver, 2-3, 5-7
current• Device Driver, A-31
deallocation• Device Driver, 2-6, C-59
dequeuing from UCB• Device Driver, A-19
device-independent portion of• Device Driver,
5-7 to 5-8
insertion in pending 1/0 queue• Device Driver,
2-4, 5-12, 8-3, 8-13 to 8-15, 9-1, C-23
insertion in postprocessing queue• Device
Driver, 2-6, 3-4
removal from pending 1/0 queue• Device Driver,
2-6, 5-12, 12-3
storing data in• Device Driver, 6-2
IRP$B_CARCON • Device Driver, 8-7, 8-10, A-22
IRP$B_RMOD •Device Driver, 8-11, C-10
IRP$L _BCNT • Device Driver, 8-4, 8-10, 8-14,
9-2, C-58
IRP$L_DIAGBUF• Device Driver, 8-14, C-57,
C-58
IRP$L_IOSB •Device Driver, .8-11, C-10
IRP$L _MEDIA• Device Driver, 8-9, 8-13, 12-3,
13-4, A-22
storing device-dependent parameters in• Device
Driver, 8-7
IRP$L_PID •Device Driver, 13-6
IRP$L_SV APTE •Device Driver, 8-14, 9-2, C-58
for buffered 1/0 •Device Driver, 8-5, 8-6, 8-8
for direct 1/0 •Device Driver, 8-10
IRP$V_DIAG8UF •Device Driver, 8-14, C-57,
C-58
IRP$V_FUNC • Device Driver, 8-4, 8-6, 8-7, 13-4
IRP$W_BOFF•Device Driver, 8-5, 8-6, 8-14, 9-2,
C-58

lndex-137

Index

IRP$W_CHAN •Device Driver, 13-6
IRP$W_FUNC• Device Driver, 8-10, 9-4
IRP$W_STS
for read function• Device Driver, 8-4, 8-6, 8-7
for write function• Device Driver, 8-6
.IRPC directive• MACRO Ref, 6-48 to 6-49
IRPCOUNT parameter• Networking, 5-32;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-64
IRPCOUNTV parameter•SYSGEN Ref, SGN-64
.IRP directive• MACRO Ref, 6-46 to 6-47
IRPE (1/0 request packet extension)• Device Driver,
A-21, A-24
address• Device Driver, A-22
allocating• Device Driver, A-24
deallocation• Device Driver, A-24, C-59
unlocking buffer pages• Device Driver, C-59
/IRP qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-87
ISAM file• Programming, 9-49
ISD (image section descriptor) • Linker Ref
LINK-13
in GSMA TCH processing• Linker Ref, LINK-21
ISO networks• Networking, 3-30
Item
defined• File Applications, 1-3
Iterative logic• Programming, 2-19
DO loop• Programming, 2-20
indexed DO• Programming, 2-21
nesting• Programming, 2-22
Iterative substitution• DCL Concepts, 6-5
in expression• DCL Concepts, 6-7
using apostrophes• DCL Concepts, 6-6
using command synonyms• DCL Concepts,
6-6

J
Jacket procedure• RTL Ref, 9-1
JBCSYSQUE.DAT •System Management, 9-4
as common file• VAXclusters, 2-9
sharing• VAXclusters, 2-11
specifying location of• VAXclusters, 3-1
JIB Oob information block)• Device Driver, 8-5
JIB$L_BYTCNT •Device Driver, 8-5, 8-6, C-11,
C-17
JIB$L_BYTLM •Device Driver, C-17
JMP (Jump) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-58
Job
batch card
end of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-172
default logical name• DCL Concepts, 4-5

lndex-138

Job (cont'd.)
definition of default CPU time limit• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-206, DCL-485, DCL-618
definition of maximum CPU time limit• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-207, DCL-485, DCL-618
deletion from queue• DCL Dictionary, DCL-116,
DCL-122
getting information about
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-209, SYS-239
synchronously• System Services Ref, SYS222 .2
redirection to another queue• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-44
removing from a queue
with ASSIGN/MERGE command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-44
termination imposed by shift restrictions•
System Security, 3-31
Job attached bit
See UCB$V_JOB
JOB card• System Management, 9-53
password• DCL Dictionary, DCL-323
JOB command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-217 to
DCL-222
in card reader batch job • Command Procedures,
B-1
Job controller• Device Driver, A-33; System
Management, 9-3; VAXc/usters, 1-6
affected by shift restrictions• System Security,
3-31
enforces work time restrictions• System
Security, 5-48
impact of SET DAY command on logged in
processes• System Security, 5-48
major interface
asynchronous• System Services Ref, SYS393
synchronous• System Services Ref, SYS428 .8
request to symbiont• Util Routines Ref, SMB-6
sending a message to• Device Driver, 11-7 to
11-8
Job controller queue file• VAXclusters, 2-9, 3-1,
3-12
Job information block
See JIB
Job logical name table• System Services Ref, 6-5
canceling entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-86
inclusion of logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-40, DCL-97
/JOB qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-16

Index

Job queue
small-disk systems• System Management,
3-12
Job queue manager
restarting• System Management, 9-5
starting• System Management, 9-4
Job separation pages• System Management,
9-32 to 9-36
Job table quota • System Management, 6-4
"journar parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-90
JOURNAL _CLOSE built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-102
"journal_filen parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-90, 4-93
JOURNAL_OPEN built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-103 to 4-105
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-105
Journal buffer• Text Processing, 3-5
Journal facility• Text Processing, 3-4
storage system• Text Processing, 3-5
Journal file• Text Processing, 1-6, 1-51, 2-4, 3-5
; Disk & Tape, 6-28; System Management,
7-24; Patch Ref, PATCH-9
See also Backup Utility
/RECOVER qualifier• Text Processing, 1-51
.TJL default• Text Processing, 3-5
Journaling• VAXTPU Ref, 6-7
frequency of• VAXTPU Ref, 4-17 4
"journaling_frequencyn parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
JOURNALING keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-17 4
/JOURNAL qualifier• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-25;
Backup Ref, BACKU-7, BACKU-45; Patch
Ref, PA TCH-33
/JOURNAL qualifier to EDIT /TPU command •
VAXTPU Ref, 6-6
JSB (Jump To Subroutine) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-59
JSB entry points• Modular Procedures, 2-16, A-3
/ JSB qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-89, CD-135,
CD-189
Justification command
.AUTOJUSTIFY command• DSR Ref, 2-3
.JUSTIFY command•DSR Ref, 2-71
.NO AUTOJUSTIFY command• DSR Ref, 2-3
.NO JUSTIFY command• DSR Ref, 2-71
Justification of text• Text Processing, 4-17
.JUSTtFY command • Text Processing, 4-17;
DSR Ref, 2- 71
example• DSR Ref, 2-72

K
.KEEP command•DSR Ref, 2-73
example• DSR Ref, 2-73
/KEEP qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-20
SUBMIT command• Command Procedures, 8-5
Kernel mode
changing to• System Services Ref, SYS-5 7
excessive time• Perform Manage, 4-39
Kernel mode AST
See AST
Kernel-mode stack pointer• SDA Ref, SDA-13
/KERNEL qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-105
Kernel stack• Device Driver, 9-2
Key
See also Key map
alternate• Programming, 9-44; FDL Ref,
FDL-6
duplicate values• File Applications, 3-27
performance of• File Applications, 3-26
buffer• File Applications, 9-16, 9-18, 9-22
built-in procedures for defining
DEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-56
KEY_NAME• VAXTPU Ref, 4-106
LAST_KEY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-108
LOOKUP_KEY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-115
SET (SELF_INSERT, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-192
SET (UNDEFINED_KEY, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-205
UNDEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-224
compression
front• File Applications, 3-20
rear• File Applications, 3-20
DECnet-VAX license•Networking, 1-15, 2-21
defining• DCL Concepts, 1-1 O; Programming,
8-37
defining in debugger• Programming, 5-5
duplicate• Programming, 9-58
duplicate values• File Applications, 2-25
equal• Sort Ref, SORT-4
for Prolog 1 and 2 files• File Applications, 3-19
length• FDL Ref, FDL-29
multiple• Programming, 9-52; Sort Ref,
SORT-4
null• File Applications, 2-25
null value• File Applications, 3-23
number of• File Applications, 3-27
primary• File Applications, 3-20, 3-26;
Programming, 9-44
segmented• File Applications, 3-20

lndex-139

Index

Key (cont'd.)

Key definitions in EDT (cont'd.)

segment length• FDL Ref, FDL-30
size• File Applications, 9-16, 9-19, 9-22
sorting• Programming, 9-31
specifying • Programming, 9-43; Sort Ref,
SORT-3, SORT-4
data type• Sort Ref, SORT-26
in specification file• Sort Ref, SORT-64
order• Sort Ref, SORT-26
position• Sort Ref, SORT-26
size• Sort Ref, SORT-26
type• FDL Ref, FDL-31
used to store indexed records sequentially• File
Applications, 2-7
Key 0 •File Applications, 3-21
KEY_GREA TER_EQUAL attribute• File Applications, 8-11, 8-12; FDL Ref, FDL-12
KEY_GREATER_THAN attribute• File Applications,
8-11, 8-12; FDL Ref, FDL-12
KEY_LIMIT attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-12
"key_map_list'' parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
KEY_MAP_LIST keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-175,
4-211
KEY_MAP_LISTS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
KEY_MAP keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-115, 4-211
KEY_MAPS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
KEY_NAME built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-106 to 4-107
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-107
KEY_NCMPR option• FDL Ref, FDL-27
KEY_OF_REFERENCE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-12
KEY attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-26, FDL-39
Keyboard
VT100• Text Processing, 3-6
VT200• Text Processing, 3-6
Keyboard control character• 1/0 Ref I, 8-3 to 8-6,
8-9
Key buffer• File Applications, 8-4
Key characteristics option• File Applications, 4-37
Key definition
create• Debugger Ref, CD-34
debugger predefined • Debugger Ref, 8-1
delete• Debugger Ref, CD-38, CD-196
display• Debugger Ref, CD-15 7
saving in section file• Text Processing, 2-16
Key definitions in EDT
available keys for definition• Text Processing,
1-63
creating• Text Processing, 1-61
list• Text Processing, 1-61
saving • Text Processing, 1-64
using CTRL/K • Text Processing, 1-59

using DEFINE KEY command• Text Processing,
1-60
Key definition XAB
See XABKEY
KEY DESCRIPTOR node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-3, ARMS-5
KEY DESCRIPTOR structure• File Applications,
10-22
Keyed access• Programming, 9-4
Key-greater-than-or-equal search option
See also Equal-or-next search option
Key-greater-than search option
See also Next search option
Key lines
formatting • Librarian Ref, LIB-7
Keylock switch
VAX-11/725,VAX-11/730•Software
Installation, 2-15
V AX-11 /750 •Software Installation, 2-12
V AX-11 /780 •Software Installation, 2-9
Key map
See also Key-map list
built-in procedures for
ADD_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-6
CREA TE_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-34
REMOVE_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-144
SHOW (KEY_MAP)• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
SHOW (KEY_MAPS)• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
built-in procedures for removing
REMOVE_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-144
Key-map list
See also Key
built-in procedures for
CREA TE_KEY_MAP_LIST• VAXTPU Ref,
4-35
SET (KEY_MAP_LIST, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-175
SHOW (KEY_MAP_LIST)• VAXTPU Ref,
4-211
SHOW (KEY_MAP_LISTS)• VAXTPU Ref,
4-211
Key match• File Applications, 8-14 to 8-16
approximate• File Applications, 8-14
exact• File Applications, 8-14
generic • File Applications, 8-13, 8-14
generic and approximate • File Applications,
8-15 to 8-16
Keyname • VAXTPU Ref, 4-106
creating • VAXTPU Ref, 4-106
table• VAXTPU Ref, 3-21
Key names in help libraries• Librarian Ref, LIB-6 to
LIB-7, LIB-11

lndex-140

Index

Key name specifier
with DEFINE KEY command• EDT Ref,
EDT-125
KEY NULL_VALUE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-29
Key of reference• File Applications, 2-6; Convert
Ref, CONV-18
Keypad
ACL commands• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-5
control key ACL commands• ACL Editor Ref,
ACL-13
reading from• Programming, 8-34
VT200-specific ACL commands• ACL Editor
Ref, ACL-12
Keypad commands• VAXTPU Ref, G-1
Keypad editing• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-4
Keypad keys
figure of• Text Processing, 3-6
functions of• Text Processing, 3-6
when invoking EVE• Text Processing, 3-6
Keypad mode• Debugger Ref, CD-109, B-1
Keypad mode (EDT)• Text Processing, 1-8
deleting text• Text Processing, 1-16
inserting text• Text Processing, 1-10
locating text• Text Processing, 1-19
moving text• Text Processing, 1-20
moving the cursor• Text Processing, 1-10
substituting text• Text Processing, 1-22
KEY primary attribute• File Applications, 4-37
DAT A_AREA secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-29
DAT A_FILL secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-31
INDEX _AREA secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-29
INDEX_FILL secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-31
LEVEL LINDEX_AREA secondary attribute•
File Applications, 3-29
TYPE secondary attribute• File Applications,
3-26
KEY PROLOG attribute• Convert Ref, CONV-21;
FOL Ref, FDL-27, FDL-28
/KEY qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1, CONV-18;
SDA Ref, SDA-35; Sort Ref, SORT-26,
SORT-64
READ command• Command Procedures, 6-6
Keyword• Programming, 7-7; VAXTPU Ref,
3-21; FOL Ref, FDL-3
See also DEFINE TYPE statement
abbreviating• DCL Concepts, 2-3, 2-4; FOL
Ref, FDL-39
ALL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-73, 4-144, 4-165,
4-167

Keyword (cont'd.)
ambiguous• Programming, 7-17
AUTO_REPEA T • VAXTPU Ref, 4-163
BELL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-165
BLANK_TABS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-202
BLINK
with CREA TE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-186
with SET (ST ATUS_LINE, ... ) • VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
BOLD
with CREA TE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-186
with SET (ST A TUS_LINE, ... ) • VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
BROADCAST• VAXTPU Ref, 4-165
BUFFER• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
BUFFERS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
COLLAPSE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
COMMENT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-115
COMPRESS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
DEBUG• VAXTPU Ref, 4-167
definition• DSR Ref, 1-2
DEVICE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
DIRECTORY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
EOB_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-169
EXACT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-109, 4-152
FACILITY_NAME• VAXTPU Ref, 4-170
for built-in procedure SET• VAXTPU Ref,
4-161
FORWARD• VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7, 4-152, 4-171
getting a list• VAXTPU Ref, 4-31
GRAPHIC_TABS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-202
how to define• CDU Ref, CDU-11
INFORMATIONAL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-172
in keyword table• RTL Ref, RTL-199
INSERT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-173
INVERT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-26, 4-62
JOURNALING• VAXTPU Ref, 4-17 4
KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-115, 4-211
KEY_MAP_LIST• VAXTPU Ref, 4-175, 4-211
KEY_MAP_LISTS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
KEY_MAPS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
keynames • VAXTPU Ref, 3-21
KEYWORDS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-73, 4-211

lndex-141

Index

Keyword (cont'd.)
LOWER• VAXTPU Ref, 4-26, 4-62
MARGINS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-176
MAX_LINES • VAXTPU Ref, 4-178
MESSAGE_FLAGS • VAXTPU Ref, 4-179
NAME• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
NO_EXACT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-109, 4-152
NO_TRANSLATE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-202
NO_WRITE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-181
NODE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-7 7
NONE
with CREA TE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-186
with SET (ST ATUS_LINE, ... ) • VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
OFF
with CREATE_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref,
4-41
with EDIT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
with HELP_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-97
with SET (AUTO_REPEAT, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-163
with SET (BELL, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-165
with SET (DEBUG, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-167
with SET (INFORMATIONAL, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-172
with SET (NO_WRITE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-181
with SET (PAD, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-184
with SET (SCREEN_UPDATE, ... ) • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-189
with SET (SCROLLING, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-190
with SET (SELF_INSERT, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-192
with SET (SUCCESS, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-198
with SET (TIMER, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-204
ON
with CREATE_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref,
4-41
with EDIT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
with HELP_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-97
with SET (AUTO_REPEAT, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-163
with SET (BELL, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-165
with SET (DEBUG, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-167
with SET (INFORMATIONAL, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-172

lndex-142

Keyword
ON (cont'd.)
with SET (NO_WRITE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-181
with SET (PAD, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-184
with SET (SCREEN_UPDATE, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-189
with SET (SCROLLING, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-190
with SET (SELF_INSERT, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-192
with SET (SUCCESS, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-198
with SET (TIMER, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-204
OUTPUT_FILE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-182
OVERSTRIKE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-183
PAD• VAXTPU Ref, 4-184
PERMANENT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-185
PROCEDURES• VAXTPU Ref, 4-73, 4-211
PROGRAM• VAXTPU Ref, 4-115, 4-167
PROMPT_AREA• VAXTPU Ref, 4-186
returned by CURRENT_DIRECTION • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-47
returned by LAST_KEY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-108
returned by READ_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-138
REVERSE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7, 4-152, 4-188
with CREA TE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-186
with SET (STATUS_LINE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
SCREEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
SCREEN_UPDATE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-189
SCROLLING• VAXTPU Ref, 4-190
SELF_INSERT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-192
SHIFT_KEY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-194
SPECIAL_GRAPHICS
with SET (STATUS_LINE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
ST A TUS_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-196
SUCCESS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-198
SUMMARY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
SYSTEM• VAXTPU Ref, 4-199
T AB_STOPS • VAXTPU Ref, 4-200
TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-202
TIMER• VAXTPU Ref, 4-204
TRIM• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
TRIM_LEADING • VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
TRIM_TRAILING• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
TYPE• VAXTPU Ref, 4- 77

Index

Keyword (cont'd.)
UNDEFINED_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-205
UNDERLINE
with CREATE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-186
with SET (STATUS_LINE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
UPPER• VAXTPU Ref, 4-26, 4-62
VARIABLES• VAXTPU Ref, 4-73, 4-211
VERSION• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
VIDEO• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
WIDTH• VAXTPU Ref, 4-208
WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
WINDOWS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
Keyword argument• MACRO Ref, 4-2 to 4-3
KEYWORD clause• Programming, 7-10
Keyword path• Programming, 7-10, 7-17
definition of• CDU Ref, CDU-13 to CDU-14
KEYWORDS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-73,
4-211
Keyword specifier• Programming, 9:- 12
KFILSTCNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-64
KGE option• FDL Ref, FDL-12
KMS11
dumping microcode• Networking, 7-13
KMS11-BD device• Networking, 2-18
KMS11-PX device• Networking, 2-18
KMS 11-PY device• Networking, 2-18
KMS/KMV DUMP Analyzer
See PSIKDA
KMV11
dumping microcode• Networking, 7-13
KMV 11 interface• Networking, 2-18
KMY interface• Networking, 2-18
KNOWN
plural form of component name• Networking,
3-91
Known file list• System Management, 8-1
privileges• System Management, 8-3
startup procedure • System Management, 8-1
Known image• System Management, 8-1
deleting• System Management, 8-4
dismounting volume• System Management,
8-4
installing• VAXclusters, 2-8
site-specific startup• System Management, 2-8
KS (ked substitute) command •EDT Ref, EDT-277
KSP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13

L
%LABEL• Debugger Ref, D-5
simple address• Debugger Ref, 5-5
Label
ANSl•Disk & Tape, B-1, B-4
command interpreter rules for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-50, DCL-181, DCL-183
created local • MACRO Ref, 4-6 to 4-7
disk• Mount Ref, MOUNT-2
disk volume set• Mount Ref, MOUNT-2
EOF•Disk& Tape, B-19
EOV •Disk & Tape, B-19
formatting source program• Programming, 4-2
global• MACRO Ref, 2-2
HOR 1 •Disk & Tape, 4-'20, B-11
HDR2 •Disk & Tape, B-15
HDR3 •Disk & Tape, B-19
header• Disk & Tape, B-11
in command procedure• Command Procedures,
1-5; DCL Dictionary, DCL-50, DCL-181,
DCL-183
rules for using• Command Procedures,
5-11
syntax• DCL Dictionary, DCL-50, DCL-181,
DCL-183
magnetic tape• Mount Ref, MOUNT-2
magnetic tape volume set• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-2
parameter• Programming, 7-2
path-name element• Debugger Ref, 4-11
program symbol • Debugger Ref, 4-6
qualifier• Programming, 7-4
specification of for volume• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-531
trailer•Disk & Tape, B-19
user-defined local• MACRO Ref, 3-7 to 3-8,
4-6
using with GOTO command• Command
Procedures, 5-11
VOL 1 •Disk & Tape, B-9
volume
header• DCL Dictionary, DCL-194
writing on volume• DCL Dictionary, DCL-194
LABEL clause
for DEFINE TYPE statement• CDU Ref, CDU-29
for PARAMETER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24,
CDU-33
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
Label descriptor
See Descriptor

lndex-143

Index

/LABEL qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-79; Mount
Ref, MOUNT-23
Laboratory Peripheral Accelerator
See LP A 11-K device
LAMAPREGS parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-65
LAN (local area network)
Ethernet• Networking, 1-4
lack of protection • System Security, 7-6
LANDSCAPE option• DSR Ref, 4-9
Language
current• Debugger Ref, 2-6
identifying• Debugger Ref, CD-159
native to VAX• FOL Ref, FDL-40
setting • Debugger Ref, 2-6, CD-104
support by debugger• Debugger Ref, E-1
Language expression
DEPOSIT command• Debugger Ref, 1-16,
6-11, CD-40
EVALUATE command• Debugger Ref, 1-16,
6-18, CD-53
radix mode in• Debugger Ref, 6-3
Language extension
See VAX language extension
Language independence
testing for• Modular Procedures, 4-1 , 4-6
Language-Sensitive Editor• Modular Procedures,
1-16 ; Debugger Ref, CD-50
Language statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-8 to 3-19
Language support procedure
See Procedure
LAPSE line
See X.25 line
LAPB line
See X.25 line
"last" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU Ref,
4-90, 4-91, 4-92, 4-94
LAST_KEY built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-108
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-108
Last-chance exception vectors• Programming,
10-19
LAST command• Mail Ref, MAIL-4 7
Last login messages• System Security, 3-8
disabling with /FLAGS=DISREPORT •System
Security, 5-36
using • System Security, 4-52
LAT-11
considerations for breakin detection• System
Security, 5-39
incompatible with system password • System
Security, 5-26
LAT line• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
LAT terminal • System Management, 11-14

lndex-144

.LAYOUT command•DSR Ref, 2-75
example• DSR Ref, 2-76
LBR$_KEYNOTFND •Programming, 9-76
LBR$CLOSE •Programming, 9-72; Util Routines
Ref, LBR-20
LBR$DELETE_DAT A• Programming, 9-79; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-21 to LBR-22
LBR$DELETE_KEY •Programming, 9-79; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-23 to LBR-24
LBR$FIND • Util Routines Ref, LBR-25 to LBR-26
LBR$FLUSH • Util Routines Ref, LBR-27 to LBR-28
LBR$GET_HEADER •Programming, 9-88
LBR$GET_HELP • Util Routines Ref, LBR-31 to
LBR-33
LBR$GET_HISTORY • Util Routines Ref, LBR-34 to
LBR-35
LBR$GET_INDEX •Programming, 9-91; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-36, LBR-36 to LBR-37
LBR$GET_RECORD •Programming, 9-80; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-38 to LBR-39
LBR$GET__HEADER• Util Routines Ref, LBR-29
to LBR-30
LBR$1Nl_CONTROL •Programming, 9-72; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-40 to LBR-4 1
LBR$1NSERT_KEY• Programming, 9-76; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-42 to LBR-43
LBR$LOOKUP_KEY• Programming, 9-76, 9-79,
9-80, 9-86 ; Util Routines Ref, LBR-44 to
LBR-45
LBR$0PEN •Programming, 9-72; Util Routines
Ref, LBR-46 to LBR-49
LBR$0UTPUT_HELP• Programming, 9-89; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-50 to LBR-54
LBR$PUT_END• Programming, 9-76; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-55
LBR$PUT_HISTORY • Util Routines Ref, LBR-56 to
LBR-57
LBR$PUT_RECORD •Programming, 9-76; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-58 to LBR-59
LBR$REPLACE_KEY •Programming, 9-77; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-60 to LBR-61
LBR$RELRMSSTV • Util Routines Ref, LBR-62
LBR$SEARCH • Util Routines Ref, LBR-63 to
LBR-64
LBR$SET_INDEX • Util Routines Ref, LBR-65 to
LBR-66
LBR$SET_LOCATE • Util Routines Ref, LBR-67
LBR$SET_MODULE •Programming, 9-86; Util
Routines Ref, LBR-68 to LBR-69
LBR$SET_MOVE• Util Routines Ref, LBR-70
LBR routine• Librarian Ref, LIB-12
calling • Librarian Ref, LIB-12
control index• Util Routines Ref, LBR-7

Index

LBR routine (cont'd.)
current index number
setting• Util Routines Ref, LBR-65 to
LBR-66
data record
reading• Util Routines Ref, LBR-38 to
LBR-39
writing• Util Routines Ref, LBR-58 to
LBR-59
end-of-module record
writing• Util Routines Ref, LBR-55
examples • Util Routines Ref, LBR-7 to LBR-19
creating a new library• Util Routines Ref,
LBR-7 to LBR-10
deleting a module from a library• Util
Routines Ref, LBR-16 to LBR-19
extracting a module from a library• Util
Routines Ref, LBR-13 to LBR-16
inserting a module into a library• Util
Routines Ref, LBR-10 to LBR-13
header• Util Routines Ref, LBR-2
help text
outputting • Util Routines Ref, LBR-50 to
LBR-54
retrieving • Util Routines Ref, LBR-3 1 to
LBR-33
index• Util Routines Ref, LBR-2
searching• Util Routines Ref, LBR-63 to
LBR-64
introduction• Util Routines Ref, LBR-1 to LBR19
library
closing• Util Routines Ref, LBR-20
creating• Util Routines Ref, LBR-46 to
LBR-49
help• Util Routines Ref, LBR-1
macro • Util Routines Ref, LBR-1
object• Util Routines Ref, LBR-1
opening • Util Routines Ref, LBR-46 to
LBR-49
shareable image• Util Routines Ref, LBR-1
structure• Util Routines Ref, LBR-2 to LBR-5
text• Util Routines Ref, LBR-1
types• Util Routines Ref, LBR-1 to LBR-2
user-developed • Util Routines Ref, LBR-1
library file
flushing• Uti/ Routines Ref, LBR-27 to
LBR-28
library header information
reading• Util Routines Ref, LBR-29 to
LBR-30
retrieving• Util Routines Ref, LBR-29 to
LBR-30

LBR routine (cont'd.)
library index
getting contents• Util Routines Ref, LBR-36
to LBR-37
initializing • Util Routines Ref, LBR-40 to
LBR-41
searching for key• Util Routines Ref,
LBR-36 to LBR-37
library key• Util Routines Ref, LBR-2
creating ASCII or binary• Util Routines Ref,
LBR-47
deleting• Util Routines Ref, LBR-23 to
LBR-24
finding• Util Routines Ref, LBR-25 to
LBR-26
inserting • Util Routines Ref, LBR-42 to
LBR-43
looking up • Util Routines Ref, LBR-44 to
LBR-45
replacing • Util Routines Ref, LBR-60 to
LBR-61
library update history record
retrieving• Util Routines Ref, LBR-34 to
LBR-35
locate mode
setting record access mode to • Util Routines
Ref, LBR-67
module• Util Routines Ref, LBR-2
accessing with RF A• Util Routines Ref,
LBR-25 to LBR-26
deleting data records• Util Routines Ref,
LBR-21 to LBR-22
deleting header• Util Routines Ref, LBR-21
to LBR-22
module header
reading• Util Routines Ref, LBR-68 to
LBR-69
setting • Util Routines Ref, LBR-68 to LBR69
updating • Util Routines Ref, LBR-68 to
LBR-69
move mode
setting record access to• Util Routines Ref,
LBR-70
summary• Util Routines Ref, LBR-6 to LBR-7
update history records
writing• Util Routines Ref, LBR-56 to
LBR-57
VAX RMS status value
returning • Util Routines Ref, LBR-62
virtual memory
recovering• Util Routines Ref, LBR-27 to
LBR-28
LCN (logical channel number)• Networking, 3-26

lndex-145

Index

LDPCTX (Load Process Context) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-187
.LE. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-13
.LE. operator• Programming, 6-8
Leading separate numeric string
data type• MACRO Ref, 8-9 to 8-10
LEARN_BEGIN built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-1 09 to 4-11 0
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-110
LEARN_END built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-109 to 4-11 0
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-110
LEARN command• VAXTPU Ref, F-8
LEARN data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-15 to 2-16
Leaving V AXTPU
EXIT• VAXTPU Ref, 1-9
QUIT• VAXTPU Ref, 1-9
LED activity indicators• Software Installation,
2-25
LEF (local event flag) state• Networking, 8-16
uleft_margin" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
Left Arrow command• EDT Ref, EDT-278
Left Arrow function•EDT Ref, EDT-76, EDT-278
.LEFT MARGIN command• Text Processing, 4-15;
DSR Ref, 2-78
/LEFT qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-64, CD-74,
CD-79
Legal function bit mask• Device Driver, 5-9
LENGTH attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-29, FDL-30
LENGTH built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-111
to 4-112
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-111
Length field
using to indicate constant (keyword) value•
RMS Ref, 2-4
using to indicate mask or bit offset• RMS Ref,
2-3
Length modes• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
See also Entry and display modes
Length of key segment• FOL Ref, FDL-30
%LENGTH operator• MACRO Ref, 4-7 to 4-8
Length register• SDA Ref, SDA-13
LEOUAL keyword
GSMA TCH option• Programming, 4-30
.LES. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-14
Less than
operator (symbol) for expressions• Command
Procedures, 2-18
Less than or equal to
operator (symbol) for expressions • Command
Procedures, 2-18

lndex-146

Letter
chapter number• Text Processing, 4-36
page number• Text Processing, 4-37
Lettered list
See List
Level
number of• File Applications, A-3
LEVEL 1_INDEX _AREA attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-27, FDL-28, FDL-29
LEVEL 1_RECORD_CQUNT attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-7
Level 1 router•Networking, 1-2, 2-19, 2-21, A-1
Level 2 router• Networking, 1-2, 2-19, 2-21, A-1
subnetwork• Networking, A-3
Level of prompting• FOL Ref, FDL-52
Levels of abstraction• Modular Procedures, 2-3
Lexical element• VAXTPU Ref, 3-1
Lexical functions• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-14;
Command Procedures, C-2, C-4; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-224, DCL-225; Debugger
Ref, C-5, 0-3
converting between integers and strings•
Command Procedures, 4-16
definition• Command Procedures, 2-15, 4-1
evaluating• Command Procedures, 2-15
extracting a string with• Command Procedures,
4-11
F$CVSI • DCL Dictionary, DCL-226
F$CVTIME • DCL Dictionary, DCL-228
F$CVUI • DCL Dictionary, DCL-231
F$DIRECTORY • DCL Dictionary, DCL-232
F$EDIT • DCL Dictionary, DCL-233
F$ELEMENT • DCL Dictionary, DCL-235
F$ENVIRONMENT • DCL Dictionary, DCL-236
F$EXTRACT• DCL Dictionary, DCL-239
F$FAO • DCL Dictionary, DCL-241
F$FILE_A TTRIBUTES • DCL Dictionary, DCL246
F$GETDVI • DCL Dictionary, DCL-249
F$GETJPI • DCL Dictionary, DCL-258
F$GETSYI • DCL Dictionary, DCL-263
F$1DENTIFIER • DCL Dictionary, DCL-267
F$1NTEGER • DCL Dictionary, DCL-269
F$LENGTH •Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-14; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-270
F$LOCA TE• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-15
F$LOGICAL • DCL Dictionary, DCL-273
F$MESSAGE • DCL Dictionary, DCL-275
F$MODE • DCL Dictionary, DCL-276
F$PARSE • DCL Dictionary, DCL-277
F$PID • DCL Dictionary, DCL-280
F$PRIVILEGE • DCL Dictionary, DCL-282
F$PROCESS • DCL Dictionary, DCL-283

Index

Lexical functions (cont'd.)
F$SEARCH • DCL Dictionary, DCL-284
F$SETPRV• DCL Dictionary, DCL-286
F$STRING • DCL Dictionary, DCL-288
F$TIME • DCL Dictionary, DCL-289
F$TRNLNM • DCL Dictionary, DCL-290
F$TYPE • DCL Dictionary, DCL-294
F$USER • DCL Dictionary, DCL-295
F$VERIFY • DCL Dictionary, DCL-296
manipulating character strings with• Command
Procedures, 4-10
overview• DCL Dictionary, DCL-223
searching for a file• Command Procedures, 4-8
specifying arguments for• Command
Procedures, 2-15
summary of• Command Procedures, C-1
to change context of expression • DCL
Concepts, 5-8
translating logical names with• Command
Procedures, 4-9
using to define record fields• Command
Procedures, 4-14
using to determine if a string exists• Command
Procedures, 4-10
using to obtain current disk and directory
default• Command Procedures, 4-4
using to obtain system information • Command
Procedures, 4-5
using with WRITE command• Command
Procedures, 6-6
LF character• FOL Ref, FDL-34
LGLBRK_DISUSER parameter• System Security,
5-41
LGl _BRK_LIM parameter• System Security, 5-38
LGl _BRK_TERM parameter• System Security,
5-39
LGl_BRK_TMO parameter• System Security,
5-39
LGl_HID_TIM parameter• System Security, 5-40
LGl_RETRY_LIM parameter• System Security,
5-37
LGLRETRY_ TMO parameter• System Security,
5-37
/LGICMD qualifier
and captive accounts • System Security, 5-81
LGI parameter• System Security, 5-37; SYSGEN
Ref, SGN-65 to SGN-66
LIB$ADDX •Programming, 6-9, 6-44; RTL Ref,
RTL-2.33
LIB$ANALYZE_SDESC •RTL Ref, 5-4, RTL-4
LIB$ASN_WTH_MBX •RTL Ref, 9-24, RTL-6
LIB$ASN_WTH_MBX library routine• Networking,
8-11, 8-23
LIB$ASLIN_PROG •RTL Ref, 9-24, RTL-9

LIB$ATT ACH •RTL Ref, 9-9, RTL-11
LIB$BBCCI •RTL Ref, RTL-13
LIB$BBSSI •RTL Ref, RTL-15
LIB$CALLG •RTL Ref, 9-16, RTL-17
LIB$CHAR •RTL Ref, RTL-19
LIB$CRC •RTL Ref, 9-16, RTL-21
LIB$CRC_TABLE• RTL Ref, 9-16, RTL-23
LIB$CREATE_DIR•RTL Ref, 9-25, RTL-26
LIB$CREA TE_USER_VM-20NE •RTL Ref, 8-11,
8-16, RTL-30
LIB$CREATE_VM_ZQNE•RTL Ref, 8-6, 8-16,
RTL-33
LIB$CRF_INS_KEY •RTL Ref, 6-1, RTL-37
LIB$CRF_INS_REF •RTL Ref, 6-1, RTL-39
LIB$CRF_QUTPUT •RTL Ref, 6-1, RTL-42
LIB$CURRENCY •RTL Ref, RTL-46
LIB$CVT_DTB •RTL Ref, RTL-54
LIB$CVT_ox_ox. RTL Ref, RTL-48
LIB$CVT_HTB •RTL Ref, RTL-54
LIB$CVT_QTB •RTL Ref, RTL-54
LIB$DATE_TIME• Programming, 6-44; RTL Ref,
RTL-56
LIB$DA Y •Programming, 6-46; RTL Ref,
RTL-58
LIB$DAY_QF_WEEK• RTL Ref, RTL-60
LIB$DEBUG • Debugger Ref, D-1
LIB$DEC_QVER •Programming, 10-34; RTL Ref,
7-31, RTL-79
LIB$DECODE_FAULT •RTL Ref, 7-30, RTL-62
LIB$DELETE_FILE •RTL Ref, RTL-81
LIB$DELETE_LOGICAL •RTL Ref, 9-8, RTL-88
LIB$DELETE_SYMBOL •RTL Ref, 9-8, RTL-90
LIB$DELETE_VM_ZQNE•RTL Ref, 8-6, RTL-92
LIB$DIGIT_SEP •RTL Ref, RTL-93
LIB$DISABLE_CTRL •RTL Ref, 9-9, RTL-95
LIB$DO_CQMMAND •RTL Ref, 9-7, RTL-97
LIB$EDIV •RTL Ref, RTL-99
LIB$EMODD• RTL Ref, RTL-101
LIB$EMODF • RTL Ref, RTL-101
LIB$EMODG •RTL Ref, RTL-101
LIB$EMODH • RTL Ref, RTL-101
LIB$EMUL • RTL Ref, RTL-104
LIB$ENABLE_CTRL •RTL Ref, 9-9, RTL-106
LIB$EST ABLISH •RTL Ref, 7-3, 7-13, 7-20,
RTL-108
LIB$EXTV •RTL Ref, RTL-110
LIB$EXTZV • RTL Ref, RTL-113
LIB$FAO •RTL Ref, 7-17
LIB$FFC • RTL Ref, RTL-115
LIB$FFS •RTL Ref, RTL-115
LIB$FILE_SCAN •RTL Ref, RTL-117
LIB$FILE_SCAN_END •RTL Ref, RTL-119
LIB$FIND_FILE •RTL Ref, RTL-121

lndex-147

Index

LIB$FIND_FILE_END •RTL Ref, RTL-124
LIB$FIND_FILE routine• File Applications, 5-10 to
5-16
LIB$FIND_IMAGE_SYMBOL •RTL Ref, RTL-125
LIB$FIXUP_FLT•RTL Ref, 7-30, RTL-128
LIB$FLT_UNDER• Programming, 10-34; RTL Ref,
2-7, 7-31, RTL-130
LIB$FREE_EF• Programming, 3-19; RTL Ref,
RTL-132
LIB$FREE_LUN •RTL Ref, RTL-133
LIB$FREE_TIMER• Programming, 6-41; RTL Ref,
RTL-134
LIB$FREE_VM •Programming, 2-9; RTL Ref,
8-3, RTL-135
LIB$FREE_VM_PAGE•RTL Ref, 8-3, RTL-137
LIB$GET_CQMMAND•RTL Ref, RTL-139
LIB$GET_CQMMON •RTL Ref, 9-5, 9-36, RTL142
LIB$GET_EF •Programming, 3-19; RTL Ref,
RTL-148
LIB$GET_FQREIGN •RTL Ref, 9-3, RTL-150
LIB$GET_INPUT •Programming, 8-5; RTL Ref,
2-3, 5-8, RTL-154
LIB$GET_LUN •Programming, 8-2, 9-3; RTL Ref,
RTL-160
LIB$GET_SYMBOL •RTL Ref, 9-8, RTL-164
LIB$GET_VM•Programming, 2-9; RTL Ref, 5-3,
8-3, RTL-167
LIB$GET_VM_PAGE•RTL Ref, 8-3, RTL-169
LIB$GETDVI •RTL Ref, RTL-144
LIB$GETJPI •RTL Ref, RTL-156
LIB$GETMSG • RTL Ref, 7-1 7
LIB$GETSYI •RTL Ref, RTL-161
LIB$1CHAR •RTL Ref, RTL-171
LIB$1NDEX •RTL Ref, RTL-173
LIB$1NIT_TIMER• Programming, 6-40; RTL Ref,
RTL-175
LIB$1NITIALIZE •Modular Procedures, 3-23; RTL
Ref, 2-1, 10-1
LIB$1NSERT_KEY •Programming, 9-83
LIB$1NSERT_TREE• RTL Ref, 9-32, RTL-177
LIB$1NSQHI •RTL Ref, RTL-187
LIB$1NSQTI •RTL Ref, RTL-190
LIB$1NSV •RTL Ref, RTL-192
LIB$1NT_QVER •Programming, 10-34; RTL Ref,
7 -3 1, RTL-1 94
LIB$LEN •RTL Ref, RTL-196
LIB$LOCC •RTL Ref, RTL-197
LIB$LOOKUP_KEY• RTL Ref, RTL-199
LIB$LOOKUP_TREE• RTL Ref, 9-32, RTL-203
LIB$LP_LINES• RTL Ref, RTL-205
LIB$MA TCH_CQND •Programming, 10-24; RTL
Ref, 7-10, 7-29, RTL-210

lndex-148

LIB$MATCHC •RTL Ref, RTL-208
LIB$MOVC3 •RTL Ref, RTL-2} 3
LIB$MOVC5 •RTL Ref, RTL-214
LIB$MOVTC •RTL Ref, RTL-216
LIB$MOVTUC •RTL Ref, RTL-228
LIB$PAUSE •RTL Ref, RTL-228.2
LIB$POLYD• RTL Ref, RTL-229
LIB$POLVF• RTL Ref, RTL-229
LIB$POLVG• RTL Ref, RTL-229
LIB$POLYH •RTL Ref, RTL-229
LIB$PUT_COMMON •RTL Ref, 9-5, 9-36,
RTL-232
LIB$PUT_QUTPUT• Programming, 2-13, 8-11;
RTL Ref, RTL-234
LIB$PUTMSG • RTL Ref, 7-17
LIB$RADIX_POINT •RTL Ref, RTL-236
LIB$REMQHI •RTL Ref, RTL-238
LIB$REMQTI •RTL Ref, RTL-240
LIB$RENAME_FILE •RTL Ref, RTL-242
LIB$RESERVE_EF •RTL Ref, RTL-250
LIB$RESELVM _ZONE • RTL Ref, 8-13, 8-14,
RTL-252
LIB$REVERT• RTL Ref, 7-3, 7-20, RTL-253
LIB$RUN_PROGRAM •RTL Ref, 9-5, RTL-254
LIB$SCANC •RTL Ref, RTL-256
LIB$SCOPY_DXDX •RTL Ref, 5-7, RTL-258
LIB$SCOPY_R_DX •RTL Ref, RTL-260
LIB$SET_INDEX •Programming, 9-83
LIB$SET_LOGICAL •RTL Ref, 9-8, RTL-262
LIB$SET_SYMBOL •RTL Ref, 9-8, RTL-265
LIB$SFREE LOO• RTL Ref, RTL-268
LIB$SFREEN_DD •RTL Ref, RTL-269
LIB$SGET 1_DD • RTL Ref, RTL-2 71
LIB$SHOW_TIMER• Programming, 6-40; RTL
Ref, 2-2, RTL-273
LIB$SHOW_VM•Programming, 2-13; RTL Ref,
RTL-277
LIB$SIG_TQ_RET•RTL Ref, 7-29, RTL-283
establishing• Programming, 10-7
LIB$SIG_TQ_STOP•RTL Ref, 7-29, RTL-285
LIB$SIGNAL•RTL Ref, 2-1, 7-3, 7-7, 7-10, 7-11,
7-12, 7-15, 7-16, 7-22, 7-24 to 7-26, 7-31,
RTL-280
invoking • Programming, 10-6
using to signal VAX RMS errors• RMS Ref, 2-6
LIB$SIM_TRAP• RTL Ref, 7-22, 7-29, RTL-287
LIB$SKPC •RTL Ref, RTL-289
LIB$SP ANC • RTL Ref, RTL-291
LIB$SPAWN•Programming, 3-2; RTL Ref, 9-9,
RTL-294
LIB$ST AT_TIMER• Programming, 6-41; RTL
Ref, RTL-299

Index

LIB$ST AT_ VM •Programming, 2-13; RTL Ref,
RTL-303
LIB$STOP• RTL Ref, 7-3, 7-4, 7-7, 7-10, 712, 7-15, 7-16, 7-21, 7-22, 7-24 to 7-26,
RTL-305
LIB$SUBX •Programming, 6-9, 6-44; RTL Ref,
RTL-308
LIB$SYS_ASCTIM •RTL Ref, RTL-310
LIB$SYS_FAO •RTL Ref, RTL-312
LIB$SYS_FAOL •RTL Ref, RTL-314
LIB$SYS_GETMSG •RTL Ref, RTL-316
LIB$SYS_TRNLOG • RTL Ref, RTL-319
LIB$TP ARSE • RTL Ref, RTL-322
LIB$TRA_ASC_EBC •RTL Ref, RTL-360
LIB$TRA_EBC_ASC •RTL Ref, RTL-363
LIB$TRAVERSE_TREE• RTL Ref, 9-32, RTL-365
LIB$TRIM_FILESPEC •RTL Ref, RTL-367
LIB$WAIT •RTL Ref, RTL-370
LIBRARIAN
See also Librarian Utility
See also LIBRARY command
Librarian routine
See LBR routine
Librarian Utility (LIBRARIAN)
character case of library keys• Librarian Ref,
LIB-5
command qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-13 to
LIB-44
DCL qualifiers• Librarian Ref, LIB-14 to LIB-44
directing output• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
exiting • Librarian Ref, LIB-3
format• Librarian Ref, LIB-1
global symbol table (GST) •Librarian Ref, LIB-4
help files• Librarian Ref, LIB-6 to LIB-7
help libraries• Librarian Ref, LIB-4, LIB-6 to
LIB-7
HELP LIBRARY command display• Librarian Ref,
LIB-10 to LIB-12
help text example • Librarian Ref, LIB-8 to
LIB-10
input_file_spec type• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
input-file-specification• Librarian Ref, LIB-2
invoking• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
key lines in help files• Librarian Ref, LIB-7 to
LIB-8
librarian routines• Librarian Ref, LIB-12
LIBRARY command • Librarian Ref, LIB-1
library file-specification• Librarian Ref, LIB-2
library file-spec type• Librarian Ref, LIB-2
library header• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
library index• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
macro libraries• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
module header• Librarian Ref, LIB-4

Librarian Utility (LIBRARIAN) (cont'd.)
module name table (MNT) •Librarian Ref, LIB-4
object libraries• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
overview• Librarian Ref, LIB-1
privileges• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
restrictions• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
retrieval of help text• Librarian Ref, LIB-1 O to
LIB-12
shareable image libraries• Librarian Ref, LIB-4,
LIB-5
text libraries• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
types of libraries• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
Library• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
See Device control library
adding module with LBR$ procedure•
Programming, 9-76
closing
LBR$ procedure• Programming, 9-72
closing with LBR$ procedure• Programming,
9-72
compressing• Programming, 9-59
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-10 to 2-17
creating• DCL Dictionary, DCL-298; Linker
Ref, LINK-6
creating with LBR$ procedure• Programming,
9-72
deleting module with LBR$ procedure•
Programming, 9-79
expanding• Programming, 9-59
header• Programming, 9-88; Librarian Ref,
LIB-4
HELP• DCL Dictionary, DCL-185
default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-186
user• DCL Dictionary, DCL-187
help library• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
identification of• Linker Ref, LINK-138,
LINK-139
index• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
initializing with LBR$ procedure• Programming,
9-72
input to linker• Linker Ref, LINK-5, LINK-61
inserting module with LBR$ procedure•
Programming, 9- 76
macro• Programming, 4-23
macro library• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
message• Programming, 10-12
modifying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-298
multiple indexes• Programming, 9-83
multiple keys• Programming, 9-83
object• Programming, 4-8, 4-21
object library• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
object module• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27

lndex-149

Index

Library (cont'd.)

Library module

opening with LBR$ procedure• Programming,
9-72
processing index entry with LBR$ procedure•
Programming, 9-91
processing of default• Linker Ref, LINK-72
reformatting
/COMPRESS qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-15
replacing module• Programming, 9-77
shareable image• Programming, 4-31
shareable image library• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
symbol table• Linker Ref, LINK-12
system default• Programming, 4-22; Linker
Ref, LINK-6, LINK-72
system default object library• Linker Ref,
LINK-131, LINK-132
text library• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
type of• Librarian Ref, LIB-3; Linker Ref,
LINK-5
updating• Modular Procedures, 6-8
user• Linker Ref, LINK-6
user default• Programming, 4-22; Linker Ref,
LINK-135
user-default shareable image• Linker Ref,
LINK-72
using LIBDECOMP.COM to decompress•
Software Installation, 6-18
LIBRARY command• Programming, 4-8, 9-71;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-298; Linker Ref,
LINK-5
creating a new library
/CREA TE• Librarian Ref, LIB-17
cross-referencing
/CROSS_REFERENCE qualifier• Librarian Ref,
LIB-19
input file-specification• Librarian Ref, LIB-2
default file type• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
library file-specification• Librarian Ref, LIB-2
default file type• Librarian Ref, LIB-2
privileges• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
qualifiers• Librarian Ref, LIB-13 to LIB-44
restrictions• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
specifying time• Librarian Ref, LIB-14
.LIBRARY directive• MACRO Ref, 6-50
Library disk
requirement in tailored configuration • Software
Installation, 5-3
Library facility• Modular Procedures, 3-2
Library file
processing of• Linker Ref, LINK-67, LINK-71
Library file-specification• Librarian Ref, LIB-2
default file type• Librarian Ref, LIB-2

extracting with LBR$ procedure• Programming,
9-80
header• Programming, 9-86
Library procedure
See Procedure
/LIBRARY qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-6, LINK-139
LINK command• Programming, 4-8
Library routine• Convert Ref, CONV-2; FOL Ref,
FDL-1, FDL-40
Library size
See /COMPRESS qualifier
Library size/format

lndex-150

See /CREA TE qualifier
License
See DECnet-VAX license
Limit
account jobs• System Management, 6-4
and quotas• System Management, 6-1 to 6-6
AST queue• System Management, 6-2
CPU time• System Management, 6-3
DEFAULT account•System Management, 5-11
detached process• System Management, 6-5
direct 1/0 count• System Management, 6-3
enqueue quota • System Management, 6-4
open file• System Management, 6-4
paging file• System Management, 6-5
process jobs• System Management, 6-5
shared file • System Management, 6-5
subprocess creation • System Management,
6-5
system resources• System Management, 6-1
timer queue entry• System Management, 6-6
working set
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-608
working set default size • System Management,
6-6
working set extent• System Management, 6-6
working set quota • System Management, 6-6
LIM option• FOL Ref, FDL-12
%LINE• Debugger Ref, D-5
pathname • Debugger Ref, 4-13
simple address• Debugger Ref, 5-4
unnamed block• Debugger Ref, 5-4
Line• Networking, 1-1
asynchronous DDCMP devices • Networking,
2-12
buffers for DDCMP line• Networking, 3-54
buffer size• Networking, 3-53
Cl• Networking, 2-12
commands• Networking, 3-48
counters• Networking, 3-59; NCP Ref,
NCP-165

Index

Line (cont'd.)
database• Networking, 3-1
DDCMP •Networking, 2-12
definition• Networking, 2-11
device name• Networking, 3-48
devices• NCP Ref, NCP-1 73
dialup • Networking, 5-8
dynamic asynchronous• Networking, 1-9,
2-14, 5-8
dynamic switching• Networking, 2-14
Ethernet• Networking, 2-12, 3-57
identification• Networking, 3-48
input• Programming, 8-5
installing dynamic asynchronous• Networking,
5-10
installing static asynchronous• Networking, 5-8
LAPB •Networking, 3-49
LAPBE • Networking, 3-49
multipoint• Networking, 2-13
name• Networking, 2-12
operational state• Networking, 3-52
output• Programming, 8-10
parameters• Networking, 3-50
point-to-point• Networking, 2-13
protocol• Networking, 3-49
state•Networking, 2-12; NCP Ref, NCP-174
to NCP-176
static asynchronous• Networking, 1-9, 2-14,
5-8
synchronous DDCMP devices• Networking,
2-12
terminal• Networking, 1-9
timers• Networking, 3-54
transitions• NCP Ref, NCP-17 4 to NCP-17 6
types• Networking, 3-50
X.25 •Networking, 2-12
"line" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-85
LINE_BEGIN built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-113
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-113
"line_editing" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-93
LINE_END built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-114
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-114
Line_Plot graph• File Applications, 4-15, A-3
LINE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-8
Line counter summary• NCP Ref, NCP-165
Line editing
function keys• DCL Concepts, 1-5
inhibit• Programming, 8-52
Line feed• FOL Ref, FDL-33; Rel Notes, 3-48

LINEFEED function• EDT Ref, EDT-78
LINE function• Text Processing, 1-13; EDT Ref,
EDT-77
Line mode• Text Processing, 1-25; Debugger
Ref, CD-109
command with EXT (extend) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-271
copying text• Text Processing, 1-35
deleting text• Text Processing, 1-32
delimiter• Text Processing, 1-34
editing• VAXTPU Ref, B-3
inserting text• Text Processing, 1-28
line numbers• Text Processing, 1-25
moving text• Text Processing, 1-34
range• Text Processing, 1-29
replacing text• Text Processing, 1-36
RESEQUENCE command• Text Processing,
1-26
/DUPLICATE qualifier• Text Processing, 1-35
/QUERY qualifier• Text Processing, 1-32
/SEQUENCE qualifier• Text Processing, 1-27
substituting text• Text Processing, 1-33
TYPE WHOLE command• Text Processing,
1-25
Line-mode editor
example• VAXTPU Ref, A-1
Line number• Text Processing, 1-25; VAXTPU
Ref, 5-4
anonymous block• Debugger Ref, 4-15
pathname• Debugger Ref, 4-13, 5-4
SET BREAK command• Debugger Ref, 1-12
SET TRACE command• Debugger Ref, 1-14
simple address• Debugger Ref, 5-4
source display• Debugger Ref, 1-8
source display by• Debugger Ref, 7-5
traceback information• Debugger Ref, 2-2
LINE parameter
for DTE• Networking, 3-26
Line printer
See Print queue
carriage control• //0 Ref/, 5-6, 5-7
character case• 1/0 Ref /, 5-4
character formatting• 1/0 Ref/, 5-2
device characteristics • 1/0 Ref /, 5-3
driver• 1/0 Ref/, 5-1
error recovery• 1/0 Ref/, 5-3
function codes• 1/0 Ref/, 5-5, A-5
1/0 functions
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 5-8
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref/, 5-9
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 5-9
IQ$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 5-5

lndex-151

Index

Line printer
1/0 functions (cont'd.)
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 5-5
10$_WRITEVBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 5-5
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref I, 5-10
mechanical form feed• 1/0 Ref I, 5-4
preparing for test• Software Installation, 7-3,
7-7
printall mode• 1/0 Ref I, 5-4
programming example• 1/0 Ref I, 5-10
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref I, 5-8
set characteristics• 1/0 Ref I, 5-9
set mode function• 1/0 Ref I, 5-9
status returns• 1/0 Ref I, A-5
supported devices• 1/0 Ref I, 5-1
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref I, 5-3
test of• Software Installation, 7-31
test image name• Software Installation,
7-35
test output• Software Installation, 7-34
write function• 1/0 Ref I, 5-5
carriage control• 1/0 Ref I, 5-6
/LINE qualifier• Debugger Ref, 1-13, CD-12,
CD-24, CD-58, CD-89, CD-135, CD-189
/LINES_PER_PAGE qualifier• DSR Ref, 6-6
LINE SPEED parameter• Networking, 3-56
Line terminator
deleting • VAXTPU Ref, 4-15
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-9
Link
See Logical link
program• Programming, 4-8
shareable image• Programming, 4-27
states• NCP Ref, NCP-177
LINK/NOTRACE command
recommended for images installed with privilege
• System Security, 5-56
LINK/SHAREABLE command• Programming, 3-43
Linkable image• System Management, 8-2
LINK command • Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-3, 4-11 ,
4-17; DCL Dictionary, DCL-299; Debugger
Ref, 1-5, 2-1
and debugging• DCL Dictionary, DCL-91
in command procedure• Linker Ref, LINK-19
incompatibility among qualifiers• Linker Ref,
LINK-116
.LINK directive• MACRO Ref, 6-51 to 6-53
/INCLUDE qualifier• MACRO Ref, 6-51
/LIBRARY qualifier• MACRO Ref, 6-51
/SELECTIVE_SEARCH qualifier• MACRO Ref,
6-52
/SHAREABLE qualifier• MACRO Ref, 6-52

lndex-152

Linker• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-3; Rel Notes,
2-13, 3-40; Linker Ref, LINK-1
conceptual overview• Linker Ref, LINK-3
DCL qualifiers• Linker Ref, LINK-116 to LINK142
directing output• Linker Ref, LINK-2
examples• Linker Ref, LINK-143
exiting• Linker Ref, LINK-2
image map• Linker Ref, LINK-51
invoking• Linker Ref, LINK-2
linker operations• Linker Ref, LINK-59
linking shareable image• Rel Notes, 2-13
shareable images• Linker Ref, LINK-27
VAX object language• Linker Ref, LINK-81
Linker options file• Linker Ref, LINK-15
creating• Modular Procedures, 5-11
updating• Modular Procedures, 6-9
Link options
See Options
Link option specification record
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27
LIS file type• Programming, 4-5
List
bulleted• Text Processing, 4-9
file
by modification date • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-140
files in directory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-137
formatting• Text Processing, 4-8; DSR Ref,
A-3
lettered• Text Processing, 4-12
nested • Text Processing, 4-10
parameter• Programming, 7-3
LIST /GLOBAL/FULL command• Rel Notes, 3-16
LIST /IDENTIFIER command• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-37
LIST /PROXY command• Authorize Ref, AUTH-39
LIST /RIGHTS command• Authorize Ref, AUTH-40
LIST CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref, NCP-115
LIST clause
for VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-25, CDU-27,
CDU-30, CDU-34, CDU-36
.LIST command• Text Processing, 4-8, 4-15;
DSR Ref, 2-79
example• DSR Ref, 2-81, 2-83
LIST command• Networking, 3-90; Authorize
Ref, AUTH-35; , Install Ref, INS-13
List command
.DISPLAY ELEMENTS command• DSR Ref,
2-20
.END LIST command•DSR Ref, 2-79
.LIST command•DSR Ref, 2-79
.LIST ELEMENT command• DSR Ref, 2-82

Index

List command (cont'd.)

List operation (BACKUP) (cont'd.)

.NUMBER LIST command• DSR Ref, 2-91
.LIST directive• MACRO Ref, 6-54
See also .SHOW directive
.LIST ELEMENT command• Text Processing, 4-8,
4-15; DSR Ref, 2-82
LIST EXECUTOR command• NCP Ref, NCP-120
Listing• Programming, 4-33
compilation• Programming, 4-5
image map• Programming, 4-40
machine code• Programming, 4-35
output• SDA Ref, SDA-7
source• Programming, 4-34
table of contents• MACRO Ref, 6-92
Listing control directive
.IDENT •MACRO Ref, 6-38
.LIST• MACRO Ref, 6-54
.NLIST •MACRO Ref, 6-64
.NOSHOW •MACRO Ref, 6-66, 6-87 to 6-88
.PAGE•MACRO Ref, 6-74
.SHOW•MACRO Ref, 6-87 to 6-88
.SUBTITLE• MACRO Ref, 6-92
.TITLE• MACRO Ref, 6-93
Listing directives
\
.PAGE directive•Message Ref, MSG-25
.TITLE directive• Message Ref, MSG-2 7
Listing file• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-4
Listing level count• MACRO Ref, 6-88
Listing output
brief format• Accounting Rt~f, ACC-3
full format• Accounting Ref, ACC-3
summary format• Accounting Ref, ACC-4
/LISTING qualifier• CDU Ref, CDU-42; SUMSLP
Ref, SUM-14
LIST LINE command• NCP Ref, NCP-123
LIST LOGGING command• NCP Ref, NCP-128
List module
object library• Programming, 4-8
LIST MODULE CONFIGURA TOR command• NCP
Ref, NCP-13 1
LIST MODULE X25-ACCESS command• NCP Ref,
NCP-134
LIST MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command• NCP
Ref, NCP-135
LIST MODULE X25-SERVER command• NCP Ref,
NCP-138
LIST MODULE X29-SERVER command• NCP Ref,
NCP-138
LIST NODE command• NCP Ref, NCP-140
LIST OBJECT command• NCP Ref, NCP-145
List operation (BACKUP)• Backup Ref, BACKU-3,
BACKU-11, BACKU-24
example• Backup Ref, BACKU-24, BACKU-32

listing files• Disk & Tape, 6-5
using wildcard •System Management, 7-29
wildcard characters• Disk & Tape, 6-27
/LIST qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-46; Librarian
Ref, LIB-28; Message Ref, MSG-10;
Debugger Ref, 7-1; Verify Ref, VER-6
FORTRAN command• Programming, 4-5, 4-33
with /BEFORE • Librarian Ref, LIB-14
with /FULL• Librarian Ref, LIB-23
with /HISTORY• Librarian Ref, LIB-26
with /NAMES• Librarian Ref, LIB-32
with /ONLY• Librarian Ref, LIB-34
with /SINCE• Librarian Ref, LIB-4 1
.LITERAL command• Text Processing, 4-15,
4-25, 4-27, 4-28; DSR Ref, 2-84
.LITERAL directive
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG-21
Literal mode• MACRO Ref, 5-11 to 5-13
contrasted with immediate mode• MACRO Ref,
5-16
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-19 to
8-21
LN01
LANDSCAPE option• DSR Ref, 4-9
paper size• DSR Ref, 4-9
PORTRAIT option• DSR Ref, 4-9
printing files • DSR Ref, 4-9
printing requirements• DSR Ref, B-1
UNDERLINE option • DSR Ref, 4-10
LN01E
paper size • DSR Ref, 4-9
printing files• DSR Ref, 4-9
printing requirements • DSR Ref, B-1
LNO 1E option • DSR Ref, 4-9
LNO 1 font kit • DSR Ref, B-1
LNO 1 fonts • DSR Ref, 4-10
LNO 1 option • DSR Ref, 4-9
LN03
LANDSCAPE option• DSR Ref, 4-9
PORTRAIT option• DSR Ref, 4-9
LN03 option• DCL Dictionary, DCL-378; DSR
Ref, 4-9
LNI file • DSR Ref, B-1
font definitions• DSR Ref, B-4
LNK$LIBRARY •Linker Ref, LINK-135
LNMPHASHTBL parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-66
LNMSHASHTBL parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-66
Load assistance multicast address• Networking,
4-2
Load balancing
of CPU resource in a V AXcluster • Perform
Manage, 3-24

lndex-153

Index

Load balancing (cont'd.)

Local area network

of disk 1/0 resource• Perform Manage, 3-47
of memory resource• Perform Manage, 3-29,
3-33, 3-36
LOAD command• System Management, 11-11;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-29
Load device• Software Installation, 3-1, 4-11
V AX-11 /730 systems• Software Installation,
4-18
V AX-11 /750 systems• Software Installation,
4-17
V AX-11 /780 systems• Software Installation,
4-17
VAX 8600 systems• Software Installation,
4-15, 4-16
Load file identification
for downline load• Networking, 4-10
Loading and unloading
disk cartridges• Software Installation, 3-16
disk packs• Software Installation, 3-18
LOADMBA rnacro •Device Driver, B-21, G-3,
G-12, G-12 to G-13
LOAD NODE command• Networking, 4-2, 4-7;
NCP Ref, NCP-48
HOST parameter• Networking, 4-10
overriding default parameters• Networking, 4-9
SECONDARY LOADER parameter• Networking,
4-12
SERVICE DEVICE parameter• Networking, 4-13
SERVICE PASSWORD parameter• Networking,
4-13
SOFTWARE IDENTIFICATION parameter•
Networking, 4-12
SOFTWARE TYPE parameter• Networking,
4-12
TERTIARY LOADER parameter• Networking,
4-12
Load test• Software Installation, 7-15, 7-35
defining user load• Software Installation, 7-13,
7-15
failure• Software Installation, 7-27
running• Software Installation, 7-16
LOADUBA macro• Device Driver, 10-6, B-22
LOAD VIA command• Networking, 4-7; NCP Ref,
NCP-50
PHYSICAL ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
4-8, 4-13
SERVICE DEVICE parameter• Networking, 4-13
LOA option•FDL Ref, FDL-11, FDL-12
"local" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-91
LOCAL _PORTS class• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-35 to SHCL-36

See LAN
Local buffer caching
with lock management service• System
Services Ref, 12-13
LOCAL clause
for PLACEMENT clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
Local event flag• Programming, 3-18
LOCAL identifier• System Security, 4-22, 5-9
Local label
saving• MACRO Ref, 6-85 to 6-86
user-defined• MACRO Ref, 3-7 to 3-8
Local label block
ending• MACRO Ref, 6-22
starting• MACRO Ref, 6-22
Local login • System Security, 3-3
Local loopback test• Networking, 7-5
Local node•Networking, 1-14, 1-20, 2-2, 3-5
operational state• Networking, 3-20
restrictions• Networking, 6-3
setting address• Networking, 3-7
states• Networking, 6-3
/LOCAL qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-32, CD-37,
CD-176
LOCAL qualifier• Programming, 7-6
LOCAL statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-18
Local storage• Programming, 2-3
Local symbol• Programming, 4-19; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-3, DCL-7; Linker Ref,
LINK-9; Patch Ref, PATCH-11; Debugger
Ref, 2-2; MACRO Ref, 3-6
debugger• Programming, 5-23
Local symbol table
deletion of symbols from • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-123
entering symbol in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-215
in command interpreter search• DCL Concepts,
5-3
Local-to-local loopback test• Networking, 7-4
Local-to-remote loopback test• Networking, 7-3
Local variable• VAXTPU Ref, 3-4, 3-12
example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-4
maximum number• VAXTPU Ref, 3-12
scope• VAXTPU Ref, 3-12
syntax• VAXTPU Ref, 3-12
LOCATE_MODE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-12
Locate mode
and record retrieval• File Applications, 8-3
%LOCATE operator•MACRO Ref, 4-8 to 4-9
Locating text (EDT)• Text Processing, 1-19
ADVANCE keypad function• Text Processing,
1-19

lndex-154

Index

Locating text (EDT) (cont'd.)
BACKUP keypad function• Text Processing,
1-19
CTRL/U• Text Processing, 1-20
DO function• Text Processing, 1-19
ENTER keypad function• Text Processing, 1-19
FIND keypad function• Text Processing, 1-19
FNDNXT keypad function• Text Processing,
1-19
SET SEARCH EXACT command• Text
Processing, 1-20
Location
virtual memory• Programming, 4-18
Location control directive
.ALIGN• MACRO Ref, 6-5 to 6-6
.BLKx •MACRO Ref, 6-12 to 6-13
.EVEN• MACRO Ref, 6-32
.ODD•MACRO Ref, 6-70
Location indicator
current• SDA Ref, SDA-13
%LOC built-in function• Programming, 1-33
LOCC (Locate Character) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-126
Lock
choice of mode• System Services Ref, 12-3
concept of• System Services Ref, 12-1
conversion• System Services Ref, 12-6, 12-9
deadlock detection• System Services Ref, 12-6
dequeuing• System Services Ref, 12-12
file
to unlock• DCL Dictionary, DCL-652
getting information about
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-223
synchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-234
level• System Services Ref, 12-4
limit
specify for detached process• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-370
specify for subprocess• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-370
mode• System Services Ref, 12-3
root• File Applications, 3-35
LOCK_ON_READ attribute• File Applications,
7-13; FOL Ref, FDL-12
LOCK_ON_WRITE attribute• File Applications,
7-13 ; FOL Ref, FDL-13
/LOCK_ST A TE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-35
Lock database
in a VAX cluster• System Services Ref,
SYS-232
LOCKDIRWT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-66

Locked password
account• System Security, 3-13
advantage• System Security, 5-32
Lock ID• Device Driver, A-28
/LOCKID qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-98
LOCKIDTBL_MAX parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-66
LOCKIDTBL parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-66
Locking up terminal areas • System Security, 3-41
Lock management service
for interprocess communication • System
Services Ref, 8-10
LOCK management statistics • Monitor Ref,
MON-60
Lock manager• Modular Procedures, 3-28
distributed• VAXclusters, 1-5
terminal input/ output• Programming, 3-5
LOCKPWD flag • System Security, 3-13
Lock request
completing• System Services Ref, 7-14
dequeuing• System Services Ref, SYS-126
queuing• System Services Ref, 12-4
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-138
synchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-148
synchronizing• System Services Ref, 7-14,
12-7
/LOCKS qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-92
Lock status block• System Services Ref, 12-8,
SYS-140
in synchronization• System Services Ref, 7-14
Lock value block• System Services Ref, SYS-140
description• System Services Ref, 12-11
using• System Services Ref, 12-13
Logarithm
base 2 •RTL Ref, RTL-429
common• RTL Ref, RTL-431
natural• RTL Ref, RTL-427
natural complex• RTL Ref, RTL-401
Log file• Software Installation, 7-5, 7-18
See also UETP.LOG
accounting • System Management, 6-19
command procedure• Debugger Ref, 2-12
contents of• Command Procedures, 8-6
creating• Debugger Ref, 2-8, CD-114
debugger• Programming, 5-38; Debugger Ref,
2-7
examining during execution of batch job•
Command Procedures, 8-7
executing • Debugger Ref, 2-12
load test• Software Installation, 7-27
name• Debugger Ref, 2-9, CD-105, CD-160

lndex-155

Index

Log file (cont'd.)

Logical 1/0 (cont'd.)

NETSERVER.LOG •Software Installation, 7-26
OLDUETP. LOG• Software Installation, 7-19
status when batch job is stopped abnormally•
Command Procedures, 8-10
UETP.LOG •Software Installation, 7-19
Logging• Networking, 1-19, 2-34
commands • Networking, 3-80
console• Networking, 2-35, 3-81
database• Networking, 3-1
file• Networking, 2-35, 3-81
monitor• Networking, 2-35, 3-81, 3-84 to
3-85
parameters • Networking, 3-80
sink• Networking, 2-35, 3-81
state• Networking, 3-83
Logging in
See Login
Logging out• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-26; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-304
after remote logins• System Security, 3-44
and device access• DCL Dictionary, DCL-16
security considerations• System Security, 3-39
to 3-45
with disconnected processes• System Security,
3-44
Logic
conditional• Programming, 2-14
iterative• Programming, 2-19
linear• Programming, 2-13
serial• Programming, 2-13
Logical
constant• Programming, 6-11
data type • Programming, 6-10
operator• Programming, 6-11
LOGICAL•1 data type• Programming, 6-4, 6-10
LOGICAL•2 data type• Programming, 6-10
LOGICAL*4 data type• Programming, 6-10
Logical AND operator
See AND operator
Logical block position option• File Applications,
4-40
Logical channel number
See LCN
LOGICAL data type• Programming, 6-10
Logical exclusive OR operator
See Exclusive OR operator
Logical expression
evaluation• Programming, 6-12
Logical 1/0
access checks• System Services Ref, 7-8
operations • System Services Ref, 7-7

privilege• System Services Ref, 7-4, 7-7
Logical 1/0 function
translation from virtual function to• Device
Driver, 2-3
Logical inclusive OR operator
See Inclusive OR operator
Logical instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33
Logical link• Networking, 1-1, 1-19, 8-7, 8-9,
8-1 0' 8-1 3' 8-16
aborting• Networking, 8-9, 8-28
access control information• Networking, 1-24
assigning channel for• Networking, 8-16, 8-29
commands• Networking, 3-66
completing connection of• Networking, 8-11,
8-16, 8-26, 8-31
control• Networking, 2-28
controlling activity• Networking, 3-67
default access control information• Networking,
1-24
definition• Networking, 2-27
disconnecting• Networking, 2-28, 3-67, 8-9,
8-13, 8-28, 8-34
handshaking sequence• Networking, 8-10
inactivity timer• Networking, 2-28
inbound• Networking, 1-24, 3-67
incoming timer• Networking, 2-28
maximum number• Networking, 2-28, 3-67
outbound• Networking, 1-24, 3-67
outgoing timer• Networking, 2-28
parameters• Networking, 2-28
protocol operation• Networking, 2-28
protocol parameters• Networking, 3-67
rejecting a request• Networking, 8-32
requests•Networking, 8-7, 8-10, 8-11, 8-16,
8-24, 8-26, 8-30
retransmission delay• Networking, 2-28
retransmission time• Networking, 2-28
SYS$NET •Networking, 8-11
terminating• Networking, 8-9, 8-13, 8-17,
8-21, 8-29
timers• Networking, 3-68
Logical name• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-11, 4-19;
DCL Concepts, 4-1, 4-3, 4-4, 4-5, 4-6, 4-7,
4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11, 4-12, 4-13, 4-22;
Programming, 3-25; Mail Ref,
MAIL-15; System Services Ref, 7-24; RTL
Ref, RTL-262, RTL-319
access modes• Command Procedures, 2-6;
DCL Concepts, 4-9
advantages• File Applications, 5-6
and concealed device• DCL Concepts, 4-12
as device name• Networking, 1-25

lndex-156

Index

Logical name (cont'd.)
as node name• Networking, 1-25
assigning• Command Procedures, 2-2;
VAXclusters, 2-8; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-38, DCL-95
systemwide •System Management, 2-6
to device• DCL Dictionary, DCL-16
attributes• Command Procedures, 2-6; DCL
Concepts, 4-9; System Services Ref, 6-7
canceling• DCL Dictionary, DCL-85
comparison to symbols• Command Procedures,
2-21
concealed• File Applications, 6-17
concealed attribute• File Applications, 5-8
creating• DCL Dictionary, DCL-38, DCL-95;
System Services Ref, 6-11 , SYS-61
creating a table• DCL Dictionary, DCL-81
CTRLNAME •Software Installation, 7-33 .
deassigning• DCL Dictionary, DCL-56
deassigning using CLOSE• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-56
debugger• Debugger Ref, D-1
default job• DCL Concepts, 4-5
default process• DCL Concepts, 4-4
default process directory• DCL Concepts, 4-7
default system• DCL Concepts, 4-6
default system directory• DCL Concepts, 4-8
defining • System Services Ref, 6-1
defining for NETUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-14
defining for SYLOGIN.COM • VAXclusters, 2-7
defining for SYSUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-14
defining for VMSMAIL.DA T • VAXclusters,
2-15
definition• Command Procedures, 2-1
deleting• Command Procedures, 2-2; System
Services Ref, 6-1 5, SYS-117; RTL Ref,
RTL-88
displaying• Command Procedures, 2-5
duplicating • System Services Ref, 6-12
example program• File Applications, 5-7
for interprocess communication • System
Services Ref, 8-10
format convention • System Services Ref, 6-9
for process permanent file• DCL Concepts,
4-22
getting information about• System Services Ref,
SYS-447
image run-down • System Services Ref, 6-5
inclusion
in group logical name table• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-39, DCL-96
in job logical name table• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-40, DCL-97

Logical name
inclusion (cont'd.)
in process logical name table• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-40, DCL-9 7
in system logical name table• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-40, DCL-97
in input file list• DCL Concepts, 4-13
in process logical name table• Networking,
1-25
job table• DCL Concepts, 4-1 5
quota• DCL Concepts, 4-15
LOADS• Software Installation, 7-36
MODE• Software Installation, 7-13, 7-15
MOUNT command• Disk & Tape, 3-8
multivalued• System Services Ref, 6-2
parsing• File Applications, 5-9
preventing iterative translation• DCL Concepts,
4-12
process-permanent
to define equivalence-name for detached
process• DCL Dictionary, DCL-366
to define equivalence-name for subprocess•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-366
rooted-device• File Applications, 6-17
search list• Command Procedures, 2-6; File
Applications, 5-9, 6-8 to 6-10
specifying• DCL Concepts, 4-1
supersession • System Services Ref, 6-14
SYS$1NPUT •Software Installation, 7-32
SYS$0UTPUT •Software Installation, 7-34
SYS$TEST •Software Installation, 7-4, 7-19,
7-32
system default• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-14
system services • System Services Ref, 6-1
systemwide •Command Procedures, 2-7
table
quota• DCL Concepts, 4-14
shareable• DCL Concepts, 4-14
to display
equivalence name for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-604
equivalence name of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-562
translation of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-562,
DCL-604
translating • System Services Ref, SYS-44 7
translation• Command Procedures, 2-2;
DCL Concepts, 4-10, 4-11, 4-12;
File Applications, 5-8, 6-6 to 6-7;
Networking, 1-25; System Services
Ref, 6-16
defaults• DCL Concepts, 4-12
iterative• DCL Concepts, 4-11
types• File Applications, 5-7 to 5-9

lndex-157

Index

Logical name (cont'd.)

Logical queue (cont'd.)

used to determine output file specification• DCL
Concepts, 2-12
use in network application• Networking, 1-25
use with certain commands• Phone Ref,
PHONE-8
using for input and output• Command
Procedures, 2-3
using in a file specification • Command
Procedures, 2-3
using to obtain output value• Command
Procedures, 3-15
using with OPEN command• Command
Procedures, 6-2
with MOUNT command• Mount Ref, MOUNT-2
Logical name system service call
example of
SYS$CRELNM • System Services Ref, 6-11
SYS$CRELNT • System Services Ref, 6-15
SYS$0ELLNM • System Services Ref, 6-15
SYS$TRNLNM • System Services Ref, 6-16
Logical name table• DCL Concepts, 4-4
creating• DCL Dictionary, OCL-81; System
Services Ref, 6-14, SYS-66
default• System Services Ref, 6-3
definition• Command Procedures, 2-3, 2-4
deleting• DCL Dictionary, OCL-85; System
Services Ref, SYS-117
directory• System Services Ref, 6-3
displaying• DCL Concepts, 4-3; DCL
Dictionary, OCL-562
group• System Services Ref, 6-6
job• Command Procedures, 2-3; System
Services Ref, 6-5
predefined logical names• System Services Ref,
6-2
process• Command Procedures, 2-3; System
Services Ref, 6-4
process-private• System Services Ref, 6-6
quotas• System Services Ref, 6-8
search list• System Services Ref, 6-10
modifying• System Services Ref, 6-10
shareable• System Services Ref, 6-6, 6-15
system• System Services Ref, 6-6
types of• System Services Ref, 6-2
user-defined• System Services Ref, 6-6
Logical operation• DCL Concepts, 5-12
operands for• DCL Concepts, 5-13
Logical operator• Programming, 2-14
Logical predecessor• Debugger Ref, 5-3, 5-7,
6-8, 0-5
Logical queue• System Management, 9-3, 9-43;
DCL Dictionary, OCL-205
assigning• System Management, 9-43

deassigning• System Management, 9-43; DCL
Dictionary, OCL-90
Logical successor• Debugger Ref, 5-3, 5-8, 6-9,
6-13, 0-5
Logical unit number• Modular Procedures, 2-21;
Programming, 8-2, 9-2
allocating • RTL Ref, 9-17
RTL routine to free• RTL Ref, RTL-133
Logical value• FOL Ref, FOL-3
Log in
as system manager• Software Installation, 4-1
for UETP testing• Software Installation, 7-2,
7-4
Login • System Security, 3-1 to 3-34
and default process protection • System
Security, 4-41
batch• System Security, 3-4
class• System Security, 3-2
restrictions • System Security, 3-31
controlling• VAXclusters, 2-11
denied for expired accounts• System Security,
3-29
detached process• System Security, 3-5
dial-up
chances to supply password • System
Security, 3-32
dialup • System Security, 3-3
controlling number of attempts • System
Security, 5-3 7
disabled
by breakin evasion • System Security, 3-32
by shift restriction • System Security, 3-31
interactive • System Security, 3-2
last chance due to password expiration• System
Security, 3-20
local • System Security, 3-3
network• System Security, 3-4
noninteractive
defined • System Security, 3-2
permitted time periods• System Security, 3-31
proxy• System Security, 3-4
and the user• System Security, 3-35
establishment and management• System
Security, 7-14 to 7-20
remote • System Security, 3-3
and system password • System Security,
5-27
restricting by function • System Management,
5-20
restricting by time• System Management, 5-19
setting AUTOLOGIN flag• System Management,
5-20

lndex-158

Index

Login (cont'd.)
simplifying for user with ALF• System Security,
5-45
subprocess • System Security, 3-5
time out• System Security, 3-22
type as system identifier• System Security,
4-22
Login command file
defining command symbol• Text Processing,
3-2
Login command procedure• Command Procedures,
1-8; DCL Concepts, 1-2; System
Management, 5-7; Authorize Ref, AUTH-29
alternate• System Management, 5-21
command to deny remote file access • System
Security, 7-8
execution• DCL Dictionary, DCL-300
execution of for batch jobs• Command
Procedures, 8-3
individual• System Management, 5-7
location of• Command Procedures, 1-12
personal • Command Procedures,_ 1-9
proper protection for• System Security, 5-7 4
specification of alternate• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-301
system-defined• Command Procedures, 1-9
systemwide •System Management, 5-7
user-specified • System Management, 5-7
Login failure• System Security, 3-8
and retries• System Security, 3-32
causes• System Security, 3-29 to 3-34
counting for breakin detection • System
Security, 5-39
Login message• System Security, 3-5
controlling• System Security, 5-35 to 5-37
LOGIN.COM file• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-17;
Authorize Ref, AUTH-29
suppression • System Security, 3-9
LOGINOUT.EXE
and detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-369
LOGINOUT image• Networking, 2-37, 2-39, 8-11,
8-26
Login procedure• DCL Dictionary, DCL-300 to
DCL-303
system manager's account• System
Management, 2-2
Login program
and rights list• System Security, 4-23
authentication by secure server• System
Security, 3-23
Login sequence• System Management, 5-20
LOGIO privilege• System Security, A-6; System
Management, 6-12

LOGOUT /HANGUP command• System Security,
3-45
LOGOUT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-26;
System Security, 3-43; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-304 to DCL-305
multiple• DCL Dictionary, DCL-304
Logout command procedure • System
Management, 5-10
Logout message• DCL Dictionary, DCL-304
/LOG qualifier• DSR Ref, 5-4, 6-7; Accounting
Ref, ACC-17; Backup Ref, BACKU-47;
BAD Ref, BAD-10; Error Log Ref, ERR-14;
Librarian Ref, LIB-29; Debugger Ref, CD-35,
CD-38
CREATE/FOL• FDL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-42
.LONG directive• MACRO Ref, 6-55
Longest record length (LAL)
specifying• Sort Ref, SORT-37
LONG mode• Patch Ref, PATCH-20
/LONG qualifier
ALIGN command • Patch Ref, PA TCH-42
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-56
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-59
EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-62
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-65
REPLACE command•Patch Ref, PATCH-73
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-91
Long report format
See Console dialog, Console report
LONGWAIT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-66
Longword• MACRO Ref, 8-2
aligning• Programming, 1-23
in quadword• Programming, 1-28
mask• Programming, 1-26, 1-35
passing• Programming, 1-25
to convert with FAO• VAXTPU Ref, 4-75
Longword access enable bit
See VEC$V_LWAE
Longword-aligned random-access mode• Device
Driver, 4-13, A-11
LONGWORD data type• Debugger Ref, 5-2
Longword dump• DCL Dictionary, DCL-152
/LONGWORD qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-41,
CD-59
Longword storage directive (.LONG)• MACRO Ref,
6-55
Lookaside list• Device Driver, C-11, C-12, C-13
allocation of IRP from • Device Driver, 5-7
LOOKUP_KEY built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-11 5 to 4-117
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-116

lndex-159

Index

Loopback
assistance• Networking, 7-11
connector• Networking, 7-6
Loopback mirror• Networking, 7-2
Loopback test
circuit• Networking, 7-6
circuit-level• Networking, 7-1
controller• Networking, 7-6, 7-8
local node• Networking, 7-5
local-to-local• Networking, 7-4
local-to-remote• Networking, 7-3
node-level• Networking, 7-1
over Ethernet circuit• Networking, 7-9
software•Networking, 7-6, 7-7
to a remote node• Networking, 7-2
using a loop node name• Networking, 7-2
X.25 line-level•Networking, 7-12
LOOP CIRCUIT command• Networking, 7-6; NCP
Ref, NCP-52
ASSIST ANT NODE parameter• Networking,
7-11
ASSIST ANT PHYSICAL ADDRESS parameter•
Networking, 7-11
HELP parameter•Networking, 7-11
NODE parameter• Networking, 7-10
PHYSICAL ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
7-10
LOOP EXECUTOR command• Networking, 7-5;
NCP Ref, NCP-54
Loop in a command procedure• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 5-13 ; Command Procedures,
5-12
LOOP LINE command• NCP Ref, NCP-55
COUNT parameter• Networking, 7-13
LENGTH parameter• Networking, 7-13
WITH parameter• Networking, 7-13
LOOP NODE command• Networking, 7-2; NCP
Ref, NCP-56
CIRCUIT parameter• Networking, 7-2
Loop node name• Networking, 7-2
LOOP statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-13
example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-13
Loop structure• Programming, 2-20
Lost file
recovering • System Management, 5-17
Lowercase
conversion to uppercase• Programming, 8-52
Lowercase flag (\)
default• DSR Ref, 3-13
description • DSR Ref, 3-1 3
pairing• DSR Ref, 3-13
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-50

lndex-160

LOWERCASE WORD command• VAXTPU Ref,
F-8
LOWER keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-26, 4-62
LP A 11-K device
AST
address• 1/0 Ref/, 4-10, 4-12
quota• 1/0 Ref/, 4-12
synchronization• 1/0 Ref/, 4-12
buffer management• 1/0 Ref I, 4-14
buffer overrun• 1/0 Ref/, 4-10, 4-12, 4-29
buffer queue control• 1/0 Ref I, 4-13
clock rate• 1/0 Ref/, 4-8
data buffer• 1/0 Ref I, 4-11
data sampling • 1/0 Ref /, 4-1
data transfer command table• 1/0 Ref I, 4-10
data transfer start command • 1/0 Ref /, 4-10
data transfer stop command• 1/0 Ref/, 4-12
data underrun/ overrun• 1/0 Ref/, 4-10
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref I, 4-3 to 4-6
device configuration• 1/0 Ref I, 4-1, 4-8, 4-32
device initialization • 1/0 Ref I, 4-3, 4-7 to 4-8,
4-31, 4-32
driver• 1/0 Ref/, 4-1
errors• 1/0 Ref/, 4-2
features• 1/0 Ref/, 4-2
function codes• 1/0 Ref I, 4-6, A-3
function modifier
10$M_SETEVF • //O Ref I, 4-9, 4-12
high-level language support routines• 1/0 Ref I,
4-13
1/0 functions
10$_1NITIALIZE • //O Ref/, 4-8
10$_LOADMCODE • 1/0 Ref I, 4-7
10$_SETCLOCK • 1/0 Ref I, 4-8
10$_STARTDA TA• 1/0 Ref I, 4-9
10$_STARTMPROC • //O Ref I, 4-7
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref I, 4-31
initialize command table• 1/0 Ref I, 4-8
initialize function• 1/0 Ref I, 4-8
load microcode function• 1/0 Ref I, 4-7
maintenance status register• //O Ref I, 4-8,
4-31
microcode loading• 1/0 Ref I, 4-3, 4-7, 4-31,
4-32
modes of operation• 1/0 Ref I, 4-1
operator process• 1/0 Ref /, 4-33
programming examples• 1/0 Ref/, 4-35, 4-37,
4-41
RSX-11 M/M-PLUS and VAX/VMS differences
• 1/0 Ref/, 4-33
set clock function• //O Ref I, 4-8
start data transfer request function• 1/0 Ref I,
4-9

Index

LPA 11-K device (cont'd.)
start microprocessor function• 1/0 Ref I, 4-7
status returns• I/0 Ref I, 4-7, 4-8, 4-9, 4-11 ,
4-31, A-5
stop command• 1/0 Ref I, 4-12
subroutines
argument usage• 1/0 Ref I, 4-14 to 4-18
list• 1/0 Ref I, 4-13
LPA$ADSWP • 1/0 Ref I, 4-18
LPA$CLOCKA • 1/0 Ref I, 4-24
LPA$CLOCKB • 1/0 Ref I, 4-25
LPA$CV ADF • 1/0 Ref I, 4-30
LPA$DASWP• l/O Ref I, 4-19
LPA$DISWP • 1/0 Ref I, 4-19
LPA$DOSWP • 1/0 Ref I, 4-20
LPA$FLT 16 • 1/0 Ref I, 4-30
LPA$1BFSTS • 1/0 Ref I, 4-26
LPA$1GTBUF • 1/0 Ref I, 4-27
LPA$1NXTBUF • 1/0 Ref I, 4-28
LPA$1WTBUF • 1/0 Ref I, 4-28
LPA$LAMSKS • 1/0 Ref I, 4-21
LPA$LOADMC • 1/0 Ref I, 4-31
LPA$RLSBUF • 1/0 Ref I, 4-29
LPA$RMVBUF • 1/0 Ref I, 4-30
LPA$SET ADC• 1/0 Ref I, 4-22
LPA$SETIBF • 1/0 Ref I, 4-22
LPA$STPSWP • 1/0 Ref I, 4-23
LPA$XRA TE• 1/0 Ref I, 4-25
supported device• 1/0 Ref I, 4-1
supporting software• 1/0 Ref I, 4-2
SYS$CANCEL • 1/0 Ref I, 4-12
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref I, 4-3
LPA 11-K timeouts• Rel Notes, 3-51
LRPCOUNT parameter• Networking, 5-32;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-67
LRPCOUNTV parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-67
/LRP qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-87
LRPSIZE parameter• Networking, 5-32; SYSGEN
Ref, SGN-67
.LT. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-13
.LT. operator• Programming, 6-8
.LTS. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-14
LW AE (longword access enable) bit• Device
Driver, A-11

M
MA 780 multiport memory
installing shared images• System Management,
8-5
MA 780 shared memory• SDA Ref, SDA-6

MAC file type• Programming, 9-71
/MACHINE_CODE qualifier
FORTRAN/LIST• Programming, 4-35
Machine check• Device Driver, 15-19, H-6; Rel
Notes, 3-11
condition handler• Device Driver, H-6
Machine code• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2;
Programming, 4-35
Machine-readable file
for software performance report• System
Management, 10-10
MACRO• FDL Ref, FDL-40
See also VAX MACRO instruction
CALLG (Call Procedure with General Argument
List) instruction • System Services Ref,
2-10
CALLS (Call Procedure with Stack Argument
List) instruction • System Services Ref,
2-10
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) •Rel Notes,
3-49
documentation change• Rel Notes, 3-49
Macro• MACRO Ref, 4-1 to 4-10
applicable VAX MACRO syntax rules• RMS Ref,
3-5
calling system service using• System Services
Ref, 2-9
control block initialization • RMS Ref, 3-1
creating• Text Processing, 1-65
DEFINE MACRO command• Text Processing,
1-65
definition• Text Processing, 1-65
expansion• System Services Ref, 2-8
for defining VAX RMS symbol • RMS Ref, 3-1
for initializing VAX RMS control blocks• RMS
Ref, 3-1
for invoking VAX RMS at run time• RMS Ref,
3-1
for VAX RMS control block store• RMS Ref,
3-1
function• Text Processing, 1-66
including specifiers• Text Processing, 1-68
library• Programming, 9-71
library location• RMS Ref, 3-2
names and control blocks• RMS Ref, 3-2
naming conventions• RMS Ref, 3-2
nested• MACRO Ref, 4-4 to 4-5
overriding line mode commands• Text
Processing, 1-67
passing numeric value to• MACRO Ref, 4-6
rules applicable to VAX RMS programming •
RMS Ref, 3-6
service• RMS Ref, 3-1

lndex-161

Index

Macro (cont'd.)

Macro name specifier

syntax applicable to VAX RMS• RMS Ref, 3-1
system service• System Services Ref, 2-1, 2-5
using• RMS Ref, 3-6
VAX RMS types• RMS Ref, 3-1
with the same name as an opcode• MACRO
Ref, 6-57
Macro argument• MACRO Ref, 4-1 to 4-6
actual• MACRO Ref, 4-1 to 4-2
concatenated• MACRO Ref, 4-5
delimited• MACRO Ref, 4-3 to 4-4, 4-4 to 4-5
formal• MACRO Ref, 4-1 to 4-2
keyword• MACRO Ref, 4-2 to 4-3
positional• MACRO Ref, 4-2 to 4-3
string• MACRO Ref, 4-3 to 4-5
Macro call• MACRO Ref, 4-1
as operator• MACRO Ref, 2-3
listing• MACRO Ref, 6-87
number of arguments• MACRO Ref, 6-62
Macro call directive (.MCALL)• MACRO Ref, 6-59
MACRO command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-16;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-306 to DCL-311
and .DISABLE directive• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-307
and .ENABLE directive• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-307, DCL-308
and .NOSHOW directive• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-309
and .SHOW directive• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-309
Macro definition• MACRO Ref, 4-1
default value• MACRO Ref, 4-2
end• MACRO Ref, 6-27
labeling in• MACRO Ref, 4-6 to 4-7
listing• MACRO Ref, 6-87
.MACRO directive• MACRO Ref, 6-56 to 6-57
Macro expansion
listing• MACRO Ref, 6-87
printing• MACRO Ref, 4-1
terminating• MACRO Ref, 6-61
Macro field :
example of initializing • RMS Ref, 3-5
setting at run time• RMS Ref, 3-5
MACRO implementation table
See Implementation table
Macro instruction
See Macro
Macro library• Programming, 4-23; Librarian Ref,
LIB-3
adding a name to• MACRO Ref, 6-50
character case• Librarian Ref, LIB-5
Macro name• MACRO Ref, 3-6

with DEFINE MACRO command• EDT Ref,
EDT-128
Macro operator
%EXTRACT•MACRO Ref, 4-9 to 4-10
%LENGTH• MACRO Ref, 4-7 to 4-8
%LOCATE• MACRO Ref, 4-8 to 4-9
string • MACRO Ref, 4-7 to 4-10
MACRO programs
in network application• Networking, 1-21
/MACRO qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-30
LIBRARY command• Programming, 9-7 1
Macro string operator
summary• MACRO Ref, C-8 to C-9
MACRO Utility
See also Debugger
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-306
macro library• DCL Dictionary, DCL-308
object module• DCL Dictionary, DCL-309
update file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-310
Magnetic tape
access to foreign• System Security, 4-16. 1
ACP control function• //O Ref/, 1-34, 6-11
ACP create file operation• 1/0 Ref/, 1-28
allocation of• Disk & Tape, 4-18
ANSI-labeled
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-15; Mount Ref,
MOUNT-23
available function• 1/0 Ref/, 6-21
BACKUP
using with• Disk & Tape, 6-7
basic concepts of• Disk & Tape, 1-7
block• Disk & Tape, 1-7
BOT marker• 1/0 Ref/, 6-14, 6-15
byte count
read• 1/0 Ref/, 6-13
write• 1/0 Ref/, 6-14
capabilities• l/O Ref/, 6-3
copying files from• Disk & Tape, 5-3
data check• 1/0 Ref/, 6-4, 6-12, 6-14
data security erase function• 1/0 Ref/, 6-21
deallocating drives• Disk & Tape, 3-25
density• Disk & Tape, 1-7; 1/0 Ref/, 6-20
device
set default characteristics for• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-461
to display characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-566
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref/, 6-6 to 6-7
dismounting • DCL Dictionary, DCL-14 7
DOS-11 •Disk & Tape, 5-11
driver• 1/0 Ref/, 6-1
end-of-file (EOF) status• 1/0 Ref/, 6-13

lndex-162

Index

Magnetic tape (cont'd.)
end-of-volume detection• 1/0 Ref/, 6-16

EOT
marker• 1/0 Ref/, 6-1 5 to 6-16
status• 1/0 Ref I, 6-13, 6-14, 6-16
error recovery• 1/0 Ref/, 6-4
establish error-logging for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-426
EXECUTE and DELETE access
invalid for volumes• System Security, 4-14
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref/, 6-7
file•Disk & Tape, 1-9; FOL Ref, FDL-22
reading• Disk & Tape, 4-22
file attributes• 1/0 Ref/, 6-4
file expiration • FOL Ref, FDL-17
file protection• FOL Ref, FDL-22
See Protection
function codes• //O Ref/, 6-8, A-5
function modifiers
10$M_DATACHECK • //O Ref/, 6-4, 6-12,
6-14
10$M_ERASE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-14
10$M_INHEXTGAP • 1/0 Ref I, 6-5
10$M_INHRETRY • 1/0 Ref I, 6.,,
10$M_NOWAIT•l/O Ref/, 6-14, 6-16,
6-17
10$M_REVERSE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-12
1/0functions•1/0 Ref/, 6-8
See also ACP-010 interface
arguments• 1/0 Ref I, 6-11
10$_ACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 6-8
10$_ACPCONTROL• l/O Ref/, 1-35, 6-11
10$_AV AILABLE • 1/0 Ref/, 6-21
10$_CREATE• 1/0 Ref I, 6-8
10$_DEACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 6-8
10$_DSE • 1/0 Ref/, 6-8, 6-21
10$_MODIFY • 1/0 Ref I, 6-8
10$_PACKACK • 1/0 Ref I, 6-21
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 6-12
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 6-12
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 6-12
10$_REWIND • 1/0 Ref I, 6-14
10$_REWINDOFF • 1/0 Ref I, 6-16
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-17
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref/, 6-18
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-18
10$_SKIPFILE • //O Ref I, 6-14
10$_SKIPRECORD • 1/0 Ref I, 6-15
10$_UNLOAD • 1/0 Ref I, 6-17
10$_WRITELBLK•l/O Ref/, 6-13
10$_WRITEOF • 1/0 Ref/, 6-16
10$_WRITEPBLK • //O Ref/, 6-13

Magnetic tape
1/0 functions (cont'd.)
10$_WRITEVBLK • //O Ref/, 6-13
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref/, 6-22
initialize
using REPLY /BLANK_TAPE• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-352
using REPLY /INITIALIZE_TAPE• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-352
initializing• Disk & Tape, 3-6; Software
Installation, 7-6; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-194
initializing with BACKUP• Disk & Tape, 6-13
interrecord gap (IRG) •Disk & Tape, 1-7
master adapters• 1/0 Ref I, 6-3
modifying device characteristics• Disk & Tape,
4-12
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-15; Mount Ref,
MOUNT-1
multiple volumes• Disk & Tape, 6-13
operator status
to disable• DCL Dictionary, DCL-353
to enable• DCL Dictionary, DCL-353
overriding overwrite protection on • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-200
overriding protection checks• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-26
pack acknowledge function• 1/0 Ref/, 6-21
parity• 1/0 Ref/, 6-20
positioning• 1/0 Ref I, 1-35
preparing for test• Software Installation, 7-2,
7-6
programming example• 1/0 Ref/, 6-22
protection• DCL Concepts, 7-2, 7-9; System
Security, 4-3, 4-16. 1
quotas• 1/0 Ref /, 6-8
read function • 1/0 Ref/, 6-12
reading from• Disk & Tape, 4-22
read reverse function • 1/0 Ref /, 6-12, 6-13
record blocking• Disk & Tape, 1-8
record format• Disk & Tape, 5-3
restoring save set
•System Management, 7-25
retrieving device information• Disk & Tape, 4-7
rewind function• 1/0 Ref I, 6-14
rewind offline function • 1/0 Ref I, 6-16
runaway• Disk & Tape, 3-7
save set• Backup Ref, BACKU-25
multivolume •Disk & Tape, 6-13
restoring from• Disk & Tape, 6-23
writing to•Disk & Tape, 6-7, 6-14
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref/, 6-17
set characteristics function• 1/0 Ref /, 6-18

lndex-163

Index

Magnetic tape (cont'd.)
set mode function• 1/0 Ref I, 6-18
characteristics• 1/0 Ref/, 6-20
skip file function• 1/0 Ref /, 6-14
skip record function• 1/0 Ref I, 6-15
slave formatter• 1/0 Ref/, 6-3
specification of volume density• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-196
specifying block size• Disk & Tape, 3-16;
Mount Ref, MOUNT-11
specifying density• Mount Ref, MOUNT-17
specifying record size•Disk & Tape, 3-19;
Mount Ref, MOUNT-34
starting position• FOL Ref, FDL-22
status returns• 1/0 Ref I, A-6
streaming tape systems• 1/0 Ref I, 6-5
supported devices• 1/0 Ref I, 6-1
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref I, 6-6
tape controllers• 1/0 Ref/, 6-2
tape mark• 1/0 Ref I, 6-13, 6-15, 6-16
test of• Software Installation, 7-31, 7-34
test image name• Software Installation,
7-35
thrashing • 1/0 Ref I, 6-5
TMSCP mmagnetic tapes• 1/0 Ref I, 6-1
to mount• DCL Dictionary, DCL-316
9-track drive• Disk & Tape, B-1
TU58 magnetic tape
See Disk, TU58
unload function• 1/0 Ref/, 6-17
volume• Disk & Tape, 5-3
See Volume
modify RMS defaults for file operations •
DCL Dictionary, DCL-503
protection code• System Security, 4-9
volume protection
See Protection
volume set
See Volume set
write end-of-file function• 1/0 Ref I, 6-16
write function• 1/0 Ref/, 6-13
write ring• Disk & Tape, 7-3; System
Management, 7-8
writing files to• Disk & Tape, 4-18, 4-23
Magnetic tape ancillary control process
See MTAACP
Magnetic tape kit• Software Installation, D-8
Magnetic tape processing
run-time options• File Applications, 9-16 to
9-17
Magnetic tape record size
specifying• Mount Ref, MOUNT-34

lndex-164

Mailbox•Networking, 8-7, 8-23, 8-24; Device
Driver, A-31; System Services Ref, 7-28;
RTL Ref, 9-24, RTL-6
See also Terminal
assigning channel to• System Services Ref,
SYS-72
associated with device unit• Device Driver,
A-31
buffered 1/0 quota• Device Driver, A-28
creating• Programming, 3-29; System
Services Ref, SYS-72; 1/0 Ref/, 7-2
creation of using SYS$CREMBX •Networking,
8-23
deleting• 1/0 Ref I, 7-3
permanent• System Services Ref, SYS-7 5,
SYS-120
temporary• System Services Ref, SYS-75
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref I, 7-5
disable terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
driver• 1/0 Ref I, 7-1
explanation• 1/0 Ref I, 7-1
for interprocess communication • System
Services Ref, 8-10
0
for system process• System Services Ref,
7-33
function codes• 1/0 Ref I, 7-6, A-7
function modifiers
10$M_NOW•l/O Ref/, 7-4, 7-6, 7-7, 7-8,
7-9
10$M_READATTN • 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
10$M_SETPROT• l/O Ref I, 7-10
1/0 function• Device Driver, A-21
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 7-6
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 7-6
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 7-6
10$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 7-7
10$_WRITEOF • 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 7-7
10$_WRITEVBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 7-7
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref/, 7-11
in shared memory• Device Driver, A-33
marked for deletion• Device Driver, A-33
message format• Networking, 8-24; 1/0 Ref I,
7-4
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-17
message size• 1/0 Ref I, 7-2
multiport memory• 1/0 Ref I, 7-1
name format• System Services Ref, 7-31
of job controller• Device Driver, 11-7
of OPCOM process• Device Driver, 12-6
permanent• Device Driver, A-33; 1/0 Ref I,
7-2, 7-4

Index

Mailbox (cont'd.)
process termination
specify unit number with RUN command•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-371
programming example• 1/0 Ref I, 7-12
protection• System Services Ref, 7-4, 7-5;
1/0 Ref I, 7-2, 7-4, 7-10
read attention AST function • 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
read function• 1/0 Ref I, 7-6
sending a message to • Device Driver, C-44 to
C-45, C-51
set attention AST function• 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
set protection function• 1/0 Ref I, 7-10
status returns• l/O Ref I, A-7
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref I, 7-5
system • System Services Ref, 7-32
messages• System Services Ref, 7-32
temporary• Programming, 3-29; 1/0 Ref I,
7-2, 7-4
terminal/mailbox interaction• 1/0 Ref I, 8-16
termination • System Services Ref, 8-19
volume protection• 1/0 Ref I, 7-10
write attention AST function• 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
write end-of-file message function• 1/0 Ref I,
7-8
write function• 1/0 Ref I, 7-7
Mailbox driver• Device Driver, 14-5
Mailbox message format• 1/0 Ref II, 1-3
MAIL command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-312; Mail
Ref, MAIL-48; Phone Ref, PHONE-17
MAIL database
preparing common file• VAXclusters, 2-15
MAIL distribution list
creating• Mail Ref, MAIL-12
Mail file
recommended protection• System Security,
4-51
MAIL object• Networking, 2-4, 2-29, 2-30, 3-71
Mail Utility (MAIL)• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-17; Rel
Notes, 3-3
and system security• System Security, 3-38
commands• Mail Ref, MAIL-20 to MAIL-81
controlling• VAXclusters, 2-11
converting mail files• Mail Ref, MAIL-11
DCL qualifiers• Mail Ref, MAIL-16 to MAIL-19
examples• Mail Ref, MAIL-82
exiting• Mail Ref, MAIL-2
in a mixed cluster• Rel Notes, 3-3
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-312; Mail Ref,
MAIL-2
large messages• Mail Ref, MAIL-15
notification message• Mail Ref, MAIL-5
controlling• System Security, 5-37

Mail Utility (MAIL) (cont'd.)
preparing common database• VAXclusters,
2-15
protection of files• Mail Ref, MAIL-13
sending files• Mail Ref, MAIL-8
sending messages• Mail Ref, MAIL-12
/SELF qualifier• Rel Notes, 3-3
status messages• Mail Ref, MAIL-13
system management• Mail Ref, MAIL-14
used to transfer text files• System Security,
7-20
using /EDIT• Mail Ref, MAIL-6
using distribution lists• Mail Ref, MAIL-12
using folders• Mail Ref, MAIL-5
using the keypad• Mail Ref, MAIL-9
MAIN buffer
See Buffer
Maintenance operation protocol
See MOP
Maintenance operations over the network•
Networking, 4-1
Major id• Linker Ref, LINK-21
of shareable image in map• Linker Ref, LINK-55
MAKEROOT
how to invoke• Rel Notes, 1-29; Software
Installation, 6-20
requirements to execute• Rel Notes, 1-29;
Software Installation, 6-20
use in creating alternate roots• Rel Notes,
1-29; Software Installation, 6-20
Mandatory update• Rel Notes, 1-21
MANUAL_UNLOCKING attribute• File Applications, 7-13, 7-14; FOL Ref, FDL-13
Map
See also Image map
umap_count" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
MAP built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-118 to
4-119
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-119
Map lock bit
See VEC$V_MAPLOCK
Mapping pointer allocation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-202
Mapping register base register
See MBA$L_MAP
Mapping registers • Device Driver, 1-16, 4-4 to
4-6, 10-1, 10-4 to 10-6, A-10, A-11
allocating permanent• Device Driver, 13-1 ,
A-10
byte offset bit• Device Driver, C-61
calculating the number needed • Device Driver,
10-4

lndex-165

Index

Mapping registers (cont'd.)
format• Device Driver, 4-6, 10-6
invalidating• Device Driver, 4-6, 4-12, 10-6
loading• Device Driver, 10-6, B-22, C-61
number of active• Device Driver, A-5
number of disabled• Device Driver, A-5
of MBA• Device Driver, B-21, C-60, G-2
of MicroVAX II• Device Driver, 4-4
of UBA • Device Driver, 4-4
operation • Device Driver, 4-5 to 4-6
releasing•Device Driver, 10-9 to 10-10, 12-2,
B-26, C-69
requesting • Device Driver, 10-4 to 10-5, B-30,
C-53 to C-54, C-74 to C-75
requesting permanent• Device Driver, 10-5
unavailability• Device Driver, 10-5
Mapping register valid bit• Device Driver, 10-6
Mapping register wait queue• Device Driver, 10-5,
10-10, A-4, C-69, C-74
/MAP qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-8, LINK-125
LINK command• Programming, 4-40
Margin
default• VAXTPU Ref, 4-176
setting•DSR Ref, A-2; VAXTPU Ref, 4-176;
Debugger Ref, CD-106
source display• Debugger Ref, 7-13, CD-106,
CD-161
Margin command
.INDENT command• DSR Ref, 2-69
.LEFT MARGIN command• DSR Ref, 2-78
.PAGE SIZE command•DSR Ref, 2-96
.RIGHT command• DSR Ref, 2-105
.RIGHT MARGIN command• DSR Ref, 2-106
MARGINS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-176
/MARK_CHANGE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-48,
CD-95
MARK built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120 to
4-121
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-121
MARK command• VAXTPU Ref, F-8
Marker
deleting• VAXTPU Ref, 2-8, 4-60
video attributes• VAXTPU Ref, 2-8, 4-120
MARKER data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-8
Mask• Programming, 6-19
entry• MACRO Ref, 9-63
passing• Programming, 1-26, 1-30
reading• Programming, 1-35
register• MACRO Ref, 3-13 to 3-14
register save• MACRO Ref, 6-29, 6-58
setting• Programming, 1-26, 1-30
user-defined• Programming, 1-14
.MASK directive• MACRO Ref, 6-58

lndex-166

Mask protection
specifying in ACE• System Security, 4-30
MASSBUS
configuration • Device Driver, G-1 , G-4
1/0 database• Device Driver, G-4, G-6 to G-7
1/0 space• Device Driver, H-2
servicing multiunit controller on • Device Driver,
G-2, G-6, G-11, G-12, G-14
servicing single-unit controller on • Device
Driver, G-6, G-10, G-11, G-14
MASSBUS adapter
See MBA
MASSBUS disk• VAXclusters, 4-1
as cluster-accessible device• VAXclusters,
4-2, 4-3
dual-pathed • VAXclusters, 4-8
dual-ported • VAXc/usters, 4-4
MASSBUS driver
DPT for• Device Driver, G-13
interrupt servicing routine• Device Driver, G-1 5
start 1/0 routine• Device Driver, G-12
unit initialization routine• Device Driver, 7-7,
G-11
unsolicited interrupt servicing routine• Device
Driver, G-14
Master adapter• 1/0 Ref I, 6-3
Master command procedure
See UETP.COM
Master file directory
See MFD
MATCH built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-122
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-122
MATCHC (Match Characters) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-127
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-208
Match size
specification with DIFFERENCES • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-133
Mathematics procedure• RTL Ref, 4-1
algorithm• RTL Ref, 4-2
calling convention• RTL Ref, 4-2
complex number• RTL Ref, 4-3
condition handling • RTL Ref, 4-3
entry point name• RTL Ref, 4-1
JSB entry point• RTL Ref, 4-2
Matrix
access• System Security, 4-17 to 4-20
umax_lines" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-86
MAX_LINES keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-178
MAX_RECORD_NUMBER attribute• File
Applications, 4-37 ; FDL Ref, FDL-21

Index

MAXBUF parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-67
MAXIMIZE_VERSION attribute• File Applications,
4-35 ; FOL Ref, FDL-21
Maximize version option• File Applications, 4-35
Maximum account jobs limit• System Management, 6-4
MAXIMUM ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
3-8
MAXIMUM AREA parameter• Networking, 3-62
MAXIMUM BLOCK parameter
for X.25 line• Networking, 3-58
MAXIMUM BROADCAST NONROUTERS
parameter
for Ethernet circuits• Networking, 3-62
MAXIMUM BROADCAST ROUTERS parameter
for Ethernet circuits• Networking, 3-62
Maximum buffers
for executor• Networking, 3-19
MAXIMUM BUFFERS parameter• Networking,
3-19, 3-40
MAXIMUM CIRCUITS parameter
for DTE• Networking, 3-26
for executor node• Networking, 3-19
for X.25 server module• Networking, 3-78
MAXIMUM CLEARS parameter• Networking,
3-28
MAXIMUM COST parameter• Networking, 3-64
MAXIMUM DATA parameter
for PVC• Networking, 3-44
for X.25 lines• Networking, 3-57
for X.25 virtual circuit• Networking, 3-27
Maximum detached process limit• System
Management, 6-5
MAXIMUM HOPS parameter• Networking, 3-64
MAXIMUM LINKS parameter• Networking, 3-67
Maximum process jobs limit• System Management, 6-5
MAXIMUM RECALLS parameter• Networking,
3-45
Maximum record number option• File Applications,
4-37
Maximum record size
indexed file
Prolog 1 •File Applications, 3-26
Prolog 2 •File Applications, 3-26
Prolog 3 •File Applications, 3-26
specifying• Sort Ref, SORT-42
Maximum record size option• File Applications,
4-37
MAXIMUM RESETS parameter• Networking, 3-29
MAXIMUM REST ARTS parameter• Networking,
3-29

MAXIMUM RETRANSMIT parameter• Networking,
3-57
MAXIMUM ROUTERS parameter• Networking,
3-41
for an Ethernet circuit• Networking, 3-61
MAXIMUM TRANSMITS parameter• Networking,
3-40
Maximum visits• Networking, 2-26
MAXIMUM VISITS parameter• Networking, 3-64
MAXIMUM WINDOW parameter
for PVC• Networking, 3-44
for SVC• Networking, 3-27
for X.25 line• Networking, 3-58
MAXPROCESSCNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-67
MAXOUEPRI parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-68
MAXSYSGROUP and SYSTEM category• System
Security, 4-6
MAXSYSGROUP parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-68
MBA (MASSBUS adapter) • Device Driver, 1-11
address space• Device Driver, G-4 to G-5
data path • Device Driver, G-3
functions• Device Driver, G-1 , G-8 to G-9
nexus value • Device Driver, 14-4
obtaining ownership• Device Driver, G-2, G-6
to G-1 0, G-12
registers• Device Driver, G-2 to G-6
device• Device Driver, G-5, G-11 , G-12
external• Device Driver, G-2
internal• Device Driver, G-2
mapping• Device Driver, B-21, C-60, G-2
to G-6
secondary data channel• Device Driver, C-70
subunit number• Device Driver, G-1
unit number• Device Driver, 14-6, G-1 , G-11
MBA$1NT •Device Driver, D-14, G-13 to G-15
MBA$L_AS •Device Driver, G-4, G-5, G-8 to
G-9, G-9, G-10
MBA$L_BCR •Device Driver, C-60, G-3, G-4,
G-12
MBA$L_CAR •Device Driver, G-4
MBA$L _CR• Device Driver, G-4
MBA$L_CSR •Device Driver, C-60, G-4, G-12
MBA$L_DR •Device Driver, G-4
MBA$L_ERB •Device Driver, G-4, G-5, G-11
MBA$L_MAP• Device Driver, G-4, G-5
MBA$L _SMR •Device Driver, G-4
MBA$L _SR • Device Driver, G-4, G-10, G-12
MBA$L_VAR•Device Driver, C-60, G-3, G-4,
G-12, G-13
$MBADEF macro• Device Driver, G-4 to G-5
MBZ field• MACRO Ref, 7-1

lndex-167

Index

.MCALL directive• MACRO Ref, 6-59
MCHK symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
MCOMB (Move Complemented Byte) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-23
MCOML (Move Complemented Long) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-23
MCOMW (Move Complemented Word) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-23
.MDELETE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-60
MEAN_DAT A_LENGTH attribute• FDL Ref,
FDL-7
MEAN_INDEX_LENGTH attribute• FDL Ref,
FDL-7
MEC file• Text Processing, 4-53
Mechanical form feed
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-4
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
Mechanism argument vector• RTL Ref, 7-7, 7-12,
7-21
Mechanism array• Programming, 10-22
Mechanism array argument• System Services Ref,
10-10
Mechanism entry
See Routine format
Media
See Backup Utility
See Disk
See Magnetic tape
supported by EXCHANGE• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-4
Media initialization
restricting with ACLs • System Security, 5-70
Media security
Backup Utility• System Management, 7-23
Member
uniqueness requirement• System Security, 4-5
Member name
in UIC • System Security, 4-5
Member number
in UIC • System Security, 4-4
MEMBERS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-36 to
SHCL-38
Memo
formatting • Text Processing, 4-14
Memory
See Buffer, Nonpaged pool
allocating pages of• RTL Ref, 8-4
freeing pages of• RTL Ref, 8-4
locking page into• System Services Ref, 11-7,
SYS-301
modifying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-125
nonpaged system dynamic• File Applications,
9-10

lndex-168

Memory (cont'd.)
releasing with the FDL$RELEASE routine• File
Applications, 4-19
replacing virtual contents • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-125
to display
error count for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-556
to display availability and use
of nonpaged dynamic memory• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-567
of pa~ed dynamic memory • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-567
of physical memory• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-567
of process balance slots• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-567
of process entry slots• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-567
unlocking page from• System Services Ref,
SYS-452
virtual
examination of contents• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-173
Memory allocation• Linker Ref, LINK-12; RTL Ref,
8-1
absolute program section• Linker Ref, LINK-62
algorithm for• Linker Ref, LINK-72
algorithms • RTL Ref, 8-6
based image• Linker Ref, LINK-19
cluster• Linker Ref, LINK-74
information about, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-57
relocatable program section • Linker Ref,
LINK-62
shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK-65
steps in• Linker Ref, LINK-73
system image• Linker Ref, LINK-60
Memory availability
analyzing limits• Perform Manage, 4-29
competition for• Perform Manage, 4-25
recognizing when demand exceeds• Perform
Manage, 4-29
Memory cache• File Applications, 3-14, 3-18
Memory configuration
determination of• Rel Notes, 3-7
Memory consumption
by large compute-bound processes• Perform
Manage, 4-23
investigating• Perform Manage, 4-20
paged system dynamic
and ACLs •System Security, 5-8
Memory error
detecting during OMA transfer• Device Driver,
10-9
Memory fragmentation • RTL Ref, 8-5

Index

Memory limitation
compensating for• Perform Manage, 5-2
disguised• Perform Manage, 4-42
isolating• Perform Manage, 4-5
reducing image activations• Perform Manage,
5-3
Memory location
decoding• SDA Ref, SDA-43
examining• SDA Ref, SDA-42
Memory management
advanced concepts• Perform Manage, 2-7
basic concepts• Perform Manage, 2-1
Memory management system services• RTL Ref,
8-3
Memory pool • Networking, 5-32
Memory region
examining• SDA Ref, SDA-43
Memory requirements
normal• Networking, 5-32
worst-case• Networking, 5-34
Memory resource
equitable sharing• Perform Manage, 3-33
evaluating responsiveness• Perform Manage,
3-29
function• Perform Manage, 3-26
improving responsiveness• Perform Manage,
3-33
load balancing• Perform Manage, 3-36
offloading• Perform Manage, 3-35
reducing consumption by the system• Perform
Manage, 3-34
Memory sharing
overview• Perform Manage, 2-22
Merge
output queues• System Management, 9-8
MERGE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-313
file interface• Programming, 9-37
record interface• Programming, 9-38
/MERGE qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1 , CONV-3,
CONV-19
Merging
of differences• DCL Dictionary, DCL-133
of queues• DCL Dictionary, DCL-44
SYSUAF.DAT files• VAXclusters, A-2
MESSAGE
See Message Utility
Message•Networking, 8-7, 8-12, 8-19, 8-20;
VAXTPU Ref, C-1; Error Log Ref, ERR-2;
SUMSLP Ref, SUM-12
See also Error message
see also Message Utility
announcement• System Security, 3-6
chaining• Programming, 10-30

Message (cont'd.)
constructing • Message Ref, MSG-3
data• Networking, 8-12
definition of• Message Ref, MSG-22
disabling last login with /FLAGS=DISREPORT •
System Security, 5-36
disconnected job• System Security, 3-7
displaying• Programming, 10-29
editing• Mail Ref, MAIL-16
example of• Message Ref, MSG-2
exchanging• Networking, 8-12, 8-17, 8-27
format• DCL Concepts, 1-4; Message Ref,
MSG-2
formatting and outputting • System Services
Ref, SYS-326
informational• Software Installation, 7-17
interrupt• Networking, 8-7, 8-2 7
last login• System Security, 3-8
library• Programming, 10-12
logging• Programming, 10-32
login • System Security, 3-5
mailbox• Networking, 8-7, 8-12
network status• Networking, 8-7
obtaining text of• System .Services Ref,
SYS-235
operator log file • System Management, 10-3
optional user data • Networking, 8-7, 8-1 O,
8-21
sending• Mail Ref, MAIL-8, MAIL-48, MAIL-64;
Phone Ref, PHONE-1 7
using distribution lists• Mail Ref, MAIL-12
sending to error logger• System Services Ref,
SYS-393
sending to operator• System Services Ref,
SYS-429
send to terminal• DCL Dictionary, DCL-351
status• Software Installation, 7-18
system • System Services Ref, 2-16
welcome • System Security, 3-7
writing to terminal • System Services Ref,
SYS-27, SYS-35
MESSAGE_BUFFER identifier• VAXTPU Ref
4-123, 5-13
"message_flags" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
MESSAGE_FLAGS keyword• VAXTPU Ref,
4-179
MESSAGE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-123 to 4-124
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-124
Message code• Message Ref, MSG-3
MESSAGE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-314;
Message Ref, MSG-4, MSG-8
qualifiers• Message Ref, MSG-1 , MSG-8
I

lndex-169

Index

Message count• Mail Ref, MAIL-15
Message definition
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG-22
Message display directives
.ERROR• MACRO Ref, 6-31
.PRINT• MACRO Ref, 6-75
.WARN• MACRO Ref, 6-96
Message format
See Mailbox
Message object module
linking of• Message Ref, MSG-5
Message pointer
use of• Message Ref, MSG-5, MSG-6
/MESSAGE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-6;
Mount Ref, MOUNT-24
Message source file
comments in• Message Ref, MSG-14
compiling of• Message Ref, MSG-4, MSG-8
elements of• Message Ref, MSG-3
expressions in • Message Ref, MSG-15
sample of• Message Ref, MSG-18
symbols in• Message Ref, MSG-14
Message source file statements • Message Ref,
MSG-14
base message number directive (.BASE)•
Message Ref, MSG-16
end directive (.END)• Message Ref, MSG-17
facility directive (.FACILITY)• Message Ref,
MSG-18
identification directive (.IDENT) • Message Ref,
MSG-20
listing directives• Message Ref, MSG-25,
MSG-27
literal directive (.LITERAL)• Message Ref, MSG21
message definition• Message Ref, MSG-22
.PAGE directive• Message Ref, MSG-25
severity directive (.SEVERITY)• Message Ref,
MSG-26
.TITLE directive• Message Ref, MSG-14,
MSG-27
/MESSAGES qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-16
Message symbol• Message Ref, MSG-3, MSG-22
Message text
specifyling variables in• Programming, 10-12
Message Utility (MESSAGE)• Programming, 10-9;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-314; Message Ref,
MSG-1; RTL Ref, 7-26 to 7-28
command qualifiers• Message Ref, MSG-8 to
MSG-27
compiling message file• Programming, 10-12
compiling the message source file • Message
Ref, MSG-4

lndex-170

Message Utility (MESSAGE) (cont'd.)
constructing messages• Message Ref, MSG-3
.END• Programming, 10-10
error messages• Message Ref, MSG-7
examples• Message Ref, MSG-27
creating pointer files • Message Ref,
MSG-28
image containing message data • Message
Ref, MSG-28
exiting • Message Ref, MSG-1
.FACILITY• Programming, 10-10
facility name • Programming, 10-1 O
facility number• Programming, 10-1 O
invoking • Message Ref, MSG-1
linking the message object module• Message
Ref, MSG-5
message source file • Message Ref, MSG-3
message text• Programming, 10-11
message text variables• Programming, 10-12
SET MESSAGE command• Message Ref, MSG-

6
.SEVERITY• Programming, 10-11
/FAO_COUNT •Programming, 10-12
source file• Programming, 10-9
.TITLE• Programming, 10-12
using message pointers• Message Ref, MSG-5
MEX file• Text Processing, 4-58; DSR Ref, 6-6
generating • DSR Ref, 6-6
.MEXIT directive• MACRO Ref, 6-61
MFD (master file directory)• File Applications,
6-14 ; Disk & Tape, A-3
provides default protection • System Security,
4-16.1
sequential disk save sets• Disk & Tape, 6-8
MFPR (Move from Processor Register) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-190
Microcode• Networking, 1-8
dumping KMS 11 •Networking, 7-13
dumping KMV11 •Networking, 7-13
error in• Rel Notes, 3-10
MICROCODE DUMP parameter• Networking, 7-13
MicroVAX
screen size• Debugger Ref, 8-19
MicroVAX I• Device Driver, 1-14 to 1-15, 3-9
adapter logic• Device Driver, 4-1
booting with XDELTA on • Device Driver, 15-1
bootstrap arguments• DELTA Ref, DELT A-5
comparison with other VAX processors • Device
Driver, 1-14, 1-1 6
OMA transfer•Device Driver, 10-1 to 10-2,
10-8 to 10-9, 10-10 to 10-11
example driver•Device Driver, E-1 to E-28, F-1
to F-22

Index

MicroVAX I (cont'd.)

Mode (cont'd.)

requesting an XDELTA interrupt on • Device
Driver, 15-6
MicroVAX II • Device Driver, 1-14 to 1-15, 3-9
adapter logic• Device Driver, 4-1
booting with XDELTA on • Device Driver, 15-1
DMA transfer• Device Driver, 10-1 to 10-2,
10-4 to 10-9, 10-9 to 10-10
example driver• Device Driver, E-1 to E-28, F-1
to F-22
requesting an XDELTA interrupt on • Device
Driver, 15-6
MicroVAX installation
reference to• Software Installation, ix
MicroVMS system
as DECnet-VAX node• Networking, 1-2, 5-3
Minimal interface• VAXTPU Ref, 5-11
Minimal screen update• RTL Ref, 3-21
Minor id• Linker Ref, LINK-2 1
of shareable image in map• Linker Ref, LINK-55
$$Minutes• DSR Ref, 3-18
MINWSCNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-68
MIRROR (loopback mirror) • Networking, 1-16,
2-29
Miscellaneous data type
See Data type
Mixed Phase Ill/Phase IV network• Networking,
A-12
MLB file type• Programming, 9-71
MMG$10LOCK •Device Driver, 8-8, C-49
MMG$UNLOCK •Device Driver, A-24, C-85
MMS (Module Management System)• Modular
Procedures, 1-15
MNEGB (Move Negated Byte) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-24
MNEGD (Move Negated D_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-114
MNEGF (Move Negated F_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-114
MNEGG (Move Negated G_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-114
MNEGH (Move Negated H_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-114
MNEGL (Move Negated Long) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-24
MNEGW (Move Negated Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-24
Mode
CANCEL MODE• Debugger Ref, 6-3, CD-16
interactive • File Applications, 10-14
locate
performance• File Applications, 9-11

rules for determination in expression• DCL
Concepts, 5-7
SET MODE [NO]DYNAMIC •Debugger Ref,
CD-109
SET MODE [NO]G_FLOA T •Debugger Ref, 6-1,
CD-109
SET MODE [NO]KEYPAD •Debugger Ref,
CD-109
SET MODE [NO]LINE • Debugger Ref, CD-109
SET MODE [NO]SCREEN •Debugger Ref,
CD-109
SET MODE [NO]SCROLL •Debugger Ref,
CD-109
SET MODE [NO]SYMBOLIC •Debugger Ref,
6-1, CD-109
SHOW MODE• Debugger Ref, 6-1, CD-163
umode" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-86
Mode card
026 punch mode• Command Procedures, B-3
029 punch mode• Command Procedures, B-3
Modem• Networking, 5-8, 7-6
/MODE qualifier• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-26; Patch
Ref, PATCH-18
PATCH command• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
Modes of operation• Backup Ref, BACKU-7,
BACKU-20; Verify Ref, VER-2
file by file• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
image• Backup Ref, BACKU-20, BACKU-39
incremental• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
physical• Backup Ref, BACKU-20, BACKU-48
selective• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
Modification date
of file in directory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-140
umodified" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
Modified page list
evaluating• Perform Manage, 3-31
/MODIFIED qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-60;
SDA Ref, SDA-84
MODIFY /IDENTIFIER command• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-42
MODIFY /SYSTEM_PASSWORD command•
System Security, 5-27 ; Authorize Ref,
AUTH-44
Modify access type• MACRO Ref, 8-13
MODIFY command• File Applications, 4-5, 10-33;
Authorize Ref, AUTH-41; Disk Quota Ref,
DQT-11; FOL Ref, FDL-61
Edit/FOL Utility• File Applications, A-2
Modify file function • 1/0 Ref I, 1-31
/MODIFY qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-90, CD-136

lndex-171

Index

MODIFY SYSTEM command
use of• Software Installation, 5-3
Modularity
virtual displays• Programming, 8-40
Modular programming• Linker Ref, LINK-3
Module• Networking, 1-19
database• Networking, 3-1
deleting from library• DCL Dictionary, DCL-298
device control library• System Management,
9-25
Ethernet configurator •Networking, 1-19, 2-10,
3-41
extracting from library• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-298
finding a failing• SDA Ref, SDA-22
information about• Debugger Ref, 4-19,
CD-164
inserting in library• DCL Dictionary, DCL-298
linking object• DCL Dictionary, DCL-299
listing• DCL Dictionary, DCL-298
name• Programming, 9-7 1
object
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-25
analysis of end-of-file records• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-26
replacement• DCL Dictionary, DCL-298
setting • Debugger Ref, 1-1 7, 4-3
X.25 access• Networking, 1-19, 2-34, 3-79
X.25 protocol• Networking, 1-19, 3-24
X.25 server•Networking, 1-19, 2-32, 3-74
X.25 trace• Networking, 1-19
X.29 server• Networking, 1-19, 2-32, 3-74
Module header• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
Module header record
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27
Module name
made available to debugger• MACRO Ref, 6-23
Module name table (MNT) •Librarian Ref, LIB-4
/MODULE qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-31 ;
Debugger Ref, CD-21, CD-124
MODULE statement• CDU Ref, CDU-16, CDU-39
Module traceback records
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27
MOM subprocess of NML •Networking, 4-2
MONITOR
See Monitor Utility
MONITOR_SERVER process
log file• Monitor Ref, MON-42
network startup• Monitor Ref, MON-4 1
purpose • Monitor Ref, MON-4 1
startup time• Monitor Ref, MON-42
MONITOR ALL _CLASSES command• Monitor Ref,
MON-38

lndex-172

MONITOR CLUSTER command• Monitor Ref,
MON-40
MONITOR command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-315
MONITOR data
summary of most important items• Perform
Manage, 3-48
MONITOR DECNET command• Monitor Ref,
MON-45
MONITOR DECNET data
kernel mode• Perform Manage, 3-21
MONITOR DISK command• Monitor Ref, MON-4 7
MONITOR DISK data
responsiveness of disk 1/0 subsystem• Perform
Manage, 3-39
using to evaluate MSCP-served disk• Perform
Manage, 3-41
MONITOR DLOCK command• Monitor Ref,
MON-50
MONITOR DLOCK data
interrupt stack• Perform Manage, 3-20
MONITOR FCP command• Monitor Ref, MON-52
MONITOR FCP data
file system 1/0 activity• Perform Manage, 3-44
MONITOR FILE_SYSTEM_CACHE command•
Monitor Ref, MON-54
MONITOR FILE_SYSTEM_CACHE data
file system 1/0 activity• Perform Manage, 3-44
relationship to ACP /XQP system parameters•
Perform Manage, 3-45
Monitoring procedures• Modular Procedures,
4-12, A-7
in the Run-Time Library• Modular Procedures,
4-14
timer• Modular Procedures, 4-12
MONITOR 10 command• Monitor Ref, MON-58
MONITOR 10 data
kernel mode• Perform Manage, 3-21
swapping and swapper trimming• Perform
Manage, 3-32
MONITOR LOCK command• Monitor Ref, MON-60
MONITOR LOCK data
kernel mode• Perform Manage, 3-21
voluntary wait states• Perform Manage, 3-15
MONITOR MODES command• Monitor Ref,
MON-62
MONITOR MODES data
compatibility mode• Perform Manage, 3-19
CPU consumption by the system • Perform
Manage, 3-18
CPU load balancing in a V AXcluster • Perform
Manage, 3-24
executive mode• Perform Manage, 3-19, 3-23
idle time• Perform Manage, 3-19

Index

MONITOR MODES data
idle time (cont'd.)
available CPU capacity• Perform Manage,
3-14
interpreting• Perform Manage, 3-19
interrupt stack• Perform Manage, 3-19, 3-20
kernel mode• Perform Manage, 3-19, 3-21
supervisor mode• Perform Manage, 3-19
user mode• Perform Manage, 3-19
MONITOR PAGE command• Monitor Ref, MON-65
MONITOR PAGE data
disk 1/0 consumption by the system• Perform
Manage, 3-43
kernel mode• Perform Manage, 3-21
memory consumption by the system • Perform
Manage, 3-34
page faulting• Perform Manage, 3-29
MONITOR POOL command• Monitor Ref, MON-67
MONITOR POOL data
memory consumption by the system • Perform
Manage, 3-34
MONITOR PROCESSES command• Monitor Ref,
MON-69
MONITOR PROCESSES data
involuntary wait states• Perform Manage, 3-16
Monitor protection
with DIRECTORY /SECURITY command•
System Security, 4-50
MONITOR SCS command• Monitor Ref, MON-72
MONITOR SCS data
interrupt stack• Perform Manage, 3-20
MONITOR ST A TES command• Monitor Ref,
MON-76
MONITOR ST A TES data
available CPU capacity• Perform Manage, 3-14
compute queue• Perform Manage, 3-12
involuntary wait states• Perform Manage, 3-16
secondary page cache• Perform Manage, 3-31
swapping and swapper trimming • Perform
Manage, 3-32
voluntary wait states• Perform Manage, 3-15
Monitor summary report
interpreting• Perform Manage, 3-8
maintaining• Perform Manage, 3-8
MONITOR SYSTEM command• Monitor Ref,
MON-79
Monitor Utility (MONITOR)• Networking, 5-34;
Monitor Ref, MON-1
class-name qualifiers• Monitor Ref, MON-4
commands• Monitor Ref, MON-32 to MON-83
DCL qualifiers• Monitor Ref, MON-1 7 to
MON-31
directing output• Monitor Ref, MON-2

Monitor Utility (MONITOR) (cont'd.)
examples• Monitor Ref, MON-84 to MON-90
exiting• Monitor Ref, MON-2
invoking• Monitor Ref, MON-2
outputs • Monitor Ref, MON-6
recording file record formats• Monitor Ref,
MON-91 to MON-125
record types• Monitor Ref, MON-92
restrictions • Monitor Ref, MON-3
$$Month• DSR Ref, 3-18
Monthly backup• System Management, 7-23
MOP (maintenance operation protocol) •
Networking, 4-2, 4-14
error recovery• Networking, 4-5
request memory dump message • Networking,
4-14
MOUNT• Mount Ref, MOUNT-3
See Mount Utility
/MOUNT_VERIFICATION qualifier• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-25
MOUNT /BIND command• System Management,
7-2
MOUNT /SYSTEM command• System Management, 7-5
MOUNT command• Disk & Tape, 3-8, 3-25;
VAXclusters, 4-14; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-316; Exchange Ref, EXCH-38; 1/0 Ref
/, 6-21
See also ALLOCATE command
See also DISMOUNT command
See also INITIALIZE command
See also Mounting
and DEASSIGN command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-85
and DISMOUNT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-147
and window size• File Applications, 9-10
/ASSIST qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-9
/AUTOMATIC qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-22
/BIND qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-11
/BLOCKSIZE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-16, 5-8,
B-17
/CACHE=TAPE_DATA qualifier•Disk & Tape,
3-18
/COMMENT qualifier
example• Disk & Tape, 7-3
/DA TA_CHECK qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-38
description• Exchange Ref, EXCH-39
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-40
/FOREIGN qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-16, 5-6,
6-7, 6-8, 6-12, 6-13, 6-17, 6-24;
Exchange Ref, EXCH-38
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-38

lndex-173

Index

MOUNT command (cont'd.)
/GROUP qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-9
/HDR3 qualifier•Disk & Tape, 3-19
/INITIALIZE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-22
/LABEL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-16
logical names• Disk & Tape, 3-8
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 5-3
/MESSAGE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-39
/NOLABEL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 5-8
/OVERRIDE qualifier•Disk & Tape, 3-16, 4-19
/OWNER_UIC qualifier •Disk & Tape, 3-17
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-38
protection codes• Disk & Tape, 4-13
/PROTECTION qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-18
qualifiers•Disk & Tape, 3-16; Exchange Ref,
EXCH-38
/RECORDSIZE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-19,
5-8, B-18
specifying record size• Disk & Tape, 3-19
specifying UIC •Disk & Tape, 3-17
/SYSTEM qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-9
/VIRTUAL qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-39
/VOLUME_FORMA T qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-39
/WRITE qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-39
Mount function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-33
Mounting disks• VAXclusters, 4-15
Mounting quorum disk• VAXclusters, 5-4
Mounting volume• Mount Ref, MOUNT-18
and security audit• System Security, 4-54,
5-86
operator assistance• System Management, 7-6
with operator assistance• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-8
MOUNTMSG/DISMOUMSG parameters
effect on product installation• Software
Installation, 5-2
MOUNTMSG parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-68
MOUNT privilege• System Security, A-7; System
Management, 6-13; System Services Ref,
7-4
Mount request• Disk & Tape, 3-9
MT AACP process• Disk & Tape, 7-5
Mount Utility (MOUNT) • Rel Notes, 3-1 7
CACHE=T APE_DAT A qualifier• Rel Notes,
2-11
change in jobwide support • Rel Notes, 3-17
directing output• Mount Ref, MOUNT-3
examples• Mount Ref, MOUNT-40 to
. MOUNT-41
allocating file window mapping pointers•
Mount Ref, MOUNT-38
creating a volume set• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-10

lndex-174

Mount Utility (MOUNT)
examples (cont'd.)
disabling automatic rebuild • Mount Ref,
MOUNT-32
making a volume public• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-36
mounting an ANSI-labeled magnetic tape •
Mount Ref, MOUNT-23
mounting a volume cluster wide • Mount Ref,
MOUNT-14
overriding volume protection checks• Mount
Ref, MOUNT-27
rebuilding a disk volume• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-32
requesting operator assistance• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-8, MOUNT-40
specifying a protection code• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-30
specifying a shareable volume • Mount Ref,
MOUNT-35
specifying block size for magnetic tape•
Mount Ref, MOUNT-11
specifying default block extent• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-18
specifying magnetic tape density• Mount
Ref, MOUNT-17
specifying magnetic tape record size • Mount
Ref, MOUNT-34
specifying number of directories • Mount
Ref, MOUNT-7
exiting• Mount Ref, MOUNT-3
invoking• Mount Ref, MOUNT-3
overriding volume protection checks• Mount
Ref, MOUNT-26
parameters• Mount Ref, MOUNT-2
qualifiers• Mount Ref, MOUNT-6 to MOUNT-39
restrictions• Mount Ref, MOUNT-3
specifying a user identification code (UIC) •
Mount Ref, MOUNT-28
Mount verification• Device Driver, A-21, A-32;
System Management, 7-9
abort by dismount• Disk & Tape, 7-14;
System Management, 7-13
canceling•Disk & Tape, 7-14; System
Management, 7-11, 7-12
device offline • System Management, 7-9
device write lock• System Management, 7-10
operator functions•Disk & Tape, 7-11
procedure for device offline •Disk & Tape,
7-11
Mount verification routine• Device Driver, A-14,
A-15
address• Device Driver, 7-7

Index

MOV AB (Move Address Byte) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-35
MOV AD (Move Address D_floating) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-35
MOV AF (Move Address F_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-35
MOV AG (Move Address G_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-35
MOV AH (Move Address H_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-35
MOV AL (Move Address Long) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-35
MOV AO (Move Address Octa) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-35
MOV AO (Move Address Quad) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-35
MOVA W (Move Address Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-35
MOVB (Move Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-25
MOVC3 (Move Character 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-128 to 9-129
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-213
MOVC5 (Move Character 5 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-128 to 9-129
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-214
MOVD (Move D_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-115
MOVE_HORIZONT AL built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-125 to 4-126
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-126
MOVE_TEXT built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-127 to 4-128
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-128
MOVE_VERTICAL built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-129 to 4-130
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-130
MOVE BY WORD command• VAXTPU Ref, F-9
MOVE command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-20;
Text Processing, 1-34; EDT Ref,
EDT-144; Mail Ref, MAIL-50; Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-52; Debugger Ref, 8-9, CD-74
MOVE DOWN command• VAXTPU Ref, F-9
MOVE LEFT command• VAXTPU Ref, F-9
MOVE RIGHT command• VAXTPU Ref, F-9
MOVE UP command• VAXTPU Ref, F-9
MOVF (Move F_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-115
MOVG (Move G_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-115
MOVH (Move H_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-115
Moving text (EDT)• Text Processing, 1-20
CUT keypad function• Text Processing, 1-21
GOLD key• Text Processing, 1-21

Moving text (EDT) (cont'd.)
OPEN LINE keypad function• Text Processing,
1-20
PASTE keypad function• Text Processing,
1-21
RESET keypad function• Text Processing, 1-21
SELECT keypad function• Text Processing,
1-21
Moving text (EVE)
Insert Here• Text Processing, 3-16
Remove• Text Processing, 3-16
Select• Text Processing, 3-16
Moving the cursor (EDT)
ADVANCE keypad function• Text Processing,
1-10
BACKUP keypad function• Text Processing,
1-10
BOTTOM keypad function • Text Processing,
1-11
CHAR keypad function• Text Processing, 1-12
DOWN arrow key• Text Processing, 1-11
EOL keypad function• Text Processing, 1-12
GOLD key• Text Processing, 1-11
LEFT arrow key• Text Processing, 1-11
LINE keypad function• Text Processing, 1-12
PAGE keypad function• Text Processing, 1-12
RIGHT arrow key• Text Processing, 1-11
SECT keypad function• Text Processing, 1-12
TOP keypad function• Text Processing, 1-11
UP arrow key• Text Processing, 1-11
WORD keypad function• Text Processing, 1-12
Moving the cursor (EVE)
BOTTOM• Text Processing, 3-9
BUFFER• Text Processing, 3-9
CTRL/E • Text Processing, 3-8
CTRL/H • Text Processing, 3-8
DOWN arrow• Text Processing, 3-8
GET FILE• Text Processing, 3-9
LEFT arrow• Text Processing, 3-8
LINE• Text Processing, 3.,.9
Move by Line• Text Processing, 3-9
MOVE BY WORD• Text Processing, 3-9
Next Screen• Text Processing, 3-9
OTHER WINDOW• Text Processing, 3-9
Prev Screen• Text Processing, 3-9
RIGHT arrow• Text Processing, 3-8
TOP• Text Processing, 3-9
UP arrow• Text Processing, 3-8
MOVL (Move Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-25
MOVO (Move Octa) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-25

lndex-175

Index

MOVP (Move Packed) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-159
MOVPSL (Move PSL) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-77
MOVO (Move Quad) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-25
MOVTC (Move Translated Characters) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-130
MOVTUC (Move Translated Until Character)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-131 to 9-132
MOVW (Move Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-25
MOVZBL (Move Zero-Extended Byte to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-26
MOVZBW (Move Zero-Extended Byte to Word)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-26
MOVZWL (Move Zero-Extended Word to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-26
MP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
MPW_HILIMIT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-68
MPW_LOLIMIT parameter•SYSGEN Ref, SGN-68
MPW_THRESH parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-69
MPW_ W AITLIMIT parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-69
MPW_ WRTCLUSTER parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-69
MSCP command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-30
MSCP-served disk
using MONITOR DISK data to evaluate• Perform
Manage, 3-41
MSCP server• VAXclusters, 1-6
for cluster-accessible disks• VAXclusters, 4-2,
4-3
initializing• VAXclusters, 4-3
loading• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-30
and starting • System Management, 11-19
starting • SYSGEN Ref, SGN-30
MSCP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
MSE option• FDL Ref, FDL-36
MSG$_CRUNSOLIC • Device Driver, 11-7
MSG$_DEVOFFLIN •Device Driver, 12-6
MT_BLOCK_SIZE attribute• File Applications,
4-36; FDL Ref, FDL-22
MT_CLOSE_REWIND attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-22
MT_CURRENT_POSITION attribute• FDL Ref,
FDL-22
MT_NOT_EOF attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-22
MT_OPEN_REWIND attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-22
MT_PROTECTION attribute• File Applications,
4-37; FDL Ref, FDL-22
MT AACP process• Disk & Tape, B-1
mount request• Disk & Tape, 7-5
MTH$ABS •RTL Ref, 4-4

lndex-176

MTH$ACOS •RTL Ref, RTL-372
MTH$ACOSD •RTL Ref, RTL-375
MTH$AIMAG •RTL Ref, RTL-425
MTH$AIMAXO •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$AIMINO •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$AINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$AJMAXO •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$AJMINO •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$ALOG •RTL Ref, RTL-427
MTH$ALOG 10 •RTL Ref, RTL-431
MTH$ALOG2 •RTL Ref, RTL-429
MTH$AMAX 1 •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$AMIN 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$AMOD •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$ANINT •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$ASIN •RTL Ref, RTL-378
MTH$ASIND •RTL Ref, RTL-380
MTH$AT AN• RTL Ref, RTL-382
MTH$AT AN2 •RTL Ref, RTL-386
MTH$AT AND• RTL Ref, RTL-384
MTH$AT AND2 •RTL Ref, RTL-388
MTH$AT ANH• RTL Ref, RTL-390
MTH$CABS •RTL Ref, RTL-392
MTH$CCOS• RTL Ref, RTL-395
MTH$CDABS •RTL Ref, RTL-392
MTH$CDCOS •RTL Ref, RTL-395
MTH$CDEXP •RTL Ref, RTL-398
MTH$CDLOG •RTL Ref, RTL-401
MTH$CDSIN •RTL Ref, RTL-414
MTH$CDSORT •RTL Ref, RTL-416
MTH$CEXP• RTL Ref, RTL-398
MTH$CGABS •RTL Ref, RTL-392
MTH$CGCOS •RTL Ref, RTL-395
MTH$CGEXP• RTL Ref, RTL-398
MTH$CGLOG •RTL Ref, RTL-401
MTH$CGSIN •RTL Ref, RTL-414
MTH$CGSORT •RTL Ref, RTL-416
MTH$CLOG •RTL Ref, RTL-401
MTH$CMPLX •RTL Ref, RTL-403
MTH$CONJG •RTL Ref, RTL-406
MTH$COS •RTL Ref, RTL-408
MTH$COSD •RTL Ref, RTL-410
MTH$COSH •RTL Ref, RTL-412
MTH$CSIN •RTL Ref, RTL-414
MTH$CSORT •RTL Ref, RTL-416
MTH$CVT_O_G •RTL Ref, RTL-419
MTH$CVT_OA_GA •RTL Ref, RTL-420
MTH$CVT_G_O •RTL Ref, RTL-419
MTH$CVT_GA_DA •RTL Ref, RTL-420
MTH$DABS •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$DACOS •RTL Ref, RTL-372
MTH$DACOSD• RTL Ref, RTL-375

Index

MTH$DASIN •RTL Ref, RTL-378
MTH$DASIND •RTL Ref, RTL-380
MTH$DAT AN• RTL Ref, RTL-382
MTH$DAT AN2 •RTL Ref, RTL-386
MTH$DATAND•RTL Ref, RTL-384
MTH$DA T AND2 •RTL Ref, RTL-388
MTH$DA TANH• RTL Ref, RTL-390
MTH$DBLE •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$DCMPLX •RTL Ref, RTL-403
MTH$DCONJG •RTL Ref, RTL-406
MTH$DCOS •RTL Ref, RTL-408
MTH$DCOSD •RTL Ref, RTL-410
MTH$DCOSH •RTL Ref, RTL-412
MTH$DDIM •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$DEXP •RTL Ref, RTL-422
MTH$DFLOOR •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$DFLOTI •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$DFLOTJ •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$DIM •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$DIMAG• RTL Ref, RTL-425
MTH$DINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$DLOG •RTL Ref, RTL-427
MTH$DLOG 10 •RTL Ref, RTL-431
MTH$DLOG2 •RTL Ref, RTL-429
MTH$DMAX 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$DMIN 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$DMOD •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$DNINT •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$DPROD •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$DREAL •RTL Ref, RTL-435
MTH$DSIN •RTL Ref, RTL-437
MTH$DSINCOS •RTL Ref, RTL-439
MTH$DSINCOSD• RTL Ref, RTL-442
MTH$DSIND • RTL Ref, RTL-445
MTH$DSINH • RTL Ref, RTL-44 7
MTH$DSORT • RTL Ref, RTL-450
MTH$DT AN• RTL Ref, RTL-452
MTH$DT AND• RTL Ref, RTL-454
MTH$DT ANH• RTL Ref, RTL-456
MTH$EXP • RTL Ref, RTL-422
MTH$FLOA Tl• RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$FLOAT J •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$FLOOR •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$GABS •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$GACOS •RTL Ref, RTL-372
MTH$GACOSD •RTL Ref, RTL-375
MTH$GASIN •RTL Ref, RTL-378
MTH$GASIND •RTL Ref, RTL-380
MTH$GA TAN• RTL Ref, RTL-382
MTH$GAT AN2 •RTL Ref, RTL-386
MTH$GA T AND• RTL Ref, RTL-384
MTH$GA T AND2 •RTL Ref, RTL-388

MTH$GA TANH• RTL Ref, RTL-390
MTH$GCMPLX •RTL Ref, RTL-403
MTH$GCONJG •RTL Ref, RTL-406
MTH$GCOS •RTL Ref, RTL-408
MTH$GCOSD •RTL Ref, RTL-410
MTH$GCOSH •RTL Ref, RTL-412
MTH$GDBLE •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$GDIM •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$GEXP •RTL Ref, RTL-422
MTH$GFLOOR • RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$GFLOTI •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$GFLOTJ •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$GIMAG •RTL Ref, RTL-425
MTH$GINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$GLOG •RTL Ref, RTL-427
MTH$GLOG 10 •RTL Ref, RTL-431
MTH$GLOG2 •RTL Ref, RTL-429
MTH$GMAX 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$GMIN 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$GMOD •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$GNINT •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$GPROD •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$GREAL •RTL Ref, RTL-435
MTH$GSIGN •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$GSIN •RTL Ref, RTL-437
MTH$GSINCOS •RTL Ref, RTL-439
MTH$GSINCOSD •RTL Ref, RTL-442
MTH$GSIND •RTL Ref, RTL-445
MTH$GSINH •RTL Ref, RTL-447
MTH$GSORT •RTL Ref, RTL-450
MTH$GT AN• RTL Ref, RTL-452
MTH$GT AND• RTL Ref, RTL-454
MTH$GT ANH• RTL Ref, RTL-456
MTH$HABS •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$HACOS• RTL Ref, RTL-372
MTH$HACOSD •RTL Ref, RTL-375
MTH$HASIN •RTL Ref, RTL-378
MTH$HASIND •RTL Ref, RTL-380
MTH$HAT AN• RTL Ref, RTL-382
MTH$HA T AN2 •RTL Ref, RTL-386
MTH$HA T AND• RTL Ref, RTL-384
MTH$HA T AND2 •RTL Ref, RTL-388
MTH$HAT ANH• RTL Ref, RTL-390
MTH$HCOS •RTL Ref, RTL-408
MTH$HCOSD •RTL Ref, RTL-410
MTH$HCOSH •RTL Ref, RTL-412
MTH$HDIM •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$HEXP •RTL Ref, RTL.,422
MTH$HFLOOR •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$HINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$HLOG •RTL Ref, RTL-427
MTH$HLOG 10 •RTL Ref, RTL-431

lndex-177

Index

MTH$HLOG2 •RTL Ref, RTL-429
MTH$HMAX 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$HMIN 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$HMOD • RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$HNINT • RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$HSIGN •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$HSIN •RTL Ref, RTL-437
MTH$HSINCOS •RTL Ref, RTL-439
MTH$HSINCOSD •RTL Ref, RTL-442
MTH$HSIND •RTL Ref, RTL-445
MTH$HSINH • RTL Ref, RTL-44 7
MTH$HSQRT •RTL Ref, RTL-450
MTH$HT AN• RTL Ref, RTL-452
MTH$HT AND• RTL Ref, RTL-454
MTH$HT ANH• RTL Ref, RTL-456
MTH$11ABS •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$11AND •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$11DIM •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$11DINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$11DNNT •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$11EOR •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$11FIX •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$11GINT• RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$11GNNT •RTL Ref, 4-6 ,
MTH$11HINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$11HNNT •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$11NT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$110R •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$11SHFT •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$11SIGN • RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$1MAXO •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$1MAX 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$1MINO • RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$1MIN 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$1MOD •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$1NINT •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$1NOT •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$JIABS • RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$JIAND •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$JIDIM • RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$JIDINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$JIDNNT •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$JIEOR • RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$JIFIX •RTL Ref, 4-4
MTH$JIGINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$JIGNNT • RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$JIHINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$JIHNNT • RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$JINT •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$JIOR •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$JISHFT •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$JISIGN •RTL Ref, 4-7

lndex-178

MTH$JMAXO •RTL Ref, 4-5
MTH$JMAX 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$JMINO •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$JMIN 1 •RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$JMOD • RTL Ref, 4-6
MTH$JNINT • RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$JNOT •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$RANDOM •RTL Ref, RTL-433
MTH$REAL •RTL Ref, RTL-435
MTH$SGN •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$SIGN • RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$SIN •RTL Ref, RTL-437
MTH$SIN_R4 •RTL Ref, 2-5
MTH$SINCOS •RTL Ref, RTL-439
MTH$SINCOSD •RTL Ref, RTL-442
MTH$SIND •RTL Ref, RTL-445
MTH$SINH• RTL Ref, RTL-447
MTH$SNGL •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$SNGLG •RTL Ref, 4-7
MTH$SQRT •RTL Ref, RTL-450
MTH$T AN• RTL Ref, RTL-452
MTH$T AND• RTL Ref, RTL-454
MTH$T ANH• RTL Ref, RTL-456
MTH$UMAX •RTL Ref, RTL-458
MTH$UMIN •RTL Ref, RTL-459
MTPR (Move to Processor Register) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-189
MULB2 (Multiply Byte 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-27
MULB3 (Multiply Byte 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-27
MULD2 (Multiply D_floating 2 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-116
MULD3 (Multiply D_floating 3 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-116
MULF2 (Multiply F_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-116
MULF3 (Multiply F_floating 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-116
MULG2 (Multiply G_floating 2 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-116
MULG3 (Multiply G_floating 3 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-116
MULH2 (Multiply H_floating 2 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-116
MULH3 (Multiply H_floating 3 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-116
MULL2 (Multiply Long 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-27
MULL3 (Multiply Long 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-27
MULP (Multiply Packed) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-160

Index

Multiaccess
circuit• Networking, 2-6
Ethernet• Networking, 1-6
Multiblock • File Applications, 3-7, 3-13
defined• File Applications, 2-2
MULTIBLOCK_COUNT attribute• File Applications,
7-23 ; FOL Ref, FDL-13
MULTIBUFFER_COUNT attribute • File Applications, 7-21, 7-23; FOL Ref, FDL-13
and record access type• File Applications,
7-25
for sequential file• File Applications, 7-23
Multibuffer count• File Applications, 3-13, 3-16,
3-31, 3-32
Multicast address• Networking, 1-6, 1-7
broadcast• Networking, 3-13
dump assistance• Networking, 4-15
Ethernet• Networking, 3-13
group• Networking, 3-13
load assistance• Networking, 4-2
Multidimensional array• Programming, 6-28
Multifile/multivolume configuration• Disk & Tape,
B-9
Multifile/single volume configuration• Disk & Tape,
B-8
Multifile summaries• Monitor Ref, MON-12
Multihost connector node
See X.25
Multinational character set• DSR Ref, 2-14;
VAXTPU Ref, 3-1 to 3-2, D-1 to D-7
See DEC Multinational Character Set
Multinetwork configuration • Networking, 5-30
Multiple active signal
See Condition handler
Multiple area• FOL Ref, FOL-7, FDL-29
defining• File Applications, 3-27 to 3-29
Multiple-area network• Networking, 1-2
conversion to• Networking, A-8
design of• Networking, A-2
example of configuration• Networking, A-5
example of design• Networking, A-3
Multiple argument
delimiting in control block fields• RMS Ref, 3-5
Multiple exception • System Services Ref, 10-16
Multiple inbound connects• Networking, 8-7,
8-27, 8-36
Multiple input files • Convert Ref, CONV-1
Multiple key• Convert Ref, CONV-29
number allowed• Sort Ref, SORT-28
rules for specifying• Sort Ref, SORT-28
Multiple output record• Programming, 8-13
Multiple service
for retrieving records• File Applications, 8-4

Multiple windows• Text Processing, 3-29
BUFFER• Text Processing, 3-30
GET FILE • Text Processing, 3-30
ONE WINDOW• Text Processing, 3-30
OTHER WINDOW• Text Processing, 3-29
TWO WINDOWS• Text Processing, 3-29
Multiplexer
DMB32 device• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
DMF32 device• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
DZ 11 device• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
DZ32 device• 1/0 Ref/, 8-1
Multiplication• Programming, 6-7; RTL Ref,
RTL-101
extended precision• RTL Ref, RTL-104
of complex number• RTL Ref, RTL-506
Multiplication operator• SDA Ref, SDA-12
Multipoint
circuit• Networking, 2-8
configuration• Networking, 1-4, 1-7, 5-15
control circuit• Networking, 2-6
control station• Networking, 2-8
line• Networking, 2-13
polling• Networking, 2-8
tributary• Networking, 2-8
tributary address• Networking, 2-8, 3-32
tributary circuit• Networking, 2-6
Multiport memory
connecting• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-36
initializing• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-37
SYSGEN commands• System Management,
11-17
Multiprocessor architectures• VAXc/usters, 1-1
MULTISTREAM attribute• File Applications, 7-5;
FOL Ref, FDL-36
Multivolume save set
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 6-13
Multivolume sequential disk save set• Disk & Tape,
6-8
MULW2 (Multiply Word 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-27
MULW3 (Multiply Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-27
Must Be Zero field• MACRO Ref, 7-1
Mutex
for ACL •Device Driver, A-26
MVTIMEOUT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-69
MVTIMEOUT system parameter• System
Management 7-11
MW AIT state• Device Driver, 3-16
MXV option• FOL Ref, FDL-21

lndex-179

Index

Name code

N
"n" specifier
with /DU PUCA TE qualifier• EDT Ref, EDT-132
with SET WRAP command• EDT Ref, EDT-197
with TAB ADJUST command• EDT Ref,
EDT-239
NAM (name) block
address field• File Applications, 5-11
and resulting file specification• File Applications,
5-10
and Search service• File Applications, 5-10
presence of a search list• File Applications,
5-11
presence of a wildcard character• File
Applications, 5-11
support by FOL• File Applications, 5-12
support by languages• File Applications, 5-12
using• File Applications, 5-16 to 5-18
NAM$B_RSS field• File Applications, 6-10
NAM$L _ESA field• File Applications, 6-4
NAM$L_RLF field• File Applications, 6-4, 6-10,
9-8
NAM$L _RSA field• File Applications, 6-4, 6-10
NAM$T_DVI field• File Applications, 6-5
NAM$W_DID field• File Applications, 6-5
NAM$W_FID field• File Applications, 6-5
$NAMDEF
for defining symbols to USEROPEN routine • File
Applications, 5-13
%NAME• Debugger Ref, D-4
Name
See Logical name
detached process • DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
generic device• DCL Dictionary, DCL-16
logical
canceling• DCL Dictionary, DCL-85
deassigning • DCL Dictionary, DCL-56
subprocess• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
symbol• Programming, 4-19
symbol definition • DCL Dictionary, DCL-3,
DCL-7
unique assignment for queues• VAXclusters,
3-2, 3-8
"name" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-85
NAME attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-20, FDL-23,
FDL-29
Name block
See NAM block

lndex-180

boot procedure• Software Installation, 4-4
Named constant• Programming, 2-6
NAME keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
NAME parameter
identifying logging device• Networking, 3-81
SET NODE command• Networking, 3-7
/NAME qualifier
SUBMIT command• Command Procedures, 8-4
/NAMES qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-32
Naming conventions• Modular Procedures, 3-2,
A-9
for facilities• Modular Procedures, 3-2
for files• Modular Procedures, 3-5
for modules• Modular Procedures, 3-6
for procedures• Modular Procedures, 3-4
for PSECTs •Modular Procedures, 3-6
macros• RMS Ref, 3-2
VAX RMS services• RMS Ref, 3-3
Naming devices• VAXclusters, 4-8 to 4-13;
Software Installation, 4-11
.NARG directive• MACRO Ref, 6-62
NARGS keyword• System Services Ref, 2-8
Native language
on VAX• FOL Ref, FDL-40
NCB (network connect block)• Networking, 3-71,
8-10, 8-24
destination descriptor• Networking, 8-25
for incoming X.25 call• Networking, 2-33
.NCHR directive• MACRO Ref, 6-63
NCP (Network Control Program)
See Network Control Program
NCP command
abbreviating• NCP Ref, NCP-4
.NE. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-13
.NE. operator• Programming, 6-8
NEF option• FOL Ref, FDL-22
NEGA TABLE clause
for DEFINE TYPE statement• CDU Ref, CDU-29
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
Negatable qualifier• Programming, 7-5
Negative compression• FOL Ref, FDL-6
Negative condition code (N) •MACRO Ref, 8-12
.NEQV. logical operator• Programming, 6-11
.NES. logical operator• DCL Concepts, 5-14
Nested command procedure• Command
Procedures, 1-8
default CTRL/Y action• Command Procedures,
7-13
Nested list
See List
Nested program unit• Debugger Ref, 4-9

Index

Nesting• Programming, 2-22
_NET:• Networking, 8-23, 8-29
NET ACP (network ancillary control program)•
Networking, 1-16, 5-35
NETCONFIG.COM•Networking, 1-17, 3-2, 5-4 to
5-7
creation of default nonprivileged DECnet
account• Networking, 5-1
supplying node address• Networking, 5-5
NETDRIVER (network driver)• Networking, 1-16,
5-35
NETMBX privilege • System Security,
A-7; Networking, 2-38, 5-2; System
Management, 6-13
NETNODE_LOCAL.DAT •Networking, A-8
NETNODE_REMOTE.DAT •Networking, A-8
NETSERVER
See Network server process
NETSERVER.LOG •Networking, 4-19
NETSERVER$TIMEOUT •Networking, 2-30
NETUAF (network user authorization file) •System
Security, 3-35
creation• Authorize Ref, AUTH-4
modification• Authorize Ref, AUTH-4
NETUAF.DAT•Networking, 2-37, 2-41
and wildcards • System Security, 7-22
building common version of• VAXclusters,
2-13 to 2-15
defining logical name for• VAXclusters, 2-14
normal protection • System Security, 5-34
proxy login file
automatic maintenance• System Security,
7-16
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-14
sharing• VAXclusters, 2-11
Network• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-1
access control• Networking, 2-35
access levels• Networking, 1-21
bringing up• Networking, 6-1
circuit devices• NCP Ref, NCP-173
configuration• Networking, 1-4, 5-1
connection• Programming, 3-55
conversion to multiple-area network•
Networking, A-8
CPU time requirements• Networking, 5-35
decentralized• Networking, 1-2
displaying • Networking, 8-1
example• Networking, 1-17
exchanging messages• Programming, 3-55
file access• Programming, 9-11
identification• Networking, 3-25, 3-59
ISO• Networking, 3-30
lack of encryption • System Security, 7-6

Network (cont'd.)
limiting number of areas• Networking, 3-62
line devices• NCP Ref, NCP-173
login • System Security, 3-4
monitoring• Networking, 3-90
multinetwork •Networking, 5-30
multinode •Networking, 1-2
multiple-area• Networking, 1-2
multiple-area configuration• Networking, A-2
normal memory requirements• Networking,
5-32
object• Networking, 3-2
password guidelines• System Secvrity, 7-9
passwords• Networking, 2-39
protected communications
security problem • System Security, 7-6
restrictions on mixed• Networking, 2-20, A-12
security• System Security, 7-1 to 7-27;
Networking, 2-39
limitations• System Security, 7-1
user considerations for• System Security,
3-34
security problems of• System Security, 1-6
sensitive information • System Security, 7-7
shutting down• Networking, 6-2
terminal• Networking, 3-81
terminating connection • Programming, 3-58
testing• Networking, 7-1
to display network• DCL Dictionary, DCL-576
topology• Networking, 1-17
usage restrictions
in foreign countries• System Security, 7-10
user interface to• Networking, 1-20
user operations• Networking, 1-20, 8-1
using PHONE with • Phone Ref, PHONE-8
worst-case memory requirements• Networking,
5-34
Network access control string
inability to accommodate secondary password•
System Security, 5-29
revelation of password• System Security, 3-25
Network account
guidelines for establishment• System Security,
7-7
Network configuration procedure• Networking,
5-12 to 5-29
Network connect block
See NCB
Network Control Program (NCP) • Networking,
1-14, 1-16 ; System Management, 5-24
circuit, line, link, DTE, and server module states
and transitions • NCP Ref, NCP-1 7 4 to
NCP-181

lndex-181

Index

Network Control Program (NCP) (cont'd.)
command functions• Networking, 3-3
command prompting• NCP Ref, NCP-5
commands• Networking, 1-14; NCP Ref,
NCP-12 to NCP-157
command syntax• Networking, 3-4; NCP Ref,
NCP-4
command to shut off DECnet• Software
Installation, 5-2
command words• Networking, 3-3
component name syntax rules • NCP Ref,
NCP-7
Data Link layer events• NCP Ref, NCP-190
DECnet circuit and line devices• NCP Ref,
NCP-173
definition• Networking, 3-3
directing output• NCP Ref, NCP-1
End Communications layer events• NCP Ref,
NCP-185
event class and type summary• NCP Ref,
NCP-181 to NCP-195
exiting NCP • NCP Ref, NCP-1, NCP-3
exiting the prompting sequence• NCP Ref,
NCP-5
HELP facility• NCP Ref, NCP-11
invalid grouping error message• Networking,
3-16
invoking• Software Installation, 5.;2; NCP Ref,
NCP-1 NCP-3
issuing commands• NCP Ref, NCP-4
LIST command• Networking, 3-90
network counter summary• NCP Ref, NCP-159
to NCP-173
Network Management layer events • NCP Ref,
NCP-182
parameter syntax rules• NCP Ref, NCP-7
prompting examples • NCP Ref, NCP-6
prompt syntax• NCP Ref, NCP-5
required privileges• NCP Ref, NCP-1
routing layer events• NCP Ref, NCP-185
Session Control layer events• NCP Ref,
NCP-184
SHOW command• Networking, 3-90
specifying plural components• Networking,
3-4, 3-91
supplemental technical information • NCP Ref,
NCP-159 to NCP-195
tailoring the configuration database•
Networking, 5-7
TELL prefix• Networking, 3-6
users• Networking, 1-14
using commands• Networking, 3-1
using to enhance network security• System
Security, 7 -1 7
I

lndex-182

Network Control Program (NCP) (cont'd.)
VAX/VMS system specific events• NCP Ref,
NCP-194
X.25 packet level events• NCP Ref, NCP-193
Network default account
and WORLD access • System Security, 7-6
Network driver
See NETDRIVER
Network HSC node
to connect to remote HSC • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-457
NETWORK identifier• System Security, 4-22, 5-9
Network Information and Control Exchange
See NICE
Networking• Rel Notes, 2-3
Network interface
VAX/VMS operating system• Networking, 1-2
Network management
functions• Networking, 1-3
responsibilities• Networking, 1-14
Network Management layer events• NCP Ref,
NCP-182
Network name
declaring• Networking, 8-26, 8-36
Network node
See also SET HOST /HSC command
See also SET HOST command
See Node name
and batch jobs• DCL Dictionary, DCL-643
to connect to remote processor• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-453
Network process failures
potential causes• Networking, 2-31
NETWORK qualifier
for X.25 access module• Networking, 3-79
Network server process• Networking, 2-30
Network Services Program
See NSP
Network statistics • Monitor Ref, MON-45
Network task
declaring• Networking, 8-7, 8-11, 8-26
Network UAF
creating• System Management, 5-22
Network UAF file
creating• Authorize Ref, AUTH-27
Network User Authorization File
See NETUAF
/NEW_VERSION qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKU-69; Patch Ref, PATCH-34
Newly purchased system
installation summary• Software Installation,
1-2

Index

unext" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU Ref,
4-87' 4-90, 4-91, 4-92, 4-94
unext_marker" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
unext_range" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
%NEXT_TASK• Debugger Ref, D-8
NEXT command• File Applications, 10-14,
10-16, 10-20; Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-15, ARMS-23; Mail Ref, MAIL-52
See also SUBSTITUTE NEXT command
%NEXTDISP •Debugger Ref, C-5, C-6
%NEXTINST •Debugger Ref, C-5, C-6
%NEXTLOC •Debugger Ref, 5-8, D-5
Next location
See Logical successor
%NEXTOUTPUT •Debugger Ref, C-5, C-6
/NEXT qualifier• Debugger Ref, 7-11 , CD-82
Next-record position• File Applications, 8-20 to
8-21
use with sequential access• File Applications,
8-20
Next Screen
See SECT function
NEXT SCREEN command• VAXTPU Ref, F-9
%NEXTSCROLL •Debugger Ref, C-5, C-6
Next search option• File Applications, 8-11, 8-12
%NEXTSOURCE •Debugger Ref, C-5, C-6
Next volume service• File Applications, 8-7
Nexus• Device Driver, 14-4, 14-7, 14-8
Nexus numbers
showing• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-39
NFS option• FOL Ref, FDL-23
NICE (Network Information and Control Exchange)•
Networking, 3-3
NICONFIG (Ethernet Configurator) • Networking,
1-15
NIL option• FOL Ref, FDL-36
NJOBLIM parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-69
.NLIST directive• MACRO Ref, 6-64
See also .NOSHOW directive
NLK option • FOL Ref, FDL-14
NML (network management listener) • Networking,
1-16, 2-29, 6-1
access control• Networking, 3-87
nnDRIVER symbol•SDA Ref, SDA-13, SDA-22
NO_EXACT keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-109,
4-152
NO_TRANSLATE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-202
"no_video" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-88
uno_video_status" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-88

"no_write" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-86
NO_WRITE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-181
/NO APPEND qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-9
.NO AUTOJUSTIFY command• DSR Ref, 2-3
.NO AUTOPARAGRAPH command•DSR Ref, 2-4
.NO AUTOSUBTITLE command• Text Processing,
4-45; DSR Ref, 2-6
.NO AUTOTABLE command•DSR Ref, 2-7
/NOBOLD qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-6
/NOCHANGE_BARS qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-7
NOCONCATENATEciause
for VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-25, CDU-34
.NO CONTROL CHARACTERS command• DSR Ref,
2-14
/NOCREATE qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-10
.NOCROSS directive• MACRO Ref, 6-16 to 6-17,
6-65
.NO DATE command• DSR Ref, 2-15
Node• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-1; Networking,
1-1 , 1-1 9, 3-7; Device Driver, 14-4, 14-7,
14-8
address• Networking, 2-2, 2-22, 3-7, 3-61,
A-12
address conversion • Networking, 3-61
addressing Cl node• Networking, 3-32
adjacent• Networking, 1-1, 2-20
alias node identifier
See Alias node identifier
area number• Networking, 2-2
automatic configuration• Networking, 5-4
bringing up DECnet-VAX node• Networking,
6-1
changing local address• Networking, 3-9
checking type• Networking, 1-9, 2-42, 3-89
clearing or purging database before copying •
Networking, 3-21
commands• Networking, 3-4
configuring for DECnet-VAX• Networking,
1-17
conversion of Phase IV address• Networking,
2-22
copying database•Networking, 1-17, 2-3,
3-20
counters• Networking, 3-24
database• Networking, 3-1
default access account• Networking, 1-24
definition• Networking, 2-1
displaying network• Networking, 8-1
display of type• Networking, 3-60
end node• Networking, 1-1, 2-19

lndex-183

Index

Node (cont'd.)
Ethernet address• Networking, 2-2, 3-11
executor• Networking, 2-2, 3-5
external
and default access rights• System Security,
7-9
HSC50 • VAXclusters, 1-3
identification• Networking, 2-2, 2-22, 3-7
initialization request• Networking, 3-38
local node• Networking, 1-14, 1-20, 2-2, 3-5
lock-mastering• File Applications, 3-35
lock-requesting• File Applications, 3-35
logical name in file specification• Networking,
1-25
name• Networking, 2-2, 3-7
non-Ethernet• Networking, 1-7
nonrouting •Networking, 2-20
number• Networking, 2-2, 2-22, 3-7
number in Ethernet address• Networking, 3-12
parameters• Networking, 2-3, 3-14
passive • VAXclusters, 1-3
phases• Networking, 2-20
reachable• Networking, 2-25
remote• Networking, 3-38
remote node• Networking, 1-14, 1-20, 2-2,
3-5
removing remote name and address•
Networking, 3-9
routing•Networking, 1-1, 2-19, 2-20
shutting down DECnet-VAX node• Networking,
6-2
specification access control string • Networking,
1-23
specification string for node• Networking, 1-23
state• Networking, 2-3, 3-20
to display network• DCL Dictionary, DCL-576
type• Networking, 2-20, 3-60
within tree structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-2, ARMS-15
X.25 connector• Networking, 1-3
X.25 host• Networking, 1-3
/NODEBUG qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-8
Node counters • NCP Ref, NCP-169
Node counter summary• NCP Ref, NCP-169,
NCP-170
Node database
guidelines • System Security, 7-9
NODE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
Node-level access control• Networking, 2-40
Node-level loopback test• Networking, 7-1
logical link operation• Networking, 7-1
over specific circuit• Networking, ·7-1

lndex-184

Node name• DCL Concepts, 3-13; Rel Notes,
2-3; Mail Ref, MAIL-12, MAIL-15
access control string• DCL Concepts, 3-13
for dual-ported disks• Software Installation,
4-7, 4-10
for dual-ported disks • System Management,
4-15, 4-17; VAXclusters, C-2
revealed at logout• System Security, 3-43
Node number
for HSC boot
how to specify• Software Installation, 4-4
how to specify for HSC boot• VAXclusters,
C-1
specifying for HSC boot• System Management,
4-13
NODE parameter• Networking, 7-9
for X.25 host node• Networking, 3-78
identifying X.25 connector• Networking, 3-80
/NODE qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-18;
Monitor Ref, MON-27
Node specification• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-2
Node-specific startup functions• VAXclusters,
2-9
NODISALLOW clause
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref,
CDU-23
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU-32
/NODISPLA Y qualifier• VAXTPU Ref, 1-7, 6-4
NODRIVER•Networking, 2-14, 5-3, 5-7
/NOECHO qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-22
/NOEXCEPTIONS_FILE qualifier• Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-11
/NOEXIT qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1, CONV12
/NOFAST_LOAD qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-13, CONV-18
/NOFILL_BUCKETS qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV1, CONV-16
.NO FILL command• Text Processing, 4-17; DSR
Ref, 2-39
/NOFIXED_CONTROL qualifier• Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-17
.NO FLAGS ACCEPT command• DSR Ref, 2-42
.NO FLAGS BOLD command• DSR Ref, 2-43
.NO FLAGS BREAK command• DSR Ref, 2-44
.NO FLAGS CAPITALIZE command• DSR Ref,
2-45
.NO FLAGS COMMENT command• DSR Ref, 2-46
.NO FLAGS CONTROL command•DSR Ref, 2-47
.NO FLAGS HYPHENATE command• DSR Ref,
2-48
.NO FLAGS INDEX command• DSR Ref, 2-49
.NO FLAGS LOWERCASE command• DSR Ref,
2-50

Index

.NO FLAGS OVERSTRIKE command• DSR Ref,
2-51
.NO FLAGS PERIOD command• DSR Ref, 2-52
.NO FLAGS SPACE command•DSR Ref, 2-53
.NO FLAGS SUBINDEX command• DSR Ref, 2-54
.NO FLAGS SUBSTITUTE command• DSR Ref,
2-55
.NO FLAGS UNDERLINE command• DSR Ref, 2-56
.NO FLAGS UPPERCASE command• DSR Ref,
2-57
.NO HEADERS command• DSR Ref, 2-63
/NOINTERACTIVE qualifier• File Applications,
10-34, ; FOL Ref, FDL-1 , FDL-49
/NOINTERMEDIA TE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-14
.NO JUSTIFY command• Text Processing, 4-18;
DSR Ref, 2-71
.NO KEEP command• DSR Ref, 2-73
example• DSR Ref, 2-73
Nokeypad command specifier
with CHANGE command• EDT Ref, EDT-117
Nokeypad mode• Text Processing, 1-36
inserting text• Text Processing, 1-37
moving the cursor• Text Processing, 1-38
Nokeyword specifier• Programming, 9-11
NOLOCK attribute• File Applications, 7-13; FOL
Ref, FDL-14
/NOLOGICAL _NAMES qualifier• SDA Ref,
SDA-110
NO logical value • FOL Ref, FDL-3
/NOLOG qualifier• DSR Ref, 6-7
CREA TE/FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-42
Noncontiguous array descriptor
See Descriptor
Nondirect vector interrupt• Device Driver, 3-9,
11-1, 15-7,A-4,A-9
NONE carriage control• FOL Ref, FDL-33
NONE parameter• System Security, 7-18
NONE video keyword
with CREATE_RANGE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-186
with SET (STATUS_LINE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
Nonexecutable message file
creation of• Message Ref, MSG-5
NONEXISTENT_RECORD attribute• File
Applications, 7-13, 8-11; FOL Ref, FDL-14
Noninteractive login• System Security, 3-2
NONNEGATABLE clause
for DEFINE TYPE statement• CDU Ref, CDU-29

NONNEGAT ABLE clause (cont'd.)
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
Nonpaged dynamic memory pool • Networking,
5-32
Nonpaged pool
allocating• Device Driver, 3-3, C-11, C-12,
C-13, C-14
deallocating • Device Driver, 3-3, C-3, C-19
Nonpaged pool statistics• Monitor Ref, MON-67
/NONPGED qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-87
Nonprintable character• Programming, 6-15
Nonprivileged access control string• Networking,
2-37
Nonrouting node
See End node
Nonstandard file processing
run-time options• File Applications, 9-17
Nontransparent
communication• Networking, 1-23
user network operations• Networking, 1-20
.NO NUMBER command• Text Processing, 4-40;
DSR Ref, 2-92
Nonzero object• Networking, 2-29
/NOOPTIMIZE qualifier
FORTRAN command• Programming, 4-5
/NOOUTPUT qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-17, 6-7;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-12
NOP (No Operation) instruction • Debugger Ref,
6-15; MACRO Ref, 9-78
/NOP AD qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1 ,
CONV-20
/NOPAGE_NUMBERS qualifier• DSR Ref, 6-8
.NO PAGING command•DSR Ref, 2-98
NOPARAMETERS clause
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref,
CDU-24
for DEFINE VERB statement • CDU Ref, CDU-33
/NOP A USE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-19
.NO PERIOD command•DSR Ref, 2-101
/NOPRINT qualifier
SUBMIT command• Command Procedures, 8-5
/NOPSUPPRESS qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-42
NOQUALIFIERS clause
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref,
CDU-26
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU-34
/NOREAD_CHECK qualifier• Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-22
/NOREQUIRE qualifier• DSR Ref, 6-8
/NORESERVE qualifier• DSR Ref, 6-8
NORESOURCE attribute• System Security, 4-35
/NORIGHT qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-21

lndex-185

Index

Normal directory syntax• File Applications, 6-14
to 6-16
Normal privilege• System Management, 6-8
/NOSCRIPT qualifier• FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-54
/NOSECTION qualifier• VAXTPU Ref, 1-8
/NOSEOUENCE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-23
/NOSH ARE qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-23
.NOSHOW directive• MACRO Ref, 6-66, 6-87 to
6-88
/NOSIMULA TE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-24
/NOSKIP qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-42
/NOSORT qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1 ,
CONV-18, CONV-24
.NO SPACE command• DSR Ref, 2-85
example• DSR Ref, 2-86
/NOST A TISTICS qualifier
CONVERT /RECLAIM command• Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-26
CONVERT command• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-26
.NO SUBTITLE command• DSR Ref, 2-121
/NOSYMBOLS qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-110
.NOT. logical operator• Programming, 6-11
NOT ANY built-in procedure • VAXTPU Ref, 4-131
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-131
Note
creating• Text Processing, 4-47
inserting• DSR Ref, A-3
.NOTE command• Text Processing, 4-47; DSR
Ref, 2-87
Not equal to operator (symbol) for expressions•
Command Procedures, 2-18
/NOTIFY qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-110
SUBMIT command• Command Procedures, 8-4
/NOTRUNCA TE qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-28
/NOTYPE qualifier• EDT Ref, EDT-14 7
with SUBSTITUTE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-234
/NOUNDERLINE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-25
/NOWAIT qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-110
/NOWRAP qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-25
/NOWRITE_CHECK qualifier• Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-30
NPAGEDYN parameter• Networking, 5-32;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-69
NPAGEVIR parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-69
NPR (Non-processor request)
See OMA transfer
NSP (Network Services Program)
message retransmission• Networking, 2-28,
3-68

lndex-186

NSP (Network Services Program) (cont'd.)
receive buffers• Networking, 3-17
.NTYPE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-67 to 6-68
Null
key value• FOL Ref, FDL-29
string• FOL Ref, FDL-3
NULL_KEY attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-29
NULL_VALUE attribute•FDL Ref, FDL-29
<null> command•EDT Ref, EDT-148
Null argument• DSR Ref, 1-4
Null device• System Services Ref, 7-26
Null file name• DCL Concepts, 3-5
Null file type• DCL Concepts, 3-5
NULL pad character• Convert Ref, CONV-20
Number
See also Integer, Floating-point number, and
Packed decimal string
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 3-3 to 3-4
/NUMBER_KEYS qualifier• FOL Ref, FDL-1,
FDL-50
.NUMBER APPENDIX command• DSR Ref, 2-88
.NUMBER CHAPTER command• DSR Ref, 2-89
Number conversion
to character• Programming, 6-22
.NUMBER LEVEL command• DSR Ref, 2-90
.NUMBER LIST command• DSR Ref, 2-91
Number of files processed • Convert Ref,
CONV-26
.NUMBER PAGE command• DSR Ref, 2-92
NUMBER parameter
for DECnet objects• Networking, 3-70
for OLM circuit• Networking, 3-45
for GROUP• Networking, 3-30
.NUMBER RUNNING command• DSR Ref, 2-93
Number specifier
with SET LINES command• EDT Ref, EDT-172
with SET TAB command• EDT Ref, EDT-188
.NUMBER SUBPAGE command•DSR Ref, 2-94
Number value• FOL Ref, FDL-3
Numeric
array• Programming, 6-23
defining• Programming, 6-23
referencing• Programming, 6-24
conversion• Programming, 6-20
expression • Programming, 6-7
/NUMERIC_KEYPAD qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-24
Numeric control operator• MACRO Ref, 3-14
Numeric data• Programming, 6-4
entering•Patch Ref, PATCH-27
formatting• Programming, 8-12
Numeric expression• DELTA Ref, DELT A-8

Index

Numeric label
path-name prefix• Debugger Ref, 5-5
simple address• Debugger Ref, 5-5
Numeric literal• Debugger Ref, 5-6, 6-2
Numeric string
leading separate• MACRO Ref, 8-9 to 8-1 O
trailing• MACRO Ref, 8-7 to 8-9
Numeric time• System Services Ref, 9-7
Numeric UIC • System Security, 4-4
NXR option • FOL Ref, FDL-14

0
Object• Networking, 1-19
access control• Networking, 2-30
addressing• Networking, 2-29
command procedure for DECnet-VAX•
Networking, 2-29, 3-72
command procedure for PSI• Networking, 2-32
commands• Networking, 3-70
database• Networking, 3-2
DECnet-VAX• Networking, 2-29
definition• Networking, 2-28
identification • Networking, 3-70, 3-7 3
in security model• System Security, 2-2
name• Networking, 2-28, 3-70
network• Networking, 2-28, 3-2
nonzero• Networking, 2-29, 3-70
number• Networking, 8-26, 8-36
parameters• Networking, 3-70
proxy login access• Networking, 2-42
PSI account information• Networking, 2-32
role in security• System Security, 2-5
TASK• Networking, 2-29, 3-70
type• Networking, 2-28, 8-10
type number• Networking, 2-29, 3-70
user-defined• Networking, 2-28
use with alias node identifier• Networking,
2-30, 3-71
VAX PSI• Networking, 2-28, 2-32, 3-73
zero-numbered• Networking, 2-29, 3-70
Object code• Debugger Ref, 7-17
Object code values• NCP Ref, NCP-111
Object file
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-25
debugger information records• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-26
global symbol directory record • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-26
link option specification record • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-27

Object file
analysis of (cont'd.)
module header record • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-27
module traceback record• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-27
relocation record• DCL Dictionary, DCL-28
text• DCL Dictionary, DCL-28
analyzing• DCL Dictionary, DCL-25
identifying errors• DCL Dictionary, DCL-25
input to linker• Linker Ref, LINK-4
processing of• Linker Ref, LINK-67, LINK-70
Object language• Linker Ref, LINK-81 to LINK-113
Object library• Programming, 4-8, 4-21, 9-71;
Librarian Ref, LIB-3
add module• Programming, 4-8
character case• Librarian Ref, LIB-5
create• Programming, 4-8
delete module• Programming, 4-8
extract module• Programming, 4-8
list modules• Programming, 4-8
Object module• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-1;
Programming, 4-4
analysis of
end-of-file records• DCL Dictionary, DCL-26
content of• Linker Ref, LINK-4
for command table• CDU Ref, CDU-6, CDU-18,
CDU-43
identifying• MACRO Ref, 6-38
input to linker• Linker Ref, LINK-61
linking • Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-11 ; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-299
naming• MACRO Ref, 6-93
record content of• Linker Ref, LINK-61
statements for• CDU Ref, CDU-16
title• MACRO Ref, 6-93
Object module library• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27
content of• Linker Ref, LINK-5
creating• Modular Procedures, 5-3
input to linker• Linker Ref, LINK-5
processing of• Linker Ref, LINK-71
updating• Modular Procedures, 6-8
OBJECT parameter• Networking, 3-78
/OBJECT qualifier• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-27;
CDU Ref, CDU-43; Librarian Ref, LIB-33;
Message Ref, MSG-11
FORTRAN command• Programming, 4-5
LIBRARY command• Programming, 9-71
Obje-ct rights block
See ORB
OBJ file type• Programming, 4-4, 9-71
%OCT• Debugger Ref, 0-4
.OCT A directive• MACRO Ref, 6-69

lndex-187

Index

Octal
constant• Programming, 6-18
format in DIFFERENCES output• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-134
Octal dump• DCL Dictionary, DCL-153
OCT AL mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
/OCT AL qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-53, CD-55,
CD-59
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-56
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-59
EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-62
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-65
INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-70
REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-73
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-91
Octal text
converting to binary• RTL Ref, RTL-54
Octaword •MACRO Ref, 8-3
OCT A WORD data type• Debugger Ref, 5-2
/OCT A WORD qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-41,
CD-59
.ODD directive• MACRO Ref, 6-70
OFF, keyword
with CREATE_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-41
with EDIT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
with HELP_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-97
with SET (AUTO_REPEAT, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-163
with SET (BELL, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-165
with SET (DEBUG, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-167
with SET (INFORMATIONAL, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-172
with SET (NO_WRITE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-181
with SET (PAD, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-184
with SET (SCREEN_UPDATE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-189
with SET (SCROLLING, ...)• VAXTPU Ref,
4-190
with SET (SELF_INSERT, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-192
with SET (SUCCESS, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-198
with SET (TIMER, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-204
Offline device
and mount verification• Disk & Tape, 7-11
Offloading
of CPU resource• Perform Manage, 3-23
of disk 1/0 resource• Perform Manage, 3-46
of memory resource• Perform Manage, 3-35
Offset
definition of• DCL Concepts, 5-16

lndex-188

"offset" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-85, 4-86
"offset_column" parameter to GET_INFO•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-85, 4-86
OFP option• FOL Ref, FDL-23
OLB file type• Programming, 4-8, 4-31, 9-71
OLDUETP. LOG • Software Installation, 7-19
/OMIT qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-66
ON, keyword
with CREATE_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-41
with EDIT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
with HELP_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-97
with SET (AUTQ_REPEAT, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-163
with SET (BELL, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-165
with SET (DEBUG, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-167
with SET (INFORMATIONAL, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-172
with SET (NO_WRITE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-181
with SET (PAD, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-184
with SET (SCREEN_UPDATE, ... ) • VAXTPU Ref,
4-189
with SET (SCROLLING, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-190
with SET (SELF_INSERT, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-192
with SET (SUCCESS, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-198
with SET (TIMER, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-204
ON_ERROR-ENDON_ERROR statement•
VAXTPU Ref, 3-16
example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-17
ON command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-317 to
DCL-319
and CONTINUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-60
and CTRL/Y• Command Procedures, 7-10;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-317
use in error handling• Command Procedures,
7-4
using to specify severity level • Command
Procedures, 7-5
using with severity level • Command Procedures,
7-3
One's complement
of expression • MACRO Ref, 3-14
One-way encryption and collision • System
Security, 5-25
ONE WINDOW command• VAXTPU Ref, F-10
Online bit
See UCB$V_ONLINE
Online condition
on MASSBUS • Device Driver, G-8

Index

/ONLY qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-34
OPCCRASH.EXE • SDA Ref, SDA-7
Opcode
creating• MACRO Ref, 6-71 to 6-72
defining• MACRO Ref, 6-81
format• MACRO Ref, 8-13
redefining • MACRO Ref, 6-5 7, 6-7 1 to 6-7 2
summary• MACRO Ref, D-1 to D-17
VAX MACRO instructions with same• Patch
Ref, PA TCH-26
with the same name as a macro• MACRO Ref,
6-57
Opcode tracing • Debugger Ref, 3-17
See also Tracepoint
OPCOM (Operator Communication Facility) •
Networking, 2-35, 3-81, 6-3; System
Management, 10-3, 10-5
enable terminal to receive messages from • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-3 53
messages to users from• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-359
mount verification•Disk & Tape, 7-11
for offline devices• Disk & Tape, 7-11
restarting• System Management, 10-7
OPCOM message• Software Installation, 7-23
continuation volume request•Disk & Tape, 7-7
device write-locked• Disk & Tape, 7-13
during product installation• Software
Installation, 5-2, C-1
enabling an operator terminal• Disk & Tape,
7-1 ; System Management, 10-7
mount request• Disk & Tape, 7-4; System
Management, 7-7
mount verification aborted• Disk & Tape, 7-14
mount verification completed• Disk & Tape,
7-12
request display•Disk & Tape, 7-1; System
Management, 10-7
unavailable device• Disk & Tape, 7-11
wrong device•Disk & Tape, 7-12
OPCOM process• Device Driver, C-44
sending a message to• Device Driver, 12-6
.OPDEF directive• MACRO Ref, 6-71 to 6-72
Open
file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-320
to display
names of open files • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-549
Open account• System Security, 3-13
and captive account• System Security, 5-80

Open account (cont'd.)
captive recommendation• System Security,
5-34
Open-by-name-block option• File Applications,
5-11, 6-5
and performance• File Applications, 6-7
OPEN command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-320 to
DCL-322
See also CLOSE command
See also READ command
See also WRITE command
and CLOSE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-56
END specifier• Programming, 10-16
ERR specifier• Programming, 10-16
IOST AT specifier• Programming, 10-16
opening a file for input (writing)• Command
Procedures, 6-3
opening a file for reading (only)• Command
Procedures, 6-2
opening a shareable file• Command Procedures,
6-4
using the /ERROR qualifier• Command
Procedures, 6-13
using to append records to an existing file•
Command Procedures, 6-12
using to create a new output file• Command
Procedures, 6-11
using to open a file• Command Procedures,
6-2
Open file
and ACL consumption of memory• System
Security, 5-8
Open file limit• System Management, 6-4
Open file quota (FILLM) •Software Installation, 5-2
OPEN LINE function• Text Processing, 1-20; EDT
Ref, EDT-80
Open service• File Applications, 5-11
for process-permanent files• File Applications,
6-24
OPEN statement• Programming, 8-4, 9-9
ACCESS specifier• Programming, 9-4
BLOCKSIZE specifier• Programming, 9-9
BUFFERCOUNT specifier• Programming, 9-9
DEF AUL TFILE specifier• Programming, 9-9
DISPOSE specifier• Programming, 9-6
EXTENDSIZE specifier• Programming, 9-8
FILE specifier• Programming, 9-3
FORM specifier• Programming, 9-5
INITIALSIZE specifier• Programming, 9-8
IOST AT specifier• Programming, 9-10
KEY specifier• Programming, 9-43
ORGANIZATION specifier• Programming, 9-3
READONL Y specifier• Programming, 9-7

lndex-189

Index

OPEN statement (cont'd.)

Operating system (cont'd.)

RECL specifier• Programming, 9-43
SHARED specifier• Programming, 9-7
ST A TUS specifier• Programming, 9-6
UNIT specifier• Programming, 9-2
USEROPEN specifier• Programming, 9-97
Operand• MACRO Ref, 2-3
determining addressing mode of• MACRO Ref,
6-67 to 6-68
primary• MACRO Ref, 8-21
reserved•MACRO Ref, 9-101, 9-102, 9-140
Operand generation directives
.REF 16 •MACRO Ref, 6-81
.REF2 •MACRO Ref, 6-81
.REF4• MACRO Ref, 6-81
.REFS• MACRO Ref, 6-81
Operand specifier• MACRO Ref, 8-13 to 8-24
access type notation • MACRO Ref, 9-3
access types• MACRO Ref, 8-13 to 8-14
base• MACRO Ref, 8-21
data type notation • MACRO Ref, 9-3 to 9-4
data types• MACRO Ref, 8-14
notation• MACRO Ref, 9-3 to 9-4
Operand specifier addressing mode formats•
MACRO Ref, 8-14 to 8-24
autodecrement mode • MACRO Ref, 8-17
autoincrement deferred mode• MACRO Ref,
8-16 to 8-17
autoincrement mode• MACRO Ref, 8-16
branch mode• MACRO Ref, 8-24
displacement, deferred mode• MACRO Ref,
8-18
displacement mode• MACRO Ref, 8-17 to
8-18
index mode• MACRO Ref, 8-21 to 8-22
literal mode• MACRO Ref, 8-19 to 8-21
register deferred mode• MACRO Ref, 8-16
register mode• MACRO Ref, 8-15
Operating instructions
summary• Software Installation, 7-2
Operating modes
console subsystem• Software Installation, 2-1
Operating system
adding to an existing system disk• System
Management, 2-27
building on another disk• System Management,
2-25
components• System Management, 1-3
coordinating files• VAXclusters, 2-10 to 2-17
copying files to another disk• System
Management, 2-26
directories• System Management, 1-3
installing• VAXclusters, 2-2

upgrading• VAXclusters, 2-2
Operating system routine
specifying entry point of in driver tables• Device
Driver, 7-6
Operation
arithmetic• Programming, 6-7
Operational characteristics• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-3
Operational state
of circuit• Networking, 3-36
of lines• Networking, 3-52
Operation involving condition handler
See Condition handler
Operations• Backup Ref, BACKU-5, BACKU-6,
BACKU-21
compare• Backup Ref, BACKU-24, BACKU-34
copy• Backup Ref, BACKU-21
list• Backup Ref, BACKU-24, BACKU-46
restore• Backup Ref, BACKU-23
save• Backup Ref, BACKU-22
Operator• VAXTPU Ref, 3-5; Patch Ref,
PATCH-28; SUMSLP Ref, SUM-6; MACRO
Ref, 2-3
See also REQUEST command
@ • SDA Ref, SDA-12
address expression• Debugger Ref, 5-10, D-6
AND•MACRO Ref, 3-16
arithmetic• DCL Concepts, 5-12; SDA Ref,
SDA-12
arithmetic comparison• DCL Concepts, 5-13
arithmetic shift• MACRO Ref, 3-15
ASCII• MACRO Ref, 3-12
at sign (@) • SDA Ref, SDA-12
binary•MACRO Ref, 3-15 to 3-16, 1-2
complement• MACRO Ref, 3-14
exclusive OR• MACRO Ref, 3-16
floating-point• MACRO Ref, 3-14
for addressing locations• Patch Ref, PATCH-29
for arithmetic expressions • Patch Ref,
PATCH-28
for DISALLOW clause• CDU Ref, CDU-15 to
CDU-16
G • SDA Ref, SDA-12
group assignment• System Security, 4-6
H • SDA Ref, SDA-12
inclusive OR• MACRO Ref, 3-16
in expression• DCL Concepts, 5-10
language expression • Debugger Ref, E-1
log file
closing• DCL Dictionary, DCL-354
opening• DCL Dictionary, DCL-354
logical• DCL Concepts, 5-12; Programming,
6-11

lndex-190

Index

Operator (cont'd.)
macro• MACRO Ref, 4-7 to 4-10
macro string• MACRO Ref, C-8 to C-9
numeric control• MACRO Ref, 3-14
pattern• MACRO Ref, 9-166 to 9-180
precedence• VAXTPU Ref, 3-5; SDA Ref,
SDA-12
table• VAXTPU Ref, 3-5
precedence of evaluation• DCL Concepts, 5-1 O
radix• Debugger Ref, 6-3; SDA Ref, SDA-11
radix control• MACRO Ref, 3-11 to 3-12
register• MACRO Ref, 3-13 to 3-14
relational• Programming, 6-8
requesting reply from• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-359
rules for data type • Command Procedures,
2-18
sending message• System Services Ref,
SYS-429
sending message to• DCL Dictionary, DCL-359
status
disable• DCL Dictionary, DCL-353
enable• DCL Dictionary, DCL-353
string• DCL Concepts, 5-9
string comparison• DCL Concepts, 5-14
summary• MACRO Ref, C-7 to C-9
table• VAXTPU Ref, 3-5
tasks• System Management, 1-2
terminal • System Management, 1-1
textual• MACRO Ref, 3-12 to 3-14
unary• SDA Ref, SDA-12; MACRO Ref, 3-10
to 3-11 , C-7 to C-8
used in condition tests • Sort Ref, SORT-56
use of in expressions• Command Procedures,
2-17
Operator Communication Facility
See OPCOM
Operator function•Disk & Tape, 7-1 to 7-15;
System Management, 10-3 to 10-6
handling user request• System Management,
7 -6 7 -7 10-7
mounting volume sets
with automatic switching• Disk & Tape, 7-5
without automatic switching• Disk & Tape,
7-6
mount verification
canceling • Disk & Tape, 7-14
for write-locked devices• Disk & Tape,
7-13
handling tasks• Disk & Tape, 7-11
user requests
for generic mount• Disk & Tape, 7-4
I

Operator function
user requests (cont'd.)
for mounting volumes• Disk & Tape, 7-3,
7-4
for mounting volume sets• Disk & Tape,
7-5
handling•Disk & Tape, 7-1
responding to• Disk & Tape, 7-2
Operator-initiated downline load• Networking,
4-1, 4-5
Operator log file• System Management, 10-3
example• System Management, 10-4
maintaining • System Management, 10-6
message• System Management, 10-3
printing • System Management, 10-6
purging• System Management, 2-8
Operator terminal• System Management, 10-7
enabled for security alarms• System Security,
4-31
setting up• Disk & Tape, 7-1; System
Management, 10-7
user request• Disk & Tape, 7-1; System
Management, 10-7
OPER privilege• System Security, A-7;
Networking, 5-2; System Management,
6-13
Optimization
Edit/FOL Utility• File Applications, A-1
of indexed file• File Applications, 10-34
/OPTIMIZE qualifier• Debugger Ref, 1-5, 7-17
FORTRAN command• Programming, 4-5
Optimize script• FDL Ref, FDL-38, FDL-44
Optimizing SORT
system manager options • Sort Ref, SORT-9
user options • Sort Ref, SORT-8
Option
creating with LBR$0PEN •Programming, 9-72
specifying by symbolic bit offset• RMS Ref,
2-3
Options field
in identifier ACE• System Security, 4-27
Options file• Programming, 4-26, 4-31
content of• Linker Ref, LINK-7, LINK-15
creation of• Linker Ref, LINK-18
identification of• Linker Ref, LINK-140
in command procedure• Linker Ref, LINK-18
input to linker• Linker Ref, LINK-6
processing of• Linker Ref, LINK-67
rules for• Linker Ref, LINK-18
specification of clusters in• Linker Ref, LINK-67
u~e for• Linker Ref, LINK-15
using• Linker Ref, LINK-7

lndex-191

Index

Options for Linker (cont'd.)
BASE=• Linker Ref, LINK-19
CLUSTER=• Linker Ref, LINK-20
COLLECT=• Linker Ref, LINK-20
default values• Linker Ref, LINK-16
DZROMIN=• Linker Ref, LINK-21
GSMATCH=• Linker Ref, LINK-21
IDENTIFICATION=• Linker Ref, LINK-23
IOSEGMENT=•Linker Ref, LINK-13, LINK-23
ISDMAX= •Linker Ref, LINK-24
NAME=• Linker Ref, LINK-24
PROTECT=• Linker Ref, LINK-24
PSECT A TTR= •Linker Ref, LINK-25
ST ACK=• Linker Ref, LINK-13, LINK-25
SYMBOL=• Linker Ref, LINK-25
UNIVERSAL=• Linker Ref, LINK-26
OPTIONS keyword• Software Installation, 5-4
/OPTIONS qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-6, LINK-140
LINK command• Programming, 4-30
.OR. logical operator• Programming, 6-11
ORB (object rights block)• Device Driver, A-25 to
A-26
address• Device Driver, A-28
initializing• Device Driver, A-25
Organization
See File organization
tree• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
ORGANIZATION attribute• File Applications, 436; FOL Ref, FDL-23
Organizing
files and modules• Modular Procedures, 2-2
procedures• Modular Procedures, 2-2
uoriginaLbottomn parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
uoriginal_lengthn parameter to GET_INFO•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
·original_top" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-87
·originaLwidthn parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
OTHER WINDOW command• VAXTPU Ref, F-10
OTS$CNVOUT •RTL Ref, RTL-4 72
OTS$CNVOUT_G •RTL Ref, RTL-4 72
OTS$CNVOUT_H •RTL Ref, RTL-472
OTS$CVT_L_TB•RTL Ref, RTL-460
OTS$CVT_L_Tl• RTL Ref, RTL-462
OTS$CVT_L _TL• RTL Ref, RTL-464
OTS$CVT_L _TO• RTL Ref, RTL-466
OTS$CVT_L _TU• RTL Ref, RTL-468
OTS$CVT_L_TZ•RTL Ref, RTL-470
OTS$CVT_ Lz •RTL Ref, RTL-485
OTS$CVT_ TB_L •RTL Ref, RTL-4 7 4
OTS$CVT_Tl _L •RTL Ref, RTL-4 77

lndex-192

OTS$CVT_TL _L •RTL Ref, RTL-4 79
OTS$CVT_ TO_L •RTL Ref, RTL-481
OTS$CVT_TU_L •RTL Ref, RTL-483
OTS$CVT_TZ_L •RTL Ref, RTL-489
OTS$DIV_PK_LONG •RTL Ref, RTL-495
OTS$DIV_PK_SHORT •RTL Ref, RTL-499
OTS$DIVC •RTL Ref, RTL-492
OTS$DIVCD_R3 •RTL Ref, RTL-492
OTS$DIVCG_R3 •RTL Ref, RTL-492
OTS$MOVE3 •RTL Ref, RTL-502
OTS$MOVE5 •RTL Ref, RTL-504
OTS$MULCD_R3 •RTL Ref, RTL-506
OTS$MULCG__R3 •RTL Ref, RTL-506
OTS$POWCxCx •RTL Ref, RTL-508
OTS$POWCxJ •RTL Ref, RTL-511
OTS$POWDLU •RTL Ref, RTL-524. 1
OTS$POWDx •RTL Ref, RTL-513
OTS$POWGG •RTL Ref, RTL-516
OTS$POWGJ •RTL Ref, RTL-516
OTS$POWGLU •RTL Ref, RTL-524. 1
OTS$POWHLU_R3 •RTL Ref, RTL-524.1
OTS$POWHx •RTL Ref, RTL-519
OTS$POWll •RTL Ref, RTL-522
OTS$POWJJ •RTL Ref, RTL-523
OTS$POWLULU •RTL Ref, RTL-524
OTS$POWRLU •RTL Ref, RTL-524. 1
OTS$POWRx •RTL Ref, RTL-524.3
OTS$SCOPY_DXDX•RTL Ref, 5-7, RTL-528
OTS$SCOPY_R_DX• RTL Ref, RTL-530
OTS$SFREE 1_DD• RTL Ref, RTL-533
OTS$SFREEN_DD •RTL Ref, RTL-534
OTS$SGETLDD•RTL Ref, RTL-535
Outbound logical link connection • Networking,
1-24
Outgoing call
from DTE• Networking, 3-26
OUTGOING parameter• System Security, 7-18
OUTGOING TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-68
Out-of-band AST• 1/0 Ref I, 8-11, 8-43
Out-of-bounds trap• Programming, 4-5
Output• Software Installation, 7-1 ; DSR Ref,
4-2, 4-3
console report• Software Installation, 7-12,
7-15, 7-3 1, 7-32
creating a new output file• Command
Procedures, 6-11
default for batch job command procedures•
Command Procedures, 3-9
default for interactive command procedures•
Command Procedures, 3-9
directing in a command procedure • Command
Procedures, 3-9
display (OUT) •Debugger Ref, 8-5, C-4

Index

Output (cont'd.)

Output formatting control procedure (cont'd.)

display kind• Debugger Ref, 8-14, C-1
formatting character string • System Services
Ref, SYS-155
interpreting• Software Installation, 7-18
record size• Programming, 8-1 O
redefining for interactive command procedures•
Command Procedures, 3-9
suppressing by redefining SYS$0UTPUT •
Command Procedures, 3-10
terminal and line printer• Software Installation,
7-34
to a terminal• Command Procedures, 3-17
UETP. LOG • Software Installation, 7-1 5
writing • Programming, 8-10, 8-11
writing a string to a record• Command
Procedures, 4-13
"output" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-90
"output_file" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-86, 4-90
OUTPUT_FILE_PARSE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-23
OUTPUT_FILE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-182
Output configuration
displaying•Debugger Ref, 2-8, CD-166
setting• Debugger Ref, 2-8, CD-114
Output error reports, types of• Error Log Ref,
ERR-2
Output file• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-4
creating • Convert Ref, CONV-3
entering qualifiers• DCL Concepts, 2-10, 2-12
loading• Convert Ref, CONV-3
preallocation for optimization• Sort Ref,
SORT-39
reformatting record fields• Sort Ref, SORT-59
temporary default• DCL Concepts, 3-18
Output file organization• Sort Ref, SORT-4
defaults• Sort Ref, SORT-44, SORT-46,
SORT-47
specifying • Sort Ref, SORT-44, SORT-46,
SORT-47
Output file qualifiers• Backup Ref, BACKU-68 to
BACKU-72 ; Sort Ref, SORT-4
I ALLOCATION• Sort Ref, SORT-39
/BUCKET_SIZE •Sort Ref, SORT-40
/CONTIGUOUS• Sort Ref, SORT-41
entering•DCL Concepts, 2-10, 2-12
/FORMAT• Sort Ref, SORT-42
/INDEXED_SEQUENTIAL •Sort Ref, SORT-44
/OVERLAY• Sort Ref, SORT-45
/RELATIVE• Sort Ref, SORT-46
. /SEQUENTIAL• Sort Ref, SORT-4 7
Output formatting control procedure • RTL Ref,
9-21

LIB$CURRENCY •RTL Ref, 9-21
LIB$DIGIT_SEP •RTL Ref, 9-21
LIB$LP_LINES• RTL Ref, 9-21
LIB$RADIX_POINT •RTL Ref, 9-21
Output image file• Patch Ref, PA TCH-8,
PATCH-36, PATCH-90
Output operation
batching of• RTL Ref, 3-21
/OUTPUT qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-17, 5-4, 6-7;
Accounting Ref, ACC-19; Analyze/RMS_
File Ref, ARMS-12; BAD Ref, BAD-11 ;
CDU Ref, CDU-44; Error Log Ref, ERR-15;
FDL Ref, FDL-1 ; Librarian Ref, LIB-35;
Monitor Ref, MON-28; Patch Ref, PATCH-9,
PATCH-36; Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-20;
Debugger Ref, 8-16, CD-85, CD-117; SDA
Ref, SDA-11 O; SUMSLP Ref, SUM-15
EDIT /FOL command• FDL Ref, FDL-51
to EDIT /TPU command• VAXTPU Ref, 6-7
using to direct output to a file• Command
Procedures, 3-9
with /COMPRESS• Librarian Ref, LIB-15
with /CROSS_REFERENCE •Librarian Ref,
LIB-19
with /EXTRACT• Librarian Ref, LIB-22
Output queue
control commands • System Management, 9-5
defining form• System Management, 9-30
deleting • System Management, 9-8
establishing• System Management, 9-22
merging• System Management, 9-8
pausing• System Management, 9-7
stopping • System Management, 9-7
Output record
multiple• Programming, 8-13
reformatting• Sort Ref, SORT-59
Output save-set qualifiers• Backup Ref,
BACKU-73 to BACKU-83
Output specifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-8,
BACKU-17
Output spooling • System Management, 9-46
Output stream
define for created process • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-366
Output types• Monitor Ref, MON-6
in MONITOR• Monitor Ref, MON-6
OUTRANGE case constant • VAXTPU Ref, 3-15
Outsider
catching probing• System Security, 6-6
Out swap
by suspension • System Services Ref, 8-13
Overflow condition code (V) •MACRO Ref, 8-12
Overflow error• Programming, 6-10

lndex-193

Index

Overflow trap• Programming, 4-5
Overlaying files using the COPY command • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-69
Overlaying RSX-11 S tasks• Networking, 4-20
/OVERLAY qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-70;
Sort Ref, SORT-45
Overprinting • Programming, 8-15
/OVER qualifier•Debugger Ref, CD-90, CD-136,
CD-189
Override
default command interpreter• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-301
magnetic tape overwrite protection • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-200
owner identification field• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-200
/OVERRIDE=ACCESSIBILITY qualifier• FOL Ref,
FDL-22
/OVERRIDE qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-26;
Debugger Ref, 5-2, CD-19, CD-25, CD-117,
CD-140, CD-167, CD-183
Overstrike flag (%)
default• DSR Ref, 3-14
description• DSR Ref, 3-14
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-51
OVERSTRIKE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-183
Overstrike mode
COPY_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-30
MOVE_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-127
OVERSTRIKE MODE command• VAXTPU Ref,
F-10
/OVERSTRIKE qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-23
Overstriking• DSR Ref, 2-32, 3-14
Overview of installation• Software Installation,
1-1
Overwrite protection
overriding on magnetic tape• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-200
Overwrite tape file• FOL Ref, FDL-17
Owner
changing identifier of
resource attribute example• System
Security, 4-39
default for directory• System Security, 4-38
/OWNER_UIC qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-28
as input file qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-61
as output file qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-71
as output save-set qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKU-80
OWNER attribute• File Applications, 4-37; FOL
Ref, FDL-23
OWNER EXECUTOR parameter
for OLM circuit• Networking, 3-45

lndex-194

Owner identifier field
writing characters to• DCL Dictionary, DCL-199
OWNER protection code• FOL Ref, FDL-24
/OWNER qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-20
Ownership
defaults, management of• System Security,
5-14 to 5-18, 5-23
directory, how established • System Security,
4-38
effects on protection checks• System Security,
4-35
establishing and changing • System Security,
4-35 to 4-39
how assigned during file creation • System
Security, 5-15
privileges, how obtained• System Security,
4-36
specifying for volume• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-200
OWNER user category• System Security, 4-6
access to magnetic tape• System Security, 4-9

p
POBR symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
/POIMAGE qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-126
POLR symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
/PO qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-92
P1BR symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
P1LR symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
/P 1 qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-42, SDA-92
P/OS node• Networking, 9-5
PACKED data type• Debugger Ref, 5-2
Packed decimal instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-139
to 9-162
Packed decimal string• MACRO Ref, 9-139 to
9-141
data type• MACRO Ref, 8-10 to 8-11
format• MACRO Ref, 3-4
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 3-4
storing• MACRO Ref, 6-73
zero-length • MACRO Ref, 9-141
Packed decimal string storage directive (.PACKED)
•MACRO Ref, 6-73
.PACKED directive•MACRO Ref, 6-73
/PACKED qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-42, CD-59
Packet assembly/ disassembly facility
See PAD
Packet size parameters• Networking, 3-27
Packet switching data network
See PSDN

Index

"pad" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-88
PAD (packet assembly/ disassembly facility) •
Networking, 1-3, 3-76
Pad character• Convert Ref, CONV-20
specifying• Sort Ref, SORT-67
Padding records• Convert Ref, CONV-5
PAD keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-184
/PAD qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1 , CONV-5,
CONV-20; Sort Ref, SORT-67
%PAGE• Debugger Ref, C-5
Page• System Services Ref, 11-2
aligning• Programming, 1-23
copy-on-reference• System Services Ref,
11-11
demand-zero• System Services Ref, 11-11
fault• Programming, 6-40
locking into memory• System Services Ref,
11-7, SYS-301
locking into working set• System Services Ref,
SYS-303
owner• System Services Ref, 11-5
ownership and protection • System Services
Ref, 11-5
removing from working set• System Services
Ref, SYS-325
setting protection • System Services Ref,
SYS-369
unlocking from memory• System Services Ref,
SYS-452
unlocking from working set• System Services
Ref, SYS-454
/PAGE_NUMBERS qualifier• DSR Ref, 5-4, 6-8
/PAGE_TABLES qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-92
Page boundary• Linker Ref, LINK-19
Page cache size
adjusting related SYSGEN parameters• Perform
Manage, 5-3, 5-4
decreasing• Perform Manage, 5-4, 5-12
increasing• Perform Manage, 5-3
.PAGE command•DSR Ref, 2-95
.PAGE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-7 4
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG-25
/PAGED qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-87
PAGEDYN parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-70
Page ejection directive (.PAGE)• MACRO Ref,
6-74
Page fault• Device Driver, 8-10; Convert Ref,
CONV-26; SDA Ref, SDA-20
during FDT execution • Device Driver, 8-8
illegal• SDA Ref, SDA-19
Page fault cluster• Linker Ref, LINK-20, LINK-55
Page faulting• Perform Manage, 3-29

Page faulting (cont'd.)
acceptable hard fault rate• Perform Manage,
3-30
acceptable soft fault rate• Perform Manage,
3-30
analyzing• Perform Manage, 4-5
function of secondary page cache • Perform
Manage, 3-43
hard and soft• Perform Manage, 3-29, 3-43
Page file
activating secondary• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-28
adding• Perform Manage, 5-14
creating or extending• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-22
PAGEFILE.SYS file•SDA Ref, SDA-5, SDA-6,
SDA-7
Page file size
use in making alternate root• Rel Notes, 1-30;
Software Installation, 6-21
Page formatting command • DSR Ref, A-1
Page frame section • System Services Ref, 11-19
PAGE function• Text Processing, 1-14; EDT Ref,
EDT-82
Page management statistics • Monitor Ref,
MON-65
Page number
letter• Text Processing, 4-37
roman numeral• Text Processing, 4-37
Page number reference
merging in index• DSR Ref, 6-3
/PAGE qualifier• Debugger Ref, 8-19, CD-132
ALIGN command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-42
Page range • DSR Ref, 6-3
Page size
changing• Text Processing, 4-19
default• Text Processing, 4-19
.PAGE SIZE command• Text Processing, 4-19;
DSR Ref, 2-96
/PAGES qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-18
Page table entry
evaluate• SDA Ref, SDA-38
PAGFILCNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-70
.PAGING command• DSR Ref, 2-98
Paging command
.DISPLAY NUMBER command• DSR Ref, 2-24
.LAYOUT command• DSR Ref, 2-75
.NO NUMBER command• DSR Ref, 2-92
.NO PAGING command•DSR Ref, 2-98
.NUMBER PAGE command• DSR Ref, 2-92
.NUMBER RUNNING command• DSR Ref, 2-93
.PAGE command• DSR Ref, 2-95
.PAGE SIZE command• DSR Ref, 2-96
.PAGING command• DSR Ref, 2-98
.TEST PAGE command•DSR Ref, 2-125

lndex-195

Index

Paging file• System Management, 11-15, 11-16;
SDA Ref, SDA-5, SDA-6, SDA-7
quota• SDA Ref, SDA-8
use in small-disk dump• System Management,
3-13
Paging file limit• System Management, 6-5
Paging file section • System Services Ref, 11-16
global • System Services Ref, 11-16
Paging 1/0 function• Device Driver, A-21
Paging symptom
for disks• Perform Manage, 4-36
PAMAXPORT parameter• VAXclusters, 5-7;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-70
PAN command • Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-11 ,
SHCL-54
PANOPOLL parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-70
PANUMPOLL parameter• VAXclusters, 5-6;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-70
Paper size
A4 • DSR Ref, 4-9
default
LNO 1 • DSR Ref, 4-9
LNO 1E • DSR Ref, 4-9
LN03 • DSR Ref, 4-9
European• DSR Ref, 4-9
Paper stock
specifying • System Management, 9-30, 9-41
PAPOLLINTERVAL parameter• VAXclusters, 5-7;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-70
PAPOOLINTERV AL parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-71
Paragraph
formatting• DSR Ref, A-3
.PARAGRAPH command• DSR Ref, 2-99
Paragraph command
.AUTOPARAGRAPH command• DSR Ref, 2-4
.AUTOT ABLE command• DSR Ref, 2-7
.NO AUTOPARAGRAPH command• DSR Ref,
2-4
.NO AUTOTABLE command•DSR Ref, 2-7
.PARAGRAPH command• DSR Ref, 2-99
.SET PARAGRAPH command•DSR Ref, 2-115
Parallel list
in DIFFERENCES output• DCL Dictionary, DCL134
Parameter• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-9;
Programming, 7-2; Backup Ref, BACKU-2;
Mount Ref, MOUNT-2
abbreviating• DCL Concepts, 2-4
case value of strings• Command Procedures,
3-3
command
entering• DCL Concepts, 2-2

lndex-196

Parameter
command (cont'd.)
file specification• DCL Concepts, 2-5
default value• Programming, 7-3
for EXCHANGE command• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-1
for VAX RMS• FOL Ref, FDL-3
for Verify Utility• Verify Ref, VER-1
how to define• CDU Ref, CDU-24, CDU-33
label• Programming, 7-2
language-dependent• Debugger Ref, 2-6
language-independent• Debugger Ref, 2-7
list• Programming, 7-3
name• Programming, 7-2
null• Command Procedures, 3-2
optional • Programming, 7-3
passing more than one• Command Procedures,
3-2
passing to command procedure• Command
Procedures, 3-2 ; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-11
presence• Programming, 7-15
prompt• Programming, 7-3
prompting• Programming, 7-4
qualifier
entering• DCL Concepts, 2-7
required• Programming, 7-3
specify for command procedure• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-11, DCL-50
to pass to batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-643
value• Programming, 7-18
"parameter" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-91
PARAMETER clause• Programming, 7-2
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref,
CDU-24
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU-33
Parameter file
creating • System Management, 11-10
writing• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-51
/PARAMETERS qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS,
5-19
SUBMIT command• Command Procedures, 8-5
PARAMETER statement• Programming, 2-6,
4-19, 6-2
assumed-size• Programming, 6-12
Parameter value
delimiting a• Patch Ref, PA TCH-28
%PARCNT •Debugger Ref, D-4
Parentheses
DO clause • Debugger Ref, 3-9
in expressions• VAXTPU Ref, 3-6
operations• Programming, 6-7

Index

Parentheses (cont'd.)
to delimit arguments • Debugger Ref, 3-6
Parent lock• System Services Ref, 12-1 O
/PARENT qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-32
Parity bit• File Applications, 1-11
Parity flag• 1/0 Ref I, 8-39
Parse service• File Applications, 5-10 to 5-16
Parsing
subcommand• Programming, 7-23
Partial pattern assignment• VAXTPU Ref, 2-11
Partitioned area problem• Networking, A-10
example of• Networking, A-11
Partitioning of cluster• VAXclusters, 5-1
prevention• VAXclusters, 2-5
PASANITY parameter• VAXclusters, 5-8;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-71
PASCAL implementation table
See Implementation table
PASDGBUF parameter• VAXclusters, 5-6
Passall mode• 1/0 Ref I, 5-4
Passed-length character string• Programming,
1-16
Passing mechanism• Programming, 1-22
See also Routine format
by descriptor• RTL Ref, 2-7
by reference• RTL Ref, 2-6
by value• RTL Ref, 2-6
Descriptor
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
for arrays• RTL Ref, 2-9
for scalars• RTL Ref, 2-8
for strings• RTL Ref, 2-9
reference
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
value
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
Password • Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-7; Software
Installation, 7-4
automatic generation of new• System Security,
3-15
chances to supply during dial-up• System
Security, 3-32
changing • System Security, 3-15, 3-18; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-467
frequency guidelines• System Security,
3-27
choices
bad • System Security, 3-14
good• System Security, 3-21
collision• System Security, 5-25
dual• System Security, 3-22, 5-23
elimination for networks• System Security,
7-20

Password (cont'd.)
encoding• System Security, 2-4
encryption• System Security, 3-1 O
and collision• System Security, 5-25
English word, consequence of• System
Security, 3-16
entering• DCL Concepts, 1-2
expiration • System Security, 3-19
how to pre-expire• System Security, 5-25
how to set• System Security, 5-29
first name as• System Security, 3-14
for dynamic connection• Networking, 2-36,
2-42
generator
use to obtain initial password • System
Security, 5-24
grabber• System Security, 3-23
and logouts • System Security, 3-43
secure server
as antidote• System Security, 5-42
symptom and counteraction • System
Security, 4-53
guessing
and length• System Security, 3-20
antidote • System Security, 5-40
counteractions• System Security, 3-16
handling • System Security, 6-8
identication of source • System Security,
6-8
prevention • System Security, 6-9
how to pre-expire• System Security, 5-25
hunters
and dial-up retries• System Security, 3-32
tricks of• System Security, 3-26
initial• System Security, 5-24
keeping old• System Security, 3-20
length, minimum• System Security, 3-14,
3-20, 5-31
and automatic generation • System Security,
3-16
lifetime• System Security, 3-18
locked• System Security, 3-13
advantage• System Security, 5-32
for captive accounts• System Security,
5-80
management• System Security, 5-23 to 5-34
modifying system• System Management, 5-4
modifying user• System Management, 5-5
network, guidelines• System Security, 7-9
null, as choice for captive account• System
Security, 5-80
pre-expired, how to recognize• System
Security, 5-25

lndex-197

Index

Password (cont'd.)
primary• System Security, 3-21, 5-24
protection• System Security, 3-25
guidelines• System Security, 5-33
receive• Networking, 2-36, 3-86
retries • System Security, 3-32
role in security• System Security, 2-4
routing initialization• Networking, 1-9, 2-20,
2-36, 3-86, A-14
secondary• DCL Concepts, 1-2; System
Security, 3-21, 5-28; System
Management, 5-5
secrecy• System Security, 3-9
and electronic mail• System Security, 3-27
secure choice for• System Security, 3-21
selection • System Security, 3-14
guidelines• System Security, 3-21
sharing• System Security, 3-28
poor practice• System Security, 7-21
specification at login • DCL Dictionary, DCL-300
stealing programs• System Security, 3-23
storage• System Security, 3-10
system• DCL Concepts, 1-2; System Security,
3-12
See also System password
as cause of login failures• System Security,
3-30
guidelines• System Security, 5-27
transmit• Networking, 2-36, 3-86
use on multiple systems• System Security,
3-27
user
defined • System Security, 3-10
uniqueness on each account• System
Security, 3-27
user perspective of• System Security, 3-9 to
3-28
user selection of new• System Security, 3-15
verification of new during change• System
Security, 3-15
PASSWORD card• System Management, 9-53
PASSWORD command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-323
to DCL-324
in card reader batch job• Command Procedures,
B-1
/PASSWORD qualifier
to specify secondary password • System
Security, 5-29
PASTDGBUF parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-71
Pasteboard• Debugger Ref, 8-2; RTL Ref, 3-2.2
deleting• Programming, 8-17
PASTE buffer
See Buffer

lndex-198

PASTE command• Text Processing, 1-43; EDT
Ref, EDT-281
PASTE function• EDT Ref, EDT-84
Pasthru mode• //O Ref/, 8-9, 8-11, 8-24, 8-26
PASTIMOUT parameter• VAXclusters, 5-6;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-71
PA T$A_NONPGD •Device Driver, 15-17
PATCH
See also Patch Utility
Patch
applying • Patch Ref, PA TCH-9
/PATCH_AREA qualifier• Patch Ref, PATCH-21,
PATCH-24
DEPOSIT command•Patch Ref, PATCH-60,
PATCH-61
Patch area• Patch Ref, PA TCH-21 to PA TCH-23,
PA TCH-81 to PA TCH-84
allocate space• Patch Ref, PA TCH-42
commands that affect• Patch Ref, PA TCH-23
creating and accessing• Patch Ref, PA TCH-23
default• Patch Ref, PA TCH-22
depositing new data or instructions• Patch Ref,
PATCH-59, PATCH-61
descriptor• Patch Ref, PA TCH-21, PA TCH-81
displaying size and starting address• Patch Ref,
PATCH-88
/INITIALIZE qualifier• Patch Ref, PA TCH-81 to
PATCH-84
inserting new instructions • Patch Ref,
PATCH-70 to PATCH-72
resetting• Patch Ref, PA TCH-23, PA TCH-4 7
setting user-defined patch area• Patch Ref,
PA TCH-81 to PA TCH-84
starting address• Patch Ref, PA TCH-42
user-defined• Patch Ref, PA TCH-22 to
PATCH-23, PATCH-82 to PATCH-84
using with device driver images• Patch Ref,
PATCH-22
using with shareable images• Patch Ref,
PATCH-22
Patch area symbol• Patch Ref, PA TCH-21,
PATCH-42
created with ALIGN• Patch Ref, PA TCH-22
reserved by DIGIT AL• Patch Ref, PA TCH-21
PATCH command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-325;
Patch Ref, PA TCH-1
for expressing symbols and pathnames • Patch
Ref, PATCH-17
qualifiers • Patch Ref, PA TCH-30 to PA TCH-40
rules of syntax for• Patch Ref, PA TCH-25 to
PATCH-29
Patch space• Device Driver, 15-17
Patch text records
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-22

Index

Patch Utility (PATCH)
applying patches• Patch Ref, PA TCH-9
DCL qualifiers• Patch Ref, PA TCH-30 to
PATCH-40
directing output• Patch Ref, PA TCH-1
examples
interactive patch session • Patch Ref,
PATCH-93
exiting • Patch Ref, PA TCH-1
invoking • Patch Ref, PA TCH-1
rules of syntax• Patch Ref, PA TCH-25
sample PATCH session • Patch Ref, PA TCH-93
to PATCH-96
using entry and display modes• Patch Ref,
PATCH-18
using patch area• Patch Ref, PA TCH-21
using symbols• Patch Ref, PA TCH-10
using the Patch Utility• Patch Ref, PA TCH-4
Path• Networking, 2-25
definition• Programming, 7-10
keyword • Programming, 7-10
Path control parameters • Networking, 3-64
for areas• Networking, 3-65
Pathname• Patch Ref, PA TCH-15
abbreviation• Debugger Ref, 4-1 5
commands that affect• Patch Ref, PA TCH-1 7
debugger• Programming, 5-27
default• Debugger Ref, 4-12
determining value of• Patch Ref, PA TCH-63
distinguishing symbols• Debugger Ref, 4-11
numeric• Debugger Ref, 4-20
parameter in SET SCOPE • Debugger Ref, 4-12
relation to symbol • Debugger Ref, 1-10
syntax• Debugger Ref, 4-13
Pattern
anchoring • VAXTPU Ref, 4-12
built-in procedures• VAXTPU Ref, 2-10
compilation• VAXTPU Ref, 2-11
concatenation• VAXTPU Ref, 2-11
exe<?ution • VAXTPU Ref, 2-11
expression • VAXTPU Ref, 3-8
matching
anchored search• VAXTPU Ref, 2-14
incremental search• VAXTPU Ref, 2-13
seek search• VAXTPU Ref, 2-13
operators• VAXTPU Ref, 2-10
searching• VAXTPU Ref, 2-9, 2-12
variables• VAXTPU Ref, 2-14
Pattern assignment
partial• VAXTPU Ref, 2-11
PATTERN data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-9 to 2-14

Pattern matching
built-in procedures for
ANCHOR• VAXTPU Ref, 4-12
ANY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-14
ARB• VAXTPU Ref, 4-16
LINE_BEGIN • VAXTPU Ref, 4-113
LINE_END • VAXTPU Ref, 4-114
MATCH• VAXTPU Ref, 4-122
NOT ANY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-131
REMAIN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-143
SCAN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-148
SCANL • VAXTPU Ref, 4-149
SPAN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-214
SPANL • VAXTPU Ref, 4-215
Pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-164, 9-166 to
9-180
/PAUSE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-19
%PC• Debugger Ref, D-3
PCA (Performance and Test Coverage Analyzer) •
Modular Procedures, 1-16
PCB$L_JIB •Device Driver, 8-5
PCB$L_PID •Device Driver, 13-6
PCB$V_SSRW AIT •Device Driver, 5-7, C-11,
C-17
PCB$W_ASTCNT •Device Driver, C-4, C-6, C-10
/PCB qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-92
PDT (port descriptor table)• Device Driver, A-34
Pending bad block log file• Disk & Tape, A-4
Pending 1/0 queue• Device Driver, 5-12, 8-14,
9-1, 13-4, A-19, A-31, C-23, C-71
bypassing • Device Driver, C-16
length• Device Driver, A-33
synchronizing with driver internal queue • Device
Driver, 8-1 5
Penetration
as security problem • System Security, 1-4
Penetrator• System Security, 1-5
Percent sign (%)•Disk & Tape, 4-22
as wildcard character• DCL Concepts, 3-16
symbol prefix • Debugger Ref, 4-5
with range specifier• EDT Ref, EDT-148
Performance• File Applications, 3-1, 9-8 to
9-12; Linker Ref, LINK-21, LINK-30, LINK-3 i,
LINK-66
and ACL length• System Security, 5-8
and ACLs •System Security, 4-34
and asynchronous processing • File
Applications, 9-10
and automatic password generator• System
Security, 5-3 1
and extension size• File Applications, 9-9
and fast-delete option• File Applications, 9-11
and global buffer count• File Applications, 9-11

lndex-199

Index

Performance (cont'd.)

Period flag (+) (cont'd.)

and highwater marking• System Security, 5-77
and locate mode• File Applications, 9-11
and record locking• File Applications, 7-2
and security • System Security, 1-1 O
and window size• File Applications, 9-9 to
9-10
buffers • File Applications, 9-11
deferred-write option• File Applications, 3-34,
9-10
effect of compression• File Applications, 3-20
effect of poor security on• System Security,
3-46
extension size• File Applications, 9-1 O
1/0 in V AXcluster •File Applications, 3-36
in a V AXcluster • File Applications, 3-34
multi block count• File Applications, 9-11
read-ahead option • File Applications, 9-11
recommendations for a V AXcluster • File
Applications, 3-36
sequential access• File Applications, 9-12
using Prolog 3 •File Applications, 3-20
window size• File Applications, 9-11
write-behind option• File Applications, 9-12
Performance analysis• Modular Procedures, 4-12
Performance complaints
evaluating• Perform Manage, 1-6
traced to hardware problems• Perform Manage,
1-6
traced to MW AIT state• Perform Manage, 1-6
traced to unrealistic expectations • Perform
Manage, 1-8
Performance diagnostic strategy
overview• Perform Manage, 4-1
Performance management
approaching as management of resources•
Perform Manage, 3-1
definition• Perform Manage, 1-1
Performance measurement procedure • RTL Ref,
9-18
LIB$FREE_TIMER• RTL Ref, 9-18
LIB$1NIT_TIMER• RTL Ref, 9-18
LIB$SHOW_TIMER• RTL Ref, 9-18
LIB$ST AT_TIMER• RTL Ref, 9-18
Period(.)
contents-of operator• Debugger Ref, 5-10, 0-6
current entity• Debugger Ref, 5-7, 0-5
current location counter• MACRO Ref, 3-17
symbol delimiter• Debugger Ref, 4-8
.PERIOD command• DSR Ref, 2-101
Period flag (+)
default• DSR Ref, 3-1 5
description • DSR Ref, 3-1 5

recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-52
Peripheral devices
list of• Software Installation, 3-1
"permanent" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-86
Permanent database• Networking, 1-16, 3-2,
5-38
considerations• Networking, 5-38
copying node entries• Networking, 3-2 1
PERMANENT keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-185
Permanent mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-4
Permanent symbol• MACRO Ref, 3-5, 3-6
Permanent symbol table• MACRO Ref, 0-1 to
0-17
Permanent virtual circuit
See PVC
Per-Process common block• Programming, 3-50
PFCDEFAULT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-71
PFN database
examining with XDELTA• Device Driver, 15-11
to 15-12
PFN mapping • Device Driver, H-4 to H-6
deleting a PFN mapped page • Device Driver,
H-6
modifying pages mapped by• Device Driver,
H-4
PFNMAP privilege• System Security, A-8;
System Management, 6-13
PFRA TH parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-72
page faulting• Perform Manage, 2-9, 3-6
PFRATL parameter•SYSGEN Ref, SGN-72
page faulting• Perform Manage, 2-9
PGFLQUOT A system parameter• SDA Ref, SDA-8
Phase
cluster• Software Installation, 7-16
DECnet• Software Installation, 7-16, 7-20,
7-28, 7-36, 7-37
device• Software Installation, 7-16, 7-31
initialization• Software Installation, 7-31
load• Software Installation, 7-16, 7-35
running individual• Software Installation, 7-16
Phase controller
See UETPHASOO.EXE
Phase Ill node• Networking, 2-20
in Phase IV network• Networking, A-12
restrictions• Networking, A-12
Phase II node• Networking, 2-20
Phase 1v
end node• Networking, 2-21
node• Networking, 2-20
node address• Networking, 2-22
router• Networking, 2-21
/PHO qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-92

lndex-200

Index

PHONE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-326
synonym for DIAL• Phone Ref, PHONE-18
PHONE object• Networking, 2-4, 2-29, 2-30,
3-71
Phone Utility (PHONE) • Intro to VAX/VMS,
1-23; DCL Dictionary, DCL-326; Phone Ref,
PHONE-1
conference call • Phone Ref, PHONE-3
control characters• Phone Ref, PHONE-3
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-326; Phone
Ref, PHONE-1
terminating • Phone Ref, PHONE-12
PHY_IO privilege• System Security, A-8; System
Management, 6-14
Physical address
Ethernet• Networking, 1-7, 3-11, 3-13
format• Device Driver, H-4
PHYSICAL ADDRESS parameter
for LOOP CIRCUIT command• Networking, 7-9
for TRIGGER command• Networking, 4-6
Physical 1/0
access checks• System Services Ref, 7-8
function• Device Driver, A-21
operations• System Services Ref, 7-7
privilege• System Services Ref, 7-4, 7-7
Physical mode• Backup Ref, BACKU-20,
BACKU-48
example• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
Physical name• System Services Ref, 7-24
/PHYSICAL qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-48
Physical security• System Security, 1-5
of networks• System Security, 7-6
"pidn parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-86
PIO (process identification number) • System
Services Ref, 8-7
PIO transfer • Device Driver, 1-15 to 1-16
example• Device Driver, 2-1 to 2-6
using buffered l/O•Device Driver, 7-10
using 1/0 adapter resources• Device Driver,
4-1
Pipeline quota• Networking, 2-28, 3-69
PIPELINE QUOT A parameter• NCP Ref, NCP-71
SET EXECU.TOR command •Networking, 3-69
Pl/I implementation table
See Implementation table
Pl/I PRINT FILE• Rel Notes, 3-48
PLACEMENT clause
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
PMT option • FDL Ref, FDL-15
Pn symbol• DELTA Ref, DELT A-8

Pointer
retrieval• File Applications, 9-9
structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-15
Point-to-point
circuit• Networking, 2-6
configuration•Networking, 1-4, 1-7, 5-13
DDCMP addressing • Networking, 3-32
line• Networking, 2-13
security for connection• Networking, 2-42,
3-86
Polling • Networking, 1-7, 2-8
POLLING ST A TE parameter• Networking, 3-39
POLYD (Polynomial Evaluation O_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-117 to 9-119
POLVF (Polynomial Evaluation F_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-117 to 9-119
POLVG (Polynomial Evaluation G_floating)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-117 to 9-119
POLYH (Polynomial Evaluation H_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-117 to 9-119
Polynomial
evaluating• RTL Ref, RTL-229
Pop
virtual display• Programming, 8-40
/POP qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-48, CD-96
POPR (Pop Registers) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-79
Port access mode• 1/0 Ref I, 3-7
Port descriptor table
See PDT
PORTRAIT option• DSR Ref, 4-9
Ports
defending publicly accessible• System Security,
5-28
Port select button• VAXclusters, 4-7
Port selection• 1/0 Ref I, 3-7
Position
cursor on screen• Programming, 8-26
POSITION/BUCKET command• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-24
POSITION/RECORD command• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-26
Positional argument• MACRO Ref, 4-2 to 4-3
POSITIONAL clause
for PLACEMENT clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
Positional qualifier• Programming, 7-20
/INCLUDE• Linker Ref, LINK-6, LINK-12,
LINK-138
incompatibility among• Linker Ref, LINK-137
/LIBRARY• Linker Ref, LINK-6, LINK-139
/OPTIONS• Linker Ref, LINK-6, LINK-140
/SELECTIVE_SEARCH •Linker Ref, LINK-141

lndex-201

Index

Positional qualifier (cont'd.)

Predefined logical name

/SHAREABLE• Linker Ref, LINK-128, LINK-142
POSITION attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-9, FDL-29,
FDL-30
ANY_CYLINDER option• File Applications,
4-39
CYLINDER option• File Applications, 4-40
FILE_ID option• File Applications, 4-40
FILE_NAME option• File Applications, 4-40
LOGICAL option• File Applications, 4-40
VIRTUAL option• File Applications, 4-40
POSITION built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-132 to 4-133
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-132
Position independence• Modular Procedures, 3-1,
A-4
coding guidelines for• Linker Ref, LINK-31
desirability of• Linker Ref, LINK-30
in shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK-30
Position independent code• Device Driver, 6-2
POS option• FDL Ref, FDL-22
Postprocessing
See 1/0 postprocessing
Power bit
See UCB$V_POWER
Power failure
blocking • Device Driver, 3-5
determining the occurrence of• Device Driver,
9-5
1/0 bus• Device Driver, H-6
Power failure recovery procedure• Device Driver,
A-4, A-10, A-11, A-28
controller initialization routine called by• Device
Driver, 0-4
device timeout forced by• Device Driver, 12-5
initialization performed by• Device Driver, 13-3
unit initialization routine called by• Device
Driver, 0-1 3
POWER ON ACTION switch• Software Installation,
2-11
Power recovery
setting AST for• System Services Ref, SYS364
POL parameters• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-72 to
SGN-75
PR$_1PL • Device Driver, 3-13, 3-14, B-33, B-34
PR$_SIRR •Device Driver, 3-14, B-35
/PRCLM qualifier
to prohibit spawning in captive accounts•
System Security, 5- 79
PRCPOLINTERV AL parameter• VAXclusters, 5-8
Precedence of operators• SDA Ref, SDA-12

LNM$FILE_OEV •System Services Ref, 6-11
Pre-expired password
how to set and observe• System Security,
5-25
Prefetch function of UNIBUS adapter• Device
Driver, 4-11 , 4-12
/PREFIX qualifier
in facility directive• Message Ref, MSG-18
Preparing a tailored system for UETP • Software
Installation, 7-10
Preparing devices• Software Installation, 7-5
disk• Software Installation, 7-2, 7-5
line printer• Software Installation, 7-3, 7-7
magnetic tape• Software Installation, 7-2, 7-6
summary• Software Installation, 7-2
terminal• Software Installation, 7-3, 7-7
VAXcluster• Software Installation, 7-9
Preparing operating environment• VAXclusters,
2-6 to 2-17
common MAIL database• VAXclusters, 2-15
common rights database• VAXclusters, 2-16
heterogeneous• VAXclusters, 2-1, 2-2, 2-7
homogeneous• VAXclusters, 2-1, 2-2, 2-7
newly installed systems• VAXclusters, 2-8,
2-13
upgraded systems• VAXclusters, 2-7
Preprocessing
See 1/0 preprocessing
Preprocessing routine
See FDT routine
Presence
parameter• Programming, 7-15
qualifier• Programming, 7-15
uprevious" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU Ref,
4-87 4-90, 4-91, 4-92, 4-94
Previous location
See Logical predecessor
PREVIOUS SCREEN command• VAXTPU Ref,
F-10
%PREVLOC •Debugger Ref, 5-7, 0-5
Prev Screen
See SECT function
Primary attribute• File Applications, 4-12; FDL
Ref, FDL-3
Primary data record• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-5
PRIMARY DAT A RECORD node• Analyze/RMS_
File Ref, ARMS-5
PRIMARY day
defining• System Management, 5-19
Primary day
defining• System Security, 5-48

lndex-202

Index

Primary exception vector• Programming, 10-18
Primary index structure• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-3
Primary key• Convert Ref, CONV-18
Primary loader• Networking, 4-2
Primary operand• MACRO Ref, 8-21
Primary record structure• File Applications, 10-26
/PRIMED A VS qualifier
example• System Security, 5-48
Print
command procedure in batch job log • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-527
file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-327
PRINT_QN_CLOSE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-23
PRINT carriage control • Convert Ref, CONV-3;
FDL Ref, FDL-33
PRINT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-22,
2-9, 6-2; DCL Concepts, 1-3; System
Management, 9-24, 9-32, 9-42; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-327 to DCL-336; EDT
Ref, EDT-151 ; Mail Ref, MAIL-53
Print control features
assigning• System Management, 9-32
.PRINT directive• MACRO Ref, 6-75
Printer
See Line printer
controlling functions• System Management,
9-25
setting characteristics• System Management,
2-7
spooled• System Management, 9-24
system
to display default characteristics of• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-578
Printer driver
description• Device Driver, 2-1 to 2-6
Printer queue• VAXclusters, 3-2 to 3-6; FDL Ref,
FDL-23
assigning unique name to• VAXclusters, 3-2
changing entry• DCL Dictionary, DCL-490
clusterwide generic• VAXclusters, 3-4 to 3-6
creating• DCL Dictionary, DCL-203
deleting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-122
entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-116
establish as spooled• DCL Dictionary, DCL-426
establishing local generic• VAXclusters, 3-3
initializing• VAXclusters, 3-3; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-203
modifying characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-470, DCL-616
sample configuration• VAXclust(!Jrs, 3-2
setting up• VAXclusters, 3-2

Printer queue (cont'd.)
starting• VAXclusters, 3-3; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-616
SYS$PRINT • VAXclusters, 3-6
to display entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-585
types• VAXclusters, 3-2
Printing
a listing of UAF records• VAXclusters, A-1
Print job• System Management, 9-1
aligning forms• System Management, 9-15
controlling • System Management, 9-10
deleting • System Management, 9-12
explicit printing• System Management, 9-24
implicit printing• System Management, 9-24
requeuing • System Management, 9-13
retaining • System Management, 9-13
Print Symbiont (PSM) •Rel Notes, 2-15
device reset sequence• Rel Notes, 3-32
generation of blank pages• Rel Notes, 3-32
tab expansion at start of queue• Rel Notes,
3-32
Print Symbiont Modification routine
See PSM routine
PRINT USING Function• Rel Notes, 2-16
Priority
base• System Management, 6-7
for batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-643
process
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-474
setting • System Services Ref, SYS-366
specify
for detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-372
for subprocess• DCL Dictionary, DCL-372
PRIORITY parameter• Networking, 3-77
/PRIORITY qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-21;
Debugger Ref, CD-130, CD-179
Private section
defining• System Services Ref, 11-8
Private volume
See Volume
Privilege• DCL Concepts, 1-11 ; Software
Installation, 7-4, 7-20; System Services
Ref, 6-6
ACNT •Networking, 5-2
all• System Security, 5-54; System
Management, 6-8
alternatives to• System Security, 5-54
BYPASS• System Security, 4-9; Networking,
5-2; System Services Ref, 7-6
CMKRNL •Networking, 5-2
defined by access mode• System Services Ref,
2-3

lndex-203

Index

Privilege (cont'd.)
DETACH• Networking, 5-2
devour• System Management, 6-8
DIAGNOSE• Networking, 5-2
disabling • System Security, 5-54
error message• Software Installation, 7-21
file• System Management, 6-8
for access control• Networking, 2-37
for captive account
special case• System Security, 5-59
for images• Programming, 4-10
for network operations• Networking, 5-2
for running UETP •Software Installation, 7-21
group-related • System Security, 5-3
how acquired by outsiders • System Security,
5-55
1/0 operations• System Services Ref, 7-2
known file lists• System Management, 8-3
logical l/O•System Services Ref, 7-4, 7-7
MOUNT• System Services Ref, 7-4
NETMBX •Networking, 2-38, 5-2
normal • System Security, 5-53
OPER • Netvl!orking, 5-2
ownership, how obtained• System Security,
4-36
physical 1/0• System Services Ref, 7-4, 7-7
process • DCL Concepts, 1-11 ; ·System
Management, 6-7
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-580
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-4 7 4
recommendations for minimum• System
Security, 5-5 7
required for NCP commands• Networking,
2-39
requirements for security manager• System
Security, 5-2
SECURITY• Networking, 5-2
setting for process• System Services Ref,
SYS-372
specify
for detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-372
for subprocess• DCL Dictionary, DCL-372
SS$_NOPRIV •Programming, 10-4
subprocess
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-580
summary• System Security, 5-52; System
Management, 6-8
SYSNAM •Networking, 5-2
SYSPRV •Networking, 5-2
SYSTEM • System Services Ref, 7-6
system• System Management, 6-8

lndex-204

Privilege (cont'd.)
system management• System Management,
1-3
TMPMBX •Networking, 2-38, 5-2
to configure network• Networking, 5-2
to issue CLEAR ALL or PURGE command •
Networking, 2-39
to issue SET ALL or DEFINE command•
Networking, 2-39
to modify permanent database • Networking,
2-39
to modify volatile database• Networking, 2-39
to start the network• Networking, 2-39
used for file sharing
poor practice• System Security, 7-21
use of to gain access
and security audit• System Security, 4-54,
5-86
user• System Security, 5-4 7; System Services
Ref, 2-2
vector• System Security, 5-52
Privileged account
considerations for network• System Security,
7-7
Privileged image• System Management, 8-1
Privileged information• SDA Ref, SDA-8
Privileged shareable image
See User-written system service
creation of• Linker Ref, LINK-37
definition of• Linker Ref, LINK-37
Privileges• Rel Notes, 3-38
/PRIVILEGES qualifier
to define user privileges• System Security,
5-47
PRMCEB privilege• System Security, A-9;
System Management, 6-14
PRMGBL privilege• System Security, A-9;
System Management, 6-14
PRMMBX privilege• System Security, A-10;
System Management, 6-15
Prober
catching • System Security, 6-6
outsider
counteraction • System Security, 5-38
PROBER (Probe Read) instruction• Device Driver,
B-16; MACRO Ref, 9-182 to 9-183
PROBEW (Probe Write) instruction• Device Driver,
B-17; MACRO Ref, 9-182 to 9-183
Probing
as security problem • System Security, 1-3
PROCEDURE• VAXTPU Ref, 3-9
Procedure
See also DECtalk procedures

Index

Procedure (cont'd.)
See also Entry point
See also Mathematics procedure
See also Routine
See also Screen management
See also String manipulation procedure
class and data type• RTL Ref, 2-1 O
cross-reference• RTL Ref, 1-4
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3; RTL Ref,
1-1
entry mask• Modular Procedures, 3-15
entry point names• Modular Procedures, 3-4
executing • VAXTPU Ref, 5-6
general utility• RTL Ref, 1-4
grouping• Modular Procedures, 5-1
how to call•RTL Ref, 1-3, 2-1, 2-2
interface• Modular Procedures, 2-4, A-3
language-independent support• RTL Ref, 1-4
language support
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
use of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
library• Modular Procedures, 5-1
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
use of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
mathematics• RTL Ref, 1-4
name• VAXTPU Ref, 3-10
overview• VAXTPU Ref, 1-6
parameter• VAXTPU Ref, 3-1 O
example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-10
maximum number• VAXTPU Ref, 3-1 O
scope• VAXTPU Ref, 3-10
processwide resource allocation • RTL Ref,
9-16, 9-17
recursive• VAXTPU Ref, 3-12
resource allocation • RTL Ref, 1-4
returning result• VAXTPU Ref, 3-11
screen management• RTL Ref, 1-4
signaling and condition handling • RTL Ref, 1-4
syntax analysis• RTL Ref, 1-4
system-defined• Programming, 1-6
variable-length bit field procedure• RTL Ref,
9-10
Procedure call instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-63 to
9-69
Procedure descriptor
See Descriptor
PROCEDURE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
PROCEDURES keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-73
Procedure statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-9 to 3-12
example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-9
syntax• VAXTPU Ref, 3-9

Process• Programming, 3-12; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-368
See also Subprocess
adjusting priorities• Perform Manage, 5-21
asynchronous system trap limit (ASTLM)
resource• File Applications, 1-21
blocked by higher-priority process • Perform
Manage, 4-40
buffered 1/0 limit (BIOLM) resource• File
Applications, 1-21
cancel scheduled wakeups • DCL Dictionary,
DCL'-54
compute-bound• Perform Manage, 5-12
creating• Programming, 3-1; System Services
Ref, 8-2, SYS-77
creation restriction • System Services Ref, 8-7
curtailing• Perform Manage, 5-12
default characteristics• DCL Concepts, 1-1
default logical name• DCL Concepts, 4-4
deleting• VAXTPU Ref, 4-60; System
Services Ref, 8-16, SYS-122
detached• Programming, 3-7; System
Services Ref, 8-2, 8-7
accounting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
assign resource quota to• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-367
create with RUN command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-374
image hibernation• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-368
specify quotas• DCL Dictionary, DCL-370,
DCL-371, DCL-373
specify working set• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-374
to create with RUN command • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-366
to define attributes• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-367
to define equivalence-names for processpermanent logical names• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-366
to name with RUN/PROCESS_NAME • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-368
to schedule wakeup • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-370
direct 1/0 limit (DIOLM) resource• File
Applications, 1-21
disabling swap mode• System Services Ref,
11-7
disallowing swapping• System Services Ref,
11-7
examine• Programming, 3-12

lndex-205

Index

Process
getting information about
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-209
synchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-222.2
hibernating • System Services Ref, 8-11,
SYS-296
identification • System Services Ref, 8-7
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-580
image wakeup• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
information • System Services Ref, 8-9
monitor• Programming, 3-16
multiple
built-in procedures for
ATTACH• VAXTPU Ref, 4-19
CREA TE_PROCESS • VAXTPU Ref;
4-37
SEND• VAXTPU Ref, 4-158
SEND_EOF • VAXTPU Ref, 4-160
SPAWN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-216
name• System Services Ref, 8-7
for detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-372
for subprocess• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-372
name within group• System Services Ref, 8-8
open file limit (FILLM) resource• File
Applications, 1-22
priority• Perform Manage, 4-40
for detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-372
for subprocess• DCL Dictionary, DCL-372
privilege• DCL Concepts, 1-11
specify
for detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-372
for subprocess• DCL Dictionary, DCL372
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-580
quota
symbolic names for (PQL$_xxxx) • System
Services Ref, SYS-80
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-580
record-locking quota (ENQLM) resource• File
Applications, 1-22
reducing delay waiting for CPU • Perform
Manage, 5-22
resources• File Applications, 1-20
resuming after suspension • System Services
Ref, SYS-34 7
scheduling• Programming, 3-17
scheduling wakeup for• System Services Ref,
SYS-353

lndex-206

Process (cont'd.)
setting name of• System Services Ref,
SYS-368
setting priority of• System Services Ref,
SYS-366
setting privilege• System Services Ref,
SYS-372
setting swap mode for• System Services Ref,
SYS-384
stalled• SDA Ref, SDA-10
status
to display current• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-595
subprocess• System Services Ref, 8-2
See also SPAWN command
accounting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
assign resource quota to• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-367
image hibernation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-368
specify default working set• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-374
specify quotas• DCL Dictionary, DCL-370,
DCL-371, DCL-373
to create• DCL Dictionary, DCL-610
to create with RUN command • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-366
to define attributes• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-367
to define equivalence-names for processpermanent logical names• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-366
to name with RUN/PROCESS_NAME • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-368
to schedule wakeup• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-370
suspending• System Services Ref, 8-11, 8-13,
SYS-443
swap mode
to enable or disable• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-476
swapping • System Services Ref, 11-7
for created process • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-373
swapping by suspension • System Services Ref,
8-13
switching control of input stream to• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-4 7
synchronizing with batch job• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-646
system
to display list of processes• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-598

Index

Process (cont'd.)
termination mailbox• System Services Ref,
7-33, 8-19
time-slicing• Perform Manage, 4-41
to display
buffered 1/0 count• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-595
CPU time used• DCL Dictionary, DCL-595
current physical memory occupied • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-595
current working set size• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-595
information on • DCL Dictionary, DCL-536
open file count• DCL Dictionary, DCL-595
page faults• DCL Dictionary, DCL-595
status• DCL Dictionary, DCL-595
updated information about• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-579
to modify characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-474
to modify working set default size• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-534
to place in wait state• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-653
to set default device and/or directory• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-423
waiting for entire set of event flags• System
Services Ref, SYS-466
waiting for event flag to be set• System
Services Ref, SYS-463
waiting for one of set of event flags• System
Services Ref, SYS-468
waking • System Services Ref, SYS-464
working set
to display quota and limit• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-608
/PROCESS_SECTION_TABLE qualifier• SDA Ref,
SDA-93
Process activity statistics• Monitor Ref, MON-69
Process address space• Debugger Ref, 2-5
Process command table
adding commands to• CDU Ref, CDU-6,
CDU-49
definition of• CDU Ref, CDU-5
deleting commands from • CDU Ref, CDU-4 1
Process context• Device Driver, 1-7, 2-4, 3-3,
5-12, 8-1 to 8-2
default• SDA Ref, SDA-9
returning to• Device Driver, 5-17
PROCESS data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-15
Process default• File Applications, 4-18; FDL
Ref, FDL-30
batch queue• FDL Ref, FDL-25
print queue• FDL Ref, FDL-23

Process directory table• System Services Ref, 6-3
Process dump
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-29
Process hibernation
and ATTACH command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-47
Process 1/0 channel• Device Driver, 13-4, A-6,
A-20
assigning • Device Driver, 5-3
deassigning • Device Driver, 13-5
reference count• Device Driver, A-31, A-32
validating• Device Driver, 2-2, 5-3, C-81
Process 1/0 segment• File Applications, 1-21
Process identification number
See PIO
Process index number• System Services Ref,
SYS-217
Process logical name table• System Services Ref
6-4
I

canceling entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-87
inclusion of logical name • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-40, DCL-97
Processing
distribution of• VAXclusters, 3-1
Processing section files• VAXTPU Ref, 5-1 O
Processing time• Accounting Ref, ACC-4
Processor control panel • Software Installation
2-3

V AX-11 /730, V AX-11/725 •Software
Installation, 2-13
V AX-11 /750 •Software Installation, 2-1 O
V AX-11 /780 •Software Installation, 2-8
VAX 8200 processor• Software Installation
2-6

keylock switches• Software Installation,
2-6
Restart push button• Software Installation,
2-8
status lights• Software Installation, 2-7
Processor modes statistics• Monitor Ref,
MON-62
Processor status longword
See PSL
Processor status word • MACRO Ref, 8-11 to
8-12
condition codes• MACRO Ref, 8-11 to 8-12
decimal overflow enable (DV) •MACRO Ref,
8-12
floating underflow enable (FU)• MACRO Ref,
8-12
integer overflow enable (IV)• MACRO Ref, 8-12
trace trap enable (T) •MACRO Ref, 8-12

lndex-207

Index

Program (cont'd.)

Process-permanent file• File Applications, 1-21

6~3

access to• File Applications, 6-23
changing the default value of• Command
Procedures, 2-9
default logical name• DCL Concepts, 4-22
definition• Command Procedures, 2-7
implications for indirect access• File
Applications, 6-24
SYS$COMMAND •Command Procedures, 2-8
SYS$ERROR • Command Procedures, 2-8
SYS$1NPUT • Command Procedures, 2-8
SYS$0UTPUT •Command Procedures, 2-8
Process priority• System Management, 6-7
Process privilege• System Management, 6-7
granting• System Security, 5-51 to 5-59
Process privilege mask• Device Driver, A-23
Process protection
default• System Security, 4-41
/PROCESS qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-22;
SDA Ref, SDA-111; Sort Ref, SORT-29,
SORT-68
Process quota
adjusting• Device Driver, 3-4, 5-17
buffered 1/0 •Device Driver, 2-3, 2-6, 5-7,
C-17, C-18
byte count• Device Driver, 2-3, 2-6, 8-6, C-17
charging• Device Driver, 5-7, 5-9, A-21
direct 1/0 •Device Driver, 5-7
Process reconnection• System Security, 3-7
Process rights list• System Security, 4-23;
System Services Ref, 3-2
Process states statistics• Monitor Ref, MON-76
Process types• Accounting Ref, ACC-22
Process virtual address space
access to• Device Driver, 5-1 O
PROCSECTCNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-75
Product installation
preparation• Software Installation, 5-1
Product list
VMSINST AL parameter• Software Installation
5-3
I

syntax• Software Installation, 5-5
Program• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-1; Programming,
1-2
assembling• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2
building• Programming, 4-11
command • Programming, 7-1
compiling• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2;
Programming, 4-1, 4-4; VAXTPU Ref,
5-3
complex• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2

lndex-208

continuing execution of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-60
control flow• Programming, 1-3
creating• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-1 ;
Programming, 4-2
debugging• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-12,
4-18; Programming, 3-5; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-91; VAXTPU Ref, 5-6
deleting• VAXTPU Ref, 4-60
developing• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-4
developing a BASIC• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-6
developing a FORTRAN• Intro to VAX/VMS,
4-7
developing a MACRO• Intro to VAX/VMS,
4-13
display kind • Debugger Ref, 8-15, C-1
executing• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-4;
Programming, 3-9, 3-18; VAXTPU Ref.
5-5
I

formatting• VAXTPU Ref, xvi
interrupting • VAXTPU Ref, 5-5
invoking• Programming, 1-2, 7-1
linking• Programming, 4-1, 4-8
marking beginning of input stream • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-92
marking end of input stream • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-170
order• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
resuming execution of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-60
running • Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-11, 4-17
simple• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
syntax• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
example• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
using logical names in a• Intro to VAX/VMS,
4-19
writing• VAXTPU Ref, 5-1
Program counter (PC)
breakpoint• Debugger Ref, 1-12
contents• SDA Ref, SDA-15
SHOW CALLS display• Debugger Ref, 1-11
source display• Debugger Ref, 1-8
STEP command • Debugger Ref, 1-1 O
symbol•SDA Ref, SDA-13
Program counter mode• MACRO Ref, 5-13 to
5-17
PROGRAM data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-14
Program example• Message Ref, MSG-4
Program execution
built-in procedures for
COMPILE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-28
EXECUTE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-69
SA VE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-146

Index

Program execution (cont'd.)

Program section (cont'd.)

specified time• Programming, 3-9
timed intervals• Programming, 3-10
Program execution mode
using to call VAX RMS services• RMS Ref, 2-7
Program image
creating from object modules • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-299
linking object modules• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-299
Program interface
to VAX RMS• RMS Ref, 2-1
PROGRAM keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-115, 4-167
Program load request• Networking, 4-2
over Ethernet• Networking, 4-2
Programmed 1/0

nonexecutable •Linker Ref, LINK-63
non-position-independent• Linker Ref, LINK-64
nonshareable •Linker Ref, LINK-64
nonwriteable •Linker Ref, LINK-63
ordering of, in image section• Linker Ref,
LINK-73
position-independent• Linker Ref, LINK-64
relocatable• Linker Ref, LINK-62
restoring context of• MACRO Ref, 6-84
saving context of• MACRO Ref, 6-85 to 6-86
saving local label• MACRO Ref, 6-85 to 6-86
shareable• Linker Ref, LINK-64
significant attributes of• Linker Ref, LINK-73,
LINK-74
size• Linker Ref, LINK-62
unnamed•MACRO Ref, 6-78, 6-79
writeable• Linker Ref, LINK-63
Program sectioning directives
.PSECT• MACRO Ref, 6-76 to 6-79
.RESTORE_PSECT •MACRO Ref, 6-84
.SAVE_PSECT •MACRO Ref, 6-85 to 6-86
PROGRAM statement• Programming, 4-19
Program unit
declaring symbol in • Debugger Ref, 4-9
label • Debugger Ref, 4-6
multiple invocations of• Debugger Ref, 4-14
nested• Debugger Ref, 4-9
structure of• Programming, 2-1
PROHIBIT attribute• File Applications, 7-5; FOL
Ref, FDL-36
Prolog •File Applications, 3-24
relative file• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-3
Prolog 1 •File Applications, 3-19
Prolog 2 •File Applications, 3-19
Prolog 3 •File Applications, 3-20, 10-36
Prolog 3 file• Convert Ref, CONV-1 ; FOL Ref,
FDL-27
compression• FOL Ref, FDL-27, FDL-28
key segment length• FOL Ref, FDL-30
key segment position • FOL Ref, FDL-30
Prolog 3 indexed files
reclaiming buckets• DCL Dictionary, DCL-63
PROLOG attribute• Convert Ref, CONV-21; FOL
Ref, FDL-27, FDL-28, FDL-30
PROLOG node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-4
/PROLOG qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1 ,
CONV-21
PROLOG structure• File Applications, 10-20,
10-22
Prologue• File Applications, 3-15, 3-19
Prompt• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-8; Programming,
8-5, 8-15

See PIO transfer
Programming language
in network application• Networking, 1-21
selecting for network operation• Networking,
1-22
using control blocks with• RMS Ref, 2-1
Program mode
console subsystem• Software Installation, 2-1
/PROGRAM qualifier•Debugger Ref, 8-16, CD-85
Program region• System Services Ref, 11-2
adding page to• System Services Ref,
SYS-153
deleting page from • System Services Ref,
SYS-59
Program section• Programming, 4-37
absolute• Linker Ref, LINK-62; MACRO Ref,
6-78, 6-79
alignment of• Linker Ref, LINK-62; MACRO
Ref, 6-79
in map• Linker Ref, LINK-56
attributes• Linker Ref, LINK-25, LINK-29,
LINK-61, LINK-62, LINK-63, LINK-64;
MACRO Ref, 6-76 to 6-78, 6-79
base address of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-56
defining• MACRO Ref, 6-76 to 6-79
executable• Linker Ref, LINK-63
global• Linker Ref, LINK-63, LINK-70
in image section generation • Linker Ref,
LINK-61
length of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-56
local• Linker Ref, LINK-63, LINK-70
modification of attributes• Linker Ref, LINK-61
module contribution to• Linker Ref, LINK-62
in map• Linker Ref, LINK-56
name• Linker Ref, LINK-62; MACRO Ref,
6-76, 6-79
name in map• Linker Ref, LINK-56

lndex-209

Index

Prompt (cont'd.)
debugger (DBG > )• Debugger Ref, 1-5, 2-3,
CD-116
display (PROMPT) • Debugger Ref, 8-5, C-4
display in command procedure• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-214
ECO level• Patch Ref, PA TCH-49, PA TCH-51
ending repetitive• Patch Ref, PATCH-68
for DCL command• DCL Concepts, 1-4
parameter• Programming, 7-3
suppressing username • System Security, 5-45
TPU Command:
EDT Keypad Emulator interface• VAXTPU
Ref, 1-3, G-1
EVE interface• VAXTPU Ref, 1-3
PROMPT_AREA
video attributes• VAXTPU Ref, 4-186
PROMPT_AREA keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-186
"prompt_length" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
"prompt_row" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-93
PROMPT clause
for PARAMETER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24,
CDU-33
/PROMPTING qualifier• FDL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-52
Prompting sequence
examples• NCP Ref, NCP-6 to NCP-7
exiting e NCP Ref, NCP-5
/PROMPT qualifier• Debugger Ref, 8-16, CD-85
Prompt syntax• NCP Ref, NCP-5
component part• NCP Ref, NCP-5
Prompt type specifier
with SET PROMPT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-178
with SHOW PROMPT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-215
Propagation
of protection• System Security, 4-40 to 4-43
example• System Security, 7-25
protection
in directories• System Security, 4-25
Propagation suppressing ACE• System Security,
4-27
Protected shareable image
See User-written system service
Protection• DCL Concepts, 7-1; System Security,
4-3
See also File protection
access category• DCL Concepts, 7-3; File
Applications, 4-27; System Security,
4-6; Disk & Tape, 2-2

lndex-210

Protection (cont'd.)
ACL-based •File Applications, 1-13, 4-28;
Disk & Tape, 2-4
and MOUNT command• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-30
and RENAME command• DCL Concepts, 7-7;
System Security, 4-43
BACKUP save set• Disk & Tape, 6-22
by access mode• System Services Ref, 2-3
bypassing checks• System Security, 4-9
categories• Disk & Tape, 2-1
changing• DCL Concepts, 7-6; System
Security, 4-16.3
default• System Security, 4-41
changing default• DCL Concepts, 7-7
checking
influenced by ownership• System Security,
5-15
cluster• Linker Ref, LINK-24, LINK-127
code• Disk & Tape, 3-19; FDL Ref, FDL-24
changing• Disk & Tape, 2-9
how assigned during file creation • System
Security, 5-1 5
specifying• Disk & Tape, 2-9
default• DCL Concepts, 7-7; System Security,
4-40 to 4-43
changing• Disk & Tape, 2-10
for files in directory
specified by ACE• System Security,
4-27
management• System Security, 5-14
role of MFD for directories• System
Security, 4-16. 1
to establish• DCL Dictionary, DCL-481
definition
at directory creation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-78
at file creation • DCL Dictionary, DCL-7 4
of default at disk initialization • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-197
device• System Services Ref, 7-6
through identifier ACEs •System Security,
4-30
directory
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-478
directory file• DCL Concepts, 7-7
disk and tape volumes• File Applications, 1-13
effect of privileges• DCL Concepts, 7-5
file• System Security, 4-1 to 4-57; Disk &
Tape, 2-1
and RENAME command• System Security,
4-43
and system security• System Security, 4-1
changing• System Security, 4-16.3

Index

Protection
file (cont'd.)
default• Disk & Tape, 2-10
default A CL-based• System Security, 4-42
default disk• System Security, 4-41
default UIC-based • System Security, 4-4 1
directory• Disk & Tape, 2-8, 2-11
disk• Disk & Tape, 2-8, 2-9
establishing• System Security, 4-16.2
faulty• System Security, 5-73
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 2-3, 2-8,
2-13
of magnetic tape volumes• System Security,
4-16.1
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-4 78
for interchange environments• Disk & Tape,
2-8
1/0 operations• System Services Ref, 7-2
image section• Linker Ref, LINK-55
mailbox• System Services Ref, 7-4, 7-5; 1/0
Ref I, 7-2, 7-4
of command procedures• System Security,
5-74
of directories• DCL Concepts, 7-8; System
Security, 4-12
of disk file• DCL Concepts, 7-6
of disk volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL-201
of files• DCL Concepts, 7-2
of magnetic tape volumes• System Security,
4-16.1; DCL Dictionary, DCL-201
of password• System Security, 3-25
of tape files• DCL Concepts, 7-9
of tape volumes• DCL Concepts, 7-9
of volume• DCL Concepts, 7-2; System
Security, 4-3
lack of default for• System Security, 4-40
page• System Services Ref, 11-5
propagation of• System Security, 4-40 to 4-43
queue• System Services Ref, SYS-428.3
rules for specifying • System Security, 4-8, 4-9
setting for page• System Services Ref,
SYS-369
shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK-127
specifying• DCL Concepts, 7-5; System
Security, 4-8, 4-9
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-4 78
for device• DCL Dictionary, DCL-482
UIC-based • DCL Concepts, 7-2; File
Applications, 1-13, 4-27; System
Security, 4-3 to 4-9; Disk & Tape, 2-2
volume• Disk & Tape, 2-1; System Services
Ref, 7-4
ANSI-labeled• Disk & Tape, 2-5
disk• Disk & Tape, 2-6

Protection
volume (cont'd.)
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, .2-6, 2-7
PROTECTION attribute• File Applications, 4-37;
FOL Ref, FDL-24
Protection checking
UIC-based •System.Security, 4-6
Protection code
specifying with MOUNT• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-30
Protection mask• System Services Ref, 7-4
specifying in ACE• System Security, 4-30
/PROTECTION qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-81;
Mount Ref, MOUNT-30
/PROTECT qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-127
Protocol• Networking, 1-4
DMC11/DMR11 driver•l/O Ref II, 1-1, 1-8
DMP 11 /DMF32 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
Protocol Emulator
2780/3780• l/O Ref II, 5-1
Protocol module
See X.25
Protocol module counters• NCP Ref, NCP-1 71
PROTOCOL parameter• Networking, 3-49
Proxy
access• Networking, 2-41
access display for executor• Networking, 3-89
access display for object• Networking, 3-90
access file specification• Networking, 3-89
account• Networking, 2-41
adding accounts• System Management, 5-23
controlling system use• System Management,
5-24
login• Networking, 2-41
Proxy access
conditions where nonfunctional • System
Security, 7-19
requirements• System Security, 7-19
Proxy account• System Security, 3-35
adding• Authorize Ref, AUTH-23
and V AXclusters • System Security, 8-4
as captive account• System Security, 5-86,
7-16
example•System Security, 7-16, 7-24
for multiple users• System Security, 3-37
for single user• System Security, 3-37
recommended restrictions• System Security,
7-15
Proxy login• System Security, 3-4; Authorize
Ref, AUTH-23
access control• Networking, 1-24;, 2-41
access control commands• Networking, 3-89
account• Networking, 2-41

lndex-211

Index

Proxy login (cont'd.)

PSM routine (cont'd.)

and circuit verification • System Security, 7-9
and the user• System Security, 3-35
control• Networking, 2-41; VAXclusters,
2-11
DEFAULT PROXY parameter• Networking,
2-41
enabling access• Networking, 2-41
establishment and management• System
Security, 7-14 to 7-20
key characteristic • System Security, 3-38
NETUAF .DAT• Networking, 2-41
PROXY parameter• Networking, 2-42
records• VAXclusters, 2-14
PROXY parameter• Networking, 3-89
SET OBJECT command• Networking, 2-42
PSDN (packet switching data network) •
Networking, 1-1, 1-3, 1-4, 1-12, 2-5
identification• Networking, 3-79
installation• Networking, 6-2
PSECT •Modular Procedures, 2-18, 3-6, A-4
See also Program section
aligning data•.Programming, 1-23
fac_code, fac$code •Modular Procedures, 3-6
fac_data, fac$data •Modular Procedures, 3-6
LIB$1NITIALIZE •Modular Procedures, 3-23
.PSECT directive• MACRO Ref, 6~ 76 to 6-79
Pseudo-display name• Debugger Ref, C-6
PSIACP (PSI ancillary control process)•
Networking, 1-16
PSI ancillary control process
See PSIACP
PSIKDA
KMS /KMV Dump Analyzer• Networking, 7-13
%PSL •Debugger Ref, D-3
PSL (processor status longword)
examining • Debugger Ref, 6-11 ; SDA Ref,
SDA-44
examining with XDELTA• Device Driver, 15-9
information in • Debugger Ref, 6-11, 6-16
symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
Z condition code• Device Driver, C-23
/PSL qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-59; SDA Ref,
SDA-42
PSM$_FUNNOTSUP • Util Routines Ref, PSM-34
PSM$PRINT • Util Routines Ref, PSM-22
PSM$READ_ITEM_DX • Util Routines Ref,
PSM-24
PSM$REPLACE • Util Routines Ref, PSM-26
PSM$REPORT • Util Routines Ref, PSM-31
PSM routine• Util Routines Ref, PSM-21
example• Util Routines Ref, PSM-17 to PSM-21
introduction • Util Routines Ref, PSM-1

user-written
USER-FORMAT-ROUTINE• Util Routines Ref,
PSM-33
USER-INPUT-ROUTINE• Util Routines Ref,
PSM-38
USER-OUTPUT-ROUTINE• Util Routines. Ref,
PSM-44
PSWAPM privilege• System Security, A-1 O;
System Management, 6-15
/PSW qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-59
PT A option• FOL Ref, FDL-15
/PTE qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-38, SDA-42
Public disk
copying with Backup Utility• System
Management 7-16
Public files and volumes• System Management,
7-1
Public file structure • System Management, 7-1
Public volume
backing up• System Management, 7-14
mounting• System Management, 2-6, 7-5
Punctuation
Indexing Utility• DSR Ref, 6-1
PURDPR macro• Device Driver, 10-8, B-23
detecting memory errors using • Device Driver,

lndex-212

10-9
Purge
See also Delete
files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-337
PURGE/ERASE command• System Security, 4-49
PURGE CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref, NCP-13
PURGE command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-7; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-337 to DCL-340; Install Ref,
INS-17; Mail Ref, MAIL-55
PURGE EXECUTOR command• Networking, 3-17;
NCP Ref, NCP-16
PURGE LINE command• NCP Ref, NCP-21
PURGE LOGGING command• NCP Ref, NCP-23
PURGE LOGGING EVENTS command• NCP Ref,
NCP-25
PURGE LOGGING NAME command• NCP Ref,
NCP-27
PURGE MODULE CONFIGURA TOR command• NCP
Ref, NCP-58
PURGE MODULE X25-ACCESS command• NCP
Ref, NCP-28
PURGE MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command• NCP
Ref, NCP-29
PURGE MODULE X25-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-32
PURGE MODULE X29-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-32

Index

PURGE NODE CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref,
NCP-37
PURGE NODE command• NCP Ref, NCP-34
PURGE OBJECT command• NCP Ref, NCP-38
PUSHAB (Push Address Byte) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-36
PUSHAD (Push Address D_floating) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-36
PUSHAF (Push Address F_floating) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-36
PUSHAG (Push Address G_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-36
PUSHAH (Push Address H_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-36
PUSHAL (Push Address Long) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-36
PUSHAO (Push Address Quad) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-36
PUSHAW (Push Address Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-36
PUSHL (Push Long) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-28
/PUSH qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-48, CD-96
PUSHR (Push Registers) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-80
PUT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-36
of ACCESS primary• File Applications, 7-4
of SHARING primary• File Applications, 7-5
$PUTMSG •Message Ref, MSG-3; RTL Ref, 7-4,
7-14, 7-27
PUT option• FOL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-36
Put service• File Applications, 8-2, 8-4 to 8-5
and next record• File Applications, 8-21
effect on next-record position• File Applications, 8-21
high-level language equivalents• File
Applications, 8-2
run-time options• File Applications, 9-21 to
9-24
PVC (permanent virtual circuit)• Networking, 1-12,
2-7,2-11
parameters• Networking, 3-43
/PWDLIFETIME qualifier
controlling password expiration• System
Security, 5-29
/PWDMINIMUM qualifier• System Security, 5-31

Q
022 bus• Device Driver, 1-14
accessing unmapped memory• Device Driver,
4-4
address• Device Driver, 9-5

022 bus (cont'd.)
example driver• Device Driver, E-1 to E-28, F-1
to F-22
functions• Device Driver, 4-1
1/0 space• Device Driver, 4-3, H-2, H-3, H-6
interrupt dispatching • Device Driver, 3-9
position of devices on • Device Driver, 3-4
power failure• Device Driver, H-6
scatter-gather map• Device Driver, 4-4 to 4-6
ODISKINTERV AL parameter• VAXclusters, 5-4
QDSKINTERV AL parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-76
ODSKVOTES parameter• VAXclusters, 5-4;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-76
$010 call• Disk & Tape, B-1
$010 system service
use in VAX RMS 1/0 operation• RMS Ref, 2-7
ONA
Ethernet circuit device• Networking, 2-10
Ethernet line device• Networking, 2-18
Q symbol•DELTA Ref, DELTA-8
.QUAD directive• MACRO Ref, 6-80
/QUAD qualifier
ALIGN command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-42
Quadword• Programming, 6-9; MACRO Ref,
8-2
aligning• Programming, 1-23
mask• Programming, 1-30, 1-35
passing• Programming, 1-28
QUADWORD data type• Debugger Ref, 5-2
/QUADWORD qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-42,
CD-59
Qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-9; Programming,
7-4; DSR Ref, 4-4; Error Log Ref, ERR-3
to ERR-22; Librarian Ref, LIB-13 to LIB-44;
Mail Ref, MAIL-48; SUMSLP Ref, SUM-13
to SUM-18
See also Command qualifier
See also Input file-selection qualifiers
See also Input save-set qualifiers
See also Output file qualifiers
See also Output save-set qualifiers
abbreviating• DCL Concepts, 2-4
combining• Programming, 7-9
command qualifier• DCL Concepts, 2-7
default• Programming, 7-5
default values• DCL Concepts, 2-7
defining• Programming, 7-4; CDU Ref,
CDU-26, CDU-34
entering• DCL Concepts, 2-6
file qualifier• DCL Concepts, 2-7
entering• DCL Concepts, 2-7

lndex-213

Index

Qualifier (cont'd.)
for DCL command • Patch Ref, PA TCH-30 to
PATCH-40
for SET COMMAND command• CDU Ref,
CDU-40 to CDU-48
global • Programming, 7-6
label• Programming, 7-4
local• Programming, 7-6, 7-20
mode, PATCH command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-18
negatable • Programming, 7-5
parameter
entering• DCL Concepts, 2-7
positional• Programming, 7-6, 7-20
presence• Programming, 7-15
rules in DSR • DSR Ref, 4-3
SHOW CLUSTER command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-14 to SHCL-20
specifying•DCL Concepts, 2-10, 2-12
using• Backup Ref, BACKU-10
value• Programming, 7-6, 7-18
QUALIFIER clause
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref,
CDU-26
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU-34
Qualifier lines
help files• Librarian Ref, LIB-8
Qualifier summary• Authorize Ref, AUTH-7
Qualifier value
abbreviating• DCL Concepts, 2-4
specifying•DCL Concepts, 2-10
Quantum
allocating to process by the system • Perform
Manage, 3-12
QUANTUM parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-76
increasing• Perform Manage, 5-22
/QUERY qualifier• Text Processing, 1-32; EDT
Ref, EDT-152
with COPY command• EDT Ref, EDT-120
with DELETE command• EDT Ref, EDT-130
with MOVE command• EDT Ref, EDT-144
with SUBSTITUTE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-234
Question mark (?)
to get help from VMSINST AL• Software
Installation, 5-6
Queue• System Management, 9-1; RTL Ref,
9-13, RTL-190; MACRO Ref, 9-82 to 9-87
See also Print Queue
absolute• MACRO Ref, 9-82 to 9-85
assigning device control libraries• System
Management, 9-27

lndex-214

Queue (cont'd.)
assignment of logical name to• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-45
assignment to devices• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-45
batch • System Management, 9-18;
VAXclusters, 3-7 to 3-10
modifying characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-616
batch job
enter command procedure in • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-638
starting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-616
to display entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-585
changing entry
for batch • DCL Dictionary, DCL-490
for printer• DCL Dictionary, DCL-490
command
DEFINE/FORM• System Management,
9-31, 9-42
DELETE/QUEUE• System Management, 9-8
INITIALIZE/QUEUE• System Management,
9-6, 9-42
SET QUEUE• System Management, 9-7,
9-42
ST ART /QUEUE• System Management,
9-6, 9-42
ST ART /QUEUE/MANAGER• System
Management, 9-3, 9-5
STOP /QUEUE• System Management, 9-7
STOP /QUEUE/MANAGER• System
Management, 9-4
STOP /QUEUE/NEXT• System Management,
9-7
STOP /QUEUE/RESET• System Management, 9-7
command procedures• VAXclusters, 2-8, 3-11
to 3-19
controlling• VAXclusters, 3-1
coordination• VAXclusters, 1-6
creating • System Management, 9-6
creating and managing
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-393
synchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-428.8
creating new queue file• System Management,
9-5
deassigning• DCL Dictionary, DCL-90
defining forms• System Management, 9-30
deleting a job• System Management, 9-12
deleting a queue• System Management, 9-8
device
to display entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-585

Index

Queue (cont'd.)
during upgrade• Rel Notes, 1-7
entry insertion• RTL Ref, RTL-187
execution • System Management, 9-1 ; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-204; Util Routines Ref,
PSM-4
generic• VAXclusters, 1-6; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-204; Util Routines Ref, PSM-4
clusterwide batch• VAXclusters, 3-10
clusterwide printer• VAXclusters, 3-4 to
3-6
establishing local• VAXclusters, 3-3
generic batch• System Management, 9-2
generic output• System Management, 9-2
getting information about
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-239
header• MACRO Ref, 9-82, 9-85
initializing• System Management, 2-7, 9-6;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-203
inserting entries• MACRO Ref, 9-82 to 9-85,
9-85 to 9-87
job controller• VAXclusters, 2-9, 3-12
queue file• VAXclusters, 3-1
job queue manager• System Management, 9-3
lock management• System Services Ref, 12-4
logical• System Management, 9-3; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-205
merging• System Management, 9-8
merging jobs• DCL Dictionary, DCL-44
modifying• System Management, 9-7
output• System Management, 9-22
pausing• System Management, 9-7
protecting • System Management, 9-9;
System Services Ref, SYS-428.3
removal of jobs from• DCL Dictionary, DCL-44
removing entries• MACRO Ref, 9-84 to 9-85,
9-86 to 9-87
restarting • System Management, 9-8
self-relative• RTL Ref, 9-13; MACRO Ref,
9-85 to 9-87
server• DCL Dictionary, DCL-205
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-8, 3-1
sharing• VAXclusters, 2-9
single-node vs. cluster• VAXclusters, 3-1 to
3-19
specifying attributes• System Management,
9-32, 9-37
specifying characteristics• System Management, 9-29
specifying forms• Rel Notes, 2-5
specifying stock• Rel Notes, 2-5
starting • System Management, 9-6
batch• VAXclusters, 3-8

Queue
starting (cont'd.)
printer• VAXclusters, 3-3
stopping• System Management, 9-7
symbiont• DCL Dictionary, DCL-205
SYS$PRINT • VAXclusters, 3-6
types• System Management, 9-1
types of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-204; System
Services Ref, SYS-428. 1, SYS-444
Queue access procedure• RTL Ref, 9-13
LIB$1NSQHI • RTL Ref, 9-13
LIB$1NSQTI •RTL Ref, 9-13
LIB$REMQHI • RTL Ref, 9-13
LIB$REMQTI • RTL Ref, 9-13
Queue file
creating new• System Management, 9-4
Queue 1/0 Request system service• File
Applications, 7-5, 9-17
Queue instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-82 to 9-99
Queue manager
See Job queue manager
/QUEUE qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-23
SUBMIT command• Command Procedures, 8-4
Queues
during upgrade• Software Installation, 6-5
QUIT built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-134 to
4-135
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-134
QUIT command• Text Processing, 1-3, 2-3;
File Applications, 4-5; EDT Ref, EDT-154,
EDT-284; VAXTPU Ref, F-10, G-4; FOL
Ref, FDL-62; Mail Ref, MAIL-56; Debugger
Ref, CD-76
Quorum• VAXclusters, 5-2
equation• VAXclusters, 5-2
lowering value• VAXclusters, 5-13
votes• VAXclusters, 5-2
QUORUM.DAT• VAXclusters, 5-4
QUORUM command• VAXclusters, 5-12
Quorum disk• VAXclusters, 5-3
QUORUM parameter• VAXclusters, 5-2, 5-4;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-76
Quota• DCL Concepts, 1-11, 1-12; Software
Installation, 7-20
See Process quota
assign to created process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-367
AST•System Services Ref, 7-3; 1/0 Ref I,
3-15, 4-12, 6-8, 7-6, 7-9, 8-41
AST limit• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
batch job
working set size• DCL Dictionary, DCL-644

lndex-215

Index

Quota (cont'd.)

Quotation mark (") (cont'd.)

buffered 1/0 •System Services Ref, 7-3; 1/0
Ref/, 3-15, 6-8, 7-6; 1/0 Ref II, 1-3, 2-3
buffered 1/0 byte count• System Services Ref,
7-3; 1/0 Ref II, 1-3, 1-9, 2-3
BYTELIM • 1/0 Ref I, 1-12
CPU
for created process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-374
direct 1/0 •System Services Ref, 7-3; 1/0 Ref
I, 3-15, 6-8; 1/0 Ref II, 1-3, 2-3
disk• System Management, 7-32; 1/0 Ref I,
1-36 to 1-38
to display quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL-593
error message• Software Installation, 7-21
establishing• System Services Ref, 6-8
for detached process
See Process, detached, specify quotas
for running UETP • Software Installation, 7-21
for subprocess
See Process, subprocess, specify quotas
1/0 operations• System Services Ref, 7-2
jobwide logical name table• System
Management, 6-4
logical name table• DCL Concepts, 4-14
job• DCL Concepts, 4-15
mailbox buffer• 1/0 Ref/, 7-2, 7-4, 7-6
of subprocesses process can create • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-3 7 3
pipeline• Networking, 2-28, 3-69; NCP Ref,
NCP-71
process
symbolic names for (PQL$_xxxx) • System
Services Ref, SYS-80
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-580
resource• System Services Ref, 2-2
SS$_EXQUOT A• Programming, 10-4
subprocess
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-580
working set
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-608
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-534
working set size
for batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-644
Quota file
altering• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-11
creating• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-2
deleting an entry• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-13
displaying an entry• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-14
Quota file transfer block• 1/0 Ref I, 1-37
/QUOT A qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-31
Quotation mark (")
ASCII string delimiter• Debugger Ref, 6-12

instruction delimiter• Debugger Ref, 6-13
QUOTE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-10

lndex-216

R
R (replace) command• EDT Ref, EDT-285
RO
use in asynchronous operations• RMS Ref, 2-5
R80, RM80
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-12
disk drive• Software Installation, 3-11
R80/RL02
backup• Software Installation, 4-26
RA60,RA80,RA81
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-13
disk drive• Software Installation, 3-13
RAB (record access block)• File Applications,
1-15
arguments • RMS Ref, 1-4
description • RMS Ref, 1-4
RAB$B_KRF field• File Applications, 9-15, 9-19;
FOL Ref, FDL-12
RAB$B_KSZ field• File Applications, 8-10, 8-11,
8-16, 9-16, 9-19, 9-22
RAB$B_MBC field•File Applications, 3-13, 7-23,
9-11 ; FOL Ref, FDL-13
RAB$B_MBF field• File Applications, 3-13, 3-31,
7-21, 7-23, 7-25, 9-11; FOL Ref, FDL-14
RAB$B_RAC field
RAB$C_KEY option• File Applications, 8-8,
9-12, 9-20, 9-22
RAB$C_RFA option • File Applications, 8-8,
9-12, 9-20, 9-22
RAB$C_SEQ option• File Applications, 8-8,
9-12, 9-20, 9-22
RAB$8_TMO field• File Applications, 7-14, 7-17,
7-18, 9-21; FOL Ref, FDL-15
RAB$L_CKT field• FOL Ref, FDL-11
RAB$L_CTX field• FOL Ref, FDL-11
RAB$L_FOP field• FOL Ref, FDL-15
RAB$L _KBF field• File Applications, 8-10, 8-11,
8-16, 9-16, 9-18, 9-22
RAB$L_RBF field• File Applications, 9-23, 9-25
RAB$L_RBZ field• File Applications, 9-23, 9-25
RAB$L_RHB field• File Applications, 9-20, 9-23,
9-24
RAB$L_ROP field• File Applications, 9-7; FOL
Ref, FDL-11, FDL-12, FDL-13, FDL-14,
FDL-15, FDL-16

Index

RAB$L_ROP field (cont'd.)
RAB$V_ASY option• File Applications, 8-22,
8-23, 9-10, 9-18, 9-22, 9-24, 9-25
RAB$V_EOF option• File Applications, 8-18,
8-20, 9-12
RAB$V_EQNXT option• File Applications,
9-15, 9-18
RAB$V_FDL option• File Applications, 9-11,
9-15, 9-25
RAB$V_KGE option • File Applications, 8-11,
8-12
RAB$V_KGT option• File Applications, 8-11,
8-12
RAB$V_LIM option• File Applications, 9-16,
9-19
RAB$V_LOA option• File Applications, 9-16,
9-22
RAB$V_LOC option • File Applications, 9-11,
9-19
RAB$V_NLK option• File Applications, 7-14,
9-18
RAB$V_NXR option• File Applications, 7-14,
8-11, 9-19
RAB$V_NXT option• File Applications, 9-15,
9-19
RAB$V_RAH option• File Applications, 3-14,
9-11, 9-20
RAB$V_REA option• File Applications, 7-14,
9-19
RAB$V_RLK option•File Applications, 7-14,
9-20, 9-22
RAB$V_RRL option• File Applications, 7-14,
9-20
RAB$V_TMO option• File Applications, 7-14,
7-17, 7-18, 9-21, 9-23
RAB$V_TPT option• File Applications, 9-13,
9-23
RAB$V_UIF option• File Applications, 8-6,
8-10, 9-13, 9-24
RAB$V_ULK option • File Applications, 7-14,
7-18, 9-20
RAB$V_WAT option•File Applications, 7-14,
7-18, 9-21
RAB$V_WBH option•File Applications, 3-14,
9-12, 9-24
RAB$L_UBF field• File Applications, 9-21
RAB$L_USZ field• File Applications, 9-21
RAB$W_RBF •File Applications, 8-3
RAB$W_RFA field• File Applications, 8-16, 8-20,
9-20
RAB$W_RSZ •File Applications, 8-3
$RABDEF
for defining symbols to USEROPEN routine• File
Applications, 5-13

RAB structure• Programming, 9-97
Race condition
avoiding at AST level• Modular Procedures,
3-29
elimination of• Modular Procedures, 3-29
Radix
assembly-level debugging • Debugger Ref, 6-3
canceling • Debugger Ref, CD-19
conversion• Debugger Ref, 6-3, 0-4
default• SDA Ref, SDA-11
displaying• Debugger Ref, CD-167
format in DIFFERENCES output• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-133
operator• SDA Ref, SDA-11
setting • Debugger Ref, CD-117
Radix control operator• MACRO Ref, 3-11 to
3-12
Radix modes• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
See also Entry and display modes
Radix operator• Linker Ref, LINK-19; Patch Ref,
PATCH-20; Debugger Ref, 6-3
RAH option • FOL Ref, FDL-14
Random access
by key value•File Applications, 2-7 to 2-9,
8-8, 8-14 to 8-16
by relative record number• File Applications,
2-7 to 2-9, 8-8, 8-10, 8-11
by RFA (record file address)• File Applications,
2-9, 8-8, 8-16
to indexed files• File Applications, 2-8, 8-14 to
8-16, 8-16
to relative files• File Applications, 2-7, 8-11,
8-16
to sequential files • File Applications, 2-7, 8-10,
8-16
with multibuffer count• File Applications, 3-31
Random access mode
defined• File Applications, 1-4
Random number generator• RTL Ref, RTL-433
Range• Text Processing, 1-29
deleting• VAXTPU Ref, 2-8, 4-39, 4-60
erasing• VAXTPU Ref, 2-8, 4-39, 4-65
of page numbers • DSR Ref, 6-3
syntax• MACRO Ref, 7-1
video attributes• VAXTPU Ref, 2-9, 4-39
Range-1 specifier
with COPY command• EDT Ref, EDT-120
with MOVE command• EDT Ref, EDT-144
Range-2 specifier
with COPY command• EDT Ref, EDT-120
with MOVE command• EDT Ref, EDT-144
Range checks
disabling• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-24

lndex-217

Index

Range checks (cont'd.)
enabling• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-25
RANGE data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-8 to 2-9
Range specifier• EDT Ref, EDT-155
with <null> command•EDT Ref, EDT-148
with CHANGE command• EDT Ref, EDT-117
with DELETE command• EDT Ref, EDT-130
with FILL command• EDT Ref, EDT-136
with FIND command• EDT Ref, EDT-138
with INCLUDE command• EDT Ref, EDT-141
with INSERT command• EDT Ref, EDT-142
with PRINT command• EDT Ref, EDT-151
with REPLACE command•EDT Ref, EDT-157
with RESEQUENCE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-159
with SUBSTITUTE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-234
with TAB ADJUST command• EDT Ref,
EDT-239
with TYPE command• EDT Ref, EDT-241
with WRITE command• EDT Ref, EDT-243
RC25 backup
fixed system disk• Software Installation, 4-29
removable system disk• Software Installation,
4-31
RC25 controls and indicators• Software
Installation, 3-15
RC25 distribution kit
contents• Software Installation, D-9
RCF (remote console facility)
error messages• Networking, 4-21
invoking• Networking, 4-21
RCK option• FOL Ref, FDL-24
RCW (record control word)• Disk & Tape, B-16
Reachable node• Networking, 2-25
Read
composed input• Programming, 8-37
keypad input• Programming, 8-34
menu• Programming, 8-31
one input record• Programming, 8-6
screen• Programming, 8-32
screen contents• Programming, 8-31
subcommand• Programming, 7-23
READ /PROMPT command
preferable in captive command procedures•
System Security, 5-82
READ_AHEAD attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-14
READ_CHAR built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-136
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-136
READ_CHECK attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-24
/READ_CHECK qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1 ,
CONV-22; Verify Ref, VER-7

lndex-218

READ_FILE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-137
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-137
READ_KEY built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-138
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-138
READ_LINE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-139 to 4-141
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-139
uread_onlyn parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-90
/READ_ONL Y qualifier to EDIT /TPU command •
VAXTPU Ref, 6-8
READ_REGARDLESS attribute• File Applications,
7-14; FOL Ref, FDL-14
Read/write attributes
ACP-010 interface• 1/0 Ref I, 1-16
subfunction • 1/0 Ref I, 1-16
READ access• System Security, 4-7; FOL Ref,
FDL-24
See Access
and READALL privilege• System Security, 4-10
meaning for directory file• System Security,
4-12
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
meaning in ACL •System Security, 3-28
Read access type • MACRO Ref, 8-13
READALL privilege• System Security, 4-9, A-11;
System Management, 6-15
Read attention AST function • 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
Read check
and APPEND command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-36
and COPY command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-69
and INITIALIZE command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-196
READ command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-19;
Command Procedures, 6-4; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-341 to DCL-344; Mail Ref, MAIL-57;
SDA Ref,. SDA-49
See also OPEN command
See also WRITE command
case value of data obtained • Command
Procedures, 3-5
SYS$DISK • SDA Ref, SDA-49
using the /ERROR qualifier• Command
Procedures, 6-13
using to obtain· data • Command Procedures,
3-5
Read function• Device Driver, A-21, A-22
FDT routine for• Device Driver, 8-7 to 8-8
Read operation• Disk & Tape, 4-16

Index

Read operation (cont'd.)
continuation volumes• Disk & Tape, 7-6
disk• Disk & Tape, 4-16
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-19, 4-22
ANSI-labeled• Disk & Tape, 4-20
/READ qualifier
OPEN command• Command Procedures, 6-2
READ statement• Programming, 8-6
internal• Programming, 6-21
keyed• Programming, 9-47
Ready access
for directories on disk• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-195
Real
complex number• Programming, 6-6
REAL* 16 data type• Programming, 6-5
REAL•4 data type• Programming, 6-5
REAL•8 data type• Programming, 6-5
REAL data type• Programming, 6-5
Real number• Programming, 6-5
constant• Programming, 6-5
REALTIME_SPTS parameter• Device Driver, H-7;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-76
Real time 1/0 processing• Device Driver, H-1 to
H-23
Real-time priority• System Management, 6-7
REA option • FOL Ref, FDL-13
Rebooting
from BOOT58 level• Rel Notes, 1-15, 1-17;
Software Installation, 6-14
to restart upgrade• Rel Notes, 1-14, 1-17;
Software Installation, 6-11 , 6-14
REBUILD command• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-12
Rebuilding volumes with MOUNT• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-32
/REBUILD qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-32
RECALL/ ALL command • System Security, 3-41
RECALL command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-15;
DCL Concepts, 1-9; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-345 to DCL-346; VAXTPU Ref, F-11
/ALL qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-16
RECALL TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-45
Receive buffers• Networking, 3-17
RECEIVE BUFFERS parameter
for DDCMP line• Networking, 3-54
for X.25 line• Networking, 3-59
Receive password• Networking, 2-36
RECLAIMED_SPACE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-5
RECLAIMED BUCKET node• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-4
Reclaiming buckets
in Prolog 3 indexed files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-63

Reclamation statistics• Convert Ref, CONV-26
RECNXINTERV AL parameter• VAXclusters, 5-5;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-76
Reconnection
disadvantage for shared account• System
Security, 5-36
of process• System Security, 3-7
time• System Security, 5-36
Record• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-5
accessing• Programming, 9-43
access modes supported by VAX RMS• RMS
Ref, 1-1
adding • File Applications, 9-12 to 9-13
blocking • File Applications, 1-11
comparison• DCL Dictionary, DCL-129
compressing• Programming, 9-60
contents• File Applications, 2-2
copying different formats • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-62
creating variable-length structure• Programming,
1-31
data structure• Programming, 6-31
debugger information
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-26
defined• File Applications, 1-3
deleting• File Applications, 8-6, 9-25;
Programming, 9-5 7
displaying holder• System Security, 5-13
duplicating• Authorize Ref, AUTH-25
end-of-file
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-26
expanding• Programming, 9-67
field • Debugger Ref, 4-8
fixed format• File Applications, 1-4, 3-11,
3-15
fixed-length• Programming, 9-4; Convert Ref,
CONV-20
fixed length format• File Applications, 2-11,
2-12
format• File Applications, 2-9
formats supported by VAX RMS• RMS Ref,
1-1
global symbol directory
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-26
1/0 •Programming, 9-17, 9-26
inserting• File Applications, 8-4 to 8-5, 9-21
to 9-24
key• Programming, 9-31 , 9-43
link option specification
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27
locating• File Applications, 8-3 to 8,4
maximum length• Convert Ref, CONV-28; FOL
Ref, FDL-34

lndex-219

Index

Record (cont'd.)

Record access mode

maximum number• FOL Ref, FDL-21
maximum size• FOL Ref, FDL-35
merging• Programming, 9-38
module header
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27
module traceback
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27
patch text
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-22
reading• Command Procedures, 6-4
relocation
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-28
retrieving• File Applications, 8-3 to 8-4, 9-18
to 9-21
segmented• Programming, 9-5
size• Programming, 8-1 O
sorting• Programming, 9-33
source line correlation• Debugger Ref, 7-1
STREAM_CR format• File Applications, 3-12
STREAM_LF format• File Applications, 3-12
stream format• File Applications, 1-4, 2-15,
3-11
structure• Programming, 9-4
to read • DCL Dictionary, DCL-341
to write to file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-654
undefined format• File Applications, 3-11,
3-12
updating• File Applications, 8-5 to 8-6, 9-24
to 9-25 ; Programming, 9-56
variable format• File Applications, 1-4, 3-11,
3-12, 3-15
variable format with fixed-length control
See VFC
variable-length format• File Applications, 2-11,
2-12; Programming, 9-5
VFC format• File Applications, 1-4, 3-15
Record's file address
See RFA
urecord_count" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-85
/RECORD_FORMA T qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-10
RECORD_IO attribute• File Applications, 7-4;
FOL Ref, FDL-5
urecord_size" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-85
Record access• File Applications, 9-7, 9-12
options• File Applications, 7-4
stream context• File Applications, 8-18
Record access block
See RAB

defined• File Applications, 1-4
for indexed files• File Applications, 8-12 to
8-16
for relative files• File Applications, 8-1 O to
8-12
for sequential files• File Applications, 8-9 to
8-10
sequential• File Applications, 2-2, 8-7, 8-11,
8-13
specifying• File Applications, 8-8 to 8-9, 9-12,
9-20, 9-22
RECORD attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-32
Record attribute• VAXTPU Ref, E-1
Record attributes option• File Applications, 4-37
Record attributes value• 1/0 Ref/, 1-21
Record buffer• File Applications, 9-23, 9-25
size• File Applications, 9-23, 9-25
RECORD CONTROL_FIELD_SIZE attribute• FOL
Ref, FDL-35
Record control word
See RCW
Record file address
See RFA
Record format• File Applications, 1-3, 3-15; Disk
& Tape, B-15; VAXTPU Ref, E-1; Convert
Ref, CONV-2
BINARY option• Exchange Ref, EXCH-10
changing • Sort Ref, SORT-43
defaults• Exchange Ref, EXCH-12 to EXCH-13;
Sort Ref, SORT-43
defined• File Applications, 1-4
fixed• File Applications, 3-23
FIXED option• Exchange Ref, EXCH-11
options• Exchange Ref, EXCH-10
PAD option• Exchange Ref, EXCH-12
reformatting• Sort Ref, SORT-59
selecting• File Applications, 2-1
specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-9
STREAM option• Exchange Ref, EXCH-11
variable• File Applications, 3-23
VARIABLE option• Exchange Ref, EXCH-11
Record format field• Disk & Tape, B-15
Record format option• File Applications, 4-38
Record header buffer• File Applications, 9-20,
9-23, 9-24
Recording file
class header• Monitor Ref, MON-98
class prefix for component classes• Monitor
Ref, MON-99
class records• Monitor Ref, MON-97
class types• Monitor Ref, MON-97
CLUSTER class record • Monitor Ref, MON-124

lndex-220

Index

Recording file (cont'd.)

Record processing run-time option (cont'd.)

data block• Monitor Ref, MON-100
DECNET class record • Monitor Ref, MON-113
description • Monitor Ref, MON-91
DIGIT AL control records• Monitor Ref,
MON-93
DISK class record • Monitor Ref, MON-116
DLOCK class record • Monitor Ref, MON-118
FCP class record • Monitor Ref, MON-109
FILE_SYSTEM_CACHE class record• Monitor
Ref, MON-114
file header record• Monitor Ref, MON-93
function in MONITOR• Monitor Ref, MON-10
1/0 class record• Monitor Ref, MON-108
LOCK class record • Monitor Ref, MON-112
MODES class record • Monitor Ref, MON-104
node transition record • Monitor Ref, MON-96
PAGE class record• Monitor Ref, MON-106
POOL class record • Monitor Ref, MON-111
PROCESSES class record• Monitor Ref,
MON-100
SCS class record • Monitor Ref, MON-120
ST A TES class record • Monitor Ref, MON-102
SYSTEM class record • Monitor Ref, MON-122
system information record • Monitor Ref,
MON-95
version compatibility• Monitor Ref, MON-11
Record length field• Disk & Tape, 8-17
Record locking•File Applications, 7-2 to 7-18,
9-7
automatic• File Applications, 7-11
deadlock• File Applications, 7-18
Free service• File Applications, 7-12
manual unlocking• File Applications, 7-13 to
7-.18
options• File Applications, 7-13 to 7-18
Release service• File Applications, 7-12
use with update operation• File Applications,
8-4
Record operation• File Applications, 8-1 to 8-7
RECORD primary attribute
BLOCK_SP AN attribute • File Applications,
4-38
BLOCK_SP AN secondary attribute• File
Applications, 3-12
CARRIAGE_CONTROL attribute• File
Applications, 4-38
FORMAT attribute• File Applications, 4-38
SIZE attribute• File Applications, 4-37
Record-processing
VAX RMS services listed• RMS Ref, 3-3
Record processing run-time option
record deletion• File Applications, 9-25

record insertion• File Applications, 9-21 to
9-24
record retrieval • File Applications, 9-18 to
9-21
record update• File Applications, 9-24 to 9-25
Record-processing service
Connect• File Applications, 8-7
Disconnect• File Applications, 8-7
Flush• File Applications, 8-7
Free• File Applications, 8-7
Next Volume• File Applications, 8-7
Release• File Applications, 8-7
Rewind• File Applications, 8-7
Truncate• File Applications, 8-7
Wait• File Applications, 8-7
/RECORD qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-49;
Monitor Ref, MON-29
Record reference vector
See RRV
Record selection
including records• Sort Ref, SORT-62
omitting records• Sort Ref, SORT-66
order of clauses• Sort Ref, SORT-62, SORT-66
Record size
See also Magnetic tape
/RECORDSIZE qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-34
Record sort
reasons for selecting• Sort Ref, SORT-29
specifying in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-68
Record stream• File Applications, 2-3
connecting to a file• File Applications, 7-3 to
7-4
defined• File Applications, 7-2
Record stream connection option
See File opening options
Record structure• Ana/yze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-5
Record terminator• Programming, 8-64
Record transfer mode
locate• File Applications, 7-19
move• File Applications, 7-19
Record type• Monitor Ref, MON-92
Recover
for 1EDT • DCL Dictionary, DCL-158
for V AXTPU • DCL Dictionary, DCL-168
"recover" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU Ref,
4-90
Recovering a file
See Journal file
/RECOVER qualifier• Text Processing, 1-51 ;
VAXTPU Ref, 6-8; ACL Editor Ref, ACL-28

lndex-221

Index

Recursive procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 3-12
example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-12
Reentrancy •Linker Ref, LINK-29
AST• Modular Procedures, 3-25
full• Modular Procedures, 3-25
Reentrant code• Device Driver, 6-2
REF (refresh) command• EDT Ref, EDT-286
Reference
character string• Programming, 6-13
data • Programming, 6-1
key of• Convert Ref, CONV-18
Reference monitor
applied to network• System Security, 7-2 to
7-5
concept in security• System Security, 2-1 to
2-7
.REFn directive• MACRO Ref, 6-81
REFRESH built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-142
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-142
REFRESH command• VAXTPU Ref, F-11; Show
Cluster Ref, SHCL-55
/REFRESH qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-48
Register •.SDA Ref, SDA-13
See Condition value
See Device register, General purpose register,
Mapping register
See Function value
base• SDA Ref, SDA-13
contents destroyed• SDA Ref, SDA-9
depositing into• Debugger Ref, 6-15
display (REG) • Debugger Ref, 8-7, C-5
display kind• Debugger Ref, 8-14, C-1
examining• Debugger Ref, 6-10
length• SDA Ref, SDA-13
name of• Debugger Ref, 4-5
saving • Debugger Ref, 3-5
saving when making call• RMS Ref, 2-4
symbol• Debugger Ref, D-3
Register 0
See RO
/REGISTER_DUMP qualifier• Error Log Ref,
ERR-16
Register deferred mode• MACRO Ref, 5-5
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-16
Register dumping routine• Device Driver, 1-4,
A-14, A-37, B-23, C-8, C-57, C-66
address• Device Driver, 7-7, 13-7, D-8
context• Device Driver, 13-7, D-9
functions• Device Driver, 13-7, D-8
input• Device Driver, D-8
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-9
output• Device Driver, D-8

lndex-222

Register dumping routine (cont'd.)
register usage• Device Driver, D-9
Register mask operator• MACRO Ref, 3-13 to
3-14, 6-29
Register mode• MACRO Ref, 5-4 to 5-5
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-15
Register name• MACRO Ref, 3-5, 3-6
Register save mask• MACRO Ref, 6-29, 6-58
/REGISTERS qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-93
Register symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
Regression testing• Modular Procedures, 6-2
REI (Return from Exception or Interrupt) instruction
•Device Driver, 3-2, 8-15; MACRO Ref, 9-186
REJECT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-25;
Phone Ref, PHONE-19
/REJECTED qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-24;
Error Log Ref, ERR-17
Related file position option • Fife· Applications,
4-40
/RELATED qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-17,
CD-111 , CD-164
Relational expression • VAXTPU Ref, 3-7
Relational operator• Programming, 6-8
RELATIVE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-23
Relative deferred mode• MACRO Ref, 5-14 to
5-15
setting default displacement length• MACRO
Ref, 6-19
Relative file• File Applications, 2-20, 3-15;
Programming, 9-3
advantages and disadvantages• File
Applications, 2-22
allocating• File Applications, A-1
bucket size• File Applications, 3-7, 3-15, 3-16,
7-23, A-2
buffering• File Applications, 7-23 to 7-24
deferred write• File Applications, 3-10
designing• File Applications, 3-15 to 3-18
examining• File Applications, 10-20, 10-21
maximum record size • File Applications, 3-15
optimizing • File Applications, 3-15 to 3-18
record access• File Applications, 8-10 to 8-12,
8-16
structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-3
tree structure• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-2
tuning • File Applications, 3-15 to 3-18
with global buffers• File Applications, 3-18
Relative file organization
defined• File Applications, 1-4
Relative file record limit• FDL Ref, FDL-21
Relative mode• MACRO Ref, 5-13 to 5-14
assembled as absolute mode• MACRO Ref,
6-22

Index

Relative mode (cont'd.)

Remote node (cont'd.)

setting default displacement length• MACRO
Ref, 6-19
/RELATIVE qualifier• File Applications, 7-24;
Sort Ref, SORT-46
Relative record number• File Applications, 1-4,
3-15
RELCHAN macro• Device Driver, 12-2, B-24,
G-13
RELDPR macro• Device Driver, 10-9, B-25
Release notes option
VMSINST AL• Software Installation, 5-9
Release service• File Applications, 7-12, 8-7
RELMPR macro•Device Driver, 10-9, B-26
RELOAD command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-32
Relocatable expression• MACRO Ref, 3-9
/RELOCATE qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-49
Relocation record
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-28
RELSCHAN macro• Device Driver, B-27
REMAIN built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-143
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-143
REMEMBER command• VAXTPU Ref, F-11
/REMOTE_ID qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-25
Remote command execution• Networking, 3-5
Remote console connection• Networking, 4-20
Remote file access• Networking, 1-20, 8-1
See also File specification
FORTRAN program example• File Applications,
5-7
how to deny• System Security, 7-8
Remote file operations
general DECnet-VAX restrictions• Networking,
9-1
heterogeneous network• Networking, 9-1
VAX/VMS to VAX/VMS
Version 4.4 to previous version•
Networking, 9-24
Version 4 to Version 3 •Networking, 9-23
VAX/VMS to IAS •Networking, 9-2
VAX/VMS to P/OS• Networking, 9-5
VAX/VMS to RSTS/E •Networking, 9-6
VAX/VMS to RSX (using FCS-based FAL) •
Networking, 9-11
VAX/VMS to RSX (using RMS-based FAL)•
Networking, 9-9
VAX/VMS to RT-11 •Networking, 9-14
VAX/VMS to TOPS-10•Networking, 9-17
VAX/VMS to TOPS-20 •Networking, 9-20
REMOTE identifier• System Security, 4-22, 5-9
Remote login • System Security, 3-3
and system password• System Security, 5-27
Remote node•Networking, 1-14, 1-20, 2-2, 3-5

copying database• Networking, 2-3, 3-20
establishing logical link with• System Services
Ref, SYS-20
loopback test• Networking, 7-2
setting name and address • Networking, 3-7
Remove
See CUT function
REMOVE (Field) command • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-62
REMOVE/IDENTIFIER command• System Security,
5-11 ; Authorize Ref, AUTH-46
REMOVE/PROXY command• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-47
and wildcard entry in NETUAF.DAT•System
Security, 7-22
REMOVE_KEY_MAP built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-144 to 4-145
REMOVE CIRCUITS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-56
REMOVE CLUSTER command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-57
REMOVE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-11;
Authorize Ref, AUTH-45; Disk Quota Ref,
DQT-13; Install Ref, INS-18
REMOVE CONNECTIONS command• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-58
REMOVE COUNTERS command• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-59
REMOVE CREDITS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-60
REMOVE ERRORS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-61
REMOVE LOCAL _PORTS command• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-63
REMOVE MEMBERS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-64
/REMOVE qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-37;
Debugger Ref, CD-49, CD-96
DISPLAY command• Programming, 5-11
REMOVE SYSTEMS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-65
Removing files after upgrade
instructions for• Rel Notes, 1-22; Software
Installation, 6-19
REMQHI (Remove Entry from Queue at Head,
Interlocked) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-94
to 9-95
REMQTI (Remove Entry from Queue at Tail,
Interlocked) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-96
to 9-97
REMQUE (Remove Entry from Queue) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-98 to 9-99
RENAME/IDENTIFIER command• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-50

lndex-223

Index

RENAME command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-1 O;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-347 to DCL-350;
Authorize Ref, AUTH-48; Exchange Ref,
EXCH-41
See also File specification
and file protection • DCL Concepts, 7-7;
System Security, 4-43
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-42
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-41
/LOG qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-41
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-41
/PROTECT qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-41
/SYSTEM qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-42
/VOLUME_FORMA T qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-42
Rename service• File Applications, 5-11
Renaming identifiers in the rights database•
Authorize Ref, AUTH-50
Renaming records in the user authorization file•
Authorize Ref, AUTH-48
/REPAIR qualifier• Verify Ref, VER-8
Repeat block
argument substitution• MACRO Ref, 6-46 to
6-47
character substitution• MACRO Ref, 6-48 to
6-49
end•MACRO Ref, 6-28
listing range definitions of• MACRO Ref, 6-87
listing range expansions of• MACRO Ref, 6-87
listing specifiers• MACRO Ref, 6-87
terminating repetition • MACRO Ref, 6-61
.REPEAT command•DSR Ref, 2-103
REPEAT command• VAXTPU Ref, F-11;
Debugger Ref, CD-77; SDA Ref, SDA-51
.REPEAT directive•MACRO Ref, 6-82 to 6-83
Repeating characters• FDL Ref, FDL-27, FDL-28
in compression• File Applications, 3-20
Repetitive statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-13
Repetitive substitution • DCL Concepts, 6-5
REPLACE command• Text Processing, 1-36;
EDT Ref, EDT-157; VAXTPU Ref, F-11;
Install Ref, INS-19; Patch Ref, PATCH-73 to
PATCH-76
compared with DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-60
with /INSTRUCTION qualifier• Patch Ref,
PATCH-24, PATCH-74
REPLACE function• Text Processing, 1-24; EDT
Ref, EDT-87
Replacement
of modules• DCL Dictionary, DCL-298
of text libraries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-298

lndex-224

/REPLACE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-72;
CDU Ref, CDU-45 to CDU-46; Librarian Ref,
LIB-2, LIB-38
LIBRARY command• Programming, 4-8
REPLY /ENABLE=SECURITY command• System
Security, 4-55
REPLY command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-19;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-351 to DCL-358; Mail
Ref, MAIL-59
See also INITIALIZE command
See also MOUNT command
See also REQUEST command
/BLANK_TAPE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 7-6
/DISABLE qualifier•Disk & Tape, 7-2
/DISABLE qualifier keywords• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-356
/ENABLE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 7-1
/ENABLE qualifier keywords• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-356
/INITIALIZE_TAPE qualifier•Disk & Tape, 7-6
qualifiers• Mail Ref, MAIL-16
/DISABLE qualifier• System Management, 10-7
/ENABLE qualifier• System Management, 10-7
/TO qualifier• Disk & Tape, 7-6
to respond to file system requests• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-352
to respond to user requests• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-352
use to disable operator status• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-353
use to enable operator status• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-353
Reporting problem• System Management, 4-18,
4-19
Report of records
in the network user authorization file• Authorize
Ref, AUTH-39
in the rights database• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-37 AUTH-40
in the system user authorization file• Authorize
Ref, AUTH-35
/REPORT qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-26
REQCOM macro• Device Driver, 12-3, 12-5, B-28
REQDPR macro• Device Driver, 10-2, B-29
REQMPR macro• Device Driver, 10-4, B-30
REQPCHAN macro• Device Driver, 9-2 to 9-4,
B-31, G-6 G-12
REQSCHAN macro• Device Driver, B-32, G-6,
G-12
Request
See Operator function
REQUEST command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-359 to
DCL-361
I

Index

REQUEST command (cont'd.)

Resource attribute (cont'd.)

/REPLY qualifier•Disk & Tape, 7-1; System
Management, 10-7
/TO qualifier• Disk & Tape, 7-1 ; System
Management, 10-7
Request to unwind

using to change owner identifier of directory•
System Security, 4-39
Resource evaluation strategy• Perform Manage,
3-1
Resource limitation
compensating for• Perform Manage, 5-1
diagnosing• Perform Manage, 4-1
Resource management
definition• Perform Manage, 3-1
ground rules• Perform Manage, 3-2
review of VAX/VMS mechanisms• Perform
Manage, 2-1
Resource wait• Device Driver, 1-10, 3-16 to 3-18
Resource wait flag
See PCB$V_SSRWAIT
Resource wait mode• Device Driver, 5-7, C-11 ,
C-17 ; System Services Ref, 2-2
setting• System Services Ref, SYS-376
Resource wait queue• Device Driver, 1-10
/RESPONSES qualifier• FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-53
$REST ART• DCL Concepts, 5-2
Restart
job controller• System Management, 9-3
on V AX-11 /730 • Software Installation, 6-11
switch positions• Rel Notes, 1-8; Software
Installation, 6-4
Restart control switch• Software Installation, 2-4
/REST ART qualifier
SUBMIT command• Command Procedures,
8-11
REST ART TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-29
REST command • File Applications, 10-15, 10-16,
10-20; Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-15,
ARMS-27
.RESTORE_PSECT directive• MACRO Ref, 6-84
.RESTORE command• DSR Ref, 2-107
RESTORE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-12
Restore operation• Disk & Tape, 6-5, 6-23 to
6-26 ; System Management, 7-25 to 7-31;
Backup Ref, BACKU-23
example• Backup Ref, BACKU-23
restoring files
from magnetic tape save sets• Disk & Tape,
6-23
from multivolume save sets• Disk & Tape,
6-25
from sequential disk save sets• Disk & Tape,
6-24
restoring volumes
entire disk volumes• Disk & Tape, 6-25
/RESTORE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-130

See Condition handler
.REQUIRE command• DSR Ref, 2-104
REQUIRED clause
for VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-25, CDU-27,
CDU-30, CDU-34, CDU-36
/REQUIRE qualifier• DSR Ref, 5-5, 6-8
RESEQUENCE command• Text Processing, 1-26;
EDT Ref, EDT-159
/RESERVE=n qualifier• DSR Ref, 6-8
Reserved data type code
See Data type
Reserved descriptor class code
See Descriptor
Reserved event flag
use by VAX RMS•RMS Ref, 2-7
Reserved identifier
See Identifier, system-defined
Reserved operand• MACRO Ref, 9-101, 9-102,
9-140
fix floating-point fault• RTL Ref, RTL-128
Reserved word• VAXTPU Ref, 3-8 to 3-22
built-in procedures• VAXTPU Ref, 3-20
definition • VAXTPU Ref, 3-8
global variables• VAXTPU Ref, 3-22
keywords• VAXTPU Ref, 3-21
language statements• VAXTPU Ref, 3-8
types of• VAXTPU Ref, 3-8
RESET function• Text Processing, 1-24; EDT
Ref, EDT-89
Reset sequence• System Management, 9-34
RESET switch• Software Installation, 2-12
RESET TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-29
RESHASHTBL parameter•SYSGEN Ref, SGN-76
Resignaling •Programming, 10-25
Resource
controlling • System Services Ref, 8-6
limit• System Management, 6-1
locking• VAXclusters, 1-6
lock management concept• System Services
Ref, 12-1
name• System Services Ref, 12-2
quota• System Services Ref, 2-2
sharing in V AXcluster • VAXclusters, 5-1
synchronizing access• VAXclusters, 1-6
RESOURCE attribute• System Services Ref, 3~4
Resource attribute• System Security, 4-35, 5-20
example• System Security, 5-20

lndex-225

Index

Restoring LIBRARY and OPTIONAL save set
variations• Rel Notes, 1-19; Software
Installation, 6-15
Restricted access disk• VAXclusters, 4-1
Restriction
calling VAX RMS• RMS Ref, 2-7
days and hours • System Security, 5-48
in help file keys• Librarian Ref, LIB-6
login class• System Security, 3-31
on command usage• System Security, 5-50
on mode of operation• System Security, 5-49
shift• System Security, 3-31
work time• System Security, 5-48
Resuming execution
of command procedure• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-60
of DCL command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-60
of program• DCL Dictionary, DCL-60
RET (Return from Procedure) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-69 to 9-70
Retransmit timer• Networking, 3-54
formula for• Networking, 3-55
Retrieval pointer• File Applications, 9-9
Retry count• Device Driver, 12-6
/RETRY qualifier• BAD Ref, BAD-12
Return address array• System Services Ref, 11-4
RETURN command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-362 to
DCL-363 ; VAXTPU Ref, F-12
Return condition
special • System Services Ref, 2-13
Return condition value• System Services Ref,
2-14
high-level language• System Services Ref, 2-17
RETURN function• EDT Ref, EDT-40, EDT-91
Returning from condition handler
See Condition handler
Returning result
procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 3-11
RETURN key• 1/0 Ref I, 8-6
interactive mode• File Applications, 10-14
logical successor• Debugger Ref, 5-8, 6-9, D-5
pressing to log in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-300
TYPE command• Debugger Ref, 7-5, CD-193
/RETURN qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-90,
CD-136, CD-189
Returns heading
See Routine format
RETURN statement• VAXTPU Ref, 3-16, 3-19
Return status• Programming, 10-3
from signal• Programming, 10-7
/REVERSE_EMPHASIS qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-20

lndex-226

"reverse_status" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
ureverse_video" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
REVERSE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-13
REVERSE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-47, 4-152,
4-188
Reverse video• Programming, 8-18
REVERSE video keyword
with CREA TE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-186
with SET (ST ATUS_LINE, ... ) • VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
Revert to the caller's handling
See Condition handler
Revised files
handling during product installation • Software
Installation, 5-13
REVISION attribute• File Applications, 4-36; FOL
Ref, FDL-17, FDL-24
Revision data• File Applications, 9-13
Revision date and time XAB
See XABRDT
Revision number• FOL Ref, FDL-24
REVOKE/IDENTIFIER command• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-51
Revoking identifiers• Authorize Ref, AUTH-51
Rewind offline function• 1/0 Ref I, 6-16
/REWIND qualifier
as input save-set qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKU-12, BACKU-65
as output save-set qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKU-14, BACKU-15, BACKU-25,
BACKU-82
Rewind service• File Applications, 8-7
effect on next-record position • File Applications, 8-21
REWIND statement• Programming, 9-14
RFA (record's file address)• File Applications,
3-19, 8-16, 9-20, 10-37; Convert Ref,
CONV-2, CONV-6
access• File Applications, 10-36; Convert Ref,
CONV-6
defined • File Applications, 1-4
use of table for rapid access• File Applications,
8-4
urighLmargin" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-86
Right Arrow command• EDT Ref, EDT-287

Index

Right Arrow function• EDT Ref, EDT-93
.RIGHT command• DSR Ref, 2-105
.RIGHT MARGIN command• DSR Ref, 2-106
/RIGHT qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-21; Debugger Ref,
CD-64, CD-74, CD-79
Rights database• System Security, 4-5, 4-17;
System Services Ref, 3-2, 3-5, 3-14
adding to• Authorize Ref, AUTH-21; System
Services Ref, 3-8
altering identifiers in• Authorize Ref, AUTH-42
creating• Authorize Ref, AUTH-4, AUTH-28
creating and maintaining • System Security, 5-9
to 5-14
default protection • System Services Ref, 3-6
display• System Security, 5-13
elements of• System Services Ref, 3-6
holder record• System Services Ref, 3-5
identifier record• System Services Ref, 3-5
initializing • System Services Ref, 3-6
keys• System Services Ref, 3-5
modifying• Authorize Ref, AUTH-4; System
Services Ref, 3-12, 3-14
preparing common file• VAXclusters, 2-16
Rights list• System Security, 4-23; System
Services Ref, 3-26
modifying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-501
RIGHTSLIST.DAT
preparing common version of• VAXclusters,
2-16
sharing• VAXclusters, 2-11
RJOBLIM parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-77
RK07
controls and indicators• Software Installation, .
3-3
disk drive• Software Installation, 3-3
RLO 1 driver• Device Driver, E-1 to E-28
RL02
as block storage device• Software Installation,
2-16
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-2
disk drive• Software Installation, 3-2
disk driver• Device Driver, E-1 to E-28
RL 11 driver• Device Driver, E-1 to E-28
RLK option • FOL Ref, FDL-13
RM03, RM05
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-9
disk drive• Software Installation, 3-9
RM03 device• FOL Ref, FDL-37
RMS
See VAX RMS (Record Management Services)

RMS-11
stream files• FOL Ref, FDL-34
Version 1.8 •FOL Ref, FDL-30
RMS_DEFAULT command• FOL Ref, FDL-30
RMS_FILEPROT parameter• System Security,
4-41, 5-14, 5-18
RMS_GBLBUFQUO parameter• File Applications,
1-21
RMS calls• Networking, 1-21
$RMSDEF macro
access to symbolic offset names• RMS Ref,
2-2
RMS file
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-31
RMS parameters• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-77 to
SGN-78
/RMS qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-93
RMS structures• Programming, 9-97
RMS symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
RNE option• FOL Ref, FDL-15
RNF option • FOL Ref, FDL-1 5
RNO
See DSR
Rn symbol• DELTA Ref, DELT A-8
RNT file• Text Processing, 4-53; DSR Ref, 5-2
producing • DSR Ref, 5-3
RNX file• Text Processing, 4-58; DSR Ref, 6-6
processing • DSR Ref, 6-6
Roman numeral
chapter number• Text Processing, 4-36
page number• Text Processing, 4-37
Root directories
for system files• VAXclusters, 2-10
Rooted device logical name• File Applications,
6-17
Rooted directory logical name
for additional nesting• File Applications, 6-20
Rooted directory specification
concatenated• File Applications, 6-19 to 6-21
syntax• File Applications, 6-16 to 6-22
Root level• File Applications, 3-21
Root node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
Rotating backup set• Disk & Tape, 6-9; System
Management, 7-15
Rotational latency
defined• File Applications, 1-8
ROTL (Rotate Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-29
Router• Networking, 1-1, 1-15, 3-40. 6-1
area• Networking, 1-2, 2-21
definition• Networking, 2-19
designated•Networking, 1-7, 2-19, 2-24
Ethernet• Networking, 1-7, 2-24

lndex-227

Index

Router (cont'd.)

Routing (cont'd.)

level 1 •Networking, 1-2, 2-19, 2-21, A-1
level 2 •Networking, 1-2, 2-19, 2-21, A-1
on V AXcluster • Networking, 1-11
Phase IV• Networking, 2-21
redundant level 2 routers• Networking, A-3
ROUTER PRIORITY parameter• Networking, 3-41
Route-through control • Networking, 3-64
Routine• Debugger Ref, 4-13
calling• Convert Ref, CONV-2; Debugger Ref,
3-5
currently active• Debugger Ref, 4-20
displaying calls to• Debugger Ref, 3-19
entry mask• Debugger Ref, 3-7
innermost• Debugger Ref, 4-17
library• FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-40
multiple invocations of• Debugger Ref, 4-17
ROUTINE clause
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref,
CDU-27
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU-36
Routine format
arguments heading • Intro to Routines, 1-7
access entry• Intro to Routines, 1-9
mechanism entry• Intro to Routines, 1-10
text entry• Intro to Routines, 1-11
type entry• Intro to Routines, 1-8
VMS usage entry• Intro to Routines, 1-7
condition values returned heading • Intro to
Routines, 1-12 to 1-14
description of• Intro to Routines, 1-1
format heading • Intro to Routines, 1-2
returns heading• Intro to Routines, 1-5
condition values• Intro to Routines, 1-5 to
1-7
data • Intro to Routines, 1-6
Routine name• Debugger Ref, 2-2
made available to debugger• MACRO Ref, 6-23
pathname• Debugger Ref, 4-13
SET BREAK command'• Debugger Ref, 3-7
Routing• Networking, 2-19
area• Networking, 1-2
broadcast message timer• Networking, 2-27
commands • Networking, 3-60
concepts• Networking, 2-25
configuration considerations• Networking,
2-19
control parameters• Networking, 3-62
cost• Networking, 2-25
definition• Networking, 1-1
hop• Networking, 2-25
initialization passwords• Networking, 2-20,
2-36, 2-42, 3-86, A-14

maximum visits• Networking, 2-26
message• Networking, 2-27, 3-65
message timer• Networking, 2-27
parameters• Networking, 2-25
path• Networking, 2-25
path control parameters• Networking, 3-64
path cost• Networking, 2-25
path length• Networking, 2-25
reachable node• Networking, 2-25
route-through control parameters• Networking,
3-64
segmented message• Networking, 2-27
setting configuration limits• Networking, 3-61
timing of messages• Networking, 2-27
verification• Networking, 3-37
Routing initialization password • Networking, 1-9
Routing layer events• NCP Ref, NCP-185
Routing node• Networking, 2-19
See Router
Routing timer• Networking, 2-27, 3-65
RP05,RP06
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-5
disk drive• Software Installation, 3-5
RP06 device• FOL Ref, FDL-37
RP07
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-8
disk drive• Software Installation, 3-8
RPG II implementation table
See Implementation table
RRL option• FOL Ref, FDL-14
RRV (record reference vector)• File Applications,
3-8, 3-26; Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-5
RSB (Return from Subroutine) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-60
RST (run-time symbol table) • Debugger Ref, 1-17,
4-3, 9-1
at startup• Debugger Ref, 2-7
debugger symbols in• Debugger Ref, CD-176
deleting symbol records in • Debugger Ref,
4-20, CD-17
initializing• Debugger Ref, 2-5
inserting symbol records in • Debugger Ref,
4-20, CD-111
searching • Debugger Ref, 4-12
symbol records in• Debugger Ref, 4-2
RSTS/E •FOL Ref, FDL-37, FDL-38
RSTS/E •Networking, 9-6
RSX-11 M •FOL Ref, FDL-37, FDL-38
RSX-11 M/M-PLUS •FOL Ref, FDL-37, FDL-38

lndex-228

Index

RSX-11M/M-PLUS

RUNOFF/INDEX command (cont'd.)

VAX/VMS LPA 11-K routine differences• 1/0
Ref I, 4-33
RSX-11S
checkpointing tasks• Networking, 4-20
downline load of system • Networking, 4-1
NETGEN procedure• Networking, 4-16
overlaying tasks• Networking, 4-20
task load• Networking, 4-16
RSX node• Networking, 9-9, 9-11
RT-11 • Networking, 9-14; FOL Ref, FDL-3 7,
FDL-38
device specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
file specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
volume• Disk & Tape, 3-16
block-addressable• Disk & Tape, 5-11
volume format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
RUN (Image) command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-364
to DCL-365
Abbreviating• DCL Dictionary, DCL-364
and debugger• DCL Dictionary, DCL-364
RUN (Process) command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-366 to DCL-375
See also ATTACH command
See also SPAWN command
to create detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-374
Runaway magnetic tape
stopping• DCL Dictionary, DCL-195
RUN command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-4, 4-11,
4-17; Programming, 4-9; Linker Ref,
LINK-7; Debugger Ref, 1-5, 2-1
Running head • Text Processing, 4-40
date within• Text Processing, 4-41
subtitle within• Text Processing, 4-42
title on first page within• Text Processing,
4-45
title within• Text Processing, 4-41
Running system
modifying• System Management, 11-11
Running V AXTPU from subprocess
example• VAXTPU Ref, A-6
RUNOFF
See DSR
Runoff
See DSR
RUNOFF /CONTENTS command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-385 to DCL-388
description• DCL Dictionary, DCL-385
features• DCL Dictionary, DCL-385
RUNOFF /INDEX command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-389 to DCL-392
description• DCL Dictionary, DCL-389

features• DCL Dictionary, DCL-389
RUNOFF /CONTENTS command• Text Processing,
4-53
RUNOFF /DEVICE=LNO 1[E] • DSR Ref, 4-9, B-1
RUNOFF /DEVICE=LN03 • DSR Ref, 4-9
RUNOFF /INDEX command• Text Processing,
4-58 ; DSR Ref, 6-5
RUNOFF command• Text Processing, 4-5, 4-6,
4-7; DCL Dictionary, DCL-376 to DCL-384;
DSR Ref, 4-1, 4-2
features• DCL Dictionary, DCL-376
Run-time
access options under VAX RMS• RMS Ref, 1-2
information to VAX RMS listed• RMS Ref, 1-4
processing environment• RMS Ref, 2-1
Run-Time Library• Rel Notes, 2-16
capabilities of• RTL Ref, 1-1
condition handling • RTL Ref, 7-1
described • RTL Ref, 1-1
linking with• RTL Ref, 1-2
organization of• RTL Ref, 1-3
queue access• RTL Ref, 9-13
Run-Time Library procedure• Modular Procedures,
1-7; Programming, 1-6
cross-reference• RTL Ref, 1-4
date/time utility• RTL Ref, 9-22
DECtalk • RTL Ref, 11-1
defined • RTL Ref, 1-1
entry point• RTL Ref, 2-3, 2-4, 2-5
general purpose• RTL Ref, 1-3
general utility• RTL Ref, 1-4
how to call•RTL Ref, 1-3, 2-1, 2-2
integer and floating-point• RTL Ref, 9-12
interaction with operating system • RTL Ref,
9-1
jacket procedure• RTL Ref, 9-1
language-independent support• RTL Ref, 1-4
language support• RTL Ref, 1-3
mathematics• RTL Ref, 1-4
output formatting control• RTL Ref, 9-21
performance measurement• RTL Ref, 9-18
resource allocation • RTL Ref, 1-4
return status• Programming, 10-3
screen management• RTL Ref, 1-4, 3-1
signaling and condition handling • RTL Ref, 1-4
string manipulation • RTL Ref, 5-1
syntax analysis• RTL Ref, 1-4
system service access • RTL Ref, 9-1
to access VAX/VMS system components• RTL
Ref, 9-1
to access command language interpreter• RTL
Ref, 9-2

lndex-229

Index

Run-Time Library procedure (cont'd.)
to access VAX instruction set• RTL Ref, 9-9
to manipulate character string • RTL Ref, 9-14
variable-length bit field instruction • RTL Ref,
9-10
Run-time option
example• File Applications, 9-26 to 9-28
specifying• File Applications, 9-1 to 9-6
Run-time symbol table
See RST
RWC option• FOL Ref, FDL-22
RWO option• FOL Ref, FDL-22
RXO 1 console disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-5

s
S (substitute) command• EDT Ref, EDT-288
SO base address• SDA Ref, SDA-13
Satellite Loader
See SLD
Satellite transmission control• Networking, 3-55
SA VE• VAXTPU Ref, 5-10
.SAVE_PSECT directive• MACRO Ref, 6-85 to
6-86
/SA VE_SET qualifier
as input save-set qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKU-66
as output save-set qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKU-83
SA VE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-146 to
4-147
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-146
.SAVE command• DSR Ref, 2-107
SAVE command• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-67;
Debugger Ref, 8-18, CD-78
SAVEDUMP parameter•'SDA Ref, SDA-6;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-78
Save operation (BACKUP)• Disk & Tape, 6-13 to
6-19 ; Backup Ref, BACKU-22
directories
saving to disks• Disk & Tape, 6-16
saving to magnetic tape• Disk & Tape,
6-13, 6-14
directory tree
saving to magnetic tape• Disk & Tape,
6-15
disk volume
saving an unstructured• Disk & Tape, 6-15
example• Backup Ref, BACKU-22
files
saving to disks• Disk & Tape, 6-16

lndex-230

Save operation (BACKUP)
files (cont'd.)
saving to magnetic tape• Disk & Tape,
6-13, 6-14
file-structured disks
saving to• Disk & Tape, 6-16
full volumes and volume sets
saving• Disk & Tape, 6-18
image• Disk & Tape, 6-15
multiple volumes
to magnetic tape volumes• Disk & Tape,
6-15
saving files• Disk & Tape, 6-5
saving volumes• System Management, 7-16
to disks• Disk & Tape, 6-16
to magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 6-13, 6-15
sequential disk
multivolume, saving to• Disk & Tape, 6-17
saving to• Disk & Tape, 6-16
/SA VE qualifier• EDT Ref, EDT-160
with EXIT command• EDT Ref, EDT-133
with QUIT command• EDT Ref, EDT-154
Save set• File Applications, 10-37; Disk & Tape,
6-6
comparing with disk files• Disk & Tape, 6-27
See also Compare operation
creating• Backup Ref, BACKU-22
definition• Backup Ref, BACKU-6
description• Backup Ref, BACKU-5
directing output to• Backup Ref, BACKU-3
Files-11 disk•Disk & Tape, 6-7, 6-16;
Backup Ref, BACKU-25
listing contents• Disk & Tape, 6-5, 6-26;
System Management, 7-28
See also List operation
magnetic tape•Disk & Tape, 6-7, 6-13, 6-14;
Backup Ref, BACKU-25
multivolume •Disk & Tape, 6-13
name restriction• Disk & Tape, 6-7
media• Backup Ref, BACKU-17
multivolume •Backup Ref, BACKU-23,
BACKU-27
protecting• Disk & Tape, 6-22; Backup Ref,
BACKU-28
remote• Disk & Tape, 6-9; Backup Ref,
BACKU-26
restoring• Disk & Tape, 6-23; System
Management, 7-25
sequential disk• Disk & Tape, 6-8, 6-16;
System Management, 7-19
multivolume •Disk & Tape, 6-8, 6-17
writing multivolume •System Management,
7-20

Index

SA VE statement
array processing• Programming, 6-26
SA VIPL macro• Device Driver, B-33
SBI (synchronous backplane interconnect) • Device
Driver, 1-11
SBWC (Subtract with Carry) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-30
SCAN built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-148
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-148
SCANC (Scan Characters) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-133
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-256
SCAN implementation table
See Implementation table
SCANL built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-149
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-149
Scatter-gather map
See Mapping registers
SCB (system control block) • Device Driver, 11-3,
A-4
role in interrupt dispatching • Device Driver, 3-9
SCF option• FOL Ref, FDL-25
SCH$GL _CURPCB • Device Driver, 15-11 ;
DELTA Ref, DELT A-8
SCH$GL _PCBVEC • Device Driver, 15-11;
DELTA Ref, DELT A-8
SCH$POSTEF •Device Driver, A-20
SCH$RA VAIL• Device Driver, C-3
Scheduler• Device Driver, 3-4, C-3
Scheduler states• SDA Ref, SDA-1 O
Scheduling
overview• Perform Manage, 2-25
Scheduling states• Perform Manage, 3-14
involuntary wait• Perform Manage, 3-16
isolating CPU limitations• Perform Manage,
4-40
voluntary wait• Perform Manage, 3-15
Scheduling timer• Networking, 3-54
S command• Text Processing, 1-43
Scope
canceling• Patch Ref, PA TCH-48; Debugger
Ref, CD-20
displaying • Patch Ref, PA TCH-89; Debugger
Ref, CD-168
global symbol• Debugger Ref, 4-10
local variables• VAXTPU Ref, 3-12
module-level• Debugger Ref, 4-22
nonglobal symbol • Debugger Ref, 4-10
procedure parameters • VAXTPU Ref, 3-1 O
routine-level• Debugger Ref, 4-22
search list• Debugger Ref, 4-21, CD-119,
CD-168

Scope (cont'd.)
setting • Patch Ref, PA TCH-85; Debugger Ref,
1-18, CD-119
symbol declaration • Debugger Ref, 4-9
TYPE command• Debugger Ref, 7-5
SCOPE-NOSCOPE mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
/SCOPE qualifier
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-60
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-71
REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-7 4
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-79
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-92
Scratch file• Convert Ref, CONV-13
creating• Programming, 9-6
Screen
deleting characters from• Programming, 8-30
special effects• Programming, 8-18
/SCREEN_LA YOUT qualifier• Debugger Ref,
CD-66
"screen_update" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-93
SCREEN_UPDA TE keyword• VAXTPU Ref,
4-189
Screen debugging • Programming, 5-7
Screen display
SET WIDTH• Text Processing, 3-23
SHIFT LEFT• Text Processing, 3-23
SHIFT RIGHT• Text Processing, 3-23
Screen format• Monitor Ref, MON-7
SCREEN keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
Screen layout
built-in procedures for
ADJUST_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-8
CREATE_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-41
MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-118
REFRESH• VAXTPU Ref, 4-142
SHIFT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-209
UNMAP • VAXTPU Ref, 4-226
UPDATE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-228
Screen layout viewports • Phone Ref, PHONE-3
Screen management• Programming, 8-15; RTL
Ref, 3-1
changing the current rendition of a virtual
display• RTL Ref, 3-12
character-oriented output• RTL Ref, 3-12
composition operations• RTL Ref, 3-5
controlling asynchronous actions• RTL Ref,
3-22
deletion operations• RTL Ref, 3-11
erasure operations• RTL Ref, 3-11
if state• RTL Ref, 3-20

lndex-231

Index

Screen management (cont'd.)
inputting through virtual keyboard • RTL Ref,
3-15
insertion operations • RTL Ref, 3-11
line drawing • RTL Ref, 3-14
line-oriented output • RTL Ref, 3-12
minimal screen update• RTL Ref, 3-21
operational controls• RTL Ref, 3-20
pasteboard procedure• RTL Ref, 3-2.2
rendition • RTL Ref, 3-4
resources• Modular Procedures, 2-22
state• RTL Ref, 3-20
terminator• RTL Ref, 3-1 5
virtual display• RTL Ref, 3-3, 3-10
virtual keyboard • RTL Ref, 3-5
writing operations• RTL Ref, 3-12
Screen management routine
installing for V AXTPU •Rel Notes, 2-7
Screen manager• VAXTPU Ref, 2-6
Screen mode• Debugger Ref, 1-7, 8-1 , CD-109
summary reference information • Debugger Ref,
C-1
Screen oriented editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-156
V AXTPU • DCL Dictionary, DCL-165
Screen size
displaying • Debugger Ref, CD-181
setting• Debugger Ref, CD-132
Script
ADD_KEY •File Applications, 4-6
DELETE_KEY •File Applications, 4-6
EDIT /FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-60
INDEXED• File Applications, 4-6
invoking• File Applications, 4-6
OPTIMIZE• File Applications, 4-6
Optimize• File Applications, 10-1
RELATIVE• File Applications, 4-6
SEQUENTIAL• File Applications, 4-6
TOUCHUP • File Applications, 4-6
Touch-up• File Applications, 10-33
/SCRIPT=OPTIMIZE qualifier• File Applications,
10-34
/SCRIPT qualifier• File Applications, 10-34; FOL
Ref, FDL-1, FDL-54
Scroll• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-8
backward• Programming, 8-28
down• Programming, 8-28
forward• Programming, 8-28
output• Programming, 8-28
up• Programming, 8-28
uscroll" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-93
uscroll_amount" parameter to GET_INFO•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-88

lndex-232

uscrolLbottom" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
uscroll_top" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-88
SCROLL built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-150
to 4-151
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-151
SCROLL command• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-10,
SHCL-69 ; Debugger Ref, 8-8, CD-79
SCROLLING keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-190
Scroll mode• Debugger Ref, CD-109
/SCROLL qualifier• Phone Ref, PHONE-5;
Debugger Ref, 8-16, CD-85
SCS (system communications services) •Device
Driver, A-16; System Management, 8-1
SCSBUFFCNT parameter• VAXclusters, 5-8
SCSCONNCNT parameter• VAXclusters, 5-8
SCSFLOWCUSH parameter• VAXclusters, 5-9
SCSLOA symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-13
SCSNODE parameter• VAXclusters, 5-9
SCS parameters• VAXclusters, 5-6 to 5-10;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-79 to SGN-80
/SCS qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-64
SCSRESPCNT parameter• VAXclusters, 5-9
SCS stastics • Monitor Ref, MON-7 2
SCSSYSTEMID parameter• VAXclusters, 5-9
SCSSYTEMIDH parameter• VAXclusters, 5-9
SDA$1NIT logical name• SDA Ref, SDA-8
SDA commands• SDA Ref, SDA-1, SDA-4,
SDA-30
format• SDA Ref, SDA-1
parameters• SDA Ref, SDA-1
qualifiers• SDA Ref, SDA-1
Search
anchored• VAXTPU Ref, 4-12
for pattern • VAXTPU Ref, 2-9
modes• VAXTPU Ref, 2-12
SEARCH built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-152
to 4-153
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-153
SEARCH command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-8;
Programming, 5-21; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-393 to DCL-397; Mail Ref, MAIL-61;
Debugger Ref, 7-10, CD-81 ; SDA Ref,
SDA-52
displaying default qualifiers for• Debugger Ref,
7-12, CD-169
setting default qualifiers for• Debugger Ref,
7-11 , CD-122
Searching operations • System Services Ref, 3-14
Search list• DCL Dictionary, DCL-38, DCL-95;
System Services Ref, 6-2
See also File specification

Index

Search list (cont'd.)

Section (cont'd.)

and multiple file locations• File Applications,
5-9, 5-10
definition• Command Procedures, 2-6; File
Applications, 5-9
example• File Applications, 5-19, 5-20
scope• Debugger Ref, CD-119, CD-168
source file• Debugger Ref, 7-2, CD-21,
CD-124, CD-172
translation• Command Procedures, 2-6; File
Applications, 6-8 to 6-10
Search service• File Applications, 5-10 to 5-16
SECAUDIT command procedure• System Security,
5-86.2
$SECDEF macro• Device Driver, H-5
Secondary attribute• File Applications, 4-12; FOL
Ref, FDL-3
Secondary completion status value field• File
Applications, 5-16
Secondary controller data channel• Device Driver,
B-27, G-12, G-13
obtaining ownership• Device Driver, B-32
releasing • Device Driver, C-70
requesting• Device Driver, C-78, C-79
Secondary day
defining• System Management, 5-19
how to define• System Security, 5-48
Secondary exception vector• Programming,
10-18
Secondary index data record
See SIDR
Secondary loader• Networking, 4-5, 4-10
SECONDARY LOADER parameter• Networking,
4-12
Secondary page cache
evaluating• Perform Manage, 3-31, 3-43
Secondary password• System Security, 3-21,
5-28
incompatible with network access control
string• System Security, 5-29
Secondary service
effect on next-record position• File
Applications, 8-21
$$Seconds• DSR Ref, 3-18
SECT function• Text Processing, 1-13; EDT Ref,
EDT-94
Section • System Services Ref, 11-8
characteristic• System Services Ref, 11-10
creating • System Services Ref, 11-8, SYS-96
defining extent• System Services Ref, 11-10
deleting• Programming, 9-25; System
Services Ref, 11-18
deleting global• System Services Ref, SYS-130

for V AXTPU • DCL Dictionary, DCL-169
global• Programming, 3-45
global paging file• System Services Ref, 11-16
image• System Services Ref, 11-19
mapping• Programming, 9-19; System
Services Ref, 11-14, SYS-96
page frame • System Services Ref, 11-19
paging• System Services Ref, 11-16, 11-17
private• Programming, 9-19
unmapping • System Services Ref, 11-18
updating• Programming, 9-25
using to share data • System Services Ref,
11-18
writing back• System Services Ref, 11-19
writing modifications to disk• System Services
Ref, SYS-458, SYS-462
usection" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-91
usection_file" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-91 , 4-93
/SECTION_NUMBERS qualifier• DSR Ref, 5-5
Section file• VAXTPU Ref, 1-8, 5-8
definition • VAXTPU Ref, 1-8
EDT Keypad Emulator• Text Processing, 2-13,
2-14
for VAXTPU
default file type• Rel Notes, 2-2
installing• Rel Notes, 2-7
invoking• Rel Notes, 2-7
rebuilding• Rel Notes, 2-2
processing • VAXTPU Ref, 5-10
updating • System Services Ref, SYS-458,
SYS-462
writing• VAXTPU Ref, 5-8
Section formatting command• DSR Ref, A-3
Section name
made available to debugger• MACRO Ref, 6-23
Section number
changing• Text Processing, 4-34
letter• Text Processing, 4-34
roman numeral• Text Processing, 4-34
/SECTION qualifier to EDIT /TPU command •
VAXTPU Ref, 6-9
Sector
defined• File Applications, 1-8
Sector translation• 1/0 Ref I, 3-11
Secure server• System Security, 3-23
incompatible with autobauding • System
Security, 5-42. 1 ·
incompatible with communications line use •
System Security, 5-42.1
terminal• System Security, 3-23

lndex-233

Index

Security• Rel Notes, 2-5
concepts• System Security, 2-1
costs of• System Security, 1-10
determining levels • System Security, 1-9
environmental factors• System Security, 1-5
file protection
importance • System Security, 4-1
for dynamic asynchronous connection •
Networking, 1-9
for point-to-point connection• Networking,
2-42, 3-86
for users• System Security, 3-1 to 3-46
judging level of• System Security, 1-7
level defined • System Security, 1-7
model• System Security, 2-1
monitoring tools
accounting log • System Security, 6-5
network
user considerations for• System Security,
3-34
password length as factor• System Security,
3-20
physical • System Security, 1-5
of networks• System Security, 7-6
protecting network configuration files•
Networking, 2-39
subjects in security model • System Security,
2-2
subjects role in• System Security, 2-4
surveillance
suggestions• System Security, 5-87
value to users• System Security, 3-46
Security alarm
application• System Security, 4-54, 5-86
application example• System Security, 5-59
Security alarm ACE• DCL Concepts, 7-12, 7-17;
System Security, 4-25, 4-31; ACL Editor
Ref, ACL-19
specifying access• DCL Concepts, 7-18; ACL
Editor Ref, ACL-20
specifying options•DCL Concepts, 7-17; ACL
Editor Ref, ACL-19
Security attack
forms of• System Security, 6-1
Security audit• System Security, 4-52, 6-6
Security breach
handling• System Security, 6-7
Security feature
accessing the system• DCL Concepts, 1-2
account duration• System Security, 3-28
auditing • System Security, 6-6
breakin evasion• System Security, 3-33
dial-up retries• System Security, 3-32

lndex-234

Security feature (cont'd.)
erase-on-delete• System Security, 5-76
erasure patterns• System Security, 4-49
highwater marking• System Security, 5-77
passwords• System Security, 3-9 to 3-28
secure server• System Security, 3-23
secure terminal server• System Security, 5-42
security alarm• System Security, 4-54, 5-86
shift restrictions• System Security, 3-3 1
Security kernel
defined• System Security, 2-3
Security manager
and cluster manager• System Security, 8-1
goals of• System Security, 1-1
group assignment• System Security, 4-6
personal account• System Security, 5-2
privilege requirements• System Security, 5-2
Security operator
terminal • System Security, 4-31
enabling• System Security, 5-86.1
SECURITY privilege• System Security, 5-26,
A-11; Networking, 5-2; System
Management, 6-15
to enable alarms• System Security, 4-3 1
Security problem
anonymity of network and dialup users • System
Security, 5-49
automatic login accounts
how to reduce • System Security, 5-45
categories of• System Security, 1-2
hacker• System Security, 1-5
images linked with traceback or debugging•
System Security, 5-56
network protected communications• System
Security, 7-6
of networks• System Security, 1-6
telephone system as• System Security, 6-11
See also BOT marker
Seek operation• Device Driver, 9-6; 1/0 Ref/,
3-9
overlapping with data transfer• Device Driver,
9-2
Seek time
defined• File Applications, 1-8
SEGMENT BUFFER SIZE parameter
for executor• Networking, 3-18
Segmented key• FOL Ref, FDL-30
Segmented record • Programming, 9-5
SEGn_LENGTH attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-30
SEGn_POSITION attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-30
SEGn secondary• FOL Ref, FDL-39
SEL (select) command• EDT Ref, EDT-290

Index

Select

SEND command (cont'd.)

See SELECT function
SELECT_RANGE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-156 to 4-157
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-156
SELECT built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
to 4-155
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-155
SELECT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-21;
VAXTPU Ref, F-13; Mail Ref, MAIL-62;
Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-70; Debugger Ref,
8-16, CD-84
Selected mapping register
See MBA$L _SMR
SELECT function• Text Processing, 1-21; EDT
Ref, EDT-96
/SELECTIVE_SEARCH qualifier• Librarian Ref,
LIB-39 ; Linker Ref, LINK-141
Selective backup• Disk & Tape, 6-20 to 6-22;
System Management, 7-21 to 7-22
creation date• Disk & Tape, 6-21
/EXCLUDE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-22
expiration date• Disk & Tape, 6-21
UIC
using• Disk & Tape, 6-21
using creation date• System Management,
7-21
using expiration date• System Management,
7-21
using the /EXCLUDE qualifier• System
Management, 7-22
using UIC •System Management, 7-21
using wildcards •System Management, 7-21
wildcard character• Disk & Tape, 6-20
Selective mode• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
example• Backup Ref, BACKU-20
/SELECT qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-67
"selLinsertn parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-87
SELF_INSERT keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-192
/SELF_RELATIVE qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-112
/SELF qualifier• Mail Ref, MA IL-18
Self-relative queue• MACRO Ref, 9-85 to 9-87
Semicolon (;)
command separator• Debugger Ref, CD-2
DO clause• Debugger Ref, 3-9
SEND_EOF built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-160
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-160
SEND built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-158 to
4-159
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-159
SEND command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-18; Mail
Ref, MAIL-64

qualifiers• Mail Ref, MAIL-16
SENDING ADDRESS parameter
for DTE• Networking, 3-75
.SEND TOC command• DSR Ref, 2-108
example• DSR Ref, 2-109
Sense device characteristics function• Device
Driver, 8-8
Sense device mode function • Device Driver, 8-8
Sense tape mode function• 1/0 Ref I, 6-17
/SEP ARA TE_UNDERLINE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-22
Separation pages
file• System Management, 9-37 to 9-41
job• System Management, 9-32 to 9-36
Separator
in symbolic name• RMS Ref, 2-3
Sequence checking
default• Sort Ref, SORT-12
specifying, in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-50
/SEQUENCE qualifier• Text Processing, 1-27;
EDT Ref, EDT-161; DSR Ref, 4-23
with EXIT command• EDT Ref, EDT-133
with RESEQUENCE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-159
with WRITE command• EDT ,Ref, EDT-243
SEQUENTIAL_ONLY attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-24
Sequential access • File Applications, 8-7, 8-8;
Programming, 9-4, 9-43
to indexed files• File Applications, 2-6, 8-13
to relative files• File Applications, 2-5, 8-11
to sequential files• File Applications, 2-4
use with sequential files• File Applications, 8-9
with multibuffer count• File Applications, 3-31
Sequential access mode
defined• File Applications, 1-4
SEQUENTIAL attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-23
Sequential disk
save set on• Disk & Tape, 6-8
multivolume •Disk & Tape, 6-8
writing• Disk & Tape, 6-16, 6-17
Sequential-disk save set• Backup Ref, BACKU-26
initializing• Backup Ref, BACKU-26
mounting• Backup Ref, BACKU-26
Sequential file• File Applications, 2-18;
Programming, 9-3; FDL Ref, FDL-25
advantages and disadvantages• File
Applications, 2-19
allocating • File Applications, A-1
buffering• File Applications, 7-23
designing• File Applications, 3-11 to 3-14
examining• File Applications, 10-15, 10-17
maximum record size• File Applications, 3-11

lndex-235

Index

Sequential file (cont'd.)
optimizing• File Applications, 3-11 to 3-14
read-ahead and write-behind • File Applications,
3-11
record access• File Applications, 8-9 to 8-10,
8-16
.
tree structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
tuning • File Applications, 3-11 to 3-14
Sequential file organization
defined• File Applications, 1-4
/SEQUENTIAL qualifier• File Applications, 7-23;
Sort Ref, SORT-4 7
Serial execution• Programming, 2-13
Serial line multiplexer• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
Server module
See X.25. server module and X.29 server
module
Server module counters• NCP Ref, NCP-172
Server queue• DCL Dictionary, DCL-205
Service
circuit identification for downline load •
Networking, 4-13
denial of
potentially induced through evasive action •
System Security, 5-4 1
severe condition • System Security, 5-41
device identification for downline load •
Networking, 4-13
operations for circuit• Networking, 3-37
password for downline load• Networking, 4-13
SERVICE CIRCUIT parameter• Networking, 4-6
SERVICE DEVICE parameter• Networking, 4-13
Service macro
description• RMS Ref, 3-1
Service routine
AST• System Services Ref, 5-4
Service timer• Networking, 3-54
Session Control layer events• NCP Ref, NCP-184
SET (Field) command • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-72
SET /SHOW FOLDER command• Mail Ref,
MAIL-69
SET [NO]AUTO_PURGE command• Mail Ref,
MAIL-66
SET [NO]PERSONAL_NAME command• Mail Ref,
MAIL-73
/SET_ST A TE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-35;
SDA Ref, SDA-35
SET /OUTPUT command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-33
SET /STARTUP command• System Management,
11-1 7 ; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-35
SET ACCOUNTING command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-401 to DCL-402

lndex-236

SET ACCOUNTING command (cont'd.)
See also ACCOUNTING command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-401
SET A CL/DELETE command• System Security,
4-29
SET A CL/LIKE command• System Security, 4-42
SET ACL/OBJECT=DEVICE command• System
Security, 5-4 7
SET ACL/OBJECT command• System Security,
4-30
SET ACL command• System Security, 4-21;
Disk & Tape, 4-10; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-403 to DCL-408
/ ACL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-11
default protection
example• System Securit..,. 5-19
example• System Security, 7 "!2
example with wildcards • System Security,
4-42
/LIKE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-11
/OBJECT_TYPE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-10
SET A TSIGN command• Debugger Ref, CD-87
Set attention AST
See Attention AST
SET AUDIT command• System Security, 4-31,
4-55; DCL Dictionary, DCL-409 to DCL-413
suggested auditing applications• System
Security, 6-6
using to detect privileges used
for file access• System Security, 5-59
SET AUTO_POSITIONING command• Show
Cluster Ref, SHCL-71
SET (AUTO_REPEAT, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-163 to 4-164
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-164
SET AUTOREPEAT command• EDT Ref, EDT-162
SET (BELL, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-165 to 4-166
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-165
SET BREAK command• Programming, 5-18;
Debugger Ref, 1-12, 3-6, CD-88
SET BROADCAST command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-414 to DCL-415
SET built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-161 to
4-162
SET CARD_READER command• Command
Procedures, B-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-416
SET CASE command• EDT Ref, EDT-163
SET CASE LOWER command• EDT Ref, EDT-163
SET CASE NONE command• EDT Ref, EDT-163
SET CASE UPPER command• EDT Ref, EDT-163
Set characteristic
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-6
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-9

Index

Set characteristic (cont'd.)

SET COMMAND command (cont'd.)

magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-18
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-37
SET CIRCUIT ALL command• NCP Ref, ICP-59
SET CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref, NCP-60
CHANNEL parameter• Networking, 3-43
COST parameter• Networking, 3-62
COUNTER TIMER parameter• Networking,
3-47
DTE parameter• Networking, 3-43
MAXIMUM BUFFERS parameter• Networking,
3-40
MAXIMUM DAT A parameter• Networking,
3-44
MAXIMUM RECALLS parameter• Networking,
3-45
MAXIMUM ROUTERS parameter• Networking,
3-41, 3-61
MAXIMUM TRANSMITS parameter•
Networking, 3-40
MAXIMUM WINDOW parameter• Networking,
3-44
NUMBER parameter• Networking, 3-45
OWNER EXECUTOR parameter• Networking,
3-45
polling control parameters• Networking, 3-39
POLLING ST A TE parameter• Networking, 3-39
RECALL TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-45
ROUTER PRIORITY parameter• Networking,
3-41
SERVICE parameter• Networking, 3-37, 4-5,
4-15
ST A TE parameter• Networking, 3-36, 4-15
TRI BUT ARY parameter• Networking, 3-32
TYPE parameter• Networking, 3-43
USAGE parameter• Networking, 3-43, 3-46
VE RI FICA TION INBOUND parameter•
Networking, 3-38, 3-86
VERIFICATION parameter• Networking, 3-37
SET CLUSTER/QUORUM command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-4 17 to DCL-418
SET command• File Applications, 4-5; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-398 to DCL-400; FOL Ref,
FDL-63
SET COMMAND command• Programming,
7-11; DCL Dictionary, DCL-419; EDT Ref,
EDT-164
See also Command Definition Utility
delete mode• CDU Ref, CDU-18, CDU-41
input for• CDU Ref, CDU-4 7
object mode• CDU Ref, CDU-18, CDU-43
output from • CDU Ref, CDU-44
processing modes• CDU Ref, CDU-17
qualifiers for• CDU Ref, CDU-40 to CDU-48

replace mode• CDU Ref, CDU-17, CDU-45
SET CONTROL_Y command• Command
Procedures, 7-14
SET CONTROL command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-420 to DCL-421
SET COPY_SELF command• Mail Ref, MAIL-67
SET CURSOR command• Text Processing, 2-8;
EDT Ref, EDT-166; VAXTPU Ref, G-4
.SET DA TE command• DSR Ref, 2-110
SET DAY command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-422
SET (DEBUG, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-167 to 4-168
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-167
SET. DEFAULT command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
3-10; File Applications, 6-16; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-423 to DCL-425; Monitor
Ref, MON-82
/TRANSLA TION_A TTRIBUTES qualifier• File
Applications, 6-17
SET DEFINE command• Debugger Ref, CD-93
SET DEVICE/ ACL command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-428 to DCL-431
SET DEVICE/DUAL_PORTED command•
VAXclusters, 4-5
SET DEVICE/SERVED command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-432
Set device characteristics function • Device Driver,
8-8, 8-9, A-30, A-31
SET DEVICE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-426
to DCL-427
Set device mode function• Device Driver, 8-8,
8-9, A-30
SET DIRECTORY/ ACL command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-436 to DCL-441
example• System Security, 5-22
SET DIRECTORY /OWNER command• System
Security, 5-20
SET DIRECTORY /PROTECTION command• System
Security, 4-40
SET DIRECTORY command• Disk & Tape, 4-10,
4-11; DCL Dictionary, DCL-433 to DCL-435
I ACL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-11
/CONFIRM qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-11
/OWNER_UIC qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-11
to change directory UIC • VAXclusters, A-2
/VERSION_LIMIT qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-11
SET DISPLAY command• Programming, 5-13;
Debugger Ref, 8-10, CD-94
SET ECO command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-9,
PATCH-77 PA TCH-90
SET EDITOR command• Debugger Ref, CD-98
SET ENTITY command•EDT Ref, EDT-167
SET ENTITY PAGE command• EDT Ref, EDT-167
I

lndex-237

Index

SET ENTITY PARAGRAPH command• EDT Ref,
EDT-167
SET ENTITY SENTENCE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-167
SET ENTITY WORD command• EDT Ref,
EDT-167
SET (EOB_TEXT, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-169
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-169
SET EVENT_FACILITY command• Debugger Ref,
CD-100
SET EXCEPTION BREAK command• Debugger Ref,
3-10, CD-101
SET EXECUTOR ALL command• NCP Ref, NCP-66
SET EXECUTOR command• NCP Ref, NCP-67
ADDRESS parameter• Networking, 3-7, 3-61
ALIAS INCOMING parameter• Networking,
3-10
ALIAS MAXIMUM LINKS parameter•
Networking, 3-67
ALIAS NODE parameter• Networking, 3-10
AREA MAXIMUM COST parameter•
Networking, 3-65
AREA MAXIMUM HOPS parameter•
Networking, 3-65
BROADCAST ROUTING TIMER parameter•
Networking, 3-66
BUFFER SIZE parameter•Networking, 3-8,
3-17
COUNTER TIMER parameter• Networking,
3-24
DEFAULT ACCESS parameter• Networking,
2-40, 3-88
DEFAULT PROXY parameter• Networking,
2-41, 3-89
DELAY FACTOR parameter• Networking, 3-68
DELAY WEIGHT parameter• Networking, 3-68
IDENTIFICATION parameter• Networking, 3-8
INACTIVITY TIMER parameter• Networking,
3-68
INCOMING TIMER parameter• Networking,
3-68
local node address• Networking, 3-7
MAXIMUM ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
3-8
MAXIMUM AREA parameter• Networking,
3-62
MAXIMUM BROADCAST NONROUTERS
parameter• Networking, 3-62
MAXIMUM BROADCAST ROUTERS parameter•
Networking, 3-62
MAXIMUM BUFFERS parameter• Networking,
3-19

lndex-238

SET EXECUTOR command (cont'd.)
MAXIMUM CIRCUITS parameter• Networking,
3-19
MAXIMUM COST parameter• Networking,
3-64
MAXIMUM HOPS parameter• Networking,
3-64
MAXIMUM LINKS parameter• Networking,
3-67
MAXIMUM VISITS parameter• Networking,
3-64
OUTGOING TIMER parameter• Networking,
3-68
PIPELINE QUOT A parameter• Networking,
3-69
RETRANSMIT FACTOR parameter• Networking,
3-68
ROUTING TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-65
SEGMENT BUFFER SIZE parameter•
Networking, 3-18
ST ATE parameter• Networking, 3-20, 6-2
SUBADDRESSES parameter• Networking, 3-46
SET EXECUTOR NODE command• Networking,
3-5; NCP Ref, NCP-7 4
access control information• Networking, 3-88
SET (FACILITY_NAME, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-170
SET FILE/ ACL/DEFAULT command
example• System Security, 7-22
SET FILE/ ACL command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-447 to DCL-452
SET FILE/ERASE comman~ •System Security,
4-49
SET FILE/OWNER_UIC command
using to change directory owner• System
Security, 4-38
SET FILE/OWNER command• System Security,
5-20
SET FILE/PROTECTION command • Intro to
VAX/VMS, 2-10
SET FILE command• File Applications, 1-22;
Disk & Tape, 4-10, 4-12; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-442 to DCL-446; Mail Ref, MAIL-68
I ACL qualifier• File Applications, 4-28; Disk &
Tape, 4-11
/BEFORE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-12
/EXPIRATION qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-12
/EXTENSION qualifier• File Applications, 3-6
/GLOBAL_BUFFERS qualifier• File Applications,
3-10, 7-27
/OWNER_UIC qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-12
to change file UIC • VAXclusters, A-2
SET FNF command• EDT Ref, EDT-169
SET FOLDER command• Mail Ref, MAIL-69

Index

SET (FORWARD, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-171
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-171
SET FORWARD command•Mai/ Ref, MAIL-71
SET FUNCTION command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-73
SET HELP command• EDT Ref, EDT-170
SET HOST /DTE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-455 to DCL-456
SET HOST /HSC command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-457 to DCL-458
See also Network node
SET HOST /HSC command• System Management,
11-12
SET HOST command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-453
to DCL-454
See also Network node
and remote access• System Security, 5-29
heterogeneous command terminal• Networking,
1-21, 8-2
SET IMAGE command• Debugger Ref, CD-102
effect on symbol definitions • Debugger Ref,
CD-33
SET (INFORMATIONAL, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-172
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-172
SET (INSERT, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-173
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-173
SET INTERVAL command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-74
SETIPL macro• Device Driver, 3-13, 12-4, 12-5,
12-6, B-34
SET (JOURNALING, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-17 4
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-17 4
SET (KEV_MAP_LIST, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-175
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-175
SET KEY command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-459;
Debugger Ref, CD-103
SET KEYPAD command • Text Processing, 1-45;
EDT Ref, EDT-171
SET LANGUAGE command• Debugger Ref, 2-6,
CD-104
SET LEFT MARGIN command• VAXTPU Ref,
F-13
.SET LEVEL command• DSR Ref, 2-112
example• DSR Ref, 2-113
SET LINE ALL command• NCP Ref, NCP-76
SET LINE command• NCP Ref, NCP-77
BUFFER SIZE parameter• Networking, 3-1 7,
3-53
CONTROLLER parameter• Networking, 7-12

SET LINE command (cont'd.)
DUPLEX parameter• Networking, 3-54
INTERFACE parameter• Networking, 3-59
MAXIMUM BLOCK parameter• Networking,
3-58
MAXIMUM DAT A parameter• Networking,
3-57
MAXIMUM RETRANSMIT parameter•
Networking, 3-5 7
MAXIMUM WINDOW parameter• Networking,
3-58
MICROCODE DUMP parameter• Networking,
7-13
PROTOCOL parameter• Networking, 3-49,
3-50
RECEIVE BUFFERS parameter• Networking,
3-54
SERVICE TIMER parameter• Networking, 4-5,
4-15
ST A TE parameter• Networking, 3-53, 7-12
TRANSMIT PIPELINE parameter• Networking,
3-55, 3-69
SET LINES command• Text Processing, 1-45,
1-69; EDTRef, EDT-172
SET LOG command• Programming, 5-38;
Debugger Ref, 2-9, CD-105; SDA Ref,
SDA-54
SET LOGGING ALL command• NCP Ref, NCP-83
SET LOGGING command• Networking, 3-90
EVENTS parameter• Networking, 3-82, 3-84
NAME parameter• Networking, 3-81
ST A TE parameter• Networking, 3-83
SET LOGGING EVENTS command• Networking,
3-81 ; NCP Ref, NCP-84
SET LOGGING MONITOR command
SINK parameter• Networking, 3-83
SET LOGGING ST A TE command• Networking,
3-81 ; NCP Ref, NCP-86
SET LOGINS command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-460
SET MAGT APE command• Disk & Tape, 4-10,
4-12; DCL Dictionary, DCL-461 to DCL-462
SET MAIL_DIRECTORY command• Mail Ref,
MAIL-72
SET (MARGINS, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-176 to 4-177
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-177
SET MARGINS command•Debugger Ref, 7-14,
CD-106
SET (MAX_LINES, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-178
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-178
SET MAX _SOURCE_FILES command• Debugger
Ref, 7-16, CD-108

lndex-239

Index

SET (MESSAGE_FLAGS, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-179 to 4-180
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-180
SET MESSAGE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-463 to DCL-464; Message Ref, MSG-6
Set mode
terminal• 1/0 Ref/, 8-37
SET MODE [NO]DYNAMIC command• Debugger
Ref, 1-17, 4-4, CD-109
SET MODE [NO]G_FLOAT command• Debugger
Ref, 6-1, CD-109
SET MODE [NO]KEYPAD command• Debugger
Ref, CD-109, B-1
SET MODE [NO]LINE command• Debugger Ref,
CD-109
SET MODE [NO]SCREEN command• Debugger Ref,
8-1, CD-109
SET MODE [NO]SCROLL command• Debugger Ref,
CD-109
SET MODE [NO]SYMBOLIC command• Debugger
Ref, 6-1, CD-109
SET MODE CHANGE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-174
SET MODE command• Text Processing, 1-45,
1-69; Programming, 5-5, 5-8, 5-34; EDT
Ref, EDT-174; Patch Ref, PATCH-78 to
PATCH-79 ; Debugger Ref, CD-109
Set mode function• Device Driver, A-31
card reader• 1/0 Ref/, 2-6
line printer• 1/0 Ref /, 5-9
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-18
mailbox• //0 Ref/, 7-8
SET MODE LINE command• EDT Ref, EDT-17 4
SET MODE SCREEN command• Debugger Ref,
1-7
SET MODULE/ALLOCATE command• Debugger
Ref, 9-2
SET MODULE command• Programming, 5-24;
Patch Ref, PA TCH-80; Debugger Ref, 1-17,
4-4, 4-1 9 CD-111
SET MODULE CONFIGURA TOR command• NCP
Ref, NCP-88
KNOWN CIRCUITS parameter• Networking,
3-43
ST A TUS display• Networking, 3-42
SURVEILLANCE DISABLED parameter•
Networking, 3-43
SURVEILLANCE ENABLED parameter•
Networking, 3-42
SET MODULE X25-ACCESS command• NCP Ref,
NCP-90
ACCOUNT parameter• Networking, 3-80
NETWORK qualifier• Networking, 3-79
NODE parameter• Networking, 3-80
I

lndex-240

SET MODULE X25-ACCESS command (cont'd.)
PASSWORD parameter• Networking, 3-80
USER parameter• Networking, 3-80
SET MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command•
Networking, 3-24; NCP Ref, NCP-92
CALL TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-28
CLEAR TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-28
DEFAULT DATA parameter•Networking, 3-27
DEFAULT WINDOW parameter• Networking,
3-27
DTE qualifier• Networking, 3-25
GROUP qualifier• Networking, 3-30
MAXIMUM CLEARS parameter• Networking,
3-28
MAXIMUM DAT A parameter• Networking,
3-27
MAXIMUM RESETS parameter• Networking,
3-29
MAXIMUM REST ARTS parameter• Networking,
3-29
MAXIMUM WINDOW parameter• Networking,
3-27
RESET TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-29
REST ART TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-29
SET MODULE X25-SERVER command• NCP Ref,
NCP-97
CALLED ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
3-77
CALLED DTE parameter• Networking, 3-77
CALL MASK parameter• Networking, 3-76
CALL VALUE parameter• Networking, 3-76
DESTINATION qualifier• Networking, 3-7 4
EXTENSION MASK parameter• Networking,
3-76
EXTENSION VALUE parameter• Networking,
3-76
GROUP parameter• Networking, 3-75
INCOMING ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
3-77
MAXIMUM CIRCUITS parameter• Networking,
3-78
NODE parameter• Networking, 3-78
OBJECT parameter• Networking, 3-78
PRIORITY parameter• Networking, 3-77
RECEIVING DTE parameter• Networking, 3-77
REDIRECT REASON parameter• Networking,
3-77
SENDING ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
3-75, 3-77
ST A TE parameter• Networking, 3-79
SUBADDRESSES parameter• Networking, 3-75
SET MODULE X29-SERVER command• NCP Ref,
NCP-97

Index

SET (NO_WRITE, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-181
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-181
SET NOAUTOREPEA T command• EDT Ref,
EDT-162
SET NOCONTROL _ Y command• Command
Procedures, 7-14
SET NODE ALL command• NCP Ref, NCP-101
SET NODE CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref,
NCP-107
SET NODE command• Networking, 7-3; NCP
Ref, NCP-102
ACCESS parameter• Networking, 2-40, 3-88
ADDRESS parameter• Networking, 3-4, 3-8
COUNTER TIMER parameter• Networking,
3-24
DIAGNOSTIC FILE parameter• Networking,
4-13
HARDWARE ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
4-6, 4-8
INBOUND parameter• Networking, 3-89
NAME parameter• Networking, 3-7
NONPRIVILEGED parameter• Networking, 3-87
PRIVILEGED parameter• Networking, 3-87
RECEIVE PASSWORD parameter• Networking,
3-86
remote node name and address• Networking,
3-7
SERVICE CIRCUIT parameter• Networking, 4-8
SERVICE DEVICE parameter• Networking, 4-13
SERVICE PASSWORD parameter• Networking,
4-13
SOFTWARE IDENTIFICATION parameter•
Networking, 4-12
SOFTWARE TYPE parameter• Networking,
4-12
TRANSMIT PASSWORD parameter•
Networking, 3-86
SET NOFNF command• EDT Ref, EDT-169
SET NOKEYPAD command• EDT Ref, EDT-171
SET NOLOG command• SDA Ref, SDA-55
SET NONUMBERS command• Text Processing,
1-70; EDTRef, EDT-175
SET NOON command
using to prevent error checking • Command
Procedures, 7-6
SET NOQUIET command• EDT Ref, EDT-180
SET NOREPEA T command• EDT Ref, EDT-181
SET NOSUMMARY command• EDT Ref, EDT-187
SET NOT AB command• EDT Ref, EDT-188
SET NOTRUNCA TE command• EDT Ref, EDT-193
SET NOVERIFY command• EDT Ref, EDT-194
SET NO WRAP command• EDT Ref, EDT-197

SET NUMBERS command• Text Processing, 1-45;1
EDT Ref, EDT-175
SET OBJECT ALL command• NCP Ref, NCP-108
SET OBJECT command• NCP Ref, NCP-109
ACCOUNT parameter• Networking, 3-7 4
ALIAS INCOMING parameter• Networking,
3-10, 3-71
ALIAS OUTGOING parameter• Networking,
3-10, 3-71
FILE parameter• Networking, 3-73
NUMBER parameter• Networking, 3-70
PASSWORD parameter• Networking, 3-74,
3-87
PRIVILEGE parameter• Networking, 3-87
PROXY parameter• Networking, 2-42, 3-89
USER parameter• Networking, 3-74, 3-87
SET ON command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-465
SET (OUTPUT_FILE, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-182
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-182
SET OUTPUT_RA TE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-466
SET OUTPUT command• Programming, 5-36,
5-38; Debugger Ref, 2-8, CD-114; SDA
Ref, SDA-10, SDA-56
SET (OVERSTRIKE, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-183
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-183
SET (PAD, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-184
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-184
.SET PARAGRAPH command•DSR Ref, 2-115
SET PARAGRAPH command• EDT Ref, EDT-176
SET PARAGRAPH NOWPS command• EDT Ref,
EDT-176
SET PARAGRAPH WPS command• EDT Ref,
EDT-176
SET parameter-name command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-34
SET PASSWORD /GENERA TE command• System
Security, 3-15
and minimum length• System Security, 5-31
SET PASSWORD /SECONDARY command•
System Security, 3-23
SET PASSWORD /SYSTEM/GENERA TE command
to invoke generator for system password•
System Security, 5-27
SET PASSWORD/SYSTEM command
using to set system password • System
Security, 5-26
SET PASSWORD command• System Security,
3-15; DCL Dictionary, DCL-467 to DCL-469
and captive accounts • System Security, 3-13

lndex-241

Index

SET PA TCH_AREA command• Patch Ref,
PA TCH-81 to PA TCH-84
creating and accessing patch area • Patch Ref,
PATCH-23
/INITIALIZE qualifier• Patch Ref, PA TCH-82,
PA TCH-83, PA TCH-84
SET (PERMANENT, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-185
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-185
SET PRINTER command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-470 to DCL-473
SET PROCESS/PRIVILEGES command• System
Security, 5-52
SET PROCESS command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-20; DCL Dictionary, DCL-474 to DCL-476;
SDA Ref, SDA-58
SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... ) built-in procedure•
V AXTPU Ref, 4-186 to 4-187
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-186
SET PROMPT command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-14; DCL Dictionary, DCL-477; EDT Ref,
EDT-178; Debugger Ref, CD-116
SET PROTECTION/DEFAULT command• System
Security, 4-41, 5-14; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-481
SET PROTECTION/DEVICE command• System
Security, 4-30, 5-4 7; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-482 to DCL-483
SET PROTECTION/DEFAULT command• DCL
Concepts, 7-7
SET PROTECTION command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
3-8; DCL Concepts, 7-6; File Applications,
4-27; System Security, 4-16.3, 4-40, 5-19;
Disk & Tape, 2-9, 4-8, 4-10, 4-14; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-478 to DCL-480
changing directory protection • System Security,
4-16.2
/DEFAULT qualifier•Disk & Tape, 2-10, 4-13
SETPRV privilege• System Security, 5-52, A-11;
System Management, 6-16
SET QUEUE/ENTRY command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-490 to DCL-498
using to modify job characteristics• Command
Procedures, 8-9
SET QUEUE command• Rel Notes, 2-5; System
Management, 9-7; DCL Dictionary, DCL-484
to DCL-489
/ENTRY qualifier• Rel Notes, 3-32
/NOHOLD qualifier• Rel Notes, 3-32
SET QUIET command• Text Processing, 1-46,
1-70; EDT Ref, EDT-180
SET RADIX command• Debugger Ref, 6-1,
CD-117
SET REPEAT command• EDT Ref, EDT-181

lndex-242

SET REST ART_VALUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-499 to DCL-500
SET (REVERSE, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-188
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-188
SET RIGHT MARGIN command• VAXTPU Ref,
F-13
SET RIGHTS_LIST command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-501 to DCL-502
SET RMS_DEFAULT command• File Applications,
1-22; DCL Dictionary, DCL-503 to DCL-506
/BLOCK_COUNT qualifier• File Applications,
3-13
/BUFFER_COUNT qualifier• File Applications,
3-9, 3-13, 3-16, 3-32, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25
/EXTEND_QUANTITY qualifier• File
Applications, 3-6, 9-9
/INDEXED qualifier• File Applications, 7-25
/RELA TIVE/BUFFER_COUNT qualifier• File
Applications, 3-17
/RELATIVE qualifier• File Applications, 7-24
/SEQUENTIAL qualifier• File Applications, 7-23
SET RMS command• SDA Ref, SDA-60
SET SCOPE command• Programming, 5-28;
Patch Ref, PATCH-85; Debugger Ref, 1-18,
4-2, 4-4, 4-11, 4-20, 7-5, CD-119
SET (SCREEN_UPDATE, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-189
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-189
SET SCREEN command• Text Processing, 2-8;
EDT Ref, EDT-182; VAXTPU Ref, G-5;
Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-75
SET (SCROLLING, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-1 90 to 4-1 91
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-191
SET SEARCH BEGIN command• EDT Ref,
EDT-184
SET SEARCH BOUNDED command• EDT Ref,
EDT-184
SET SEARCH CASE INSENSITIVE command• EDT
Ref, EDT-184
SET SEARCH command• Text Processing, 1-41,
2-9; EDT Ref, EDT-184; VAXTPU Ref,
G-5; Debugger Ref, 7-11, CD-122
SET SEARCH DIACRITICAL INSENSITIVE
command• EDT Ref, EDT-184
SET SEARCH END command• EDT Ref, EDT-184
SET SEARCH EXACT command• Text Processing,
1-20, 1-45, 1-70; EDT Ref, EDT-184
SET SEARCH GENERAL command• EDT Ref,
EDT-184
SET SEARCH UNBOUNDED command• EDT Ref,
EDT-184
SET SEARCH WPS command• EDT Ref, EDT-184

Index

SET (SELF_INSERT, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-192 to 4-193
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-193
SET (SHIFT_KEY, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-194 to 4-195
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-194
SET SHIFT KEY command• VAXTPU Ref, F-13
SET SOURCE command• Debugger Ref, 7-2,
CD-124
SET (ST ATUS_UNE, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-196 to 4-197
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-197
SET STEP command • Debugger Ref, 3-3, 7-7,
CD-126
SET (SUCCESS, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-198
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-198
SET SUMMARY command• EDT Ref, EDT-187
SET SYMBOL command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-507 to DCL-508
SET (SYSTEM, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-199
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-199
Set system failure exception mode
See SYS$SETSFM
SET (T AB_STOPS, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-200 to 4-201
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-201
SET TAB command• Text Processing, 1-53, 2-9;
EDT Ref, EDT-188; VAXTPU Ref, G-6
SET TABS AT command• VAXTPU Ref, F-14
SET TABS EVERY command• VAXTPU Ref, F-14
SET TASK command• Debugger Ref, CD-129
SET TERMINAL/DISCONNECT command• System
Security, 3-7, 5-36
role against password grabber• System
Security, 5-43
SET TERMINAL/HANGUP command• System
Security, 3-45
SET TERMINAL/NOAUTOBAUD command•
System Security, 3-12
SET TERMINAL/NOMODEM/SECURE command•
System Security, 5-42.1
SET TERMINAL/SECURE command• System
Security, 5-42
SET TERMINAL/SYSPWD command• System
Security, 5-26
SET TERMINAL command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-15, 6-21 ; DCL Concepts, 1-5; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-509 to DCL-524; Debugger
Ref, 8-19, CD-132
See also SHOW TERMINAL command
/ APPLICA TION_KEYPAD qualifier• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 6-24

SET TERMINAL command (cont'd.)
/ECHO qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-22
/INSERT qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-23
/NOE CHO qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-22
/NOWRAP qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-25
/NUMERIC_KEYP AD qualifier• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 6-24
/OVERSTRIKE qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-23
/WIDTH qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-24
/WRAP qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-25
SET TERMINAL DCL command• 1/0 Ref I, 8-3,
8-17, 8-24
SET TERMINAL EDIT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-190
SET TERMINAL EIGHTBIT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-190
SET TERMINAL HCPY command• EDT Ref,
EDT-190
SET TERMINAL NOEDIT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-190
SET TERMINAL NOEIGHTBIT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-190
SET TERMINAL NOSCROLL command• EDT Ref,
EDT-190
SET TERMINAL SCROLL command• EDT Ref,
EDT-190
SET TERMINAL VT 100 command• EDT Ref,
EDT-190
SET TERMINAL VT52 command• EDT Ref,
EDT-190
SET (TEXT, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-202 to 4-203
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-202
SET TEXT END command• EDT Ref, EDT-192
SET TEXT PAGE command• EDT Ref, EDT-192
.SET TIME command•DSR Ref, 2-110
SET TIME command • DCL Dictionary, DCL-524 to
DCL-525
SETTIME parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-80
SET (TIMER, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-204
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-204
SET TRACE command• Programming, 5-18;
Debugger Ref, 1-13, 3-15, CD-134
Set translation mode• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2
SET TRUNCATE command• EDT Ref, EDT-193
SET TYPE command• Programming, 5-33;
Debugger Ref, 5-2, CD-139
SET UIC command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-526
See also Protection
SET (UNDEFINED_KEY, ... ) built-in procedure•
VAXTPU Ref, 4-205

lndex-243

Index

SET VERIFY command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-527
to DCL-529; EDT Ref, EDT-194; Linker
Ref, LINK-18
using F$VERIFY to change• Command
Procedures, 3-16
using in command procedures• Command
Procedures, 3-15
using when debugging a command procedure•
Command Procedures, 1-13
SET (VIDEO, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-206 to 4-207
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
SET VOLUME/ERASE_ON_DELETE command•
System Security, 5-76
SET VOLUME/NOHIGHW ATER command• System
Security, 4-50, 5-77
SET VOLUME/OWNER_UIC command
use to change volume owner• System Security,
4-37
SET VOLUME/OWNER command• System
Security, 5-20
SET VOLUME/PROTECTION command• System
Security, 5-15
SET VOLUME command• Disk & Tape, 4-1 O;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-530 to DCL-533
/DATA_CHECK qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-15
/LABEL qualifier•Disk & Tape, 4-15, 6-17
SET WASTEBASKET_NAME command• Mail Ref,
MAIL-74
SET WATCH command• Programming, 5-20;
Debugger Ref, 1-14, 3-12, CD-142
SET (WIDTH, ... ) built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-208
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-208
SET WIDTH command• VAXTPU Ref, F-14
SET WINDOW command• Debugger Ref, 8-11,
CD-145
SET WORD DELIMITER command• EDT Ref,
EDT-195
SET WORD NODELIMITER command• EDT Ref,
EDT-195
SET WORKING_SET command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-534 to DCL-535
SET WRAP command• Text Processing, 1-70,
2-9; EDT Ref, EDT-197; VAXTPU Ref, G-6
/SEVERE qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-23
$SEVERITY• DCL Concepts, 5-2; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-465
changing• DCL Dictionary, DCL-177, DCL-362
commands that do not set• Command
Procedures, 7-3
definition• Command Procedures, 7-2

lndex-244

$SEVERITY (cont'd.)
testing for success (odd) value• Command
Procedures, 7-2
value with SET NOON• Command Procedures,
7-6
Severity code• Intro to Routines, 2-10
See Condition value
in completion status code field• RMS Ref, 2-5
.SEVERITY directive
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG-26
Severity level• Message Ref, MSG-2
determining• Command Procedures, 7-2
of messages • VAXTPU Ref, C-1
specifying error handling based upon •
Command Procedures, 7-5
testing for with IF command • Command
Procedures, 7-2
using ON command with• Command
Procedures, 7-3
S field
for specifying field length• RMS Ref, 2-3
SHARE/CONNECT command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-36
SHARE/INITIALIZE command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-37
Shareable file
opening• Command Procedures, 6-4
Shareable image• Modular Procedures, A-9;
System Management, 8-2; Programming,
4-25; Linker Ref, LINK-60; Patch Ref,
PATCH-5, PATCH-22; RTL Ref, 1-2
See also Image
activating• RTL Ref, RTL-125
as separate cluster• Linker Ref, LINK-65
based• Linker Ref, LINK-35, LINK-65
benefit of• Linker Ref, LINK-27
CANCEL IMAGE• Debugger Ref, CD-15
code references to, in map• Linker Ref,
LINK-57
coding for position independence• Linker Ref,
LINK-31
content of• Linker Ref, LINK-4
creating• Modular Procedures, 5-7;
Programming, 4-25; Linker Ref, LINK-36
debugging• Debugger Ref, 4-23
default directory of• Linker Ref, LINK-38
file• System Management, 8-4
file analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
identification of• Linker Ref, LINK-142
input to linker• Linker Ref, LINK-4, LINK-61
in resource allocation• Linker Ref, LINK-39
installation of• Linker Ref, LINK-27, LINK-37
installing V AXTPU •Rel Notes, 2-7

Index

Shareable image (cont'd.)
library• Programming, 4-31, 9-71
See Shareable image library
linking• Programming, 4-31; Linker Ref,
LINK-44, LINK-49
location of by image activator• Linker Ref,
LINK-38
match control for• Linker Ref, LINK-21
memory allocation for• Linker Ref, LINK-65
output of linker• Linker Ref, LINK-7
position independent• Linker Ref, LINK-30,
LINK-65
private copy of• Linker Ref, LINK-38
privileged• Linker Ref, LINK-37
processing of• Linker Ref, LINK-71
program sections in• Linker Ref, LINK-29
protection of• Linker Ref, LINK-25
resolving references to• Linker Ref, LINK-65
rules for upward compatibility• Linker Ref,
LINK-35
SET BREAK command• Debugger Ref, CD-90
SET IMAGE• Debugger Ref, CD-102
SET STEP command• Debugger Ref, CD-127
SET TRACE command• Debugger Ref, CD-136
shareability •Linker Ref, LINK-29
guidelines for• Linker Ref, LINK-30
SHOW IMAGE• Debugger Ref, CD-156
SHOW MODULE command• Debugger Ref,
4-19
specification of• Linker Ref, LINK-37
STEP command• Debugger Ref, CD-189
symbol table of• Linker Ref, LINK-60
transfer vectors in• Linker Ref, LINK-31
universal symbols in• Linker Ref, LINK-36
updating• Modular Procedures, 6-8; Linker
Ref, LINK-22
use for• Linker Ref, LINK-7
using for COMMON area• Linker Ref, LINK-44,
LINK-49
using GSMA TCH •Linker Ref, LINK-22, LINK-36
with MA 780 multiport memory• System
Management, 8-5
writing code for• Linker Ref, LINK-29
Shareable image library• Librarian Ref, LIB-4,
LIB-5; Linker Ref, LINK-37
as user default library• Linker Ref, LINK-135
content of• Linker Ref, LINK-5
creating• Modular Procedures, 5-14
input to linker• Linker Ref, LINK-5
processing of• Linker Ref, LINK-71
system default• Linker Ref, LINK-132
updating • Modular Procedures, 6-10

/SHAREABLE qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-7,
LINK-128, LINK-142
LIBRARY command• Programming, 4-31
LINK command• Programming, 4-25, 4-27
Shareable volume• VAXclusters, 4-13 to 4-15
dismounting • DCL Dictionary, DCL-147
for Job Controller Queue File• VAXclusters,
3-12
initializing disk as• DCL Dictionary, DCL-201
mounting• VAXclusters, 4-14
specifying• Mount Ref, MOUNT-35
SHARE command• System Management, 11-17
guidelines• System Management, 11-18
Shared access• File Applications, 3-3
Shared command procedure files• VAXclusters,
2-6
Shared device
dismounting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-148
Shared file
see File sharing
considerations for a V AXcluster
See also File sharing • System Security, 8-3
Shared files limit• System Management, 6-5
Shared memory
SYSGEN commands• System Management,
11-17
/SHARED qualifier
in facility directive• Message Ref, MSG-18
Shared queues• VAXclusters, 3-1 to 3-19
SHARE privilege• System Security, A-12;
System Management, 6-16
/SHARE qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-23; Librarian Ref, LIB-40; Mount Ref,
MOUNT-35; Debugger Ref, 1-13, 4-19,
CD-90, CD-136, CD-164, CD-189
LIBRARY command• Programming, 9-71
OPEN command• Command Procedures, 6-4
SHARING attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-36
Sharing cluster resources• VAXclusters, 5-1
SHARING primary
DELETE attribute• File Applications, 7-5
GET attribute• File Applications, 7-5, 7-27
MULTISTREAM attribute• File Applications,
7-5
PROHIBIT attribute• File Applications, 7-5
PUT attribute• File Applications, 7-5
UPDATE attribute• File Applications, 7-5
USER_INTERLOCK attribute• File Applications,
7-9
USER_INTERLOCK attribute• File Applications,
7-5
"shift_amount" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-87

lndex-245

Index

"shift_key" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-87, 4-94
SHIFT_KEY keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-194
SHIFT built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-209 to
4-210
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-210
SHIFT LEFT command• VAXTPU Ref, F-15
Shift operator• MACRO Ref, 3-15
Shift restrictions• System Security, 3-31
SHIFT RIGHT command• VAXTPU Ref, F-15
SHL (shift left) command• EDT Ref, EDT-292
SHMEM privilege• System Security, A-12;
System Management, 6-16
Short report format
See Console dialog, Console report
SHOW /IDENTIFIER/FULL command• System
Security, 5-13
SHOW /IDENTIFIER command• System Security,
5-13; Authorize Ref, AUTH-55
SHOW /PROXY command• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-57
SHOW /RIGHTS command• System Security,
5-13; Authorize Ref, AUTH-58
SHOW [NO]AUTO_PURGE command• Mail Ref,
MAIL-66
SHOW_BUFFER identifier• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211,
5-13
SHOW_CLUSTER$1NIT
See Initialization file
SHOW/ ADAPTER command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-39
SHOW/CONFIGURATION command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-40
SHOW /DEVICE command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-42
SHOW /DRIVER command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-43
SHOW /STARTUP command• System Management, 11-17 ; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-4 7
SHOW /UNIBUS command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-48
SHOW ACCOUNTING command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-538
items enabled • DCL Dictionary, DCL-538
See also ACCOUNTING command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-538
SHOW ACL command• System Security, 4-21;
Disk & Tape, 4-2, 4-8; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-539
SHOW ALL command• Mail Ref, MAIL-75
SHOW AREA command• NCP Ref, NCP-113
SHOW AST command• Debugger Ref, CD-14 7
SHOW A TSIGN command• Debugger Ref,
CD-148
SHOW AUDIT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-540 to DCL-541

lndex-246

SHOW AUTOREPEAT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-199
SHOW BREAK command• Debugger Ref, CD-149
SHOW BROADCAST command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-542 to DCL-543
SHOW buffer• EDT Ref, EDT-200
SHOW BUFFER command• VAXTPU Ref, G-6
SHOW built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211 to
4-213
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-212
SHOW CALLS command• Programming, 5-17;
Debugger Ref, 1-11, 2-4, 3-19, CD-150
SHOW CASE• EDT Ref, EDT-201
SHOW CHAR display• System Security, 7-18
SHOW CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref, NCP-115
SHOW CLUSTER
See Show Cluster Utility
SHOW CLUSTER command• Rel Notes, 2-4;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-544; Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-1, SHCL-20 to SHCL.. 76; SDA Ref,
SDA-64
See also Show Cluster Utility
/BEGINNING qualifier• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-16
/CONTINUOUS qualifier• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-17
/ENDING qualifier• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-17
/INTERVAL qualifier• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-18
/OUTPUT qualifier• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-19
Show Cluster Utility (SHOW CLUSTER) • Rel Notes,
2-4 ; VAXclusters, 5-12
broadcast messages• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-12
command format• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-1
command procedure • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-13 to SHCL-14
commands• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-20 to
SHCL-76
controlling the display• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-5 to SHCL-14
creating a command procedure• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-13 to SHCL-14
creating an initialization file• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-12 to SHCL-13
DCL qualifiers• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-14 to
SHCL-20
directing output• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-1
display formatting• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-9
to SHCL-11
entering commands• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-6
exiting• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-1

Index

Show Cluster Utility (SHOW CLUSTER) (cont'd.)
format for SHOW CLUSTER command• Show
Cluster Ref, SHCL-1
formatting the display• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-11
invoking• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-1, SHCL-3
modifying display size• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-9
moving a window• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-10
overview• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-1
privileges• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-1
prompt• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-6
qualifiers for SHOW CLUSTER command• Show
Cluster Ref, SHCL-1
receiving broadcast messages• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-12
refreshing the screen • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-11
report• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3, SHCL-3 to
SHCL-5
restrictions• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-1
startup initialization file • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-12 to SHCL-13
terminating• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3
viewing the display• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-11
SHOW command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-8;
Networking, 3-90; Disk & Tape, 4-1; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-536 to DCL-537; VAXTPU
Ref, F-16; Authorize Ref,
AUTH-52; Disk Quota Ref, DOT-14;
Exchange Ref, EXCH-43; SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-44
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-43
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-43
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-43
summary of options• DCL Dictionary, DCL-536
SHOW COMMAND command• EDT Ref, EDT-202
SHOW CONNECTIONS command• SDA Ref,
SDA-68
SHOW COPY_SELF command•Mai/ Ref, MAIL-67
SHOW CPU command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-545
SHOW CRASH command• SDA Ref, SDA-70
SHOW CURSOR command• EDT Ref, EDT-203;
VAXTPU Ref, G-7
SHOW DAYTIME command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-603
SHOW DEFAULT command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
3-8; DCL Dictionary, DCL-546 to DCL-54 7;
Monitor Ref, MON-83
SHOW DEFINE command• Debugger Ref, CD-151
SHOW DELETED command• Mail Ref, MAIL-76

SHOW DEVICE command• Device Driver, A-34;
Disk & Tape, 3-21, 4-2, 4-4; SDA Ref,
SDA-15, SDA-73
SHOW DEVICES/FULL command
using to display volume owner• System
Security, 4-3 7
SHOW DEVICES/SERVED command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-553 to DCL-555
SHOW DEVICES command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
3-7; DCL Dictionary, DCL-548 to DCL-552
.SHOW directive• MACRO Ref, 6-87 to 6-88
SHOW DISPLAY command• Programming, 5-9;
Debugger Ref, CD-152
SHOW EDITOR command• Debugger Ref, CD-153
SHOW ENTITY command• EDT Ref, EDT-204
SHOW ENTITY PAGE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-204
SHOW ENTITY PARAGRAPH command• EDT Ref,
.EDT-204
SHOW ENTITY SENTENCE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-204
SHOW ENTITY WORD command• EDT Ref,
EDT-204
SHOW entry point• Modular Procedures, 4-12
SHOW ERROR command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-556
SHOW EVENT_FACILITY command• Debugger
Ref, CD-154
SHOW EXECUTOR CHARACTERISTICS command
display of proxy access• Networking, 3-89
SHOW EXECUTOR command• NCP Ref, NCP-120
CHARACTERISTICS display• Networking, 3-8
display of Ethernet address • Networking, 3-12
display of executor type • Networking, 3-60
SHOW EXIT_HANDLERS command• Debugger
Ref, 3-23, CD-155
SHOW FILE command• Mai( Ref, MAIL-68
SHOW FILES command• EDT Ref, EDT-205
SHOW FNF command• EDT Ref, EDT-206
SHOW FORWARD command•Mail Ref, MAIL-71
SHOW HEADER command• SDA Ref, SDA-78
SHOW HELP command• EDT Ref, EDT-207
SHOW IMAGE command• Debugger Ref, CD-156
SHOW INTRUSION command• System Security,
5-41; DCL Dictionary, DCL-557 to DCL-559
SHOW KEY command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-17;
Programming, 5-7; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-560 to DCL-561; EDT Ref, EDT-208;
Mail Ref, MAIL-77; Debugger Ref, 9-11,
CD-157
SHOW KEYPAD command• EDT Ref, EDT-210
SHOW LANGUAGE command• Debugger Ref,
2-6, CD-159
SHOW LINE command• NCP Ref, NCP-123

lndex~247

Index

SHOW LINE command (cont'd.)
Ethernet hardware address• Networking, 3-57,
7-10
SHOW LINES command• Text Processing, 1-46;
EDT Ref, EDT-211
SHOW LINKS command• NCP Ref, NCP-126
SHOW LINKS display• System Security, 7-18
SHOW LOCK command• SDA Ref, SDA-79
SHOW LOG command• Debugger Ref, 2-9,
CD-160
SHOW LOGGING command• NCP Ref, NCP-128
SHOW LOGICAL command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
3-13; Command Procedures, 2-5; DCL
Concepts, 4-3; DCL Dictionary, DCL-562 to
DCL-565
SHOW MAGT APE command• Disk & Tape, 4-2,
4-7; DCL Dictionary, DCL-566
SHOW MAIL_DIRECTORY command• Mail Ref,
MAIL-72
SHOW MARGINS command• Debugger Ref, 7-14,
CD-161
SHOW MAX_SOURCE_FILES command•
Debugger Ref, 7-16, CD-162
SHOW MEMORY command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-567 to DCL-575
SHOW MODE command• EDT Ref, EDT-212;
Patch Ref, PA TCH-86; Debugger Ref, 6-1 ,
CD-163
SHOW MODULE command• Programming, 5-24;
Patch Ref, PA TCH-87; Debugger Ref, 1-17,
4-19, CD-164
SHOW MODULE CONFIGURA TOR command•
Networking, 3-41, 3-42; NCP Ref, NCP-131
SHOW MODULE X25-ACCESS command• NCP
Ref, NCP-134
SHOW MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command• NCP
Ref, NCP-135
SHOW MODULE X25-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-138
SHOW MODULE X29-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-138
SHOW NETWORK command• Networking, 8-1,
8-2; DCL Dictionary, DCL-576 to DCL-577
display of network status• Networking, 8-1
SHOW NEW_MAIL_COUNT command• Mail Ref,
MAIL-78
SHOW NODE command• NCP Ref, NCP-140
COUNTERS parameter• Networking, 3-24
display of node type• Networking, 3-60
SHOW NUMBERS command• Text Processing,
1-46; EDT Ref, EDT-213
SHOW OBJECT command• NCP Ref, NCP-145
SHOW OUTPUT command• Debugger Ref, 2-8,
CD-166

lndex-248

SHOW PAGE_TABLE command• SDA Ref,
SDA-80
SHOW PARAGRAPH command• EDT Ref,
EDT-214
SHOW PATCH_AREA command•Patch Ref,
PATCH-88
SHOW PERSONAL_NAME command• Mail Ref,
MAIL-73
SHOW PFN_DAT A command• SDA Ref, SDA-84
SHOW POOL command• SDA Ref, SDA-87
SHOW PORTS command• SDA Ref, SDA-89
SHOW PRINTER command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-578
SHOW PROCESS command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-19; DCL Dictionary, DCL-579 to DCL-583;
SDA Ref, SDA-90
SHOW PROMPT command•EDT Ref, EDT-215
SHOW PROTECTION command• System Security,
4-41; Disk & Tape, 4-2, 4-8; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-584
/SHOW qualifier• Programming, 4-34; BAD Ref,
BAD-13
SHOW QUEUE/CHARACTERISTICS command•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-588 to DCL-589
SHOW QUEUE/FORM command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-590 to DCL-592
SHOW QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-585 to DCL-587
/ALL qualifier• Command Procedures, 8-9
/FULL qualifier• Command Procedures, 8-9
use in monitoring batch jobs• Command
Procedures, 8-8
with a batch queue• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-4
with a print queue• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-2
SHOW QUIET command• EDT Ref, EDT-216
SHOW QUOT A command• Disk & Tape, 4-2,
4-9; DCL Dictionary, DCL-593
SHOW RADIX command• Debugger Ref, CD-167
SHOW REPEAT command• EDT Ref, EDT-217
SHOW RESOURCE command• SDA Ref, SDA-98
SHOW RMS_DEFAULT command• File
Applications, 3-9, 3-17, 3-32; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-594; Convert Ref,
CONV-21; FOL Ref, FDL-30
current default extension size• File Applications,
9-9
current process-default buffer count• File
Applications, 7-23 to 7-25
SHOW RMS command• SDA Ref, SDA-102
SHOW RSPID command• SDA Ref, SDA-103
SHOW SCOPE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-89;
Debugger Ref, 1-18, 4-22, CD-168
SHOW SCREEN command•EDT Ref, EDT-218;
VAXTPU Ref, G-7

Index

SHOW SEARCH command• Text Processing,
1-46; EDT Ref, EDT-219; VAXTPU Ref,
G-7; Debugger Ref, 7-12, CD-169
SHOW SELECT command• Debugger Ref,
CD-170
SHOW SOURCE command• Debugger Ref, 7-3,
CD-172
SHOW ST ACK command• Debugger Ref,
CD-174; SDA Ref, SDA-105
SHOW ST A TUS command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-595
SHOW STEP command• Debugger Ref, 3-3,
CD-175
SHOW SUMMARY command• EDT Ref,
EDT-221; SDA Ref, SDA-107
SHOW SYMBOL/DEFINED command• Debugger
Ref, CD-33
SHOW SYMBOL command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
5-2; Programming, 5-29; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-596 to DCL-597; Debugger Ref, 1-18,
CD-176; SDA Ref, SDA-109
to show symbol value• DCL Concepts, 5-3
SHOW SYSTEM command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-598 to DCL-600
use of• Software Installation, 5-2
SHOW TAB command• Text Processing, 1-58;
EDT Ref, EDT-222
SHOW TASK command• Debugger Ref, CD-178
SHOW TERMINAL command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-15; DCL Concepts, 1-5; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-601 to DCL-602; EDT Ref, EDT-224;
Debugger Ref, 8-19, CD-181
See also SET TERMINAL command
SHOW TEXT command• EDT Ref, EDT-225
SHOW TEXT END command• EDT Ref,. EDT-225
SHOW TEXT PAGE command•EDT Ref,
EDT-225
SHOW TIME command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-603
SHOW TRACE command• Debugger Ref, 3-15,
CD-182
SHOW TRANSLATION command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-604 to DCL-605
SHOW TRUNCATE command• EDT Ref, EDT-226
SHOW TYPE command• Debugger Ref, 5-2,
CD-183
SHOW USERS command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-606 to DCL-607
and disconnected jobs• System Security, 3-44
and WORLD privilege • System Security, 5-70
SHOW VERIFY command•EDT Ref, EDT-227
SHOW VERSION command•EDT Ref, EDT-228;
VAXTPU Ref, G-7
SHOW WASTEBASKET_NAME command• Mail
Ref, MAIL-74

SHOW WATCH command• Debugger Ref, 3-13,
CD-184
SHOW (WINDOW) built-in procedure
figure•< VAXTPU Ref, 2-7
SHOW WINDOW command• Debugger Ref, 8-11,
CD-185
SHOW WORD command• EDT Ref, EDT-230
SHOW WORKING_SET command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-608
SHOW WRAP command• EDT Ref, EDT-231;
VAXTPU Ref, G-7
SHR (shift right) command• EDT Ref, EDT-293
SHR$_HALTED• 1/0 Ref II, 4-32
SHR$_NOCMDMEM • 1/0 Ref II, 4-27, 4-32
SHR$_QEMPTY • 1/0 Ref II, 4-32
Shutdown
by forced system failure• System Management,
4-6
emergency• System Management, 4-5
site-specific• System Management, 4-1
system• System Management, 4-1
SHUTDOWN.COM command procedure• Rel
Notes, 3-14
SHUTDOWN.COM procedure• System Management, 2-14; Software Installation, C-2
Shutdown procedure• System Management, 2-20
Shutting down the cluster• VAXclusters, 5-13
/SID_REGISTER qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-18
SIDR (secondary index data record)• File
Applications, 3-19, 3-23, 10-26;
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-6; FOL Ref,
FDL-6
Sign (+I-) specifier command
with "move" command• EDT Ref, EDT-279
with APPEND command• EDT Ref, EDT-245
with CHGC (change case) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-250
with CHGL (change case lower) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-251
with CHGU (change case upper) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-252
with CUT command• EDT Ref, EDT-259
with D (delete) command• EDT Ref, EDT-260
with FILL command• EDT Ref, EDT-272
with R (replace) command• EDT Ref, EDT-285
with S (substitute) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-288
with SN (substitute next) command • EDT Ref,
EDT-294
with T ADJ (tab adjust) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-300
Signal argument vector• RTL Ref, 7-7, 7-10, 7-21
Signal array• Programming, 10-21

lndex-249

Index

Signal array argument• System Services Ref, 10-9
Signaler' s register
See Condition handler
Signaling• Programming, 10-6
and condition handling• Modular Procedures,
2-30
changing to return status• Programming, 10-7
error conditions• Modular Procedures, 2-31
example in a VAX MACRO program• File
Applications, 5-16
resignaling •Programming, 10-25
Signaling a condition
See Condition handler
.SIGNED_BYTE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-89
.SIGNED_WORD directive•MACRO Ref, 6-90 to
6-91
Sign-extended longword field• RTL Ref, RTL-11 O
Significance indicator• MACRO Ref, 9-179
Sign specifier command
with SSEL (search and select) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-295
/SILENT qualifier• Debugger Ref, 1-14, CD-90,
CD-136, CD-142, CD-189
Simple address
defined• Debugger Ref, 5-3
path-name prefix• Debugger Ref, 5-4
Simple symbol• Debugger Ref, 4-7
Simplified callable interface
See V AXTPU routine
/SIMULA TE qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-24
/SINCE qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-28;
Backup Ref, BACKU-62; Error Log Ref,
ERR-19; Librarian Ref, LIB-41
Sine
complex• RTL Ref, RTL-414
hyperbolic • RTL Ref, RTL-44 7
in degrees• RTL Ref, RTL-442, RTL-445
in radians• RTL Ref, RTL-437, RTL-439
Single file/multivolume configuration• Disk & Tape,
B-7
Single file/single volume configuration• Disk &
Tape, B-6
Single instruction access• Modular Procedures,
3-30
Single-node system
booting• VAXclusters, 2-5
Single spacing• Programming, 8-14
Sink• Networking, 2-34
logging• Networking, 2-35, 3-81
name• Networking, 2-35
node• Networking, 2-35
related event• Networking, 2-34
state• Networking, 2-35

lndex-250

SINK parameter• Networking, 3-83
Site-independent startup command procedure
showing name• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-4 7
Site-specific startup• System Management, 2-5
announcements• System Management, 2-9
assigning logical names• System Management,
2-6
installing known images• System Management,
2-8
setting up queues• System Management, 2-7
setting up spooled devices• System
Management, 2-7
SIZE attribute• File Applications, 4-37; FDL Ref,
FDL-34
/SIZE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-49, CD-96
.SKIP command• DSR Ref, 2-116
Skip file function• 1/0 Ref I, 6-15
Skip sectoring• 1/0 Ref I, 3-10
SKPC (Skip Character) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-134
Slash (/)
division operator• Debugger Ref, 5-10, D-6
Slave formatter• 1/0 Ref I, 6-3
Slave node• Networking, 4-14
SLD (Satellite Loader)• Networking, 4-16
building• Networking, 4-16
/SLP qualifier
output from DIFFERENCES• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-135
Small-disk system • System Management, 3-1 ;
Software Installation, 5-11
analyzing system failure• System Management,
3-13
enabling job queue• System Management,
3-12
installed file • System Management, 3-14
installing optional products on • Software
Installation, 5-12
list of• Software Installation, 5-11
space problems• Software Installation, 5-12
SMB$CHECK_FQR_MESSAGE • Util Routines Ref,
SMB-16
SMB$1NITIALIZE • Util Routines Ref, SMB-17
SMB$READ_MESSAGE • Util Routines Ref,
SMB-19
SMB$READ_MESSAGE_ITEM • Util Routines Ref,
SMB-22
SMB$SEND_TQ_JOBCTL • Util Routines Ref,
SMB-35
SMB routine • Util Routines Ref, SMB-1 5
See also Job Controller
See also Symbiont
introduction• Util Routines Ref, SMB-1

Index

SMG$ADD_KEY_DEF• Programming, 8-37; RTL
Ref, 3-19, RTL-538
SMG$ALLOW_ESCAPE• RTL Ref, RTL-541
SMG$BEGIN_DISPLA V_UPDATE• RTL Ref, 3-22,
RTL-543
SMG$BEGIN_PASTEBOARD_UPDATE •RTL Ref,
3-22, RTL-544
SMG$CANCEL_INPUT •RTL Ref, 3-5, RTL-545
SMG$CHANGE_PBD_CHARACTERISTICS •RTL
Ref, 3-3, RTL-546
SMG$CHANGE_RENDITION •RTL Ref, 3-13,
RTL-549
SMG$CHANGE_VIRTUAL _DISPLAY•
Programming, 8-24; RTL Ref, 3-13,
RTL-552
SMG$CHECK_FQR_OCCLUSION •Programming,
8-21; RTL Ref, 3-9, RTL-555
SMG$CONTRQL_MQDE •RTL Ref, 3-20,
RTL-559
SMG$COPY_VIRTUAL _DISPLAY• RTL Ref,
RTL-560.2
SMG$CREATE_KEY_TABLE• Programming,
8-37; RTL Ref, 3-19, RTL-561
SMG$CREA TE_PASTEBOARD •Programming,
8-16; RTL Ref, 3-2.2, 3-25, RTL-562
SMG$CREATE_VIRTUAL_DISPLAY •
Programming, 8-16; RTL Ref, 3-4, RTL-565
SMG$CREA TE_VIRTUAL _KEYBOARD•
Programming, 8-32; RTL Ref, 3-5, RTL-569
SMG$CURSOR_COLUMN •RTL Ref, 3-10,
RTL-573
SMG$CURSOR_RQW•RTL Ref, 3-10, RTL-574
SMG$DEFINE_KEY•RTL Ref, 3-19, RTL-575
SMG$DEL_TERM_TABLE• RTL Ref, RTL-576. 1
SMG$DELETE_CHARS •Programming, 8-30;
RTL Ref, 3-11 , RTL-5 7 7
SMG$DELETE_KEY_DEF• RTL Ref, 3-19,
RTL-581
SMG$DELETE_LINE •Programming, 8-30
; RTL Ref, 3-11, RTL-583
SMG$DELETE_PASTEBOARD •Programming,
8-1 7; RTL Ref, 3-3, RTL-586
SMG$DELETE_VIRTUAL_DISPLA Y •
Programming, 8-23; RTL Ref, 3-4, 3-8,
3-24, RTL-587
SMG$DELETE_VIRTUAL _KEYBOARD• RTL Ref,
RTL-588
SMG$DISABLE_BROADCAST_TRAPPING• RTL
Ref, RTL-589
SMG$DISABLE_UNSOLICITED_INPUT •RTL Ref,
RTL-598
SMG$DRA W _LINE• Programming, 8-29; RTL
Ref, 3-14, RTL-600

SMG$DRA W _RECTANGLE• Programming, 8-29;
RTL Ref, 3-14, RTL-600.4
SMG$ENABLE_UNSOLICITED_INPUT •RTL Ref,
3-23, RTL-600.8
SMG$END_DISPLA V_UPDATE• RTL Ref, 3-22,
RTL-600.10
SMG$END_PASTEBOARD_UPDATE• RTL Ref,
3-22, RTL-601
SMG$ERASE_CHARS •Programming, 8-30; RTL
Ref, 3-11, RTL-602
SMG$ERASE_DISPLA Y •Programming, 8-30;
RTL Ref, 3-11, RTL-606
SMG$ERASE_LINE •Programming, 8-30; RTL
Ref, 3-11 , RTL-610
SMG$ERASE_PASTEBOARD • Programming,
8-17; RTL Ref, 3-3, RTL-614
SMG$FIND_CURSOR_DISPLA Y •RTL Ref,
RTL-616
SMG$FLUSH_BUFFER •RTL Ref, 3-21, RTL-617
SMG$GET_BROADCAST_MESSAGE •RTL Ref,
3-23, RTL-618
SMG$GET_CHAR_AT_PHYSICAL_CURSOR •RTL
Ref, RTL-620
SMG$GET_DISPLAY_ATTR•RTL Ref, RTL-622
SMG$GET_KEY_DEF• RTL Ref, RTL-624
SMG$GET_KEYBOARD_ATTRIBUTES •RTL Ref,
RTL-627
SMG$GET_NUMERIC_DAT A• RTL Ref, RTL-629
SMG$GET_PASTEBOARD_ATTRIBUTES •RTL
Ref, 3-3, RTL-630.1
SMG$GET_PASTING_INFO •RTL Ref, RTL-630.3
SMG$GET_TERM_DAT A• RTL Ref, RTL-631
SMG$HOME_CURSOR •Programming, 8-26;
RTL Ref, 3-11 , RTL-633
SMG$1NIT_TERM_TABLE• RTL Ref, RTL-635
SMG$1NIT_TERM_T ABLE_BV_TYPE• RTL Ref,
RTL-637
SMG$1NSERT_CHARS •Programming, 8-27; RTL
Ref, 3-12, RTL-639
SMG$1NSERT_LINE •Programming, 8-28; RTL
Ref, 3-12, RTL-644
SMG$1NV ALIDATE_DISPLA Y •RTL Ref, RTL-649
SMG$LABEL_BQRDER• Programming, 8-19;
RTL Ref, RTL-650
SMG$LIST_KEY_DEFS •RTL Ref, RTL-655
SMG$LOAD_KEY_DEFS •RTL Ref, 3-19,
RTL-658
SMG$MOVE_VIRTUAL_DISPLA Y •RTL Ref, 3-7,
RTL-660
SMG$PASTE_VIRTUAL_DISPLA Y •Programming,
8-16; RTL Ref, 3-5, RTL-662
SMG$POP_ VIRTUAL_DISPLA Y •Programming,
8-40; RTL Ref, 3-8, 3-24, RTL-665
SMG$PUT_CHARS •RTL Ref, 3-12, RTL-667

lndex-251

Index

SMG$PUT_CHARS_HIGHWIDE •Programming,
8-27; RTL Ref, 3-12, RTL-671
SMG$PUT_CHARS_WIDE •RTL Ref, 3-12,
RTL-674
SMG$PUT_LINE •Programming, 8-28; RTL Ref,
3-12, RTL-677
SMG$PUT_LINE_HIGHWIDE •RTL Ref, RTL-684
SMG$PUT_LINE_WIDE •Programming, 8-28;
RTL Ref, 3-12, RTL-687
SMG$PUT_PASTEBOARD• RTL Ref, RTL-692
SMG$PUT_VIRTUAL _DISPLAY_ENCODED• RTL
Ref, RTL-694
SMG$PUT_WITH_SCROLL •Programming, 8-28;
RTL Ref, RTL-697
SMG$READ_COMPOSED_LINE •Programming,
8-37; RTL Ref, 3-5, 3-16, 3-19, RTL-701
SMG$READ_FROM_DISPLA Y •Programming,
8-31; RTL Ref, 3-15, RTL-706
SMG$READ_KEYSTROKE •RTL Ref, RTL-710
SMG$READ_STRING •Programming, 8-32; RTL
Ref, 3-5, 3-16, RTL-717
SMG$READ_VERIFY• RTL Ref, RTL-726
SMG$REPAINT_LINE•RTL Ref, RTL-732
SMG$REPAINT_SCREEN •RTL Ref, RTL-734
SMG$REPASTE_VIRTUAL _DISPLAY• RTL Ref,
3-7, RTL-737
SMG$RESTORE_PHYSICAL_SCREEN •
Programming, 8-40; RTL Ref, 3-26,
RTL-744
SMG$RETURN_CURSOR_POS •Programming,
8-26; RTL Ref, 3-10, RTL-744.2
SMG$RETURN_INPUT_LINE• RTL Ref, RTL-7 44.4
SMG$RING_BELL•RTL Ref, RTL-744.6
SMG$SA VE _PHYSICAL _SCREEN• Programming,
8-40; RTL Ref, 3-26, RTL-744.7
SMG$SCROLL _DISPLAY_AREA• Programming,
8-28; RTL Ref, RTL-744.9
SMG$SET_BROADCAST_TRAPPING• RTL Ref,
3-23, RTL-744.12
SMG$SET_CURSOR_ABS •Programming, 8-26;
RTL Ref, 3-11, RTL-744.14
SMG$SET_CURSOR_REL •Programming, 8-26;
RTL Ref, 3-11 , RTL-7 45
SMG$SET_DEFAULT_ST A TE• RTL Ref, RTL-7 4 7
SMG$SET_DISPLA Y_SCROLL_REGION •
Programming, 8-28; RTL Ref, RTL-749
SMG$SET_KEYPAD_MODE •RTL Ref, RTL-751
SMG$SET_OUT_OF_BAND_ASTS •RTL Ref,
3-23, RTL-753
SMG$SET_PHYSICAL _CURSOR• Programming,
8-26; RTL Ref, RTL-755
SMG$SNAPSHOT•RTL Ref, 3-23, RTL-757

lndex-252

SMG$UNPASTE_VIRTUAL_DISPLAY •
Programming, 8-23; RTL Ref, 3-6, 3-24,
RTL-758
SN command• Text Processing, 1-44; EDT Ref,
EDT-294
SOBGEO (Subtract One and Branch Greater Than
or Equal) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-61
SOBGTR (Subtract One and Branch Greater Than)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-62
Soft faults
characterizing• Perform Manage, 4-7
SOFTINT macro• Device Driver, 3-14, B-35
Software components • VAXclusters, 1-5
connection manager• VAXclusters, 1-5
distributed file system• VAXclusters, 1-5
distributed job controller• VAXclusters, 1-6
distributed lock manager• VAXclusters, 1-5
Software error• File Applications, 10-2
SOFTWARE IDENTIFICATION parameter•
Networking, 4-12
Software installation booklets
brief desription of• Software Installation, 1-2
Software life cycle • Modular Procedures, 1-1
Software loopback test• Networking, 7-6, 7-7
Software performance report
See SPR
Software problem
reporting • System Management, 4-19, 10-8
Software timer• Device Driver, 3-6
Solicited interrupt
See Device interrupt
SOR$$STAT• Util Routines Ref, SOR-49
SOR$BEGIN_MERGE •Programming, 9-37; Util
Routines Ref, SOR-20
SOR$BEGIN_SORT •Programming, 9-32; Util
Routines Ref, SOR-27
SOR$END_SORT •Programming, 9-32; Util
Routines Ref, SOR-33
SOR$PASS_FILES•Programming, 9-32, 9-37;
Util Routines Ref, SOR-35
SOR$RELEASE_REC •Programming, 9-33; Util
Routines Ref, SOR-40
SOR$RETURN_REC •Programming, 9-33; Util
Routines Ref, SOR-42
SOR$SORT_MERGE •Programming, 9-32; Util
Routines Ref, SOR-44
SOR$SPEC_FILE • Util Routines Ref, SOR-4 7
SOR routine• Util Routines Ref, SOR-19
examples• Util Routines Ref, SOR-4 to SOR-19
interface
file• Util Routines Ref, SOR-2
record• Util Routines Ref, SOR-2
introduction • Util Routines Ref, SOR-1

Index

SOR routine (cont'd.)

Source display (cont'd.)

reentrancy
using context argument• Util Routines Ref,
SOR-3
SORT
See Sort/Merge Utility
Sort/Merge Utility (SORT)
changes• Rel Notes, 2-15
collating sequence• Sort Ref, SORT-6
DCL qualifiers• Sort Ref, SORT-11 to SORT-35
directing output• Sort Ref, SORT-2
example• Sort Ref, SORT -3
exiting• Sort Ref, SORT-2
invoking• Sort Ref, SORT-2
optimizing• Sort Ref, SORT-8
specification file• Sort Ref, SORT-6
Sort/Merge routine
See SOR routine
SORT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-6; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-609
file interface• Programming, 9-32
record interface• Programming, 9-33
Sorting process• Sort Ref, SORT-5
address• Sort Ref, SORT-29
default•Sort Ref, SORT-29, SORT-68
index• Sort Ref, SORT-29
record• Sort Ref, SORT-29
selecting• Sort Ref, SORT-29
specifying in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-68
tag• Sort Ref, SORT-29
Sort order
specifying in specification file • Sort Ref,
SORT-64
/SORT qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-29;
Convert Ref, CONV-1, CONV-24, CONV-29
%SOURCE_SCOPE •Debugger Ref, 8-4, C-4
SOURCE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-37
Source directory
displaying• Debugger Ref, 7-3, CD-17 2
search list• Debugger Ref, 7-3, CD-21, CD-124
source file in• Debugger Ref, 7-2
Source display• Debugger Ref, 1-8
at breakpoint activation• Debugger Ref, 7-7
at watchpoint activation • Debugger Ref, 7-7
by address expression • Debugger Ref, 7-5
by line number• Debugger Ref, 7-5, CD-193
by search string • Debugger Ref, 7-10, CD-81
by stepping• Debugger Ref, 7-7
discrepancies in • Debugger Ref, 7-17
display kind • Debugger Ref, 8-15, C-1
during program execution •Debugger Ref, 7-7
line-oriented • Debugger Ref, 7-1

margins in• Debugger Ref, 7-13, CD-161
next line• Debugger Ref, 7-5
not available• Debugger Ref, 1-8
SAC, predefined• Debugger Ref, 8-4, C-4
TYPE command • Debugger Ref, 1-9, CD-193
Source file
correct version of• Debugger Ref, 7-3
defined • Debugger Ref, 7-1
file specification • Debugger Ref, 7-2
location • Debugger Ref, 7-1, CD-21, CD-124,
CD-172
maximum number• Debugger Ref, 7-16,
CD-108, CD-162
Source line• FDL Ref, FDL-39
Source parameter
for VMSINST AL• Software Installation, 5-4
Source program • Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-1
creating • Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-7, 4-13;
Programming, 4-2
error• Programming, 4-6
formatting spaces• Programming, 4-2
listing• Programming, 4-34
/SOURCE qualifier•Debugger Ref, 8-16, CD-59,
CD-85, CD-90, CD-136, CD-142, CD-189
EXAMINE command• Debugger Ref, 7-6
STEP command• Debugger Ref, 7-7
Source-related event• Networking, 2-34
Source statement
See Statement
Source task• Networking, 8-10
%SP• Debugger Ref, D-3
SP (stack pointer)
executive-mode• SDA Ref, SDA-13
kernel-mode• SDA Ref, SDA-13
supervisor-mode• SDA Ref, SDA-14
symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-14
user-mode• SDA Ref, SDA-14
Space
creating• Text Processing, 4-25
horizontal• DSR Ref, A-2
vertical• DSR Ref, A-2
SPACE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-16
Space flag (#)
default• DSR Ref, 3-16
description • DSR Ref, 3-16
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-53
Space requirement
for decompressing library files• Rel Notes,
1-22; Software Installation, 6-19
Space shortage
what to do• Software Installation, 5-12
.SPACING command• DSR Ref, 2-117

lndex-253

Index

Spacing command
.BLANK command• DSR Ref, 2-9
.NO PERIOD command•DSR Ref, 2-101
.NO SPACE command• DSR Ref, 2-85
.PERIOD command•DSRRef, 2-101
.SKIP command• DSR Ref, 2-116
.SPACING command•DSR Ref, 2-117
.TAB STOPS command•DSR Ref, 2-123
SPAN built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-214
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-214
SPANC (Span Characters) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-135
SPANL built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-215
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-215
SPAWN built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-216
to 4-217
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-216
SPAWN command•Programming, 5-3; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-610 to DCL-614; VAXTPU
Ref, F-16; Mail Ref, MAIL-79; Debugger
Ref, CD-186; SDA Ref, SDA-110
and ATTACH command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-47
Spawning of process
security implications in captive accounts•
System Security, 5-79
SPECIAL _GRAPHICS video keyword
with SET (STATUS_LINE, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
Specification file
comments• Sort Ref, SORT-7
converting previous versions• Sort Ref,
SORT-7
creating • Sort Ref, SORT -6
example• Sort Ref, SORT-71
qualifiers• Sort Ref, SORT -48
/CDD_PATH_NAME •Sort Ref, SORT-49
/CHECK_SEQUENCE • Sort Ref, SORT-50
/COLLLA TING_SEQUENCE •Sort Ref,
SORT-51
/CONDITION• Sort Ref, SORT-56
/DAT A• Sort Ref, SORT-58
/FIELD• Sort Ref, SORT-60
/INCLUDE• Sort Ref, SORT-62
/KEY• Sort Ref, SORT-64
/OMIT• Sort Ref, SORT-66
/PAD•Sort Ref, SORT-67
/PROCESS• Sort Ref, SORT-68
/ST ABLE• Sort Ref, SORT-69
/WORK_FILES •Sort Ref, SORT-70
special considerations• Sort Ref, SORT-7
uses for• Sort Ref, SORT-6, SORT-31
/SPECIFICATION qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-31

lndex-254

Specific name• Programming, 1-5
Specifier
1/0 attributes• Programming, 9-12
input and output• Backup Ref, BACKU-8,
BACKU-17
keyword form • Programming, 9-12
nokeyword form• Programming, 9-12
number command
with ASC (N) •EDT Ref, EDT-245
string
with XLA TE command• EDT Ref, EDT-315
SPECIFY error options• Backup Ref, BACKU-30
SPECINS function• Text Processing, 1-24; EDT
Ref, EDT-98
Speed
See Performance
SPLIT_LINE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-218
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-218
SPL option• FOL Ref, FDL-23
Spool on close option• File Applications, 9-14
Spooled device• System Management, 9-24,
9-46 to 9-52
SPR (software performance report) • File
Applications, 10-2; System Management,
10-8; SDA Ref, SDA-5
classes of problems• System Management,
10-11
describing problem environment• System
Management, 10-8
what to include• System Management, 10-11
SPTREQ parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-80
SQQ option• FOL Ref, FDL-24
Square root• RTL Ref, RTL-450
/SQUEEZE qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-42
SRC source display• Debugger Ref, 8-4, C-4
SRPCOUNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-80
SRPCOUNTV parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-80
/SRP qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-87
SS$_ABORT •Device Driver, 12-6; 1/0 Ref I,
8-42, A-2, A-3, A-5, A-6, A-7, A-9; 1/0 Ref
II, 2-15, A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5
SS$_ACCONFLICT • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_ACCVIO •Device Driver, 8-8, 8-10, C-32,
C-42, C-43, C-62, C-63, C-64, C-65; 1/0 Ref
I, 7-11; 1/0 Ref II, A-4, A-5
SS$_ACPV AFUL • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_BADA TTRIB • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_BADCHKSUM • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$....:BADESCAPE • 1/0 Ref I, 8-7, A-9
SS$_BADFILEHDR • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_BADFILENAME • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_8ADFILEVER • 1/0 Ref I, A-1

Index

SS$_BADIRECTORY • 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_BADP ARAM • 1/0 Ref I, A-1 , A-5, A-9; 1/0
Ref II, 4-24, A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5
SS$_BADOFILE • 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_BADQUEHDR • 1/0 Ref II, A-4
SS$_BADQUEUEHDR • //O Ref II, 4-27, 4-32
SS$_BLOCKCNTERR • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_BUFFEROVF• //O Ref/, 7-6, A-7; 1/0 Ref II,
6-29, A-3, A-5
SS$_BUFNOT ALIGN• //O Ref/, A-5; 1/0 Ref II,
A-4
SS$_CANCEL •Device Driver, 13-4; 1/0 Ref/,
A-3, A-5, A-6, A-9; 1/0 Ref II, A-3, A-4
SS$_COMMHARD • 1/0 Ref II, A-5
SS$_CONTROLC • 1/0 Ref/, 8-43, A-9
SS$_CONTROLO• //O Ref I, A-9
SS$_CQNTROLY • 1/0 Ref I, A-9
SS$_CREA TED• 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_CTRLERR• //O Ref/, A-3, A-5, A-6; 1/0 Ref
II, 4-21, 4-35, A-3, A-4, A-5
SS$_DAT ACHECK • 1/0 Ref/, A-3, A-5, A-6;
1/0 Ref II, A-5
SS$_DA TAO VE RUN• 1/0 Ref I, 8-9, A-2, A-3,
A-6, A-9 ; 1/0 Fief II, A-1, A-5
SS$_DEBUG condition • Debugger Ref, D-1
SS$_DEVACTIVE • 1/0 Ref I, A-5; 1/0 Ref II,
A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5
SS$_DEV ALLOC • 1/0 Ref II, A-5
SS$_DEVCMDERR • 1/0 Ref/, A-5
SS$_DEVICEFULL • //O Ref I, A-1; 1/0 Ref II,
A-3
SS$_DEVINACT• //O Ref II, A-3, A-5
SS$_DEVOFFLINE • 1/0 Ref/, A-6; 1/0 Ref II,
A-1, A-3, A-5
SS$_DEVREQERR • //O Ref I, A-5; 1/0 Ref II,
4-21, 4-35, A-4, A-5
SS$_DIRFULL • //O Ref I, A-1
SS$_DIRNOTEMPTY • 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_DISCONNECT • 1/0 Ref II, A-5
SS$_DRVERR• //O Ref/, A-3, A-6; 1/0 Ref II,
A-3
SS$_DUPDSKQUOT A• 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_DUPFILENAME • 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_DUPUNIT • 1/0 Ref II, A-5
SS$_ENDOFFILE•//O Reff, 6-16, 7-6, 7-8, A-1,
A-2, A-6, A-7; 1/0 Ref II, 2-8, A-1, A-5
SS$_ENDOFFLINE • //O Ref II, A-3
SS$_ENDOFT APE• 1/0 Ref I, A-6
SS$_ENDOFVOLUME • //O Ref/, 6-16, A-6
SS$_EXBYTLM • //O Ref I, A-1
SS$_EXDISKQUOT A• 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_EXQUOT A• Device Driver, C-7, C-17; 1/0
Reff, A-5; 1/0 Ref II, 4-21, A-3, A-4, A-5

SS$_FCPREADERR • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_FCPREWNDERR • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_FCPSPACERR • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_FCPWRITERR • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_FILELOCKED • 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_FILENUMCHK • 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_FILEPURGE'D • 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_FILESEQCHK • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_FILESTRUCT • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_FILNOTEXP • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_FORCEDERR • 1/0 Ref I, A-3
SS$_FORMAT • 1/0 Ref/, A-3, A-6
SS$_HANGUP • 1/0 Ref /, 8-11
SS$_HEADERFULL• 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_1BCERROR • 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_1DXFILEFULL • //0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_1LLCNTRFUNC • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_1LLIOFUNC• //O Ref/, A-3, A-6
SS$_1NCOMPA T • 1/0 Ref/, A-9
SS$_1NSFBUFDP • //O Ref I, A-5
SS$_1NSFMAPREG • 1/0 Ref II, A-5
SS$_1NSFMAPREQ • 1/0 Ref/, A-5
SS$_1NSFMEM • Device Driver, C-7, C-11, C-1 5,
C-44,C-51; l/OReff, 7-11,A-5; l/ORefll,
4-21, 4-27 A-4, A-5
SS$_1NSFSPTS • Device Driver, C-1 5
SS$_1NSFWSL • Device Driver, 8-8, 8-10, C-32
SS$_1V ADDR • 1/0 Ref I, A-3
SS$_1VBUFLEN • //O Ref/, A-3, A-5; 1/0 Ref II,
4-21, A-4, A-5
SS$_1VCHAN •Device Driver, C-81
SS$_1VMODE • 1/0 Ref I, A-5
SS$_MBFULL •Device Driver, C-44, C-51; 1/0
Reff, 7-3, 7-11
SS$_MBTOOSML •Device Driver, C-44, C-51;
1/0 Ref/, 7-11
SS$_MCNOTV ALID • //O Ref /, A-5; 1/0 Ref II,
4-21, A-4
SS$_MEDOFL • 1/0 Ref/, A-3, A-6; 1/0 Ref II,
A-5
SS$_NODISKQUOT A• 1/0 Ref/, A-1
SS$_NOMOREFILES • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_NONEXDRV • 1/0 Ref I, A-3, A-6
SS$_NOPRIV • Device Driver, C-44, C-51, C-81 ;
1/0 Reff, 7-11, A-1; 1/0 Ref II, A-3, A-5
SS$_NOQFILE • //O Ref/, A-1
SS$_NORMAL •Device Driver, 8-8; 1/0 Ref I,
A-2, A-3, A-6, A-7, A-9; 1/0 Ref II, 4-21,
A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5
SS$_NOSUCHFILE • 1/0 Ref I, A-1
SS$_NOT APEOP • 1/0 Ref I, A-2
SS$_NOTLABELMT • 1/0 Ref I, A-2
SS$_NOTPRINTED • 1/0 Ref/, A-2
I

lndex-255

Index

SS$_NOTVOLSET • 1/0 Ref I, A-2
SS$_0PINCOMPL • 1/0 Ref I, A-3, A-6; 1/0 Ref
II, A-3, A-5
SS$_0VRDSKQUOT A• 1/0 Ref I, A-2
$$$_PARITY• 1/0 Ref I, A-3, A-5, A-6, A-9; 1/0
Ref II, 4-21, 4-35, A-3, A-4
SS$_PARTESCAPE•l/O Ref/, 8-7, 8-30, A-9
SS$_POWERFAIL • 1/0 Ref I, A-5; 1/0 Ref II,
4-3, 4-21, A-4
SS$_QFACTIVE • 1/0 Ref I, A-2
SS$_QFNOT ACT• 1/0 Ref I, A-2
SS$_RCT • 1/0 Ref I, A-3
SS$_RDDELDA TA• 1/0 Ref I, A-3
SS$_SUBRNG error• Programming, 6-27
$$$_SUPERSEDE• 1/0 Ref I, A-2
SS$_T APEPOSLOST • 1/0 Ref I, A-2
SS$_TIMEOUT• 1/0 Ref/, 8-27, A-3, A-5, A-6,
A-9 ; 1/0 Ref II, A-3, A-5
SS$_TOOMANYVER • 1/0 Ref I, A-2
SS$_TOOMUCHDA TA• 1/0 Ref II, A-5
$$$_UNSAFE• 1/0 Ref I, A-3, A-6
SS$_VQLINV • 1/0 Ref/, A-3, A-6
SS$_WASECC • 1/0 Ref I, A-3
SS$_WRITLCK • 1/0 Ref I, A-2, A-3, A-6
SS$_WRONGACP• l/O Ref/, A-2
SSEL (search and select) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-295
SSP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-14
STABACKIT.COM procedure• System Management, 2-19
ST ABACKIT command procedure• Software
Installation, 4-33, 4-36, 4-38, 4-40
/ST ABLE qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-32, SORT-69
Stack
device driver use of• Device Driver, 6-2, 9-2
Stack frame• MACRO Ref, 9-63
Stack limit
changing size of• System Services Ref,
SYS-382
Stack pointer
See SP
adjusting • System Services Ref, SYS-5
Stack usage• Intro to Routines, 2-11
See also Condition handler
Standalone BACKUP•System Management, 2-18;
Backup Ref, BACKU-29
alternate disk directory root• System
Management, 2-19
backing up the system disk• System
Management, 2-18
booting from alternate root SYSE • System
Management, 2-19; Software Installation,
4-40, 4-42

lndex-256

Standalone BACKUP (cont'd.)
booting from disk• Software Installation, 4-42
building
on an RL02 disk• Software Installation,
4-38
on console media• System Management,
2-21; Software Installation, 4-33
on floppy diskettes • System Management,
2-21; Software Installation, 4-33,
4-36
on TU58 tape cartridges• Software
Installation, 4-33
installing in SYSE •System Managerr....;11t, 2-19
qualifiers• Backup Ref, BACKU-29
using on disk• Software Installation, 4-39
Star coupler• VAXclusters, 1-3
ST ARLET.OLB •Programming, 4-22
See SYS$LIBRARY:ST ARLET.OLB
ST ART /CPU command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-615
ST ART /QUEUE/MANAGER command•
VAXclusters, 3-1 ; DCL Dictionary, DCL-625
to DCL-626
ST ART /QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-616 to OCL-624
/ST ART_POSITION qualifier• Debugger Ref,
C0-98
ST ART /CPU command• Rel Notes, 3-14
ST ART /QUEUE/MANAGER command• Rel Notes,
2-5; System Management, 9-3, 9-5
ST ART /QUEUE command• Rel Notes, 2-5;
System Management, 9-6
ST ART command• Software Installation, 2-2
Start 1/0 routine• Device Driver, 1-3
See also Alternate start 1/0 routine
address•Device Driver, 2-4, 7-6, 8-14, A-14,
0-9
context• Device Driver, 5-12 to 5-13, 8-15,
9-1 to 9-2, 0-10
for connect to interrupt facility• Device Driver,
H-10, H-14 to H-1 5
for MASSBUS device driver• Device Driver,
G-12
for MicroVAX I device driver• Device Driver,
10-10
for multiunit controller• Device Driver, 3-18
for single unit controller• Device Driver, 3-17
functions• Device Driver, 5-13 to 5-14
input• Device Driver, 0-9
IPL requirements• Device Driver, 0-1 O
of CONINTERR.EXE •Device Driver, H-9
output from • Device Driver, 0-9
reactivating• Device Driver, 3-10 to 3-12, 5-15
to 5-16

Index

Start 1/0 routine (cont'd.)

Statement (cont'd.)

register usage• Device Driver, 9-2, D-10
suspending• Device Driver, 5-14
transferring control to• Device Driver, 5-12 to
5-13, 8-14, 9-1, 12-3, C-58
writing • Device Driver, 9-1 to 9-8
Starting position, key• FDL Ref, FDL-30
STARTNET.COM•Networking, 5-4, 5-13, 6-2
ST ART OF LINE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-16
Startup
node-specific function• VAXclusters, 2-9
STARTUP.COM procedure• System Management,
2-3
STARTUP_Pn parameters• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-81
Startup command file• Text Processing, 1-68
DEFINE KEY command• Text Processing, 1-68,
1-70
DEFINE MACRO command• Text Processing,
1-68, 1-70
EDTINl.EDT file• Text Processing, 1-69
INCLUDE command• Text Processing, 1-68
SET LINES command• Text Processing, 1-69
SET MODE command• Text Processing, 1-69
SET NONUMBERS command• Text Processing,
1-70
SET QUIET command• Text Processing, 1-70
SET SEARCH EXACT command• Text
Processing, 1-70
SET WRAP command• Text Processing, 1-70
/COMMAND qualifier• Text Processing, 1-69
Startup command procedure • System Management, 2-3; SDA Ref, SDA-6, SDA-7
known file lists• System Management, 8-1
site-specific• System Management, 2-5
SYSGEN commands• System Management,
11-17
system • System Management, 4-1
Startup file
debugger• Programming, 5-37
Startup initialization file• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-12 to SHCL-13
creating• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-12 to
SHCL-13
default file type • Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-12
example• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-13
State• RTL Ref, 3-20
logging• Networking, 3-83
of circuit• Networking, 2-7
of line• Networking, 2-12
of local node• Networking, 2-3
substates • NCP Ref, NCP-17 4
transitions• NCP Ref, NCP-176
Statement• MACRO Ref, 1-1

character set• MACRO Ref, 3-1 to 3-2
comment• MACRO Ref, 2-3 to 2-4
continuation of• MACRO Ref, 2-1
for command definition file• CDU Ref, CDU-20
to CDU-39
format• MACRO Ref, 2-1 to 2-4
formatting source program• Programming, 4-2
label• MACRO Ref, 2-2
operand• MACRO Ref, 2-3
operator• MACRO Ref, 2-3, C-7 to C-9
separator for• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
special characters• MACRO Ref, C-6 to C-7
summary of• CDU Ref, CDU-2
Statement number
path-name prefix• Debugger Ref, 5-5
simple address • Debugger Ref, 5-5
ST AT entry point• Modular Procedures, 4-13
ST A TE parameter
for circuit• Networking, 3-36
for DTE• Networking, 3-25
for executor node• Networking, 3-20
for line• Networking, 3-52
for X25-SERVER module• Networking, 3-79
/ST A TE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-39, CD-103,
CD-158, CD-179
Static asynchronous connection• Networking,
1-4, 1-7, 1-9
network configuration• Networking, 5-17
reasons for failure• Networking, 5-9
Static asynchronous line• Networking, 1-9, 2-14,
5-8
installing• Networking, 5-8
shutting down• Networking, 5-9
Statistical report• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-1
Statistics
accounting
collection• DCL Dictionary, DCL-15
recording• DCL Dictionary, DCL-15
reporting • DCL Dictionary, DCL-15
sample display• Sort Ref, SORT-33
timer• Programming, 6-40
/ST A TISTICS qualifier• File Applications,
10-7; Error Log Ref, ERR-20; Debugger Ref,
CD-179; Sort Ref, SORT-33
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-13
CONVERT /RECLAIM command• Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-26
CONVERT command• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-26
Statistics report• File Applications, 10-7, 10-13

lndex-257

Index

$ST A TUS • DCL Concepts, 5-2; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-465
changing• DCL Dictionary, DCL-177, DCL-362
commands that do not set• Command
Procedures, 7-3
definition• Command Procedures, 7-1
format of• Command Procedures, 7-1
severity of error condition• Command
Procedures, 7-2
testing for success (odd) value• Command
Procedures, 7-2
value with SET NOON• Command Procedures,
7-6
Status• Device Driver, 11-5
process
to display current• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-595
to display
for device• DCL Dictionary, DCL-536,
DCL-548
for process• DCL Dictionary, DCL-536
for system • DCL Dictionary, DCL-536
"status_line" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-89
ST A TUS_LINE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-196
"status_video" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-89
Status block
write operation • Programming, 8-60
Status code
to control command interpreter response to•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-465
ST A TUS display type• Networking, 3-91
Status line
default information• VAXTPU Ref, 4-41
video attributes• VAXTPU Ref, 4-196
/ST A TUS qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-31
Status register
See CSR, MBA$L _SR
Status return• Mail Ref, MAIL-13
/ST A Y qualifier• EDT Ref, EDT-232
with TYPE command• EDT Ref, EDT-241
STEP command• Programming, 5-15; Debugger
Ref, 1-10, 3-1 , CD-188
displaying default qualifiers for• Debugger Ref,
3-3, CD-175
setting default qualifiers for• Debugger Ref,
3-3, CD-126
source display• Debugger Ref, 7-7
Stock
specifying for a queue• Rel Notes, 2-5
Stop
See also CTRL/C

lndex-258

Stop (cont'd.)
See also CTRL/Y
process• DCL Dictionary, DCL-627
detached• DCL Dictionary, DCL-627
subprocess• DCL Dictionary, DCL-627
runaway magnetic tape• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-195
terminal session• DCL Dictionary, DCL-304
STOP /CPU command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-629
STOP /QUEUE/ ABORT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-631
STOP /QUEUE/ENTRY command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-632
with a batch job• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-5
with a print job• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-3
STOP /QUEUE/MANAGER command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-633
STOP /QUEUE/NEXT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-634
and DELETE/QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-122
STOP /QUEUE/REQUEUE command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-635 to DCL-636
STOP /QUEUE/RESET command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-637
STOP /QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-630
STOP /QUEUE/MANAGER command• System
Management, 9-4
STOP /QUEUE/NEXT command• System
Management, 9-7
STOP /QUEUE command• System Management,
9-7
STOP command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-627 to
DCL-628; Debugger Ref, 2-13
See also EXIT command
and detached process image• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-368
and subprocess image• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-368.
using to end a command procedure• Command
Procedures, 5-15
$STOP routine• File Applications, 5-16
Storage• Modular Procedures, 2-17;
Programming, 2-9
array• Programming, 6-27
character data• Programming, 2-11
contiguous• Programming, 2-8
dynamic•Programming, 2-9, 2-10
heap• Modular Procedures, 2-17
initializing• Modular Procedures, 3-18
large data structures• Programming, 2-9
local• Programming, 2-3
numeric data• Programming, 2-10

Index

Storage (cont'd.)
stack• Modular Procedures, 2-17
static• Modular Procedures, 2-18, A-7
statistics• Programming, 2-13
summary• Modular Procedures, 2-20
Storage bit map file• Disk & Tape, A-2
Storage map• Programming, 4-36
STR$ADD •RTL Ref, RTL-760
STR$ANALYZE_SDESC •RTL Ref, 5-4, RTL-764
STR$APPEND •RTL Ref, 5-9, RTL-766
STR$CASE_BLIND_COMPARE •RTL Ref,
RTL-768
STR$COMPARE•RTL Ref, 2-16, RTL-770
STR$COMPARE_EQL•RTL Ref, 2-16, RTL-772
STR$COMPARE_MULTl• RTL Ref, RTL-77 4
STR$CONCA T •RTL Ref, 5-9, RTL-776
STR$COPY_DX•RTL Ref, 5~7, 5-8, RTL-779
STR$COPY_R •RTL Ref, RTL-781
STR$DIVIDE •RTL Ref, RTL-783
STR$DUPL_CHAR•RTL Ref, RTL-787
STR$FIND_FIRST_IN_SET• RTL Ref, RTL-789
STR$FINO_FIRST_NQT_IN_SET •RTL Ref,
RTL-791
STR$FIND_FIRST_SUBSTRING •RTL Ref,
RTL-793
STR$FREELDX•RTL Ref, RTL-796
STR$GETLDX•RTL Ref, RTL-797
STR$GET 1_DX routine• File Applications, 5-13
STR$LEFT• RTL Ref, 5-9, RTL-799
STR$LEN_EXTR •RTL Ref, RTL-802
STR$MATCH_WILD •RTL Ref, RTL-805
STR$MUL •RTL Ref, RTL-807
STR$POS_EXTR •RTL Ref, 5-9, RTL-813
STR$POSITION •RTL Ref, RTL-811
STR$PREFIX • RTL Ref, 5-9, RTL-816
STR$RECIP • RTL Ref, RTL-8 18
STR$REPLACE •RTL Ref, RTL-822
STR$RIGHT•RTL Ref, 5-9, RTL-825
STR$ROUND •RTL Ref, RTL-828
STR$TRANSLATE •RTL Ref, RTL-831
STR$TRIM •Fi.TL Ref, RTL-834
STR$UPCASE •RTL Ref, RTL-836
STR built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-219
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-219
STREAM_CR format• FOL Ref, FDL-34
STREAM_LF format• FOL Ref, FDL-34
STREAM carriage control • Convert Ref, CONV-3
STREAM format• FOL Ref, FDL-34
Stream record type• Disk & Tape, B-16
Stream timer• Networking, 3-54
String
See also Character string

String (cont'd.)
See also Descriptor
See also String manipulation procedure
allocating• RTL Ref, RTL-535
appending source string to end of destination
string• RTL Ref, RTL-766
automatic evaluation by command interpreter•
DCL Concepts, 6-1
comparing, using operators• Command
Procedures, 5-10
comparing for equality, no padding • RTL Ref,
RTL-772
comparing two• RTL Ref, RTL-770
comparing without regard to case• RTL Ref,
RTL-768
concatenating• DCL Concepts, 5-9; RTL Ref,
RTL-776
converting to uppercase• RTL Ref, RTL-836
copying by descriptor• RTL Ref, RTL-258,
RTL-528, RTL-779, RTL-781
copying by reference• RTL Ref, RTL-260,
RTL-530
counted • Programming, 6-15
divide two decimal strings• RTL Ref, RTL-783
dynamic length• RTL Ref, 5-2, 5-3, 5-11, 5-12
evaluation rules• RTL Ref, 5-1
expression• DCL Concepts, 5-9
finding substring • RTL Ref, RTL-811
fixed length• RTL Ref, 5-1
formatting output• System Services Ref,
SYS-155
free• RTL Ref, RTL-534
implicit conversion to integer• DCL Concepts,
5-8
inserting source string at front of destination •
RTL Ref, RTL-816
maximum length of• RTL Ref, 5-1
network access control • System Security,
3-34
null string • RTL Ref, 5-11
output length argument• RTL Ref, 5-8
reciprocal of decimal string• RTL Ref, RTL-818
reduction• DCL Concepts, 5-9
removing trailing blanks and tabs• RTL Ref,
RTL-834
rounding or truncating a decimal string • RTL
Ref, RTL-828
searching for file specification in • System
Services Ref, SYS-169
semantics of• RTL Ref, 5-1 , 5-4
skipping characters in• RTL Ref, RTL-291
special-purpose assignment• DCL Concepts,
5-4
specification of• CDU Ref, CDU-7

lndex-259

Index

String (cont'd.)

String manipulation procedure (cont'd.)

to insert with FAQ• VAXTPU Ref, 4-75
translating matched characters in • RTL Ref,
RTL-831
varying length• RTL Ref, 5-2
String-1 specifier
with SUBSTITUTE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-234
with SUBSTITUTE NEXT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-237
String-1 specifier command
with S (substitute) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-288
String-2 specifier
with SUBSTITUTE command• EDT Ref,
EDT-234
with SUBSTITUTE NEXT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-237
String-2 specifier command
with S (substitute) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-288
String argument• MACRO Ref, 4-3 to 4-5
String arithmetic• RTL Ref, RTL-760
division of decimal strings• RTL Ref, RTL-783
multiplication• RTL Ref, RTL-807
String assignment (:=) command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-7 to DCL-10
String assignment statement
format• DCL Concepts, 5-9
space and tab removal• DCL Concepts, 5-4
special purpose format• DCL Concepts, 5-4
uppercase conversion• DCL Concepts, 5-4
String comparison operation• DCL Concepts,
5-14
implicit conversion in• DCL Concepts, 5-8
operands for• DCL Concepts, 5-15
String concatenation operator (+) • DCL Concepts,
5-9
STRING data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-2 to 2-3
String data type
See Data type
character• MACRO Ref, 8-6 to 8-7
leading separate numeric• MACRO Ref, 8-9 to
8-10
packed decimal• MACRO Ref, 8-10 to 8-11
trailing numeric• MACRO Ref, 8-7 to 8-9
String descriptor• RTL Ref, RTL-4, RTL-764
String instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-122 to 9-135,
9-139 to 9-162
String manipulation procedure • RTL Ref, 5-1
descriptor classes and string semantics• RTL
Ref, 5-4
how to select• RTL Ref, 5-8

list of severe errors• RTL Ref, 5-11
reading input string arguments • RTL Ref, 5-5
writing output string arguments• RTL Ref, 5-6
String operation• DCL Concepts, 5-9
operands for• DCL Concepts, 5-11
String operator
in macro• MACRO Ref, 4-7 to 4-10
/STRING qualifier• Debugger Ref, 7-11, CD-82
String reduction operator (-) • D_C!- Concepts; - -5..-9
String specifier• EDT Ref,- - El)T-233
with DEFINE KEY command• EDT Ref,
EDT-125
with SET ENTITY command• EDT Ref,
EDT-167
with SET PROMPT command• EDT Ref,
EDT-178
with SET TEXT command• EDT Ref, EDT-192
with XLA TE command• EDT Ref, EDT-315
String specifier command• EDT Ref, EDT-296
with SSEL (search and select) command• EDT
Ref, EDT-295
String specifier function• EDT Ref, EDT-100
String value• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-32
Structure
error• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-9
examining• Ana/yze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-11
indexed file• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-3
of file• Ana/yze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1,
ARMS-2
of indexed file• FOL Ref, FDL-30
pointer• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-15
relative file• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-3
sequential file• Ana/yze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-2
Structure level
definition for disks• DCL Dictionary, DCL-201
STS (status) field

lndex-260

See also Completion status field
contents• RMS Ref, 2-5
STV (status value) field
See also Completion status field
contents • RMS Ref, 2-5
.STYLE HEADERS command• DSR Ref, 2-118
SUBADDRESSES parameter
for SET EXECUTOR command• Networking,
3-46
for X25-SERVER module• Networking, 3-75
SUBB2 (Subtract Byte 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-31
SUBB3 (Subtract Byte 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-31
Subcommand• Programming, 7-22

Index

Subcommand (cont'd.)

SUBMIT command (cont'd.)

defining• Programming, 7-22
read• Programming, 7-23
Subconditional assembly block directives• MACRO
Ref, 6-42 to 6-44
.IF_FALSE•MACRO Ref, 6-42 to 6-44
.IF_TRUE• MACRO Ref, 6-42 to 6-44
.IF_TRUE_FALSE •MACRO Ref, 6-42 to 6-44
Subcontroller • Device Driver, A-16
SUBD2 (Subtract D_floating 2 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-120
SUBD3 (Subtract D_floating 3 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-120
Subdirectory• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-9

using /NOPRINT qualifier with• Command
Procedures, 8-5
using /NOTIFY qualifier with • Command
Procedures, 8-4
using /PARAMETERS qualifier with• Command
Procedures, 8-5
using /QUEUE qualifier with• Command
Procedures, 8-4
using /REST ART qualifier with • Command
Procedures, 8-5
using for a batch job command procedure •
Command Procedures, 8-2
using for a command procedure• Command
Procedures, 1-7
SUBP4 (Subtract Packed 4 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-161 to 9-162
SUBP6 (Subtract Packed 6 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-161 to 9-162
.SUBPAGE command•DSR Ref, 2-120
Subpaging command
.DISPLAY SUBPAGE command• DSR Ref, 2-25
.END SUBPAGE command•DSR Ref, 2-120
.NUMBER SUBPAGE command• DSR Ref, 2-94
.SUBPAGE command•DSR Ref, 2-120
Subprocess• System Services Ref, 8-2, SYS-89
at DCL level• VAXTPU Ref, 4-37
built-in procedures for
ATTACH• VAXTPU Ref, 4-19
CREA TE_PROCESS • VAXTPU Ref, 4-37
SEND• VAXTPU Ref, 4-158
SEND_EOF • VAXTPU Ref, 4-160
SPAWN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-216
concurrent execution• Programming, 3-4
connecting to using LIB$A TT ACH •RTL Ref,
9-9
context• Programming, 3-3
creating• Programming, 3-2
creating with SPAWN command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-610
creation of using LIB$SP AWN• RTL Ref, 9-9
deleting• Programming, 3-7; VAXTPU Ref,
2-15, 4-37
disk and directory default• System Services Ref,
8-5
establishing values for• Perform Manage, 5-6
execution• Programming, 3-4
image• System Services Ref, 8-3
in line execution • Programming, 3-4
input, output, and error device• System
Services Ref, 8-3
LIB$SPA WN •Programming, 3-2
restrictions• VAXTPU Ref, 2-15
running V AXTPU from• VAXTPU Ref, A-6

See Directory
creating• DCL Dictionary, DCL-77
how to create a• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-10
inherits ACL of parent• System Security, 4-40
SUBF2 (Subtract F_floating 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-120
SUBF3 (Subtract F_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-120
SUBG2 (Subtract G_floating 2 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-120
SUBG3 (Subtract G_floating 3 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-120
SUBH2 (Subtract H_floating 2 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-120
SUBH3 (Subtract H_floating 3 Operand) instruction
•MACRO Ref, 9-120
Subindex flag (> )
default• DSR Ref, 3-17
description• DSR Ref, 3-1 7
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-54
/SUBJECT qualifier•Mail Ref, MAIL-8, MAIL-19
SUBL2 (Subtract Long 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-31
SUBL3 (Subtract Long 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-31
Sublock •System Services Ref, 12-10
SUBMIT_ON_CLOSE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-25
SUBMIT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-19,
6-4; Disk & Tape, 4-2; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-220, DCL-638 to DCL-645
specifying multiple command procedures with•
Command Procedures, 8-3
using I AFTER qualifier with • Command
Procedures, 8-4
using /HOLD qualifier with • Command
Procedures, 8-4
using /KEEP qualifier with• Command
Procedures, 8-5
using /NAME qualifier with• Command
Procedures, 8-4

lndex-261

Index

Subprocess (cont'd.)

Substituting text (EDT) (cont'd.)

switching control of input stream to• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-4 7
SYS$CREPRC •Programming, 3-2
within V AXTPU • VAXTPU Ref, 4-37
Subprocess creation limit• System Management,
6-5
Subprocess login • System Security, 3-5
Subprogram • Programming, 1-1
as argument• Programming, 1-8
BLOCK DAT A statement• Programming, 1-12
dispatch• Programming, 7-26
execution • Programming, 1-3
function• Programming, 1-4
intrinsic• Programming, 1-5
Run-Time Library procedure• Programming,
1-6
subroutine• Programming, 1-3
system-defined procedures• Programming, 1-6
system service procedure• Programming, 1-6
Subroutine
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-3
invoking• Programming, 1-3
system• Programming, 6-9
termination of GOSUB • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-362
SUBROUTINE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-51
SUBROUTINE statement• Programming, 1-4, 2-1,
4-19
array processing• Programming, 6-26
record processing• Programming, 6-38
Subscript
array• Programming, 6-24
SUBS function• Text Processing, 1-22; EDT Ref,
EDT-101
SUBSTITUTE command• Text Processing, 1-33,
2-7; EDT Ref, EDT-234; VAXTPU Ref, G-7
Substitute flag ($$)
default• DSR Ref, 3-18
description • DSR Ref, 3-18
pairing • DSR Ref, 3-18
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-55
SUBSTITUTE NEXT command• Text Processing,
1-33; EDT Ref, EDT-237
Substituting text (EDT)• Text Processing, 1-22
CUT keypad function• Text Processing, 1-22
FIND keypad function• Text Processing, 1-22
FNDNXT keypad function• Text Processing,
1-22
GOLD key• Text Processing, 1-22
REPLACE keypad function• Text Processing,
1-24

SELECT keypad function• Text Processing,
1-22
SUBS keypad function• Text Processing, 1-22
Substitution
iterative• DCL Concepts, 6-5, 6-6
of symbols in command procedure • DCL
Concepts, 6-1
of symbols within character string • DCL
Concepts, 6-3
repetitive• DCL Concepts, 6-5
Substitution operator
ampersand (&) used as• DCL Concepts, 6-3
apostrophe (') used as• DCL Concepts, 6-2
SUBSTR built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-220
to 4-221
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-220
Substring• Programming, 6-13; RTL Ref, 5-1
replacing• RTL Ref, RTL-822
.SUBTITLE command• Text Processing, 4-41,
4-42; DSR Ref, 2-121
Subtitle command
.AUTOSUBTITLE command• DSR Ref, 2-6
.DATE command• DSR Ref, 2-15
.HEADERS ON command• DSR Ref, 2-63
.LAYOUT command• DSR Ref, 2-75
.NO AUTOSUBTITLE command• DSR Ref, 2-6
.NO DA TE command• DSR Ref, 2-15
.NO HEADERS command• DSR Ref, 2-63
.NO SUBTITLE command• DSR Ref, 2-121
.SUBTITLE command• DSR Ref, 2-121
.SUBTITLE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-92
Subtitle within running head
See Running head
Subtopic specifier
with HELP command• EDT Ref, EDT-140
Subtraction • Programming, 6-7
two's complement• RTL Ref, RTL-308
Subtraction operator• SDA Ref, SDA-12
SUBW2 (Subtract Word 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-31
SUBW3 (Subtract Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-31
usuccess" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-94
Success completion routine• RMS Ref, 2-5
SUCCESS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-198
/SUCCESS qualifier
in message definition • Message Ref, MSG-22
SUMMARY display type• Networking, 3-91
Summary items• Accounting Ref, ACC-32
SUMMARY keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
Summary output• Monitor Ref, MON-11

lndex-262

Index

/SUMMARY qualifier• Accounting Ref,
ACC-32; Error Log Ref, ERR-21; Monitor
Ref, MON-30; SDA Ref, SDA-87
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-14
Summary report• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1
Summary XAB
See XABSUM
SUMSLP description• DCL Dictionary, DCL-161
SUMSLP Utility
command file, running SUMSLP from a•
SUMSLP Ref, SUM-12
directing output• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-1
editing commands, specifying• SUMSLP Ref,
SUM-5
examples• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-18
files• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-2
how SUMSLP processes files• SUMSLP Ref,
SUM-5
invoking• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-1
messages• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-12
qualifier• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-13 to SUM-18
SUPERSEDE attribute• File Applications, 4-35;
FOL Ref, FDL-25
Supersede option• File Applications, 4-35, 5-12
Supersensitive account
use of dual passwords• System Security, 3-22
Supervisor-mode stack pointer• SDA Ref,
SDA-14
/SUPERVISOR qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-105
SUP option• FOL Ref, FDL-25
Surface_Plot graph• File Applications, 4-16, A-3
Surveillance by security manager• System
Security, 5-8 7
Suspension • System Services Ref, 8-11, 8-13
compared with hibernation• System Services
Ref, 8-11
SVC (switched virtual circuit)• Networking, 1-12,
2-7,2-11
for DLM use• Networking, 2-7, 2-11
for X.25 native use• Networking, 2-7
SVPCTX (Save Process Context) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-188
Swap file• System Management, 11-15, 11-16
activating secondary• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-28
creating or extending• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-22
SW APFILES. COM procedure• System Management, 11-15
Swap file size
use in making alternate root• Rel Notes, 1-30;
Software Installation, 6-21
Swapper trimming
adjusting• Perform Manage, 5-1 O

Swapper trimming (cont'd.)
alternative to swapping• Perform Manage,
3-32
analyzing when ineffective• Perform Manage,
4-26
investigating• Perform Manage, 4-16
memory reclamation• Perform Manage, 5-14
overview• Perform Manage, 2-19
Swapping
artificially induced• Perform Manage, 3-32
converting to system that rarely swaps•
Perform Manage, 5-10
effect on CPU resource• Perform Manage,
3-32
effect on disk subsystem• Perform Manage,
3-32
enabling for disk ACPs •Perform Manage, 5-13
for created process• DCL Dictionary, DCL-373
inducing paging to reduce• Perform Manage,
5-14
process
enable or disable swap mode • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-4 7 6
Swapping 1/0 activity• Perform Manage, 3-44
Swapping 1/0 function• Device Driver, A-21
Swapping symptom
analyzing• Perform Manage, 4-18
diagnosing• Perform Manage, 4-18
for disks• Perform Manage, 4-36
for large waiting process• Perform Manage,
4-24
SWl$GL_FQFL •Device Driver, C-26
Switch• FOL Ref, FDL-3
AUTO REST ART• Software Installation, 2-9
AUTO REST ART /BOOT• Software Installation,
2-14
BOOT• Software Installation, 2-9
BOOT DEVICE• Software Installation, 2-11,
2-24
keylock
VAX-11/725,VAX-11/730• Software
Installation, 2-15
V AX-11 /750 •Software Installation, 2-12
V AX-11 /780 •Software Installation, 2-9
POWER ON ACTION• Software Installation,
2-11
RESET• Software Installation, 2-12
restart control• Software Installation, 2-4
terminal control• Software Installation, 2-4
/SWITCH_HOOK qualifier• Phone Ref, PHONE-6
Switched virtual circuit
See SVC

lndex-263

Index

Switch-hook character• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-24;
Phone Ref, PHONE-6, PHONE-8
SWITCH parameter• Networking, 3-56
SWPFILCNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-81
SWPOUTPGCNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-81
swapping and swapper trimming • Perform
Manage, 3-32, 3-35
SYLOGIN.COM
building common version of• VAXclusters, 2-9
coordinating• VAXc/usters, 2-6 to 2-10
creating common version of• VAXclusters, 2-7
defining logical name for• VAXc/usters, 2-7
Symbiont• System Management, 9-1 to 9-2, 9-7
See also Queue
allocating memory• Util Routines Ref, SMB-4
carriage control
processing of• Util Routines Ref, PSM-11
connecting to a device• Util Routines Ref,
SMB-5
device• Util Routines Ref, PSM-2
environments• Util Routines Ref, SMB-5
function• Util Routines Ref, PSM-4, SMB-3
identifying process• System Management, 9-3
input• Util Routines Ref, PSM-2, SMB-1
INPSMB.EXE file• Util Routines Ref, SMB-1
internal logic • Util Routines Ref, PSM-5
main format routine• Util Routines Ref,
PSM-13
main input routine • Util Routines Ref,
PSM-10
main output routine• Uti/ Routines Ref,
PSM-14
job controller
communication with• Util Routines Ref,
SMB-1
job controller request• Util Routines Ref,
SMB-6
asynchronous • Util Routines Ref, SMB-7
processing • Util Routines Ref, SMB-12
reading • Util Routines Ref, SMB-11
responding • Util Routines Ref, SMB-14
synchronous• Util Routines Ref, SMB-6
modification • Util Routines Ref, PSM-7
format routine• Util Routines Ref, PSM-12
guidelines• Util Routines Ref, PSM-8
initialization routine• Util Routines Ref,
PSM-15
input routine• Util Routines Ref, PSM-9
integration of routines• Util Routines Ref,
PSM-16
output routine• Util Routines Ref, PSM-13
restrictions • Util Routines Ref, PSM-8

lndex-264

Symbiont (cont'd.)
modifying • Util Routines Ref, SMB-4
multistream • Util Routines Ref, SMB-11
multithreaded • Util Routines Ref, PSM-3
output• Util Routines Ref, PSM-2, SMB-1
PRTSMB.EXE file• Util Routines Ref, SMB-1
process-permanent file • Util Routines Ref,
SMB-4
server• Util Routines Ref, PSM-2, SMB-1
single stream • Util Routines Ref, PSM-3,
SMB-11
SYSGEN MAXBUF parameter• Util Routines Ref,
PSM-7
type• Util Routines Ref, SMB-1
user-written • Util Routines Ref, SMB-1, SMB-4
guidelines• Util Routines Ref, SMB-4
VAX/VMS printer• Util Routines Ref, SMB-1
Symbiont/Job Controller Interface routine
See SMB routine
Symbiont thread • Util Routines Ref, PSM-3
Symbol• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-1; Programming,
6-1 ; VAXTPU Ref, 3-3; Patch Ref,
PATCH-10 to PATCH-17; SDA Ref,
SDA-13; MACRO Ref, 3-4 to 3-7
and logical names• Programming, 3-25
AP• SDA Ref, SDA-13
assign value with READ command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-341
automatic evaluation of• DCL Concepts, 6-1
binary overlay in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-3
built-in • Debugger Ref, 4-5, 5-7, C-5, D-3
character overlays in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-8
CLUSTRLOA • SDA Ref, SDA-13
commands that affect• Patch Ref, PA TCH-17
compared to logical name• Command
Procedures, 2-21
created with the DEFINE command • Patch Ref,
PA TCH-15, PA TCH-54, PA TCH-55
creating• Command Procedures, 2-1 O
cross-reference listing • Modular Procedures,
3-10
cross-referencing• MACRO Ref, 6-16 to 6-17,
6-65
debugger• Programming, 5-28
defining• Programming, 4-19; Debugger Ref,
4-6, CD-33
defining with DCL • DCL Concepts, 1-1 O
definition• Command Procedures, 2-1 O; DCL
Concepts, 5-1; Modular Procedures,
A-8; Linker Ref, LINK-9
deleting• Command Procedures, 2-11
from global symbol table• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-123

Index

Symbol
deleting (cont'd.)
from local symbol table • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-123
determining value of• Command Procedures,
2-1 O; Patch Ref, PA TCH-63; MACRO
Ref, 3-6
displaying• Debugger Ref, CD-33, CD-176
entering into symbol table •Patch Ref,
PATCH-80
ESP• SDA Ref, SDA-13
evaluating the value of using IF command •
Command Procedures, 5-8
external• MACRO Ref, 6-33, 6-97
for register• SDA Ref, SDA-13
FP • SDA Ref, SDA-13
G • SDA Ref, SDA-13
general assignment• DCL Dictionary, DCL-3
global• Command Procedures, 2-11;
Programming, 4-19; Linker Ref,
LINK-10; Patch Ref, PATCH-11;
Debugger Ref, 4-10; MACRO Ref, 3-6,
6-33, 6-36, 6-94, 6-97
H • SDA Ref, SDA-13
information about, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-56
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG-14
in operand field• MACRO Ref, 3-6
in operator field• MACRO Ref, 3-6
in place of numbers• Modular Procedures,
3-10, A-9
interactive assignment in command procedure•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-214
KSP • SDA Ref, SDA-13
line number• Debugger Ref, 2-2
local• Command Procedures, 2-11;
Programming, 4-19; Linker Ref,
LINK-9; Patch Ref, PATCH-11; Debugger
Ref, 2-2; MACRO Ref, 3-6
macro name• MACRO Ref, 3-6
made available to debugger• MACRO Ref, 6-22
masking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-507
MCHK • SDA Ref, SDA-13
module name• Patch Ref, PA TCH-11
module setting • Debugger Ref, 1-17
MP•SDA Ref, SDA-13
MSCP • SDA Ref, SDA-13
name• Programming, 4-19
nnDRIVER • SDA Ref, SDA-13, SDA-22
POBR • SDA Ref, SDA-13
POLR • SDA Ref, SDA-13
P1LR• SDA Ref, SDA-13
passing • Patch Ref, PA TCH-1 O
patch area• Patch Ref, PA TCH-21, PA TCH-42
PATCH symbol table • Patch Ref, PA TCH-1 O

Symbol (cont'd.)
pathname• Patch Ref, PA TCH-15
PC• SDA Ref, SDA-13
permanent• MACRO Ref, 3-5, 3-6
pointer-qualified • Debugger Ref, 4-9
program section name• Patch Ref, PATCH-11
PSL • SDA Ref, SDA-13
register name• MACRO Ref, 3-5, 3-6
relation to pathname• Debugger Ref, 1-1 O
removing from symbol table• Patch Ref,
PATCH-45
resolving • Debugger Ref, 1-18, 4-9
RMS• SDA Ref, SDA-13
routine name • Patch Ref, PA TCH-11 ;
Debugger Ref, 2-2
SCSLOA • SDA Ref, SDA-13
simple• Debugger Ref, 4-7
/DEBUG qualifier• Debugger Ref, 2-2
SP• SDA Ref, SDA-14
specification of• CDU Ref, CDU-7
SSP • SDA Ref, SDA-14
storage• Programming, 4-18
string assignment• DCL Dictionary, DCL-7
structure-qualified • Debugger Ref, 4-8
subscript-qualified• Debugger Ref, 4-7
substitution• Command Procedures, 2-19
suppressing• MACRO Ref, 6-23
symbolic instruction label • Patch Ref,
PATCH-12 to PATCH-15
SYSLOA • SDA Ref, SDA-14
table• VAXTPU Ref, 3-3
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-596
transferral to VAX Symbolic Debugger• MACRO
Ref, 6-18
translating into address values• Patch Ref,
PATCH-16, PATCH-17, PATCH-20
types of• Linker Ref, LINK-9; Debugger Ref,
4-5
undefined• MACRO Ref, 6-22
universal• Programming, 4-30; Linker Ref,
LINK-10 ; Patch Ref, PA TCH-11,
PATCH-12
unresolved• Programming, 4-21
user-defined• MACRO Ref, 3-5 to 3-6, 3-6
using as variables• Command Procedures,
2-10
using to obtain an output value• Command
Procedures, 3-14
using with WRITE command• Command
Procedures, 6-6
USP• SDA Ref, SDA-14
/SYMBOL_TABLE qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-8,
LINK-130

lndex-265

Index

Symbol attribute directive
.WEAK• MACRO Ref, 6-97
Symbol declaration• Debugger Ref, 4-9
Symbol definition macro
description • RMS Ref, 3-1
Symbolic bit offset
use in specifying options• RMS Ref, 2-3
Symbolic debugger
See Debugger
Symbolic definition macro• System Services Ref,
2-8
Symbolic instruction label •Patch Ref, PA TCH-12
to PATCH-15
function of• Patch Ref, PA TCH-12
side effects when using patch• Patch Ref,
PATCH-12 to PATCH-15
Symbolic mode• Debugger Ref, CD-109
Symbolic name
assigning to starting address• Patch Ref,
PATCH-22, PATCH-42
creating • Patch Ref, PA TCH-54
definition • DCL Dictionary, DCL-3, DCL-7
Symbolic naming exception
control block• RMS Ref, 2-3
Symbolic offset
control block• RMS Ref, 2-3
format• RMS Ref, 2-2
use in locating control block fields• RMS Ref,
2-2
SYMBOLIZE command• Debugger Ref, CD-192
Symbol list
defining • Device Driver, B-13
Symbol name• DCL Concepts, 5-1
assignment to character string expression• DCL
Concepts, 5-4
binary overlay in• DCL Concepts, 5-17
change context of• DCL Concepts, 5-6
function in command procedure• DCL Concepts,
5-1
iterative replacement in expression • DCL
Concepts, 6-7
iterative substitution• DCL Concepts, 6-5
repetitive substitution• DCL Concepts, 6-5
rules for forming• DCL Concepts, 5-1
substitution
in character string• DCL Concepts, 6-3
performed by command interpreter• DCL
Concepts, 6-5
using ampersand• DCL Concepts, 6-3
using apostrophe• DCL Concepts, 6-2
undefined• DCL Concepts, 6-8
use of offset in substring replacement• DCL
Concepts, 5-16

lndex-266

/SYMBOL qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-59
for symbol table• SDA Ref, SDA-1
Symbol record • Debugger Ref, 1-5
deleting from AST• Debugger Ref, 1-17, 4-20
DST• Debugger Ref, 4-2
GST •Debugger Ref, 4-3
information in AST• Debugger Ref, 4-19
inserting into the AST• Debugger Ref, 1-17,
4-20
AST • Debugger Ref, 4-3
traceback• Debugger Ref, 2-2, 4-1
Symbol reference• Linker Ref, LINK-9
incorrect• Debugger Ref, 4-4
pathname• Debugger Ref, 4-11
Symbol resolution• Linker Ref, LINK-5,
LINK-9, LINK-11, LINK-34, LINK-72, LINK-131,
LINK-139, LINK-143
Symbol search mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
See also Entry and display mode
SYMBOLS-NOSYMBOLS mode• Patch Ref,
PATCH-19
/SYMBOLS qualifier• Message Ref, MSG-12
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-60
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
for EVALUATE• SDA Ref, SOA-38
INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-70
REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-7 4
SET MODE command•Patch Ref, PATCH-78
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-92
Symbol substitution
automatic evaluation• DCL Concepts, 6-1
in command procedure• DCL Concepts, 6-1
Symbol table• Patch Ref, PA TCH-10, PA TCH-15;
SDA Ref, SDA-13
of a library• Linker Ref, LINK-71
of a shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK-4
order of search by command interpreter• DCL
Concepts, 5-3
SDA • SDA Ref, SDA-10
search order during symbol substitution • DCL
Concepts, 5-3
SYS.STB•SDA Ref, SDA-10
SYSDEF .STB • SDA Ref, SDA-10
system• SDA Ref, SDA-10
used by debugger• Debugger Ref, 4-2
Symbol table file
content of• Linker Ref, LINK-5
input to linker• Linker Ref, LINK-5, LINK-61
output of linker•Linker Ref, LINK-8, LINK-130
Synchronization techniques• Device Driver, 1-9 to
1-1 0 3-1 to 3-18
I

Index

Synchronization techniques (cont'd.)
See also IPL, Fork queue, and Resource wait
queue
SYNCHRONIZE command• Command Procedures,
8-13; DCL Dictionary, DCL-646 to DCL-647
Synchronous backplane interconnect
See SBI
Synchronous connection • Networking, 1-4
Synchronous disconnect• Networking, 8-9, 8-13,
8-28, 8-34
Synchronous input/output• Programming, 8-55
Synchronous operation• File Applications, 8-21,
8-22
SYNONYM clause
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU-36
Syntax• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
ACE• System Security, 4-26 to 4-33
error• Programming, 4-6
event list identification • NCP Ref, NCP-9
identifier• System Security, 4-21 to 4-23
of NCP commands• NCP Ref, NCP-4
protection code• System Security, 4-8
rules for naming NCP components and
parameters • NCP Ref, NCP-7
Syntax change
See also DEFINE SYNTAX statement
how to define• CDU Ref, CDU-9
SYNTAX clause
for DEFINE TYPE statement• CDU Ref, CDU-29
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
Syntax rules for patch commands• Patch Ref,
PA TCH-25 to PA TCH-29
delimiting parameter values• Patch Ref,
PATCH-28
entering ASCII data strings • Patch Ref,
PATCH-25
entering comments• Patch Ref, PA TCH-28
entering numeric data•Patch Ref, PATCH-27
entering VAX MACRO instructions• Patch Ref,
PATCH-25
operators for addressing locations• Patch Ref,
PATCH-29
operators for arithmetic expressions •Patch Ref,
PATCH-28
VAX MACRO instructions with same opcodes•
Patch Ref, PA TCH-26
SYS.MAP file• SDA Ref, SDA-15
SYS.STB file• SDA Ref, SDA-10
SYS$ADD_HOLDER •System Services Ref, 3-8,
SYS-1
SYS$ADD_IDENT •System Services Ref, 3-8,
SYS-3

SYS$ADJSTK •System Services Ref, SYS-5
SYS$ADJWSL • System Services Ref, 11-6,
SYS-7
SYS$ALLOC •Device Driver, A-28, A-31;
System Services Ref, SYS-9
example• System Services Ref, 7-21
SYS$ANNOUNCE •System Security, 5-35
SYS$ANNOUNCE logical name• System
Management, 2-9
SYS$ASCEFC • System Services Ref, SYS-12
SYS$ASCTIM •Programming, 6-44; System
Services Ref, SYS-15
example• System Services Ref, 9-2
SYS$ASCTOID •System Services Ref, 3-7,
SYS-18
SYS$ASSIGN •Networking, 5'"2, 8-16; Device
Driver, 1-6, 2-2, 5-3, 7-7, A-6, A-31, A-32,
H-8; Programming, 8-55; System Services
Ref, SYS-20; 1/0 Ref I, 7-2, 8-16; 1/0 Ref
II, 2-9, 6-3
example • System Services Ref, 7-13
format• Networking, 8-18, 8-29
_NET:• Networking, 8-29
nontransparent use of• Networking, 8-23
transparent use of• Networking, 8-16
SYS$BATCH
redefining• VAXclusters, 3-8
SYS$BINTIM •Programming, 6-44; System
Services Ref, 9-3, SYS-24
SYS$BRKTHRU •System Services Ref, SYS-27
SYS$BRKTHRUW •System Services Ref, SYS-35
SYS$CANCEL •Networking, 8-28; Device Driver,
1-4, 13-4, 13-5, A-14, D-2, D-3, H-12;
System Services Ref, SYS-36 ; 1/0 Ref /,
4-12
example• System Services Ref, 7-20
SYS$CANEXH •System Services Ref, SYS-38
SYS$CANTIM •System Services Ref, SYS-39
example• System Services Ref, 9-6
SYS$CANWAK •System Services Ref, 9-6,
SYS-41
SYS$CHANGE_ACL•System Services Ref, 3-16,
3-23, SYS-43
SYS$CHECK_ACCESS •System Services Ref,
3-28, SYS-46.1, SYS-47
SYS$CHFDEF macro• System Services Ref, 10-9
SYS$CHKPRO •System Services Ref, 3-27,
SYS-47
SYS$CLOSE •RMS Ref, 3-3
SYS$CLREF • System Services Ref, 4-4, SYS-54
SYS$CMEXEC •System Services Ref, SYS-55
SYS$CMKRNL •System Services Ref, SYS-5 7
SYS$CNTREG •System Services Ref, SYS-59
See also SYS$DELTV A

lndex-267

Index

SYS$COMMAND •Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-14;
Command Procedures, 2-8
changing the default value of• Command
Procedures, 2-9
equivalence in batch job command procedure•
Command Procedures, 2-9
equivalence in interactive command procedure•
Command Procedures, 2-9
using to define SYS$1NPUT as your terminal•
Command Procedures, 3-7
SYS$CONNECT •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$CREATE •Programming, 9-23; RMS Ref,
3-3
SYS$CREATE_RDB •System Services Ref, 3-6,
SYS-91
SYS$CRELNM • System Services Ref, SYS-61
SYS$CRELNT •System Services Ref, SYS-66
SYS$CREMBX •Networking, 5-2, 8-23;
Programming, 3-29; System Services Ref,
SYS-72; 1/0 Reff, 7-2
SYS$CREPRC •Networking, 5-2; Programming,
3-2, 3-7, 3-9; System Services Ref, SYS-77
example • System Services Ref, 8-3
SYS$CRETV A• System Services Ref, SYS-93
See also SYS$EXPREG
SYS$CRMPSC •Device Driver, 4-4, H-2, H-4 to
H-6; Programming, 9-19; System Services
Ref, SYS-96
SYS$DACEFC •System Services Ref, SYS-106
SYS$DALLOC •Device Driver, 13-5, A-14, A-31,
D-3; System Services Ref, SYS-107
SYS$DASSGN•Networking, 8-13, 8-17, 8-21,
8-37; Device Driver, 13-4, 13-5, A-14,
A-31, D-3; Programming, 9-25; System
Services Ref, SYS-109; 1/0 Ref I, 7-3; 1/0
Ref II, 6-3
example• System Services· Ref, 7-18
format• Networking, 8-21
SYS$DCLAST • System Services Ref, SYS-111
example • System Services Ref, 5-5
SYS$DCLCMH • System Services Ref, SYS-113
SYS$DCLEXH •Programming, 10-36; System
Services Ref, SYS-115
example• System Services Ref, 8-15
SYS$DELETE •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$DELLNM • System Services Ref, SYS-117
SYS$DELMBX •System Services Ref, SYS-120;
1/0 Ref I, 7-4
SYS$DELPRC •Programming, 3-7; System
Services Ref, 8-17, SYS-122
SYS$DELTVA• Programming, 9-25; System
Services Ref, SYS-1 24
SYS$DEQ • System Services Ref, SYS-126
example• System Services Ref, 12-13

lndex-268

SYS$DGBLSC • System Services Ref, SYS-130
SYS$DISCONNECT •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$DISK • Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-14
applied to file specification• File Applications,
6-2
as SDA output• SDA Ref, SDA-56
global read• SDA Ref, SDA-49
SYS$DISMOU •System Services Ref, 7-24,
SYS-133; 1/0 Ref/, 1-36
SYS$DISPLA Y •RMS Ref, 3-3
SYS$DLCEFC • System Services Ref, SYS-136
SYS$ENQ •Programming, 3-5; System Services
Ref, SYS-138
example• System Services Ref, 12-7, 12-10
SYS$ENQW •Programming, 3-5; System
Services Ref, SYS-148
SYS$ENTER •RMS Ref, 3-3
SYS$ERAPAT•System Services Ref, 3-28.1,
SYS-150
SYS$ERASE •RMS Ref, 3-3
SYS$ERROR •Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-14;
Command Procedures, 2-8; Programming,
10-32; Convert Ref, CONV-4
changing the default value of• Command
Procedures, 2-9
equivalence in batch job command procedure •
Command Procedures, 2-9
equivalence in interactive command procedure •
Command Procedures, 2-9
in a batch job command procedure• Command
Procedures, 8-6
specify equivalence name with RUN command •
DCL Dictionary, DCL-370
SYS$EXIT •System Services Ref, 8-14, SYS-152
causing call to for process• System Services
Ref, SYS-181
SYS$EXPREG • System Services Ref, SYS-153
example• System Services Ref, 11-2
SYS$EXTEND •RMS Ref, 3-3
SYS$FAO •Programming, 6-44; System
Services Ref, SYS-155
directive
format of• System Services Ref, SYS-15 7
list of• System Services Ref, SYS-158
example•System Services Ref, 7-27,
SYS-162, SYS-167
SYS$FAOL
example • System Services Ref, SYS-164
SYS$FILESCAN •File Applications, 5-10; System
Services Ref, SYS-169
SYS$FIND •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$FIND_HELD •System Services Ref, 3-9,
3-14, SYS-174

Index

SYS$FINO_HOLDER • System Services Ref, 3-9,
3-14, SYS-177
SYS$FINISH_RDB •System Services Ref,
SYS-180
SYS$FLUSH •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$FORCEX • System Services Ref, SYS-181
See also SYS$DELPRC
example• System Services Ref, 8-15
SYS$FORMAT_ACL •System Services Ref, 3-16,
3-22, SYS-183
SYS$FREE •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$GET •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$GETDVI •Networking, 8-29; Programming,
8-61 ; System Services Ref, SYS-192; 1/0
Ref I, 6-6
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-3
DEUNA/DEQNA/DELUA device• 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-14
DMC 11/DMR11 device• 1/0 Ref II, 1-3
DMP 11/DMF11 device• 1/0 Ref II, 2-3
DR 11-W /ORV 11-WA device• 1/0 Ref II, 3-8
DR32 device• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
DUP 11 device • 1/0 Ref II, 5-4
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-3
LPA 11-K device• 1/0 Ref I, 4-3
mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-5
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-18
SYS$GETDVIW •System Services Ref, SYS-208
SYS$GETJPI •System Services Ref, SYS-209
example• System Services Ref, SYS-222
SYS$GETJPIW •System Services Ref, SYS-222.2
SYS$GETLKI • System Services Ref, SYS-223
SYS$GETLKIW •System Services Ref, SYS-234
SYS$GETMSG •System Services Ref, SYS-235
SYS$GETQUI •System Services Ref, SYS-239
SYS$GETSYI •Programming, 6-42; System
Services Ref, SYS-272
SYS$GETSYIW • System Services Ref, SYS-282
SYS$GETTIM •Programming, 6-42, 6-44;
System Services Ref, 9-2, SYS-283
SYS$GETUAI •System Services Ref, SYS-284
SYS$GL _JOBCTLMB • Device Driver, 11-7
SYS$GL_OPRMBX •Device Driver, 12-6
SYS$GRANTID •System Services Ref, SYS-292
SYS$HIBER •System Services Ref, SYS-296
example• System Services Ref, 8-12
SYS$1DTOASC •System Services Ref, 3-7, 3-14,
SYS-298
SYS$1MGST A• Debugger Ref, 2-4
SYS$1NPUT• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-14, 5-10;
Command Procedures, 2-8; Programming,
10-32; Software Installation, 7-32; Linker
Ref, LINK-18

SYS$1NPUT (cont'd.)
changing the default value of• Command
Procedures, 2-9
equivalence in batch job command procedure •
Command Procedures, 2-9
equivalence in interactive command procedure •
Command Procedures, 2-9
in a batch job command procedure • Command
Procedures, 8-5
redefining as a data file• Command Procedures,
3-9
redefining as your terminal (in a command
procedure) • Command Procedures, 3-7
redefining to allow input to an image• Command
Procedures, 3-5
specify equivalence name with RUN command•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-370
SYS$LCKPAG •System Services Ref, SYS-301
SYS$LIBRARY •Linker Ref, LINK-71, LINK-72
SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB •Linker Ref,
LINK-6, LINK-37 LINK-54, LINK-65,
LINK-72, LINK-123
searched by linker• Linker Ref, LINK-131
SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.MLB
as source of VAX RMS macros• RMS Ref, 1-1,
3-2
SYS$LIBRARY:ST ARLET.OLB •Linker Ref, LINK-6,
LINK-72, LINK-123
searched by linker• Linker Ref, LINK-131
SYS$LKWSET •System Services Ref, 11-6,
SYS-303
SYS$LOGIN • DCL Concepts, 4-5
SYS$LOGIN:NETSERVER.LOG •Networking, 2-31,
4-19
SYS$LOGIN:objectname.COM •Networking, 3-72
SYS$LOGIN_DEVICE • DCL Concepts, 4-5
SYS$MANAGER:ACCOUNTING.DAT • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-401
SYS$MANAGER:EVL.LOG •Networking, 3-84
SYS$MANAGER:NET.LOG •Networking, 3-92
SYS$MANAGER:NETCONFIG.COM •Networking,
5-5
SYS$MANAGER:RTTLOAD.COM •Networking,
6-1
SYS$MANAGER:ST ARTNET. COM• Networking,
5-6, 5-13, 6-1
SYS$MANAGER:VMSIMAGES.DA T
use in deleting redundant files • Rel Notes,
1-23; Software Installation, 6-20
SYS$MGBLSC •Programming, 3-45; System
Services Ref, SYS-305
SYS$MQO_HOLDER •System Services Ref, 3-12,
SYS-309
I

lndex-269

Index

SYS$MOD_IDENT •System Services Ref, 3-12,
SYS-312
SYS$MOUNT •System Services Ref, 7-22,
SYS~315

SYS$MT ACCESS• System Services Ref, 3-28. 1,
SYS-320.6
SYS$NET •Networking, 8-11, 8-17, 8-26
SYS$NODE •System Security, 5-36
SYS$NUMTIM •System Services Ref, 9-7,
SYS-321
SYS$NXTVOL •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$0PEN •Programming, 9-23; RMS Ref, 3-3
SYS$0UTPUT• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-14, 5-9;
Command Procedures, 2-8; Programming,
8-11; Software Installation, 7-34 ;
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-12
changing the default value of• Command
Procedures, 2-9
equivalence in batch job command procedure•
Command Procedures, 2-9
equivalence in interactive command procedure•
Command Procedures, 2-9
for check report• File Applications, 10-2
in a batch job command procedure• Command
Procedures, 8-6
redefining• Command Procedures, 3-10
specify equivalence name with RUN command•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-3 7 2
to display file on• DCL Dictionary, DCL-648
with CONVERT• Convert Ref, CONV-11
SYS$0UTPUT_HELP• Programming, 9-72
SYS$PARSE •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$PARSE_ACL •System Services Ref, 3-16,
3-22, SYS-323
SYS$PRINT
redefining for local generic queues•
VAXclusters, 3-6
SYS$PURGWS • System Services Ref, SYS-325
See also SYS$ADJWSL
SYS$PUT •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$PUTMSG •Programming, 10-22, 10-29;
System Services Ref, SYS-326
SYS$010 •Device Driver, 1-1, 2-2 to 2-4, 5-1
to 5-13, A-19; Programming, 3-31, 8-55;
System Services Ref, SYS-334
device-dependent arguments of• Device Driver,
A-22
dispatching• Device Driver, 5-1
example • System Services Ref, 7-13
for connect to interrupt facility• Device Driver,
H-8, H-9 to H-12
format• Networking, 8-30, 8-31, 8-32, 8-34,
8-35, 8-36

lndex-270

SYS$010 (cont'd.)
10$_ACCESS •Networking, 8-24, 8-27, 8-30,
8-31
10$_ACCESSllO$M_ABORT •Networking,
8-27, 8-32
10$_ACPCONTROL •Networking, 8-27, 8-36
10$_DEACCESS!IO$M_ABORT •Networking,
8-28, 8-29, 8-35
10$_DEACCESS!IO$M_SYNCH •Networking,
8-34
10$_READVBLK •Networking, 8-33
10$_WRITEVBLK •Networking, 8-33
10$_WRITEVBLK! 10$M_INTERRUPT •
Networking, 8-28, 8-34
SYS$010(10$_ACCESSllO$M_ABORT) •
Networking, 8-27
format• Networking, 8-32
SYS$QIO(l0$_ACCESS) •Networking, 8-24, 8-27
format• Networking, 8-30, 8-31
SYS$010(10$_ACPCONTROL) •Networking, 8-27
format• Networking, 8-36
SYS$010(10$_DEACCESSI 10$M_ABORT) •
Networking, 8-28, 8-29
format• Networking, 8-35
SYS$010(10$_DEACCESS!IO$M_SYNCH)
format• Networking, 8-34
SYS$010(10$_READVBLK) •Networking, 8-33
format• Networking, 8-20
SYS$Ol0(10$_WRITEVBLK! 10$M_INTERRUPT)
format• Networking, 8-34
SYS$010(10$_WRITEVBLK) •Networking, 8-33
format• Networking, 8-19
SYS$010W •Device Driver, 2-6, A-19;
Programming, 3-31, 8-55; System Services
Ref, SYS-340
SYS$READ • RMS Ref, 3-5
SYS$READEF • System Services Ref, SYS-341
SYS$RELEASE •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$REM_HOLDER •System Services Ref, 3-14,
SYS-343
SYS$REM_ID • DCL Concepts, 4-5
SYS$REM_IDENT •System Services Ref, 3-14,
SYS-345
SYS$REM_NQDE • DCL Concepts, 4-5
SYS$REMOVE •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$RENAME •RMS Ref, 3-4
exception in argument list• RMS Ref, 2-5
SYS$RESUME • System Services Ref, SYS-34 7
SYS$REVOKID •System Services Ref, SYS-349
SYS$REWIND •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$RMSRUNDWN •System Services Ref,
SYS-446.1, SYS-470

Index

SYS$SCHDWK • Programming, 3-11; System
Services Ref, SYS-353
canceling • System Services Ref, 9-6
converting time format for• System Services
Ref, SYS-24
example• System Services Ref, 9-6
request• System Services Ref, 9-6
SYS$SCRA TCH • DCL Concepts, 4-5
SYS$SEARCH •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$SET AST• System Services Ref, SYS-356
SYS$SETDDIR •File Applications, 6-16; System
Services Ref, SYS-446.3, SYS-472
SYS$SETDFPROT •System Services Ref,
SYS-446.5, SYS-474
SYS$SETEF•System Services Ref, 4-4, SYS-357
SYS$SETEXV •Programming, 10-18; System
Services Ref, SYS-358
example• System Services Ref, 10-7
SYS$SETIME • System Services Ref, 9-7,
SYS-360
SYS$SETIMR •System Services Ref, 9-4,
SYS-362
converting time format for• System Services
Ref, SYS-24
example with AST• System Services Ref, 5-1
SYS$SETPRA •System Services Ref, SYS-364
SYS$SETPRI • System Services Ref, SYS-366
SYS$SETPRN •System Services Ref, SYS-368
SYS$SETPRT •System Services Ref, SYS-369
SYS$SETPRV •System Services Ref, SYS-372
SYS$SETRWM •System Services Ref, 7-2,
SYS-376
SYS$SETSFM •System Services Ref, SYS-378
example• System Services Ref, 2-13
use in signaling VAX RMS errors• RMS Ref,
2-6
SYS$SETSSF •System Services Ref, SYS-380
SYS$SETSTK •System Services Ref, SYS-382
SYS$SETSWM • System Services Ref, SYS-384
example• System Services Ref, 11-7
SYS$SETUAI •System Services Ref, SYS-385
SYS$SHARE •Programming, 4-32; Linker Ref,
LINK-38, LINK-44, LINK-48
SYS$SNDERR •System Services Ref, SYS-393
SYS$SNDJBC •System Services Ref, SYS-393
SYS$SNDJBCW •System Services Ref,
SYS-428.8
SYS$SNDOPR •System Services Ref, SYS-429
SYS$SPACE •RMS Ref, 3-5
SYS$SUSPND •System Services Ref, SYS-443
SYS$SYLOGIN
executing • DCL Dictionary, DCL-300

SYS$SYNCH •Device Driver, 2-6; System
Services Ref, SYS-445
SYS$SYSTEM:objectname.COM •Networking,

3-72
SYS$SYSTEM:SYS.EXE •Linker Ref, LINK-8
SYS$SYSTEM:SYS.STB •Linker Ref, LINK-141
SYS$SYSTEM:SYSGEN
See SYSGEN
SYS$TEST • Software Installation, 7-4, 7-19,
7-32
SYS$TRNLNM •System Services Ref, SYS-44 7
SYS$TRNLOG system service call • Networking,
8-11
SYS$TRUNCA TE• RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$ULKPAG •System Services Ref, SYS-452
SYS$ULWSET •System Services Ref, SYS-454
SYS$UNWIND •Programming, 10-25; System
Services Ref, SYS-456
example • System Services Ref, 10-15
SYS$UPDA TE• RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$UPDSEC •Programming, 9-25; System
Services Ref, SYS-458
SYS$UPDSECW •System Services Ref, SYS-462
SYS$WAIT •RMS Ref, 3-4
SYS$WAITFR •Programming, 3-7; System
Services Ref, SYS-463
SYS$WAKE •System Services Ref, SYS-464
See also SYS$HIBER
example • System Services Ref, 8-12
SYS$WELCOME •System Security, 5-36
SYS$WELCOME logical name• System
Management, 2-10
SYS$WFLAND •System Services Ref, SYS-466
SYS$WFLOR •System Services Ref, SYS-468
SYS$WRITE •RMS Ref, 3-5
SYSALF.DAT •System Security, 5-43
SYSBOOT program• Device Driver, 15-1 , 15-19
alternate conversational bootstrap• System
Management, 4-11
alternate nonstop bootstrap • System
Management, 4-10
commands• System Management, 4-11
default bootstrap • System Management, 4-10
SYSDUMP.DMP file•SDA Ref, SDA-4, SDA-5,
SDA-7
SYSE
booting standalone BACKUP• System
Management, 2-19
booting standalone BACKUP from• Software
Installation, 4-40, 4-42
SYSGBL privilege• System Security, A-12;
System Management, 6-16

lndex-271

Index

SYSGEN
See System Generation Utility
SYSGEN parameters
adjusting page cache size• Perform Manage,
5-3, 5-4
ALLOCLASS • VAXclusters, 5-4
changing• Perform Manage, 5-1
CLUSTER parameters• VAXclusters, 5-4 to
5-6
DISK_QUORUM• VAXclusters, 5-3, 5-4
IRPCOUNT •Networking, 5-32
LRPCOUNT •Networking, 5-32
LRPSIZE •Networking, 5-32
NPAGEDYN •Networking, 5-32
PAMAXPORT • VAXclusters, 5-7
PANUMPOLL • VAXclusters, 5-6
PAPOLLINTERV AL• VAXclusters, 5-7
PASANITY • VAXclusters, 5-8
PASTDGBUF • VAXclusters, 5-6
PASTIMOUT • VAXclusters, 5-6
PRCPOLINTERV AL• VAXclusters, 5-8
QDISKINTERV AL• VAXclusters, 5-4
QDSKVOTES • VAXclusters, 5-4
QUORUM• VAXclusters, 5-2, 5-4
RECNXINTERV AL• VAXclusters, 5-5
SCSBUFFCNT • VAXclusters, 5-8
SCSCONNCNT • VAXclusters, 5-8
SCSFLOWCUSH • VAXclusters, 5-9
SCSNODE • VAXclusters, 5-9
SCS parameters• VAXclusters, 5-6 to 5-10
SCSRESPCNT • VAXclusters, 5-9
SCSSYSTEMID • VAXclusters, 5-9
SCSSYSTEMIDH • VAXc/usters, 5-9
V AXCLUSTER • VAXclusters, 5-5
VOTES• VAXclusters, 5-2, 5-6
SYSHUTDWN.COM •System Management, 4-1
SYSLCK privilege• System Security, A-12;
System Management, 6-16
/SYSLIB qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-131
SYSLOA symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-14
SYSLOST directory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-444
SYSMWCNT parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-81
adjusting to curtail page thrashing• Perform
Manage, 3-34
SYSNAM privilege• System Security,
A-13; Networking, 5-2, 8-27; System
Management, 6-17
SYSPRV privilege• System Security, 4-9, A-13;
Networking, 5-2, 5-5; System Management,
6-17; System Services Ref, 7-6
and SYSTEM category• System Security, 4-6
effect on ownership privilege• System Security,
4-36

lndex-272

/SYSSHR qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-132
SYST ARTUP .COM• Rel Notes, 3-15; System
Management, 2-5; SDA Ref, SDA-7
building common version of• VAXclusters, 2-8
coordinating• VAXc/usters, 2-6 to 2-1 <>
creating common version of• VAXclusters, 2-7
elements• VAXclusters, 2-9
operator-assisted mount• System Management,
7-5
to set up queues• VAXclusters, 3-12
System
accessing• DCL Dictionary, DCL-300
accounting • System Management, 6-19
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-32
analyzing a running• SDA Ref, SDA-1, SDA-9
bootstrapping
See Booting
building• Programming, 4-11
date
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-524
default• File Applications, 4-18
directories• System Management, 1-3
disk fragmentation• System Management,
11-15
errors• System Management, 10-1
events• System Management, 10-1
exception dispatcher• System Services Ref,
10-7
generation • System Management, 11-1
getting information about
asynchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-272
synchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-282
HELP files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-185
hung• SDA Ref, SDA-26
library• System Services Ref, 2-1, 2-5
logging in to• Software Installation, 7-2
mailbox• System Services Ref, 7-32
management• SDA Ref, SDA-5
message• System Services Ref, 2-16
performance
to display availability and use of resources•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-567
performance problems• SDA Ref, SDA-9
procedures• Programming, 6-9
processes
to display list of processes• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-598
resources• File Applications, 1-20
responsiveness dependent on resources•
Perform Manage, 3-10
shutdown• System Management, 4-1

Index

System (cont'd.)
startup• System Management, 4-1
time
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-524
to display
information on• DCL Dictionary, DCL-536
"system" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-86
SYSTEM account
initial modification• System Management, 5-4
required limits• Software Installation, 5-2
user authorization file entry• System
Management, 5-3
SYSTEM attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-37
System buffer
See Buffer, Nonpaged pool
storing address of• Device Driver, 8-5
System command table
adding commands to• CDU Ref, CDU-6
definition of• CDU Ref, CDU-5
System communications services
See SCS
System configuration • Device Driver, 14-8
guidelines• Networking, 5-31 to 5-38
System console terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
System context• Device Driver, 1-7
System control block
See SCB
System default• FOL Ref, FDL-30
System default library• Linker Ref, LINK-6,
LINK-132
content of• Linker Ref, LINK-6
processing of• Linker Ref, LINK-72
searched by linker• Linker Ref, LINK-131
search of• Linker Ref, LINK-131, LINK-143
symbols in• Linker Ref, LINK-120
System-defined identifier• System Security, 4-22,
4-23
System-defined procedure
argument (byte)• Programming, 1-24
argument (longword)• Programming, 1-25
argument (mask)• Programming, 1-26, 1-30
argument (quadword)• Programming, 1-28
argument (word)• Programming, 1-24
arguments• Programming, 1-20
function value• Programming, 1-7
invoking• Programming, 1-7
System-dependent field• Disk & Tape, 8-18
System device• Software Installation, 3-1, 4-11
V AX-11 /730 systems• Software Installation,
4-18
System directory table• System Services Ref, 6-3

System disk• System Management, 7-3
purpose of backup• Software Installation, 5-1
System dump
analyzing• SDA Ref, SDA-8
System Dump Analyzer (SDA) •Rel Notes, 2-23;
Device Driver, 15-20; SDA Ref, SDA-4
initializing• SDA Ref, SDA-8
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-18, DCL-32
redirecting output• SDA Ref, SDA-10
site-specific startup• System Management, 2-8
System failure• SDA Ref, SDA-5
analyzing• SDA Ref, SDA-14, SDA-20
causing• SDA Ref, SDA-26
diagnosing• SDA Ref, SDA-14
effect on working copy• Software Installation,
5-1
forced• System Management, 4-6
inducing with XDELTA • Device Driver, 15-19
reporting • System Management, 10-8
system dump analyzer• System Management,
2-8
VMSINST AL response to• Software Installation,
5-10
System file
auditing recommendations• System Security,
6-6
building common versions• VAXclusters, 2-11
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-10 to 2-17
manipulating • System Management, 11-8
size• System Management, 11-15
System generation• System Management, 11-1
System Generation Utility (SYSGEN) • Rel Notes,
2-11, 3-30; Device Driver, 14-2 to 14-18;
System Management, 11-9 ; SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-1
AUTOCONFIGURE command• Device Driver,
7-3, 13-2, 14-10 to 14-18, A-1, A-17,
A-27, D-12; System Management, ·-2-4
commands• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-13 to SGN-51
command summary• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-3
CONNECT command• Device Driver, 7-3,
13-2, 14-2, 14-3 to 14-6, A-3, A-11,
A-19, A-25, D-4, D-13
/ADAPTER qualifier• Device Driver, 14-4
/ ADPUNIT qualifier• Device Driver, 14-6
/CSR_OFFSET qualifier• Device Driver,
14-5
/CSR qualifier• Device Driver, 14-5
/DRIVERNAME qualifier• Device Driver,
14-6
/MAXUNITS qualifier• Device Driver, 14-6
/NO ADAPTER qualifier• Device Driver,
14-5

lndex-273

Index

System Generation Utility (SYSGEN)
CONNECT command (cont'd.)
/NUMVEC qualifier• Device Driver, 11-3,
14-6, A-9
/VECTOR_OFFSET qualifier• Device Driver,
14-5
/VECTOR qualifier• Device Driver, 14-5
connecting multiport memory• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-36
device table • Device Driver, 14-11, 14-1 7
directing output• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-1
exiting• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-1
initializing multiport memory• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-37
invoking• System Management, 4-14, 4-16;
VAXclusters, C-1; Software Installation,
4-6, 4-9; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-1
LOAD command• Device Driver, 13-2, 14-2 to
14-3
RELOAD command• Device Driver, 13-2, 14-6
to 14-7, D-4
restrictions• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-1
running• Networking, 5-32
running to set SYSGEN parameters •
VAXclusters, 5-10
secondary page or swap file• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-28
SHOW/ ADAPTER command• Device Driver,
14-7
SHOW/CONFIGURATION command• Device
Driver, 14-8 to 14-9
SHOW /DEVICE command• Device Driver, 14-9
/REMOTE qualifier• Rel Notes, 2-11
UDABURSTRATE• Rel Notes, 3-30
updating parameters for DECnet• Networking,
5-32
WRITE ACTIVE command• System Management, 11-11
System hang• Software Installation, 7-20, 7-30
System image• Linker Ref, LINK-60, LINK-133
content of• Linker Ref, LINK-60
memory allocation for• Linker Ref, LINK-60
output of linker• Linker Ref, LINK-8
SYSTEM keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-199
System-level access control• Networking, 2-37
System libraries
decompressing• Perform Manage, 1-13
System logical name table• System Services Ref,
6-6
canceling entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-87
inclusion of logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-40, DCL-97

lndex-274

System login image
and detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-369
System management• File Applications, 3-9;
Mail Ref, MAIL-14
image activation• Rel Notes, 3-29
INST ALL/GLOBAL/SUMMARY• Rel Notes,
3-16
LIST /GLOBAL/FULL• Rel Notes, 3-16
responsibilities• Networking, 1-14
System Generation Utility• Rel Notes, 3-30
VAX PSI• Networking, 1-14, 5-4
System manager• FDL Ref, FDL-17
group assignment• System Security, 4-6
System map (SYS$SYSTEM:SYS.MAP) •Device
Driver, 15-1 7
System message
format• DCL Concepts, 1-4
System overview statistics• Monitor Ref, MON-79
System page table• SDA Ref, SDA-9
System page table entry
allocating permanent• Device Driver, 7-2,
A-16, A-33, C-62, C-63, C-64, C-65
System parameter• File Applications, 1-20
categories • SYSGEN Ref, SGN-53
descriptions• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-56 to SGN-87
dynamic• System Management, 11-11
modifying• System Management, 11-9, 11-10
MVTIMEOUT •System Management, 7-11
setting• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-34
showing• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-44
summary• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-53
used at bootstrap time• System Management,
11-9
System password• System Security, 3-12, 5-26
to 5-28
as cause of login failures• System Security,
3-30
changing• DCL Dictionary, DCL-467;
Authorize Ref, AUTH-44
disadvantages• System Security, 5-28
guidelines• System Security, 5-27
incompatible with LA T-11 terminal concentrator
•System Security, 5-26
lacking minimum length requirement• System
Security, 5-31
recommended change frequency• System
Security, 5-30
where stored• System Security, 5-27
System privilege • System Security, 5-53
System process
OPCOM •System Management, 10-5

Index

System program
and ACL applications• System Security, 5-70
System programmer
group assignment• System Security, 4-6
SYSTEM protection code• FDL Ref, FDL-24
/SYSTEM qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-8, LINK-133;
Mount Ref, MOUNT-36; Debugger Ref,
1-13, CD-91, CD-137, CD-190; SDA Ref,
SDA-1, SDA-42, SDA-58, SDA-80, SDA-84,
SDA-94
in facility directive• Message Ref, MSG-18
System resources• Modular Procedures, 2-17;
Software Installation, 7-2, 7-15, 7-35
evaluating and improving• Perform Manage,
3-11
System routine template
See Routine format
SYSTEMS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-39
System security• Rel Notes, 2-5, 3-38
backup media• System Management, 7-23
password change requirement• Rel Notes, 113, 1-16; Software Installation, 6-9,
6-12
System service•Modular Procedures, 3-14, A-3;
Rel Notes, 2-15
accessing• RTL Ref, 9-1, 9-2
calling•Networking, 1-21, 8-13, 8-21
summary for nontransparent use•
Networking, 8-22, 8-29
summary for transparent use• Networking,
8-15, 8-18
checking completion status of• System Services
Ref, SYS-445
failure exception condition• System Services
Ref, 2-13
inhibiting user mode calls to• System Services
Ref, SYS-380
macro• System Services Ref, 2-1, 2-5
setting failure exception mode• System
Services Ref, SYS-378
setting filter• System Services Ref, SYS-380
what is available• Modular Procedures, 1-10
System service exception• RMS Ref, 2-6
System service exception generation
disabling• RMS Ref, 2-6
System service procedure• Programming, 1-6
return status• Programming, 10-3
System shutdown procedure• System Management, 2-20; Software Installation, 4-42
System space
SET BREAK command• Debugger Ref, CD-91
SET STEP command• Debugger Ref, CD-127
SET TRACE command• Debugger Ref, CD-137
STEP command• Debugger Ref, CD-190

System symbol table• Linker Ref, LINK-141
System time• Device Driver, C-57; Programming,
6-43
setting • System Services Ref, SYS-360
System upgrade
installation summary• Rel Notes, 1-4;
Software Installation, 1-3
System user authorization file
creation• Authorize Ref, AUTH-4
default directory entry• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-19
modification• Authorize Ref, AUTH-4
SYSTEM user category• System Security, 4-6
access to magnetic tape • System Security, 4-9
[SYSTEST] directory• Software Installation, 7-4,
7-6, 7-17
SYSTEST_CLIG account• Software Installation,
7-9
SYSTEST account• Software Installation, 7-2,
7-4, 7-20, 7-21, 7-22, 7-32
initial modification • System Management, 5-4
user authorization file entry• System
Management, 5-3
SYSUAF.DAT
and rights database
AUTHORIZE coordinates changes• System
Security, 5-9
building common version of• VAXclusters,
2-13 to 2-15
defining logical name for• VAXclusters, 2-14
effect of changes on NETUAF.DAT•System
Security, 7-16
normal protection • System Security, 5-34
printing listing of• VAXclusters, A-1
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-14
sharing• VAXclusters, 2-11
using convert to merge• VAXclusters, A-2

T
Tab
CTRL/I • 1/0 Ref I, 8-6
terminal mechanical• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
terminal tab stops• 1/0 Ref/, 8-34
utab_stops" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU
Ref, 4-86
T AB_STOPS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-200
TAB ADJUST command• EDT Ref, EDT-239
Tabbing facility• Text Processing, 1-52
CTRL/ A• Text Processing, 1-5 7
CTRL/D • Text Processing, 1-53

lndex-275

Index

Tabbing facility (cont'd.)

Table of Contents Utility

CTRL/E • Text Processing, 1-53
CTRL/T •Text Processing, 1-57
SET TAB command• Text Processing, 1-53
SHOW TAB command• Text Processing, 1-58
TAB command•EDT Ref, EDT-298; VAXTPU
Ref, F-16
TAB function• EDT Ref, . EDT-104
Table
See also Command table
command• Programming, 7-11
global symbol
deletion of symbols from• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-123
entering symbol in • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-215
group logical name
canceling logical names• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-86
inclusion of logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-39, DCL-96
job logical name
canceling logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-86
inclusion of logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-40, DCL-97
key definition• Programming, 8-37
local symbol
deletion of symbols from• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-123
entering symbol in • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-215
logical name
deleting entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-85
process logical name
canceling logical names• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-87
inclusion of logical name • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-40, DCL-97
system logical name
canceling logical names• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-87
inclusion of logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-40, DCL-97
Table of contents
commands
.DISABLE TOC command• DSR Ref, 2-33
.ENABLE TOC command• DSR Ref, 2-33
.SEND TOC command•DSR Ref, 2-108
creating• Text Processing, 4-52; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-385
formatting• DSR Ref, A-4
producing • DSR Ref, 5-1

input files • DSR Ref, 5-1
/TABLE qualifier• CDU Ref, CDU-4 7 to CDU-48
Tab stops
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 2-1
.TAB STOPS command• Text Processing, 4-14,
4-15; DSR Ref, 2-123
T ADJ (tab adjust) command• EDT Ref, EDT-300
Tag sort
reasons for selecting• Sort Ref, SORT-29
specifying in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-68
TAILORED parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-81
Tailored system
installation• Software Installation, 5-11
preparing for UETP • System Management,
3-11 ; Software Installation, 7-1 0
Tailoring command• System Management, 3-4
COPY• System Management, 3-5
DELETE• System Management, 3-6
DIRECTORY• System Management, 3-7
DISMOUNT• System Management, 3-8
EXIT• System Management, 3-8
HELP• System Management, 3-8
MOUNT• System Management, 3-9
RECORD• System Management, 3-9
SEARCH• System Management, 3-10
Tailoring DSE •System Security, 5-76
Tailoring facility
creating site-specific file group • System
Management, 3-3
file group description• System Management,
3-1
issuing commands• System Management, 3-4
Tailoring the configuration database• Networking,
5-7
Tampering with system file
how to detect• System Security, 6-6
Tangent• RTL Ref, RTL-452, RTL-454
hyperbolic• RTL Ref, RTL-456
Tape
See Magnetic tape
protection • DCL Concepts, 7-9
Tape driver•Device Driver, A-27, A-36 to A-37,
D-7
Tape mark• Disk & Tape, B-2, B-4; 1/0 Ref I,
6-13 6-1 5 6-16
Tape processing
run-time options • File Applications, 9-16 to
9-17
Tape volume
accessing • System Management, 7-6
mounting • System Services Ref, 7-22

lndex-276

Index

TARGET attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-37
Target-initiated downline load• Networking, 4-2
Target node• Networking, 4-1
Target task• Networking, 8-10
%TASK• Debugger Ref, D-8
Task
declaring for network• Networking, 8-7
definition• Networking, 1-20
downline load• Networking, 4-16
general purpose• Networking, 4-18
identifier in specification• Networking, 1-23
installation• Networking, 4-18
SET TASK command• Debugger Ref, CD-129
SHOW TASK command• Debugger Ref,
CD-178
source• Networking, 8-12
specification• Networking, 1-23
specification access control string • Networking,
1-23
specification for task• Networking, 1-23
specification over the network• Networking,
1-23
target• Networking, 8-12, 8-19
/TASK qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-42, CD-59
Task specification string• DCL Concepts, 3-13,
3-14
Task-to-task communication• Networking, 1-3,
1-20, 8-1, 8-13, 8:..21
nontransparent• Networking, 8-6, 8-7, 8-2 1
nontransparent MACRO example• Networking,
8-43
transparent• Networking, 8-1, 8-13
transparent FORTRAN example• Networking,
8-38
transparent MACRO example• Networking,
8-41
TC (tab compute) command• EDT Ref, EDT-301
TD (tab decrement) command• EDT Ref, EDT-303
TE16
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-23
tape drive• Software Installation, 3-23
TECO description • DCL Dictionary, DCL-162
TECO Editor
reasons to ban from captive command
procedure• System Security, 5-83
TEF option• FOL Ref, FDL-25
Telephone system
as a security problem• System Security, 6-11
Telephone Utility
See Phone Utility
TELL command• NCP Ref, NCP-14 7

TELL prefix
description• Networking, 3-6
Template
for a device driver• Device Driver, 6-5 to 6-13
using for account creation • System Security,
5-2
Template UCB• Device Driver, A-32, A-33
TEMPORARY attribute• File Applications, 4-35;
FOL Ref, FDL-25
Temporary file• Convert Ref, CONV-29; FOL Ref,
FDL-20, FDL-21
Temporary mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-4
Temporary option• File Applications, 4-36
delete option• File Applications, 4-35
/TEMPORARY qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-91,
CD-137, CD-143
Terminal• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-2
See also SET TERMINAL command
See also SHOW TERMINAL command
ANSI CRT terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-21
autobaud detection• 1/0 Ref I, 8-17, 8-21
baud rate• 1/0 Ref I, 8-17, 8-21, 8-39
behavior• VAXTPU Ref, B-1
bell (CTRL/G) • 1/0 Ref I, 8-9
broadcast message• 1/0 Ref I, 8-16, 8-20,
8-22, 8-45
carriage control• 1/0 Ref I, 8-35
characteristic
See Terminal characteristic
characteristics• Programming, 8-62
command line editing• 1/0 Ref I, 8-3, 8-34
command recall (CTRL/B) • 1/0 Ref I, 8-3, 8-6
console• System Management, 1-2; Software
Installation, 7-4
control and data signals• 1/0 Ref I, 8-12
control characters• l/O Ref I, 8-3, 8-3 to 8-6,
8-9, 8-26
numeric values• 1/0 Ref I, B-1
controller• Software Installation, 7-32
controlling through system password access•
System Security, 5-26
control sequences• 1/0 Ref I, 8-8
cursor movement• 1/0 Ref I, 8-3, 8-5, 8-2 1
DEC_CRT2 • VAXTPU Ref, B-3
default characteristics• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-300
See Login procedure
delete character• 1/0 Ref I, 8-3
delete line (CTRL/U) • 1/0 Ref I, 8-4, 8-26
determining type • System Management, 11-14
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref I, 8-18, 8-19
categories• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
changing• 1/0 Ref I, 8-40

lndex-277

Index

Terminal
device characteristics (cont'd.)
extended• 1/0 Ref/, 8-21
dial-up
characteristic• 1/0 Ref/, 8-20
lines• 1/0 Ref/, 8-11, 8-22, 8-40
support• //O Ref/, 8-11
DIGIT AL CRT terminal• 1/0 Ref/, 8-22
discard output (CTRL/0) • 1/0 Ref/, 8-5, 8-26,
8-35
driver• 1/0 Ref/, 8-1
duplex modes• //O Ref/, 8-10, 8-11
echo• Programming, 8-50
enable CTRL/C AST• 1/0 Ref/, 8-41
enable CTRL/Y AST• 1/0 Ref I, 8-41
escape sequences• 1/0 Ref/, 8-7, 8-48
ANSI• 1/0 Ref/, B-9
DIGIT AL-private• 1/0 Ref/, B-9
overflow size (item code)• 1/0 Ref/, 8-30
establish as spooled• DCL Dictionary, DCL-426
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref/, 8-21
features and capabilities• //O Ref/, 8-2
form feed• 1/0 Ref/, 8-20, 8-34
frame size• 1/0 Ref/, 8-40
function codes• /JO Ref/, 8-25, A-7
function modifiers
10$M_BRDCST• //0 Ref/, 8-45, 8-48
10$M_BREAKTHRU•//O Ref/, 8-10, 8-35
10$M_CANCTRLO • 1/0 Ref/, 8-5, 8-35
10$M_CTRLCAST • //O Ref/, 8-41
10$M_CTRLY AST• 1/0 Ref/, 8-5, 8-11,
8-41
10$M_CVTLOW• //O Ref I, 8-27
10$M_DSABLMBX • 1/0 Ref/, 8-27
10$M_ENABLMBX • //O Ref/, 8-35
10$M_ESCAPE • 1/0 Ref/, 8-7, 8-27
10$M_EXTEND• //O Ref/, 8-27, 8-28
10$M_HANGUP • 1/0 Ref/, 8-40
10$M_INCLUDE • 1/0 Ref/, 8-18, 8-41,
8-43
10$M_LOOP • 1/0 Ref I, 8-42
10$M_MAINT • 1/0 Ref/, 8-42
10$M_NOECH0• //0 Ref I, 8-9, 8-10,
8-23, 8-27
10$M_NOFILTR• 1/0 Ref/, 8-27
10$M_NOFORMAT•//O Ref/, 8-11, 8-35,
8-43
10$M_OUTBAND • 1/0 Ref I, 8-43
10$M_PURGE • //O Ref/, 8-27
10$M_RD_MODEM • //O Ref/, 8-47
10$M_REFRESH • 1/0 Ref/, 8-35
10$M_SET_MODEM • 1/0 Ref/, 8-42
10$M_TIMED• //O Ref/, 8-27

lndex-278

Terminal
function modifiers (cont'd.)
10$M_TRMNOECHO • //O Ref/, 8-28
10$M_TT_ABORT • 1/0 Ref/, 8-18, 8-43
10$M_TYPEAHDCNT • //O Ref I, 8-46
10$M_UNLOOP • 1/0 Ref/, 8-43
hang up•//O Reff, 8-11, 8-14, 8-16, 8-23,
8-40
hardcopy • Sohware Installation, 7-15
logout considerations• System Security,
3-44
how to limit access to applications• System
Security, 5-4 7
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • //O Ref/, 8-25
10$_READPROMPT • 1/0 Ref/, 8-25, 8-26
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 8-25
10$_SENSECHAR • 1/0 Ref I, 8-45
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 8-45
10$_SETCHAR• //O Ref/, 8-37
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref/, 8-37
10$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 8-34
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 8-34
10$_WRITEVBLK • 1/0 Ref/, 8-34
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref/, 8-48
initiating login• //O Ref/, 8-9
input/output• Programming, 3-5
input processing• 1/0 Ref/, 8-2
insert/overstrike (CTRL/ A)• //O Ref/, 8-3, 8-6
interrupt (CTRL/Y) • 1/0 Ref /, 8-5
item codes• 1/0 Ref/, 8-30 to 8-33
itemlist read• 1/0 Ref I, 8-28
example• 1/0 Ref /, 8-50
item codes• 1/0 Ref /, 8-30 to 8-33
item descriptor• /JO Ref/, 8-29
LAT• System Management, 11-14
line editing• 1/0 Ref/, 8-3, 8-23
line feed• l/O Ref I, 8-34
line terminators• 1/0 Ref/, 8-9
mailbox• 1/0 Ref/, 8-16, 8-35
message format• 1/0 Ref/, 8-17
message types• 1/0 Ref/, 8-16
modem
characteristic• 1/0 Ref/, 8-20
control signals• 1/0 Ref /, 8-12
data signals• 1/0 Ref/, 8-12
protocol • 1/0 Ref /, 8-12
sense signals• 1/0 Ref/, 8-4 7
signal control• 1/0 Ref/, 8-11
modem signal control• /JO Ref/, 8-11
no type-ahead• 1/0 Ref/, 8-20
operator• System Management, 1-1
optimum performance• VAXTPU Ref, 1-6

Index

Terminal (cont'd.)
out-of-band
AST• 1/0 Ref I, 8-11, 8-41, 8-43
characters• 1/0 Ref I, 8-18
output• Software Installation, 7-15, 7-18, 7-32
output formatting• 1/0 Ref I, 8-11, 8-24
output processing • 1/0 Ref I, 8-1 O
page length and width• 1/0 Ref I, 8-38, 8-46
parity flag• 1/0 Ref I, 8-39
pasthru mode•l/ORef I, 8-9, 8-11, 8-24, 8-26
preparing for test• Software Installation, 7-3,
7-7, 7-13
process preservation• 1/0 Ref I, 8-14
programming examples• 1/0 Ref I, 8-50
protocol• 1/0 Ref I, 8-12
read function• 1/0 Ref I, 8-25
arguments• 1/0 Ref I, 8-26
function modifiers• 1/0 Ref I, 8-27
itemlist read• 1/0 Ref I, 8-28
terminating• 1/0 Ref I, 8-26, 8-27
terminators• 1/0 Ref I, 8-28
with timeout• 1/0 Ref I, 8-26, 8-27
read verify• 1/0 Ref I, 8-7, 8-33
example• 1/0 Ref I, 8-50
receive speed• 1/0 Ref I, 8-39
redisplay data (CTRL/R) • 1/0 Ref I, 8-6, 8-26
ReGIS graphics• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
restart data (CTRL/Q) • 1/0 Ref I, 8-6
restoring width• VAXTPU Ref, A-4
security operator• System Security, 4-31
send message to• DCL Dictionary, DCL-351
sense characteristics function• 1/0 Ref I, 8-45
sense mode function • 1/0 Ref I, 8-45
serial line multiplexer• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
session
auditing• System Security, 5-86.4
set characteristics function• 1/0 Ref I, 8-37
arguments• 1/0 Ref I, 8-37
set mode function• 1/0 Ref I, 8-37
arguments• 1/0 Ref I, 8-37
SET TERMINAL DCL command• 1/0 Ref I, 8-3,
8-17, 8-24
setting• VAXTPU Ref, 8-1 to 8-3
AUTQ_REPEA T • VAXTPU Ref, 8-2
auxiliary keypad• VAXTPU Ref, 8-2
132 columns• VAXTPU Ref, 8-1
control sequence introducer• VAXTPU Ref,
8-2
CSI • VAXTPU Ref, 8-2
cursor• VAXTPU Ref, 8-2
DEC_CRT • VAXTPU Ref, 8-2
edit mode• VAXTPU Ref, 8-2
eightbit characters• VAXTPU Ref, 8-2

Terminal
setting (cont'd.)
scrolling• VAXTPU Ref, 8-2
video attributes• VAXTPU Ref, 8-2
wrap• VAXTPU Ref, 8-3
setting characteristics• System Management,
2-7
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-6
simulated users• Software Installation, 7-35
site-specific startup• System Management, 2-7
SIXEL graphics• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
special operating modes• 1/0 Ref I, 8-10
status (CTRL/T) • 1/0 Ref I, 8-6
status returns• 1/0 Ref I, A-9
stop data (CTRL/S) • 1/0 Ref I, 8-6
support• VAXTPU Ref, 1-6, 8-1
supported devices• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
SYS$GETDVI • 1/0 Ref I, 8-18
system password• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
requirement for• System Security, 3-12
tab
CTRL/l • 1/0 Ref I, 8-6
mechanical• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
stops• 1/0 Ref I, 8-34
terminator mask• 1/0 Ref I, 8-28
test of• Software Installation, 7-9, 7-31, 7-32
test image name• Software Installation,
7-35
test output• Software Installation, 7-34
time (CTRL/T) • 1/0 Ref I, 8-6
timeout• Programming, 8-51
to display
characteristics of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-601
file at• DCL Dictionary, DCL-648
to modify characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-509, DCL-510, DCL-511, DCL-512,
DCL-513, DCL-514, DCL-515, DCL-516,
DCL-517 DCL-518, DCL-519, DCL-520
transmit speed• 1/0 Ref I, 8-39
TTY_DIALTYPE SYSGEN parameter• 1/0 Ref I,
8-11, 8-12, 8-14
type-ahead•l/O Reff, 8-8, 8-16, 8-19, 8-46
alternate buffer• 1/0 Ref I, 8-21
unsolicited data • 1/0 Ref I, 8-16
unsolicited input• Programming, 8-46
usage restrictions• System Security, 5-4 7
video, logout considerations • System Security,
3-42
virtual • System Security, 3-7; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-58, DCL-145
See also Virtual terminal
width
restoring• VAXTPU Ref, A-4
I

lndex-279

Index

Terminal (cont'd.)

Terminal function key (cont'd.)

write breakthrough function• 1/0 Ref I, 8-35
write function• 1/0 Ref/, 8-34
carriage control• 1/0 Ref I, 8-35
function modifiers• 1/0 Ref I, 8-35
XON/XOFF control• l/0 Ref I, 8-24
TERMINAL/ECHO command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-49
Terminal baud rate
lowering• Perform Manage, 5-20
Terminal characteristic
ANSI CRT• 1/0 Ref I, 8-21
ASCII (8-bit) code• 1/0 Ref I, 8-19
baud rate• 1/0 Ref I, 8-21
block mode• 1/0 Ref I, 8-22
dial-up line• 1/0 Ref I, 8-23
dial-up terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
DIGIT AL CRT• 1/0 Ref /, 8-22
OMA mode• 1/0 Ref I, 8-23
edit• 1/0 Ref I, 8-23
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref I, 8-21
local echo• 1/0 Ref I, 8-23
modem• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
modify hang up• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
no echo• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
no type ahead• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
pasthru mode• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
ReGIS graphics• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
remote terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
secure• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
set speed• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
setting• DCL Concepts, 1-5
SIXEL graphics• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
system password• 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
XON/XOFF • 1/0 Ref I, 8-24
Terminal concentrator
See also LAT-11
considerations for breakin detection • System
Security, 5-39
effects on login • System Security, 3-3
Terminal connection
to remote console• Networking, 4-20
Terminal controller• Device Driver, A-8
Terminal control switch• Software Installation,
2-4
Terminal driver• Device Driver, 7-10, 11-5
out-of-band AST s • Device Driver, 13-5
Terminal emulator• Networking, 1-9, 2-16
Terminal function key• DCL Concepts, 1-5, 1-7
BACKSPACE key• DCL Concepts, 1-8
CTRL/C• DCL Concepts, 1-8
CTRL/U • DCL Concepts, 1-8
CTRL/Y • DCL Concepts, 1-8

DELETE key• DCL Concepts, 1-7
Terminal 1/0
example• System Services Ref, 7-18
reducing iterrupts •Perform Manage, 5-19
Terminal 1/0 function• Modular Procedures, 2-22;
Device Driver, A-21
Terminal line
conversion to DECnet line• Networking, 1-9,
2-14, 5-7
Terminal operation
improper handling• Perform Manage, 4-37
in relation to CPU limitation• Perform Manage,
4-37
in relation to 1/0 limitation• Perform Manage,
4-37
/TERMINAL qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-34
Terminal requirements• Phone Ref, PHONE-1
Terminal screen size
displaying • Debugger Ref, 8-19, CD-181
%PAGE, %WIDTH symbols• Debugger Ref,
C-6
setting • Debugger Ref, 8-19, CD-132
Terminal server
LAT• Networking, A-10
on Ethernet• Networking, 1-11
Terminal session
logging in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-300
logging out• DCL Dictionary, DCL-304
Terminal width
restoring
example• VAXTPU Ref, A-4
Terminal XAB
See XABTRM
/TERMINATE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-35;
SDA Ref, SDA-35
Termination
abrupt, due to change in day definition • System
Security, 5-48
and execution of handlers• Debugger Ref, 3-22
in EVE• Text Processing, 3-3
job, imposed by shift restrictions• System
Security, 3-3 1
of assembly program• MACRO Ref, 6-25
of command procedure• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-177
of composed input• Programming, 8-37
of debugging session• Debugger Ref, CD-62,
CD-76
of GOSUB subroutine• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-362
of terminal session• DCL Dictionary, DCL-304
Termination mailbox• System Services Ref, 7-33,
8-19

lndex-280

Index

Termination message
format• System Services Ref, SYS-86
Terminator• Text Processing, 4-3; Programming,
8-5, 8-64; RTL Ref, 3-16
CR• File Applications, 3-12
CR LF •File Applications, 3-12
definition• DSR Ref, 1-2
echo• Programming, 8-32
FF• File Applications, 3-12
file• Programming, 8-64
LF •File Applications, 3-12
VT• File Applications, 3-12
Terminator character (/) • SUMSLP Ref, SUM-3
Terminator character bit mask• 1/0 Ref I, 8-28
Terminator variation• File Applications, 3-12
Tertiary loader• Networking, 4-4, 4-1 O
Test
circuit loopback test• Networking, 7-6, 7-9
controller loopback test• Networking, 7-8
DECnet• Software Installation, 7-37
device• Software Installation, 7-24, 7-32,
7-34, 7-36
disk• Software Installation, 7-31, 7-35
Ethernet loopback test• Networking, 7-9
line printer• Software Installation, 7-31, 7-34,
7-35
load• Software Installation, 7-35
local loopback test• Networking, 7-5
local-to-remote test• Networking, 7-3
magnetic tape• Software Installation, 7-2, 7-6,
7-31, 7-34, 7-35
node-level test• Networking, 7-1
remote loopback test• Networking, 7-2
running individual• Software Installation, 7-18,
7-24, 7-32
software loopback test• Networking, 7-7
VAXcluster integration• Software Installation,
7-9, 7-25
X.25 test• Networking, 7-12
Test and set instructions• Modular Procedures,
3-31
Testing
unit• Modular Procedures, 4-1
Testing new procedures • Modular Procedures,
4-1
black box• Modular Procedures, 4-3
integration• Modular Procedures, 4-2, 4-7
language independence• Modular Procedures,
4-1, 4-6
modularity• Modular Procedures, 4-1
reentrancy •Modular Procedures, 4-9
regression• Modular Procedures, 6-2
unit• Modular Procedures, 4-2

Testing new procedures (cont'd.)
white box• Modular Procedures, 4-4
Testing the network• Networking, 7-1
Testing the value of an expression • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-191
.TEST PAGE command• DSR Ref, 2-125
Text
aligning• Text Processing, 3-22
SET LEFT MARGIN• Text Processing, 3-22
SET RIGHT MARGIN• Text Processing,
3-22
SET TABS AT• Text Processing, 3-22
SET TABS EVERY• Text Processing, 3-22
boldfacing • Text Processing, 4-50
copying• Text Processing, 1-35, 1-43
deleting• Text Processing, 1-32, 1-41
erasing• Text Processing, 3-14
filling• Text Processing, 4-17
formatting into chapters• Text Processing,
4-35
indenting• Text Processing, 4-21
inserting• Text Processing, 1-28, 1-37, 3-11
I command• Text Processing, 1-37
justifying• Text Processing, 4-17
library• Programming, 9-71
locating• Text Processing, 1-41, 3-17
SET SEARCH command• Text Processing,
1-41
marking locations• Text Processing, 3-19
moving• Text Processing, 1-34, 1-43, 3-16
organizing into sections• Text Processing,
4-31
recovering• Text Processing, 1-51
replacing• Text Processing, 1-36, 3-20
restoring• Text Processing, 3-14
substituting• Text Processing, 1-33, 1-43
S command• Text Processing, 1-43
SN command• Text Processing, 1-44
underlining• Text Processing, 4-50
"textn parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-89
Text editor
creating command procedure with • Patch Ref,
PATCH-7
to create FOL files• FOL Ref, FDL-1
Text emphasis• DSR Ref, A-3
Text entry
See Routine format
Text file
to format
See DSR • DCL Dictionary, DCL-3 7 6
Text formatting • DSR Ref, 1-1
commands for• DSR Ref, A-2

lndex-281

Index

TEXT keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-202
Text library• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
character case• Librarian Ref, LIB-5
replacement• DCL Dictionary, DCL-298
Text manipulation
built-in procedures for
APPEND_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-15
BEGINNING_QF • VAXTPU Ref, 4-21
CHANGE_CASE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-26
COPY_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-30
CREA TE_BUFFER • VAXTPU Ref, 4-32
CREA TE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
EDIT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
END_OF • VAXTPU Ref, 4-64
ERASE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-65
ERASE_CHARACTER • VAXTPU Ref, 4-67
ERASE_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-68
FILE_PARSE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
FILE_SEARCH • VAXTPU Ref, 4-80
FILL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-82
MOVE_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-127
READ_FILE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-137
SEARCH• VAXTPU Ref, 4-152
SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
SELECT_RANGE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-156
SPLIT_LINE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-218
TRANSLATE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-222
WRITE_FILE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-230
Text Processing Utility
See VAXTPU
/TEXT qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-43; Message
Ref, MSG-13
LIBRARY command• Programming, 9-71
Textual operator• MACRO Ref, 3-12 to 3-14
T field
for specifying varying field length• RMS Ref,
2-3
TGSEL (toggle select) command• EDT Ref,
EDT-305
THEN keyword
and IF command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-191
Thrashing
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref/, 6-5
Tl (tab increment) command• EDT Ref, EDT-306
Tied account
See Captive account
$$Time• DSR Ref, 3-18
Time• Programming, 6-43
See also Absolute time
See also Delta time
absolute • Programming, 6-43; System
Services Ref, 9-2

lndex-282

Time (cont'd.)
absolute and delta combinations• DCL
Concepts, 2-15
conversion• System Services Ref, 9-1
converting ASCII to binary• System Services
Ref, 9-3
converting binary to ASCII string • System
Services Ref, SYS-15
converting binary to numeric • System Services
Ref, SYS-32 1
CPU
quota for created process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-374
used by current process • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-595
current• Programming, 6-44
day
to override default day type• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-422
delta • Programming, 6-43; System Services
Ref, 9-2
displaying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-603
entering in commands• DCL Concepts, 2-13
getting current system • System Services Ref,
9-2, SYS-283
inserting with FAQ• VAXTPU Ref, 4-75
internal format• Programming, 6-43
numeric and ASCII • System Services Ref, 9-7
setting system• System Services Ref, 9-7,
SYS-360
system
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-524
system format• System Services Ref, 9-2
to change
system• DCL Dictionary, DCL-524
/TIME_SLICE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-130,
CD-179
Time consumed, execution• Error Log Ref, ERR20
"timed_message" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-94
TIMEDWAIT macro• Device Driver, B-37 to B-38
Time manipulation• Programming, 6-44
Time of Day Register (TOOR)
documentation• Rel Notes, 3-50
Time of day restrictions
for login • System Security, 3-31
Timeout• Device Driver, 9-8, C-9, C-22
caused by power failure recovery procedure•
Device Driver, 12-5
disabling• Device Driver, 5-14, 12-1
due time • Device Driver, A-33
logging• Device Driver, 12-5
terminal• Programming, 8-51

Index

TIMEOUT_ENABLE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-14
TIMEOUT_PERIOD attribute• File Applications,
7-14; FDL Ref, FDL-15
Timeout enable bit
See UCB$V_TIM
Timeout handling • Device Driver, 1-3
Timeout handling routine• Device Driver, 1-3, 9-8,
11-5, 12-4 to 12-7, 13-6
aborting an 1/0 request in• Device Driver, 12-6
address • Device Driver, 9-6, 9-7, 12-1, B-41,
B-42, C-82, D-10
context• Device Driver, 12-4, D-11
functions• Device Driver, 12-5, D-10
input• Device Driver, D-10
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-11
output• Device Driver, D-10
register usage• Device Driver, D-11
retrying an 1/0 operation in• Device Driver,
12-5
Timeout interval• Device Driver, 8-41, B-42, C-82
specifying• Device Driver, 9-6, 12-4
TIMEPROMPTWAIT parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-81
/TIME qualifier•SDA Ref, SDA-42
Timer
See Hardware clock, Software timer
babble• Networking, 3-40
broadcast routing• Networking, 3-66
call• Networking, 3-28
clear• Networking, 3-28
counter• Networking, 3-24
dead• Networking, 3-54
delay• Networking, 3-54
hello• Networking, 3-37
inactivity• Networking, 2-28, 3-68
incoming• Networking, 2-28, 3-68
line• Networking, 3-54
logical link• Networking, 2-28
outgoing• Networking, 2-28, 3-68
recall• Networking, 3-45
reset• Networking, 3-29
restart• Networking, 3-29
retransmit• Networking, 3-54, 3-5 7
routing• Networking, 2-27, 3-65
scheduling • Networking, 3-54
service• Networking, 3-54
setting• System Services Ref, SYS-362
statistics• Programming, 6-40
stream• Networking, 3-54
transmit• Networking, 3-40
TIMER keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-204
Timer queue• Device Driver, C-25

Timer queue element
See TOE
Timer queue entry limit• System Management,
6-6
Timer request• System Services Ref, 9-4
canceling• System Services Ref, 9-6, SYS-39
Time-slicing
between processes• Perform Manage, 4-41
TIMEW AIT macro • Device Driver, B-36
TITLE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-38
.TITLE command• Text Processing, 4-41, 4-45;
DSR Ref, 2-127
Title command
.FIRST TITLE command• DSR Ref, 2-40
.HEADERS ON command•DSR Ref, 2-63
.LAYOUT command• DSR Ref, 2-75
.NO HEADERS command• DSR Ref, 2-63
.TITLE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-93
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG-14,
MSG-27
/TITLE qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-35
Title within a running head
See Running head
TLB file type• Programming, 9-71
TLK image• Networking, 4-16
TMD option• FDL Ref, FDL-25
TMO option • FDL Ref, FDL-15
TMPMBX privilege• System Security, A-14;
Networking, 2-38; System Management,
6-17
TMP option• FDL Ref, FDL-21
to GET_INFO •Rel Notes, 3-44
Tools to aid in application development• Modular
Procedures, 1-15
TOP command • File Applications, 10-15;
EDT Ref, EDT-308; VAXTPU Ref, F-17;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-15, ARMS-28
TOP function• Text Processing, 1-11; EDT Ref,
EDT-106
Topic specifier
with HELP command• EDT Ref, EDT-140
Topology
of a multiple-area network• Networking, 1-17
of a single-area network• Networking, 1-17
/TOP qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-79
TOPS-10 node• Networking, 9-17
TOPS-20 node• Networking, 9-20
Top specifier
with SET CURSOR command• EDTRef,
EDT-166
TO qualifier
COPY KNOWN NODES command• Networking,
3-21

lndex-283

Index

Total buckets reclaimed• Convert Ref, CONV-26
Total buckets scanned• Convert Ref, CONV-26
Total exception records• Convert Ref, CONV-26
Total records processed• Convert Ref, CONV-26
Total valid records• Convert Ref, CONV-26
TPT option • FOL Ref, FDL-15
TPU$_BADFIRSTLINE
CREATE_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-42
TPU$_BADJOUCHAR
JOURNAL_OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOUCOM
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOUEDIT
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOUEIGHT
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOUFILE
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOUINPUT
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOUKEY
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOULINE
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOUPAGE
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOUSEC
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADJOUSTR
JOURNAL _OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_BADKEY
GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref, 4-95
TPU$_BADMARGINS
FILL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-83
SET (MARGINS, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-176
TPU$_BADREQUEST
GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref, 4-95
TPU$_BADUSERDESC
CALL _USER• VAXTPU Ref, 4-24
TPU$_BADV ALUE
SET (SCROLLING, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-191
SET (WIDTH, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-208
TPU$_BADWINDADJUST
ADJUST_WINDOW • VAXTPU Ref, 4-11
TPU$_BADWINDLEN
CREATE_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-42
TPU$_BEGOFBUF
MOVE_HORIZONT AL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-125
MOVE_VERTICAL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-129
TPU$_CANCELQUIT
QUIT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-134

lndex-284

TPU$_COMPILEFAIL
COMPILE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-29
TPU$_CONTROLC
EXECUTE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-70
READ_FILE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-137
SCROLL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-151
SEND• VAXTPU Ref, 4-158
WRITE_FILE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-230
TPU$_CREA TEFAIL
CREATE_PROCESS• VAXTPU Ref, 4-37
TPU$_CTRLCJOU
JOURNAL_OPEN • VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_DUPBUFNAME
CREA TE_BUFFER • VAXTPU Ref, 4-33
CREA TE_PROCESS • VAXTPU Ref, 4-37
TPU$_DUPKEYMAP
CREATE_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-34
CREA TE_KEY_MAP_LIST• VAXTPU Ref, 4-35
TPU$_DUPKEYMAPLIST
CREA TE_KEY_MAP_LIST• VAXTPU Ref, 4-35
TPU$_EMPTYKMLIST
DEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-58
LOOKUP_KEY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-116
REMOVE_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-144
UNDEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-224
TPU$_ENDOFBUF
MOVE_HORIZONT AL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-125
MOVE_VERTICAL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-129
TPU$_EXECUTEFAIL
EXECUTE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-70
TPU$_EXITFAIL
EXIT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-72
TPU$_EXPECTED
COMPILE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-29
TPU$_FACTOOLONG
SET (FACILITY...:..NAME, ... ) • VAXTPU Ref,
4-170
TPU$_FLAGTRUNC
SET (MESSAGE_FLAGS, ... ) • VAXTPU Ref,
4-179
TPU$_1NVBUFDELETE
DELETE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-61
TPU$_1NVFAOPARAM
FAO• VAXTPU Ref, 4-76
TPU$_1NVT ABSPEC
SET (TAB_STOPS, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-200
TPU$_KEYMAPNTFND
ADD_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-6
DEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-58
LOOKUP_KEY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-116
REMOVE_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-144
UNDEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-224

Index

TPU$_MAXMAPPEDBUF
MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-118
TPU$_MAXV ALUE
SET (JOURNALING, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-17 4
TPU$_MINV ALUE
SET (JOURNALING, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-174
SET (MAX_LINES, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-178
TPU$_MISSINGQUOTE
EDIT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-63
TPU$_MULTIPLENAMES
EXPAND_NAME• VAXTPU Ref, 4-73
TPU$_MUSTBEONE
KEY_NAME• VAXTPU Ref, 4-106
TPU$_NEEDTERMS
FILL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-83
TPU$_NOCACHE
APPEND_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-15
COPY_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-31
MOVE_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-128
READ_FILE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-137
SPLIT_LINE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-218
TPU$_NOCALLUSER
CALL _USER• VAXTPU Ref, 4-24
TPU$_NOCOPYBUF
COPY_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-31
TPU$_NOCURRENTBUF
APPEND_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-15
COPY_TEXT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-31
CURRENT_BUFFER• VAXTPU Ref, 4-43
CURRENT_CHARACTER• VAXTPU Ref, 4-44
CURRENT_DIRECTION• VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 7
CURRENT_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-48
CURRENT_OFFSET• VAXTPU Ref, 4-49
DELETE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-61
GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref, 4-95
MOVE_HORIZONT AL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-125
MOVE_VERTICAL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-129
READ_FILE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-137
SET (DEBUG, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-167
SPLIT_LINE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-218
TPU$_NODEFINITION
EXECUTE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-70
UNDEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-224
TPU$_NOEOBSTR
CURRENT_CHARACTER• VAXTPU Ref, 4-44
CURRENT_LINE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-48
TPU$_NOJOURNAL
JOURNAL _CLOSE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-102
TPU$_NOKEYMAP
ADD_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-6
CREA TE-.-KEY_MAP_LIST• VAXTPU Ref, 4-35
DEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-58

TPU$_NOKEYMAP (cont'd.)
GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref, 4-95
LOOKUP_KEY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-116
REMOVE_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-144
UNDEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-224
TPU$_NOKEYMAPLIST
DEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-58
GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref, 4-95
LOOKUP_KEY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-116
REMOVE_KEY_MAP• VAXTPU Ref, 4-144
SET (KEY_MAP_LIST, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-175
SET (SELF_INSERT, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-192
SET (UNDEFINED_KEY, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,

4-205
UNDEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-224
TPU$_NONAMES
EXPAND_NAME • VAXTPU Ref, 4- 73
SET (DEBUG, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-167
TPU$_NOPARENT
ATTACH• VAXTPU Ref, 4-19
TPU$_NOPROCESS
SEND• VAXTPU Ref, 4-158
SEND_EOF • VAXTPU Ref, 4-160
TPU$_NOSELECT
SELECT_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-156
TPU$_NOSENDBUF
SEND• VAXTPU Ref, 4-158
TPU$_NOSHOWBUF
SHOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-212
TPU$_NOTDEFINABLE
DEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-58
KEY_NAME• VAXTPU Ref, 4-106
LOOKUP_KEY• VAXTPU Ref, 4-116
UNDEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-224
TPU$_NOTLEARNING
LEARN_END• VAXTPU Ref, 4-110
TPU$_NOTSAMEBUF
CREATE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-40
TPU$_0NELEARN
LEARN_BEGIN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-110
TPU$_0NESELECT
SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-155
TPU$_QPENOUT
JOURNAL_OPEN• VAXTPU Ref, 4-104
TPU$_PARSEFAIL
FILE_PARSE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-78
FILE_SEARCH • VAXTPU Ref, 4-80
TPU$_RECURLEARN
DEFINE_KEY • VAXTPU Ref, 4-58
TPU$_REPLAYFAIL
EXECUTE• VAXTPU Ref, 4- 70

lndex-285

Index

TPU$_REPLA YWARNING

TOELM quota (cont'd.)

EXECUTE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-70
TPU$_SA VEERROR
SA VE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-146

effect of canceling timer request •System
Services Ref, SYS-40
Traceback• Debugger Ref, 2-2, 4-1; MACRO
Ref, 6-23
as security hazard • System Security, 5-56
SHOW CALLS command• Debugger Ref, 1-11
Traceback handler• Programming, 10-6
/TRACEBACK qualifier• Programming, 4-9;
Linker Ref, LINK-134; Debugger Ref, 4-1,
4-2
Tracepoint
canceling• Debugger Ref, CD-23
defined • Debugger Ref, 1-13, 3-15
delayed activation of• Debugger Ref, CD-134
displaying• Debugger Ref, 3-15, CD-182
setting• Debugger Ref, 1-13, 3-15, CD-134
Trace trap enable (T) •MACRO Ref, 8-12
Track
defined• File Applications, 1-8
size• File Applications, 3-16
Trailer label• Disk & Tape, B-4, B-19
Trailer page• System Management, 9-32
Trailing numeric string
data type• MACRO Ref, 8-7 to 8-9
Transfer address
debugger activation • Debugger Ref, 2-4
defined• Debugger Ref, 2-7
execution at• Debugger Ref, 1-9, 3-5
.TRANSFER directive• Linker Ref, LINK-34;
MACRO Ref, 6-94 to 6-95
Transfer from disk volumes• FDL Ref, FDL-24
Transfer vector• Device Driver, 7-3;
Programming, 4-25, 4-28
advantage of• Linker Ref, LINK-32
changing • Modular Procedures, 6-9
coded for procedure call• Linker Ref, LINK-34
coded for subroutine call• Linker Ref, LINK-34
creating• Modular Procedures, 5-8; Linker Ref,
LINK-33
for upward compatibility• Linker Ref, LINK-35
purpose of• Linker Ref, LINK-31
recommended length of• Linker Ref, LINK-33
updating • Modular Procedures, 6-4
TRANSLATE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-222 to 4-223
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-222
Translation
logical to physical• 1/0 Ref I, 3-11
of addresses to symbols • Patch Ref,
PATCH-17
of symbols to addresses• Patch Ref,
PATCH-16

TPU$_SEA~CHFAIL

FILE_SEARCH • VAXTPU Ref, 4-80
TPU$_SELRANGEZERO
SELECT_RANGE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-156
TPU$_SENDFAIL
SEND• VAXTPU Ref, 4-158
SEND_EOF • VAXTPU Ref, 4-160
TPU$_STRNOTFOUND
SEARCH• VAXTPU Ref, 4-153
TPU$_WINDNOTMAPPED
ADJUST_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-11
CURRENT_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-51
POSITION• VAXTPU Ref, 4-132
SCROLL• VAXTPU Ref, 4-151
UNMAP • VAXTPU Ref, 4-226
UPDATE• VAXTPU Ref, 4-228
TPU$_WINDNOTVIS
ADJUST_WINDOW• VAXTPU Ref, 4-11
POSITION• VAXTPU Ref, 4-132
TPU$CCTSHR. EXE shareable image• Rel Notes,
2-7
TPU$CLEANUP • Util Routines Ref, TPU-23
TPU$CLIPARSE • Util Routines Ref, TPU-27
TPU$COMMAND_TABLE global symbol• Rel
Notes, 2-2
TPU$CONTROL • Util Routines Ref, TPU-28
TPU$EDIT • Util Routines Ref, TPU-29
TPU$EXECUTE_COMMAND • Util Routines Ref,
TPU-30
TPU$EXECUTE_INIFILE • Util Routines Ref,
TPU-31
TPU$FACILITY_NAME global symbol• Rel Notes,
2-2
TPU$FILEIO • Util Routines Ref, TPU-32
TPU$HANDLER • Util Routines Ref, TPU-36
TPU$1NIT_PROCEDURE • VAXTPU Ref, 5-13
TPU$1NITIALIZE • Util Routines Ref, TPU-38
TPU$MESSAGE • Util Routines Ref, TPU-42
TPU$MESSAGE_FLAGS global symbol• Rel
Notes, 2-2
TPU$P ARSEINFO • Util Routines Ref, TPU-43
TPU$TPU • Util Routines Ref, TPU-44
TPU Command: prompt• VAXTPU Ref, 1-3, G-1
TPUSECINI • VAXTPU Ref, 5-11
TPUSECINI logical name• Rel Notes, 2-7
TPUSHR.EXE shareable image• Rel Notes, 2-7
TOE (timer queue element)• Device Driver, 3-6
queuing a• Device Driver, C-25
TOELM quota • Networking, 5-34

lndex-286

Index

Translation (cont'd.)
virtual address to physical address• Device
Driver, 10-1 0
/TRANSLATION_ATTRIBUTES qualifier• File
Applications, 5-8, 6-17
Translation mode card
026 punch mode• Command Procedures, B-3
029 punch mode• Command Procedures, B-3
Translation modes
card reader• System Management, 9-54
Transmit message buffer• Software Installation,
7-34
Transmit password• Networking, 2-36
TRANSMIT PIPELINE parameter• Networking,
3-55
Transmit timer• Networking, 3-40
Transparent
communication• Networking, 1-23, 8-1
user network operations• Networking, 1-20
Trap
decimal overflow• MACRO Ref, 8-12
divide by zero• MACRO Ref, 8-13
integer overflow• MACRO Ref, 8-12
trace • MACRO Ref, 8-12
Tree structure• File Applications, 10-14;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2, ARMS-15
indexed• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-3
of indexed file• File Applications, 10-22
of relative file• File Applications, 10-20
of sequential file • File Applications, 10-15
relative• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-3
sequential• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
Tributary• Networking, 1-7, 2-8
address• Networking, 2-8
circuit timers• Networking, 3-40
control• Networking, 3-39, 3-40
TRIBUTARY parameter• Networking, 3-32
TRIGGER command• Networking, 4-2, 4-6
PHYSICAL ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
4-6
SERVICE PASSWORD parameter• Networking,
4-6
Trigger message• Networking, 4-2
TRIGGER NODE command• NCP Ref, NCP-149
Trigger operation
bootstrap ROM• Networking, 4-3
primary bootstrap• Networking, 4-2
primary loader• Networking, 4-2
TRIGGER command• Networking, 4-6
TRIGGER VIA command• Networking, 4-13; NCP
Ref, NCP-151
TRIM_LEADING keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
TRIM_TRAILING keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62

TRIM keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-62
TRM$M_TM_ESCAPE •Programming, 8-34
TRM$M_TM_NOECHO •Programming, 8-34
TRM$M_TM_TRMNOECHO •Programming, 8-32
Trojan horse• System Security, 4-51, 5-55
precautions against• System Security, 5-71
Trouble indicator• System Security, 6-2
.TRUE. operator• Programming, 6-11
True expression
and IF command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-191
TRUE logical value• FDL Ref, FDL-3
True value• Programming, 6-10
TRUNCATE _ON _CLOSE attribute• FDL Ref,
FDL-25
TRUNCA TE_ON_PUT attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-15
TRUNCATE attribute• File Applications, 7-4; FDL
Ref, FDL-5
Truncate-on-put option
access requirement• File Applications, 7-9
/TRUNCATE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-50;
Convert Ref, CONV-1, CONV-5, CONV-28
Truncate service• File Applications, 8-6, 8-7
effect on next-record position • File Applications, 8-21
Truncate subfunction • 1/0 Ref I, 1-15
Truncation of ASCII data• Debugger Ref, 6-12
Truncation of records• Convert Ref, CONV-5
Trusted Computing Base (TCB) • System Security,
D-1
protecting• System Security, D-2
TS11
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-22
tape drive• Software Installation, 3-22
TSTB (Test Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-32
TSTD (Test D_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-121
TSTF (Test F_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-121
TSTG (Test G_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-121
TSTH (Test H_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-121
TSTL (Test Long) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-32
TSTW (Test Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-32
TT_CANCEL_CONTROL _O attribute• FDL Ref,
FDL-15
TT_PROMPT attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-15
TT_PURGE_TYPE_AHEAD attribute• FDL Ref,
FDL-15
TT_READ_NOECHO attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-15
TT_READ_NOFILTER attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-15

lndex-287

Index

TT_UPCASE_INPUT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-16
TTY_DEFCHAR2 parameter
enabling system passwords for remote login •
System Security, 5-27
using to disable virtual terminals• System
Security, 5-36
TTY_DEFPROT parameter• System Security,
5-47
TTY_OWNER parameter• System Security, 5-4 7
TTY_TIMEOUT parameter
set reconnection time • System Security, 5-36
TTY parameters• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-82 to
SGN-85
TU58
See also Disk
booting with XDELTA from • Device Driver,
15-1
insertion• Software Installation, 2-21
locations
V AX-11 /725 •Software Installation, 2-26
V AX-11 /730 •Software Installation, 2-25
write protection• System Management, 2-17
TU77
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-25
tape drive• Software Installation, 3-25
TU78
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-27
tape drive• Software Installation, 3-27
TU80,TU81
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-29
tape drive• Software Installation, 3-29
Tuning
deciding when to stop• Perform Manage, 1-11
defined• File Applications, 3-4
definition• Perform Manage, 1-9
evaluating success• Perform Manage, 1-11
predicting when required • Perform Manage,
1-10
Turnkey account
See Captive account
Turnkey application
ALF to establish terminals• System Security,
5-45
TWO WINDOWS command• VAXTPU Ref, F-17
TXT file type• Programming, 9-71
Type
built-in• CDU Ref, CDU-10
Data types and other types• Debugger Ref, 5-1
•type" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-85

lndex-288

Type-ahead
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-8, 8-21, 8-46
Type-ahead buffer• Programming, 8-48
TYPE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-29, FDL-30, FDL-31
TYPE clause
definition of value types• CDU Ref, CDU-10
for VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-25, CDU-27,
CDU-30, CDU-34, CDU-36
TYPE command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
2-8; Command Procedures, 3-18; Text
Processing, 1-29; Programming, 5-21;
DCL Dictionary, DCL-648 to DCL-651; EDT
Ref, EDT-241; Exchange Ref, EXCH-44 ;
Debugger Ref, 1-9, 7-5, CD-193
See also CTRL/O
See also CTRL/Q
See also CTRL/S
examples• Exchange Ref, EXCH-45
foreign volumes• Disk & Tape, 5-10
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-44
/LOG qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-44
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-22
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-44
qualifiers• Exchange Ref, EXCH-44
/RECORD_FORMA T qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-44
/REWIND qualifier• Exchange Ref, EXCH-44
/VOLUME_FORMA T qualifier• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-44
Type conversion• Debugger Ref, 6-12
Type entry
See Routine format
TYPE keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
Type override•Debugger Ref, CD-25, CD-140,
CD-183
TYPE parameter
for executor node• Networking, 3-60
for GROUP• Networking, 3-31
for PVC• Networking, 3-43
/TYPE qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-36;
Debugger Ref, CD-42, CD-59, CD-176; SDA
Ref, SDA-46, SDA-88
TYPE statement• Programming, 8-13
TYPE WHOLE command• Text Processing, 1-25

u
UAF (user authorization file)• DCL Concepts, 1-1;
Networking, 8-11
See also System user authorization file

Index

UAF (user authorization file) (cont'd.)
and detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-369
and privileges • System Security, 5-52
creating network• System Management, 5-22
creation of default nonprivileged DECnet
account• Networking, 5-1
general maintenance• System Management,
5-3
getting information about• System Services Ref,
SYS-284
initial contents• System Management, 5-3
initial modification • System Management, 5-4
login check• System Management, 5-20
modifications
and security audit• System Security, 4-54,
5-86
modifying• System Services Ref, SYS-385
privileges• System Management, 6-8
resource limits• System Management, 6-1
user priorities • System Management, 6-7
UAFALTERNA TE parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-85
UAF limits
how to check• Software Installation, 5-2
UAF record
creating multiple default• System Management,
5-15
UBA (UNIBUS adapter)• Device Driver, 1-11; Rel
Notes, 3-11
See also UNIBUS adapter
UBI (UNIBUS interface)• Device Driver, 1-11
See also UNIBUS adapter
UCB (unit control block)• Device Driver, 1-5, 5-4,
A-7, A-26 to A-38
address• Device Driver, 9-7, 13-3, 14-9
as fork block• Device Driver, 9-7
as template• Device Driver, A-33
cloned• Device Driver, 7-7, A-15, A-32
creation• Device Driver, 13-2, 14-4, 14-15,
A-19, A-27, G-6
disk extension• Device Driver, A-27, A-36 to
A-37
error log extension• Device Driver, 13-7, A-27,
A-34 to A-36
initializing • Device Driver, 13-1 , 13-3
local disk extension• Device Driver, A-27,
A-37 to A-38, C-55
size• Device Driver, 7-2, A-16, A-27, A-27
storing data in• Device Driver, 5-4, 6-2
synchronizing access to• Device Driver, 2-4,
3-4, 8-13
UCB$B_DEVCLASS •Device Driver, 8-9, A-16

UCB$B_DEVTYPE •Device Driver, 8-9, A-16
UCB$B_DIPL • Device Driver, 3-4 to 3-5, 7-3,
12-4, A-16
UCB$B_ERTCNT•Device Driver, 12-3, C-57,
C-71, C-72
UCB$B_FIPL •Device Driver, 3-4, 5-12, 7-3,
12-1, 13-4, A-16
UCB$B_QNLCNT •Device Driver, C-27
UCB$B_SLA VE • Device Driver, G-11
UCB$B_SLA VE+ 1 • Device Driver, G-11
UCB$K_ERL_LENGTH •Device Driver, A-27
UCB$K_LCL _DISK_LENGTH •Device Driver,
A-27
UCB$K_LCL_T APE_LENGTH •Device Driver,
A-27
UCB$K_LENGTH •Device Driver, A-27
UCB$L _CRB • Device Driver, 13-3, G-11
UCB$L _DDB • Device Driver, 5-5
UCB$L _DEVCHAR •Device Driver, 7-3, 13-7,
A-16
UCB$L_DEVDEPEND •Device Driver, 8-8, 8-9
UCB$L _DUETIM •Device Driver, 5-13, 9-7, 12-5,
C-83
UCB$L_EMB•Device Driver, 12-3, C-71
UCB$L_FPC •Device Driver, 5-13, 5-14, 11-5,
12-1, 12-4
UCB$L _FR3 • Device Driver, 5-13, 5-14, 11-5,
12-1, 12-4
UCB$L _FR4 • Device Driver, 5-13, 5-14, 11-5,
12-1, 12-4
UCB$L _IQQFL • Device Driver, 12-3, C-71
UCB$L _IRP • Device Driver, 5-4, 8-14, 12-3
UCB$L _LINK• Device Driver, 13-3
UCB$L _QPCNT • Device Driver, 8-13, C-72
UCB$L_ORB •Device Driver, A-25
UCB$L_RECORD •Device Driver, A-37
UCB$L _STS • Device Driver, 8-14, 9-5, 9-7
UCB$L_SVAPTE •Device Driver, 5-4, 8-14, 9-2,
10-6, A-21, C-55, G-3, G-13
UCB$L_SVPN •Device Driver, 7-2, C-55
UCB$V_BSY•Device Driver, 2-4, 5-4, 8-14,
8-15, 12-3, 13-6
UCB$V_CANCEL • Device Driver, 8-14, 12-6,
13-6, C-56
UCB$V_ECC •Device Driver, C-55
UCB$V_ERLOGIP • Device Driver, 12-3, C-71
UCB$V_INT • Device Driver, 9-7, 11-4, 11-6,
11-7, 12-4, C-83, G-9
UCB$V_JQB •Device Driver, 11-6, 11-7, 11-8
UCB$V_LCL_VALID•Device Driver, C-27
UCB$V_QNLINE •Device Driver, 11-8, 13-1, 13-3
UCB$V_PQWER •Device Driver, 9-5, 12-5

lndex-289

Index

UCB$V_TIM• Device Driver, 9-7, 12-1, 12-4,
8-20, C-83
UCB$V_TIMOUT •Device Driver, 8-14, 12-4,
C-83
UCB$V_V AUD• Device Driver, 11-8
UCB$W_BCNT•Device Driver, 8-14, 9-2, 10-4,
10-6, A-22, A-34, G-3, G-13
UCB$W_BCR •Device Driver, A-37
UCB$W_BOFF•Device Driver, 8-14, 9-2, 9-5,
10-4, 10-6, 10-7, A-21, A-33, G-3, G-13
UCB$W_DEVBUFSIZ •Device Driver, 8-9
UCB$W_DEVSTS • Device Driver, 12-3
UCB$W_EC1 •Device Driver, C-55
UCB$W_EC2 •Device Driver, C-55
UCB$W_REFC • Device Driver, 11-6, 11-7, 13-4
UCB$W_UNIT• Device Driver, G-11
UDASO disk adapter• 1/0 Ref I, 3-2
UDABURSTRATE parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-86
UDA disk• VAXclusters, 4-1
as cluster-accessible device• VAXclusters,
4-2, 4-3
UETCONTOO.DAT •Software Installation, 7-31,
7-32
UETDNETOO.DAT •Software Installation, 7-37
UETINIDEV .DAT• Software Installation, 7-31,
7-32, 7-33
format• Software Installation, 7-33
UETININET.DAT• Software Installation, 7-37,
7-38
UETINITOO.EXE •Software Installation, 7-13,
7-14, 7-31
UETINIT01.EXE •Software Installation, 7-20,
7-31
failure• Software Installation, 7-23
UETLOADOO.DAT• Software Installation, 7-35
UETNETSOO.EXE •Software Installation, 7-38
UETP (User Environment Test Package) •
Networking, 5-6, 6-2
interpreting output of• Software Installation,
7-18
organization of• Software Installation, 7-30
password• Software Installation, 7-2, 7-4
preparing a tailored system • System
Management, 3-11; Software Installation,
7-10
role of• Software Installation, 7-1
running entire• Software Installation, 7-3
running multiple passes• Software Installation,
7-5, 7-13, 7-15, 7-19, 7-24, 7-41
termination• Software Installation, 7-41
test variables• Software Installation, 7-31
defining • Software Installation, 7-12

lndex-290

UETP (User Environment Test Package) (cont'd.)
typical failures reported by• Software
Installation, 7-20
username •Software Installation, 7-2
what it tests• Software Installation, 7-1
UETP.COM •Software Installation, 7-31, 7-32,
7-41
UETP.LOG •Software Installation, 7-15, 7-19,
7-28, 7-36
UETPHASOO.EXE •Software Installation, 7-31,
7-32, 7-37
UFO (user-file open)• Programming, 9-23
UFO option• FOL Ref, FDL-25
UIC (user identification code) • DCL Concepts, 1-1 ;
File Applications, 1-13; FOL Ref, FDL-23
alphanumeric
internal handling • System Security, 5-9
alphanumeric format• DCL Concepts, 7-2
backups
in selective• Disk & Tape, 6-21
brackets• System Security, 4-5
changing for directories• VAXclusters, A-2
changing for files• VAXclusters, A-2
coordination • VAXclusters, A-1
format• System Security, 4-4
in selective backups• System Management,
7-21
numeric format• DCL Concepts, 7-2
reissue
caution against• System Security, 5-12
role in security• System Security, 2-5
sharing sam~ •System Security, 4-26
specification for directory• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-77
specification for files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-7 4
specifying• DCL Concepts, 7-2
specifying with MOUNT• Mount Ref, MOUNT28
syntax• System Security, 4-4
to change default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-526
translation and storage• System Security, 4-5
uniqueness requirement
for V AXcluster • System Security, 8-3
UIC-based protection• File Applications, 4-27;
System Security, 4-1 to 4-16.4; Disk &
Tape, 2-2
changing• System Security, 4-16. 1 to 4-16.4
defined• System Security, 2-5
establishing• System Security, 4-16. 1 to
4-16.4
introduction to• System Security, 4-1
to bypass• Disk & Tape, 2-3
UIC identifier• System Security, 4-22, 4-22.1

Index

UIC identifier (cont'd.)

Underline flag (~) (cont'd.)

deleted, how to recognize• System Security,
5-12
/UIC qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-37
UIF option• FOL Ref, FDL-16
ULK option• FOL Ref, FDL-13
UNA
Ethernet circuit device• Networking, 2-10
Ethernet line device• Networking, 2-18
loopback test• Networking, 7-9
Unaligned bit string with bounds descriptor
See Descriptor
Unary operator• SDA Ref, SDA-12; MACRO Ref,
3-10 to 3-11
summary• MACRO Ref, C-7 to C-8
Unattended system
memory dump • Networking, 4-14
slave• Networking, 4-14
UNDC (undelete character) command • Text
Processing, 1-42; EDT Ref, EDT-309
UNO C function• Text Processing, 1-16; EDT
Ref, EDT-107
UNDEFINE/KEY command• Debugger Ref, 9-12,
CD-196
UNDEFINE_KEY built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-224 to 4-225
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-224
UNDEFINE command• Debugger Ref, CD-195
"undefined_key" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-87
UNDEFINED_KEY keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-205
UNDEFINED format• FOL Ref, FDL-34
UNDEFINED results•MACRO Ref, 7-1
Undefined symbol• DCL Concepts, 6-8
Undeleting text (EDT)
UNO C keypad function• Text Processing, 1-16
UNO L keypad function• Text Processing, 1-16
UNO W keypad function• Text Processing,
1-16
Underflow error• Programming, 6-10
Underflow trap• Programming, 4-5
Underline• Programming, 8-18
/UNDERLINE_CHARACTER qualifier• DSR Ref,
4-25
"underline_status" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-89
"underline_video" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-89
Underline flag• Text Processing, 4-50
Underline flag (&)
default• DSR Ref, 3-19
description • DSR Ref, 3-19
pairing • DSR Ref, 3-19

recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-56
UNDERLINE option• DSR Ref, 4-10
/UNDERLINE qualifier• DSR Ref, 5-6
UNDERLINE video keyword
with CREA TE_RANGE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-39
with MARK• VAXTPU Ref, 4-120
with SELECT• VAXTPU Ref, 4-154
with SET (PROMPT_AREA, ... )• VAXTPU Ref,
4-186
with SETI (ST ATUS_LINE, ... ) • VAXTPU Ref,
4-196
with SET (VIDEO, ... )• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
Underlining text• DSR Ref, 2-34, 3-19
UNDL (undelete line) command• Text.Processing,
1-42 ; EDT Ref, EDT-310
UNO L function• Text Processing, 1-16; EDT Ref,
EDT-108
UNDW (undelete word) command• Text
Processing, 1-42 ; EDT Ref, EDT-312
UNO W function• Text Processing, 1-16; EDT
Ref, EDT-110
UNHOLD command• Phone Ref, PHONE-20
See HOLD command
UNIBUS
address• Device Driver, 4-6, 9-5
configuration • Device Driver, 14-1 7 to 14-18
devices• Networking, 5-36
OMA transfer• Device Driver, 10-1 to 10-10
example driver• Device Driver, E-1 to E-28, F-1
to F-22
example of read operation • Device Driver, 4-11
to 4-12, 4-13
example of write operation • Device Driver,
4-11, 4-13
1/0 space• Device Driver, 4-3, H-2, H-3, H-6
map registers• Networking, 5-36
position of devices on • Device Driver, 3-4
power failure• Device Driver, H-6
UNIBUS adapter• Device Driver, 1-11, 1-12
error interrupt from • Device Driver, 15-19, H-6
functions• Device Driver, 4-1
interrupt dispatching • Device Driver, 3-8 to 3-9
interrupt servicing routine • Device Driver, 3-9
nexus value • Device Driver, 14-4
power failure recovery procedure• Device
Driver, A-4
prefetch function • Device Driver, 4-11 , 4-12
UNIBUS address
scatter-gather map• Device Driver, 4-4 to 4-6
UNIBUS device• Rel Notes, 3-11
UNIBUS disk• VAXclusters, 4-1

lndex-291

Index

UNIBUS disk (cont'd.)
as cluster-accessible device• VAXclusters,
4-2, 4-3
Union• Programming, 6-35
Unit address
assigning• Software Installation, 4-12
code• Software Installation, 4-12
how to specify for HSC boot• VAXclusters,
C-1; Software Installation, 4-4
specifying for HSC boot• System Management,
4-13
Unit control block
See UCB
Unit delivery routine• Device Driver, A-1, A-17
address• Device Driver, 7-3, 14-15, D-11
context • Device Driver, 14-16, D-12
functions• Device Driver, 14-16, D-11
input• Device Driver, 0-11
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-12
output • Device Driver, 14-16, 0-12
register usage • Device Driver, 0-12
Unit initialization routine• Device Driver, 1-3, 13-1
to 13-4, 14-4
address• Device Driver, 5-4, 7-4, 7-7, 13-1 ,
A-11, A-14, A-17, 0-12
allocating contiguous physical memory in •
Device Driver, 10-10
allocating controller data channel in • Device
Driver, 9-4, 12-2
allocating permanent buffered data path in •
Device Driver, 10-4
allocating permanent mapping registers in •
Device Driver, 10-5
context• Device Driver, 13-3 to 13-4, D-13
for connect to interrupt facility• Device Driver,
H-10, H-14
for MASSBUS device drivers• Device Driver,
13-3, A-11, G-11
for MicroVAX I device drivers• Device Driver,
10-10
functions• Device Driver, 13-1, D-12
input• Device Driver, 0-12
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-13
of CONINTERR.EXE •Device Driver, H-14
output• Device Driver, D-13
register usage• Device Driver, D-13
Unit number• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-5
Unit testing• Modular Procedures, 4-1, 4-2
black box• Modular Procedures, 4-3
white box• Modular Procedures, 4-4
UNIVERSAL option
LINK command• Programming, 4-30

lndex-292

Universal symbol• Programming, 4-30; Linker
Ref, LINK-4, LINK-10; Patch Ref,
PATCH-11, PATCH-12
declaring • Patch Ref, PA TCH-11
designation of• Linker Ref, LINK-11, LINK-26
in shareable image creation • Linker Ref,
LINK-36
reason for• Linker Ref, LINK-10
referencing in a shareable image• Patch Ref,
PATCH-11, PATCH-12
Unload function
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-17
Unloading device
with DISMOUNT• DCL Dictionary, DCL-149
/UNLOAD qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-37
Unlock
file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-652
UNLOCK command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-652
UNMAP built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-226
to 4-227
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-226
Un paste
virtual display• Programming, 8-23
UNPREDICTABLE results• MACRO Ref, 7-1
Unsegmented key• FOL Ref, FOL-29
Unsolicited input• Programming, 8-46
Unsolicited interrupt
See Device interrupt
Unsolicited interrupt routine
address• Device Driver, 7-6
Unsolicited interrupt servicing routine• Device
Driver, 11-6, 11-8, A-14, G-14
address• Device Driver, D-14
context• Device Driver, D-14
functions• Device Driver, D-13
input• Device Driver, D-14
IPL requirements• Device Driver, D-14
output• Device Driver, D-14
register usage• Device Driver, D-14
UNSPECIFIED data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-1 to 2-2
Unstructured disk volume
saving to magnetic tape with BACKUP• Disk &
Tape, 6-15
Untyped data • Programming, 6-16
$UNWIND•RTL Ref, 7-15, 7-21, 7-22, 7-29
Unwind condition handler• Programming, 10-25
Up Arrow command• EDT Ref, EDT-314
Up Arrow function• EDT Ref, EOT-112
UP command• File Applications, 10-15;
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-15, ARMS-29
"updaten parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-93

Index

Update, mandatory• Rel Notes, 1-21
UPDA TE_IF attribute• File Applications, 8-1 O;
FOL Ref, FDL-16
Update/optional product
installation summary• Software Installation,
1-3
Update access• Disk & Tape, 4-23
UPDATE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-5, FDL-37
of ACCESS primary• File Applications, 7-4
of SHARING primary• File Applications, 7-5
UPDATE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref, 4-228
to 4-229
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-228
UPDATE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-8,
PATCH-10, PATCH-34, PATCH-90
Update file• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-3
Update-if option • File Applications, 8-5
Update operation • File Applications, 3-11
/UPDATE qualifier• Patch Ref, PA TCH-37 to
PA TCH-39 ; SUMSLP Ref, SUM-18
WRITE command• Command Procedures, 6-7
Update service• File Applications, 8-2, 8-5 to 8-6
high-level language equivalents• File
Applications, 8-2
run-time options• File Applications, 9-24 to
9-25
Updating records• Command Procedures, 6-9
Updating window• VAXTPU Ref, 2-7
UPD option• FOL Ref, FDL-5, FDL-37
Upgrade
clusters• Rel Notes, 1-23
materials needed • Rel Notes, 1-3; Software
Installation, 6-1
notes• Rel Notes, 1-3; Software Installation,
6-2
phase 1
VAX-11/725, VAX-11/730, and
V AX-11 /780 Systems• Rel Notes,
1-18
VAX-11/725, VAX-11/730,
V AX-11 /780 and VAX 8600 Systems
•Software Installation, 6-9
VAX-11/750•Rel Notes, 1-13
V AX-11 /750 and VAX 8200 •Software
Installation, 6-12
V AX-8200 /8300 •Rel Notes, 1-16
phase 2 • Rel Notes, 1-19; Software
Installation, 6-15
phase 3 •Rel Notes, 1-20; Software
Installation, 6-16
phase 4•Rel Notes, 1-20; Software
Installation, 6-16
phase 5 •Rel Notes, 1-20; Software
Installation, 6-17

Upgrade (cont'd.)
preparation for• Software Installation, 6-2
preparation procedure• Rel Notes, 1-5;
Software Installation, 6-3
restrictions• Rel Notes, 1-1; Software
Installation, 6-2
single system• Rel Notes, 1-4
Upgrade/optional product
installation summary• Rel Notes, 1-4
Upgraded systems• VAXclusters, 2-2
preparing• VAXclusters, 2-7, 2-13
Upgrade procedure
system page file size requirement• Rel Notes,
1-7
UPI option • FOL Ref, FDL-3 7
Upline memory dump
definition• Networking, 4-14
over Ethernet• Networking, 4-15
procedures• Networking, 4-14
requirements• Networking, 4-15
RSX-11 S system• Networking, 4-14
Uppercase
conversion from lowercase• Programming,
8-52
UPPERCASE command• VAXTPU Ref, F-17
Uppercase flag (")
default• DSR Ref, 3-21
description• DSR Ref, 3-21
pairing• DSR Ref, 3-21
recognizing• DSR Ref, 2-57
used with .XUPPER command• DSR Ref, 6-2
UPPER keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-26, 4-62
/UP qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-64, CD-74,
CD-79
Upward compatibility• Modular Procedures, 6-1,
A-9
Usage counts
reconstructing• Disk Quota Ref, DOT-12
USAGE parameter
for OLM circuit• Networking, 3-46
for PVC• Networking, 3-43
/USAGE qualifier• Verify Ref, VER-9
Usage summary• CDU Ref, CDU-1
/USE_CLAUSE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-177
USE command• Device Driver, 15-1 ; Disk Quota
Ref, DOT-15; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-50
User
adding• Authorize Ref, AUTH-19
authenticating• System Security, 3-9
through visual verification •System Security,
3-22
categories • System Security, 4-1, 4-6

lndex-293

Index

User
categories (cont'd.)
omission from protection code• System
Security, 4-9
sequence in which checked• System
Security, 4-10
disk
to display quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL-593
displaying rights of• System Security, 5-13
input/output• Programming, 8-1
interactive
to display list of users on system • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-606
to display names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-606
to display process identification code (PIO)•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-606
to display terminal name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-606
interface to network• Networking, 1-20
introduction to system• System Security, 5-62
irresponsibility as security problem • System
Security, 1-2
irresponsibility with training as antidote• System
Security, 5-62
name
to record on disk volume• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-532
network operations• Networking, 8-1
password, defined• System Security, 3-10
penetration as security problem • System
Security, 1-4
privilege, granting• System Security, 5-51
probing as security problem • System Security,
1-3
quota
to display disk• DCL Dictionary, DCL-593
to respond to requests from• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-352
training about importance to security• System
Security, 5-62
transparent network operations• Networking,
1-20
value of security to• System Security, 3-46
USER3 parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-86
USER4 parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-86
USER_FILE_OPEN attribute• File Applications,
7-5 ; FOL Ref, FDL-25
USER_INTERLOCK attribute• File Applications,
7-5, 7-9; FOL Ref, FDL-37
/USER_MQDE qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-10
DEFINE command• Command Procedures, 3-8
/USER_VALUE qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-22

lndex-294

User account
comparing• VAXclusters, A-1
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-13 to 2-15
creating• Authorize Ref, AUTH-21
deleting • System Management, 5-15
disabling • System Management, 5-17
group UIC • VAXclusters, A-1
guidelines for establishment• System Security,
5-2 to 5-67
maintaining• System Management, 5-14
restricting use • System Management, 5-18
setting up• System Management, 5-3
UIC coordination• VAXclusters, A-1
User-action routine• Modular Procedures, 2-10
interface • Modular Procedures, 3-15
optional• Modular Procedures, 3-14
User authorization file
See UAF
User buffer
address• File Applications, 9-21
size• File Applications, 9-21
User classification• FOL Ref, FDL-24
User command table• Programming, 7-12
User-Created Quorum File Problem• Rel Notes,
3-31
USERD 1 parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-86
USERD2 parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-86
User default library
definition of• Linker Ref, LINK-135
object module• Linker Ref, LINK-72
search of• Linker Ref, LINK-135, LINK-136,
LINK-143
shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK-72
User-defined condition code
signaling• Programming, 10-13
User-defined local label• MACRO Ref, 3-7 to 3-8
range• MACRO Ref, 3-7
User-defined logical name tables• System Services
Ref, 6-6
User-defined object• Networking, 2-28
User-defined patch area• Patch Ref, PA TCH-22 to
PATCH-23, PATCH-82 to PATCH-84
accessing with SET PATCH _AREA• Patch Ref,
PATCH-82
creating and accessing• Patch Ref, PATCH-23
default size • Patch Ref, PA TCH-83
resetting • Patch Ref, PA TCH-23, PATCH-4 7
terminating use of• Patch Ref, PA TCH-23
when to use• Patch Ref, PA TCH-22
User-defined sequence
defining• Sort Ref, SORT-52
User-defined symbol • Patch Ref, PATCH-7;
MACRO Ref, 3-5 to 3-6, 3-6

Index

User directory
creation• Authorize Ref, AUTH-19
User environment
defining• VAXclusters, 2-11
User Environment Test Package
See UETP
User file
placement• System Management, 7-2
User-file open
See UFO
User group
See BCUG, CUG, and X.25
User identification code• Software Installation,
7-6
See UIC
User library
HELP• DCL Dictionary, DCL-187
/USERLIBRARY qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-6,
LINK-135
User load
defined for DECnet test• Software Installation,
7-38
defining• Software Installation, 7-3, 7-13, 7-14
dialog example• Software Installation, 7-13
User mode assignments• Command Procedures,
3-8
User mode AST
See AST
User-mode stack pointer• SDA Ref, SDA-14
User name• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-7
as identifier• System Security, 4-22.1
in system security• System Security, 5-55
revealed at logout• System Security, 3-43
role in security• System Security, 2-4
Username
specification at login • DCL Dictionary, DCL-300
User name prompt
using ALF to suppress• System Security, 5-45
User number• FOL Ref, FDL-23
User-open routine• Programming, 9-97
User password
changing• DCL Dictionary, DCL-467
User privilege• System Services Ref, 2-2
User procedure• RTL Ref, 2-1
User process
returning control to• Device Driver, 5-14
/USER qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-38; SDA
Ref, SDA-105
User record
altering• Authorize Ref, AUTH-41
User request
See Operator functions

User resources• System Management, 6-1
User rights
displaying • System Security, 5-13
User-written system service • System Services Ref,
A-1
User-written V AXTPU routine
See V AXTPU routine
USING qualifier
COPY KNOWN NODES command• Networking,
3-21
USP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-14
Utility
Mail Utility in a mixed cluster• Rel Notes, 3-3
what is a • Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-16
Utility routine• Modular Procedures, 1-12
See ACL Editor routine
See CU routine
See CONV routine
See DCX routine
See EDT routine
See FOL routine
See LBR routine
See PSM routine
See SMB routine
See SOR routine
See V AXTPU routine

v
VALIDA TE QUEUE command• SDA Ref,
SDA-112
Validity rules• FOL Ref, FDL-38, FDL-39
Value
assignment to variable• Programming, 6-3
built-in type• CDU Ref, CDU-10
how to define• CDU Ref, CDU-10 to CDU-11
parameter• Programming, 7-18
qualifier• Programming, 7-6, 7-18
test in expression • DCL Dictionary, DCL-191
user-defined • CDU Ref, CDU-11
VALUE clause• Programming, 7-3
for DEFINE TYPE statement• CDU Ref, CDU-30
for PARAMETER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-25,
CDU-34
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
/VALUE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-32
Variable•Programming, 4-19, 6-1
associated• Programming, 2-7
buffer• VAXTPU Ref, 2-3
default values• Programming, 2-5

lndex-295

Index

Variable (cont'd.)

VAX-11/730 (cont'd.)

defining• Programming, 2-3
definition• Command Procedures, 2-1
equivalent• Programming, 2-7
global• VAXTPU Ref, 3-4, 3-22
1/0 •Programming, 9-17
implicit• Programming, 4-7
initializing• Programming, 2-5, 2-6; VAXTPU
Ref, 2-1
local• VAXTPU Ref, 3-4, 3-12
example• VAXTPU Ref, 3-4
syntax• VAXTPU Ref, 3-12
names• Programming, 4-7
EDT Keypad Emulator• VAXTPU Ref, 5-1
EVE• VAXTPU Ref, 5-1
reinitializing• Programming, 2-6
Variable bit base address access type• MACRO
Ref, 8-14
Variable buffer descriptor
See Descriptor
VARIABLE command• DSR Ref, 2-128
example• DSR Ref, 2-129
VARIABLE format• FDL Ref, FDL-34
Variable format with fixed-length control
See VFC
Variable-length bit field• RTL Ref, 9-10
bytes referenced • MACRO Ref, 8-6
data type• MACRO Ref, 8-5 to 8-6
Variable-length bit field instructions• MACRO Ref,
. 9-37 to 9-42
Variable-length record• Disk & Tape, B-16;
Programming, 9-5; FDL Ref, FDL-34
specifying • Sort Ref, SORT-42
with D format• File Applications, 2-11
with V format• File Applications, 2-11
Variable-length structure
passing • Programming, 1-31
Variable name
DEPOSIT command • Debugger Ref, 1-16
EXAMINE command• Debugger Ref, 1-15
SET WATCH command• Debugger Ref, 1-14
VARIABLES keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-73, 4-211
Variable with fixed-length control record
specifying • Sort Ref, SORT-42
Variant name
restrictions• DSR Ref, 4-26
syntax• DSR Ref, 4-26
/VARI ANT qualifier• DSR Ref, 4-26
Varying character string data type
See Data type
V AX-11 /730 •Device Driver, 1-12, 3-9
booting with XDELTA• Device Driver, 15-1

requesting an XDELTA interrupt on • Device
Driver, 15-6
V AX-11 /750 •Device Driver, 1-11, 3-9
booting with XDELTA on• Device Driver, 15-1
bootstrap arguments• DELTA Ref, DELT A-5
requesting an XDELTA interrupt on • Device
Driver, 15-6
V AX-11 /780 •Device Driver, 1-11, 3-9
booting with XDELTA • Device Driver, 15-1
requesting an XDELTA interrupt on • Device
Driver, 15-6
VAX-11/782

lndex-296

See V AX-11 /780
VAX-11/785
See VAX-11/780
VAX-11/725
backup
fixed system disk• Software Installation,
4-29
removable system disk• Software
Installation, 4-31
TU58 locations• Software Installation, 2-26
VAX-11/725,VAX-11/730
indicator lights• Software Installation, 2-14
keylock switch• Software Installation, 2-15
processor control panel• Software Installation,
2-13
VAX-11/730
backup of system disk• Software Installation,
4-26, 4-28
TU58 locations• Software Installation, 2-25
V AX-11 /730 software distribution kit
RA60 kit• Software Installation, D-8
VAX-11/750
boot names• Software Installation, 4-15
indicator lights• Software Installation, 2-10
keylock switch• Software Installation, 2-12
processor control panel• Software Installation,
2-10
V AX-11 /750 software distribution kit
magnetic tape kit• Software Installation, D-5
RA60 kit• Software Installation, D-6
RK07 kit• Software Installation, D-5
VAX-11/780
indicator lights• Software Installation, 2-9
keylock switch• Software Installation, 2-9
processor control panel• Software Installation,
2-8
VAX-11/782
BOOTBLDR.COM •Rel Notes, 3-6
bootstrap command procedure• Rel Notes, 3-6

Index

VAX-11/782
floppy diskettes
building• Rel Notes, 3-6
memory configuration
setting of registers• Rel Notes, 3-6
reset memory procedure (RMEM.COM) •Rel
Notes, 3-6
tuning• Perform Manage, 4-30
VAX-11/785
boot names• Software Installation, 4-14
VAX 2780/3780 Protocol Emulator• 1/0 Ref II,
5-1
VAX 8200 • Device Driver, 1-12 to 1-13, 3-9
booting with XDELTA on • Device Driver, 15-1
requesting an XDELTA interrupt on• Device
Driver, 15-6
VAX 8600 • Device Driver, 1-11 , 3-9
booting with XDELTA• Device Driver, 15-1
requesting an XDELTA interrupt on• Device
Driver, 15-6
VAX 8600/8650
console subsystem• Software Installation,
2-16
indicator lights• Software Installation, 2-3
processor control panel• Software Installation,
2-3
restart control switch• Software Installation,
2-4
terminal control switch• Software Installation,
2-4
VAX 8650
See VAX 8600
VAX 8800 •Device Driver, 1-12 to 1-13, 3-9
booting with XDELTA on • Device Driver, 15-1
requesting an XDELTA interrupt on • Device
Driver, 15-6
VAX BASIC
USEROPEN routine• File Applications, 5-13,
9-5
V AXBI • Device Driver, 1-12
V AXcluster •File Applications, 3-34
alias node identifier• Rel Notes, 2-3
architecture• VAXclusters, 1-1
booting • VAXclusters, 5-10 to 5-11
common system disk• Software Installation,
6-7
configuration• Networking, 1-10
creation of• Linker Ref, LINK-20, LINK-66,
LINK-68
current• Linker Ref, LINK-70
default• Linker Ref, LINK-66
defined• File Applications, 1-6
devices• VAXclusters, 4-1 to 4-21

VAXcluster (cont'd.)
dismounting volumes• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-148
empty• Linker Ref, LINK-69
end node• Networking, 1-11, 2-25
forming• VAXclusters, 5-1 to 5-15
for transfer vector• Linker Ref, LINK-34
hardware components• VAXclusters, 1-1
heterogeneous• VAXclusters, 2-1
homogeneous• VAXclusters, 2-1
in a based image• Linker Ref, LINK-19
locking considerations• File Applications, 3-35
maintenance• VAXclusters, 5-11
memory allocation for• Linker Ref, LINK-72
node name• Rel Notes, 2-3
order of processing• Linker Ref, LINK-66,
LINK-69
organization• VAXclusters, 1-1
overview• VAXclusters, 1-1 to 1-6
partitioning • VAXclusters, 5-1
preparing for UETP •Software Installation, 7-9
preparing operating environment• VAXclusters,
1-6 to 2-17
protection of• Linker Ref, LINK-24
queues• VAXclusters, 3-1 to 3-19
router• Networking, 1-11, 2-25
security considerations • System Security, 8-1
shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK-65
shutdown• VAXclusters, 5-13
software• VAXclusters, 1-1
software components• VAXclusters, 1-5
test failure• Software Installation, 7-25
types of operating environments• VAXclusters,
2-1
use of an alias node identifier• Networking,
1-11 ' 2-4' 2-30' 3-9' 8-7
use of Cl data link• Networking, 1-10
use of DECnet-VAX data link• Networking,
1-10
versus single-node systems• VAXclusters, 5-1
VAXCLUSTER parameter• VAXclusters, 5-5;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-86
V AXcluster performance statistics • Monitor Ref,
MON-40
V AXcluster software
connection manager• VAXclusters, 1-5, 5-1 to
5-4
distributed file system• VAXclusters, 1-5
distributed job controller• VAXclusters, 1-6
distributed lock manager• VAXclusters, 1-5
system communication services• VAXclusters,
1-5

lndex-297

Index

VAX condition
See Exception condition
VAX Condition Handling Standard • Intro to
Routines, 2-37
exception condition• Intro to Routines, 2-37
VAX data type
See Data type
VAX instruction set
accessing through Run-Time Library• RTL Ref,
9-9
VAX language
use with control blocks• RMS Ref, 2-1
VAX language extension• Intro to Routines, 2-6
VAX language implementation table
See Implementation table
VAX Language-Sensitive Editor• Debugger Ref,
CD-50
VAX MACRO• File Applications, 3-14, 3-18,
3-33, 4-3
See also Addressing mode
See also Directive
See also Instructions
See MACRO
See Macro
and VAX RMS• File Applications, 9-5
VAX MACRO instruction
as used in device driver• Device Driver, 6-2 to
6-4
entering• Patch Ref, PATCH-25
INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-70
with same opcode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-26
VAX Message Utility
See Message Utility
VAX object language• Linker Ref, LINK-81 to
LINK-113
VAX Packetnet System Interface
See VAX PSI
VAX Procedure and Condition Handling Standard
for calling VAX RMS services • RMS Ref, 3-3
VAX Procedure Calling Standard
address• Intro to Routines, 2-3
argument list• Intro to Routines, 2-3
argument list format• Intro to Routines, 2-4
calling sequence• Intro to Routines, 2-4
argument list• Intro to Routines, 2-4
condition value• Intro to Routines, 2-3, 2-7
severity code• Intro to Routines, 2-8
data type• Intro to Routines, 2-12
atomic• Intro to Routines, 2-13
COBOL intermediate temporary• Intro to
Routines, 2-17
miscellaneous• Intro to Routines, 2-16

lndex-298

VAX Procedure Calling Standard
data type (cont'd.)
string• Intro to Routines, 2-14
descriptor• Intro to Routines, 2-3
descriptor formats• Intro to Routines, 2-18
exception condition• Intro to Routines, 2-3
function• Intro to Routines, 2-3
function value• Intro to Routines, 2-7
goals• Intro to Routines, 2-2
high-level languages
use of• Intro to Routines, 2-5
immediate value• Intro to Routines, 2-3
introduction• Intro to Routines, 2-1
language support procedures • Intro to Routines,
2-3
library procedures• Intro to Routines, 2-3
procedure• Intro to Routines, 2-3
reference• Intro to Routines, 2-3
registers• Intro to Routines, 2-11
stacks
use of• Intro to Routines, 2-11
subroutine• Intro to Routines, 2-3
VAX language extensions• Intro to Routines,
2-6
VAX PSI• Networking, 1-3
bringing up a DTE• Networking, 6-2
command procedure for object• Networking,
2-32
configuration• Networking, 1-4, 1-17, 5-1,
5-26, 5-30
connector node • Networking,·· 6-2
database• Networking, 1-16, 3-3
DTE states and substates • NCP Ref, NCP-178
DTE state transitions• NCP Ref, NCP-179
dumping KMS 11 microcode• Networking, 7-1,
7-13
dumping KMV11 microcode• Networking, 7-1,
7-13
line-level loopback test• Networking, 7-1, 7-12
multihost installation• Networking, 6-2
multihost mode•Networking, 1-3, 1-14, 5-1
multinetwork configuration • Networking, 5-30
native mode• Networking, 1-3, 1-14
native user programs• Networking, 2-7
object• Networking, 2-32, 3-73
server module states • NCP Ref, NCP-181
server module state transitions• NCP Ref,
NCP-181
software• Networking, 1-15, 2-1
system management• Networking, 1-14, 5-4
test facilities• Networking, 7-1
users• Networking, 1-14

Index

VAX PSI access software• Networking, 1-12,
2-1, 2-6, 2-34, 5-1, 6-2
VAX Record Management Services
See VAX RMS
VAX RMS (Record Management Service)
Image activation• Rel Notes, 3-29
VAX RMS (Record Management Services) •
Modular Procedures, 1-14; File Applications,
1-14; FOL Ref, FDL-1 ; System Services Ref,
7-1 ; RMS Ref, 1-1
See RMS
access modes • RMS Ref, 1-1
allocating buffers• File Applications, 3-14,
3-18
applicable macro programming rules• RMS Ref,
3-6
block 1/0 processing services• RMS Ref, 3-5
blocking used to reduce 1/0 operations•
Perform Manage, 3-11
bucket splits• File Applications, 3-27
buffer parameters• Perform Manage, 3-6
calculating extension size• File Applications,
3-12
calculating file extension size• File Applications,
3-6
calling sequence• RMS Ref, 2-4
calling services• RMS Ref, 1-1
connect-time options• File Applications, 4-3
consumption of executive mode processing
time•Perform Manage, 3-19, 3-23
control blocks• File Applications, 1-15, 4-19;
FOL Ref, FDL-3; RMS Ref, 1-2
creation-time options • File Applications, 4-3,
4-22; FOL Ref, FDL-40
data structures• File Applications, 1-15
default• Convert Ref, CONV-21; FOL Ref,
FDL-20
deferred-write operation• File Applications,
3-18, 3-33
distributed file system• VAXclusters, 1-5
file
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-31
file organizations • RMS Ref, 1-1
improving caching• Perform Manage, 5-18
in indexed files • File Applications, 3-19
MACRO parameter• File Applications, 3-14
misuse• Perform Manage, 4-43
opening file for mapping • System Services Ref,
11-9
passing arguments to• RMS Ref, 1-2
performance implications of file design • Perform
Manage, 3-23

VAX RMS (Record Management Services) (cont'd.)
placing file information in prologue• File
Applications, 3-19
program interface description• RMS Ref, 2-1
recommended method for signaling an error•
RMS Ref, 2-6
record formats• RMS Ref, 1-1
restrictions to calling• RMS Ref, 2-7
security features • RMS Ref, 1-1
sequence for using• RMS Ref, 2-1
service• RMS Ref, 1-2
supporting file operations • RMS Ref, 1-2
supporting record operations• RMS Ref, 1-2
to display default block count• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-594
to modify defaults for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-503
use of Digital Multinational Character Set• RMS
Ref, 2-7
use of multiblocks •File Applications, 3-13
use of reserved event flags• RMS Ref, 2-7
using with languages• File Applications, 1-14
with Prolog 3 files• File Applications, 10-36
VAX RMS option
selection• File Applications, 9-1
VAX RMS service
allowable program execution modes for calling •
RMS Ref, 2-7
naming conventions • RMS Ref, 3-3
VAX RMS utilities
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE •File Applications, 1-16
CONVERT• File Applications, 1-17
CONVERT /RECLAIM• File Applications, 1-17
CREA TE/FOL• File Applications, 1-18
EDIT /FOL• File Applications, 1-19
VAX standard data type
See Data type
VAX Text Processing Utility
See VAXTPU
VAX Text Processing Utility Routine
See V AXTPU routine
V AXTPU (VAX Text Processing Utility) • Rel Notes,
2-2, 2-7, 3-44
callable interface• Rel Notes, 2-2
changing the default editing interface • Rel
Notes, 2-7
definition • VAXTPU Ref, 1-1
description• DCL Dictionary, DCL-165
file support• VAXTPU Ref, E-1
format of programs• VAXTPU Ref, xvi
installing• Rel Notes, 2-7
interfaces• VAXTPU Ref, 1-1
invoking • VAXTPU Ref, 1-7, 6-1

lndex-299

Index

V AXTPU (VAX Text Processing Utility)
invoking (cont'd.)

V AXTPU routine
shareable image (cont'd.)

from a batch job• VAXTPU Ref, 6-4
interactively• VAXTPU Ref, 6-1
with EVE• VAXTPU Ref, 1-7
with the EDT Keypad Emulator• VAXTPU
Ref, 1-7
language• VAXTPU Ref, 1-4
leaving
EXIT• VAXTPU Ref, 1-9
QUIT• VAXTPU Ref, 1-9
messages• VAXTPU Ref, C-1 to C-8
packaging• Rel Notes, 2-7
pre-defined procedures in EVE• Rel Notes, 2-2
running from a subprocess
example• VAXTPU Ref, A-6
section files
default file type• Rel Notes, 2-2
installing• Rel Notes, 2-7
rebuilding• Rel Notes, 2-2
special features• VAXTPU Ref, 1-3
syntax• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
example• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
version number• VAXTPU Ref, 5-2
V AXTPU Callable interface
See V AXTPU routine
V AXTPU procedure
compiling• Text Processing, 2-14, 3-41
saving• Text Processing, 3"'."42
in command file• Text Processing, 2-15
in section file• Text Processing, 2-15
writing• Text Processing, 2-13, 3-40
V AXTPU routine
Callable V AXTPU • Util Routines Ref, TPU-1
error handling • Util Routines Ref, TPU-3
full interface• Util Routines Ref, TPU-2,
TPU-5
overview• Util Routines Ref, TPU-1
simplified interface• Util Routines Ref,
TPU-2, TPU-4
condition handler
condition codes• Util Routines Ref, TPU-4
default• Util Routines Ref, TPU-4
return values• Util Routines Ref, TPU-4
universal symbols• Util Routines Ref, TPU-4
example• Util Routines Ref, TPU-5, TPU-7 to
TPU-22
introduction • Util Routines Ref, TPU-1
parameter
bound procedure value• Util Routines Ref,
TPU-3
shareable image• Util Routines Ref, TPU-1,
TPU-3

constants• Util Routines Ref, TPU-3
symbols• Util Routines Ref, TPU-3
user-written
FILEIO • Util Routines Ref, TPU-45
HANDLER• Util Routines Ref, TPU-4 7
INITIALIZE• Util Routines Ref, TPU-48
requirements• Util Routines Ref, TPU-6
USER• Util Routines Ref, TPU-49
user-written routine • Util Routines Ref, TPU-6
VAX/VMS Debugger

lndex-300

See Debugger
VAX/VMS Linker
see LINK command
VAX/VMS multiprocessing system
show attached processor state• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-545
start attached processor• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-615
stop attached processor• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-629
VAX/VMS node• Networking, 2-1
VAX/VMS operating system• FOL Ref, FDL-37,
FDL-38
network interface• Networking, 1-2
nonpaged dynamic memory pool• Networking,
5-32
VAX/VMS Personal Mail Utility
See Mail Utility
VAX/VMS software distribution kit
magnetic tape kit• Software Installation, D-1,
D-3
RA60 kit• Software Installation, D-2, D-4
RK07 kit• Software Installation, D-3
VAX/VMS source kit
contents of• Software Installation, B-1
VAX/VMS Symbolic Debugger
See Debugger
VAX/VMS system specific events• NCP Ref,
NCP-194
VAX/VMS to VAX/VMS network operation
Version 4.4 to previous version• Networking,
9-24
Version 4 to Version 3 •Networking, 9-23
VAX/VMS to IAS network operation• Networking,
9-2
VAX/VMS to P/OS network operation•
Networking, 9-5
VAX/VMS to RSTS/E network operation•
Networking, 9-6
VAX/VMS to RSX (using FCS-based FAL) network
operation• Networking, 9-11

Index

VAX/VMS to RSX (using RMS-based FAL)
network operation• Networking, 9-9
VAX/VMS to RT-11 network operation•
Networking, 9-14
VAX/VMS to TOPS-10 network operation•
Networking, 9-17
VAX/VMS to TOPS-20 network operation•
Networking, 9-20
VBN (virtual block number)• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-3
VCB (volume control block)• Device Driver, A-28,
A-32
VEC$B_DA T APA TH• Device Driver, 10-3, 10-6
VEC$V_LOCK • Device Driver, C-69
VEC$V_L W AE • Device Driver, 4-13, 10-6, C-61
VEC$V_MAPLOCK•Device Driver, 10-5, 13-4,
C-53, C-74
VEC$V_PATHLOCK •Device Driver, 10-3, 13-4,
C-68, C-73
Vector jump table• Device Driver, 3-9, A-4
examining • Device Driver, 15-6 to 15-7
Vector register• Device Driver, 11-1
Vector table• Device Driver, A-4
Verb
See also DEFINE VERB statement
See Command
how to define • CDU Ref, CDU-8
Verification
mount• System Management, 7-9
of circuit• System Security, 7-9
of user identity• System Security, 5-28
to modify for command procedures• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-527
VERIFICATION INBOUND parameter• Networking,
3-38, 3-86
VERIFICATION parameter• Networking, 3-38
VERIFY• Verify Ref, VER-1
See Verify Utility
Verify
SET OUTPUT command• Debugger Ref,
CD-114
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-91 to
PATCH-92
/VERIFY qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-51
Verify Utility (VERIFY)• Rel Notes, 3-16
command string• Verify Ref, VER-1
creating a disk usage accounting file• Verify Ref,
VER-9
directing output of• Verify Ref, VER-1
disk usage accounting file• Verify Ref, VER-2
exiting• Verify Ref, VER-1
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-19; Verify Ref,
VER-1

Verify Utility (VERIFY) (cont'd.)
modes of operation• Verify Ref, VER-2
parameters• Verify Ref, VER-1
privileges• Verify Ref, VER-2
qualifiers• Verify Ref, VER-4 to VER-9
recommended usage• Verify Ref, VER-2
recovering lost files• System Management,
5-17
repairing errors on a disk volume• Verify Ref,
VER-8
"version" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU Ref,
4-94
VERSION keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-77
Version limit
for files in directory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-78
Version number• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-4; Disk
& Tape, 4-20, B-13; VAXTPU Ref, 5-2;
FDL Ref, FDL-21
of a file• VAXTPU Ref, 6-10
VFC (variable format with fixed-length control) • File
Applications, 2-13, 3-11, 3-12
VFC record• FOL Ref, FDL-33, FDL-34, FDL-35
conversion of• Convert Ref, CONV-1 7
format of• Disk & Tape, B-16; FOL Ref,
FDL-34
VFC record format• File Applications, 1-4
"video" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-86, 4-89
Video attribute• Programming, 8-18
marker• VAXTPU Ref, 2-8, 4-120
PROMPT_AREA• VAXTPU Ref, 4-186
range• VAXTPU Ref, 2-9, 4-39
ST A TUS_LINE • VAXTPU Ref, 4-196
window• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
VIDEO keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
Video terminal
clearing screen • System Security, 3-43
logout considerations• System Security, 3-42
$VIELD macro • Device Driver, B-39
_ VIELD macro• Device Driver, B-40
VIEW command• File Applications, 4-5; FDL Ref,
FDL-64
/VIEWING_TIME qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-31
Viewport
description • Phone Ref, PHONE-3
scrolling within • Phone Ref, PHONE-5
specifying size• Phone Ref, PHONE-7
/VIEWPORT_SIZE qualifier• Phone Ref, PHONE-7
Virtual address• MACRO Ref, 8-1
Virtual address register
See MBA$L _VAR
Virtual address space• System Services Ref,
11-2, 11-3

lndex-301

Index

Virtual address space (cont'd.)
adding page to• System Services Ref, SYS-93,
SYS-153
creating • System Services Ref, SYS-93
deleting page from • System Services Ref,
SYS-59, SYS-124
increasing and decreasing • System Services
Ref, 11-2
layout• System Services Ref, 11-2
mapping section of• System Services Ref,
11-14
size• SDA Ref, SDA-8
specifying array• System Services Ref, 11-5
Virtual block
dump• Analyze/RMS_fi/e Ref, ARMS-19
Virtual block number
See VBN
Virtual block position option• File Applications,
4-40
Virtual circuit•Networking, 1-6, 1-8; System
Management, B-1
See also X.25 virtual circuit
Virtual device• Exchange Ref, EXCH-5, EXCH-14
allocation • Exchange Ref, EXCH-34
creating• Exchange Ref, EXCH-14
examples
creating • Exchange Ref, EXCH-14
dismounting• Exchange Ref, EXCH-14
initializing• Exchange Ref, EXCH-14
mounting• Exchange Ref, EXCH-14
mounting • Exchange Ref, EXCH-14
Virtual display• RTL Ref, 3-3
changing• Programming, 8-24
checking occlusion of• Programming, 8-21
deleting• Programming, 8-23
erase• Programming, 8-17
outputting through • RTL Ref, 3-10
removing• Programming, 8-23
unpaste •Programming, 8-23
Virtual 1/0 function• Device Driver, A-21, A-22;
System Services Ref, 7-7
canceling requests for• System Services Ref,
SYS-36
translation to logical function from• Device
Driver, 2-3
Virtual keyboard • RTL Ref, 3-5
Virtual memory
examining contents• DCL Dictionary, DCL-173
replacing contents• DCL Dictionary, DCL-125
Virtual memory allocation
See Memory allocation
VIRTUALPAGECNT parameter• SDA Ref, SDA-8;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-86

lndex-302

Virtual terminal• System Security, 3-7;
Networking, 1-9, 2-16; System Management, 11-12
and logout• System Security, 3-44
connecting to• DCL Dictionary, DCL-58
disabling• System Security, 5-36
disconnecting from • DCL Dictionary, DCL-145
enabling• Networking, 5-10
"visible" parameter to GET_INFO • VAXTPU Ref,
4-87
"visible_bottom" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-88
"visible_length" parameter to GET_INFO •
VAXTPU Ref, 4-88, 4-93
% VISIBLE_TASK• Debugger Ref, D-8
"visible_top" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU
Ref, 4-88
/VISIBLE qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-130
"vk 100" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-93
VMS.EXE file• DEL TA Ref, DELT A-5
VMR • Networking, 4-16
VMS bootstrap file• DELTA Ref, DELT A-5
VMS data type
See Data type
VMSINSTAL
action at installation completion • Software
Installation, 5-6
alternate root option
restriction• Software Installation, 5-10
alternate system root option • Software
Installation, 5-10
answer file
specification format• Software Installation,
5-7
answer file• Software Installation, 5-7
auto-answer option• Software Installation, 5-7
command line syntax• Software Installation,
5-3
destination
for installing product• Software Installation,
5-4
error messages• Software Installation, 5-13
file log option• Software Installation, 5-7, 5-8
GET option
use of to store product save set• Software
Installation, 5-7
GET save set option• Software Installation, 5-7
invoking • Software Installation, 5-3
invoking for upgrade• Software Installation,
6-6
manual recovery from system failure• Software
Installation, 5-10

Index

VMSINSTAL (cont'd.)
options
auto-answer• Software Installation, 5-7
defined• Software Installation, 5-7
file log• Software Installation, 5-7
GET save set• Software Installation, 5-7
how specified• Software Installation, 5-7
keyword• Software Installation, 5-4
listed• Software Installation, 5-6
option list• Software Installation, 5-4
parameters
product list• Software Installation, 5-3
source• Software Installation, 5-4
product save set format• Software Installation,
5-8
recovery from system failure
standard system• Software Installation,
5-10
tailored system• Software Installation, 5-1 O
release notes option• Software Installation, 5-9
small-disk installation considerations• Software
Installation, 5-11
storing product save sets using GET option •
Software Installation, 5-8
system failure
conditions• Software Installation, 5-10
recovery• Software Installation, 5-1 O
using• Software Installation, 5-1
VMSINST AL.COM
See VMSINST AL
VMSINST AL procedure• Rel Notes, 3-16
VMSKITBLD .COM procedure• System Management, 2-24, 2-25, 2-26, 2-27
VMSMAIL.DAT
defining logical name for• VAXclusters, 2-15
preparing common version of• VAXclusters,
2-15
sharing• VAXclusters, 2-11
VMS print symbiont
See Symbiont
VMST AILOR facility
See Tailoring facility
VMSUPDATE
summary• Software Installation, C-1
VMSUPDA TE product installation• Software
Installation, 5-1
completion• Software Installation, C-3
interactive requirement• Software Installation,
C-1
preparing for• Software Installation, C-1
procedure• Software Installation, C-2
setting default disk• Software Installation, C-2

VMS usage• Modular Procedures, B-1; Intro to
Routines, A-1; System Services Ref, 1-6;
RTL Ref, 1-10
See also Implementation table
See Data type
description of• Intro to Routines, A-1 to A-18
VMS usage entry
See Routine format
VMS usage implementation table
See Implementation table
VOL 1 label
See Volume label
Volatile database• Networking, 1-16, 3-2
copying node entries• Networking, 3-21
display information • Networking, 3-90
use of• Networking, 3-2
VOLATILE statement
record processing• Programming, 6-38
VOL label
See Volume label
VOLPRO privilege• System Security, A-14;
System Management, 6-18
VOLSET.SYS •Disk & Tape, A-3
Volume
See also Disk
See also Magnetic tape
ANSI-labeled• Disk & Tape, B-4
copying files from• Disk & Tape, 5-3
ANSI-labeled magnetic tape
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-15
backing up full volumes and volume sets • Disk
& Tape, 6-18; System Management,
7-16
continuation• Disk & Tape, 3-22
defined• File Applications, 1-6
disk
to display quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL-593
disk file deletion• DCL Dictionary, DCL-111
dismounting • DCL Dictionary, DCL-14 7;
System Services Ref, SYS-133
dump of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-150
erasures• System Security, 5-76
file configurations•Disk & Tape, B-4, B-6, B-7,
B-8, B-9
Files-11
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-19
to modify characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-530, DCL-531, DCL-532, DCL-533
to record name on • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-532
foreign• Disk & Tape, 3-10

lndex-303

Index

Volume (cont'd.)
getting information about
asynchronously • System Services Ref,
SYS-192
synchronously• System Services Ref,
SYS-208
initializing• Disk & Tape, 3-4, 3-6; DCL
Dictionary, DCL-194
label• Disk & Tape, B-4
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 5-3
copying files from• Disk & Tape, 5-3
deallocating• Disk & Tape, 4-19
dismounting• Disk & Tape, 4-19
initializing• Disk & Tape, 4-18
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-15
record format• Disk & Tape, 5-3
writing files to• Disk & Tape, 4-18
making a volume public• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-36
modifying characteristics of disk• Disk & Tape,
4-15
mounting • Disk & Tape, 3-8, 3-10, 7-3;
System Management, 7-6; Mount Ref,
MOUNT-1; System Services Ref, 7-22,
SYS-315
operator assistance• Disk & Tape, 7-3
operator functions• Disk & Tape, 7-3
mounting foreign• Mount Ref, MOUNT-18
mounting with EXCHANGE• Disk & Tape, 5-11
mounting with operator assistance • Mount Ref,
MOUNT-8
mounting without HDR2 labels• Disk & Tape,
B-18
multidisk •File Applications, 3-27
operator assistance• Disk & Tape, 3-9
owner field• Disk & Tape, B-11
ownership specification• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-200
positioning• File Applications, 3-27
private• Disk & Tape, 3-1
protection• DCL Concepts, 7-2, 7-9; System
Security, 4-3, 4-16. 1; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-201
and MOUNT command• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-30
repairing errors on a disk volume• Verify Ref,
VER-8
shared• VAXclusters, 4-13 to 4-15
mounting • VAXqlusters, 4-14
specification of maximum file number• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-199
to mount• DCL Dictionary, DCL-316
using with BACKUP• Backup Ref, BACKU-13

lndex-304

Volume acces.sibility field
writing characters to• DCL Dictionary, DCL-199
VOLUME attribute• File Applications, 4-40; FOL
Ref, FDL-9
Volume control block
See VCB
Volume format
defaults• Exchange Ref, EXCH-9
DOS-11 •Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
Files-11 •Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
magnetic tape default• Exchange Ref, EXCH-9
options• Exchange Ref, EXCH-6
RT-11 • Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-6
Volume identifier• Disk & Tape, B-10
Volume integrity• System Management, 7-8
Volume label • DCL Dictionary, DCL-194
EOF label• Disk & Tape, B-4
EOV label• Disk & Tape, B-4
VOL 1 label• Disk & Tape, B-9
accessibility field• Disk & Tape, B-10
volume identifier field• Disk & Tape, B-10
VOL label• Disk & Tape, B-4
Volume number option• File Applications, 4-40
Volume protection • System Services Ref, 7-4
See Protection
/VOLUME qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKU-52;
Patch Ref, PA TCH-40
Volume RT-11 •Disk & Tape, 3-16
Volume set•System Management, 7-2, 7-3, 7-20
and MOUNT command• Mount Ref, MOUNT-2
creation of• Disk & Tape, 3-12, 3-13; Mount
Ref, MOUNT-10
defined• File Applications, 1-8
disk• Disk & Tape, 3-12
add volume• Disk & Tape, 3-14
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-11
dismounting • DCL Dictionary, DCL-148
initializing• Disk & Tape, 3-12
list file• Disk & Tape, A-3
loosely coupled• Disk & Tape, A-3
magnetic tape
automatic volume switching• Disk & Tape,
3-21
continuation volumes• Disk & Tape, 3-21
creating• Disk & Tape, 3-20
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-19
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-8, 3-11
to add volume• Mount Ref, MOUNT-10
Volume specification• Disk Quota Ref, DOT-15
Volume valid bit
See UCB$V_VALID

Index

Voluntary decrementing

Watchpoint (cont'd.)

disabling• Perform Manage, 5-9
tuning• Perform Manage, 5-9
turning on• Perform Manage, 5-9
VOTES parameter• VAXclusters, 5-2, 5-6;
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-86
uvt100n parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-93
VT100 diagram• Text Processing, 3-6
VT 100-series terminals• Text Processing, 3-6
uvt200" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-93
VT200 diagram• Text Processing, 3-6
VT200-series terminals • Text Processing, 3-6
VTA, as indicator of virtual terminal• System
Security, 3-44
VTLB (Convert Long to Byte) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-17

displaying • Debugger Ref, 3-13, CD-184
restrictions• Debugger Ref, 3-14
setting• Debugger Ref, 1-14, 3-12, CD-142
source display at• Debugger Ref, 7-7
WAT option• FDL Ref, FDL-16
WBH option• FDL Ref, FDL-16
WCB (window control block)• Device Driver, 5-8,
A-7, A-20
WCK option• FDL Ref, FDL-26
.WEAK directive• MACRO Ref, 6-97
Weekday
restrictions for login • System Security, 3-31
Weekly backup• System Management, 7-23
Welcome message• System Security, 3-7
security disadvantage• System Security, 5-36
WFIKPCH macro• Device Driver, 5-14, 9-6, 9-6
to 9-7, 12-7, 13-7, B-41, D-11, G-12
WFIRLCH macro• Device Driver, 5-14, 9-6, 9-6 to
9-7, B-42, D-11
WHEN clause
effect with DO clause • Debugger Ref, 3-9
example• Debugger Ref, 1-13
format• Debugger Ref, CD-1
WHILE command• Programming, 5-22;
Debugger Ref, 9-6, CD-19 7
White box testing• Modular Procedures, 4-4
Whole number• Programming, 6-4
% WIDTH• Debugger Ref, C-5
Width
double• Programming, 8-27, 8-28
screen • Programming, 8-17
uwidth" parameter to GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref,
4-89, 4-93
WIDTH keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-208
/WIDTH qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-24;
Librarian Ref, LIB-44; Debugger Ref, 8-19,
CD-132
Width specifier
with SET SCREEN command• EDT Ref,
EDT-182
Wild card
and COPY command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-64
use in deleting files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-111
using with BACKUP• Backup Ref, BACKU-18
Wildcard character• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-5;
DCL Concepts, 3-14, 3-15, 3-16, 3-17,
3-18, 3-19, 3-20, 3-21; Disk & Tape, 4-3;
Convert Ref, CONV-1
See also File specification
and AUTHORIZE proxy command• System
Security, 7-22

w
WAIT_FOR_RECORD attribute• File Applications,
7-14; FDL Ref, fDL-16
WAIT command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-653
use in synchronizing command procedures•
Command Procedures, 8-13
Wait for interrupt macro
See WFIKPCH macro, WFIRLCH macro
/WAIT qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-186
Wait service• File Applications, 8-7
and asynchronous operations• File Applications,
8-23
Wait state
induce to synchronize process with batch job•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-646
place current process in• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-653
Wakeup
canceling • System Services Ref, SYS-41
cancel scheduled• DCL Dictionary, DCL-54
scheduling• System Services Ref, 9-6
to cancel request• DCL Dictionary, DCL-368
to schedule with RUN command • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-368
.WARN directive• MACRO Ref, 6-96
Warning messages• Convert Ref, CONV-4
/WARNING qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-23
Watchpoint
canceling• Debugger Ref, CD-26
defined• Debugger Ref, 1-14, 3-12

lndex-305

Index

Wildcard character (cont'd.)

Window (cont'd.)

and multiple file locations• File Applications,
5-10
asterisk (*) • DCL Concepts, 3-19, 3-20, 3-21
ellipsis (... ) • DCL Concepts, 3-19, 3-20, 3-21
file specification
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-20
for events• Networking, 3-82
hyphen (-) • DCL Concepts, 3-18
in ACL commands• System Security, 4-42
in file names• VAXTPU Ref, 6-10
in identifiers in ACEs •System Security, 4-29
in input file specifications• DCL Concepts,
3-14, 3-15, 3-16
in selective backup operation• System
Management, 7-21
in SHOW /RIGHTS command• System Security,
5-13
percent sign (%) • DCL Concepts, 3-16
program preprocessing • File Applications,
5-10 to 5-18
used to search directory• DCL Concepts, 3-16,
3-17, 3-18
used to specify output directory• DCL
Concepts, 3-19, 3-20, 3-21
use in ADD/IDENTIFIER command• System
Security, 5-1 0
using with Analyze/RMS_File •Analyze/RMS_
File Ref, ARMS-1
Wildcard character (*)
DIRECTORY command• Disk & Tape, 4-4
selective backup operations• Disk & Tape,
6-20
Window• File Applications, 9-9 to 9-11
adjusting size• VAXTPU Ref, 4-8
attributes• VAXTPU Ref, 4-4 1
canceling• Debugger Ref, CD-27
changing position• VAXTPU Ref, 4-9
creating• VAXTPU Ref, 2-4
current• VAXTPU Ref, 2-5, 2-6, 4-41
defined • Debugger Ref, 8-2
definition• VAXTPU Ref, 2-4
deleting• VAXTPU Ref, 4-61
dimensions• VAXTPU Ref, 2-4
enlarging• VAXTPU Ref, 4-8
EVE editor• Text Processing, 3-1
getting information
GET_INFO• VAXTPU Ref, 2-7
SHOW (WINDOW) figure• VAXTPU Ref,
2-7
identifying • Debugger Ref, CD-185
length• VAXTPU Ref, 2-4
mapping• VAXTPU Ref, 2-5

predefined • Debugger Ref, C-7
reducing• VAXTPU Ref, 4-8
removing• VAXTPU Ref, 2-6
specifying • Debugger Ref, 8-10, CD-145
to display
count for open files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-550
size for open files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-550
unmapping• VAXTPU Ref, 2-6
updating• VAXTPU Ref, 2-7
values• VAXTPU Ref, 2-5
video attributes• VAXTPU Ref, 4-206
width• VAXTPU Ref, 2-4
WINDOW _SIZE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-26
Window control block
See WCB
WINDOW data type• VAXTPU Ref, 2-4 to 2-8
WINDOW keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
Window size• File Applications, 10-35
Window size parameter• Networking, 3-27
WINDOWS keyword• VAXTPU Ref, 4-211
/WINDOWS qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-38
WITH qualifier
COPY KNOWN NODES command• Networking,
3-21
Word• MACRO Ref, 8-1
in longword• Programming, 1-25
in quadword• Programming, 1-28
passing• Programming, 1-24
Word count register• Device Driver, 9-4
WORD data type• Debugger Ref, 5-2
.WORD directive• MACRO Ref, 6-98
Word dump• DCL Dictionary, DCL-153
WORD function• Text Processing, 1-13; EDT
Ref, EDT-113
WORD mode• Patch Ref, PATCH-20
/WORD qualifier• Debugger Ref, CD-42, CD-59
ALIGN command• Patch Ref, PATCH-42
DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-56
DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-59
EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-62
EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-65
REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-73
SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-78
VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-91
/WORK_FILES qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-29; Sort Ref, SORT-35, SORT-70
Work file
assigning • Sort Ref, SORT-8
in specification file• Sort Ref, SORT-70
location of• Sort Ref, SORT-70

lndex-306

Index

Work file (cont'd.)
default number• Sort Ref, SORT-35
specifying number of• Sort Ref, SORT-35
/WORKING_SET qualifier• SDA Ref, SDA-94
Working copy
description• Software Installation, 5-1
Working set• File Applications, 1-20
adjusting• Perform Manage, 2-17, 5-4
with AUTHORIZE• Perform Manage, 2-24
adjusting limit• System Services Ref, SYS-7
adjusting size• System Services Ref, 11-6
analyzing problems• Perform Manage, 4-9
automatic adjustment• Perform Manage, 2-8
default• File Applications, 1-20
definition
for batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-212,
DCL-488, DCL-623
for batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-220,
DCL-644
default size• System Management, 6-6
determining when too large• Perform Manage,
4-26
discouraging loans when memory is scarce•
Perform Manage, 5-13
establishing sizes• Perform Manage, 2-14
extent• File Applications, 1-20; System
Management, 6-6
definition
for batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-212,
DCL-488, DCL-623
locking page into• System Services Ref, 11-6,
SYS-303
paging • System Services Ref, 11-6
purging • System Services Ref, SYS-325
quota• File Applications, 1-20; System
Management, 6-6
definition
for batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-212,
DCL-220, DCL-488, DCL-623
size
for batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-644
specify default
for detached process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-374
for subprocess• DCL Dictionary, DCL-374
specifying values• Perform Manage, 4-12
specify quotas• DCL Dictionary, DCL-371
suggested initial limits• Perform Manage, 2-16
to display
limit for process• DCL Dictionary, DCL-608
quota for process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-608
to modify default size• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-534

Working set (cont'd.)
unlocking page from • System Services Ref,
SYS-454
Working set extent• Sort Ref, SORT-9
adjusting, for optimization• Sort Ref, SORT-9
Working set information
obtaining• Perform Manage, 3-26
Working set limit
insufficient• Device Driver, 8-8, 8-10
Workload
balancing• VAXclusters, 1-6, 3-1
importance of knowing• Perform Manage, 1-2
managing• Perform Manage, 1-4
WORKSET.COM command procedure
using to obtain working set information•
Perform Manage, 3-26
WORLD privilege•System Security, A-15;
System Management, 6-18
impact on SHOW USERS command• System
Security, 5-70
WORLD protection code• FOL Ref, FDL-24
WORLD user category• System Security, 4-6
. Worm • System Security, 5-73
/WRAP qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-25
Write
output• Programming, 8-10
record to file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-654
WRITE_BEHIND attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-16
WRITE_CHECK attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-26
/WRITE_CHECK qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-30
WRITE_FILE built-in procedure• VAXTPU Ref,
4-230 to 4-231
example• VAXTPU Ref, 4-230
WRITE access• System Security, 4-7; FOL Ref,
FDL-24
See Access
meaning for directory file• System Security,
4-12
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
meaning in ACL •System Security, 3-28
Write access type• MACRO Ref, 8-13
Write attention AST function• 1/0 Ref I, 7-9
Write back section• System Services Ref, 11-19
Writeboot Utility (WRITEBOOT) •System
Management, A-6
Write breakthrough function• 1/0 Ref I, 8-35
Write check
and APPEND command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-36
and COPY command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-70

lndex-307

Index

Write check (cont'd.)
and INITIALIZE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-196
WRITE command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-9;
Command Procedures, 3-17, 6-6; Text
Processing, 2-4, 2-7; DCL Dictionary,
DCL-654 to DCL-656; EDT Ref, EDT-243;
VAXTPU Ref, G-8; Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-76; SYSGEN Ref, SGN-51
See also CLOSE command
See also OPEN command
See also READ command
using symbols with• Command Procedures,
6-6
using the /ERROR qualifier• Command
Procedures, 6-13
using to update records• Command Procedures
6~

WSINC parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-87
page faulting• Perform Manage, 2-9
WSMAX parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-87
WSQUOT A parameter
page faulting• Perform Manage, 2-9
WSOUOT A system parameter• File Applications
1-20

x
I

using to write a string to a record • Command
Procedures, 4-13
Write end-of-file function
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-16
message• 1/0 Ref I, 7-8
WRITE FILE command• Text Processing, 3-5;
VAXTPU Ref, F-17
with /RECOVER• Text Processing, 3-5
Write function
FDT routine for• Device Driver, 8-9 to 8-1 O
Write lock
mount verification• Disk & Tape, 7-13;
System Management, 7-1 O
Write only file
not supported • System Security, 4-11
Write operation• Disk & Tape, 4-16
continuation volumes• Disk & Tape, 7-6
disk• Disk & Tape, 4-17
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-18, 4-19, 4-23
ANSI-labeled• Disk & Tape, 4-20
/WRITE qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-39
OPEN command• Command Procedures, 6-3
WRITE statement• Programming, 8-11
internal• Programming, 6-21
keyed• Programming, 9-45
Writing into other processes• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-2
Writing output• Programming, 8-11
Writing records
using WRITE command• Command Procedures
6-6
I

WSDEC parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-86
WSDEFAULT system parameter• File Applications
1-20
WSEXTENT system parameter• File Applications
1-20

lndex-308

X.25 •Networking, 1-3, 2-5
access module•Networking, 1-19, 2-6, 2-34
access module commands• Networking, 3-79
BCUG• Networking, 2-6, 3-30, 3-75
call destination• Networking, 2-32
CCITT recommendation • Networking, 1-3,
1-12
circuit• Networking, 2-6, 3-33
circuit devices• Networking, 2-11
circuit identification• Networking, 3-33
circuit parameters• Networking, 3-43
connector node• Networking, 1-1, 1-3, 1-4,
1-12, 1-17, 2-1, 2-6, 2-32, 2-34, 3-78,
3-79, 5-1, 6-2
connector node configuration• Networking,
5-26
CUG•Networking, 2-6, 3-30, 3-75
data packet control• Networking, 3-27, 3-44
gateway node• Networking, 1-3, 5-1
handling incoming calls• Networking, 3-7 4
host node• Networking, 1-3, 1-12, 1-17, 2-1,
2-6, 2-32, 2-34, 3-78, 3-79, 5-1
host node configuration• Networking, 5-26
LAPSE line protocol• Networking, 3-49
LAPB line protocol• Networking, 3-49
line• Networking, 2-11, 2-12, 3-50
line device• Networking, 2-18
line-level loopback test• Networking, 7-12
line parameters• Networking, 3-57
line receive buffers• Networking, 3-59
multihost installation• Networking, 6-2
multi host mode• Networking, 1-12, 2-6, 5-1
multi host mode network configuration•
Networking, 5-26
multinetwork configuration• Networking, 5-30
native mode• Networking, 1-12
native-mode network configuration •
Networking, 5-25
protocol module•Networking, 1-19, 2-1, 2-5,
3-24
protocol module counters • NCP Ref, NCP-171

Index

X.25 (cont'd.)
PSDN • Networking, 1-1
PVC• Networking, 2-7, 2-11, 3-33
server module•Networking, 1-19, 2-5, 2-6,
2-32
server module commands• Networking, 3-7 4
server module counters• NCP Ref, NCP-172
server module ~state transitions• NCP Ref,
NCP-181
server module states• NCP Ref, NCP-181
SVC• Networking, 2-7, 2-11, 3-33
trace module• Networking, 1-19
user group• Networking, 2-6, 3-30, 3-75
virtual circuit• Networking, 1-1, 1-3, 1-12, 2-7,
2-11
X.25 packet level events• NCP Ref, NCP-193
X.29
CCITT recommendation• Networking, 1-3,
1-12
incoming calls• Networking, 3-76
server module•Networking, 1-19, 2-5, 2-32
server module commands• Networking, 3-7 4
terminal• Networking, 1-12
X25-PROTOCOL module
commands• Networking, 3-24
counters• Networking, 3-31
parameters• Networking, 3-24
X25-SERVER module
identification• Networking, 3-7 4
parameters• Networking, 3-7 4
X29-SERVER module
See X25-SERVER module
X5 symbol• DELTA Ref, DELT A-8
XAB (extended attribute block)• File Applications,
1-15, 4-2
date and time fields• File Applications, 4-36
key definition fields• File Applications, 4-37
protection fields• File Applications, 4-37
XAB$B_AID field• File Applications, 4-39; FOL
Ref, FDL-7
XAB$B_ALN field• FOL Ref, FDL-9
XAB$V_CYL option • File Applications, 4-40
XAB$V_RFI option• File Applications, 4-40
XAB$V_ VBN option • File Applications, 4-40
XAB$B_AOP field• FOL Ref, 'FDL-8, FDL-9
XAB$V_HRD option• File Applications, 4-40
XAB$V_ONC option• File Applications, 4-39
XAB$B_BKZ field• File Applications, 3-29, 4-36,
7-23, 7-24
XAB$B_DAN field• FOL Ref, FDL-27
XAB$B_DPT field • FOL Ref, FDL-32
XAB$B_FLG field• FOL Ref, FDL-27, FDL-28,
FDL-29

XAB$B_IAN field• FOL Ref, FDL-28
XAB$B_LAN field• FOL Ref, FDL-29
XAB$B_MT ACC field• FOL Ref, FDL-22
XAB$B_NUL field• FOL Ref, FDL-29
XAB$B_PROLOG field• FOL Ref, FDL-30
XAB$B_REF field• FOL Ref, FDL-26
XAB$B_SIZO field• FOL Ref, FDL-29, FDL-30
XAB$L_ALQ field• File Applications, 4-39; FOL
Ref, FDL-8
XAB$L_AQP field
XAB$V_CBT option• File Applications, 4.;39
XAB$V_CTG option• File Applications, 4-39
XAB$L_KNM field• FOL Ref, FDL-29
XAB$L_LQC field• File Applications, 4-40; FOL
Ref, FDL-9
XAB$Q_BDT field• FOL Ref, FDL-17
XAB$Q_CDT field• FOL Ref, FDL-17
XAB$Q_EDT field• FOL Ref, FDL-17
XAB$Q_RDT field.• FOL Ref, FDL-17
XAB$W_DEQ field• File Applications, 4-40; FOL
Ref, FDL-9
XAB$W_DFL field• FOL Ref, FDL-27
XAB$W_GRP field• FOL Ref, FDL-23
XAB$W_IFL field• FOL Ref, FDL-28
XAB$W_MBM field• FOL Ref, FDL-23
XAB$W_POSO •FOL Ref, FDL-30
XAB$W_PQSO field• FOL Ref, FDL-30
XAB$W_PRO field• FOL Ref, FDL-24
XAB$W _RFI field• FOL Ref, FDL-9
XAB$W_RVN field• FOL Ref, FDL-24
XAB$W_VOL field• File Applications, 4-40; FOL
Ref, FDL-9
XABALL block• RMS Ref, 1-3
XAB block
description • RMS Ref, 1-3
naming conventions for FAB • RMS Ref, 1-3
naming conventions for RAB• RMS Ref, 1-4
types for VAX RMS file operations• RMS Ref,
1-3
XABDAT block• Disk & Tape, 8-14
brief description • RMS Ref, 1-3
CDT field• Disk & Tape, B-14
EDT field• Disk & Tape, B-14
XABFHC block
brief description • RMS Ref, 1-3
XABKEY block
brief description • RMS Ref, 1-3
XABPRO block
brief description • RMS Ref, 1-3
XABRDT block
brief description • RMS Ref, 1-3
XABSUM block
brief description • RMS Ref, 1-3

lndex-309

Index

XABTRM block
brief decription • RMS Ref, 1-4
XADRIVER.MAR •Device Driver, F-1 to F-22
XDELTA•DELTA Ref, DELTA-1
See also Delta/XDelta Utility
See DELTA
IPL• Device Driver, 3-6
XE symbol• DELTA Ref, DELT A-8
XFC (Extended Function Call) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-81
XFMAXRA TE• 1/0 Ref II, 4-21
XFMAXRA TE parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-87;
1/0 Ref II, 4-21
%X format•Ana/yze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-19
XLA TE command• EDT Ref, EDT-315
.XLOWER command• DSR Ref, 2-132, 6-1
Xn symbol• DELTA Ref, DELT A-8
.XOR. logical operator• Programming, 6-11
XORB2 (Exclusive OR Byte 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-33
XORB3 (Exclusive OR Byte 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-33
XORL2 (Exclusive OR Long 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-33
XORL3 (Exclusive OR Long 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-33
XORW2 (Exclusive OR Word 2 Operand)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-33
XORW3 (Exclusive OR Word 3 Operand)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-33
XOP (extended 010 processor) • //O Ref I, 1-1
.XUPPER command• DSR Ref, 2-132, 6-1
use of Uppercase flag with• DSR Ref, 6-2

y
$$Year• DSR Ref, 3-18
YES logical value• FDL Ref, FDL-3

z
ZERO CIRCUITS command• Networking, 3-48;
NCP Ref, NCP-152
Zero condition code (Z) •MACRO Ref, 8-12
Zero creation date• Disk & Tape, B-15
ZERO EXECUTOR command• Networking, 3-24;
NCP Ref, NCP-153
Zeroing
line counters• Networking, 3-60

lndex-310

Zeroing (cont'd.)
node counters• Networking, 3-24
ZERO LINE command• Networking, 3-60; NCP
Ref, NCP-154
ZERO MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command• NCP
Ref, NCP-155
ZERO MODULE X25-SERVER command• NCP Ref,
NCP-156
ZERO MODULE X29-SERVER command• NCP Ref,
NCP-156
ZERO NODE command• Networking, 3-24; NCP
Ref, NCP-15 7
Zero-numbered object• Networking, 2-29
Zone • RTL Ref, 8-6
allocation algorithm • RTL Ref, 8-14
attribute• RTL Ref, 8-7
creating • RTL Ref, 8-6
deleting • RTL Ref, 8-6
identifier• RTL Ref, 8-11
resetting • RTL Ref, 8-13
the default zone • RTL Ref, 8-11
user-created • RTL Ref, 8-6

VAX/VMS
Master Index
AA-Z 104C-TE

READER'S
COMMENTS

Note: This form is for document comments only. DIGIT AL will use comments
submitted on this form at the company's discretion. If you require a written reply
and are eligible to receive one under Software Performance Report (SPR) service,
submit your comments on an SPR form.

Did you find this manual understandable, usable, and well organized? Please make suggestions for
improvement.

Did you find errors in this manual? If so, specify the error and the page number.

Please indicate the type of user /reader that you most nearly represent:

D Assembly language programmer
D Higher-level language programmer
D Occasional programmer (experienced)

D User with little programming experience
D Student programmer
D Other (please specify)

Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ D a t e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Organization - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Street - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - City _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ State _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Zip Code_ _ _ __
or Country

- -

Do Not Tear- Fold Here and Tape
No Postage
Necessary
if Mailed in the
United States

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS PERMIT N0.33 MAYNARD MASS.
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

SSG PUBLICATIONS ZK1-3/J35
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
110 SPIT BROOK ROAD
NASHUA, NEW HAMPSHIRE 03062-2698

111 ••••• 11.11.•••• 11 •••• 1.11.1 •• 1.1 •• 1.1 •• 11 ••••• 1.11
- -

Do Not Tear - Fold Here

VAX/VMS
Master Index
AA-Z 104C-TE

READER'S
COMMENTS

Did you find this manual understandable, usable, and well organized? Please make suggestions for
improvement.

Did you find errors in this manual? If so, specify the error and the page number.

Please indicate the type of user /reader that you most nearly represent:

D Assembly language programmer
D Higher-level language programmer

D Occasional programmer (experienced)
D User with little programming experience
D Student programmer
D Other (please specify)

Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ D a t e - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Organization - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Street ------------------------~----------------City - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S t a t e _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Zip Code_ _ _ __
or Country

Do Not Tear- Fold Here and Tape
No Postage
Necessary
if Mailed in the
United States

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS PERMIT N0.33 MAYNARD MASS.
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

SSG PUBLICATIONS ZK1-3/J35
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
110 SPIT BROOK ROAD
NASHUA, NEW HAMPSHIRE 03062-2698

111 ..... 11.11 .... 11 .... 1.11.1 .. 1.1 •• 1.1 •• 11 ..... 1.11
· -

Do Not Tear - Fold Here

.....